Table of Contents

 
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 26, 2010.
Registration No. 333-          
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
MakeMyTrip Limited
 
 
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Mauritius   4700   13-4125456
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
103 Udyog Vihar, Phase 1
Gurgaon, Haryana 122016, India
(91-124) 439-5000
 
 
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
MakeMyTrip.com Inc.
60 East 42nd Street
Suite 411
New York, NY 10165
(212) 760 1511
 
 
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
 
     
Michael W. Sturrock, Esq.
Rajiv Gupta, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
9 Raffles Place
42-02 Republic Plaza
Singapore 048619
(65) 6536-1161
  Matthew D. Bersani, Esq.
Shearman & Sterling LLP
12/F Gloucester Tower
The Landmark, 15 Queens Road
Central, Hong Kong
(852) 2978-8000
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
             
      Proposed
     
Title of Each Class of
    Maximum Aggregate
    Amount of
Securities to be Registered (1)     Offering Price (2)     Registration Fee
Ordinary shares, par value $0.0005 per share
    $100,000,000     $7,130
             
 
(1)  Includes (a) ordinary shares initially offered and sold outside the United States that may be resold from time to time in the United States either as part of the distribution or within 40 days after the later of the effective date of this registration statement and the date the securities are first bona fide offered to the public, and (b) additional ordinary shares that are issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
(2)  Estimated solely for the purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling shareholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Issued     , 2010
 
MakeMyTrip Limited
 
ORDINARY SHARES
 
 
 
 
MakeMyTrip Limited is offering      ordinary shares and the selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering      ordinary shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling shareholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $      and $      per share.
 
 
 
 
The ordinary shares have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “MMYT.”
 
 
 
 
Investing in our ordinary shares involves risks.  See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10.
 
 
 
 
PRICE $           A SHARE
 
 
 
 
                 
        Underwriting
      Proceeds to
    Price to
  Discounts and
  Proceeds to
  Selling
    Public   Commissions   Company   Shareholders
 
Per Share
  $   $   $   $
Total
  $        $        $        $     
 
MakeMyTrip Limited and certain selling shareholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional      shares to cover over-allotments.
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on          , 2010.
 
 
 
 
MORGAN STANLEY  
  OPPENHEIMER & CO.  
  PACIFIC CREST SECURITIES
 
          , 2010


Table of Contents

 
(GRAPHIC)


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
    ii  
    1  
    10  
    27  
    28  
    30  
    31  
    33  
    34  
    36  
    37  
    40  
    64  
    70  
    88  
    100  
    104  
    106  
    118  
    120  
    126  
    132  
    132  
    133  
    F-1  
  EX-3.1 Form of Constitution of MakeMyTrip Limited (effective upon the closing of this offering).
  EX-4.1 Form of ordinary share certificate.
  EX-5.1 Opinion of Conyers Dill and Pearman (Mauritius) Limited.
  EX-8.1 Opinion of Conyers Dill and Pearman (Mauritius) Limited as to certain Mauritian tax matters.
  EX-8.2 Opinion of Latham and Watkins LLP as to certain tax matters.
  EX-10.1.1 Amended and Restated MakeMyTrip.com 2001 Equity Option Plan.
  EX-10.1.2 MakeMyTrip 2010 Share Incentive Plan.
  EX-10.2 Third Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement dated May 20, 2008 by and among the shareholders named therein and our company.
  EX-10.3 Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement dated July 16, 2010 by and among the shareholders named therein and our company.
  EX-10.4 Subscriber Agreement dated February 4, 2009 (effective as of February 1, 2009), by and between MMT India and Amadeus India Pvt. Ltd.
  EX-10.5 Passenger Sales Agency Agreement dated August 30, 2002 by and between MMT India and each IATA member, represented by the Director General of IATA.
  EX-10.6.1 Business Process Outsourcing Services Agreement dated March 5, 2008 by and between MMT India and IBM Daksh Business Process Services Private Limited, or IBM Daksh.
  EX-10.6.2 Statement of Work dated March 5, 2008 by and between MMT India and IBM Daksh, or the IBM Statement of Work.
  EX-10.6.3 First Amendment to the IBM Statement of Work dated July 16, 2008 (effective as of March 5, 2008), by and between MMT India and IBM Daksh.
  EX-10.6.4 Second Amendment to the IBM Statement of Work dated July 28, 2009 (effective as of May 1, 2009), by and between MMT India and IBM Daksh.
  EX-10.7.1 Services Agreement, or the Tecnovate Services Agreement, dated March 25, 2009 by and between MMT India and Tecnovate eSolutions Private Limited, or Tecnovate.
  EX-10.7.2 Amendment to the Tecnovate Services Agreement dated June 4, 2010 (effective as of March 24, 2010), by and between MMT India and Tecnovate.
  EX-10.8 Master Services Agreement dated July 6, 2009 by and between MMT India and RightNow Technologies, Inc.
  EX-10.9 Lease deed for Plot Number 103, Udyog Vihar, Phase 1, Gurgaon, Haryana 122016, India dated October 25, 2007.
  EX-10.10 Sanction Letter for Working Capital Facilities dated September 7, 2009 by and between MMT India and HDFC Bank (including letter of amendment).
  EX-10.11 Form of director and executive officer indemnification agreement.
  EX-21.1 List of subsidiaries of MakeMyTrip Limited.
  EX-23.4 Consent of KPMG, registered public accounting firm.
 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We and the selling shareholders have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We and the selling shareholders are not, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or the time of sale of our ordinary shares, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. We and the selling shareholders are offering to sell ordinary shares and seeking offers to buy ordinary shares, only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the ordinary shares.
 
We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of the ordinary shares outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the ordinary shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
 
Until          , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


i


Table of Contents

 
CONVENTIONS WHICH APPLY TO THIS PROSPECTUS
 
In this prospectus, we refer to information regarding the travel service industry and our competitors from market research reports, analyst reports and other publicly available sources, including from PhoCusWright Inc., or PhoCusWright, an independent travel industry research company founded and controlled by Mr. Philip C. Wolf, one of our directors. See “Related Party Transactions — Transactions with PhoCusWright” for details of our transactions with PhoCusWright. We also refer to data from comScore, Inc., or comScore, a marketing research company that provides marketing data and services to many Internet businesses.
 
We conduct our business principally through our Indian subsidiary, MakeMyTrip (India) Private Limited, or MMT India. In this prospectus, unless otherwise stated or unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” or “our group” are to MakeMyTrip Limited and its subsidiaries collectively, and references to “our holding company” are to MakeMyTrip Limited on a standalone basis.
 
In this prospectus, references to “US,” the “United States” or “USA” are to the United States of America, its territories and its possessions. References to “India” are to the Republic of India, and references to “Mauritius” are to the Republic of Mauritius. References to “$,” “dollars” or “US dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States and references to “Rs.,” “Rupees” or “Indian Rupees” are to the legal currency of India.
 
Solely for the convenience of the reader, this prospectus contains translations of certain Indian Rupee amounts into US dollars at specified rates. Except as otherwise stated in this prospectus, all translations from Indian Rupees to US dollars are based on the noon buying rate of Rs. 46.41 per $1.00 in the City of New York for cable transfers of Indian Rupees, as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on June 15, 2010. No representation is made that the Indian Rupee amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into US dollars at such rates or any other rates. Any discrepancies in any table between totals and sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding.
 
On July 22, 2010, we effected a 20-for-one share split which was approved by our shareholders, with respect to all our ordinary and preferred shares, as well as a 20-for-one adjustment with respect to the number of ordinary shares underlying our share options and a corresponding adjustment to the exercise prices of such options. At the same time, the par value of our shares was changed from $0.01 per share to $0.0005 per share. Consequently, all share information and per share data included in this prospectus has been presented on a post-share split basis, unless otherwise specifically stated or the context otherwise requires.
 
Unless otherwise indicated, the consolidated financial statements and related notes as of and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB. References to a particular “fiscal year” are to our fiscal year ended March 31 of that year. Our fiscal quarters end on June 30, September 30 and December 31. References to a year other than a “fiscal” year are to the calendar year ended December 31.
 
We also refer in various places within this prospectus to “revenue less service cost,” which is a non-IFRS measure that is calculated as revenue less costs for the acquisition of relevant services and products for sale to customers and more fully explained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The presentation of this non-IFRS information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our consolidated financial results prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.


ii


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information regarding our company and the ordinary shares being sold in this offering and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This prospectus includes forward looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements.”
 
Our Business
 
We are the largest online travel company in India, based on gross bookings for 2009, according to PhoCusWright. Through our primary website, www.makemytrip.com, and other technology-enhanced platforms, travelers can research, plan and book a wide range of travel services and products in India as well as overseas. Our services and products include air tickets, hotels, packages, rail tickets, bus tickets, car hire and ancillary travel requirements such as facilitating access to travel insurance.
 
We commenced operations in 2000 and in the first five years following our inception, we focused on the non-resident Indian market in the United States, servicing mainly their need for United States-India inbound air tickets. We started our Indian business with the launch of our Indian website in September 2005. During the initial years of our operations, we invested significant capital in our infrastructure as well as in sales and marketing efforts to build our brand and gain recognition, and we recorded net losses for all our fiscal years. In fiscal year 2008, our second full fiscal year since we commenced our Indian business, we recorded a net loss of $(18.9) million. We reduced our net loss in fiscal years 2009 and 2010, recording a net loss of $(7.3) million and $(6.2) million, respectively. We also reduced our operating loss in fiscal years 2009 and 2010, recording an operating loss of $(10.6) million and $(6.0) million, respectively. Excluding the effects of employee share-based compensation costs for both fiscal years 2009 and 2010, we would have recorded an operating loss of $(10.2) million in fiscal year 2009 and an operating profit of $0.8 million in fiscal year 2010; and we would have recorded a net loss of $(6.9) million in fiscal year 2009 and a net profit of $0.6 million in fiscal year 2010.
 
We believe the strength of our brand, quality of our services, user-friendly website experience, focus on our customers and efficacy of our marketing programs have enabled us to capture a significant share of the domestic air tickets market in India. In fiscal year 2010, 1.6 million transactions for domestic air tickets in India were booked through us, and we generated $31.1 million in revenue less service cost from our air ticketing business. We leverage our strength in air travel to grow into non-air travel and other segments of the travel industry, specifically hotels and packages. Revenue less service cost from our hotels and packages business totaled $8.0 million in fiscal year 2010 and accounted for 19.8% of our total revenue less service cost.
 
We have designed our websites to provide our customers with a user-friendly experience. According to comScore, www.makemytrip.com was the second most visited travel website in India (after the Indian Railways’ website) in each of the years from 2007 to 2009 and had an average of over 1.7 million unique visitors per month in 2009. In fiscal year 2010, 2.0 million transactions executed through our websites accounted for approximately 94.5% of our total transactions. We have built an advanced and secure technology platform, which integrates our sales, customer service and fulfillment operations. Our technology platform is scalable and can be upgraded to handle increased traffic and complexity of products with limited additional investment. According to McKinsey, the Indian middle class is expected to grow over ten times from 50 million people in 2005 (approximately 5% of the total Indian population) to 583 million people by 2025 (approximately 41% of the total Indian population). In order to meet the requirements of this growing Indian middle class travel market where Internet penetration is relatively low, we also utilize other technology-enhanced distribution channels, including call centers and travel stores in India, as well as our travel agents’ network in India.
 
We provide our customers with access to all major domestic full-service and low-cost airlines operating in India and all major airlines operating to and from India, over 4,000 hotels in India and a wide selection of hotels outside India, Indian Railways and several major Indian bus operators. On the other hand, we believe we are a cost-effective distribution channel for our suppliers, providing reach to a large and expanding customer base in India as well as non-resident Indians.


1


Table of Contents

In our air ticketing business, we generate revenue through commissions and incentive payments from airlines, service fees charged to our customers and fees from our global distribution system, or GDS, service provider. A GDS service provider facilitates the reservation and confirmation of airline tickets on its system. Travel agents typically utilize a GDS to book air tickets and receive fees for their use of such system. We currently use Amadeus GDS. In our hotels and packages business, our revenue represents the total amount paid by our customers for these travel services and products and the cost of procuring the relevant services and products are classified as service cost. We evaluate our financial performance based on revenue less service cost, which is a non-IFRS measure, as we believe that revenue less service cost reflects more accurately the value addition of the travel services that we provide to our customers. Our total revenue less service cost increased from $16.5 million in fiscal year 2008 to $40.3 million in fiscal year 2010.
 
We believe the overall Indian travel industry will experience continued growth due to income growth in India and the increased spending by Indians on travel and recreation. According to Internet World Stats, in 2009, Internet penetration was only 7.0% in India as compared with 74.1% in the United States. We therefore believe that the Indian online travel industry is well-positioned for long-term growth and that our well-recognized brand, leadership in the online travel market in India and broad and technology-enhanced distribution channels position us well to capitalize on these growth opportunities.
 
MMT India was ranked second overall and first in the professional services industry in a ranking published on June 21, 2010, of “India’s Best Companies to Work For 2010” by the Great Place to Work Institute, an independent global research and consulting firm, and The Economic Times, a daily business newspaper in India.
 
Our Strengths
 
We have the following competitive strengths:
 
  •  the largest online travel company in India with a well-recognized brand;
 
  •  wide range of service and product offerings;
 
  •  broad distribution network;
 
  •  advanced, secure and scalable technology platform;
 
  •  customer-focused approach; and
 
  •  experienced management team.
 
Our Strategy
 
We believe that the relatively low but fast growing Internet penetration in India, coupled with income growth in India provide us with significant growth opportunities. Our objective is to grow profitably by building on our current leadership position to become India’s dominant travel company. The key elements of our strategy include:
 
  •  expand our hotels and packages business;
 
  •  expand our service and product portfolio to enhance cross-selling opportunities;
 
  •  expand our travel agents’ network;
 
  •  enhance our service platforms by investing in technology;
 
  •  expand into new geographic markets; and
 
  •  pursue selective strategic partnerships and acquisitions.


2


Table of Contents

Risk Factors
 
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that may materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” immediately following this prospectus summary. These include:
 
  •  our ability to maintain our existing arrangements with our travel suppliers, the lack of formal agreements with many of our travel suppliers and the ability of many of our suppliers to terminate their arrangements with us at short notice or without notice;
 
  •  our history of operating losses;
 
  •  our reliance on third-party systems and service providers, including outsourcing service providers;
 
  •  our reliance on information technology;
 
  •  changes in the Indian travel industry, including our ability to effectively compete in this industry;
 
  •  impediments to the execution and success of our growth strategy; and
 
  •  our susceptibility to adverse changes in the political, economic and regulatory environment in India that could materially harm our business.
 
Corporate Structure
 
The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure and the place of formation and ownership interest of each of our subsidiaries, as of the date of this prospectus.
 
GRAPHIC
 
 
Note: (1) Remaining ownership interest held by current and former employees of MMT India.
 
 
Corporate Information
 
We are a public company limited by shares incorporated in Mauritius. We were incorporated as International Web Travel Private Limited, a private company limited by shares, on April 28, 2000 and subsequently changed our name to MakeMyTrip Limited and converted to a public company. Our registered office is located at the offices of Multiconsult Limited at Rogers House, 5 President John Kennedy Street, Port Louis, Mauritius. Our principal executive offices are located at 103 Udyog Vihar, Phase 1, Gurgaon, Haryana 122016, India, and our telephone number at this location is (91-124) 439-5000. Our principal website address is www.makemytrip.com. The information contained on our websites does not form part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is MakeMyTrip.com Inc., located at 60 East 42nd Street, Suite 411, New York, NY 10165.


3


Table of Contents

Recent Developments
 
Share Split
 
On July 22, 2010, we effected a 20-for-one share split which was approved by our shareholders, with respect to all our ordinary and preferred shares, as well as a 20-for-one adjustment with respect to the number of ordinary shares underlying our share options and a corresponding adjustment to the exercise prices of such options. At the same time, the par value of our shares was changed from $0.01 per share to $0.0005 per share. Consequently, all share information and per share data included in this prospectus has been presented on a post-share split basis, unless otherwise specifically stated or the context otherwise requires.


4


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING
 
Ordinary shares offered:
 
  By us       ordinary shares (1)
 
  By the selling shareholders       ordinary shares (1)
 
  Total       ordinary shares (1)
 
Ordinary shares to be outstanding before this offering 17,621,600 ordinary shares
 
Ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering       ordinary shares (1)(2)
 
Offering price We currently anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $      and $      per ordinary share.
 
Over-allotment option       ordinary shares
 
Use of proceeds We expect that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $      million from this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per ordinary share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering to expand our operations by acquiring or investing in strategic businesses or assets that complement our service and product offerings, to invest in enhancements to our technology, as well as for working capital and other general corporate purposes. At this time, we have not entered into any agreement or commitment with respect to any material acquisitions or investments. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of ordinary shares by the selling shareholders.
 
Lock-up We, our executive officers and directors and all of our existing shareholders and certain holders of share options have agreed with the underwriters, with certain exceptions, not to sell or transfer any ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable for ordinary shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Underwriting.”
 
Risk factors See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.
 
Payment and settlement The ordinary shares are expected to be delivered against payment on          , 2010. The ordinary shares will be deposited with a custodian for, and registered in the name of a nominee of, The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in New York, New York. In general, beneficial interests in the ordinary shares will be shown on, and transfers of those beneficial interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its direct and indirect participants.


5


Table of Contents

 
Listing Our ordinary shares have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market.
 
Nasdaq Global Market symbol MMYT.
 
 
Notes: (1) Unless otherwise specifically stated, the information throughout this prospectus does not take into account the possible issuance of additional ordinary shares to the underwriters pursuant to their option to purchase additional ordinary shares to cover over-allotments.
 
(2) The number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering:
 
is based on ordinary shares outstanding as of     , 2010, assuming the conversion of all outstanding preferred shares into 12,324,460 ordinary shares and the issuance of      ordinary shares upon the exercise of share options held by certain of our selling shareholders, both effective upon the completion of this offering; and
 
excludes      ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options outstanding as of     , 2010 (after taking into account those share options to be exercised by certain of our selling shareholders, effective upon the completion of this offering).


6


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
 
The following summary consolidated statement of comprehensive income and loss data for fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, and the summary consolidated statement of financial position data as of March 31, 2010, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future period.
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31  
    2008     2009     2010  
    (in thousands, except per share data
 
    and number of shares)  
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data:
                       
Revenue:
                       
Air ticketing
  $ 14,091.4     $ 19,225.1     $ 32,119.5  
Hotels and packages
    24,189.4       48,622.8       50,287.9  
Other revenue
    50.1       703.8           1,152.8  
                         
Total revenue
    38,330.9       68,551.7       83,560.2  
Service cost:
                       
Procurement cost of hotels and packages services
    (21,823.8)       (43,069.2)       (42,292.2)  
Purchase of air ticket coupons
    (—)       (491.8)       (985.5)  
Personnel expenses
    (8,459.2)       (9,679.8)       (16,562.0)  
Other operating expenses
    (23,229.0)       (24,369.9)       (28,160.5)  
Depreciation and amortization
    (1,107.5)       (1,558.7)       (1,569.7)  
                         
Results from operating activities
    (16,288.7)       (10,617.6)       (6,009.8)  
Net finance income (costs)
    (2,611.2)       3,244.1       (188.8)  
                         
Loss before tax
    (18,899.8)       (7,373.5)       (6,198.6)  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    4.5       25.3       (8.4)  
                         
Loss for the year
  $ (18,895.4)     $ (7,348.2)     $ (6,207.0)  
                         
Loss per ordinary share:
                       
Basic
  $ (1.08)     $ (0.42)     $ (0.35)  
Diluted
  $ (1.08)     $ (0.55)     $ (0.35)  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    17,437,120       17,437,120       17,521,120  
Diluted
    17,437,120       20,403,420       17,521,120  
Proforma loss per ordinary share (basic and diluted) (1) (unaudited)
  $ (0.59)     $ (0.38)     $ (0.18)  
Proforma weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (basic and diluted) (1) (unaudited)
    26,980,680       29,761,580       29,845,580  
 
 
Note: (1) In December 2006, August 2007 and May 2008, we issued Series A, Series B and Series C preferred shares, respectively, that will convert into ordinary shares effective upon the completion of this offering. Our proforma loss per ordinary share (basic and diluted) and proforma weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (basic and diluted) have been calculated assuming that the conversion of all our outstanding preferred shares occurred on a “hypothetical basis” on April 1, 2007 for our Series A and Series B preferred shares and April 1, 2008 for our Series C preferred shares.


7


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated statement of financial position as of March 31, 2010:
 
  •  on an actual basis; and
 
  •  on a proforma as adjusted basis to reflect (1) the conversion of all our preferred shares outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering into 12,324,460 ordinary shares effective upon the completion of this offering; (2) the issuance of      ordinary shares upon the exercise of share options held by certain of our selling shareholders, effective upon the completion of this offering; and (3) the issuance and sale by us of      ordinary shares offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and further assuming no exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option and no other change to the number of ordinary shares sold by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
                 
    As of March 31, 2010  
          Proforma
 
    Actual     As Adjusted (2)  
    (audited)     (unaudited)  
    (in thousands)  
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data:
               
Trade and other receivables
  $ 12,449.5      $ 12,449.5   
Term deposits
    14,471.4        14,471.4  
Cash and cash equivalents
    9,341.5               
Total assets
    50,633.5               
Total equity (deficit) attributable to equity holders of our company
    (24,955.4)              
Loans and borrowings (1)
    40,966.9        207.2   
Trade and other payables
    26,467.0        26,467.0   
Total liabilities
    75,584.5        34,776.5   
Total equity (deficit) and liabilities
  $ 50,633.5      $         
 
 
Note: (1) The preferred shares issued by us are compound financial instruments with equity, liability and embedded derivative components. Accordingly, the liability portion of our preferred shares amounting to $40.8 million has been included under our loans and borrowings. All our preferred shares will convert into ordinary shares effective upon the completion of this offering.
 
(2) A $1.00 increase/(decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per ordinary share in this offering would increase/(decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets, total equity/(deficit) attributable to equity holders of our company and total equity/(deficit) and liabilities by $     .


8


Table of Contents

Other Data:
 
The following table sets forth for the periods indicated, certain selected consolidated financial and other data:
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31  
    2008     2009     2010  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
 
Number of transactions:
                       
Air ticketing
    1,029.1        1,250.8        1,766.9   
Hotels and packages
    36.9        81.3        109.7   
Revenue less service cost (1) :
                       
Air ticketing
  $ 14,091.4      $ 18,733.3      $ 31,134.0   
Hotels and packages
    2,365.6        5,553.6        7,995.7   
Other revenue
    50.1        703.8        1,152.8   
                         
    $ 16,507.1      $ 24,990.7      $ 40,282.5   
                         
Gross bookings (2) (unaudited):
                       
Air ticketing
  $ 198,799.6      $ 260,945.1      $ 408,603.1   
Hotels and packages
    26,489.7        52,365.7        57,273.1   
Net revenue margins (3) (unaudited):
                       
Air ticketing
    7.1%       7.2%       7.6%  
Hotels and packages
    8.9%       10.6%       14.0%  
 
 
Notes: (1) As certain parts of our revenue are recognized on a “net” basis and other parts of our revenue are recognized on a “gross” basis, we evaluate our financial performance based on revenue less service cost, which is a non-IFRS measure, as we believe that revenue less service cost reflects more accurately the value addition of the travel services that we provide to our customers. The presentation of this non-IFRS information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our consolidated financial results prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Our revenue less service cost may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to potential differences in the method of calculation. The following table reconciles our revenue (an IFRS measure) to revenue less service cost (a non-IFRS measure):
 
                                                                                                 
    Air Ticketing     Hotels and Packages     Other Revenue     Total  
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31     Fiscal Year Ended March 31     Fiscal Year Ended March 31     Fiscal Year Ended March 31  
    2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010  
    (in thousands)  
 
                                                                                                 
Revenue
  $ 14,091.4     $ 19,225.1     $ 32,119.5     $ 24,189.4     $ 48,622.8     $ 50,287.9     $ 50.1     $ 703.8     $ 1,152.8     $ 38,330.9     $ 68,551.7     $ 83,560.2  
                                                                                                 
Less:
                                                                                               
                                                                                                 
Service cost
          491.8       985.5       21,823.8       43,069.2       42,292.2                         21,823.8       43,561.0       43,277.7  
                                                                                                 
                                                                                                 
Revenue less service cost
  $ 14,091.4     $ 18,733.3     $ 31,134.0     $ 2,365.6     $ 5,553.6     $ 7,995.7     $ 50.1     $ 703.8     $ 1,152.8     $ 16,507.1     $ 24,990.7     $ 40,282.5  
                                                                                                 
 
(2) Gross bookings represent the total amount paid by our customers for the travel services and products booked through us, including taxes, fees and other charges, and are net of cancellations and refunds.
 
(3) Net revenue margins is defined as revenue less service cost as a percentage of gross bookings.


9


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations.
 
Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price and value of our ordinary shares could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
 
This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks faced by us described below and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Risks Related to Us and Our Industry
 
If We Are Unable to Maintain Existing, and Establish New, Arrangements with Our Travel Suppliers, Our Business May Be Adversely Affected.
 
Our business is dependent on our ability to maintain our relationships and arrangements with existing suppliers, such as airlines which supply air tickets to us directly, Amadeus (our GDS service provider) and Indian Railways, as well as our ability to establish and maintain relationships with new travel suppliers, including hotels, bus operators and car hire companies. A substantial portion of our revenue less service cost is derived from fees and commissions negotiated with travel suppliers for bookings made through our websites or via our other distribution channels. Adverse changes in existing arrangements, including an inability by any travel supplier to fulfill their payment obligation to us in a timely manner, increasing industry consolidation or our inability to enter into new arrangements with these parties on favorable terms, if at all, could reduce the amount, quality, pricing and breadth of the travel services and products that we are able to offer, which could adversely affect our business and financial performance.
 
No assurance can be given that our agreements or arrangements with our travel suppliers or GDS service provider will continue or that our travel suppliers or GDS service provider will not reduce or eliminate fees or commissions or attempt to charge us for content, terminate our contracts and seek to recover signing bonuses or default on or dispute their payment obligations towards us, any of which could reduce our revenue and net revenue margins or may require us to initiate legal or arbitral proceedings to enforce their contractual payment obligations, which may adversely affect our business and financial performance.
 
We Do Not Have Formal Agreements with Many of Our Travel Suppliers.
 
We rely on various travel suppliers to facilitate the sale of our travel services. We do not have formal agreements with many of our travel suppliers, including low-cost airlines and many hotels whose booking systems or central reservations systems are relied upon by us for bookings and confirmation as well as certain payment gateway arrangements, and there can be no assurance that these third parties will not terminate these arrangements with us at short notice or without notice. Further, where we have entered into formal agreements, many of these agreements are short-term contracts, providing our counterparties with a right to terminate at short notice or without notice. Many of our airline suppliers with whom we have contracts are able to either terminate or alter the terms of their contracts with us at will or by providing a few days’ notice. For example, our agreement with Indian Railways Catering and Tourism Corporation Limited, or IRCTC, which allows us to transact with Indian Railways’ passenger reservation system through the Internet can be terminated by IRCTC without prior notice and at its sole discretion. Termination of any of the abovementioned agreements and/or arrangements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We Have Sustained Operating Losses in the Past and May Experience Operating Losses in the Future.
 
We sustained operating losses in all our fiscal years. We cannot assure you that we can attain profitability or avoid operating losses in the future. We expect that our operating expenses will increase and the degree of increase in these expenses will be largely based on anticipated organizational growth and revenue trends. As a result, any decrease or delay in generating additional sales volumes and revenue could result in substantial operating losses.


10


Table of Contents

We Rely on Third-Party Systems and Service Providers, and Any Disruption or Adverse Change in Their Businesses Could Have a Material Adverse Effect on Our Business.
 
We currently rely on certain third-party computer systems, service providers and software companies, including the GDS used by full service airlines, and electronic central reservation systems used by low-cost airlines, certain hotels which are directly-connected to us, Indian Railways and bus operators. In particular, we rely on third parties to:
 
  •  assist in conducting searches for airfares and process air ticket bookings;
 
  •  process hotel reservations;
 
  •  process credit card payments;
 
  •  provide computer infrastructure critical to our business; and
 
  •  provide customer relationship management, or CRM, software services.
 
Any interruption or deterioration in performance of these third-party systems and services could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, the information provided to us by certain of these third-party systems, such as the central reservations systems of certain of our hotel suppliers, may not always be accurate due to either technical glitches or human error, and we may incur monetary and/or reputational loss as a result.
 
Our success is also dependent on our ability to maintain our relationships with these third-party systems and service providers, including our technology partners. In the event our arrangements with any of these third parties are impaired or terminated, we may not be able to find an alternative source of systems support on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms, which could result in significant additional costs or disruptions to our business.
 
We Outsource a Significant Portion of Our Call Center Services and If Our Outsourcing Service Providers Fail to Meet Our Requirements or Face Operational or System Disruptions, Our Business May Be Adversely Affected.
 
We outsource our call center service for sales for all international flights and most of our domestic Indian hotel reservations and packages. We also outsource our call center service for post-sales customer service support for all flights (domestic and international), domestic Indian hotel reservations and packages, and rail and bus ticketing, as well as back office fulfillment and ticketing services, to various third parties in India. If our outsourcing service providers experience difficulty meeting our requirements for quality and customer service standards, our reputation could suffer and our business and prospects could be adversely affected. Our operations and business could also be materially and adversely affected if our outsourcing service providers face any operational or system interruptions.
 
Further, many of our contracts with outsourcing service providers are short-term or have short notice periods. For example, our agreement with Intelenet Global Services, which provides call center services for our Indian domestic air ticketing and international air ticketing business, as well as post-sales customer service support for air tickets, is for a renewable term of three years but may be terminated by either party on two months’ notice. In the event one or more of our contracts with our outsourcing service providers is terminated on short notice, we may be unable to find alternative outsourcing service providers on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Further, the quality of the service provided by a new or replacement outsourcing service providers may not meet our requirements, including during the transition and training phase. Hence, termination of any of our contracts with our outsourcing service providers could cause a decline in the quality of our services and disrupt and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
We Rely on Information Technology to Operate Our Business and Maintain Our Competitiveness, and Any Failure to Adapt to Technological Developments or Industry Trends Could Harm Our Business.
 
We depend on the use of sophisticated information technology and systems, which we have customized in-house, for search and reservation for flights and hotels, as well as payments, refunds, customer relationship management, communications and administration. As our operations grow in both size and scope, we must continuously improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to offer our customers enhanced services, features and functionality, while maintaining the reliability and integrity of our systems and infrastructure in a cost-


11


Table of Contents

effective manner. Our future success also depends on our ability to upgrade our services and infrastructure ahead of rapidly evolving consumer demands while continuing to improve the performance, features and reliability of our service in response to competitive offerings.
 
We may not be able to maintain or replace our existing systems or introduce new technologies and systems as quickly as our competitors, in a cost-effective manner or at all. We may also be unable to devote adequate financial resources to develop or acquire new technologies and systems in the future.
 
We may not be able to use new technologies effectively, or we may fail to adapt our websites, transaction processing systems and network infrastructure to consumer requirements or emerging industry standards. If we face material delays in introducing new or enhanced solutions, our customers may forego the use of our services in favor of those of our competitors. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our operations.
 
We currently license from third-parties some of the technologies incorporated into our websites. As we continue to introduce new services that incorporate new technologies, we may be required to license additional technology. We cannot be sure that such technology licenses will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
 
The Travel Industry for India and India-Related Travel Is Intensely Competitive, and We May Not Be Able to Effectively Compete in the Future.
 
The Indian travel market is intensely competitive. Factors affecting our competitive success include, among other things, price, availability and breadth of choice of travel services and products, brand recognition, customer service, fees charged to travelers, ease of use, accessibility and reliability. We currently compete with both established and emerging providers of travel services and products, including other online travel agencies, such as cleartrip.com, expedia.co.in, travelocity.co.in and yatra.com, as well as traditional travel agencies, tour operators, travel suppliers and operators of travel industry reservation databases. Certain of our competitors have also launched websites in other countries to better cater to Indian and other customers located in those areas. For example, cleartrip.com recently launched website operations in the United Arab Emirates. Large, established Internet search engines have also recently launched applications offering travel itineraries in destinations around the world, and meta-search companies who can aggregate travel search results also compete against us for customers. Some of our competitors have significantly greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources than us and certain of our competitors have a longer history of established businesses and reputations in the Indian travel market (particularly in the hotels and packages business) as compared with us.
 
Further, we may also face increased competition from new entrants in our industry. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully compete against existing or new competitors in our existing lines of business as well as new lines of business into which we may venture. If we are not able to compete effectively, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.
 
Some travel suppliers are seeking to decrease their reliance on distribution intermediaries such as us by promoting direct distribution channels. Many airlines, hotels, car rental companies and tour operators have call centers and have established their own travel distribution websites. From time to time, travel suppliers offer advantages, such as bonus loyalty awards and lower transaction fees or discounted prices, when their services and products are purchased from supplier-related channels. We also compete with competitors who may offer less content, functionality and marketing reach but at a relatively lower cost to suppliers. If our access to supplier-provided content or features were to be diminished either relative to our competitors or in absolute terms or if we are unable to compete effectively with travel supplier-related channels, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Some of Our Airline Suppliers (Including Our GDS Service Provider) May Reduce or Eliminate the Commission and Other Fees They Pay to Us for the Sale of Air Tickets, and This Could Adversely Affect Our Business and Results of Operations.
 
In our air ticketing business, we generate revenue through commissions and incentive payments from airline suppliers, service fees charged to our customers and fees from our GDS service provider. Our airline suppliers may reduce or eliminate the commissions and incentive payments they pay to us. To the extent any of our airline


12


Table of Contents

suppliers reduce or eliminate the commissions or incentive payments they pay to us, our revenue may be reduced unless we are able to adequately mitigate such reduction by increasing the service fee we charge to our customers in a sustainable manner. However, any increase in service fees may also result in a loss of potential customers. Further, our arrangement with the airlines that supply air tickets to us may limit the amount of service fee that we are able to charge our customers. Our business would also be negatively impacted if competition or regulation in the Indian travel industry causes us to have to reduce or eliminate our service fees.
 
We Rely on the Value of Our Brand, and Any Failure to Maintain or Enhance Consumer Awareness of Our Brand Could Have a Material Adverse Effect on Our Business, Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
We believe continued investment in our brand, “MakeMyTrip,” is critical to retain and expand our business. We believe that our brand is well respected and recognized in the Indian travel market, particularly in the air ticketing segment. However, we are relatively new in the hotels and packages segment, and may not enjoy the same brand recognition in this business. We have invested in developing and promoting our brand since our inception and expect to continue to spend on maintaining our brand’s value to enable us to compete against increased spending by our competitors, as well as against emerging competitors, including search engines and meta-search engines, and to allow us to expand into new geographies and products where our brand is not well known. Our marketing costs may also increase as a result of inflation in media pricing (including search engine keywords). There is no assurance that we will be able to successfully maintain or enhance consumer awareness of our brand. Even if we are successful in our branding efforts, such efforts may not be cost-effective. If we are unable to maintain or enhance consumer awareness of our brand and generate demand in a cost-effective manner, it would negatively impact our ability to compete in the travel industry and would have a material adverse effect on our business. See also “— We Cannot Be Sure That Our Intellectual Property Is Protected from Copying or Use by Others, Including Current or Potential Competitors.”
 
We May Not Be Successful in Implementing Our Growth Strategies.
 
Our growth strategy involves expanding our hotels and packages business, travel agents’ network and our service offerings. Further, one of our strategies is to enhance our service platforms by investing in technology, and expanding into new geographic markets. Our success in implementing our growth strategies are affected by:
 
  •  our ability to increase the number of suppliers, especially our hotel suppliers, that are directly-connected to us, which is dependent on the willingness of such suppliers to invest in new technology;
 
  •  our ability to continue to expand our distribution channels, and market and cross-sell our travel services and products to facilitate the expansion of our business;
 
  •  our ability to build or acquire the required technology;
 
  •  the general condition of the global economy (particularly in India and markets with close proximity to India) and continued growth in demand for travel services, particularly online;
 
  •  our ability to compete effectively with existing and new entrants to the Indian travel industry, including both online travel companies as well as traditional travel agents and tour providers;
 
  •  the growth of the Internet as a medium for commerce in India; and
 
  •  changes in our regulatory environment.
 
Many of these factors are beyond our control and there can be no assurance that we will succeed in implementing our strategy. Separately, our growth strategy also involves expanding into new geographic markets which will involve additional risks. See “— Our International Operations, Some of Which Are New to Us, Involve Additional Risks and Our Exposure to These Risks Will Increase as We Expand Our International Operations.”
 
We May Not Be Successful in Pursuing Strategic Partnerships and Acquisitions, and Future Partnerships and Acquisitions May Not Bring Us Anticipated Benefits.
 
Part of our growth strategy is the pursuit of strategic partnerships and acquisitions. There can be no assurance that we will succeed in implementing this strategy as it is subject to many factors which are beyond our control, including our ability to identify, attract and successfully execute suitable acquisition opportunities and partnerships.


13


Table of Contents

This strategy may also subject us to uncertainties and risks, including acquisition and financing costs, potential ongoing and unforeseen or hidden liabilities, diversion of management resources and cost of integrating acquired businesses. We could face difficulties integrating the technology of acquired businesses with our existing technology, and employees of the acquired business into various departments and ranks in our company, and it could take substantial time and effort to integrate the business processes being used in the acquired businesses with our existing business processes. Moreover, there is no assurance that such partnerships or acquisitions will achieve our intended objectives or enhance our revenue.
 
In March 2010, we acquired certain assets of Travis Internet Private Limited, an online bus ticketing company, including the website www.ticketvala.com, which gives us the ability to provide our bus suppliers with access to a real time bus reservations technology platform. We intend to leverage this platform to enable more bus operators to be directly-connected to our booking system with such technology, but there is no assurance that we will be able to successfully leverage this new platform to further expand our bus offering.
 
Our Arrangements with Some of Our Suppliers May Subject Us to Additional Monetary Risks.
 
We generally do not assume inventory risk in our air ticketing business as we typically act as an agent. However, on a few occasions, we pre-purchase air ticket inventory in order to enjoy special negotiated rates and we assume inventory risk on such tickets. If we are unable to sell these tickets as anticipated either at all, or at expected rates, our revenue and business may be adversely affected. We also generally do not guarantee a minimum number of room reservations to our hotel suppliers. However, in a few instances, particularly when we anticipate high volumes of room reservations, we may enter into arrangements with one or more of our hotel suppliers where we guarantee a minimum number of room reservations through us at an agreed rate, in order to obtain favorable terms or discounts. We may use this “guaranteed” model increasingly for future transactions with hotels as our business expands. Although we have generally been able to obtain extensions from our hotel suppliers where we have been unable to sell our minimum guaranteed number of rooms, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain similar extensions in the future. Such guarantees may result in losses to us if we are unable to fulfill our commitment to the hotels or if we are unable to obtain similar extensions.
 
Certain of Our Businesses or Services Have Only Recently Been Introduced and, As a Result, It May Be Difficult to Evaluate Their Performance and Prospects.
 
Some of the services and products offered by us were introduced very recently. For example, we started our bus ticketing business in May 2008 and our rail ticketing business in June 2009. As a result, these businesses have a limited operating history and it may be difficult to evaluate their performance and prospects.
 
Our International Operations, Some of Which Are New to Us, Involve Additional Risks.
 
We have been operating in the United States since 2000, servicing mainly the air ticketing needs of non-resident Indians in the United States traveling inbound to India. We also launched our website in the United Arab Emirates in December 2009 and launched our website in Canada in July 2010, following, among other things, the registration of our websites’ domain names (www.makemytrip.ae and www.makemytrip.ca) with the relevant registry as well as the procurement of additional servers to handle the increased traffic from these international websites. Our website in Canada is currently owned by a company which we have registered in Canada. We intend to transfer legal ownership of this company to us in August 2010. We need to continue to tailor our services and business model to the unique circumstances of such markets to succeed, including building new supplier relationships and customer preferences. We also intend to expand our business in other markets, particularly those with a significant non-resident Indian population as well as those with proximity to India or favored by Indian travelers. Adapting our practices and models effectively to the supplier and customer preferences of new markets could be difficult and costly and could divert management and personnel resources. We could also face additional regulatory requirements in our new markets which could be onerous. We cannot assure you that we will be able to efficiently or effectively manage the growth of our operations in these new markets.
 
In addition, we are subject to additional risks in our new international operations that may not exist in our Indian operations, including:
 
  •  differences and unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and exposure to local economic conditions;


14


Table of Contents

  •  differences in consumer preferences in such markets;
 
  •  increased risk to and limits on our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights;
 
  •  competition from providers of travel services in such foreign countries;
 
  •  restrictions on the repatriation of earnings from such foreign countries, including withholding taxes imposed by certain foreign jurisdictions; and
 
  •  currency exchange rate fluctuations.
 
If we are not able to effectively mitigate or eliminate these risks, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Our Business Could Be Negatively Affected by Changes in Search Engine Logic.
 
We utilize Internet search engines such as Google TM and Yahoo! TM India, including through the purchase of travel-related keywords, to drive traffic to our websites. These search engines frequently update and change the logic that determines the placement and display of results of a user’s search, such that the purchased or optimal placement of links to our websites may be negatively affected. In addition, a significant amount of our business is directed to our websites through pay-per-click and display advertising campaigns on the Internet and search engines whose pricing and operating dynamics can rapidly change, both technically and competitively. If major search engines such as Google TM or Yahoo! TM India, which we utilize for a significant amount of our search engine traffic, change the logic used on their websites for search results in a manner that negatively affects the search engine ranking, paid or unpaid, of our websites or those of our third-party distribution partners, we may experience a decline in traffic on our websites and our business may be adversely affected.
 
System Interruption in Our Information Systems and Infrastructure May Harm our Business.
 
We rely significantly on computer systems to facilitate and process transactions. We may in the future experience system interruptions that make some or all of these systems unavailable or prevent us from efficiently fulfilling bookings or providing services to our customers. Any interruptions, outages or delays in our systems, or deterioration in their performance, could impair our ability to process transactions and decrease the quality of our service to our customers. If we were to experience frequent or persistent system failures, our reputation and brand could be harmed.
 
While we have backup systems and contingency plans for critical aspects of our operations or business processes, certain other non-critical systems are not fully redundant and our disaster recovery or business continuity planning may not be sufficient. Fires, floods, power outages, telecommunications failures, earthquakes, acts of war or terrorism, acts of God, computer viruses, sabotage, break-ins and electronic intrusion attempts from both external and internal sources and similar events or disruptions may damage, impact or interrupt our computer or communications systems, business processes or infrastructure at any time. Although we have put measures in place to protect certain portions of our facilities and assets, any of these events could cause system interruptions, delays and loss of critical data, and could prevent us from providing services to our customers and/or suppliers for a significant period of time. We do not carry business interruption insurance for such eventualities. Remediation may be costly and we may not have adequate insurance to cover such costs. Moreover, the costs of enhancing infrastructure to attain improved stability and redundancy may be time consuming and expensive and may require resources and expertise that are difficult to obtain.
 
We Are Exposed to Risks Associated with Online Security and Credit Card Fraud.
 
The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet is essential in maintaining customer and supplier confidence in us. Security breaches, whether instigated internally or externally on our system or other Internet-based systems, could significantly harm our business. We currently require customers to guarantee their transactions with their credit cards online. We rely on licensed encryption and authentication technology to effect secure transmission of confidential customer information, including credit card numbers, over the Internet. However, advances in technology or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology that we use to protect customer and transaction data. We incur substantial expense to protect against and remedy security breaches and their consequences. However, our security measures may not prevent


15


Table of Contents

security breaches and we may be unsuccessful in or incur additional costs by implementing our remediation plan to address these potential exposures.
 
We also have agreements with banks and certain companies that process customer credit card transactions for the facilitation of customer bookings of travel services from our travel suppliers. The online payment gateway for certain of our sales made through our mobile platform or through international credit cards is not secured by “Verified by VISA” or “MasterSecure,” and we may be liable for accepting fraudulent credit cards on our websites. We may also be subject to other payment disputes with our customers for such sales. If we are unable to combat the use of fraudulent credit cards, our revenue from such sales would be susceptible to demands from the relevant banks and credit card processing companies, and our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
Declines or Disruptions in the Travel Industry Could Adversely Affect Our Business and Financial Performance.
 
Our business and financial performance are affected by the health of the Indian as well as worldwide travel industry, including changes in supply and pricing. Events specific to the travel industry that could negatively affect our business include continued fare increases, travel-related strikes or labor unrest, fuel price volatility and bankruptcies or liquidations of our suppliers.
 
Additionally, our business is sensitive to safety concerns, and thus our business has in the past declined and may in the future decline after incidents of actual or threatened terrorism, during periods of political instability or conflict or during other periods in which travelers become concerned about safety issues, including as a result of natural disasters such as tsunamis or earthquakes or when travel might involve health-related risks, such as the Influenza, H1N1 virus, avian flu and Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or other epidemics or pandemics. Such concerns are outside our control and could result in a significant decrease in demand for our travel services. Any such decrease in demand, depending on its scope and duration, together with any other issues affecting travel safety, could significantly and adversely affect our business and financial performance over the short and long term. The occurrence of such events could result in disruptions to our customers’ travel plans and we may incur additional costs and constrained liquidity if we provide relief to affected customers by not charging cancellation fees or by refunding the cost of airline tickets, hotel reservations and other travel services and products. If there is a prolonged substantial decrease in travel volumes, particularly air travel and hotel stays, for these or any other reasons, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.
 
Our Business and Results of Operations Could Be Adversely Affected by Global Economic Conditions.
 
Consumer purchases of discretionary items generally decline during recessionary periods and other periods in which disposable income is adversely affected. As a substantial portion of travel expenditure, for both business and leisure, is discretionary, the travel industry tends to experience weak or reduced demand during economic downturns.
 
Unfavorable changes in the above factors or in other business and economic conditions affecting our customers could result in fewer reservations made through our websites and/or lower our net revenue margins, and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
In the second half of calendar year 2008 and the first half of calendar year 2009, there was a rapid deterioration of global economic conditions, including economic conditions in India, which impacted our business. The current economic environment continues to be uncertain. The weakness and uncertainty in the economy has negatively impacted both corporate and consumer spending patterns and demand for travel services in general.
 
As an intermediary in the travel industry, a significant portion of our revenue is affected by fares and tariffs charged by our suppliers as well as volumes of sales made by us. During periods of poor economic conditions, airlines and hotels tend to reduce rates or offer discounted sales to stimulate demand, thereby reducing our commission-based income. A slowdown in economic conditions may also result in a decrease in transaction volumes and adversely affect our revenue. It is difficult to predict the effects of the uncertainty in global economic conditions. If economic conditions worsen globally or in India, our growth plans, business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.


16


Table of Contents

Our Processing, Storage, Use and Disclosure of Customer Data of Our Customers or Visitors to Our Website Could Give Rise to Liabilities as a Result of Governmental Regulation, Conflicting Legal Requirements, Differing Views of Personal Privacy Rights or Data Security Breaches.
 
In the processing of our customer transactions, we receive and store a large volume of customer information. Such information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations in various jurisdictions and governments are increasingly acting to protect the privacy and security of personal information that is collected, processed and transmitted in or from the governing jurisdiction. We could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are expanded or amended to require changes in our business practices or if governing jurisdictions interpret or implement their legislation or regulations in ways that negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. As privacy and data protection become more sensitive issues in India, we may also become exposed to potential liabilities. For example, under the Information Technology Act, 2000, as amended, we are subject to civil liability for wrongful loss or gain arising from any negligence by us in implementing and maintaining reasonable security practices and procedures with respect to sensitive personal data or information on our computer systems, networks, databases and software.
 
We cannot guarantee that our security measures will prevent data breaches. Companies that handle such information have also been subject to investigations, lawsuits and adverse publicity due to allegedly improper disclosure of personally identifiable information. Security breaches could damage our reputation, cause interruptions in our operations, expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability, and could also cause customers and potential customers to lose confidence in the security of our transactions, which would have a negative effect on the demand for our services and products. Moreover, public perception concerning security and privacy on the Internet could adversely affect customers’ willingness to use our websites. A publicized breach of security in India or in other countries in which we have operations, even if it only affects other companies conducting business over the Internet, could inhibit the growth of the Internet as a means of conducting commercial transactions, and, therefore, the prospects of our business.
 
These and other privacy and security developments that are difficult to anticipate could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We Cannot Be Sure That Our Intellectual Property Is Protected from Copying or Use by Others, Including Current or Potential Competitors.
 
Our websites rely on content and in-house customizations and enhancements of third-party technology, much of which is not subject to intellectual property protection. We protect our logo, brand name, websites’ domain names and, to a more limited extent, our content by relying on trademarks, trade secret laws and confidentiality agreements. Even with all of these precautions, it is possible for someone else to copy or otherwise obtain and use our content, techniques and technology without our authorization or to develop similar technology. Effective trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which we operate, offline or through the Internet, and policing unauthorized use of our content and technological customizations is difficult and expensive. Our logo and brand name, “MakeMyTrip,” are only registered as trademarks in India and the United States and are not protected in other countries where we operate or otherwise, and we are in the process of applying to obtain copyright protection for our logo and brand name in India. We cannot be sure that our trademarks or domain names will be protected to the same extent in India or elsewhere as in the United States or that the steps we have taken will prevent misappropriation or infringement of what we consider our proprietary information. Such misappropriation or infringement could have a material adverse effect on our business. In the future, we may need to engage in litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation might result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.
 
Our Business Experiences Seasonal Fluctuations and Quarter-to-Quarter Comparisons of Our Results May Not Be Meaningful.
 
Our business experiences seasonal fluctuations. We tend to experience higher revenue from our hotels and packages business in the second and fourth calendar quarters of each year, which coincide with the summer holiday travel season and the year-end holiday travel season in India. In our air ticketing business, we tend to experience


17


Table of Contents

higher revenues in the third and fourth calendar quarters of each year and lower revenue in the first calendar quarter, mainly as a result of changes in demand for business travel. As a result, quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results may not be meaningful.
 
Changing Laws, Rules and Regulations and Legal Uncertainties, Including Adverse Application of Tax Laws and Regulations, May Adversely Affect Our Business and Financial Performance.
 
Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in or interpretations of existing, or the promulgation of new, laws, rules and regulations applicable to us and our business, including those relating to the Internet and e-commerce, consumer protection and privacy. Such unfavorable changes could decrease demand for our services and products, increase costs and/or subject us to additional liabilities. For example, there may continue to be an increasing number of laws and regulations pertaining to the Internet and e-commerce, which may relate to liability for information retrieved from or transmitted over the Internet or mobile networks, user privacy, taxation and the quality of services and products sold or provided through the Internet. Furthermore, the growth and development of e-commerce may result in more stringent consumer protection laws that may impose additional burdens on online businesses generally.
 
The application of various Indian and international sales, use, occupancy, value-added and other tax laws, rules and regulations to our services and products is subject to interpretation by the applicable taxing authorities. Many of the statutes and regulations that impose these taxes were established before the growth of the Internet, mobile networks and e-commerce. If such tax laws, rules and regulations are amended, new adverse laws, rules or regulations are adopted or current laws are interpreted adversely to our interests, particularly with respect to occupancy or value-added or other taxes, the results could increase our tax payments (prospectively or retrospectively) and/or subject us to penalties and, if we pass on such costs to our customers, decrease the demand for our services and products. As a result, any such changes or interpretations could have an adverse affect on our business and financial performance.
 
Infrastructure in India May Not Be Upgraded in Order to Support Higher Internet Penetration, Which May Result in Additional Investments and Expenses for Us.
 
The majority of our bookings are made through our Indian website. However, Internet penetration in India was only 7.0% in 2009, according to Internet World Stats. There can be no assurance that Internet penetration in India will increase in the future as slowdowns or disruptions in upgrading efforts for infrastructure in India could reduce the rate of increase in the use of the Internet. As such we may need to make additional investments in alternative distribution channels. Further, any slowdown or negative deviation in the anticipated increase in Internet penetration in India may adversely affect our business and prospects.
 
Our Significant Shareholders Will Be Able to Exercise Significant Influence over Our Company after This Offering and May Have Interests That Are Different from Those of Our Other Shareholders.
 
After the completion of this offering,      and      will own      shares (representing     % of the issued and outstanding shares of our company) and      shares (representing     % of the issued and outstanding shares of our company), respectively. By virtue of such a significant shareholding,      and      will have the ability to exercise significant influence over our company and our affairs and business, including the election of directors, the timing and payment of dividends, the adoption and amendments to our Constitution, the approval of a merger or sale of substantially all our assets and the approval of most other actions requiring the approval of our shareholders. The interests of      and      may be different from or conflict with the interests of our other shareholders and their influence may result in the delay or prevention of a change of management or control of our company, even if such a transaction may be beneficial to our other shareholders.
 
Our Results of Operations Are Subject to Fluctuations in Currency Exchange Rates.
 
As the functional currency of MMT India, our key operating subsidiary, is the Indian Rupee, our exposure to foreign currency risk primarily arises in respect of our non-Indian Rupee-denominated trade and other receivables, trade and other payables, and cash and cash equivalents. Based on our operations in fiscal year 2010, a 10.0% appreciation of the US dollar against the Indian Rupee as of March 31, 2010, assuming all other variables remained


18


Table of Contents

constant, would have decreased our loss for the year by $0.2 million. Similarly, a 10.0% depreciation of the US dollar against the Indian Rupee as of March 31, 2010, assuming all other variables remained constant, would have increased our loss for the year by $0.2 million.
 
We are also exposed to movements between the US dollar and the Indian Rupee in our operations, as approximately 9.1% of our revenue for fiscal year 2010 was generated by MMT India from its air ticketing business and received in US dollars although our expenses are generally incurred in Indian Rupees. Additionally, we receive revenue from our hotels and packages segment in Indian Rupees, but a portion of our expenses in this segment (those relating to outbound packages from India in particular) could be incurred in a non-Indian currency. We currently do not have any hedging agreements or similar arrangements with any counter-party to cover our exposure to any fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. While, we do incorporate margins in our pricing to cover any adverse fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, there can be no assurance that such margins will adequately protect us from adverse fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and hence our earnings remain susceptible to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.
 
Our Ability to Attract, Train and Retain Executives and Other Qualified Employees Is Critical to Our Business, Results of Operations and Future Growth.
 
Our business and future success is substantially dependent on the continued services and performance of our key executives, senior management and skilled personnel, particularly personnel with experience in our industry and our information technology and systems. Any of these individuals may choose to terminate their employment with us at any time and we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain these employees or find adequate replacements, if at all. The specialized skills we require can be difficult, time-consuming and expensive to acquire and/or develop and, as a result, these skills are often in short supply. A lengthy period of time may be required to hire and train replacement personnel when skilled personnel depart our company. Our ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to attract new employees and to retain and motivate our existing employees. We may be required to increase our levels of employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive in attracting the quality of employees that our business requires. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining or motivating existing employees, our business and prospects for growth could be adversely affected.
 
Risks Related to Operations in India
 
A Substantial Portion of Our Business and Operations Are Located in India and We Are Subject to Regulatory, Economic, Social and Political Uncertainties in India.
 
A substantial portion of our business and employees are located in India, and we intend to continue to develop and expand our business in India. Consequently, our financial performance and the market price of our ordinary shares will be affected by changes in exchange rates and controls, interest rates, changes in government policies, including taxation policies, social and civil unrest and other political, social and economic developments in or affecting India.
 
The Government of India has exercised and continues to exercise significant influence over many aspects of the Indian economy. Since 1991, successive Indian governments have generally pursued policies of economic liberalization and financial sector reforms, including by significantly relaxing restrictions on the private sector. Nevertheless, the role of the Indian central and state governments in the Indian economy as producers, consumers and regulators has remained significant and we cannot assure you that such liberalization policies will continue. The present government, formed in May 2009, has announced policies and taken initiatives that support the continued economic liberalization policies that have been pursued by previous governments. However, the present government is a multiparty coalition and therefore there is no assurance that it will be able to generate sufficient cross-party support to implement such policies or initiatives. The rate of economic liberalization could change, and specific laws and policies affecting travel service companies, foreign investments, currency exchange rates and other matters affecting investments in India could change as well. A significant change in India’s policy of economic liberalization and deregulation or any social or political uncertainties could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India generally and our business and prospects.


19


Table of Contents

As the Domestic Indian Market Constitutes a Significant Source of Our Revenue, a Slowdown In Economic Growth in India Could Cause Our Business to Suffer.
 
In fiscal year 2010, 94.7% of our revenue was derived directly from sales by our subsidiary in India. The performance and growth of our business are necessarily dependent on economic conditions prevalent in India, which may be materially and adversely affected by political instability or regional conflicts, economic slowdown elsewhere in the world or otherwise. The Indian economy also remains largely driven by the performance of the agriculture sector which depends on the quality of the monsoon which is difficult to predict. The Indian economy has grown significantly over the past few years. In the past, economic slowdowns in the Indian economy have harmed the travel industry as customers have less disposable income for their travels, especially holiday travel. Any future slowdown in the Indian economy could have a material adverse effect on the demand for the travel products we sell and, as a result, on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Trade deficits could also adversely affect our business and the price of our ordinary shares. India’s trade relationships with other countries and its trade deficit, driven to a major extent by global crude oil prices, may adversely affect Indian economic conditions. If trade deficits increase or are no longer manageable because of the rise in global crude oil prices or otherwise, the Indian economy, and therefore our business, our financial performance and the price of our ordinary shares could be adversely affected.
 
India also faces major challenges in sustaining its growth, which include the need for substantial infrastructure development and improving access to healthcare and education. If India’s economic growth cannot be sustained or otherwise slows down significantly our business and prospects could be adversely affected.
 
The Travel Industry in India is Susceptible to Extraneous Events Such As Terrorist Attacks and Other Acts of Violence, Which May Result in a Reduction in Travel Volumes to Affected Areas.
 
Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war involving India or other neighboring countries may adversely affect the Indian markets and the worldwide financial markets. As many terrorist attacks tend to be focused on tourists or tourist destinations, such acts may also result in a reduction in confidence in the Indian travel industry and could adversely impact our business and prospects. In addition, any deterioration in international relations between India and other countries may result in concerns regarding regional stability which could adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares. The occurrence of any of these events may result in a loss of business confidence and have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.
 
South Asia has also experienced instances of civil unrest and hostilities among neighboring countries from time to time, including between India and Pakistan. Military confrontations between India and Pakistan have occurred along the India/Pakistan border. There have also been incidents in and near India such as terrorist attacks in Mumbai, Jaipur and Delhi, troop mobilizations along the India/Pakistan border and an aggravated geopolitical situation in the region. Such military activity, terrorist attacks or other adverse social, economic and political events in India in the future could adversely affect the Indian economy by disrupting communications and making travel more difficult. Resulting political tensions could create a greater perception that investments in Indian companies involve a high degree of risk and could have an adverse impact on our business and the price of our ordinary shares. Furthermore, if India were to become engaged in armed hostilities, particularly hostilities that were protracted or involved the threat or use of nuclear weapons, we might not be able to continue our operations. While we maintain insurance for losses arising from terrorist activities, our insurance policies do not cover business interruptions from terrorist attacks or for other reasons.
 
Natural Calamities Could Have a Negative Impact on the Indian Economy and Cause our Business to Suffer.
 
India has experienced natural calamities such as earthquakes, tsunamis, floods and drought in the past few years. In December 2004, Southeast Asia, including both the eastern and western coasts of India, experienced a massive tsunami, and in October 2005, the State of Jammu and Kashmir experienced an earthquake, both of which events caused significant loss of life and property damage. The extent and severity of these natural disasters determines their impact on the Indian economy. Substantially all of our operations and employees are located in India and there can be no assurance that we will not be affected by natural disasters in the future. Furthermore, if any of these natural disasters occur in tourist destinations such as the tsunami in 2004 which affected the state of Kerala,


20


Table of Contents

a popular vacation destination in India, travel to and within India could be adversely affected, which could have an adverse impact on our business and financial performance.
 
Restrictions on Foreign Investment in India May Prevent Us from Making Future Acquisitions or Investments in India, Which May Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations, Financial Condition and Financial Performance.
 
India regulates ownership of Indian companies by foreigners, although some restrictions on foreign investment have been relaxed in recent years. These regulations and restrictions may apply to acquisitions by us or our affiliates, including MMT India and affiliates which are not resident in India, of shares in Indian companies or the provision of funding by us or any other entity to Indian companies within our group. For example, under its consolidated foreign direct investment policy, the Government of India has set out additional requirements for foreign investments in India, including requirements with respect to downstream investments by Indian companies owned or controlled by foreign entities and the transfer of ownership or control of Indian companies in sectors with caps on foreign investment from resident Indian persons or entities to foreigners. These requirements, which currently include restrictions on valuations and sources of funding for such investments and may include prior approval from the Foreign Investment Promotion Board, may adversely affect our ability to make investments in India, including through MMT India. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain any required approvals for future acquisitions or investments in India, or that we will be able to obtain such approvals on satisfactory terms.
 
We May Become Liable to Penalties or Actions Imposed by the Reserve Bank of India in Relation to Delays in Compliance with Certain Reporting Requirements Applicable in Respect of the Acquisition and Transfer of Our Shares by Certain Indian Resident Employees of MMT India and of Issuances of Shares of MMT India to Us.
 
The Reserve Bank of India has prescribed certain reporting requirements in connection with the acquisition and transfer of foreign securities by Indian residents, including periodic filings to be made by an Indian subsidiary of a foreign company with respect to employees acquiring shares under an employee share option scheme, and the issuance of shares of Indian entities to persons resident outside India. In the past, there have been instances where certain of such filings required to be made by our Indian subsidiary, MMT India, in connection with issuances of shares of our company to employees of MMT India under our employee share option scheme and of issuances of shares of MMT India to us, have been inadvertently delayed or incomplete. While we have now made the necessary filings or provided clarifications sought by the Reserve Bank of India with respect to such filings, we may become liable to certain penalties or actions by the Reserve Bank of India, which we are unable to quantify at this time. We have not received any communication regarding the imposition of any penalty or action from the Reserve Bank of India with respect to such filings.
 
Our Business and Activities Are Regulated by the Competition Act, 2002.
 
The Competition Act, 2002, as amended, or the Competition Act, several provisions of which have recently come into force, seeks to prevent practices that could have an appreciable adverse effect on competition. Under the Competition Act, any arrangement, understanding or action between enterprises, whether formal or informal, which causes or is likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition is void and will be subject to substantial penalties. Any agreement that directly or indirectly determines purchase or sale prices, limits or controls production, or creates market sharing by way of geographical area or number of customers in the market is presumed to have an appreciable adverse effect on competition. Provisions relating to the regulations of certain acquisitions, mergers or amalgamations which have an appreciable adverse effect on competition are not yet in force. Such provisions could, if brought into force in the future, be applicable to us.
 
The effect of the Competition Act on the business environment in India is unclear. If we or any member of our group, including MMT India, are affected, directly or indirectly, by the application or interpretation of any provision of the Competition Act or any enforcement proceedings initiated by the Competition Commission of India or any adverse publicity that may be generated due to scrutiny or prosecution by the Competition Commission of India, our business and financial performance may be materially and adversely affected.


21


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Investments in Mauritian Companies
 
As Our Shareholder, You May Have Greater Difficulties in Protecting Your Interests Than as a Shareholder of a United States Corporation.
 
We are incorporated under the laws of Mauritius. The laws generally applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders may provide shareholders of United States corporations with rights and protection for which there may be no corresponding or similar provisions under the Companies Act 2001 of Mauritius, as amended, or the Mauritius Companies Act. As such, if you invest in our ordinary shares, you may or may not be accorded the same level of shareholder rights and protection that a shareholder of a United States corporation may be accorded under the laws generally applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Taken together with the provisions of our Constitution, some of these differences may result in your having greater difficulties in protecting your interests as our shareholder than you would have as a shareholder of a United States corporation. This affects, among other things, the circumstances under which transactions involving an interested director are voidable, whether an interested director can be held accountable for any benefit realized in a transaction with us, what rights you may have as a shareholder to enforce specified provisions of the Mauritius Companies Act or our Constitution, and the circumstances under which we may indemnify our directors and officers.
 
We May Become Subject to Unanticipated Tax Liabilities That May Have a Material Adverse Effect on Our Results of Operations.
 
We are a Mauritius Category 1 Global Business Company and are tax resident in Mauritius. The Income Tax Act 1995 of Mauritius imposes a tax in Mauritius on the chargeable income of our company at the rate of 15%. However, under the Income Tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations 1996 of Mauritius, subject to the Income Tax Act 1995 and the regulations under the Income Tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations 1996, credit is allowed for foreign tax on the foreign source income of a resident of Mauritius against Mauritius tax computed by reference to the same income, and where credit is allowed against Mauritius tax chargeable in respect of any income, the amount of Mauritius tax so chargeable shall be reduced by the amount of the credit. Under the Income Tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations 1996, “foreign source income” means income which is not derived from Mauritius and includes in the case of a corporation holding a Category 1 Global Business Licence under the Financial Services Act 2007 of Mauritius, income derived in the course of a global business. Subject to the provisions of the Income Tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations 1996, no credit is allowed in respect of foreign tax unless written evidence is presented to the Mauritius Revenue Authority showing the amount of foreign tax which has been charged and for this purpose, “written evidence” includes a receipt of the relevant authorities of the foreign country for the foreign tax or any other evidence that the foreign tax has been deducted or paid to the relevant authorities of that country. However, pursuant to regulation 8 of the Income Tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations 1996, if written evidence is not presented to the Mauritius Revenue Authority showing the amount of foreign tax charged on our company’s foreign source income, the amount of foreign tax shall nevertheless be conclusively presumed to be equal to 80% of the Mauritius tax chargeable with respect to that income and in such circumstance, the effective tax rate in Mauritius on our company’s chargeable income would be 3%.
 
We hold a tax residence certificate issued by the Mauritius Revenue Authority. We believe that a significant portion of the income derived from our operations will not be subject to tax in countries in which we conduct activities or in which our customers are located, other than Mauritius and India. However, this belief is based on the anticipated nature and conduct of our business, which may change. It is also based on our understanding of our position under the tax laws of the countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. This position is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law that may have retroactive effect. Our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if we become subject to a significant amount of unanticipated tax liabilities.
 
Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and this Offering
 
Investors May Have Difficulty Enforcing Judgments against Us, Our Directors and Management.
 
We are incorporated under the laws of Mauritius. Further, we conduct substantially all of our operations in India through our key operating subsidiary in India. The majority of our directors and officers, and some of the experts named in this prospectus, reside outside the United States, and a majority of our assets and some or all of the


22


Table of Contents

assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible to effect service of process within the United States upon us or those persons, or to recover against us or them on judgments of United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws. An award of punitive damages under a United States court judgment based upon United States federal securities laws is likely to be construed by Mauritian and Indian courts to be penal in nature and therefore unenforceable in both Mauritius and India. Further, no claim may be brought in Mauritius or India against us or our directors and officers in the first instance for violation of United States federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial application under Mauritian or Indian law and do not have force of law in Mauritius or India. However, a Mauritian or Indian court may impose civil liability, including the possibility of monetary damages, on us or our directors and officers if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Mauritian or Indian law. Moreover, it is unlikely that a court in Mauritius or India would award damages on the same basis as a foreign court if an action were brought in Mauritius or India or that a Mauritian or Indian court would enforce foreign judgments if it viewed the amount of damages as excessive or inconsistent with Mauritius or Indian practice or public policy.
 
The courts of Mauritius or India would not automatically enforce judgments of United States courts obtained in actions against us or our directors and officers, or some of the experts named herein, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws, or entertain actions brought in Mauritius or India against us or such persons predicated solely upon United States federal securities laws. Further, there is no treaty in effect between the United States and Mauritius providing for the enforcement of judgments of United States courts in civil and commercial matters and the United States has not been declared by the Government of India to be a reciprocating territory for the purposes of enforcement of foreign judgments, and there are grounds upon which Mauritian or Indian courts may decline to enforce the judgments of United States courts. Some remedies available under the laws of United States jurisdictions, including remedies available under the United States federal securities laws, may not be allowed in Mauritian or Indian courts if contrary to public policy in Mauritius or India (as the case may be). Because judgments of United States courts are not automatically enforceable in Mauritius or India, it may be difficult for you to recover against us or our directors and officers or some experts named in this prospectus based upon such judgments. In India, prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India is required in order to repatriate any amount recovered pursuant to such judgments. See “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”
 
As a Foreign Private Issuer, We are Permitted to, and We Will, Follow Certain Home Country Corporate Governance Practices in Lieu of Certain Nasdaq Requirements Applicable to US Issuers. This May Afford Less Protection to Holders of Our Ordinary Shares.
 
As a foreign private issuer whose ordinary shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain Nasdaq Global Market requirements. A foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, each Nasdaq Global Market requirement with which it does not comply followed by a description of its applicable home country practice. As a company incorporated in Mauritius and listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, we expect to follow our home country practice with respect to the composition of our board of directors and nominations committee and executive sessions. Unlike the requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market, the corporate governance practice and requirements in Mauritius do not require us as a Mauritius Category 1 Global Business Company to have a majority of our board of directors to be independent; do not require us as a Mauritius Category 1 Global Business Company to establish a nominations committee; and do not require us to hold regular executive sessions where only independent directors shall be present. Such Mauritian home country practices may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares.
 
An Active Trading Market for Our Ordinary Shares May Not Develop and the Trading Price for Our Ordinary Shares May Fluctuate Significantly.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. If an active public market for our ordinary shares does not develop after this offering, the market price and liquidity of our ordinary shares may be adversely affected. Although our ordinary shares have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, a liquid public market for our ordinary shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price for our ordinary shares was determined by negotiation among us, the selling shareholders and the


23


Table of Contents

underwriters and the price at which the ordinary shares are traded after this offering may decline below the initial public offering price, which means you may experience a decrease in the value of your ordinary shares regardless of our operating performance or prospects. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, shareholders have often instituted securities class action litigation against that company. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert the attention of senior management, and, if adversely determined, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Because the Initial Public Offering Price Is Substantially Higher Than Our Book Value Per Ordinary Share, You Will Incur Immediate and Substantial Dilution.
 
Purchasers of our ordinary shares will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per ordinary share from the initial public offering price per ordinary share. After giving effect to the sale of ordinary shares offered by this prospectus at the assumed public offering price of $      per ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us in this offering, our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2010 would have been approximately $      million, or $      per ordinary share. This represents an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $      per ordinary share to investors in this offering. For a calculation of the dilution purchasers in this offering will incur, see “Dilution.”
 
The Sale or Availability for Sale of Substantial Amounts of Our Ordinary Shares Could Adversely Affect Their Market Price.
 
Sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares and could materially impair our future ability to raise capital through offerings of our ordinary shares.
 
We will have      ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering (assuming the conversion of all our outstanding preferred shares to 12,324,460 ordinary shares and the issuance of      ordinary shares upon the exercise of share options held by certain of our selling shareholders, effective upon the completion of this offering), or      ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ordinary shares in full. Further, although certain of our share option holders are subject to restrictions on selling shares acquired upon the exercise of options, the majority of the options granted under our equity option plan will continue to be exercisable following the completion of this offering. All of the ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the US Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, unless held by our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Subject to the 180-day lock-up restrictions described below and other applicable restrictions and limitations under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, all of our shares outstanding prior to this offering (as well as those to be issued upon conversion of our preferred shares) will be eligible for sale in the public market. If these shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline.
 
In connection with this offering, we and our directors, executive officers and all of our shareholders and certain holders of share options have agreed, subject to some exceptions, not to sell any ordinary shares for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the written consent of the underwriters. However, the underwriters may release these ordinary shares from these lock-up restrictions at any time. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of ordinary shares held by our significant shareholders or any other shareholder or the availability of these ordinary shares for future sale will have on the market price of our ordinary shares.
 
Future Issuances of Any Equity Securities May Decrease the Trading Price of Our Ordinary Shares.
 
Any issuance of equity securities after this offering could dilute the interests of our shareholders and could substantially decrease the trading price of our ordinary shares. We may issue equity or equity-linked securities in the future for a number of reasons, including to finance our operations and business strategy (including in connection with acquisitions and other transactions), to adjust our ratio of debt to equity, to satisfy our obligations upon the exercise of then-outstanding options or other equity-linked securities, if any, or for other reasons.


24


Table of Contents

We Will Have Considerable Discretion as to the Use of the Net Proceeds to be Received by Us from This Offering.
 
Our allocation of the net proceeds to be received by us of this offering is based on current plans and business conditions. The amounts and timing of any expenditure will vary depending on the amount of cash generated by our operations, competitive, market as well as technological developments, and the number and type of new acquisitions or investments we undertake. Accordingly, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds received by us. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether proceeds are being used appropriately. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our results of operations or increase our share price. The net proceeds from this offering, pending investment in operating assets or businesses, or technological enhancement, may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that lose value, which will cause the price of our ordinary shares to decline.
 
Our Holding Company Will Have to Rely Principally on Dividends and Other Distributions on Equity Paid by Our Operating Subsidiaries and Limitations on Their Ability to Pay Dividends to Our Holding Company Could Adversely Impact Your Ability to Receive Dividends on Our Ordinary Shares.
 
Dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our operating subsidiaries will be our holding company’s principal source for cash in order for us to be able to pay any dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders. As of the date of this prospectus, MMT India has not paid any cash dividends on its equity shares. If our operating subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to our holding company. As our key operating subsidiary is established in India, it is also subject to certain limitations with respect to dividend payments. See “Dividends and Dividend Policy” for further information.
 
Compliance with Rules and Requirements Applicable to Public Companies May Cause Us to Incur Additional Costs, and Any Failure by Us to Comply with Such Rules and Requirements Could Negatively Affect Investor Confidence in Us and Cause the Market Price of Our Ordinary Shares to Decline.
 
As a public company, we will incur a significant level of legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules adopted by the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market, have required changes in the corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and to make certain corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. To begin bringing our company into compliance with applicable financial reporting regulations, we have recently hired a new senior manager to be responsible for implementation of requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are in the process of evaluating and hiring consultants and new staff. Complying with these rules and requirements may be particularly difficult and costly for us because we may have difficulty finding sufficient personnel in India with experience and expertise relating to IFRS and United States public-company reporting requirements, and such personnel may be costly. If we cannot employ sufficient qualified and experienced personnel to ensure compliance with these rules and regulations, we may need to rely more on outside legal, accounting and financial experts, which may be costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.
 
We May Be Classified as a Passive Foreign Investment Company, Which Could Result in Adverse US Federal Income Tax Consequences to US Holders of Our Ordinary Shares.
 
Based on, among other things, the current and anticipated valuation of our assets and composition of our income and assets, we do not expect to be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for US federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year ending March 31, 2011. However, we must make a separate determination after the close of each taxable year as to whether we were a PFIC for that year. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year. A non-US corporation will be a PFIC for any taxable year if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for such year is passive income or (2) at least


25


Table of Contents

50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. Because the value of our assets for purposes of the PFIC test will generally be determined by reference to the market price of our ordinary shares, fluctuations in the market price of the ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, changes in the composition of our income or assets may cause us to become a PFIC. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a US Holder (as defined in “Taxation — US Federal Income Taxation”) holds an ordinary share, certain adverse US federal income tax consequences could apply to such US Holder. See “Taxation — US Federal Income Taxation — Passive Foreign Investment Company.”


26


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that relate to our current expectations and views of future events. These forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Industry Overview” and “Business.” These statements relate to events that involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those listed under “Risk Factors,” which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.
 
In some cases, these forward-looking statements can be identified by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “potential,” “continue,” “is/are likely to” or other similar expressions.
 
These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions, some of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are not a guarantee of future performance. Actual outcomes may differ materially from the information contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including, without limitation, the risk factors set forth in “Risk Factors” and the following:
 
  •  our ability to maintain and expand our supplier relationships;
 
  •  our reliance on technology;
 
  •  our ability to expand our business, implement our strategy and effectively manage our growth;
 
  •  political and economic stability in and around India;
 
  •  our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy;
 
  •  our ability to attract, train and retain executives and other qualified employees;
 
  •  increasing competition in the Indian travel industry; and
 
  •  risks associated with online commerce security.
 
The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results or performance may be materially different from what we expect.


27


Table of Contents

 
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
 
We are incorporated in Mauritius and our primary operating subsidiary, MMT India, is incorporated in India. The majority of our directors and executive officers are not residents of the United States and substantially all of our assets and the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for you to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or us. In addition, you may be unable to enforce judgments obtained in courts of the United States against such persons outside the jurisdiction of their residence, including judgments predicated solely upon US securities laws.
 
There is uncertainty as to whether the courts in Mauritius would enforce judgments obtained in the United States against us or our directors or executive officers, as well as the experts named herein, based on the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or allow actions in Mauritius against us or our directors or executive officers based only upon the securities laws of the United States. Further, foreign judgments may not be given effect to by a Mauritius court where it would be contrary to any principle affecting public policy in Mauritius or to the extent that they constitute the payment of an amount which is in the nature of a penalty and not in the nature of liquidated damages.
 
In addition to and irrespective of jurisdictional issues, neither Mauritian nor Indian courts will enforce a provision of the US federal securities laws that is either penal in nature or contrary to public policy. An action brought pursuant to a public or penal law, the purpose of which is the enforcement of a sanction, power or right at the instance of the state in its sovereign capacity, is unlikely to be entertained by Mauritian or Indian courts. Specified remedies available under the laws of US jurisdictions, including specified remedies under US federal securities laws, would not be available under Mauritian or Indian law or enforceable in a Mauritian or Indian court, if they are considered to be contrary to Mauritian or Indian public policy (as the case may be). An award of punitive damages under a United States court judgment based upon United States federal securities laws is likely to be construed by Mauritian and Indian courts to be penal in nature and therefore unenforceable in both Mauritius and India. Further, no claim may be brought in Mauritius or India against us or our directors and officers, as well as the experts named herein, in the first instance for a violation of US federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial application under Mauritian or Indian law and do not have force of law in Mauritius or India.
 
Section 44A of the Indian Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, as amended, or the Civil Procedure Code, provides that where a foreign judgment has been rendered by a superior court in any country or territory outside of India which the Government of India has by notification declared to be a reciprocating territory, such foreign judgment may be enforced in India by proceedings in execution as if the judgment had been rendered by an appropriate court in India. However, the enforceability of such judgments is subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 13 of the Civil Procedure Code. This section, which is the statutory basis for the recognition of foreign judgments, states that a foreign judgment is conclusive as to any matter directly adjudicated upon except:
 
  •  where the judgment has not been pronounced by a court of competent jurisdiction;
 
  •  where the judgment has not been given on the merits of the case;
 
  •  where the judgment appears on the face of the proceedings to be founded on an incorrect view of international law or a refusal to recognize the law of India in cases where such law is applicable;
 
  •  where the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained were opposed to natural justice;
 
  •  where the judgment has been obtained by fraud; or
 
  •  where the judgment sustains a claim founded on a breach of any law in force in India.
 
Section 44A of the Civil Procedure Code is applicable only to decrees or judgments under which a sum of money is payable not being in the nature of amounts payable in respect of taxes or other charges of a similar nature or in respect of fines or other penalties and does not include arbitration awards. It is unlikely that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a foreign court if an action were brought in India. Furthermore, it is unlikely that an Indian court would enforce a foreign judgment if it viewed the amount of damages awarded as excessive or inconsistent with public policy or practice in India.


28


Table of Contents

If a judgment of a foreign court is not enforceable under Section 44A of the Civil Procedure Code as described above, it may be enforced in India only by a suit filed upon the judgment, subject to Section 13 of the Civil Procedure Code, and not by proceedings in execution. The United States has not been declared by the Government of India to be a reciprocating territory for the purposes of Section 44A of the Civil Procedure Code. Accordingly, a judgment of a court in the United States may be enforced only by filing a fresh suit on the basis of the judgment and not by proceedings in execution.
 
The suit must be brought in India within three years from the date of the judgment in the same manner as any other suit filed to enforce a civil liability in India. It is difficult to predict whether a suit brought in an Indian court will be disposed of in a timely manner or be subject to untimely delay.
 
A party seeking to enforce a foreign judgment in India is required to obtain prior approval from the Reserve Bank of India under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, as amended, or FEMA, to repatriate any amount recovered pursuant to such enforcement. Any judgment in a foreign currency would be converted into Indian Rupees on the date of judgment and not on the date of payment.
 
A final and conclusive judgment in the superior courts of a foreign jurisdiction, or foreign courts, other than the courts of the United Kingdom, under which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum payable in respect of taxes, fines, penalties or similar charges) may be recognized by, and be enforceable in, the courts of Mauritius if (1) the judgment is still valid, final and is capable of execution in the jurisdiction in which it was delivered; (2) the judgment is not contrary to any principle affecting public policy in Mauritius; (3) the foreign courts had jurisdiction to hear the claim; and (4) our company had been regularly summoned to attend the proceedings before the foreign courts. Any judgment expressed in a foreign currency by a foreign court, may, when made executory in Mauritius, be expressed in that foreign currency. A valid and final judgment rendered by a court in the United States may not be enforced in Mauritius except by way of exequatur under the Mauritius Code on Civil Procedure. The exequatur may be sought in Mauritius so long as the valid and final judgment is capable of execution in the United States.
 
A final and conclusive judgment or order in the superior courts of the United Kingdom under which a sum of money is made payable (and including an award in proceedings on an arbitration if the award has, under the law in force in the place where it was made, become enforceable in the same manner as a judgment by a court in that place) would, on registration in accordance with the provisions of The Reciprocal Enforcement of Judgments Act 1923 be enforceable in the Supreme Court of Mauritius. Any judgment expressed in pounds sterling or other currency by a superior court of the United Kingdom, may, when made executory in Mauritius, be expressed in pounds sterling or any other currency at the rate of exchange prevailing at the date of judgment of the original court.


29


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We expect that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of the ordinary shares offered by us will be approximately $      million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per ordinary share, the midpoint of the expected range, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase      additional ordinary shares in full, our net proceeds will be approximately $      million after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. A $1.00 increase/(decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per ordinary share would increase/(decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $      million, or approximately $      million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ordinary shares in full, assuming the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of ordinary shares by the selling shareholders.
 
We intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering to expand our operations by acquiring or investing in strategic businesses or assets that complement our service and product offerings and to invest in enhancements to our technology, as well as for working capital and other general corporate purposes. At this time, we have not entered into any agreement or commitment with respect to any material acquisitions or investments.
 
We have not yet determined all of our expected expenditures, and we cannot estimate the amounts to be used for the purposes set forth above. The amounts and timing of any expenditures will depend on the amount of cash generated by our operations, competitive and market developments and the availability of acquisition or investment opportunities on terms acceptable to us. Accordingly, our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and this Offering — We Will Have Considerable Discretion as to the Use of the Net Proceeds to Be Received by Us from This Offering.”
 
Pending use of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing bank deposits or money market funds. These investments may have a material adverse effect on the US federal income tax consequences of your investment in our ordinary shares. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and this Offering — We May Be Classified as a Passive Foreign Investment Company, Which Could Result in Adverse US Federal Income Tax Consequences to US Holders of Our Ordinary Shares” and “Taxation — US Federal Income Taxation — Passive Foreign Investment Company.”


30


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our indebtedness and capitalization as of March 31, 2010:
 
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a proforma basis to give effect to the conversion of all our preferred shares outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering into 12,324,460 ordinary shares effective upon the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  on a proforma as adjusted basis to reflect (1) the conversion of all our preferred shares outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering into 12,324,460 ordinary shares effective upon the completion of this offering; (2) the issuance of      ordinary shares upon the exercise of share options held by certain of our selling shareholders, effective upon the completion of this offering; and (3) the issuance and sale by us of      ordinary shares offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and further assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option and no other change to the number of ordinary shares sold by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
The as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ordinary shares in this offering and other terms of this offering to be determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                         
    As of March 31, 2010  
                Proforma
 
    Actual     Proforma     As Adjusted  
    (in thousands)  
 
Loans and borrowings (1)
  $ 41,015.3      $ 207.2     $        
Bank overdraft
    3,996.1        3,996.1              
Equity/(deficit):
                       
Ordinary shares of par value $0.0005 each,
Issued: 17,542,120, actual; 29,866,580, proforma;
     , proforma as adjusted (2)
    8.8        14.9 (3)           (3)
Share premium (4)
    11,356.5        52,158.4 (5)           (5)
Accumulated deficit
    (42,510.4)       (42,510.4 )            
Share-based payment reserve
    7,061.9        7,061.9              
Foreign currency translation reserve
    (872.2)       (872.2 )            
                         
Total equity/(deficit) attributable to equity holders of our company (4)
    (24,955.4)       15,852.6              
                         
Total capitalization (4)
  $ 20,056.0      $ 20,056.0     $        
                         
 
 
Notes: (1) The preferred shares issued by us are compound financial instruments with equity, liability and embedded derivative components. Accordingly, the liability and derivative portions of our preferred shares as of March 31, 2010 amounting to $40.8 million and $0.05 million, respectively, have been included under our actual loans and borrowings. These preferred shares will be converted into 12,324,460 ordinary shares effective upon the completion of this offering. Accordingly, the liability and derivative portions of our preferred shares as of March 31, 2010 amounting to $40.8 million and $0.05 million, respectively, have been excluded from our proforma and proforma as adjusted loans and borrowings.
 
(2) The actual and proforma ordinary shares stated in the table above exclude 2,598,800 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options granted under our equity option plan as of March 31, 2010. As of June 15, 2010, a total of 2,577,300 ordinary shares were issuable upon the exercise of such outstanding options. See “Management — Share Incentive Plans — Equity Option Plan.” The proforma as adjusted ordinary shares stated in the table above exclude      ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options granted under our equity option plan (after taking into account those share options to be exercised by certain of our selling shareholders, effective upon the completion of this offering).
 
(3) Includes $0.006 million as result of the conversion of all our preferred shares outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering into 12,324,460 ordinary shares effective upon the completion of this offering.


31


Table of Contents

(4) A $1.00 increase/(decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per ordinary share in this offering would increase/(decrease) each of share premium, total equity/(deficit) attributable to equity holders of our company and total capitalization by $     .
 
(5) Includes the liability and derivative portions of our preferred shares as of March 31, 2010 of $40.8 million and $0.05 million, respectively, after deducting $0.006 million recorded under equity (as stated in note (3) above) in respect of the par value of the 12,324,460 ordinary shares to be issued upon conversion of all preferred shares effective upon the completion of this offering.


32


Table of Contents

 
DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY
 
Since our incorporation, no dividends have been declared or paid on our ordinary shares. We currently intend to retain our earnings, if any, to finance the development and growth of our business and operations as well as expand our business and do not currently anticipate paying dividends on our ordinary shares in the near future.
 
Under Mauritius law, we may only pay dividends out of retained earnings, after having made good any accumulated losses at the beginning of the relevant accounting period and no distribution (which term includes dividend) may be made unless our board of directors is satisfied that upon the distribution being made (1) our company is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of business and (2) the value of our company’s assets is greater than the sum of (a) the value of its liabilities and (b) our company’s stated capital (which refers to the total of all amounts received by our company or due and payable to our company in respect of the nominal paid-up value of our issued shares and share premiums paid to our company in relation to such shares). Subject to the Mauritius Companies Act and our Constitution, the declaration and payment of any dividend has to be authorized by our board of directors and is subject to the approval of our shareholders. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, cash flows, capital requirements, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors which our directors may deem relevant. Cash dividends, if any, will be paid in US dollars. Other distributions, if any, will be made to our shareholders by any means which our directors deem fair, legal and practicable.
 
As we are a holding company, we will have to rely on dividends paid to us by our subsidiaries (in particular, our key operating subsidiary in India, MMT India) for our cash requirements, including funds to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders, service any debt we may incur and pay our operating expenses. Our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders will depend on, among other things, the availability of dividends from MMT India.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, MMT India has not paid any cash dividends on its equity shares. Dividends other than in cash are not permitted under Indian law. The declaration and payment of any dividends in the future will be recommended by the board of directors of MMT India and approved by the shareholders of MMT India at their discretion and would depend on a number of factors, including its financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and surplus, contractual obligations, applicable Indian legal restrictions, the provisions of its articles of association, the terms of its credit facilities and other financing arrangements at the time a dividend is considered and other factors considered relevant by the board of directors. MMT India may also from time to time pay interim dividends. MMT India is liable to pay dividend distribution tax in India at the rate of 15.0%, plus applicable cess and surcharge, on any dividends paid by it.
 
Under Indian law, a company declares dividends upon a recommendation by its board of directors and approval by a majority of the shareholders at the annual general meeting of shareholders held within six months of the end of each fiscal year. However, while final dividends can be paid out by a company only after such dividends have been recommended by the board of directors and approved by shareholders, interim dividends can be paid out with only a recommendation by the board of directors. The shareholders have the right to decrease but not to increase any dividend amount recommended by the board of directors. Under Indian law, shares of a company belonging to the same class must receive equal dividend treatment.
 
Under Indian law, a company is permitted to declare or pay dividends in any year from profits for that year only if it transfers a specified percentage of profits for that year to the reserves of the company as prescribed by the Companies Act, 1956, as amended, or the Companies Act, and applicable rules thereunder. We intend to make such transfers to our general reserves in anticipation of any dividends we may pay.
 
If profits for a particular year are insufficient to declare dividends (including interim dividends), the dividends for that year may be declared and paid out from accumulated profits if the following conditions are fulfilled:
 
  •  the rate of dividend to be declared shall not exceed the average of the rates at which dividends were declared in the five years immediately preceding that year or 10.0% of our paid-up share capital, whichever is less;
 
  •  the total amount to be drawn from the accumulated profits earned in previous years and transferred to the reserves shall not exceed an amount equal to one-tenth of the sum of our paid-up share capital and net reserves, and the amount so drawn shall first be utilized to set off the losses incurred in the financial year before any dividend in respect of preference or equity shares is declared; and
 
  •  the balance of the reserves after such withdrawal shall not fall below 15.0% of our paid-up share capital.


33


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
If you invest in our ordinary shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ordinary share and our net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per ordinary share is substantially in excess of the book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares.
 
As of March 31, 2010, we had negative net tangible book value of $26.98 million, or $1.54 per ordinary share outstanding as of that date after taking into account the 20-for-one split we effected on July 22, 2010. Our net tangible book value is determined by subtracting the value of our intangible assets and total liabilities from our total assets.
 
Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per ordinary share, after giving effect to the conversion of all our outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering, from the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
Without taking into account any other changes in net tangible book value after March 31, 2010, other than to give effect to (1) the conversion of all our outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering; (2) the issuance of ordinary shares upon the exercise of share options held by certain of our selling shareholders to be effected upon the completion of this offering; and (3) our sale of the ordinary shares offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated range, with estimated net proceeds of $      million after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our proforma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2010 would have been $      million and $      per outstanding ordinary share. This represents an immediate dilution in proforma net tangible book value of $      per ordinary share to new investors in this offering.
 
The following table illustrates such dilution per ordinary share
 
         
Assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share
  $        
Net tangible book value per ordinary share as of March 31, 2010 after taking into account the 20-for-one split we effected on July 22, 2010. 
  $ (1.54 )
Proforma net tangible book value per ordinary share after giving effect to the conversion of our preferred shares and the issuance of shares pursuant to the exercise of options
  $ (      )
Proforma net tangible book value per ordinary share after giving effect to the conversion of our preferred shares, the issuance of shares pursuant to the exercise of options and this offering
  $        
Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors in the offering
  $        
Percentage dilution in net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors in the offering
          %
 
A $1.00 increase/(decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per ordinary share would increase (decrease) our proforma net tangible book value per ordinary share after giving effect to the conversion of our preferred shares and the issuance of shares pursuant to the exercise of options by $      per share, our proforma net tangible book value per ordinary share after giving effect to the conversion of our preferred shares, the issuance of shares pursuant to the exercise of options and this offering by $      per share and the dilution in net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors in this offering by $      per share, assuming no change to the number of ordinary shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
Further assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, our negative net tangible book value as of March 31, 2010 would have been $      million and $      per outstanding ordinary share. This represents an immediate dilution in proforma net tangible book value of $      per ordinary share to new investors in this offering.


34


Table of Contents

The proforma information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ordinary shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
 
The following table summarizes, on a proforma basis as of March 31, 2010 (assuming the conversion of all our outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares occurred on such date), the differences between the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per ordinary share that existing shareholders paid for their shares and new investors paid at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per ordinary share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
                                         
    Ordinary Shares Purchased (1)     Total Consideration     Average Price
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     per Share  
 
Existing shareholders
    29,866,580             %     53,900,376             %   $ 1.80  
New investors
                                       
                                         
Total
            100.0 %             100.0 %   $  
                                         
 
 
Note (1): Assuming the conversion of all outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares occured on March 31, 2010.
 
A $1.00 increase/(decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per ordinary share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase/(decrease) total consideration paid by new investors in this offering, total consideration paid by all shareholders and the average price per ordinary share by $      million, $      million and $     , respectively, assuming the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
Assuming that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the new investors will own     % of our outstanding shares and will have provided     % of the total amount paid to fund our company.
 
The discussion and tables above assume no exercise of any outstanding share options other than such options to be exercised by certain of our selling shareholders effective upon completion of this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, there were      ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding share options at a weighted average exercise price of $      per share (excluding those outstanding share options to be exercisable by certain of our selling shareholders effective upon completion of this offering), and there were ordinary shares available for future issuance upon the exercise of future grants under our equity option plan. To the extent that any of these options is exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.


35


Table of Contents

 
EXCHANGE RATES
 
Our consolidated financial statements and other financial data included in this prospectus are presented in US dollars. Our business and operations are primarily conducted in India through our Indian subsidiary, MMT India. The functional currency of MMT India is Indian Rupees and its revenues and expenses are denominated in that currency. We report our consolidated financial results in US dollars. The conversion of Indian Rupees into US dollars in this prospectus is based on the noon buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers of Indian Rupees as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. For your convenience, unless otherwise noted, all translations from Indian Rupees to US dollars and from US dollars to Indian Rupees in this prospectus were made at a rate of Rs. 46.41 to $1.00, the noon buying rate in effect as of June 15, 2010. We make no representation that any Indian Rupee or US dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into US dollars or Indian Rupees, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments are included as a component of other comprehensive income in our shareholders’ equity.
 
The following table sets forth, for each of the periods indicated, the low, average, high and period-end noon buying rates in The City of New York for cable transfers, in Indian Rupees per US dollar, as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. These rates are provided solely for your convenience and are not necessarily the exchange rates that we used in this prospectus or will use in the preparation of our periodic reports or any other information to be provided to you.
 
                                 
    Indian Rupees per US Dollar
    Noon Buying Rate
Period
  Period End   Average (1)   Low   High
 
2005
    44.95       44.05       43.05       46.26  
2006
    44.11       45.17       43.89       46.83  
2007
    39.41       41.00       38.48       44.49  
2008
    48.58       43.70       39.12       50.12  
2009
    46.40       48.22       46.00       51.96  
2009:
                               
December
    46.40       46.53       46.00       46.85  
2010:
                               
January
    46.08       45.89       45.35       46.35  
February
    46.05       46.27       45.97       46.79  
March
    44.95       45.45       44.94       46.01  
April
    44.20       44.44       44.10       44.79  
May
    46.31       45.77       44.46       47.49  
June (through June 15, 2010)
    46.41       46.79       46.40       47.08  
 
 
Note: (1) Averages for a period other than one month are calculated by using the average of the noon buying rate at the end of each month during the period. Monthly averages are calculated by using the average of the daily noon buying rates during the relevant month.
 
Source: Federal Reserve Statistical Release.


36


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
 
The following selected consolidated statement of comprehensive income and loss data for the fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, and the selected consolidated statement of financial position data as of March 31, 2009 and 2010, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected consolidated statement of financial position data as of March 31, 2008 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future period.
 
These are our first consolidated financial statements. Prior to initiation of this offering, we had not prepared consolidated financial statements. Our India-incorporated and Delaware-incorporated operating subsidiaries prepare financial statements in accordance with Indian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or Indian GAAP, and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or US GAAP, respectively. We have adopted IFRS as issued by the IASB with a transition date of April 1, 2007 and have prepared consolidated financial statements with effect from that date. We represent that selected financial data for fiscal years 2006 and 2007 cannot be prepared and presented below in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB without incurring unreasonable effort or expense, as, among other things, our subsidiaries would have to convert their respective financial statements from Indian GAAP to IFRS and from US GAAP to IFRS, in order for the historical financial data to be extracted.
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31  
    2008     2009     2010  
    (in thousands, except per share data
 
    and number of shares)  
 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data:
                       
Revenue:
                       
Air ticketing
  $ 14,091.4      $ 19,225.1      $ 32,119.5  
Hotels and packages
    24,189.4        48,622.8        50,287.9  
Other revenue
    50.1        703.8        1,152.8  
                         
Total revenue
    38,330.9        68,551.7        83,560.2  
Service cost:
                       
Procurement cost of hotels and packages services
    (21,823.8)       (43,069.2)       (42,292.2)  
Purchase of air ticket coupons
    (—)       (491.8)       (985.5)  
Personnel expenses
    (8,459.2)       (9,679.8)       (16,562.0)  
Other operating expenses
    (23,229.0)       (24,369.9)       (28,160.5)  
Depreciation and amortization
    (1,107.5)       (1,558.7)       (1,569.7)  
                         
Results from operating activities
    (16,288.7)       (10,617.6)       (6,009.8)  
Net finance income (costs)
    (2,611.2)       3,244.1        (188.8)  
                         
Loss before tax
    (18,899.8)       (7,373.5)       (6,198.6)  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    4.5        25.3        (8.4)  
                         
Loss for the year
  $ (18,895.4)     $ (7,348.2)     $ (6,207.0)  
                         


37


Table of Contents

                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31  
    2008     2009     2010  
    (in thousands, except per share data
 
    and number of shares)  
 
Loss per ordinary share:
                       
Basic
  $ (1.08)     $ (0.42)     $ (0.35)  
Diluted
  $ (1.08)     $ (0.55)     $ (0.35)  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    17,437,120        17,437,120        17,521,120  
Diluted
    17,437,120        20,403,420        17,521,120  
Proforma loss per ordinary share (basic and diluted) (1) (unaudited)
  $ (0.59)     $ (0.38)     $ (0.18)  
Proforma weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (basic and diluted) (1) (unaudited)
    26,980,680        29,761,580        29,845,580  
 
 
Note: (1) In December 2006, August 2007 and May 2008, we issued Series A, Series B and Series C preferred shares, respectively, that will convert into ordinary shares effective upon the completion of this offering. Our proforma loss per ordinary share (basic and diluted) and proforma weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (basic and diluted) have been calculated assuming that the conversion of all our outstanding preferred shares occurred on a “hypothetical basis” on April 1, 2007 for our Series A and Series B preferred shares and April 1, 2008 for our Series C preferred shares.
 
The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated statement of financial position as of March 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010:
 
                         
    As of March 31
    2008   2009   2010
    ($ in thousands)
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data:
                       
Trade and other receivables
  $ 9,852.8      $ 5,428.2      $ 12,449.5  
Term deposits
    7,346.3        16,038.9        14,471.4  
Cash and cash equivalents
    3,775.5        5,471.6        9,341.5  
Total assets
    33,226.6        37,898.2        50,633.5  
Total equity (deficit) attributable to equity holders of our company
    (17,244.6)       (27,237.5)       (24,955.4)  
Loans and borrowings (1)
    24,198.1        39,712.5        40,966.9  
Trade and other payables
    12,321.1        13,440.1        26,467.0  
Total liabilities
    50,468.1        65,131.6        75,584.5  
Total equity (deficit) and liabilities
  $ 33,226.6      $ 37,898.2      $ 50,633.5  
 
 
Note: (1) The preferred shares issued by us are compound financial instruments with equity, liability and embedded derivative components. Accordingly, the liability portion of our preferred shares amounting to $24.1 million, $39.6 million and $40.8 million for fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, has been included under our loans and borrowings. All our preferred shares will convert into ordinary shares effective upon the completion of this offering.

38


Table of Contents

 
Other Data:
 
The following table sets forth for the periods indicated, certain selected consolidated financial and other data:
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31  
    2008     2009     2010  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
 
Number of transactions:
                       
Air ticketing
    1,029.1        1,250.8        1,766.9   
Hotels and packages
    36.9        81.3        109.7   
Revenue less service cost (1) :
                       
Air ticketing
  $ 14,091.4      $ 18,733.3      $ 31,134.0   
Hotels and packages
    2,365.6        5,553.6        7,995.7   
Other revenue
    50.1        703.8        1,152.8   
                         
    $ 16,507.1      $ 24,990.7      $ 40,282.5   
                         
Gross bookings (2) (unaudited):
                       
Air ticketing
  $ 198,799.6      $ 260,945.1      $ 408,603.1   
Hotels and packages
    26,489.7        52,365.7        57,273.1   
Net revenue margins (3) (unaudited):
                       
Air ticketing
    7.1%       7.2%       7.6%  
Hotels and packages
    8.9%       10.6%       14.0%  
 
 
Notes: (1) As certain parts of our revenue are recognized on a “net” basis and other parts of our revenue are recognized on a “gross” basis, we evaluate our financial performance based on revenue less service cost, which is a non-IFRS measure, as we believe that revenue less service cost reflects more accurately the value addition of the travel services that we provide to our customers. The presentation of this non-IFRS information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our consolidated financial results prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Our revenue less service cost may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to potential differences in the method of calculation. The following table reconciles our revenue (an IFRS measure) to revenue less service cost (a non-IFRS measure):
 
                                                                                                 
    Air Ticketing     Hotels and Packages     Other Revenue     Total  
    Fiscal Year Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    March 31     March 31     March 31     March 31  
    2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010  
    (in thousands)  
 
                                                                                                 
Revenue
  $ 14,091.4     $ 19,225.1     $ 32,119.5     $ 24,189.4     $ 48,622.8     $ 50,287.9     $ 50.1     $ 703.8     $ 1,152.8     $ 38,330.9     $ 68,551.7     $ 83,560.2  
                                                                                                 
Less:
                                                                                               
                                                                                                 
Service cost
          491.8       985.5       21,823.8       43,069.2       42,292.2                         21,823.8       43,561.0       43,227.7  
                                                                                                 
                                                                                                 
Revenue less service cost
  $ 14,091.4     $ 18,733.3     $ 31,134.0     $ 2,365.6     $ 5,553.6     $ 7,995.7     $ 50.1     $ 703.8     $ 1,152.8     $ 16,507.1     $ 24,990.7     $ 40,282.5  
                                                                                                 
 
(2) Gross bookings represent the total amount paid by our customers for the travel services and products booked through us, including taxes, fees and other charges, and are net of cancellations and refunds.
 
(3) Net revenue margins is defined as revenue less service cost as a percentage of gross bookings.


39


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the section entitled “Selected Consolidated and Other Financial Data,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Actual results could differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.
 
Overview
 
We are the largest online travel company in India, based on gross bookings for 2009, according to PhoCusWright. Through our primary website, www.makemytrip.com, and other technology-enhanced platforms, travelers can research, plan and book a wide range of travel services and products in India as well as overseas. Our services and products include air tickets, hotels, packages, rail tickets, bus tickets, car hire and ancillary travel requirements such as facilitating access to travel insurance. According to McKinsey, the Indian middle class is expected to grow over ten times from 50 million people in 2005 (approximately 5% of the total Indian population) to 583 million people by 2025 (approximately 41% of the total Indian population). In order to meet the requirements of this growing Indian middle class travel market where Internet penetration is relatively low, we also utilize other technology-enhanced distribution channels, including call centers, our travel stores in India, as well as our travel agents’ network in India.
 
We generate revenue through two main lines of business, air ticketing, and hotels and packages. Sales in our air ticketing business are primarily made through our websites whereas sales in our hotels and packages business are made mainly through our call centers, travel stores and travel agents’ network. We also generate revenue through the online sale of rail and bus tickets and by facilitating access to travel insurance, as well as advertising revenue from third party advertisements on our websites.
 
In our air ticketing business, our three main sources of revenue are (1) commissions and incentive payments from airline suppliers for tickets booked by customers through our distribution channels, (2) service fees we charge our customers and (3) fees from our GDS service provider. Revenue from our air ticketing business generally represents the commissions, incentive payments and fees we earn as an agent on a “net” basis.
 
In our hotels and packages business, revenue (including revenue on air tickets sold as part of packages) is generally accounted for on a “gross” basis, representing the total amount paid by our customers for these travel services and products. The cost of procuring the relevant services and products for sale to our customers in this business are classified as service cost. Our hotels and packages revenue also includes commissions we earn for the sale of hotel rooms (without packages), and commissions we earn as an agent from other online travel agents and aggregators from whom we procure hotel rooms for our customers for hotels outside India, which are accounted for on a “net” basis.
 
As certain parts of our revenue are recognized on a “net” basis and other parts of our revenue are recognized on a “gross” basis, we evaluate our financial performance based on revenue less service cost, which is a non-IFRS measure, as we believe that revenue less service cost reflects more accurately the value addition of the travel services that we provide to our customers. The presentation of this non-IFRS information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our consolidated financial results prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Our revenue less service cost may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to potential differences in the method of calculation.


40


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles our revenue (an IFRS measure) to revenue less service cost (a non-IFRS measure):
 
                                                                                                 
    Air Ticketing     Hotels and Packages     Other Revenue     Total  
    Fiscal Year Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    March 31     March 31     March 31     March 31  
    2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
 
Revenue
  $ 14,091.4     $ 19,225.1     $ 32,119.5      $ 24,189.4     $ 48,622.8     $ 50,287.9      $ 50.1     $ 703.8     $ 1,152.8      $ 38,330.9     $ 68,551.7     $ 83,560.2   
Less:
                                                                                               
Service cost
          491.8       985.5        21,823.8       43,069.2       42,292.2                    —        21,823.8       43,561.0       43,277.7   
                                                                                                 
Revenue less service cost
  $ 14,091.4     $ 18,733.3     $ 31,134.0      $ 2,365.6     $ 5,553.6     $ 7,995.7      $ 50.1     $ 703.8     $ 1,152.8      $ 16,507.1     $ 24,990.7     $ 40,282.5   
                                                                                                 
% of total revenue less service cost
    85.4%       75.0%       77.3%       14.3%       22.2%       19.8%       0.3%       2.8%       2.9%       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%  
 
Key Operating Metrics
 
Our operating results are affected by certain key metrics that represent overall transaction activity and subsequent financial performance generated by our travel services and products. Three of the most important metrics, which are critical in determining the ongoing growth of our business, are revenue less service cost, gross bookings and net revenue margins.
 
Revenue from our air ticketing business is generally accounted for on a “net” basis (representing the commissions, incentive payments and fees we earn) and recognized at the time of issuance of air tickets. We account for our air ticketing revenue in this manner as we typically act as an agent and as we do not assume any performance obligation after the confirmation of the issuance of tickets. However, on a few occasions, we pre-purchase air ticket inventory in order to enjoy special negotiated rates and revenue from the sale of such tickets is accounted for on a “gross” basis (representing the price of the tickets paid by our customers) as we assume inventory risk on such pre-purchased tickets. The cost of such air tickets are classified as service cost.
 
Revenue from our hotels and packages business (including air tickets sold as part of packages) is generally accounted for on a “gross” basis, representing the total amount paid by our customers for these travel services and products, as we are the primary obligor and have responsibility for the delivery of services. The cost of procuring the relevant services and products for sale to our customers in this business are classified as service cost. However, our hotels and packages revenue also includes commissions we earn for the sale of hotel rooms (without packages), and commissions we earn as an agent from other online travel agents and aggregators from whom we procure hotel rooms for our customers for hotels outside India, which are accounted for on a “net” basis. Our hotels and packages revenue is recognized on the check-in date for hotel reservations and the date of departure for packages.
 
As certain parts of our revenue are recognized on a “net” basis and other parts of our revenue are recognized on a “gross” basis, we evaluate our financial performance based on revenue less service cost, as we believe this reflects more accurately the value addition of the travel services that we provide to our customers.
 
Gross bookings represent the total amount paid by our customers for the travel services and products booked through us, including taxes, fees and other charges, and are net of cancellations and refunds.
 
Net revenue margins is defined as revenue less service cost as a percentage of gross bookings and represent the commissions, fees, incentive payments and other amounts earned in our business. We follow net revenue margin trends closely across our various lines of business to gain insight into the profitability of our various businesses.


41


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the number of transactions, gross bookings and net revenue margins for our air ticketing business, and hotels and packages business for our last three fiscal years.
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31  
    2008     2009     2010  
 
Number of transactions (in thousands):
                       
Air ticketing
    1,029.1        1,250.8        1,766.9   
Hotels and packages
    36.9        81.3        109.7   
Gross bookings (in thousands) :
                       
Air ticketing
  $ 198,799.6      $ 260,945.1      $ 408,603.1   
Hotels and packages
    26,489.7        52,365.7        57,273.1   
                         
    $ 225,289.3      $ 313,310.8      $ 465,876.2   
                         
Net revenue margins :
                       
Air ticketing
    7.1%       7.2%       7.6%  
Hotels and packages
    8.9%       10.6%       14.0%  
Combined net revenue margin for air ticketing and hotels and packages
    7.3%       7.8%       8.4%  
 
Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations
 
Changes in Our Business Mix and Net Revenue Margins.   Changes in the Indian air travel industry have affected, and will continue to affect, the revenue per transaction for travel agents, including our company. In particular, volatility in global economic conditions and jet fuel prices in recent years have caused our airline partners to pursue cost reductions in their operations, including reducing distribution costs. Measures taken by airlines to reduce such costs have included reductions in travel agent commissions. In our experience, the commission rate paid by airlines to travel agents has generally been decreasing and we expect this trend to continue. Many international airlines which fly to India have also either significantly reduced or eliminated commissions to travel agents. Unlike full-service airlines, low-cost airlines do not utilize GDSs for their ticket inventory. As a result, travel agents selling air tickets for low-cost airlines do not earn fees from GDSs.
 
These trends have prompted Indian travel agents, including our company, to increase the amount of service fees charged to customers and the number of services for which fees are levied. As a result, although commissions in the air ticketing business are facing downward pressures in the industry, our air ticketing net revenue margins increased from 7.1% in fiscal year 2008 to 7.2% and 7.6% in fiscal years 2009 and 2010, respectively. In addition, many of our Indian airline suppliers also paid incentive fees to travel agents such as ourselves during the economic slowdown in the second half of fiscal year 2008 and most of fiscal year 2009 in order to improve their sales. In fiscal year 2010, we also secured certain incentive fees from airlines which contributed to the increase in our air ticketing net revenue margins. However, as the outlook for the economy improves and demand for air tickets increases, airlines may be less reliant on distribution by travel agents in the future.
 
The hotels and packages business tends to yield higher margins than the air ticketing business, reflecting the greater value added in respect of the travel services that we provide in the hotels and packages segment as well as the diversity and more complex nature of hotels and packages services as compared with air tickets. Our net revenue margins in this business have increased from 8.9% in fiscal year 2008 to 10.6% and 14.0% in fiscal years 2009 and 2010, respectively, as our number of transactions and gross bookings increased over the last three fiscal years and we were able to negotiate more favorable terms with our suppliers. We are focused on expanding our hotels and packages business, and our hotels and packages transactions have more than doubled over the last three fiscal years, increasing from 36,944 transactions in fiscal year 2008 to 109,672 transactions in fiscal year 2010. Gross bookings for hotels and packages have increased from $26.5 million in fiscal year 2008 to $57.3 million in fiscal year 2010. However, while our hotels and packages transactions increased by 34.8% in fiscal year 2010 compared with fiscal year 2009, the value of our gross bookings for hotels and packages increased at a slower rate during the same period


42


Table of Contents

primarily because we sold more domestic packages in fiscal year 2010, which tend to have lower values as compared to international packages. Revenue less service cost from our hotels and packages business accounted for 14.3%, 22.2% and 19.8% of our total revenue less service cost in fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
 
Seasonality in the Indian Travel Industry.   We experience seasonal fluctuations in the demand for travel services and products offered by us. We tend to experience higher revenues from our hotels and packages business in the second and fourth calendar quarters of each year, which coincide with the summer holiday travel season and the year-end holiday travel season in India. In our air ticketing business, we tend to experience higher revenues in the third and fourth calendar quarters of each year and lower revenue in the first calendar quarter, mainly as a result of changes in demand for business travel.
 
Advertising and Business Promotion Expenses.   Competition in the Indian online travel industry has intensified and the industry is expected to remain highly competitive for the foreseeable future. Increased competition may cause us to increase our advertising and business promotion expenses or lower our service fees in the future in order to compete effectively with new entrants and existing players in the market. We may also increase our advertising and business promotion expenses as well as personnel expenses as a result of our expansion into new markets and such expenses may not be offset by increased revenue particularly at the initial commencement of business in these new markets.
 
Trends and Changes in the Indian Economy and Travel Industry.   Our financial results have been, and are expected to continue to be, affected by trends and changes in the Indian economy and travel industry, particularly the Indian online travel industry. These trends and changes include:
 
  •  growth in the Indian economy and the middle class population in India, as well as increased tourism expenditure in India;
 
  •  increased Internet penetration (particularly broadband penetration) in India;
 
  •  increased use of the Internet for commerce in India; and
 
  •  intensive competition from new and existing market entrants, particularly in the Indian online travel industry.
 
See “Industry Overview” for further information.
 
Our Revenue, Service Cost and Other Revenue and Expenses
 
Revenue
 
We started our business in 2000 with a focus on the sales of air tickets to non-resident Indians in the United States traveling inbound to India. In 2005 we started our Indian air ticketing business. Over time, we have expanded our hotels and packages business as well as introduced new non-air services and products such as the sale of rail and bus tickets, and facilitating access to travel insurance. We also generate advertising revenue from third party advertisements on our websites.
 
Air Ticketing.   We earn commissions from airlines for tickets booked by customers through our distribution channels as well as incentive payments linked to the number of sales facilitated by us. We either deduct commissions at the time of payment of the fare to our airline suppliers or collect our commissions on a regular basis from our airline suppliers, whereas incentive payments are collected from our airline suppliers on a periodic basis. We charge our customers a service fee for booking airline tickets. We receive fees from our GDS service provider based on the volume of sales completed by us through the GDS. Revenue from air tickets sold as part of packages is eliminated from our air ticketing revenues and added to our hotels and packages revenue.
 
Hotels and Packages.   Revenue from our hotels and packages business generally represents the total amount paid by our customers for these services and products as well as revenue from air tickets sold as part of packages. Our hotels and packages revenue also includes commissions we earn for the sale of hotel rooms (without packages), and commissions we earn as an agent from other online travel agents and aggregators from whom we procure hotel rooms for our customers for hotels outside India, which is recorded on a “net” basis. As revenue in our hotels and packages business is accounted for on a “gross” basis, revenue from air tickets sold as part of packages is grossed up


43


Table of Contents

to include the fare paid by customers as well as all commissions and fees charged by us, and added to our hotels and packages revenue.
 
Other Revenue.   Our other revenue primarily comprises revenue from third-party advertising on our websites, and commissions or fees from IRCTC for the sale of rail tickets, bus operators for the sale of bus tickets, as well as Apollo Munich Health Insurance Company Limited (previously known as Apollo DKV Insurance Company Limited) for our facilitation of the access to travel insurance. We also receive fees from aggregators from whom we procure inventory for certain bus tickets, when we book bus tickets through them. We expect that revenue from these other businesses will continue to contribute an insignificant percentage of our revenue in the near future.
 
Service Cost
 
Service cost primarily consists of costs paid to hotel and package suppliers for the acquisition of relevant services and products for sale to customers, and includes the procurement cost of hotel rooms and other local services such as sightseeing costs for packages and local transport costs; it does not include any component of personnel cost, depreciation or other operating costs. As revenue from our air ticketing business is generally recognized on a “net” basis, there is typically no service cost associated with our air ticketing business. However, on a few occasions, we pre-purchase air ticket inventory in order to enjoy special negotiated rates and revenue from the sale of such tickets is recognized on a “gross” basis (representing the retail value of the tickets paid by our customers). The cost of such air tickets are classified as service cost.
 
The following table sets forth revenue recorded on a “gross” basis and on a “net” basis as well as service costs within our air ticketing business, our hotels and packages business and our other revenue during our last three fiscal years.
 
                                                                                                 
    Air Ticketing     Hotels and Packages     Other Revenue     Total  
    Fiscal Year Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    March 31     March 31     March 31     March 31  
    2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010  
    (in thousands)  
 
Revenue on gross basis
  $     $ 578.7     $ 1,110.2     $ 23,937.1     $ 48,101.0     $ 48,724.2     $     $     $     $ 23,937.1     $ 48,679.7     $ 49,946.3  
Revenue on net basis
    14,091.4       18,646.4       31,009.3       252.3       521.8       1,563.7       50.1       703.8       1,152.8       14,393.8       19,872.0       33,613.9  
                                                                                                 
Revenue
    14,091.4       19,225.1       32,119.5       24,189.4       48,622.8       50,287.9       50.1       703.8       1,152.8       38,330.9       68,551.7       83,560.2  
Less:
                                                                                               
Service cost
          491.8       985.5       21,823.8       43,069.2       42,292.2                         21,823.8       43,561.0       43,277.7  
                                                                                                 
Revenue less service cost
  $ 14,091.4     $ 18,733.3     $ 31,134.0     $ 2,365.6     $ 5,553.6     $ 7,995.7     $ 50.1     $ 703.8     $ 1,152.8     $ 16,507.1     $ 24,990.7     $ 40,282.5  
                                                                                                 
 
Personnel Expenses
 
Personnel expenses primarily consist of wages and salaries, employee welfare expenses, contributions to mandatory retirement provident funds as well as other expenses related to the payment of retirement benefits, and employee share-based compensation.
 
Other Operating Expenses
 
Other operating expenses primarily consist of, among other things, advertising and business promotion expenses, charges by payment gateway providers and fees paid to our outsourcing service providers for our call center service and other functions.
 
Depreciation and Amortization
 
Depreciation consists primarily of depreciation expense recorded on property and equipment, such as computers and office furniture, fixtures and equipment, leasehold improvements, motor vehicles and power backup generators at certain of our offices, including our corporate office in Gurgaon, India. Amortization expense consists primarily of amortization recorded on intangible assets including website development expenses and software.
 
Finance Income
 
Finance income consists mainly of net gains and/or losses arising from the change in fair value of the derivative component on our preferred shares (being the option embedded in our preferred shares which obliges our company


44


Table of Contents

to issue additional preferred shares to existing preferred shareholders if we subsequently issue new preferred shares at lower prices than the original issue prices of the existing preferred shares of the same class) as well as interest income on our term deposits.
 
Finance Costs
 
Finance costs consist primarily of interest expense accrued on our convertible preferred shares which are considered as interest bearing loans for accounting purposes (except for their embedded option derivative value), bank charges as well as impairment loss on trade and other receivables, which represent provisions for bad and doubtful debts under certain terminated contracts with travel suppliers as well as receivables under dispute by our suppliers.
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
Our functional currency and that of our subsidiary, MakeMyTrip.com Inc., is the US dollar. However, MMT India, our key operating subsidiary, primarily operates its business in Indian Rupees and its functional currency is the Indian Rupee. We report our consolidated financial statements in US dollars. The financial statements of MMT India are translated to our reporting currency using relevant exchange rates in accordance with IFRS. In particular, the assets and liabilities of our foreign operations are translated to US dollars at exchange rates as of the relevant reporting date, and the income and expenses of our foreign operations are translated to US dollars at the average of the exchange rates applicable during the relevant reporting period. Adjustments resulting from the translation of MMT India’s financial statements from its functional currency to our reporting currency are accumulated and reported as other comprehensive income/(loss), which is a separate component of our shareholders’ equity. See also “— Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Foreign Exchange Risk.”
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Certain of our accounting policies require the application of judgment by our management in selecting appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates, which inherently contain some degree of uncertainty. Our management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the reported carrying values of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses that may not be readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
 
We believe the following are the critical accounting policies and related judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Our management has discussed the application of these critical accounting estimates with our board of directors and audit committee. For more information on each of these policies, see “Note 3 — Significant Accounting Policies” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We derive our revenue primarily from two sources: air ticketing and hotels and packages.
 
Revenue from our air ticketing business is primarily generated from our websites whereas revenue from our hotels and packages business is primarily generated through call centers, travel stores and travel agents’ network. We also generate revenue through the sale of rail and bus tickets, facilitating access to travel insurance and advertising revenue from third party advertisements on our websites.
 
Air Ticketing.   Income from our air ticketing business comprises commissions and incentive payments from airline suppliers, service fees charged to customers and fees from our GDS service provider. We recognize income from our air ticket bookings at the time of issuance of tickets on the net commission we earn as an agent as we do not assume any performance obligation after the confirmation of the issuance of the air tickets to our customers. In cases where we pre-purchase air tickets and assume inventory risk, revenue from the sale of such tickets are accounted for on a “gross” basis. The costs of such air tickets are classified as service cost.
 
Hotels and Packages.   Income from our hotels and packages business, including income from air tickets sold as part of packages, is accounted for on a “gross” basis as we are the primary obligor in the arrangement and incur risk and responsibility, including the responsibility for delivery of services. Our hotels and packages revenue also includes commissions we earn for the sale of hotel rooms (without packages), and commissions we earn as an agent


45


Table of Contents

from other online travel agents and aggregators from whom we procure hotel rooms for our customers for hotels outside India, which are accounted for on a “net” basis. Our hotels and packages revenue is recognized on the check-in date for hotel reservations and the date of departure for packages, respectively.
 
Other Revenue.   We also generate revenue from third party advertisements on our websites, earn commissions and fees from railway and bus operators and earn fees by facilitating access to travel insurance policies to our customers. Income from these other sources is recognized as the services are being performed.
 
We recognize revenue when we have persuasive evidence of an arrangement in respect of services to be provided, where such services have been rendered, and the fee is determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. We conclude that we have persuasive evidence of an arrangement when we enter into a legally enforceable agreement with our customers with terms and conditions that describe the service and the related payments. We consider fees to be determinable when the services have been provided in accordance with the agreement, i.e. upon booking of the air ticket in the case of airline ticketing revenue and upon the date of departure and upon check-in in the case of packages and hotels, respectively. As the customer is primarily required to pay the amount at the time of transaction, collectibility is reasonably assured. We do not believe we have significant uncertainty regarding revenue recognition, or that the same would not be affected by uncertain future events. No major estimates or assumptions are made at the time of revenue recognition.
 
Revenue is recognized net of cancellations, refunds, discounts and taxes. In the event of cancellation of airline tickets, revenue recognized in respect of commissions earned by our company on such tickets is reversed and is net off from our revenue earned during the fiscal period at the time of cancellation. In addition, a liability is recognized in respect of the refund due to our customers for the gross amount charged to such customers net of cancellation fees. The revenue from the sale of hotels and packages and hotel reservations is recognized on the customer’s departure and check-in dates, respectively. Cancellations, if any, do not impact revenue recognition since revenue is recognized upon the availing of services by the customer.
 
Service Cost
 
Service cost primarily consists of costs paid to hotel and package suppliers for the acquisition of relevant services and products for sale to customers, and includes the procurement cost of hotel rooms and other services. Service costs also include costs of pre-purchased air tickets in respect of sale of airline tickets where our company assumes inventory risks.
 
Service costs are the amount paid or accrued against procurement of these services and products from the respective suppliers and do not include any other operating cost to provide these services or products. Service costs are recognized when incurred, which coincides with the recognition of the corresponding revenue.
 
Other operating costs include costs such as advertising and business promotion costs, payment gateway charges, web hosting charges and outsourcing fees, which are recognized on an accrual basis. Depreciation and amortization costs are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
 
Advertising and business promotion costs are primarily comprised of internet, television, radio and print media advertisement costs, as well as event-driven promotion costs for our company’s products and services. Such costs are the amounts paid by us to or accrued by us toward advertising agencies or direct service providers for advertising on websites, television, print formats, search engine marketing and any other media. Advertising and business promotion costs are recognized when incurred.
 
Accounting Estimates
 
While preparing our financial statements, we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities as of the date of our financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses for the relevant reporting period.
 
Our estimate of liability relating to pending litigation is based on currently available facts and our assessment of the probability of an unfavorable outcome. Considering the uncertainties about the ultimate outcome and the amount of losses, we re-assess our estimates as additional information becomes available. Such revisions in our estimates could materially impact our results of operations and our financial position. We believe that the estimates


46


Table of Contents

used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Any changes in estimates are recognized prospectively. Certain of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our financial statements as their application places the most significant demands on management’s judgment.
 
Impairment Loss on Trade and Other Receivables
 
We estimate the amount of uncollectible receivables each period and establish an impairment loss for uncollectible amounts. We provide impairment loss based on (i) our specific assessment of the collectability of all significant amounts; and (ii) any specific knowledge we have acquired that might indicate that an amount is uncollectible. The assessments reflect management’s best assumptions and estimates. Significant management judgment is involved in estimating these factors, and they include inherent uncertainties. Management periodically evaluates and updates the estimates based on the conditions that influence these factors. The variability of these factors depends on a number of conditions, including uncertainty about future events, and thus our accounting estimates may change from period to period.
 
Share-based Payment Transactions
 
Our employees receive remuneration in the form of equity instruments for rendering services over a defined vesting period. The value of equity instruments granted to our employees is measured by reference to the fair value of the instrument at the relevant date of grant. We record an expense for the value of such equity instruments granted and record an increase to our equity.
 
The equity instruments generally vest in tranches over the vesting period. The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed over the vesting period of the respective tranches. We recognize share-based compensation net of an estimated forfeiture rate and therefore only recognize compensation cost for those shares expected to vest over the service period of the award.
 
We apply the Black-Scholes valuation model in determining the fair value of options granted, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the stock option, stock price volatility, and the pre-vesting option forfeiture rate. Expected life is based on historical exercise patterns, which we believe are representative of future behavior. We estimate expected volatility at the date of grant based on historical volatility of comparable companies for the period equal to the expected term of the options. Expected dividends percentage is taken as zero as we do not anticipate issuing dividends. The risk-free interest rate is the yield on a treasury bonds with a remaining term equal to the expected option life assumed at the date of grant. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock options represent our best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our share-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. In addition, we are required to estimate stock-based compensation expense net of estimated forfeitures. In determining the estimated forfeiture rates for stock-based awards, we periodically conduct an assessment of the actual number of equity awards that have been forfeited to date as well as those expected to be forfeited in the future. We consider many factors when estimating expected forfeitures, including the type of award, the employee class and historical experience. If our actual forfeiture rate is materially different from our estimate, the share-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what we have recorded in the current period.
 
In the future, if we elect to use different assumptions under the Black-Scholes valuation model, it could result in a significantly different impact on our net income or loss.
 
Estimated Useful Lives of Property, Plant and Equipment and Website Development Cost
 
Property, plant and equipment.   In accordance with International Accounting Standards, or IAS, 16, “ Property, Plant and Equipment ,” we estimate the useful lives of plant and equipment in order to determine the amount of depreciation expense to be recorded during any reporting period. If technological changes were to occur more rapidly than anticipated or in a different form than anticipated, the useful lives assigned to these assets may have to be shortened, resulting in the recognition of increased depreciation expense in future periods. Likewise,


47


Table of Contents

if anticipated technological or other changes occur more slowly than expected, the useful lives could be extended. This could result in a reduction of depreciation expense in future periods.
 
Website development cost.   Website development costs representing vendor invoices towards costs of design, configuration, coding, installation and testing of our websites are capitalized until implementation. Upon implementation, the asset is amortized to expense over its estimated useful life. Ongoing website post-implementation costs of operation and application maintenance is charged to expense as incurred.
 
We review the carrying value of long-lived assets or asset groups to be used in operations whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Factors that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, a significant adverse change in legal factors or the business climate that could affect the value of the asset, or a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, among others.
 
Income Tax
 
Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in our profit or loss, except to the extent it relates to items directly recognized in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity.
 
Current Income Tax.   As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We are subject to tax assessments in each of these jurisdictions. A tax assessment can involve complex issues, which may only be resolved over extended time periods. Although we have considered all these issues in estimating our income taxes, there could be an unfavorable resolution of such issues that may affect our results of operations.
 
Current income tax for our current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based on the taxable income for that period. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.
 
The amount of income tax we pay is subject to evaluation of assessment proceedings by income tax authorities, which may result in adjustments to our carried forward tax losses. Our estimate of the potential outcome for any uncertain tax issue is highly judgmental. We believe we have adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcome related to these matters. However, our future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities in the period the assessments are made or resolved, tax examinations are closed or when statutes of limitation on potential assessments expire. As a result, our effective tax rate may fluctuate significantly.
 
Deferred Income Tax.   We recognize deferred income tax using the balance sheet approach. Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences as of the relevant reporting date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. We recognize a deferred tax asset only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and tax loss carry forwards can be utilized.
 
We consider many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of our deferred tax assets, including our recent earnings experience by jurisdiction, expectations of future taxable income, and the carry forward periods available to us for tax reporting purposes, as well as other relevant factors. Due to inherent complexities arising from the nature of our businesses, future changes in income tax law or variances between our actual and anticipated operating results, we assess the likelihood of future realization of our deferred tax assets based on our judgments and estimates. Therefore, actual income taxes could materially vary from these judgments and estimates.
 
The measurement of deferred tax assets involves judgment regarding the deductibility of costs not yet subject to taxation and estimates regarding sufficient future taxable income to enable utilization of unused tax losses in different tax jurisdictions. All deferred tax assets are subject to review of probable utilization. If, however, unexpected events occur in the future that would prevent us from realizing all or a portion of our net deferred tax assets, an adjustment would result in a charge to income in the period in which such determination was made.
 
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or


48


Table of Contents

substantively enacted at the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities which intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities simultaneously.
 
Compound Financial Instruments
 
Compound financial instruments issued by our company comprise our convertible and redeemable preferred shares with a discretionary, non-cumulative dividend that may be converted into our ordinary share capital at the option of the holder. Our preferred shares comprise equity, liability and embedded derivative components. One preferred share is convertible into one ordinary share. As our preferred shares contain adjustment clauses that represent price protection features which protect the original preferred shareholders from decline in the fair market value of their shares, our company may have to issue a variable number of ordinary shares on conversion and hence this represents a liability.
 
Equity instruments are instruments that evidence a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. Therefore, as the initial carrying amount of our preferred shares (which are compound financial instruments) has been allocated to their equity and liability components, the equity component has been assigned the residual amount after deducting the amount separately determined for their liability component from the entire fair value of our preferred shares. The value of derivative features (such as the conversion option) embedded in our preferred shares is included as a component of liability. The sum of the carrying amounts assigned to the liability and equity components on initial recognition was equal to the fair value that would be ascribed to the instrument as a whole. No gain or loss was recognized from initially recording the components of the instrument.
 
The fair value of the financial liability has been initially recognized at the amount payable on demand, discounted from the first date that the amount could be required to be paid. As the preference shareholders can demand repayment of the purchase price at any time subsequent to issuance, the fair value of the liability component has been calculated at not less than the nominal amount of the preference shares issued.
 
The equity component has been recognized initially based on the difference between the fair value of our preferred shares as a whole and the fair value of their liability component (including the embedded derivative liability). From the liability component that included the embedded derivative liability, the fair value of the derivative liability has been separated and the balance has been accounted for as a non-derivative liability. Any directly attributable transaction costs have been allocated to the liability and equity components of our preferred shares in proportion to their initial carrying amounts. Subsequent to initial recognition, the non-derivative liability component of our preferred shares has been measured at their amortized cost using an “effective interest” method. The equity component of our preferred shares is not re-measured subsequent to its initial recognition. Separable embedded derivatives in our preferred shares are recognized as described below in “— Separable Embedded Derivatives.”
 
The fair value of the separable embedded derivative is measured using the binomial lattice model. Measurement inputs include share price on measurement date, expected term of the instrument, anti-dilution price of different class of convertible and redeemable preference shares, risk free rate (based on government bonds), expected volatility (based on weighted average historic volatility adjusted for changes expected due to publicly available information), probability of funds to be raised from an initial public offering or private placement, probability of conversion or redemption of the convertible and redeemable preference shares. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of derivative liability represent our best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our fair value of derivative liability could be materially different in the future.
 
Interest, dividends, losses and gains relating to the liability component of our preferred shares have been recognized in our profit or loss.
 
Separable Embedded Derivatives
 
Our preferred shares include a variable conversion feature which represents an embedded derivative feature. Such derivatives have been recognized initially at their fair value and attributable transaction costs are recognized in our profit or loss as they are incurred. Fair value of the derivatives have been determined on the date of issuance of


49


Table of Contents

our preferred shares using an appropriate valuation method. Subsequent to initial recognition, such derivatives have been measured at their fair value, and any changes in such value are accounted for in our profit or loss.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss), both actual amounts and as a percentage of total revenue, for the periods indicated.
 
                                                 
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31
    2008   2009   2010
    Amount   %   Amount   %   Amount   %
    (in thousands)       (in thousands)       (in thousands)    
 
Revenue
  $ 38,330.9       100.0     $ 68,551.7       100.0     $ 83,560.2       100.0  
Service cost
    (21,823.8 )     (56.9 )     (43,561.0 )     (63.5 )     (43,277.7 )     (51.8 )
Personnel expenses
    (8,459.2 )     (22.1 )     (9,679.8 )     (14.1 )     (16,562.0 )     (19.8 )
Other operating expenses
    (23,229.0 )     (60.6 )     (24,369.9 )     (35.5 )     (28,160.5 )     (33.7 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (1,107.5 )     (2.9 )     (1,558.7 )     (2.3 )     (1,569.7 )     (1.9 )
Results from operating activities
    (16,288.7 )     (42.5 )     (10,617.6 )     (15.5 )     (6,009.8 )     (7.2 )
Finance income
    860.5       2.2       6,293.7       9.2       1,874.2       2.2  
Finance costs
    (3,471.7 )     (9.1 )     (3,049.6 )     (4.4 )     (2,062.9 )     (2.5 )
Loss before tax
    (18,899.8 )     (49.3 )     (7,373.5 )     (10.8 )     (6,198.6 )     (7.4 )
Income tax benefit (expense)
    *       *       25.3       0.03       (8.4 )     *  
Loss for the year
    (18,895.4 )     (49.3 )     (7,348.2 )     (10.7 )     (6,207.0 )     (7.4 )
 
 
*  not meaningful.
 
Fiscal Year 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year 2009
 
Revenue.   We had revenue of $83.6 million in fiscal year 2010, an increase of 21.9% over revenue of $68.6 million in fiscal year 2009.
 
Air Ticketing.   Revenue from our air ticketing business increased by 67.1% to $32.1 million in fiscal year 2010 from $19.2 million in fiscal year 2009. Our gross bookings increased by 56.6%, primarily due to a 41.3% growth in the number of transactions both as a result of an improvement in the overall air travel market as well as the continued increase in our domestic air ticket market share, and a 10.8% increase in the average value per transaction. Contributing to our revenue increase was also an improvement in our air ticketing net revenue margins from 7.2% in fiscal year 2009 to 7.6% in fiscal year 2010. The improvement in our air ticketing net revenue margins was mainly due to incentive fees paid to us from certain airlines, better commissions from certain consolidators and higher per-segment revenue earned from our GDS service provider in fiscal year 2010.
 
Hotels and Packages.   Revenue from our hotels and packages business increased by 3.4% to reach $50.3 million in fiscal year 2010 from $48.6 million in fiscal year 2009. Revenue increased at a slower rate as our hotels and packages gross bookings increased by 9.4% due to a reduction in average value per transaction by 18.9% from $644 in fiscal year 2009 to $522 in fiscal year 2010, as we sold more domestic packages in fiscal year 2010, which tend to have lower values as compared to international packages. Revenue less service cost from our hotels and packages business increased by 44.0% from $5.6 million in fiscal year 2009 to $8.0 million in fiscal year 2010, primarily due to a 34.8% increase in the number of hotels and packages transactions as well as higher net revenue margins of 14.0% in fiscal year 2010 compared to 10.6% in fiscal year 2009, as we were able to negotiate better rates with travel suppliers as our volumes increased.
 
Other Revenue.   Our other revenue increased by 63.8% to $1.2 million in fiscal year 2010 from $0.7 million in fiscal year 2009, primarily as our advertising revenue more than doubled from sales of third-party advertisement space on our websites (a sales initiative we started in fiscal year 2009), and we earned


50


Table of Contents

$0.2 million in revenue from our rail and bus services in fiscal year 2010, compared to $0.01 million from our bus services in fiscal year 2009. We commenced the sale of rail tickets in June 2009.
 
Service Cost.   Service cost decreased slightly to $43.3 million in fiscal year 2010 from $43.6 million in fiscal year 2009, primarily as a result of a decrease in procurement cost for our hotel and packages services from $43.1 million in fiscal year 2009 to $42.3 million in fiscal year 2010 as we managed to negotiate better rates with our suppliers, partially offset by an increase in costs associated with the pre-purchase of air ticket inventory from $0.5 million in fiscal year 2009 to $1.0 million in fiscal year 2010.
 
Total Revenue Less Service Cost.   Our total revenue less service cost increased by 61.2% to $40.3 million in fiscal year 2010 from $25.0 million in fiscal year 2009, primarily as a result of a 66.2% increase in our air ticketing revenue less service cost in line with the increase in the number of transactions and the increase in commissions due to the increase in the value per transaction and higher net revenue margins, as well as a 44.0% increase in our hotels and packages revenue less service cost, mainly reflecting the increase in the number of transactions and our net revenue margins.
 
Personnel Expenses.   Personnel expenses increased by 71.1% to $16.6 million in fiscal year 2010 from $9.7 million in fiscal year 2009, mainly as result of a significant increase in our employee share-based compensation costs which were $6.8 million in fiscal year 2010, compared with $0.4 million in fiscal year 2009. This increase arose from grants of fully-vested employee share options in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, both as a result of options issued under our 2001 equity option plan and grants intended to replace prior options granted under MMT India’s share option plan. The total of the remaining personnel expenses (which excludes our employee share-based compensation costs) increased by 5.7% in fiscal year 2010 primarily due to an increase in bonus accruals from $0.9 million in fiscal year 2009 to $1.6 million in fiscal year 2010, partly offset by a reduction in the overall average headcount during the fiscal year.
 
Other Operating Expenses.   Other operating expenses increased by 15.6% to $28.2 million in fiscal year 2010 from $24.4 million in fiscal year 2009, primarily as a result of higher outsourcing fees of $4.3 million in fiscal year 2010 compared with $3.1 million in fiscal year 2009 as we outsourced most of our call center operations and back office fulfillment functions in fiscal year 2010. We entered into an agreement with Intelenet Global Services, our second outsourcing service provider, in March 2009. In fiscal year 2010, we also recorded increases in payment gateway charges and advertising and business promotion expenses in line with the growth in our business.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.   Our depreciation and amortization expenses remained almost constant at $1.6 million in fiscal years 2009 and 2010.
 
Results from Operating Activities.   As a result of the foregoing factors, our results from operating activities improved from a loss of $(10.6) million in fiscal year 2009 to a loss of $(6.0) million in fiscal year 2010. Excluding the effects of employee share-based compensation costs for both fiscal years 2009 and 2010, we would have recorded an operating loss of $(10.2) million in fiscal year 2009 and an operating profit of $0.8 million in fiscal year 2010.
 
Finance Income.   Our finance income decreased significantly to $1.9 million in fiscal year 2010 from $6.3 million in fiscal year 2009, primarily as a result of the reduction of the net gain recognized on the change in fair value of the embedded derivative component of our preferred shares to $0.3 million in fiscal year 2010 from $5.0 million in fiscal year 2009 due to a reduction in the value of the anti-dilution option embedded in our preferred shares, partially offset by higher interest rates earned on our term deposits. The value of the option embedded in our preferred shares was reduced due to a lower probability of the anti-dilution option being exercised as we commenced preparation for our initial public offering.
 
Finance Costs.   Our finance costs decreased by 32.4% to $2.1 million in fiscal year 2010 from $3.0 million in fiscal year 2009, primarily as our impairment loss on trade and other receivables was reduced to $0.04 million in fiscal year 2010 from $1.0 million in fiscal year 2009. Our impairment loss on trade and other receivables in fiscal year 2009 included receivables under dispute with certain airlines as well as outstanding receivables due from Abacus after we terminated our contract with them.


51


Table of Contents

Income Tax Benefit (Expense).   Our company had an income tax benefit of $25,291 for fiscal year 2009. Our income tax expense for fiscal year 2010 was $8,428. Our company had unrecognized deferred tax assets of $13.1 million as of March 31, 2010. We have not recognized deferred tax benefits in respect of the cumulative tax losses of our Indian subsidiary, MMT India, as it has a limited history of taxable profits. We shall recognize a deferred tax asset in respect of such cumulative tax losses when it is probable that MMT India will be able to realize such tax losses. Under Indian tax laws, tax losses are permitted to be carried forward for a period of eight years and tax depreciation is permitted to be carried forward for an indefinite period.
 
Loss for the Year.   As a result of the foregoing factors, including the effects of our employee share-based compensation costs, our loss for the year improved from a loss of $(7.3) million in fiscal year 2009 to a loss of $(6.2) million in fiscal year 2010. Excluding the effects of employee share-based compensation costs for both fiscal years 2009 and 2010, we would have recorded a net loss of $(6.9) million in fiscal year 2009 and a net profit of $0.6 million in fiscal year 2010.
 
Fiscal Year 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year 2008
 
Revenue.   We had revenue of $68.6 million in fiscal year 2009, an increase of 78.8% over revenue of $38.3 million in fiscal year 2008.
 
Air Ticketing.   Revenue from our air ticketing business increased by 36.4% to $19.2 million in fiscal year 2009 from $14.1 million in fiscal year 2008, primarily due to an increase of 31.3% in gross bookings. Our air ticketing net revenue margins have remained relatively stable in both periods. The increase in gross bookings was due to a 21.5% increase in the number of transactions by our customers and an 8.0% increase in the value per transaction.
 
Hotels and Packages.   Revenue from our hotels and packages business more than doubled to reach $48.6 million in fiscal year 2009 from $24.2 million in fiscal year 2008 in line with the increase in our gross bookings. Revenue less service cost from our hotels and packages business also more than doubled from $2.4 million in fiscal year 2008 to $5.6 million in fiscal year 2009, as a result of the increase in our gross bookings and also higher net revenue margins of 10.6% in fiscal year 2009 compared to 8.9% in fiscal year 2008, as we were able to negotiate better rates with travel suppliers as our volumes increased. We believe that the expansion of our hotels and packages business was mainly because of our improved brand recognition in this business as a result of increased marketing efforts in fiscal year 2008.
 
Other Revenue.   Our other revenue increased significantly to $0.7 million in fiscal year 2009 from $0.05 million in fiscal year 2008, primarily because we commenced the facilitation of online access to travel insurance in conjunction with Apollo Munich Health Insurance Company Limited in April 2008 and we began to sell advertisement space on our websites to third parties.
 
Service Cost.   Service cost doubled to $43.6 million in fiscal year 2009 from $21.8 million in fiscal year 2008, primarily as a result of an increase in transaction volumes in our hotels and packages business. We also incurred $0.5 million in costs for the pre-purchase of air ticket inventory in fiscal year 2009.
 
Total Revenue Less Service Cost.   Our total revenue less service cost increased by 51.4% to $25.0 million in fiscal year 2009 from $16.5 million in fiscal year 2008, primarily as a result of the significant increase in our hotels and packages revenue less service cost, which more than doubled, as well as an increase of 32.9% in our air ticketing revenue less service cost in line with gross bookings in our air ticketing business.
 
Personnel Expenses.   Personnel expenses increased by 14.4% to $9.7 million in fiscal year 2009 from $8.5 million in fiscal year 2008, mainly as result of higher wage, salary and welfare costs in line with the expansion of our business. We increased wages by 12.3% between fiscal years 2008 and 2009 and our average number of employees also increased marginally from 747 to 754 despite the transfer of certain call center employees to our outsourcing service provider, IBM Daksh. We expect our employee share-based compensation to increase significantly in fiscal year 2010, due to grants of fully-vested employee share options in the first fiscal quarter of the year.
 
Other Operating Expenses.   Other operating expenses increased by 4.9% to $24.4 million in fiscal year 2009 from $23.2 million in fiscal year 2008, primarily because we incurred $3.1 million in outsourcing fees in fiscal year


52


Table of Contents

2009 as we began to outsource our call center service and certain back office fulfillment functions that year, and also due to increases in payment gateway charges in line with the growth in our business. These increases in expenses were partially offset by a reduction in advertising and business promotion expenses in fiscal year 2009.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.   Our depreciation and amortization expenses increased by 40.7% to $1.6 million in fiscal year 2009 from $1.1 million in fiscal year 2008, primarily as result of leasehold improvements, the additions of computers and office furniture and equipment as well as motor vehicles, and the acquisition of more software, in line with the expansion of our business.
 
Results from Operating Activities.   As a result of the foregoing factors, our results from operating activities improved from a loss of $(16.3) million in fiscal year 2008 to a loss of $(10.6) million in fiscal year 2009.
 
Finance Income.   Our finance income increased significantly to $6.3 million in fiscal year 2009 from $0.9 million in fiscal year 2008, primarily as a result of the recognition of a net gain arising from the change in fair value of the embedded derivative component of our preferred shares of $5.0 million in fiscal year 2009 due to a reduction in the value of the option embedded in our preferred shares, as well as high interest earned on one of our new term deposits and an increase in the total amount of our interest-earning term deposits. The value of the option embedded in our preferred shares was reduced due to the change in probability of raising funds in fiscal year 2009. This reduction therefore resulted in a reduction of the derivative liability amount as of March 31, 2009, thereby resulting in a gain in finance income in fiscal year 2009. Our term deposits increased to $16.0 million in fiscal year 2009 from $7.3 million in fiscal year 2008, representing mainly the proceeds from the issuance of our Series C preferred shares in May 2008.
 
Finance Costs.   Our finance costs decreased by 12.2% to $3.0 million in fiscal year 2009 from $3.5 million in fiscal year 2008, primarily as a result of the recognition of a net loss arising from the change in fair value of the embedded derivative component of our preferred shares of $2.1 million in fiscal year 2008 compared to a net gain in fiscal year 2009, as the value of the option embedded in our preferred shares was higher in fiscal year 2008. The decrease in finance costs was partially offset by an impairment loss on trade and other receivables of $1.0 million in fiscal year 2009, a significant increase over fiscal year 2008. This was principally caused by the termination of our GDS contract with Abacus in March 2009, resulting in a provision for outstanding receivables of $0.4 million due to us from Abacus, as well as a total of $0.6 million in receivables under dispute with certain of our airline suppliers.
 
The “mark to market” liability value of the option embedded in our Series B preferred shares increased due to higher probability of raising funds as of March 31, 2008, resulting in a higher charge recorded in our income statement. At that time, we were already in negotiations to raise more capital and funds were raised through the issuance of our Series C preferred shares in May 2008.
 
Loss for the Year.   As a result of the foregoing factors, our loss for the year improved from a loss of $(18.9) million in fiscal year 2008 to a loss of $(7.3) million in fiscal year 2009.


53


Table of Contents

Our Selected Quarterly Results of Operations
 
The following table presents our unaudited selected consolidated quarterly results of operations for the five fiscal quarters in the period ended March 31, 2010. This information should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited selected consolidated financial information has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited selected consolidated financial statements includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for the quarters presented. Operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future quarter or for a full year. There are many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors,” that could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
    March 31,
 
    2009     2009     2009     2009     2010  
    (unaudited)
 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Revenue:
                                       
Air ticketing
  $ 5,464.3     $ 7,816.7     $ 7,338.8     $ 8,380.0     $ 8,584.0  
Hotels and packages
    8,819.0       14,558.1       9,383.8       14,115.0       12,231.0  
Other revenue
    271.7       252.2       241.8       351.0       307.9  
                                         
Total revenue
    14,555.1       22,627.0       16,964.4       22,846.0       21,122.8  
Service cost:
                                       
Procurement cost of hotels and packages services
    (7,448.9 )     (12,360.4 )     (7,857.0 )     (11,808.3 )     (10,266.5 )
Purchase of air ticket coupons
    (491.8 )     (759.5 )     (12.0 )     (183.9 )     (30.0 )
Personnel expenses
    (2,269.6 )     (8,774.9 )     (2,419.1 )     (2,436.2 )     (2,931.7 )
Other operating expenses
    (5,854.4 )     (5,996.6 )     (6,115.0 )     (7,360.3 )     (8,688.6 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (369.4 )     (364.5 )     (382.9 )     (402.3 )     (420.0 )
                                         
Results from operating activities
    (1,879.1 )     (5,628.9 )     178.4       654.8       (1,214.1 )
Net finance income (costs)
    (946.7 )     46.5       (159.3 )     (20.0 )     (56.0 )
                                         
Profit (Loss) before tax
    (2,825.8 )     (5,582.3 )     19.1       634.8       (1,270.1 )
Income tax benefit (expense)
    25.3       (3.4 )           0.5       (5.6 )
                                         
Profit (Loss) for the period
  $ (2,800.5 )   $ (5,585.7 )   $ 19.1     $ 635.4     $ (1,275.7 )
                                         
Profit (Loss) per ordinary share:
                                       
Basic
  $ (0.16 )   $ (0.32 )   $ 0.001     $ 0.04     $ (0.07 )
Diluted
  $ (0.16 )   $ (0.32 )   $ 0.001     $ 0.02     $ (0.07 )


54


Table of Contents

The following table presents certain unaudited selected consolidated financial and operating data for the five fiscal quarters in the period ended March 31, 2010.
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
    March 31,
 
    2009     2009     2009     2009     2010  
          (unaudited)
       
          (in thousands, except percentages)        
 
Number of transactions:
                                       
Air ticketing
    350.2        350.4        460.8        477.3        478.4   
Hotels and packages
    21.6        26.1        22.2        33.3        28.0   
Revenue less service cost:
                                       
Air ticketing
  $ 4,972.6      $ 7,057.2      $ 7,326.8      $ 8,196.1      $ 8,553.9   
Hotels and packages
    1,370.1        2,197.7        1,526.8        2,306.6        1,964.5   
Other revenue
    271.7        252.2        241.8        351.0        307.9   
                                         
    $ 6,614.4      $ 9,507.1      $ 9,095.4      $ 10,853.7      $ 10,826.3   
                                         
Gross bookings:
                                       
Air ticketing
  $ 60,771.3      $ 89,539.4      $ 94,208.8      $ 106,964.9      $ 117,889.9   
Hotels and packages
    9,763.9        16,112.9        10,598.3        16,440.8        14,121.0   
                                         
    $ 70,535.2      $ 105,652.3      $ 104,807.1      $ 123,405.7      $ 132,010.9   
                                         
Net revenue margins:
                                       
Air ticketing
    8.2%       7.9%       7.8%       7.7%       7.3%  
Hotels and packages
    14.0%       13.6%       14.4%       14.0%       13.9%  
Combined net revenue margin for air ticketing and hotels and packages
    9.0%       8.8%       8.4%       8.5%       8.0%  
 
Revenue from our air ticketing business has experienced continued growth since the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, except for the second quarter of fiscal year 2010. Our air ticketing revenue increased significantly in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 due to higher commissions earned as a result of an increase in air ticketing gross bookings from $60.8 million in the fourth quarter to $89.5 million in the first quarter, mainly due to an increase in domestic air ticket values, partially offset by a decrease in air ticketing net revenue margins. Our air ticketing revenue in the second quarter of fiscal year 2010 was lower than the first quarter because we sold a larger number of air tickets in the first quarter for which we had pre-purchased air tickets as we managed to secure air ticket inventory at attractive rates. Revenue from the sale of these pre-purchased air tickets was accounted for on a “gross” basis as we assumed inventory risk on such tickets. Revenue less service cost from our air ticketing business increased in all five fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2010, growing from $5.0 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 to $8.6 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010.
 
We experience seasonal fluctuations in our hotels and packages segment, with revenues, number of transactions and gross bookings being higher in the first and third quarters of each fiscal year, coinciding with the summer holiday travel season and calendar year-end holiday travel season in India, respectively. Revenue less service cost from our hotels and packages business increased from $1.4 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 to $2.0 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010, reaching $2.2 million and $2.3 million in the first and third quarters of fiscal year 2010, respectively.
 
Our air ticketing net revenue margins decreased from 8.2% in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 to 7.9% in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 primarily because we had secured more favorable terms from our suppliers for our United States-India inbound air tickets business in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009. Our air ticketing net revenue margins decreased from 7.9% in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 to 7.3% in the fourth quarter of the same fiscal year, reflecting the reduction in service fees earned on our domestic air ticketing business.


55


Table of Contents

Net revenue margins for our hotels and packages business decreased from 14.0% in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 to 13.6% in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, as our cost of procurement of services from our suppliers increased but we did not make any corresponding increase in our margins in order to stay competitive and attract more customers during the summer holiday season. Our hotels and packages net revenue margins improved to 14.4% in the second quarter of fiscal year 2010 due to a reduction in the cost of procurement of services from our suppliers as this period was the off peak season for travel and holidays. Our net revenue margins decreased from 14.4% in the second quarter of fiscal year 2010 to 13.9% in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010, as we reduced margins in our domestic hotels and packages business to increase our sales of domestic packages. This was partially offset by increasing our margin in our outbound hotels and packages business.
 
Our historical quarterly results of operations have also been impacted by our employee share-based compensation costs. Our personnel expenses of $8.8 million in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 included $6.6 million in employee share-based compensation costs relating to grants of fully-vested employee share options awarded in that quarter, both on account of options issued under our 2001 equity option plan and options issued to replace prior options granted under MMT India’s share option plan. The overall increase in our personnel expenses was as a result of salary increases, increased contributions to defined contribution plans as well as employee welfare expenses, and in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010 in particular, due to an increase of $0.3 million in the final accrued bonus payment for fiscal year 2010, compared with the prior quarters of fiscal year 2010.
 
Other operating expenses increased from $5.9 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 to $8.7 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010, primarily as a result of increases in advertising and business promotion expenses, except for the second quarter of fiscal year 2010. We spent less on marketing and advertisements during that particular quarter as the second quarter does not coincide with the holiday or vacation season in India and we also reduced our marketing expenditure during that quarter in respect of our United States-India inbound air ticketing business. Contributing to increases in our other operating expenses were increases in payment gateway charges due to the growth in our number of transactions. Our advertising and business promotion expenses were $3.5 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010 compared with $1.8 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, primarily as a result of a marketing campaign we conducted in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010 in connection with our commencement of provision of long-haul holiday packages to the United States and Europe. Sales of such long-haul packages started in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010 for travel in the next fiscal quarter and as a result, we expect to recognize revenue from such sales only in the next fiscal quarter. Since the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, we have recorded quarter-on-quarter increases in our outsourcing fees as we continued to outsource more of our call center operations and back office fulfillment functions as our business grew.
 
Our depreciation and amortization increased from $0.37 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 to $0.42 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010, primarily as a result of our purchases of computers, motor vehicles and computer software in fiscal year 2010. However, there was a decrease in depreciation and amortization from the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 to the first quarter of fiscal year 2010 mainly due to the write-off of certain fixed assets in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 as a result of the discontinuation of two of our travel stores.
 
As a result of the foregoing, our results from operating activities, excluding the effects of employee share-based compensation costs, improved from a loss of $(1.8) million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 to a profit of $1.0 million, $0.2 million and $0.7 million in the first, second and third quarters of fiscal year 2010, respectively, but recorded a loss of $(1.1) million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010.
 
We had net finance costs of $(0.9) million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 and net finance income of $0.05 million in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, primarily as a result of an impairment loss on trade and other receivables of $(1.0) million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 arising out of receivables under disputes with certain airlines as well as outstanding receivables due from Abacus after we terminated our contract with Abacus. We did not record any impairment loss on trade and other receivables in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The impairment loss on trade and other receivables in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 was partially offset by the net gain recognized on the change in fair value of the embedded derivative component of our preferred shares of $0.3 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, which was reduced to $0.07 million in the next fiscal quarter. The net gain recognized on the change in fair value of the embedded derivative component in our preferred shares in


56


Table of Contents

the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 was due to the reduction in value of such option from the prior fiscal quarter as a result of a lower probability of the anti-dilution option being exercised. The lower probability of such anti-dilution option being exercised was due to the likelihood of our recognizing operating cash profits in the near term which could be used to meet our funding requirements and also because of higher probability of our funding requirements being met through an initial public offering. Between the second and third quarters of fiscal year 2010, the net gain recognized on the change in fair value of the embedded derivative component of our preferred shares increased from $0.01 million to $0.2 million, as a result of a further significant decrease in the value of such embedded derivative option due to a further reduction in probability of the anti-dilution option being exercised as we recognized a profit in both the second and third quarters of fiscal year 2010. We had net finance costs of $0.2 million in the second quarter of fiscal year 2010 primarily as a result of lower finance income compared to the two previous fiscal quarters, as certain of our fixed deposits matured and we earned lower interest rates on certain of our new fixed deposits as interest rates declined during that period.
 
Our profit/(loss) before tax, including the effects of employee share-based compensation costs, was a loss of $(2.8) million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 and a loss of $(5.6) million in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, improving to a profit of $0.02 million and $0.6 million in the second and third quarters of fiscal year 2010, respectively, and reducing to a loss of $(1.3) million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Historically, our sources of liquidity have principally been proceeds from the sale of our convertible preferred shares and ordinary shares, bank overdrafts and working capital facilities and cash flows from operations. Our cash requirements have mainly been for working capital as well as capital expenditures.
 
As of March 31, 2010, our primary sources of liquidity were $9.3 million of cash and cash equivalents and $14.5 million in term deposits with various banks in India, which are available on demand. Such term deposits are used to secure bank overdrafts of $4.0 million as of March 31, 2010 with various banks in India, including HDFC Bank, Citibank and State Bank of India, which are used for working capital purposes.
 
Our trade and other receivables primarily comprise commissions, incentive or other payments owing to us from airlines, receivables from our corporate and retail customers to whom we typically extend credit periods, security deposits paid primarily for our leased premises as well as interest accrued but not due on our term deposits. Our trade and other receivables increased from $5.4 million as of March 31, 2009 to $12.4 million as of March 31, 2010, primarily as a result of increased receivables of $2.1 million from our GDS supplier as a result of the payment terms under our contract with our current GDS supplier. We entered into an agreement with Amadeus in February 2009 under which our service fees are paid on a semi-annual basis, compared to a quarterly basis under our contract with our previous GDS supplier. Also contributing to the increase in our trade and other receivables was an increase in trade receivables of $1.2 million mainly in performance-linked incentives due from airlines and an increase in receivables of $2.3 million due from our corporate and retail customers in line with the growth of our business. We also recorded a higher amount of interest accrued but not due on our term deposits of $1.7 million as of March 31, 2010, compared with $0.9 million as of March 31, 2009, as a result of higher interest due on one of our term deposits.
 
Our other current assets primarily consist of prepayments made to and deposits placed with our suppliers as well as pre-purchased inventory from our suppliers. Our other current assets increased significantly from $3.7 million in fiscal year 2009 to $7.5 million in fiscal year 2010, primarily due to increases in advances made to our airline and hotel suppliers in line with the growth of our business. The increase in advances to our suppliers as of March 31, 2010 as compared with March 31, 2009 was also due to a four-day bank holiday and weekend period in India from April 1 to April 4, 2010, during which we extended advances to our suppliers to take into account the increase in business during this holiday period.
 
We also have a secured working capital facility from HDFC Bank entered into on September 7, 2009 for cash credit of up to Rs. 100 million ($2.2 million). The cash credit is secured by an assignment of certain of our credit card receivables and charges over our current assets and fixed assets. Interest is payable monthly on the facility, at a rate of 12.25% per annum for the cash credit. Under this facility, we are required to obtain the consent of HDFC


57


Table of Contents

Bank for any future secured borrowings we intend to incur. As of March 31, 2010, we had not drawn down on this facility.
 
From time to time, we are also required by certain international and Indian airlines, hotels and packages suppliers, as well as certain aggregators from whom we obtain hotel inventory and other travel suppliers to obtain bank guarantees to secure our obligations to them. As of March 31, 2010, MMT India had obtained approximately $0.3 million in bank guarantees mainly from HDFC Bank and MakeMyTrip.com Inc. had obtained certificates of deposit totaling approximately $0.7 million for purposes of providing guarantees to various international airlines. Apart from the foregoing borrowings, we have no outstanding bank loans or financial guarantees or similar commitments to guarantee our payment obligations or those of third parties.
 
We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations and the proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to meet our anticipated regular working capital requirements and our needs for capital expenditures, for the next 12 months. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changing business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue.
 
The following table sets forth the summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31
    2008   2009   2010
    (in millions)
 
Net cash from/(used in) operating activities
  $ (16.4 )   $ (3.1 )   $ 5.2  
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities
    (4.4 )     (11.8 )     3.5  
Net cash from/(used in) financing activities
    14.6       14.3       (0.2)  
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (6.2 )     (0.6 )     8.5  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    3.8       (2.4 )     (2.4)  
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held
          0.6       (0.7)  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
     (2.4 ) (1)     (2.4 ) (2)     5.3 (3)  
 
 
*  not meaningful.
 
Notes: (1) Includes $6.2 million of bank overdrafts and excludes $7.3 million of term deposits not classified as “cash and cash equivalents.”
 
(2) Includes $7.9 million of bank overdrafts and excludes $16.0 million of term deposits not classified as “cash and cash equivalents.”
 
(3) Includes $4.0 million of bank overdrafts and excludes $14.5 million of term deposits not classified as “cash and cash equivalents.”
 
Net Cash From/(Used In) Operating Activities.   In fiscal year 2010, net cash flows from operating activities were $5.2 million, primarily resulting from total collections against revenue of $80.9 million, offset by total cash payments to suppliers in relation to service costs incurred of $40.1 million and total cash outflows in respect of personnel and other operating expenses of $35.5 million.
 
Total collections against revenue were $80.9 million, compared to revenue of $83.6 million recognized in fiscal year 2010. This was primarily due to the payment terms under our contract with our current GDS service provider entered into in February 2009, which provided for the payment of segment incentives and service fees on a semi-annual basis. Service fees for October 2009 to March 2010 were due within a 45-day period following the end of such period. As a result, as of March 31, 2010, we had an increase of $1.9 million in outstanding receivables due from our GDS service provider. During fiscal year 2010, we also had an arrangement with one of our airline suppliers, which provided for incentive payments for the period from November 2009 to March 2010 to be paid by May 2010. Primarily, as a result, our receivables due from airlines increased by $1.1 million. We also recorded an increase in receivables due from our corporate and retail customers of $2.0 million in line with the overall growth of our business. We also recognized deferred income amounting to $0.6 million as revenue during fiscal year 2010 in relation to an upfront incentive payment which was received in the previous fiscal year from our current GDS service provider. Such reduction in collections from customers was partially offset by an increase of $2.7 million in advances received from or refunds due to customers primarily in line with the growth in our business.
 
Total cash payments to suppliers in relation to service costs incurred in fiscal year 2010 were $40.1 million, as compared with $43.3 million in service costs accrued. This was primarily due to an increase in credit of $5.1 million


58


Table of Contents

made available to us from a number of our airline and hotel suppliers due to the growth in our business. We also recorded service costs of $0.8 million in respect of air ticket coupons utilized in fiscal year 2010 but which had already been paid for in fiscal year 2009, so no cash outflow was required in fiscal year 2010. The foregoing was partly offset by an increase of $2.9 million in advances paid to our suppliers, as a result of an increase in $1.8 million in floating deposits held with our low cost airline suppliers. Such floating deposits are provided to the airlines in respect of ticket sales and are generally utilized within a one week period. The increase in advances to low cost airlines as of March 31, 2010 as compared with March 31, 2009 was also due to a four-day bank holiday and weekend period in India from April 1, 2010 to April 4, 2010, during which we extended advances to our low cost airline suppliers to ensure regular sale of tickets during such period. Further increasing our advances to suppliers in fiscal year 2010 was a $0.3 million floating advance provided to IRCTC in respect of our rail ticketing business which commenced in fiscal year 2010.
 
Total cash outflows in respect of personnel and other operating expenses were $35.5 million, in comparison to $44.7 million in such expenses accrued in fiscal year 2010. This was primarily due to an expense relating to non-cash employee share-based compensation of $6.8 million, an increase in accrued variable bonus expense of $0.6 million which were not paid as of March 31, 2010 and also an increase in marketing and other expenses in the last quarter of fiscal year 2010 due to the growth of our business and in respect of the upcoming summer season in 2010, which remained unpaid as of March 31, 2010. These increases in expenses were partly offset by an increase in prepaid expenses by $0.2 million primarily as a result advances made to our CRM service provider.
 
In fiscal year 2009, cash flows used in operating activities exceeded cash flows generated from operating activities by $3.1 million, primarily resulting from total collections against revenue of $75.1 million, offset by total cash payments to suppliers in relation to service costs incurred of $44.4 million as well as cash outflows in respect of personnel and other operating expenses of $33.9 million.
 
Total collections against revenue were $75.1 million, compared to revenue of $68.6 million recognized in fiscal year 2009. Our cash collections were higher than revenue recognized as we achieved an increase in deferred income of $1.4 million as a result of upfront incentives received from Amadeus, our current GDS provider, as well as Apollo Munich Health Insurance Company Limited. We also achieved better collections and collected receivables from the previous fiscal year from our GDS service provider and airlines, which resulted in a reduction in outstanding receivables due from our GDS service provider by $1.6 million and receivables due from airlines by $1.8 million. There were also increases in advance received from customers or refunds due to customers by $2.7 million due to the growth of our business. This was partly offset by increases in receivables due from our corporate and retail customers by $0.7 million in line with the growth of our business. There was also an increase in withholding tax deductions for commissions or payments received from airlines and other suppliers by $0.3 million which reduced our collections.
 
Total cash payments to suppliers in relation to service costs incurred in fiscal year 2009 was $44.4 million, as compared with $43.6 million in service costs accrued. This was primarily due to an increase in credit of $1.5 million made available to us by certain of our suppliers, partly offset by an increase of $1.4 million in advances paid primarily to suppliers (including airlines) in our hotels and packages business due to growth of our business. We also purchased and paid $0.8 million for pre-purchased air ticket coupons during fiscal year 2009 which were utilized and expensed in fiscal year 2010.
 
Total cash outflows in respect of personnel and other operating expenses were $33.9 million, in comparison to $34.0 million in such expenses accrued in fiscal year 2009.
 
In fiscal year 2008, cash flows used in operating activities exceeded cash flows generated from operating activities by $16.4 million, primarily resulting from total cash payments to suppliers in relation to service costs incurred of $21.7 million as well as cash outflows in respect of personnel and other operating expenses of $29.6 million, offset by total collections against revenue of $34.9 million.
 
Total collections against revenue were $34.9 million, compared to revenue of $38.3 million recognized in fiscal year 2008. This was primarily due to an increase in receivables due from our previous GDS service provider by $2.3 million, which was largely collected in the following fiscal year. We also recorded an increase in receivables due from airlines of $2.5 million primarily due to incentive payments and refunds due from various airlines


59


Table of Contents

collected in the next fiscal year as well as an increase of $0.4 million in receivables due from our corporate and retail customers in line with the growth of our business. In addition, there was an increase in withholding tax deductions for commissions received from airlines of $0.4 million. This was partly offset by an increase in deferred income of $1.9 million as a result of upfront incentives received from our previous GDS service provider.
 
Total cash payments to suppliers in relation to service costs incurred in fiscal year 2008 was $21.7 million, as compared with $21.8 million in service costs accrued. This was primarily due to an increase in credit of $1.7 million made available to us by certain of our suppliers due to growth of our business. This was partly offset by increase in advances paid to suppliers by $1.6 million in line with the growth of our business.
 
Total cash outflows in respect of personnel and other operating expenses were $29.6 million, in comparison to $31.7 million in such expenses accrued in fiscal year 2008. This was primarily due to an increase in expenses payable by $1.9 million due to the growth of our business.
 
Net Cash From/(Used In) Investing Activities.   In fiscal year 2010, cash from investing activities was $3.5 million, primarily as a result of withdrawal of certain of our term deposits with banks amounting to $3.7 million (computed using average exchange rates for the year), which were used to pay down our bank overdrafts, and interest received on our term deposits of $0.9 million, partially offset by our investment of $0.7 million in fixed assets as well as investment of $0.5 million in software. In fiscal year 2009, cash used in investing activities was $11.8 million, primarily as a result of our term deposits with banks amounting to $11.5 million (computed using average exchange rates for the year), our investment of $7.8 million and subsequent sale of our investment amounting to $7.8 million in certain short term mutual funds, our investment of $0.6 million in fixed assets as well as investment of $0.3 million in our websites, partially offset by interest received on our term deposits of $0.6 million. Cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2008 was $4.4 million, principally due to expenses of $3.9 million related to the setting up of our corporate office in Gurgaon as well as various regional offices, investments in computers and investments in our website, partially offset by proceeds of $0.8 million arising from the sale of certain fixed maturity plans and mutual funds in 2008, as well as interest received on our term deposits of $0.7 million.
 
Net Cash From/(Used In) Financing Activities.   In fiscal year 2010, cash used in financing activities was $0.2 million, primarily as a result of interest paid on bank overdrafts and our working capital facilities of $0.3 million, partially offset by the increase in certain motor vehicle loans. In fiscal years 2008 and 2009, cash from financing activities was $14.6 million and $14.3 million, respectively, primarily as a result of the $15.0 million proceeds from our issuance of convertible preferred shares in each of August 2007 and May 2008. The cash from these issuances was partially offset by interest paid on bank overdrafts and our working capital facilities of $0.4 million and $0.6 million in fiscal years 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
Capital Expenditures
 
We have historically financed our capital expenditure requirements with cash flows from operations, as well as through the sale of our convertible and redeemable preferred shares and ordinary shares.
 
We made capital expenditures of $5.3 million, $0.9 million and $1.1 million in fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, and expect to make additional capital expenditures of approximately $2.2 million in fiscal year 2011. The capital expenditures in the past principally consisted of purchases of servers, workstations, computers, computer software, leasehold improvements and other items related to our technology platform and infrastructure, upgrading of our websites, as well as improvements to our leasehold premises.


60


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations
 
The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2010. Other than the lease obligations specified below, we do not have any long-term commitments:
 
                                         
    Payment Due by Period
                    More than
Contractual Obligations (1)   Total   Less than 1 year   1-3 years   3-5 years   5 years
    (in thousands)
 
Operating lease obligations (2)
  $ 6,898.3     $ 1,188.1     $ 2,458.4     $ 2,227.6     $ 1,024.3  
Finance lease obligations (3)
    92.7       50.0       35.7       7.2        
Purchase obligations (4)
    91.0       91.0                    
Bank overdraft (5)
    3,996.0       3,996.0                    
 
 
Notes: (1) Does not include convertible redeemable preferred shares which are redeemable upon demand and which will convert into ordinary shares effective upon the closing of this offering.
 
(2) Operating lease obligations relate to our leasing arrangements for our various office premises.
 
(3) Finance lease obligations relate to our leasing arrangements for motor vehicles used in our business.
 
(4) We enter into purchase orders from time to time for various equipment or other requirements for our business.
 
(5) Secured against term deposits.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
As of March 31, 2010, MMT India had obtained approximately $0.3 million in bank guarantees mainly from HDFC Bank and MakeMyTrip.com Inc. had obtained certificates of deposit totaling approximately $0.7 million for purposes of providing guarantees to various international airlines. Apart from the foregoing, we do not have any outstanding off-balance sheet derivative financial instruments, guarantees, interest rate swap transactions or foreign currency forward contracts. We do not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts.
 
Inflation
 
Inflation in India has not had a material impact on our historical results of operations included in this prospectus.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Our business activities are exposed to a variety of market risks, including credit risk, foreign currency risk and interest rate risk.
 
Credit Risk.   Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of term deposits, cash equivalents, and trade and other receivables. By their nature, all such financial instruments involve risks, including the credit risk of non-performance by counterparties. Our cash equivalents, bank balances and term deposits are placed with banks with high investment grade credit ratings, and our term deposits may be withdrawn at any time prior to maturity except that this would result in a lower interest rate. Trade and other receivables are typically unsecured and arise mainly from commissions and incentive payments owing to us from our airline suppliers, receivables from our hotel suppliers which represent amounts owing to us from deposits we place with such hotels, and receivables from our corporate and retail customers to whom we typically extend credit periods. We review the credit worthiness of our clients to which we have granted credit terms in the normal course of the business. We believe there is no significant risk of loss in the event of non-performance of the counterparties to these financial instruments, other than the amounts already provided for in our financial statements. See note 30 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information relating to our exposure to credit risk.
 
Foreign Exchange Risk.   We are exposed to movements in currency exchange rates, particularly those related to the US dollar and the Indian Rupee. As the functional currency of MMT India, our key operating subsidiary, is the Indian Rupee, our exposure to foreign currency risk primarily arises in respect of our non-Indian Rupee denominated trade and other receivables, trade and other payables and cash and cash equivalents, which were


61


Table of Contents

$6.8 million, $5.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2010. Based on our operations in fiscal year 2010, a 10.0% appreciation of the US dollar against the Indian Rupee as of March 31, 2010, assuming all other variables remained constant, would have decreased our loss for the year by $0.2 million. Similarly, a 10.0% depreciation of the US dollar against the Indian Rupee as of March 31, 2010, assuming all other variables remained constant, would have increased our loss for the year by $0.2 million.
 
We are also exposed to movements between the US dollar and the Indian Rupee in our operations, as approximately 9.1% of our revenue for fiscal year 2010 was generated by MMT India from its air ticketing business and received in US dollars although our expenses are generally incurred in Indian Rupees. We currently do not have any hedging agreements or similar arrangements with any counter-party to cover our exposure to any fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. While we do incorporate margins in our pricing to cover any adverse fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, there can be no assurance that such margins will adequately protect us from adverse fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and hence our earnings remain susceptible to foreign exchange rate fluctuations. However as this risk associated with currency exchange is largely confined to our non-Indian Rupee revenue, we believe our exposure is minimal and immaterial.
 
Interest Rate Risk.   Our exposure to interest rate risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our term deposits, preferred shares and bank overdrafts. As of March 31, 2010, we had fixed rate financial instruments totaling $55.4 million (including term deposits totaling $14.5 million and $40.8 million of preferred shares which will convert into ordinary shares effective upon the completion of this offering), and variable rate financial instruments totaling $4.0 million, consisting of our bank overdrafts. We have not used any derivative financial instruments to hedge interest rate risk. We have not been exposed nor do we anticipate being exposed to material risks due to changes in interest rates. Our future interest income and financing cost may fluctuate in line with changes in interest rates. We do not account for any fixed rate financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss. Accordingly, a change in interest rates as of March 31, 2010 would not have affected our profit or loss. Based on our consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2010, a sensitivity analysis shows that an increase of 100 basis points in interest rates as of March 31, 2010 would have decreased profit or increased loss by $0.04 million and would not have had any impact on our equity. Similarly, a decrease of 100 basis points in interest rates as of March 31, 2010 would have increased profit or decreased loss by $0.04 million and would not have had any impact on our equity.
 
New Accounting Standards and Interpretations Not Yet Adopted by our Group
 
A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are not yet effective for the year ended March 31, 2010 and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements. None of these, except IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments ’, is likely to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of our group. IFRS 9 is part of the IASB’s wider project to replace IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement ’. IFRS 9 retains but simplifies the mixed measurement model and establishes two primary measurement categories for financial assets, amortized cost and fair value. The basis of classification depends on the entity’s business model and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset. Our group is in the process of evaluating the impact of the new standard.
 
Amendments to IAS 39, “Financial Instruments:    Recognition and Measurement: Eligible Hedged Items” deal with two situations where diversity in practice exists on the designation of inflation as a hedged risk and the treatment of ‘one-sided’ risks on hedged items. These amendments are effective for accounting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009. The amendment is not expected to have any impact on the consolidated financial statements of our group.
 
Improvements to IFRS- In May 2010 , the IASB published “ Improvements to IFRSs 2010 ” — a collection of eleven amendments to six International Financial Reporting Standards — as part of its program of annual improvements to its standards, which is intended to make necessary, but non-urgent, amendments to standards that will not be included as part of another major project. The amendments resulting from this standard mainly have effective dates for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2010, although entities are permitted to adopt them earlier. Our group is evaluating the impact of these amendments on our group’s consolidated financial statements.


62


Table of Contents

Improvements to IFRS- In April 2009 , the IASB issued “ Improvements to IFRSs ” — a collection of amendments to twelve International Financial Reporting Standards — as part of its program of annual improvements to its standards, which is intended to make necessary, but non-urgent, amendments to standards that will not be included as part of another major project. The latest amendments were included in exposure drafts of proposed amendments to IFRS published in October 2007, August 2008, and January 2009. The amendments resulting from this standard mainly have effective dates for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2010, although entities are permitted to adopt them earlier. Our group is evaluating the impact of these amendments on our group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
IAS 24, “Related Party Disclosure (revised 2009)”, requires disclosure of related party relationships, transactions and outstanding balances, including commitments, in the consolidated and separate financial statements of a parent, venturer or investor presented in accordance with IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements. This Standard also applies to individual financial statements. These amendments are effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011. Our group is evaluating the impact of these amendments on our group’s consolidated financial statements.


63


Table of Contents

 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
The information in this section is derived from market research reports, analyst reports, news articles and other publicly available sources, including the United States Central Intelligence Agency “World Factbook,” or the CIA factbook; Euromonitor International, “Consumer Finance in India,” 2010, or Euromonitor; Forrester Research, Inc. “Forrester Research Online Population Forecast 4/09 (Global),” April 2009, or the Forrester April Report, and “Global Online Population Forecast, 2008 to 2013,” July 2009, or the Forrester July Report; Internet World Stats (statistics available at www.internetworldstats.com), or Internet World Stats; McKinsey & Company “The ‘Bird of Gold’: The Rise of India’s Consumer Market,” May 2007, or McKinsey; Netscribes Inc. “Competitive Intelligence on leading OTA players in India,” March 2010, and “Online Travel Industry — India,” June 2009, or Netscribes; and World Travel & Tourism Council “Travel & Tourism Economic Impact 2010: India,” February 2010 and “Top 10 Tables,” March 2010, or the WTTC.
 
We have also relied on reports by PhoCusWright, a company founded and controlled by Mr. Philip C. Wolf, one of our directors, including “Indian Online Travel Intermediary Overview,” 2010, “Asia Pacific Online Travel Overview,” August 2009, and “U.S. Online Travel Overview,” November 2009. See “Related Party Transactions — Transactions with PhoCusWright” for details of our transactions with PhoCusWright.
 
Overview of the Indian Economy
 
According to the CIA factbook, India is one of the world’s most populous countries with an estimated population of over 1.15 billion as of July 2009. India’s gross domestic product, or GDP, on a purchasing power parity basis was approximately $3,561 billion in 2009, making it the fifth largest economy in the world after the European Union, the United States, China and Japan. According to the CIA factbook, economic liberalization, including reduced controls on foreign trade and investment, began in the early 1990s and has served to accelerate the country’s GDP growth, which has averaged more than 7% annually since 1997. The Indian economy registered a GDP growth of 6.5% in 2009 despite the global financial crisis, making it the second fastest growing economy globally in 2009 for countries with GDP over $150 billion.


64


Table of Contents

Changing Demographics in India
 
Economic liberalization in India, which began in 1991, transformed Indian demographics through rising income levels and changing consumption patterns. According to McKinsey, income levels are estimated to almost triple by 2025 as Indian incomes rise. The country’s income pyramid is also expected to change, with India’s middle class (India’s middle class is defined as households with annual income of between Rs. 200,000 to Rs. 1,000,000) expected to grow by over ten times from 50 million people in 2005 (approximately 5% of the total Indian population) to 583 million people by 2025 (approximately 41% of the total Indian population). With a growing population, the creation of a large middle class and rising incomes, India will become one of the world’s largest consumer markets by 2025. Consumption is expected to increase by 7.3% annually over the next 20 years to reach more than Rs. 69.5 trillion, or $1.5 trillion, by 2025. As the income of Indians rises, McKinsey expects the percentage of spending on discretionary items to grow from 52% as of 2005 to approximately 70% by 2025. According to Netscribes, travel is one of the major areas of discretionary spending in India.
 
         
(CHART)   (CHART)   (CHART)
     
Household
Income Brackets
(annually)
  (LEGEND)
 
 
Source: Data adapted from McKinsey, “The ‘Bird of Gold’” (Figures are rounded to the nearest integer and may not add up to 100%.)
 
Travel and Tourism Industry in India
 
The Indian travel and tourism industry is large and growing rapidly. According to the WTTC, India’s travel and tourism industry contributed Rs. 1,741.2 billion to India’s GDP in 2009 and is expected to contribute Rs. 1,970.1 billion to India’s GDP in 2010. India is one of the fastest growing countries in the world in terms of its travel and tourism industry. The Indian travel and tourism industry is expected to grow at an annual rate of 7.8% over the next 10 years. Further, the WTTC expects that, as a result of the strong growth rate in the Indian travel and tourism industry, over the next 10 years, India will become one of the top 10 travel and tourism markets in the world in terms of the absolute size of its market.
 
Country Rankings for Travel and Tourism Direct Industry GDP in 2020
 
                 
Rank
 
Country
   
        ($ in billions)
 
  1     United States     916.5  
  2     China     500.7  
  3     Japan     215.8  
  4     United Kingdom     148.2  
  5     France     143.0  
  6     Spain     123.7  
  7     Italy     121.8  
  8     India     110.6  
  9     Germany     103.7  
  10     Australia     79.7  
 
Source: WTTC


65


Table of Contents

 
The Government of India has also recognized the importance of the travel and tourism industry and has over the past several years enacted or announced several initiatives to give further impetus to the industry:
 
  •  the “Incredible India” campaign helps showcase India as a leading tourist destination globally;
 
  •  the provision of one-month tourist visas on arrival for citizens of five countries (i.e., Japan, Finland, New Zealand, Singapore and Luxembourg);
 
  •  an expenditure budget of Rs. 11.2 billion allocated to the Ministry of Tourism in the 2010 Indian government budget (a 9.7% increase over the previous year) of which about Rs. 4.7 billion has been earmarked for building new infrastructure facilities such as tourist reception centers and refurbishing monuments;
 
  •  support of an “open-skies” policy in India;
 
  •  upgrade of existing or construction of new airports in major cities, including Mumbai, Delhi, Chennai Hyderabad and Bangalore;
 
  •  the construction of international convention centers in cities including Delhi, Mumbai, Goa, Jodhpur, Udaipur, Cochi, Agra and Jaipur to attract more business travelers to India; and
 
  •  air transportation policies permitting airlines in India which have been in operation on domestic routes for over five years to fly on international routes.


66


Table of Contents

Overview of the Indian Online Travel Industry
 
Growth of the Indian Online Travel Industry
 
According to PhoCusWright, the Indian online travel market grew 11% to reach $3.4 billion in 2009. Netscribes has cited sources stating that, in 2009, approximately 34% of air tickets and 14% of train tickets booked in India were sold online. Many travelers also utilize online travel agency websites for travel-related research and information.
 
Key Drivers of Growth
 
We believe that the online travel industry in India is under-penetrated and will continue to grow faster than the overall Indian travel industry, primarily because of the following drivers of growth:
 
Increasing Internet Penetration.   According to Internet World Stats, in 2009, Internet penetration was at only 7.0% in India, as compared to over 74.1% in the United States. We therefore believe that the Indian online travel industry is well-positioned for long-term growth. Increased Internet usage as well as the growing breadth of travel products offered online are expected to drive this growth. There is significant potential to serve small and medium businesses through websites rather than traditional corporate travel agencies. In addition, the Forrester July Report estimates that India will have the third largest number of Internet users in the world by 2013, after China and the United States. The Forrester April Report expects the Internet penetration in India and other emerging markets such as China and Indonesia to grow annually at an average rate of 10% to 20% over the next five years.
 
Growth in Low-Cost Airlines.   We believe that increasing competition in the Indian airline industry and the emergence of more airlines, particularly low-cost airlines, has spurred more and more travelers to choose air travel over the traditional rail travel due to affordability and convenience. With the increase in low-cost airlines, online air travel bookings have also increased. We believe this is in part due to the fact that low-cost airlines typically prefer to use cost-effective distribution channels such as the Internet, using it as their primary distribution channel, either directly or through online travel agents.
 
(CHART)
 
 
Source: Netscribes, “Competitive Intelligence on leading OTA players in India”


67


Table of Contents

 
Increasing Credit Card Penetration and Secure Payment Mechanism.   Indian travelers are able to pay online for travel services and products using a variety of payment methods, including credit cards, debit cards, cash cards and Internet banking. According to Euromonitor, the number of credit cards in India was over 24.3 million in 2009, having grown at an annualized growth rate of 19% since 2000, while the number of debit cards in India was over 130 million, having grown at an annualized growth rate of 84% since 2000. Euromonitor expects the number of credit cards in India to reach 73.7 million by 2014 (i.e., an annual growth rate of over 25%) and the number of debit cards in India to reach 350 million by 2014 (i.e., an annual growth rate of over 22%).
 
Number of Credit Cards and Debit Cards in India
 
(CHART)
 
 
Source: Euromonitor, “Consumer Finance in India”
 
We believe that with increasing sophistication of the banking infrastructure in India and the provision of more secure online payment interfaces, Internet users in India are overcoming their apprehensions about security in online transactions and thereby adding to the online consumer base.


68


Table of Contents

Competition in the Indian Online Travel Agency Industry
 
PhoCusWright estimates that the total “business-to-customer” online travel agency market (i.e. businesses serving end consumers with travel products and/or services through an online channel) in India is valued at $1 billion and is dominated by four players — MakeMyTrip, Yatra, Cleartrip and Travelguru (which was acquired by Travelocity in August 2009). Of these, MakeMyTrip commands a market share of 48%, followed by Yatra at 24% and Cleartrip at 18%, based on gross bookings for 2009. These online travel agencies face competition from traditional travel agents as well as meta search engines, such as Ixigo, Ezeego1 and Zoomtra.
 
     
(CHART)   (CHART)
 
 
Source: The PhoCusWright “Indian Online” Report
 
Travel Products Sold by Online Travel Agents
 
Online travel agencies in India primarily facilitate travel arrangements by selling or arranging for air tickets, hotel and package reservations, rail tickets, bus tickets and car hire. According to Netscribes, online travel agencies are the most used online method for the booking of air tickets, hotels and packages and train tickets. The following chart shows the services and products offered by the top four online travel agents in India:
 
(CHART)
 
 
Source: Netscribes, “Competitive Intelligence on leading OTA players in India”
 
According to PhoCusWright, air ticket bookings contributed to approximately 70% of the online travel market in India in 2009. However, the non-air ticket segments are also growing in the Indian online travel market. Online rail revenues grew in excess of 25% in 2008-2009 according to PhoCusWright. Rail and bus tickets are increasingly popular new offerings by online travel agencies.


69


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
We are the largest online travel company in India, based on gross bookings for 2009, according to PhoCusWright. Through our primary website, www.makemytrip.com, and other technology-enhanced platforms, travelers can research, plan and book a wide range of travel services and products in India as well as overseas. Our services and products include air tickets, hotels, packages, rail tickets, bus tickets, car hire and ancillary travel requirements such as facilitating access to travel insurance.
 
We commenced operations in 2000 and in the first five years following our inception, we focused on the non-resident Indian market in the United States, servicing mainly their need for United States-India inbound air tickets. We started our Indian business with the launch of our Indian website in September 2005. During the initial years of our operations, we invested significant capital in our infrastructure as well as in sales and marketing efforts to build our brand and gain recognition, and we recorded net losses for all our fiscal years. In fiscal year 2008, our second full fiscal year since we commenced our Indian business, we recorded a net loss of $(18.9) million. We reduced our net loss in fiscal years 2009 and 2010, recording a net loss of $(7.3) million and $(6.2) million, respectively. We also reduced our operating loss in fiscal years 2009 and 2010, recording an operating loss of $(10.6) million and $(6.0) million, respectively. Excluding the effects of employee share-based compensation costs for both fiscal years 2009 and 2010, we would have recorded an operating loss of $(10.2) million in fiscal year 2009 and an operating profit of $0.8 million in fiscal year 2010; and we would have recorded a net loss of $(6.9) million in fiscal year 2009 and a net profit of $0.6 million in fiscal year 2010.
 
We believe the strength of our brand, quality of our services, user-friendly website experience, focus on our customers and efficacy of our marketing programs have enabled us to capture a significant share of the domestic air tickets market in India. In fiscal year 2010, 1.6 million transactions for domestic air tickets in India were booked through us, and we generated $31.1 million in revenue less service cost from our air ticketing business. We leverage our strength in air travel to grow into non-air travel and other segments of the travel industry, specifically hotels and packages. Revenue less service cost from our hotels and packages business totaled $8.0 million in fiscal year 2010 and accounted for 19.8% of our total revenue less service cost.
 
We have designed our websites to provide our customers with a user-friendly experience. According to comScore, www.makemytrip.com was the second most visited travel website in India (after the Indian Railways’ website) in each of the years from 2007 to 2009 and had an average of over 1.7 million unique visitors per month in 2009. In fiscal year 2010, 2.0 million transactions executed through our websites accounted for approximately 94.5% of our total transactions. We have built an advanced and secure technology platform, which integrates our sales, customer service and fulfillment operations. Our technology platform is scalable and can be upgraded to handle increased traffic and complexity of products with limited additional investment. According to McKinsey, the Indian middle class is expected to grow over ten times from 50 million people in 2005 (approximately 5% of the total Indian population) to 583 million people by 2025 (approximately 41% of the total Indian population). In order to meet the requirements of this growing Indian middle class travel market where Internet penetration is relatively low, we also utilize other technology-enhanced distribution channels, including call centers and travel stores in India, as well as our travel agents’ network in India.
 
We provide our customers with access to all major domestic full-service and low-cost airlines operating in India and all major airlines operating to and from India, over 4,000 hotels in India and a wide selection of hotels outside India, Indian Railways and several major Indian bus operators. On the other hand, we believe we are a cost-effective distribution channel for our suppliers, providing reach to a large and expanding customer base in India as well as non-resident Indians.
 
In our air ticketing business, we generate revenue through commissions and incentive payments from airlines, service fees charged to our customers and fees from our GDS service provider. In our hotels and packages business, our revenue represents the total amount paid by our customers for these travel services and products and the cost of procuring the relevant services and products are classified as service cost. Our total revenue less service cost increased from $16.5 million in fiscal year 2008 to $40.3 million in fiscal year 2010.


70


Table of Contents

We believe the overall Indian travel industry will experience continued growth due to income growth in India and the increased spending by Indians on travel and recreation. According to Internet World Stats, in 2009, Internet penetration was only 7.0% in India as compared with 74.1% in the United States. We therefore believe that the Indian online travel industry is well-positioned for long-term growth and that our well-recognized brand, leadership in the online travel market in India and broad and technology-enhanced distribution channels position us well to capitalize on these growth opportunities.
 
MMT India was ranked second overall and first in the professional services industry in a ranking published on June 21, 2010, of “India’s Best Companies to Work For 2010” by the Great Place to Work Institute, an independent global research and consulting firm, and The Economic Times, a daily business newspaper in India.
 
Our Strengths
 
We have the following competitive strengths:
 
The Largest Online Travel Company in India with a Well-Recognized Brand.   Since commencing our travel business in India in 2005, we have become the largest company in the Indian online travel market, based on gross bookings for 2009, according to PhoCusWright. In fiscal year 2010, 1.6 million transactions for domestic air tickets in India and 109,672 transactions for hotels and packages were booked through us. According to comScore, www.makemytrip.com was the second most visited travel website in India (after the Indian Railways’ website) in each of the years from 2007 to 2009, and had an average of over 1.7 million unique visitors per month in 2009.
 
We believe that our brand is well-recognized in the Indian travel industry. We were the first and only online travel agency brand to be selected as a Superbrand TM in India for 2009-2010. We have invested in developing and promoting our brand since our inception, using a combination of traditional channels such as print, radio and television, mass media campaigns, as well as search engine marketing and other innovative digital marketing tools, such as viral marketing and online display banners, to broaden our reach to travelers in India and overseas.
 
We believe that our reputation and market position have also provided us with better leverage when contracting with airlines, hotels and other suppliers. Primarily as a result of our market position and size, we have been able to increase our net revenue margins in our hotels and packages business from 8.9% in fiscal year 2008 to 10.6% in fiscal year 2009.
 
Wide Range of Service and Product Offerings.   We offer our customers a wide range of travel and travel-related services and products. We cater to the travel needs of residents in India as well as non-resident Indians and others traveling to India from the United States and other countries. Our services and products include air tickets, hotels, packages, rail tickets, bus tickets, car hire and ancillary travel requirements such as travel insurance and visa processing. We provide our customers with access to all major domestic full-service and low-cost airlines operating in India and all major airlines operating to and from India, over 4,000 hotels in India and a wide selection of hotels outside India, Indian Railways and several major Indian bus operators. We believe our wide range of travel services and products makes us a “one stop shop” for our customers’ travel needs and allows us to combine multiple products and provide customized packages that suit the unique needs of our customers.
 
Broad Distribution Network.   We use a variety of technology-enhanced distribution channels to target the growing Indian middle class travel market, where Internet penetration is still relatively low. Our distribution network is centered on our India-focused website, www.makemytrip.com (which includes our US sub-domain website) and our United Arab Emirates-focused website, our call centers, and our 19 travel stores in various cities in India. We also have a network of approximately 2,000 agents across more than 250 cities and towns in India who can access our business-to-business, or B2B, website enabling them to sell our full suite of online travel services to their customers. Our broad distribution network gives us widespread access to travelers both in India as well as abroad.
 
Advanced, Secure and Scalable Technology Platform.   We have built an advanced and secure technology platform, which integrates our sales, customer service and fulfillment operations. We have designed our websites to be user-friendly, providing our customers with extensive low price options and alternative routings, as well as offering them combinations of flight and hotel bookings at cost effective rates. Our websites also enable our customers to find their right destinations easily by using colloquial names or major landmarks.


71


Table of Contents

Our web-based booking engine has been designed to link to our suppliers’ systems either through “direct connects” or a GDS (we currently use Amadeus GDS), and is capable of delivering real time availability and pricing information for multiple options simultaneously.
 
Our technology platform is able to handle up to 500,000 website requests per day. This platform is scalable, and can be upgraded to handle increased traffic and complexity of products with limited additional investment. We estimate that an additional investment in hardware costing approximately $360,000 would increase the capacity of our technology platform to 1 million website requests per day. As a result of our scalable platform, we were able to launch our B2B platform in 2009 in only a few months by leveraging our existing technology.
 
Customer-Focused Approach.   We place significant emphasis on technology, personnel and training to improve our services to our customers. Our customers can choose from our various customer service channels to contact us, including web-based self service or chat support as well as our toll-free call centers, our travel stores and e-mail. Our mobile service platform also enables customers to receive e-tickets and flight alerts via text messages (SMS) on their mobile phones. We provide important travel information on our websites, such as the on-time performance of airlines, user-generated travel reviews and destination guides to help customers conduct research and make travel decisions. We primarily outsource our call center operations and fulfillment process to IBM Daksh and Intelenet Global Services in India, as we believe these experienced and reputable service providers are able to adhere to our customer service standards and enhance our service quality. We also have a dedicated in-house escalation service which operates 24 hours a day, seven days a week, and is responsible for addressing issues or complaints raised by our customers.
 
Experienced Management Team.   We operate in an industry where we believe one of the most important assets is the quality of our people. Our senior management team is comprised of industry executives with significant experience in the travel industry, including online travel agencies, in India, the United States and the United Kingdom. Our management team also has in-depth experience in the Internet and information technology industries, having worked with companies such as GE Capital, Amazon, Google and IBM, and in the consumer industry, including Pepsi. We also actively recruit MBA graduates and engineers from leading institutions in India to fill important management roles in our company.
 
Our Strategy
 
We believe that the relatively low but fast growing Internet penetration in India, coupled with income growth in India provide us with significant growth opportunities. Our objective is to grow profitably by building on our current leadership position to become India’s dominant travel company. The key elements of our strategy include:
 
Expand Our Hotels and Packages Business.   Our hotels and packages business generally yields higher net revenue margins than our air ticketing business. We intend to acquire or build technology platforms to enable more hotel suppliers to be directly-connected to our websites, as this allows our suppliers to upload information about available rooms, services and rates directly from their central reservation systems onto our websites, as well as automatically confirm hotel reservations made by our customers on a real time basis. As of June 15, 2010, only approximately 2.4% of our hotel suppliers in India were directly-connected to us. We believe that our Indian hotels and packages business will grow as more of our suppliers become directly-connected to us and as we expand our travel agents’ network in India. Increasing the number of “direct connects” with our hotel suppliers will also allow us to reduce the costs of fulfillment associated with confirmations and reconfirmations of reservations made under our direct allocation arrangements. We also intend to grow our packages business outside India through strategic partnerships and acquisitions, as well as by strengthening our relationships with key aggregators from whom we procure inventory for our overseas packages. See “— Pursue Selective Strategic Partnerships and Acquisitions.”
 
Expand Our Service and Product Portfolio to Enhance Cross-Selling Opportunities.   We believe that expanding our service and product offerings is an important means of customer acquisition as the diversity of our services and products will improve our offerings to customers, attract more customers to our websites and allow us to cross sell higher-margin services and products to them. We actively market additional travel services to our customers. For example, we market non-air services directly to customers after they have booked their air tickets with us.


72


Table of Contents

We seek to continue expanding our travel offerings beyond core air tickets, hotels and packages to mass market products including bus, rail and car hire. We introduced the sale of bus tickets in 2008 and the sale of rail tickets in 2009. We commenced the provision of chauffeur-driven car hire services online in May 2010. Currently, such services are available for flight transfers in four cities in India (Delhi, Mumbai, Hyderabad and Bangalore), and we intend to further expand our coverage to all major cities in India as well as expand our services to provide chauffeur-driven car rentals not linked to flight transfers in the fourth quarter of calendar year 2010. Previously car hire was only available through our offline channels and tended to be sold as part of packages.
 
Expand Our Travel Agents’ Network.   We are focused on expanding our travel agents’ network in India, to enable more travel agents to gain access to our B2B website and sell our complete suite of travel services and products. We have a dedicated call center to service requests and queries from these agents, and provide training to assist these agents in the operation of our B2B web-based booking system. As of June 15, 2010, approximately 4,000 agents had joined our travel agents’ network, covering more than 450 cities and towns in India.
 
Enhance Our Service Platforms by Investing in Technology.   We intend to continue to invest in technology to enhance the features of our services and our platforms. For example, we plan to integrate our Indian domestic air tickets booking system with our international air tickets booking system and allow cross fare class bookings in one transaction. We also intend to extend user feedback features to more products, enable more user-friendly bookings to be saved by our customers and used across all our services and products, enhance our mobile service platform to make mobile transactions more user-friendly and allow real time fingerprinting to prevent online credit card fraud. We believe that our continued investments in technology will enable us to enhance our customer service and to capitalize on the expected growth opportunities in the online travel market in India.
 
Expand into New Geographic Markets.   We believe we are well positioned for growth in other overseas markets, particularly those with a significant non-resident Indian population as well as destinations with proximity to India and favored by Indian travelers. In December 2009, we launched our website, www.makemytrip.ae, in the United Arab Emirates, following, among other things, the registration of our website’s domain name with the relevant registry as well as the procurement of additional servers to handle the increased traffic from this new international website. The United Arab Emirates has a significant non-resident Indian population, and our website is intended to serve the travel needs of non-resident Indian travelers traveling from the United Arab Emirates and neighboring Middle Eastern countries to India as well as on their travels elsewhere. We also launched a new website in Canada in July 2010 to serve the travel needs of the Indian residents there.
 
Pursue Selective Strategic Partnerships and Acquisitions.   In addition to growing our business organically, we may also pursue strategic partnerships and targeted acquisitions that complement our service offerings or strengthen or establish our presence in our targeted overseas markets. Our purchase of certain assets of Travis Internet Private Limited, which operated www.ticketvala.com, in March 2010 was a step in this direction for our bus network. We believe our existing technology platform will enable us to successfully and cost-effectively integrate our partners or new companies we acquire into our network and allow us to ensure our best practices are followed. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not entered into any advanced discussions or negotiations or any agreements or commitments for material acquisitions of any businesses.
 
Our Services and Products
 
We offer a wide range of travel and travel-related services and products catering to the needs of residents in India and non-resident Indians and others traveling to India from the United States and other countries. We provide travelers with the tools and information they need to efficiently research, plan, book and purchase travel services and products in India as well as overseas. Our services and products include air tickets, hotels, packages, rail tickets, bus tickets, car hire and ancillary travel requirements such as visa processing and facilitating access to travel insurance. Our key customers include leisure travelers and small businesses.
 
Air Tickets
 
Our air tickets business is primarily targeted at domestic travel within India and international travel originating in India; and inbound travel to India from the United States and other countries.


73


Table of Contents

Indian Domestic and Outbound Travel.   We have experienced significant growth in our air ticketing business covering domestic travel within India and international travel from India since we commenced our Indian operations in 2005. The following table sets forth the number of transactions for air travel booked through us in this business in the last three fiscal years.
 
                         
    Number of Transactions
    for Fiscal Year Ended March 31
    2008   2009   2010
 
Indian domestic air travel
    1.0 million       1.2 million       1.6 million  
Outbound air travel
    35,644       45,497       93,757  
 
We provide our customers with a wide selection of airline tickets for all major domestic full-service and low-cost airlines operating in India, including Air India, Air India Express, Go Air, Indigo Airlines, Jet Airways, Kingfisher Airlines and SpiceJet; and all major international flights that originate from cities in India, including Air India, British Airways, Emirates, Jet Airways, Lufthansa, Malaysia Airlines, Singapore Airlines, Thai Airways and Virgin Atlantic. We obtain inventory from these airlines either through a GDS (we currently use Amadeus GDS) or via “direct connects” to the airlines’ booking systems.
 
We believe our websites provide comprehensive information to our customers in a time-efficient and unbiased manner. Customers are able to quickly and easily evaluate a broad range of potential fare and airline combinations through our user-friendly websites. Customers may search for flights based on their preferred travel dates, destinations, number of passengers, number of stops and class of travel, or may use our more advanced search tool and include additional search parameters. For example, on our Indian domestic flights, customers may include searches for night flights, specify a preference for direct flights, as well as include only certain airlines and only refundable fares. Our website then displays fare and flight offerings matching those specifications. Customers can also easily filter and sort the results of their search according to their preferences.
 
Inbound Travel to India.   We began selling air tickets for the United States-to-India sector in 2000. Our customers are mainly non-resident Indians and persons of Indian origin traveling to India. Our customers may search and book their flights on our US sub-domain website, us.makemytrip.com, which is linked to our primary website, www.makemytrip.com, and uses a similar search and display interface as our primary website, and may also call our toll-free US hotline, 1800-INDIA-10. The total number of transactions for inbound air travel to India booked through us were 17,222 in fiscal year 2008, 22,441 in fiscal year 2009 and 36,135 in fiscal year 2010.
 
We also recently launched our website in the United Arab Emirates, www.makemytrip.ae, catering mainly to non-resident Indians traveling to India as well as on their travels to other countries. We intend to expand our business in other markets outside India, particularly those with a significant non-resident Indian population as well as those with proximity to India and favored by Indian travelers. We launched our Canadian website, www.makemytrip.ca, in July 2010. Our Canadian website is currently owned by a company which we have registered in Canada, and we intend to transfer legal ownership of this company to us in August 2010.
 
Hotels and Packages
 
We introduced our hotels and packages business in 2005 and have since experienced significant growth in this area. The total number of transactions in our hotels and packages business were 36,944 in fiscal year 2008, 81,357 in fiscal year 2009 and 109,672 in fiscal year 2010.
 
Hotels.   Through our websites, customers can search, compare and make reservations at approximately 4,000 hotels in India and a wide selection of hotels outside India. We procure room inventory from our hotel suppliers through three methods: “direct connects,” “direct allocation” and “on request.” As of June 15, 2010, approximately 2.4% of our hotel suppliers were directly-connected to our booking system. Through these “direct connects,” our booking systems are integrated with the central reservations systems of the hotels and reservations to be made and confirmed on a real time basis. All our other hotel suppliers have a “direct allocation” arrangement with us whereby they allocate rooms directly to us either by managing their room inventory on an extranet supported by us or via telephone or through “on request” booking. In our “on request” booking process, customers may request a reservation and we will liaise with the relevant hotel to try and confirm the room reservation. We do not assume any


74


Table of Contents

inventory risk for such “direct allocation” room inventory as any unsold inventory is released to the hotels upon an agreed number of days prior to the relevant date of travel.
 
Customers may search for hotels based on their destination, preferred dates for check-in and check-out, and may easily filter our search results by selecting star ratings, specific hotel chains and location. Customers can also indicate amenity preferences such as business services, Internet access, fitness centers, swimming pools and travel assistance. Our “City Map View” also offers customers the ability to compare hotel locations on an interactive neighborhood map. Customers can also preview the property by viewing hotel pictures and read hotel reviews from other MakeMyTrip customers on our website and on our travel community website, www.oktatabyebye.com.
 
Packages.   We offer pre-packaged vacations designed by our in-house product specialists, under arrangements with various travel suppliers and our GDS service provider to cater to both individual and group travelers. Our packages also include various travel services such as travel insurance, visa processing, airport transfer and sightseeing.
 
  •  Indian Domestic Packages.   We offer a variety of packages, including escorted tours, honeymoon specials and weekend breakaways, as well as vacation themes, such as beach, adventure, family, pilgrimage, romantic, shopping, cruise and culture. Our demographic target for the “weekend breakaways” packages are corporate executives.
 
For our customers travelling within India, our Indian website offers a flight plus hotel option, using a similar search and display interface as our separate air ticketing and hotels web-interface, which enables customers to view multiple combinations of airlines and hotels to assemble a trip which satisfies his or her unique requirements. Our website allows customers to customize their trips by combining two or more travel products and selecting their desired air and hotel supplier, often at a discounted price, compared to booking the individual components separately.
 
  •  International Packages.   We offer pre-designed independent packages, customized independent vacations, customized group tours and pre-designed escorted tours. The wide array of holiday options offered is intended to suit varying budgets and preferences of potential customers.
 
  •  Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, Exhibitions and Events. Our MICE group offers services to organizations as well as other groups, including students or families who wish to plan meetings, conferences or other events or organize group trips. Our MICE group assists such customers in planning and booking travel arrangements for large groups of travelers and delivers tickets and other documentation, and, on request of the customers, a member of our MICE group will accompany the group during the travel in order to ensure that all plans and activities run smoothly. Our MICE group also assists employees of these organizations with their personal travel needs.
 
Other Services and Products
 
Rail Tickets.   We introduced the sale of railway tickets in India in 2009 after entering into an agreement with IRCTC, which granted us “direct-connect” access to Indian Railways’ passenger reservation system online and enabled our customers to reserve and purchase Indian Railways tickets on a real time basis through our Indian website. Indian Railways is India’s state-owned railway which owns and operates most of India’s rail transport. Since we commenced this business in June 2009, we have booked 185,948 transactions for rail tickets in the fiscal year 2010.
 
Using a customized search interface, our customers are able to quickly search for train tickets based on their preferred travel dates, destinations and class of travel. Our customized interface allows a customer to compare travel options across various trains, classes, dates and prices. The search results displayed are detailed and have been customized to suit the needs of local Indian railway users. For example, customers are able to see the wait list status for relevant train trips and are able to plan their travel accordingly. Like other products, customers can also easily filter the results of their search according to their specific preferences. However, as a result of Indian Railways’ regulations, although customers may search for rail tickets 24 hours a day and seven days a week, reservations may not be made between 11.30 pm and 5.00 am India time.


75


Table of Contents

Bus Tickets.   We have agreements with several major Indian bus operators, some of which are operators of multiple routes, as well as with aggregators and other intermediaries. Our bus tickets inventory is obtained through four channels: real time inventory from operators who are directly-connected to our booking system; inventory from aggregators who are directly-connected to our booking system; inventory from operators who manage their inventory on an extranet supported by us; and inventory obtained by agreement with operators where a certain number of tickets are pre-allocated to us or sold to us “on request.” Since we commenced this business in May 2008, we have booked 11,792 and 57,529 transactions for bus tickets for the nine months ended March 31, 2009 and for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, respectively.
 
Customers can search for bus tickets based on their preferred travel dates and routes and our website will typically display numerous options for customers to choose from. We offer our customers basic information on the type of bus used on the relevant route and customers are able to select seats, choose from the available boarding points in the relevant city on the routes as well as obtain information on the location of the chosen boarding point.
 
With the acquisition of certain assets of Travis Internet Private Limited (which operated www.ticketvala.com) in March 2010, we have obtained access to a technology platform offering real time bus booking services, quotations and cost comparison, allowing last minute bookings as well, which we have integrated with our booking systems. We intend to leverage this platform to enable more bus operators to be directly-connected to our booking system to further expand our bus offering.
 
Car Hire.   We offer customers the ability to rent a chauffeur driven car within India provided by two operators mainly in major metropolitan cities through our call centers and travel stores. Typically, this service is requested in conjunction with a flight and hotel booking or a package booking. We introduced these services on our Indian website in May 2010. Currently, such services are available for flight transfers in four cities in India (Delhi, Mumbai, Hyderabad and Bangalore), and we intend to further expand our coverage to all major cities in India as well as expand our services to provide chauffeur-driven car rentals not linked to flight transfers in the fourth quarter of calendar year 2010.
 
Ancillary Services and Products
 
As an ancillary service offered to our customers, we provide our customers with the option to purchase travel insurance from Apollo Munich Health Insurance Company Limited, with whom we entered into a memorandum of understanding in April 2008. We facilitate access to this travel insurance through our Indian website, as well as via our call centers and travel stores. On our Indian website, prior to confirming and proceeding with the reservation of and payment for a flight or hotel, our customers are prompted to purchase such travel insurance. We also provide visa processing services, and sell telephone calling cards to our customers. In addition, we offer travel-related businesses and other third parties the opportunity to advertise on our websites.
 
Distribution Channels
 
We utilize a variety of technology-enhanced distribution channels to target the growing Indian middle class travel market, where Internet penetration is still relatively low. Our broad distribution network gives us access to Indians traveling domestically or overseas and also reaches non-resident Indians and others traveling inbound to India. Our distribution network uses a combination of our websites, call centers and travel stores as well as our travel agents’ network in India and mobile service platform, giving us multiple channels to access these customers.
 
Our customers’ varied needs are served by different distribution channels. Over 95% of our sales of air tickets for travel in India and the majority of sales of air tickets for outbound travel from India are made through our website. Sales of air tickets for inbound travel to India tend to be made mainly through our call centers, with our call centers accounting for approximately 60.1% of such sales. Our customers can book standard flight plus hotel packages on our websites but the majority of the sales of packages within or outside India are concluded through our call centers or travel stores. All of our rail and bus ticket sales are made through our Indian website.
 
In fiscal year 2010, transactions executed through our websites, call centers and travel stores accounted for approximately 94.5%, 3.6% and 1.9%, respectively, of our total transactions, with the remaining portion being executed through our travel agents’ network and mobile service platform.


76


Table of Contents

Internet Websites
 
We currently operate the websites www.makemytrip.com (including the sub-domain us.makemytrip.com) and www.makemytrip.ae, servicing the Indian domestic and outbound market, the United States-India inbound market (focusing in particular on non-resident Indians in the United States) and the United Arab Emirates as well as neighboring Middle East countries, respectively. Our websites have been designed to provide a user-friendly experience to our customers and are reviewed and upgraded from time to time.
 
In March 2010, we acquired certain assets of Travis Internet Private Limited, an online bus ticket company in India. As part of this acquisition, we acquired the website www.ticketvala.com, which enables customers to obtain quotations and book bus tickets online on a real time basis, which we have integrated with our booking system and our Indian website.
 
Using our websites, customers can easily and quickly review the pricing and availability of nearly all our services and products, evaluate and compare options, and book and purchase such service and products online within minutes. Customers can also purchase ancillary travel-related services and products such as travel insurance as part of the booking process. Certain packages for MICE or other customized packages cannot be purchased online although customers can submit inquiries through our websites and our sales representatives will contact such customers to follow up and process the transaction, if required.
 
Typically, a transaction on our websites involves the following steps:
 
Search.   A customer conducts a search for a particular product, or combination of products (for example, flight plus hotel), on our websites by defining desired parameters. For example, for domestic Indian flights, apart from the city of departure and destination, number of travelers and dates of travel, our customers can also input additional parameters such as preferred cabin class, preferred airlines, refundable fares and direct flights. Our websites’ search capabilities employ scalable search and routing logic that we believe return comprehensive results without sacrificing search response times or creating added stress on our suppliers’ infrastructure. Our search results are generated in a cost-effective and time-efficient manner, since over 90% of our search results come from cache. Our web-based booking engine, which has been designed to link to our suppliers’ systems either through “direct connects” or a GDS (we currently use Amadeus GDS), allows us to deliver real time information.
 
Select.   At this stage, our websites display to the customer various possible selections that are available in a user-friendly format, and also prompt the customer with available special offers or provide additional information about the product. Our websites are enabled with asynchronous JavaScript and extensible markup language, or AJAX, allowing customers to sort or refine search results by further defining certain parameters such as price range, time range, preferred airlines and availability of refunds for air tickets, and star rating, preferred hotel chains and hotel amenities.
 
Review.   After a customer has selected a particular option, our websites will provide the customer with an opportunity to review the details of the product being purchased and the terms and conditions of such purchase. At this stage, our websites connect to the Amadeus GDS or the websites of our travel suppliers to confirm the availability and pricing of the product selected, and in the event the customer’s choice is not available, the customer will be informed of the next-best alternative to the selected product. Customers booking air tickets or hotels will also be shown options to purchase travel insurance and other related ancillary services.
 
Payment.   We offer our customers a variety of payment methods. On our Indian website, customers may pay with credit cards, debit cards issued by several major banks in India (including Citibank, ICICI Bank and HDFC Bank), bank transfers or cash cards, and in Indian Rupees. On our US website, customers may pay with credit cards or Paypal and in US dollars. On our United Arab Emirates website, customers may pay with credit cards in United Arab Emirates Dirham, or AED. The payment gateway for sales on our Indian website is secured by “Verified by VISA.”
 
In order to simplify the booking process for our customers, our websites do not require prior customer registration in order for the purchase to be completed. Customers who do not wish to register will simply be prompted prior to payment to provide basic contact details (including their name, telephone number and e-mail address) for purposes of the travel product they intend to purchase. An electronic confirmation is sent to the


77


Table of Contents

customer’s e-mail address and customers can also use TripAssist on our websites to check their flight or train details, print e-tickets and cancel flight and rail bookings and track progress of refunds.
 
Call Centers
 
Our in-house call centers, which mainly handle our sales and post-sales customer service support for our international hotels and packages business as well as domestic Indian packages with more complicated itineraries, are run out of Gurgaon in India. These call centers operate 24 hours a day, seven days a week and customers can call these centers through various toll-free numbers in India to consult with our sales representatives, receive comprehensive, real time hotel and package information, and make travel bookings. As of March 31, 2010, we employed approximately 66 sales representatives in our in-house call centers, as compared with approximately 94 sales representatives as of March 31, 2009. This decline in numbers of sales representatives was primarily due to outsourcing. All of our sales representatives participate in a formal four-week training program before commencing work and have an in-depth knowledge of their relevant local market. Our representatives are also trained and updated with our new services and products.
 
To achieve cost efficiency and scalability, we utilize various third party vendors in India to manage our call center service and we outsource our call center service for sales for all international flights (both inbound to India and outbound from India), and most of our domestic Indian hotel reservations and packages to such vendors. Our outsourcing service providers also handle our post-sales customer service support for all flights (domestic and international), domestic Indian hotel reservations and packages, and rail and bus ticketing, as well as back office fulfillment and ticketing services. Our key outsourcing service providers are IBM Daksh and Intelenet Global Services in India, where agents provide both English and Hindi language options to our customers. We believe these experienced and reputable service providers are able to adhere to our customer service standards and enhance our service quality. We also have an agreement with Motif Inc. which operates from Ahmedabad and provides our customers in the state of Gujarat with an option of using Gujarati, the local dialect, for their transactions. These external call centers also operate 24 hours a day, seven days a week. In aggregate, we had approximately 459 external sales agents from IBM Daksh and Intelenet Global Services constituting our outsourced call center sales force as of March 31, 2010, compared to approximately 232 as of March 31, 2009. Our external agents must undergo a formal four-week training program as well as periodic refresher training courses in order to understand our processes and systems and be able to effectively service our customers.
 
All our call centers are equipped with our enterprise resource planning, or ERP, application, allowing our sales representatives and agents to make bookings and create packages, as well as attend to customer requests. These centers are also linked to our customer relationship management, or CRM, system which enables us to monitor the performance of our sales representatives and outsourced agents on a round-the-clock basis. We also have software that enables us to log on to customer calls enabling us to perform random checks on our call centers on a real time basis. Our system also enables us to monitor the number of waiting calls and limit customer aborted calls on our hotlines due to unacceptably long waiting times. We have an in-house quality team which monitors the quality of our call center transactions, including the tone and voice of our customers, in order to ensure high quality service is consistently offered to our customers.


78


Table of Contents

Travel Stores
 
We have 19 travel stores in major cities including metropolitan areas across India, which primarily sell packages. Our main office in Gurgaon also serves customers seeking to purchase outbound packages from India. We believe that these travel stores and offices are important for our overall growth as they represent a direct interface between our customers and us. At our travel stores, customers can consult with our sales representatives, receive comprehensive, real time flight, hotel and package information as well as information for other services and products, and make travel bookings, without prior appointment. Our travel stores are also equipped with our ERP application and linked to our CRM system.
 
(MAP)
 
Travel Agents’ Network
 
We have a travel agents’ network in India which we started in 2009, where approximately 4,000 travel agents across more than 450 cities and towns in India can access our B2B website enabling them to sell our full suite of online travel products to their customers. Our B2B website uses a similar interface as our external customer-facing websites and we were able to launch our B2B platform in a few months by leveraging technology already being used by us for our customer-facing websites. We believe our network is attractive to travel agents as we provide access to a range of travel services and products which such agents may not be able to access cost-effectively or at all. These travel agents earn commissions from us depending on the volume and type of travel services and products sold. Furthermore, our travel agents’ network allows us to expand our footprint in India and distribution network in a cost-effective manner.
 
Mobile
 
In 2008, we launched “makemytrip.mobile,” our mobile service platform. Our mobile service allows customers to search, book and pay for India domestic air tickets on their mobile phones at no additional cost. Tickets can also be delivered to our customers by SMS. Currently, our mobile service is only available for Indian domestic air tickets and cancelations and changes cannot be handled via our mobile platform but instead are routed to our call centers. We plan to continue to develop and refine the services which can be delivered over our mobile


79


Table of Contents

platform. We also intend to increase the number of mobile service provider partners so that our mobile service platform can gain greater reach in India.
 
Technology and Infrastructure
 
General
 
We benefit from an advanced technology platform which we believe has a high level of reliability, security and scalability, and which has been designed to handle high transaction volumes across all our websites on shared infrastructure. Our system is capable of handling up to 500,000 website requests a day. We have the ability to scale up and down to meet our needs without incurring substantial costs as we use virtual machines and infrastructure when required. We estimate that an additional investment in hardware costing approximately $360,000 would increase the capacity of our technology platform to 1 million website requests per day. Our technology stack is also modular and can be easily modified for multiple lines of business. For example, we were able to launch our B2B platform in a few months by leveraging our existing technology used for our customer-facing websites.
 
We believe we have core technology advantages in multiple areas, including:
 
  •  website logic that simplify and improve a customer’s ability to book a trip most suited to his or her requirements, including providing extensive low price options and alternative routings, and assisting customers in finding their destinations easily by using colloquial names or major landmarks;
 
  •  scalable search and caching technologies that return comprehensive results and allow us to provide more flight and hotel options to customers without sacrificing search response times or creating added stress on our suppliers’ operating or cost infrastructure; and
 
  •  capability to combine various flight plus hotel options, offering our customers the ability to see multiple combinations of airlines and hotels to assemble a package, resulting in trips that are frequently less expensive than individually booked components and more flexible for the customers.
 
As part of our business continuity plan, our systems infrastructure and web and database servers are housed in Gurgaon, Delhi and Mumbai, and have monitoring and engineering support 24 hours a day, seven days a week. All our servers installed at all our data centers as well as at all our offices are also secured with firewalls.
 
Our applications and infrastructure are configured in a manner that support our business continuity plan. All data is backed up on a weekly basis across our two data centers. In addition, all data is also backed up on tapes on a weekly basis. These tapes are kept at a safe and secure location outside the data centers.
 
Fully Integrated Technology Platform
 
Our CRM system uses software by RightNow TM CRM which integrates our sales, customer service and fulfillment operations. Our web-enabled centralized booking system enables our customers and B2B partners to search and book travel services and products we sell and provide on a real time basis. We also have a “Verified by VISA” payment gateway, which provides additional security for transactions via our Indian website using credit cards issued by Indian institutions.
 
Our system also allows us to provide high quality customer service by promptly processing customer inquiries and requests and by monitoring the performance of our sales and customer service representatives and our outsourced call center sales force on a round-the-clock basis. Our system also enables us to monitor the number of waiting calls and limit aborted calls on our hotlines due to long waiting time.
 
We integrate our ERP application (which uses Microsoft Dynamics TM ) with our CRM system which enables our agents to create packages, make and amend bookings as well as attend to customer inquiries. Our CRM system is designed to analyze customer needs for better servicing. It generates reports identifying areas of opportunity or weakness and thereby helps us in improving our service and product quality. We also use Omniture Web Analytics software to assist us in analyzing our web-based business, such as the rate of conversion of visitors to our websites to purchasing customers.
 
Our systems include automation for ticketing, monitoring of schedule changes and providing alerts to customers, as well as auto-cancelation of reservations made through a GDS or airlines’ central reservations


80


Table of Contents

systems. We are continually looking for opportunities to automate our processes in order to further increase our productivity and improve the scalability of our business.
 
Security
 
We are committed to protecting the security of our customers’ information. We maintain an information security team that is responsible for implementing and maintaining controls to prevent unauthorized users to access our systems. These controls include the implementation of information security policies and procedures, security monitoring software, encryption policies, access policies, password policies, physical access limitations, and detection and monitoring of fraud from internal staff. We have acquired a fraud detection system which uses transaction patterns and other data sources which seek to prevent fraudulent transactions in real time. All sensitive data transmitted through our systems is encrypted using SSL 1024 bit encryption technology. Our information security team also coordinates internal and external audits every six months. We believe that, as of April 2010, we are the only travel portal in India which is compliant with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (a set of requirements for enhancing payment account security developed by the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council, which include key credit card and financial services companies).
 
Marketing and Brand Awareness
 
We believe our online and offline marketing strategies increase our brand awareness, drive potential customers to our websites and improve the rate at which visitors become customers.
 
Our marketing channels primarily include online advertising such as paid search engine marketing and optimization with leading Internet search engines (such as Google TM ), as well as utilizing display advertising on websites (such as Yahoo! TM India), offline advertising using print or broadcast media such as television or radio, e-mails and short messages, and marketing through our call centers and travel stores. We have consistently invested in building our brand and expanding our reach to travelers in India as well as overseas, through mass media campaigns as well as through innovative digital marketing tools such as viral marketing and online display banners. We also have a strong presence in social media, such as Facebook and Twitter.
 
Our marketing programs and initiatives also include targeted campaigns, promotional or seasonal offers, as well as partnerships with international tourism boards. From time to time, we may run promotional schemes offering free air tickets upon the purchase of certain air tickets. For example, from March 8, 2010 to May 12, 2010, we ran a promotion offering unlimited free air tickets for travel within India upon purchase of inbound air tickets to India from the United States on our US website. This promotional offer was subject to certain terms and conditions, including that the offer applied only to the basic fare of the domestic tickets and all taxes and fees payable on such tickets were to be borne by the customers, the free air tickets had to be booked within seven days of purchase of the eligible US-India air ticket and requests for such free air tickets had to be made at least 21 days before the date of travel (with the customer who booked the eligible US-India air ticket utilizing at least one of the free tickets). The estimated cost of any such free tickets is recognized at the time of issuance of the eligible paid air tickets.
 
Due to the short period of the promotion, the corresponding impact on revenues was insignificant. We do not at present expect similar promotions in the future to have a material impact on our revenues.
 
We also have alliances with several major banks in India, including ICICI Bank, HDFC Bank and HSBC, as well as with American Express, with whom we run promotional offers and vouchers. These alliances provide us with access to our partners’ large customer base where targeted marketing for customer acquisition can be made at relatively low costs. We also participate in i-mint, a multiple partner consumer loyalty program in India.
 
We have won many industry awards, including Best Online Travel Portal of the Year by Class of Travel & Tourism Awards in 2010, Best Travel Portal by CNBC Awaaz 2009 and Best Online Travel Agent for Excellence in the Indian Travel Market by TravelBiz Monitor 2009, as well as numerous awards from trade partners.
 
According to comScore, our website, www.makemytrip.com, was the second most visited travel website in India (after the Indian Railways’ website) in each of the years from 2007 to 2009.


81


Table of Contents

Customer Service
 
Our customer focused approach is centered on ensuring a favorable user experience on our websites as well as excellent customer service. Our websites are designed to provide a user-friendly experience and integrate valuable travel information, such as information on the on-time performance of airlines, user-generated travel reviews and destination guides, to help customers research and make travel decisions. We also monitor feedback from our customers using our CRM system and review and upgrade the features of our websites from time to time.
 
The key channels through which we implement our customer support and communicate with our customers are as follows:
 
Web-based Support.   We offer two web-based customer support services. Our self service web-support called “TripAssist,” which is available on our Indian website, enables our customers to check the status of their domestic flight or train booking, cancel tickets and track the progress of their refund, among other things. Customers who require assistance or have inquiries about certain products also have an option to contact our sales representatives via our websites and we have dedicated personnel available 24 hours a day, seven days a week, who provide assistance to our customers on a real time basis.
 
Call Centers.   We provide our customers with comprehensive and real time assistance through our call centers which are available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Currently, we outsource a portion of our customer service call center operations to IBM Daksh and Intelenet Global Services in India, whose employees have been trained by our respective outsourcing service providers and us.
 
Travel Stores.   Customers may also visit our 19 travel stores in various cities in India and obtain assistance from our sales and customer service representatives.
 
Mobile Service.   Our mobile service platform enables customers to receive e-tickets, itineraries, booking numbers or confirmations for their flight, hotel, rail or bus reservations via SMS. Customers can also receive flight cancellation alerts and updates of waitlist status for flights via SMS.
 
E-mail.   Customers may also e-mail any inquiries or complaints, which we endeavor to address expeditiously.
 
Through our CRM system, we are able to maintain a customer database containing information on the transaction history and preferences of each customer who has booked a travel product through us. We document all sales and customers service processes at our company using business process management system, or BPMS, methodology, where the entire value chain, starting from the customer’s requirement until the delivery of the relevant service or product, or refund, if applicable, is documented. We also monitor our customer transactions and have a dedicated in-house escalation service which operates 24 hours a day, seven days a week, which is responsible for answering any complaints or issued raised by our customers.
 
We have a fulfillment process that we mainly outsource, which minimizes any travel disruption for our customers, with a team of personnel responsible for ensuring that customers’ hotel bookings are checked and reconfirmed prior to the date of travel.
 
As part of our customer focused approach, we have also set up an Indian online travel community website, www.oktatabyebye.com, which allows our customers and other travelers to exchange views and travel tips. Our Indian website also offers our customers the option to make cash donations to plant trees in India to reduce their carbon footprint, when completing their bookings.


82


Table of Contents

Supplier Relationships
 
We believe we have cultivated and maintain good relationships with our travel suppliers. We have a team of 25 employees dedicated to maintaining and enhancing our existing relationships, and developing new relationships, with travel suppliers. Our supplier relationship teams negotiate agreements or arrangements with suppliers for access to travel inventory for our services and products, and also monitor supplier-sponsored promotions. They also focus on relationship management with our suppliers. One of the key services we provide to our suppliers is the provision of customer feedback and preferences which we obtain primarily through our CRM system, user-generated content on our websites as well as through our call centers, and via oktatabyebye.com, our Indian online travel community website.
 
Based on revenue less service cost earned by us, our top five airline suppliers for travel in India and overseas as well as top five Indian hotel suppliers (in each case in alphabetical order) for fiscal year 2010 were:
 
         
Airlines
  Airlines
   
(Travel within India)
 
(International Travel)
 
Indian Hotels
 
Jet Airways
IndiGo Airlines
Kingfisher Airlines
National Aviation Company (India)
Limited
SpiceJet
  Emirates
Jet Airways
Lufthansa
National Aviation Company (India) Limited
United Airlines
  Advani Hotels and Resorts
Indian Hotels
Mahindra Holdings
Neelam Hotels
Resort Terra Paraiso
 
Airlines
 
We have access to real time inventory of all major airlines operating in, from and to India either through a GDS (we currently use Amadeus GDS) or through “direct connects” to our airline suppliers’ booking systems.
 
Most of these airlines offer us fares that match those offered by the airlines on their own websites as well as on other online travel websites. The fares paid by our customers include our service fee in addition to the fares charged by the airlines. We currently have commission arrangements with all India-based airlines, as well as major international airlines that service India, where part of our commission is linked to the number of sales facilitated by us or the revenue realized by these airlines on sales completed through us. Similarly, we earn fees from our GDS service provider on a per-ticket basis for sales completed by us through the GDS that are linked to the volumes of sales completed by us.
 
Hotels
 
We provide our customers with access to over 4,000 hotels in India and a wide selection of hotels outside India. Our hotel supply team is responsible for negotiating agreements or arrangements with independent hotels, hotel chains and hotel management companies in India and securing competitive rates, promotions and access to inventory for listing on our websites as well as packaging of holidays. We select our hotel partners by their reputation and quality and monitor customer feedback on our websites as well as other channels in order to ensure that hotels listed on our websites maintain acceptable standards.
 
In our hotels and packages business, our revenue represents the total amount paid by our customers for these travel services and products and the cost of procuring the relevant services and products are classified as service cost. We also earn commissions from other hotel suppliers, typically larger hotel chain operators, depending on the volume of reservations made through us.
 
As of June 15, 2010, approximately 2.4% of our hotel suppliers were directly-connected to our booking system. Through these “direct connects,” our booking systems are integrated with the central reservations systems of the hotels and reservations to be made and confirmed on a real time basis. We intend to work with our suppliers to increase the number of “direct connects” as we believe “direct connects” benefit both us and the hotels. All other hotel suppliers have a “direct allocation” arrangement with us whereby they allocate rooms directly to us either by managing their room inventory on an extranet supported by us or via telephone or through “on request” booking. In


83


Table of Contents

the “on request” booking process, customers may request a reservation and we will liaise with the relevant hotel to try and confirm the room reservation. Other than special arrangements we may have with our hotel suppliers from time to time where we may guarantee sales of a certain number of rooms during peak travel periods, we are not subject to inventory risk on our direct allocations as unsold rooms are returned to the hotels within an agreed time period. We obtain inventory for hotels outside India through contracts with online travel agents and aggregators outside India. We earn commissions from such agents and aggregators depending on the volume of room reservations made through them.
 
Competition
 
The market for travel services and products is highly competitive. We currently compete with both established and emerging providers of travel services and products, including other online travel agencies, such as cleartrip.com, expedia.com, travelocity.com and yatra.com, as well as traditional travel agencies, tour operators, travel suppliers and operators of travel industry reservation databases. Large, established Internet search engines have also launched applications offering travel itineraries in destinations around the world, and meta-search companies who can aggregate travel search results also compete with us for customers. Some of our competitors have significantly greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources than us, and certain of our competitors have a longer history of established businesses and reputations in the Indian travel market (particularly in the hotels and packages business) as compared with us. Factors affecting our competitive success include, among other things, price, availability and breadth of choice of travel services, brand recognition, customer service and customer care, fees charged to travelers, ease of use of website interface, accessibility and reliability.
 
In our hotels and packages business, we compete primarily with Cox & Kings, Kuoni India and Thomas Cook, all of which are established industry players in the Indian travel market.
 
Certain of our travel suppliers have also been steadily focusing on increasing online demand on their own websites and decreasing or eliminating their dependence on third-party distributors like us. For instance, many low-cost airlines may, subject to applicable regulations, reduce or eliminate commissions to agents such as us or restrict the amount of service fees we are able to charge customers. Suppliers who sell on their own websites typically do not charge a processing fee, and, in some instances, offer advantages such as their own bonus miles or loyalty points, which could make their offerings more attractive to customers than offerings like ours.
 
Intellectual Property
 
Our intellectual property rights include trademarks and domain names associated with the name “MakeMyTrip,” and other rights arising from confidentiality agreements relating to our website content and technology. We regard our intellectual property as a factor contributing to our success, although we are not dependent on any patents, intellectual property-related contracts or licenses other than some commercial software licenses available to the general public. We rely on trade mark law, trade secret protection, non-competition and confidentiality agreements with our employees and some of our partners to protect our intellectual property rights. We require our employees to enter into agreements to keep confidential all information relating to our customers, methods, business and trade secrets during and after their employment with us. Our employees are required to acknowledge and recognize that all inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes made by them during their employment are our property.
 
We have registered our domain names, “www.makemytrip.com” (which includes the sub-domain “us.makemytrip.com” for our US website), “www.makemytrip.ae” and “www.indiaahoy.com,” and have full legal rights over these domain names for the period for which such domain names are registered. We conduct our business under the “MakeMyTrip” brand name and logo and have registered the trademarks “MakeMyTrip” in India and the United States. We have also applied for registration of the trademarks “Happy Holidays, Happy Prices” (our trademark for our holiday packages) and “IndiaAhoy” (our travel agents’ booking platform) in India, and we are in the process of applying to obtain copyright protection for our logo and brand name in India. We are also in the process of obtaining an assignment over the trademarks “ticketvala.com” and “eBusxpress” for which Travis Internet Private Limited had applied for registration.


84


Table of Contents

Employees
 
As of March 31, 2010, we had 757 employees. We also outsource some of our customer service and sales functions, which has resulted in a decline in the number of our employees, principally from 2008 to 2009. The following table shows a breakdown of our employees as of the end of our past three fiscal years by category of activity and geographic location. To begin bringing our company into compliance with applicable financial reporting regulations, we have recently hired a new senior manager to be responsible for implementation of requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are in the process of evaluating and hiring consultants and new staff.
 
                         
    Number of Employees as of March 31
Division/Function
  2008   2009   2010
 
Management
    5       7       7  
Product development
    11       22       20  
Sales and marketing
    519       433       442  
Technology development and technology support
    72       95       111  
Others (including operations, business development, administration, finance and accounting, legal and human resources)
    312       204       177  
                         
Total
    919       761       757  
                         
 
                         
    Number of Employees as of March 31
Location
  2008   2009   2010
 
India
    917       758       754  
United States
    2       3       3  
                         
Total
    919       761       757  
                         
 
None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We believe that our relations with our employees are good. We also contract with a third party for the provision of temporary employees from time to time for various functions, including administration and staffing at our travel stores. As of March 31, 2010, we employed 42 temporary employees.
 
Insurance
 
We maintain and annually renew insurance for losses (but not business interruption) arising from fire, burglary as well as terrorist activities for our corporate office at Gurgaon, India, as well as for our 19 other travel stores in India. As an International Air Transport Association, or IATA, recognized travel agent, as of January 1, 2010, we also maintain credit risk insurance, providing insurance cover for any payment default by us or our customers to all airlines participating in IATA’s bill settlement plan.
 
Facilities
 
Our primary facility is our corporate office located in Gurgaon, India. We lease this approximate 38,000 square foot facility under a nine-year lease which commenced on March 7, 2007.
 
As of June 15, 2010, we also have travel stores in 19 cities in India, including Mumbai, Kolkata, Ahmedabad, Chennai, Delhi, Goa, Hyderabad, Jaipur and Pune. Outside of India, we have offices in New York and San Francisco. All of these properties are leased.
 
Regulations
 
We are subject to various laws and regulations in India arising from our operations in India, including travel agent requirements and the operation of our website, call centers and travel stores.


85


Table of Contents

MMT India has been recognized as an approved Inbound Tour Operator under the Guidelines for Recognition/Renewal as an Approved Inbound Tour Operator issued by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, as amended, which prescribes minimum requirements for capital, period of operation, office space and trained personnel, requires that the foreign exchange earnings from inbound tour operations during the preceding financial year or calendar year be not less than Rs. 2.5 million (approximately $54,000), and entitles recognized travel agents to concessions or incentives prescribed by the Ministry of Tourism from time to time.
 
In addition, in order to act as a travel agent or a tour operator in the National Capital Territory of Delhi, MMT India is required to obtain a licence from the Licensing Authority, Tourism Department, Government of National Capital Territory of Delhi under the Delhi Motor Vehicle Rules, 1993, as amended. MMT India intends to apply for such a license.
 
MMT India has obtained a license from the Reserve Bank of India to act as a Full Fledged Money Changer, which requires that MMT India maintain a minimum net owned funds of Rs. 2.5 million (approximately $54,000). However, other than money changing services provided to certain of our existing customers, we do not intend to expand our money changing operations.
 
Under the Information Technology Act, 2000, as amended, we are subject to civil liability to compensate for wrongful loss or gain to any person arising from negligence in implementing and maintaining reasonable security practices and procedures with respect to sensitive personal data or information that we possess, deal with or handle in our computer systems, networks, databases and software.
 
We have obtained approvals to operate our domestic and international call centers in India as “Other Service Providers” from the Department of Telecommunications, Ministry of Communications and Information Technology, Government of India, which are valid for 20 years from September 27, 2005 and June 6, 2001, respectively.
 
We have obtained and maintain registrations under the Shops and Establishments Act and Rules of each state where our travel stores are located.
 
Our operations in India currently do not benefit from tax holidays under any applicable laws or regulations.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
From time to time, we may be subject to various legal proceedings and claims that are incidental to our ordinary course of business. In particular, we are involved in a number of consumer complaints which are pending at various district consumer forums and state commissions. Furthermore, we are from time to time in receipt of notices and complaints from our customers, some of which may result in cases being filed against us if we are unable to resolve such complaints satisfactorily.
 
In November 2008, we received a show cause notice from the Indian income tax authorities and a demand for an additional payment of approximately Rs. 8.1 million (approximately $175,000) (exclusive of any applicable penalties) due to a reassessment of our taxable income in India for the assessment year 2005-2006, on the grounds of an increase proposed by the transfer pricing officer to adjust our international transactions to an arm’s length price and the disallowance of website development expenses as capital expenditure incurred during the year. In January 2009, we filed our objections with the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals).
 
Further, in December 2009, we received a draft assessment order from the Indian income tax authorities for the assessment year 2006-2007, advising us of an upward revision in our declared income for the year due to an increase of approximately Rs. 8 million (approximately $172,000) proposed by the transfer pricing officer to adjust our international transactions to an arm’s length price, and a further addition on account of the proposed disallowance of website development expenses as capital expenditure incurred during the year. In January 2010, we filed our objections with the Dispute Resolution Panel.
 
One of our customers filed a criminal complaint on January 10, 2008 before the District Court of Gurgaon, India, alleging offences by senior officers of our company under various sections of the Indian Penal Code. His allegations related to a hotel reservation he had made for the period from December 30, 2007 to January 2, 2008,


86


Table of Contents

which had been canceled by our hotel supplier. We had offered a full refund which was not accepted by the customer. We have filed a petition to quash the complaint and the next hearing date is September 6, 2010.
 
On June 2, 2009, we received a notification of complaint filed by Tata Sons Limited, or Tata, from the World Intellectual Property Organization, or WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center under the Uniform Domain Name Dispute Resolution Policy. Tata alleged that our use of the word “tata” in the domain name for our Indian online travel community website, “www.oktatabyebye.com,” derived benefit from the goodwill of the “Tata” name. On August 11, 2009, WIPO ordered that our domain name be transferred to Tata. The order can be contested in a court of appropriate jurisdiction and we have accordingly appealed against the order at the High Court of Delhi and the United States District Court in the Western District of Washington. In furtherance of our appeal in India, we and Tata have agreed to stay all proceedings in the United States until the Indian proceedings are resolved or terminated, and that in the event of resolution in the Indian proceedings, the parties will cooperate with one another and perform any acts reasonably necessary to comply with the Indian court’s ruling.


87


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Directors and Executive Officers of our Group
 
The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers upon completion of this offering.
 
         
Name
 
Age
 
Position/Title
 
Directors:
       
Deep Kalra
  41   Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive Officer
Ravi Adusumalli
  34   Director
Sanjeev Aggarwal
  50   Director
Aditya Tim Guleri
  45   Director
Philip C. Wolf
  54   Director (2)
Vivek N. Gour
  47   Independent Director
Frederic Lalonde
  37   Independent Director
Gyaneshwarnath Gowrea
  44   Director
Mohammad Akhtar Janally
  27   Director
Executive Officers (1) :
       
Keyur Joshi
  37   Group Chief Operating Officer
Rajesh Magow
  41   Group Chief Financial Officer
Mohit Gupta
  36   Group Chief Marketing Officer
Amit Somani
  38   Group Chief Products Officer
Mukesh Singh
  34   Senior Vice-President, Technology Department
 
Notes: (1) Other than directors who are also executive officers.
 
(2) Mr. Philip C. Wolf satisfies the independence requirements of Rule 5605 of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Marketplace Rules but does not satisfy the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.
 
Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each director and executive officer is 103 Udyog Vihar, Phase 1, Gurgaon, Haryana 122016, India.
 
A description of the business experience and present position of each director and executive officer is provided below:
 
Directors
 
Deep Kalra is our founder, Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive Officer, and was appointed to our board of directors on October 9, 2001. Mr. Kalra’s responsibilities as Group Chief Executive Officer include executing our business strategy and managing the overall performance and growth of our company. Mr. Kalra has over 18 years of experience in e-commerce, sales, corporate finance and financial analysis. Prior to founding our company in April 2000, Mr. Kalra worked with GE Capital, a subsidiary of the General Electric Company, for just over a year, where he was vice president of business development. Mr. Kalra had previously also worked with AMF Bowling Inc. and ABN AMRO Bank. Both General Electric and AMF Bowling are listed companies in the United States. Mr. Kalra also serves as an independent director of IndiaMART InterMESH Limited and One 97 Communications Private Limited. Mr. Kalra is also a member of the executive council of the National Association of Software and Services Companies (NASSCOM) in India and chairs NASSCOM’s Internet working group, as well as a charter member of The Indus Entrepreneurs (TiE) and serves on the board of TiE, Delhi. Mr. Kalra has a bachelor’s degree in economics from St. Stephen’s College, Delhi University, India, and a master’s degree in business administration from the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad, India.


88


Table of Contents

Ravi Adusumalli was appointed to our board of directors on July 20, 2005 as a nominee of SB Asia Investment Fund II L.P., or SAIF. He is a partner of SAIF Partners II L.P., or SAIF Partners, and has been engaged by SAIF Partners since 2002. Prior to that, Mr. Adusumalli worked with Credit Suisse First Boston as an associate and also with Wasatch Funds. Mr. Adusumalli has a bachelor of arts degree from Cornell University, United States. The business address for Mr. Adusumalli is PO Box 12430, Zephyr Cove, NV 89448, United States.
 
Sanjeev Aggarwal was appointed to our board of directors on December 18, 2006 as a nominee of Helion Venture Partners, LLC, or Helion Venture. He was previously the chief executive officer of IBM Daksh from July 2004 to July 2006. He was also the founder and chief executive officer of Daksh eServices Private Limited from January 2000 until June 2004. Mr. Aggarwal has a bachelor of science degree in electrical engineering and a master’s degree in business administration from Punjab University, India. The business address for Mr. Aggarwal is Block B, 9th Floor, Vatika Towers, Sector 54, Gurgaon 122 002, Haryana, India.
 
Aditya Tim Guleri was appointed to our board of directors on April 3, 2007 as a nominee of Sierra Ventures VIII-A, L.P., Sierra Ventures VIII-B, L.P. and Sierra Ventures Associates VIII, LLC. Mr. Guleri is a managing member of with Sierra Ventures Associates VIII, LLC, the general partner of Sierra Ventures VIII-A, L.P. and Sierra Ventures VIII-B, L.P., and in that capacity, he serves on the boards of directors of various companies that Sierra Ventures invests in, providing operational and financial guidance. Prior to joining Sierra Ventures Associates VIII, LLC in February 2001, Mr. Guleri was vice chairman and executive vice president with Epiphany, Inc. from March 2000 until February 2001, and prior to that, he was chairman, chief executive officer and co-founder of Octane Software Inc. since September 1997. He started his career in September 1989 with the information technology team at LSI Logic Corporation until September 1991 and worked with Scopus Technology Inc. from 1992 until 1996. Mr. Guleri has a bachelor of science degree in electrical engineering from Punjab Engineering College, Chandigarh, India and a master of science degree in engineering and operating research from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, United States. The business address for Mr. Guleri is 2884 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025, United States.
 
Philip C. Wolf was appointed to our board of directors on July 20, 2005. Mr. Wolf is president and chief executive officer of PhoCusWright, a travel industry research firm he founded in 1994. Prior to founding PhoCusWright, Mr. Wolf was president and chief executive officer of a venture-funded software developer and travel booking engine pioneer which held two patents for its pricing algorithms. He also sits on the boards of various other companies, including Sparrow Media, LLC, SpaFinder Inc. and TravelJigsaw Ltd. Formerly an adjunct professor at New York University’s Graduate Center for Hospitality, Tourism and Sports Management, he is currently a distinguished lecturer at the Cornell University School of Hotel Administration. Mr. Wolf has a bachelor of arts degree in public policy studies from Duke University, United States and a master’s degree in business administration from the Owen Graduate School of Management, Vanderbilt University, United States. The business address for Mr. Wolf is 1 Route 37 East, Suite 200, Sherman, CT 06784, United States.
 
Vivek N. Gour was appointed to our board of directors on May 1, 2010. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Gour was the chief financial officer and principal accounting officer of Genpact Limited from January 2005 to February 2010; Genpact is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. From October 2003 to December 2004, Mr. Gour served as chief financial officer for GE Capital Business Processes. From October 2002 to September 2003, he served as chief financial officer of GE Capital India and GE Capital International Services, and from August 2001 to September 2002 as senior vice-president (strategic projects) of GE Capital India. Mr. Gour has a bachelor of commerce degree from Mumbai University, India, and a master of business administration (finance) from Delhi University, India.
 
Frederic Lalonde was appointed to our board of directors on December 18, 2006. Mr. Lalonde is the founder, director and chief executive officer of Openplaces Inc., a privately held company which runs www.openplaces.org, a travel database website. Prior to founding his own company, Mr. Lalonde worked at Expedia Inc. from 2004 to 2006 where he served as vice president of hotel supplier strategy and vice president of hotels and packages product planning. Mr. Lalonde has also been a director of Sparrow Media LLC since August 2009. The business address for Mr. Lalonde is 481 Viger Street West, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, H2Z 1G6.
 
Gyaneshwarnath Gowrea was appointed to our board of directors on February 11, 2009 and is one of our resident directors in Mauritius. Mr. Gowrea has been a managing director with Multiconsult Limited since 2009.


89


Table of Contents

From 2007 to 2008, he was director of Global Services Ltd. and from 1999 to 2006 he was a manager with Multiconsult. Mr. Gowrea completed his secondary education at John Kennedy College in Mauritius and holds various professional qualifications, including being a fellow of the Chartered Association & Certified Accountants, United Kingdom and a fellow of the Mauritius Institute of Directors. The business address for Mr. Gowrea is Rogers House, 5 President John Kennedy Street, Port Louis, Mauritius.
 
Mohammad Akhtar Janally was appointed to our board of directors on February 11, 2009 and is one of our resident directors in Mauritius. Mr. Janally is a manager at Multiconsult, having joined Multiconsult Limited in July 2003. Mr. Janally is a member of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants, United Kingdom. The business address for Mr. Janally is Rogers House, 5 President John Kennedy Street, Port Louis, Mauritius.
 
Executive Officers
 
Keyur Joshi is our co-founder and group chief operating officer. Prior to co-founding our company in 2000, Mr. Joshi worked with Around the World Travel (now renamed Justfares.com) in Seattle, United States, and he has over 10 years of experience in the online travel industry. Mr. Joshi also served as senior officer with Tata Motors from March 1997 to March 1998. Mr. Joshi has a bachelor’s degree in chemistry from Gujarat University, India, and a master’s degree in business administration from the City University of New York, United States.
 
Rajesh Magow is our co-founder and group chief financial officer. Mr. Magow has 18 years of experience in the information technology and Internet industries. After being part of our senior management team in 2001 for a few months, Mr. Magow worked with Tecnovate eSolutions Private Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ebookers.com (a United Kingdom-based online travel company that was listed on NASDAQ until it was acquired by the Cendant group in February 2005) from 2001 to June 2006 as its chief financial officer and head of financial services, and also served as its acting chief executive officer for approximately one year. Mr. Magow was also part of the senior management team that set up ebookers’ call center and back office operations in India and was a board member of Tecnovate from January 2001 to June 2006. Prior to Tecnovate, he also worked with Aptech Limited and Voltas Limited. Mr. Magow rejoined our company in 2006. Mr. Magow is a chartered accountant from the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
 
Mohit Gupta is our group chief marketing officer. Prior to joining us in May 2008, Mr. Gupta served as vice president, marketing for Pepsi Foods Private Limited and worked in numerous other capacities at Pepsi Foods Private Limited. from July 1998 to April 2008. Mr. Gupta holds a bachelor of engineering (mechanical) degree from Sardar Patel University, Vallabh Vidyanagar, India and a master’s degree in business administration from the Indian Institute of Management, Kolkata, India.
 
Amit Somani is our group chief products officer. Prior to joining us in January 2010, Mr. Somani served as group product manager for Google Inc. (India) from July 2007 to December 2009, and prior to that as director of engineering and product management at IBM in San Jose, California, United States, from July 1995 to May 2007. Mr. Somani has over 15 years of experience in online businesses. Mr. Somani holds a bachelor of technology degree in computer science and engineering from the Institute of Technology, Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, India and a master’s degree in computer science from the University of Wisconsin, United States. Mr. Somani holds seven patents and is the recipient of three IBM outstanding technical achievement awards.
 
Mukesh Singh is the senior vice president of our technology department. Prior to joining us in December 2009, Mr. Singh served as general manager and director of Amazon Development Center (India) Pvt. Ltd. where he worked for five years. Mr. Singh has over 11 years of experience in information technology and prior to Amazon India, he worked with eGain Communications, Sumtotal System and Timeline Studios. Mr. Singh holds a bachelor of technology degree in computer science and engineering with a minor in mathematics from the Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur, India.
 
Board of Directors
 
Our holding company is managed and controlled by our board of directors from Mauritius. Our board of directors currently has nine directors. There are no family relationships between any of our directors and executive officers. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company by way of qualification. There are no


90


Table of Contents

severance benefits payable to our directors upon termination of their directorships, other than to Mr. Deep Kalra who is also our group chief executive officer.
 
Terms of Directors and Executive Officers
 
In accordance with our Constitution, one-third of our directors (or, if their number is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to but not less than one-third) shall retire from office by rotation at each annual meeting of our company, provided that neither the chairman of our board nor a director holding office as managing director shall be subject to retirement by rotation or be taken into account in determining the number of directors to retire. A retiring director shall be eligible for re-election. The directors to retire in each year shall be those who have been longest in office since their last re-election or appointment and as between persons who became or were last re-elected directors on the same day, those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot. The office of a director shall be vacated if the director resigns, dies, becomes mentally unsound or bankrupt, becomes disqualified from being a director or ceases to hold office under Mauritius law, or is removed by our shareholders. A director may be removed by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders.
 
Under Mauritius law, the office of a director of our company is required to become vacant at the conclusion of the annual meeting of our company commencing next after the director attains the age of 70 years. However, a person of or over the age of 70 years may, by ordinary resolution of which no shorter notice is given than that required to be given for the holding of a meeting of shareholders, be appointed or re-appointed or authorized to continue to hold office as a director until the next annual meeting of our company.
 
Executive officers are selected by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors.
 
Duties of Directors
 
Under Mauritius law, our directors have a duty to our company to exercise their powers honestly in good faith in the best interests of our company. Our directors also have a duty to our company to exercise the degree of care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. Where a director of a public company also holds office as an executive, the director is required under Mauritius law to exercise that degree of care, diligence and skill which a reasonably prudent and competent executive in that position would exercise. In fulfilling their duty of care to our company, our directors must ensure compliance with the Mauritius Companies Act and our Constitution, as amended from time to time. A shareholder has the right to seek damages against our directors if a duty owed by our directors to him as a shareholder is breached.
 
The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:
 
  •  convening shareholders’ annual meetings and reporting its work to shareholders at such meetings;
 
  •  authorizing dividends and distributions;
 
  •  appointing officers and determining the term of office of officers;
 
  •  exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company, provided that shareholders’ approval shall be required if any transaction is a major transaction for our company under section 130 of the Mauritius Companies Act; and
 
  •  approving the issuance and transfer of shares of our company, including the recording of such shares in our share register.
 
Committees of the Board of Directors
 
We have established two committees under our board of directors: an audit committee and a compensation committee. We intend to adopt revised charters for each of the two committees prior to the completion of this offering. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.
 
Audit Committee
 
Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Vivek N. Gour, Philip C. Wolf and Frederic Lalonde and is chaired by Mr. Gour. Messrs. Gour, Wolf and Lalonde satisfy the independence requirements of Rule 5605 of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Marketplace Rules. Messrs Gour and Lalonde also satisfy the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3


91


Table of Contents

under the Exchange Act. Our audit committee will consist solely of independent directors that satisfy Nasdaq and the SEC requirements within one year of the completion of this offering. Our board of directors also has determined that Mr. Gour qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the SEC rules. Our audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:
 
  •  selecting our independent auditors and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by our independent auditors;
 
  •  regularly reviewing the independence of our independent auditors;
 
  •  reviewing all related party transactions on an ongoing basis;
 
  •  discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and our independent auditors;
 
  •  annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;
 
  •  such other matters that are specifically delegated to our audit committee by our board of directors from time to time;
 
  •  meeting separately and periodically with management and our internal and independent auditors; and
 
  •  reporting regularly to our full board of directors.
 
Compensation Committee
 
Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Vivek N. Gour, Philip C. Wolf and Frederic Lalonde and is chaired by Mr. Gour. Messrs. Gour, Wolf and Lalonde satisfy the independence requirements of Rule 5605 of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Marketplace Rules. Our compensation committee assists our board of directors in reviewing and approving the compensation structure of our directors and executive officers, including all forms of compensation to be provided to our directors and executive officers. Members of the compensation committee are not prohibited from direct involvement in determining their own compensation. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:
 
  •  reviewing the compensation plans, policies and programs adopted by the management;
 
  •  reviewing and approving the compensation package for our executive officers;
 
  •  reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer, evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of those goals and objectives, and setting the compensation level of our chief executive officer based on this evaluation; and
 
  •  reviewing periodically and making recommendations to the board regarding any long-term incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements, annual bonuses, employee pension and welfare benefit plans.
 
We currently do not have in place a nominations committee, and the actions ordinarily taken by such committee are resolved by a majority of the independent directors on our board. As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow home country corporate governance practices under Rule 5615(a)(3) of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Marketplace Rules. Our home country practice differs from Rule 5605(e) of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Marketplace Rules regarding implementation of a nominations committee charter or board resolution, because our company, as a holder of a Category 1 Global Business Licence issued by the Financial Services Commission of Mauritius, is not required under Mauritian law to establish a nominations committee.
 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
 
Our code of business conduct and ethics provides that our directors and officers are expected to avoid any action, position or interest that conflicts with the interests of our company or gives the appearance of a conflict. Directors and officers have an obligation under our code of business conduct and ethics to advance our company’s interests when the opportunity to do so arises.


92


Table of Contents

Indemnification Agreements
 
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors to indemnify them against certain liabilities and expenses arising from their being a director.
 
Employment Agreements with Executive Officers
 
Each of our executive officers has entered into an employment agreement with MMT India. These agreements do not have fixed terms of employment. We may terminate the employment of our officers for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the executive officer, including but not limited to any criminal offense theft, fraud, embezzlement, intoxication, violence, sexual harassment or damage to our reputation. Generally, either party may terminate employment at any time by giving the other party a written notice of three months or by paying an amount equal to three month’s salary in lieu of such notice. The employment agreements of Messrs. Deep Kalra, Keyur Joshi and Rajesh Magow have been amended, effective April 1, 2010, to change the notice period for termination from three months to six months (or twelve months in the event of a change in control). Our company’s executive employment agreements do not provide for any special termination benefits, nor do we have any other arrangements with our executive officers for special termination benefits.
 
Each executive officer has agreed to respect and not claim any right over any intellectual property owned by our company. Additionally, each executive officer has assigned all his or her right, title and interest to, and in, any property relating to our business (whether tangible or intangible) which is created during the term of its employment. In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by the non-competition restrictions set forth in his or her employment agreement. Specifically, each executive officer has agreed, while employed by us and for a period of six months after termination of his or her employment, not to:
 
  •  solicit or induce any person to terminate his or her employment or consulting relationship with our company; or
 
  •  canvass, solicit or endeavor to entice away from our company any client or customer of our company, or any person who regularly dealt with our company.
 
Mr. Kalra’s employment agreement, however, specifies a noncompetition period of 12 months, with the additional restriction that, during this period, he will not engage or have a substantial financial interest in any travel intermediary business that competes directly with our company.
 
Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers
 
For fiscal year 2010, the aggregate cash compensation (including director’s fees) that we paid to our directors and executive officers included in the list under the heading “— Directors and Executive Officers of our Group” was $1.02 million, which included $0.21 million in base salary, $0.11 million in housing and rent allowance, $0.15 million in special allowances and $0.55 million in bonuses (including the variable component of such bonuses). Our employment agreements (as amended from time to time) with each of our group chief executive officer, group chief operating officer and group chief financial officer provide for bonus entitlements calculated as a percentage of gross annual salary and linked to gross sales targets of our company. Our employment agreements with our other executive officers provide for a variable performance component which is payable upon each of the individual officer and our company attaining certain performance targets. We have approved increments in compensation for our executive officers for fiscal year 2011. For fiscal year 2011, we expect to pay an aggregate cash compensation (including director’s fees) of up to $1.05 million to our directors and executive officers (excluding variable bonuses which will only be determined after the end of the fiscal year). These aggregate cash compensation amounts for fiscal years 2010 and 2011 do not include stock compensation and employee benefits to our directors and executive officers. Stock compensation to our directors and executive officers are disclosed separately in the table under “— Outstanding Options”, and employee benefits to our directors and executive officers are disclosed separately under “— Employee Benefit Plans.”


93


Table of Contents

Share Incentive Plans
 
Equity Option Plan
 
Our board of directors adopted the MakeMyTrip.com 2001 Equity Option Plan, or our equity option plan, on January 12, 2001, retrospectively effective from June 1, 2000, pursuant to the enabling authority granted under a shareholders’ resolution dated January 12, 2001, in order to attract and retain appropriate talent in the employment of our company, to motivate our employees with incentives, to create shareholder value by aligning the interests of employees with the long term interests of our company and to create a sense of ownership and provide wealth creation opportunities for our employees. MMT India had also adopted an equity option plan in 2006. Employees who were previously granted options under the MMT India equity option plan have instead been granted options under our equity option plan. The MMT India equity option plan and all options granted to employees under such plan were terminated with effect from July 14, 2010. The following paragraphs describe the principal terms of our equity option plan.
 
Administration
 
Our equity option plan is administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Among other things, our compensation committee determines the terms and conditions of each option grant, including, but not limited to, the number of options, exercise price, vesting period, exercise period and any lock-in period, forfeiture provisions, adjustments to be made to the number of options and exercise price in the event of a change in capital structure or other corporate action, and satisfaction of any performance conditions.
 
Number of Shares Authorized for Grant
 
Under the terms of our equity option plan, we may grant options exercisable into up to 15% of our paid-up share capital on a fully-diluted basis, which is currently 4,869,800 shares. As of June 15, 2010, we had outstanding options exercisable into a total of 2,577,300 ordinary shares with exercise prices ranging from $0.0005 to $5.39. The total number of shares underlying all grants made to any particular individual may not exceed 5% of our issued share capital. Options that are terminated, forfeited or lapsed under the provisions of our equity option plan are available for future grants under our plan.
 
Eligibility
 
We may grant awards to any of our employees or directors. Our compensation committee determines the employees eligible to participate in our equity option plan in accordance with criteria laid down by our board of directors from time to time.
 
Types of Grants
 
Under our equity option plan, we may grant options or warrants to subscribe for equity securities of our company, including shares and securities convertible into shares.
 
Vesting Schedule
 
Unless otherwise specified in the grant, all initial grants made to any individual vest in the following manner:
 
  •  10% on the expiry of 12 months from the date of grant.
 
  •  20% on the expiry of 24 months from the date of grant.
 
  •  30% on the expiry of 36 months from the date of grant.
 
  •  40% on the expiry of 48 months from the date of grant.
 
Unless otherwise specified in the grant, all subsequent grants made on the basis of the performance of the individual vest in four equal installments at the anniversary of the respective grant date. Our compensation committee has absolute discretion to vary such vesting dates as it deems fit. Other than as set forth under “— Outstanding Options,” all options we have granted to date have vested in full on their respective grant dates.


94


Table of Contents

Option Exercise and Expiration
 
Unless otherwise specified in the grant, vested options must be exercised prior to the earliest of the following dates:
 
  •  48 months from the vesting date.
 
  •  72 months from the date of grant.
 
  •  six months following the recipient’s date of voluntary resignation or termination of employment, other than due to death, disablement or retirement.
 
  •  one year following the death of a recipient or termination due to disablement or retirement.
 
Cashless Exercise of Options
 
Our equity option plan permits holders of options to exercise their options using a cashless exercise method. In a cashless exercise, the holder of options exercises the options by simultaneously selling the shares underlying the options upon exercise. Our board or compensation committee may also require the holder of options (especially in the case where such method of cashless exercise may contravene certain regulatory requirements) to surrender the options to our company at the selling price of the shares underlying the options in lieu of such exercise and simultaneous sale of shares. In each of the foregoing, the holder of options is only entitled to receive the difference between the selling price and the exercise price for the options, after deductions for all applicable taxes and expenses.
 
Pursuant to the terms of our equity option plan, any holder of options who may be restricted or prevented by applicable laws and regulations from paying in full or in part the exercise price of his or her options or from exercising such restricted options and acquiring our ordinary shares, will be required to exercise such restricted options using the cashless exercise method, as described above. Our equity option plan further provides that the exercise period for all such restricted options shall be extended to a period up to 12 months following the completion of an initial public offering. Any such restricted options not exercised within this period will irrevocably lapse. If, however, our company does not effect an initial public offering within 72 months of the grant date of such restricted options, all such restricted options not exercised shall lapse irrevocably, unless otherwise permitted by law or by our compensation committee.
 
Effect of Change of Control or Restructuring of Capital
 
Upon any restructuring of capital or the occurrence of a change of control of our company, the recipient of any option that is outstanding at the time of such restructuring or change of control will be entitled to such number and type of securities that is being offered in lieu of the shares underlying such option by virtue of such restructuring of capital or change of control, if any.
 
Amendment or Termination
 
Our board of directors may at any time amend, alter or terminate our equity option plan or any grant under our equity option plan. However, amendments to any grant under our equity option plan are subject to consent from the recipient of such grant, if such amendment would impair or prejudice the rights of such recipient. Additionally, the approval of shareholders holding not less than 75% of our issued share capital will be required to increase the number of shares available for issuance under options granted pursuant to our equity option plan, change the exercise price of any option or to extend the maximum period during which grants under our equity option plan may be made. The term of our equity option plan was for an initial seven years but has been extended to June 1, 2012 pursuant to a board resolution passed on June 12, 2009 which had retrospective effect from June 1, 2007 and a shareholders’ resolution passed on May 25, 2010. Our equity option plan has been subsequently amended and restated pursuant to a board resolution passed on May 25, 2010, and a shareholders’ resolution passed on May 25, 2010.
 
Share Incentive Plan
 
We adopted the MakeMyTrip 2010 Share Incentive Plan on May 25, 2010, or our share incentive plan, upon which our share incentive plan became immediately effective. While our equity option plan will continue to be valid


95


Table of Contents

under its terms and will govern the terms of all options granted thereunder, we intend to grant all new equity share awards under our share incentive plan.
 
The purpose of our share incentive plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of our company by linking the personal interests of the members of our board, employees and consultants of our company, subject to restrictions under applicable law, to those of our shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to our shareholders. Our share incentive plan is further intended to provide us with flexibility in our ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of such individuals upon whose judgment, interest and special effort the successful conduct of our operations are largely dependent.
 
The following paragraphs describe the principal terms of our share incentive plan.
 
Administration
 
Our share incentive plan is administered by our board of directors which, to the extent permitted by applicable laws, may delegate its authority to one or more members of our board or one or more officers of the company, subject to certain restrictions set forth in our share incentive plan.
 
Shares Available for Awards
 
Subject to certain adjustments set forth in our share incentive plan, the aggregate number of shares that may be issued or awarded under our share incentive plan is equal to (i) ten percent (10%) of the shares outstanding on the effective date (i.e., May 25, 2010) plus (ii) an increase on the date we consummate this initial public offering of the shares, by such amount such that the number of shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to awards under our share incentive plan will be equal to ten percent (10%) of the shares outstanding (on an as converted basis) on such date, which we estimate to be approximately      plus (iii) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning January 1, 2011 and ending January 1, 2019 by such amount that the number of shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to awards under our share incentive plan will equal ten percent (10%) of the shares outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or (iv) such smaller number of shares as determined by our board of directors. To the extent that an award terminates, expires or lapses for any reason, or is settled in cash and not shares, then any shares subject to the award will again be available for the grant. Any shares delivered by the holder or withheld by our company upon the exercise of any award, in payment of the exercise price or tax withholding, may again be optioned, granted or awarded, subject to certain limitations set forth in our share incentive plan.
 
Eligibility
 
Our employees, consultants and non-employee directors are eligible to be granted awards, except that awards will not be granted to consultants or non-employee directors who are residents of any country in the European Union and any other country, which, pursuant to applicable laws, does not allow grants to any non-employees or consultants.
 
Options
 
Our board of directors is authorized to grant options on shares. The per share option exercise price of all options granted pursuant to our share incentive plan will be determined by our board of directors, which may be a fixed or variable price related to the fair market value of the shares; provided that no option may be granted to an individual subject to taxation in the United States at less than the fair market value on the date of the grant, without compliance with Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or the Code), or the holder’s consent. Our board of directors will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include without limitation cash or check, shares, proceeds or other forms of legal consideration acceptable to our board of directors. The term of options granted under our share incentive plan may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, our board of directors may extend the term of any outstanding option and may extend the time period during which vested options may be exercised, or may amend any other term or condition of such option, in connection with any termination of service of the holder.


96


Table of Contents

Restricted Shares
 
Our board of directors is authorized to grant shares subject to various restrictions, including without limitation restrictions on transferability.
 
Share Appreciation Rights
 
Our board of directors is authorized to grant share appreciation rights to eligible individuals, entitling the holder to receive an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of the share appreciation right from the share value on the date of exercise of the share appreciation right by the number of ordinary shares with respect to which the share appreciation right is exercised, subject to any limitations our board of directors may impose. The term of share appreciation rights will be set by our board of directors. Amounts payable upon exercise of a share appreciation right will be in cash, shares or a combination of both, as determined by our board of directors.
 
Dividend Equivalents
 
Our board of directors may grant dividend equivalents based on dividends declared on the ordinary shares of our company. Such dividend equivalents will be converted to cash by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by our board of directors.
 
Share Payments
 
Our board of directors is authorized to make share payments, which may, but are not required to be made, in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation. The number or value of shares of any share payment will be determined by our board of directors and may be based upon any criteria, including service to our company, as determined by our board of directors.
 
Deferred Shares
 
Our board of directors is authorized to grant deferred shares based on any specific criteria, including service to our company, as our board of directors determines. Shares underlying a deferred share award will not be issued until the deferred share award has vested, pursuant to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by our board of directors. Unless otherwise provided by our board of directors, a holder of deferred shares will have no rights as a shareholder with respect to such deferred shares until the deferred share awards have vested and the shares underlying the deferred share awards have been issued.
 
Restricted Share Units
 
Our board of directors is authorized to grant restricted share units, subject to various vesting conditions. On the distribution dates, subject to applicable laws, our company will issue to the holder one unrestricted, fully transferable share (or the fair market value of one such share in cash) for each vested and nonforfeitable restricted share unit. Restricted share units may be paid in cash, shares or both, as determined by our board of directors.
 
The term of a dividend equivalent award, share payment award, deferred share award and/or restricted share unit award will be set by our board of directors in its sole discretion.
 
Adjustments
 
In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, our board of directors, in its sole discretion, will make such proportionate and equitable adjustments to reflect such changes with respect to (i) the aggregate number and type of shares that may be issued under our share incentive plan, (ii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding awards and (iii) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding award under our share incentive plan.
 
Corporate Transactions
 
If a corporate transaction occurs and outstanding awards under our share incentive plan are not converted, assumed or replaced by the successor, such awards will generally become fully exercisable and all forfeiture restrictions on such awards will lapse. Upon, or in anticipation of, a corporate transaction, our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, (i) cause any awards outstanding to terminate at a specific time in the future and give each holder


97


Table of Contents

the right to exercise such awards during such period of time as our board of directors will determine, (ii) either purchase any award for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such award or realization of the holder’s rights had such award been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested or (iii) replace such award with other rights or property selected by our board of directors in its sole discretion.
 
Non-transferability
 
Awards granted under our share incentive plan are generally not transferable during the lifetime of the award holder.
 
Amendment, Suspension or Termination
 
Unless terminated earlier, our share incentive plan will expire on, and no award may be granted pursuant to it after, the tenth anniversary of its effective date. Any awards that are outstanding on the tenth anniversary of the effective date of our share incentive plan will remain in force according to the terms of our share incentive plan and the applicable award agreement. Except as otherwise provided in our share incentive plan, our board of directors may terminate, amend or modify our share incentive plan at any time and from time to time. However, shareholder approval will be required for any amendment (i) to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with applicable laws and (ii) that results in an increase in benefits that would not apply equally to all shareholders of shares or a change in eligible individuals. Except as provided in our share incentive plan or any award agreement, any amendment, suspension or termination may not impair any rights or obligations under any award without the award holder’s consent.
 
Outstanding Options
 
During fiscal year 2010, options to acquire 1,301,240 ordinary shares were granted to several of our directors and executive officers, as set forth in the following table:
 
                         
    Shares Underlying
          Date of
Name
  Outstanding Options   Exercise Price   Date of Grant   Expiration
        ($ per share)        
 
Deep Kalra
    99,880       0.53     June 25, 2009   June 25, 2013 (1)
Keyur Joshi
    94,000       1.98     June 25, 2009   June 25, 2013 (1)
      83,920       0.53     June 25, 2009   June 25, 2013 (1)
Rajesh Magow
    182,140       0.74     June 25, 2009   June 25, 2013 (1)
      114,000       1.98     June 25, 2009   June 25, 2013 (1)
      155,560       0.53     June 25, 2009   June 25, 2013 (1)
Other directors and executive officers
    108,780       0.0005     June 25, 2009   June 25, 2013 (1)
      20,960       0.53     June 25, 2009   June 25, 2013 (1)
      112,000 (2)     0.53     June 25, 2009   June 25, 2013 (1)
      50,000 (2)     5.06     June 25, 2009   June 25, 2013 (1)
      100,000       0.53     December 1, 2009   See note (3)
      180,000       0.53     January 4, 2010   See note (3)
 
Notes: (1) All these options vested upon the date of grant and must be exercised prior to 48 months from their vesting date (i.e., the date of grant), subject to the terms of our plan.
 
(2) The sale of shares following exercise of these options is subject to the following restrictions:
•  up to 50% of the shares may be sold upon the completion of an initial public offering or December 1, 2010, whichever is earlier;
•  up to 25% further of the shares may be sold on or after the date falling one year after the completion of an initial public offering or December 1, 2011, whichever is earlier; and
•  the remaining 25% of the shares may be sold on or after the date falling two years after the completion of an initial public offering or December 1, 2012, whichever is earlier.


98


Table of Contents

 
(3) These options vest in four equal installments upon each anniversary of the grant, commencing with the first anniversary of the grant. Such options must be exercised prior to the earlier of 48 months from their vesting date or 72 months from their date of grant, subject to the terms of our plan. See “— Equity Option Plan — Option Exercise and Expiration” above.
 
Employee Benefit Plans
 
We maintain employee benefit plans in the form of certain statutory and incentive plans covering substantially all of our employees. For fiscal year 2010, the aggregate amount set aside or accrued by us to provide for pension or retirement benefits for all our employees (including our directors and executive officers) was $460,417.
 
Provident Fund
 
In accordance with Indian law, all of our employees in India are entitled to receive benefits under the Employees’ Provident Fund Scheme, 1952, as amended, a retirement benefit scheme under which an equal amount of 12% of basic salary of an employee is contributed both by employer and employee in a fund with government/trust with company. Our company makes a monthly deposit to a government fund and we have contributed an aggregate of $358,484 in fiscal year 2008, an aggregate of $427,332 in fiscal year 2009 and an aggregate of $401,687 in fiscal year 2010.
 
Gratuity
 
In accordance with Indian law, we pay gratuity up to our eligible employees in India. Under our gratuity plan, an employee is entitled to receive a gratuity payment on the termination of his or her employment if the employee has rendered continuous service to our company for not less than five years, or if the termination of employment is due to death or disability. The amount of gratuity payable to an eligible employee is equal to 15 days’ salary for every year of employment (or any portion of a year exceeding six months), and currently the aggregate amount of gratuity shall not exceed Rs. 1,000,000 ($21,547.08). We have provided for an aggregate of $148,497 in fiscal year 2008, an aggregate of $55,860 in fiscal year 2009 and an aggregate of $58,730 in fiscal year 2010 for our gratuity payments.


99


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of June 15, 2010 on a fully-diluted basis, assuming conversion of all our outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the ordinary shares in this offering (including ordinary shares to be issued and sold pursuant to the exercise of options by certain of our selling shareholders effective upon the completion of this offering), held by:
 
  •  each of our directors and executive officers having more than 1.0% beneficial share ownership;
 
  •  each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5.0% of our ordinary shares; and
 
  •  each other selling shareholder.
 
Each of our shareholders is entitled to one vote on all matters that require a vote of shareholders, and none of our shareholders has any contractual or other special voting rights. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.
 
As of June 15, 2010, approximately 1.34% of our outstanding ordinary shares were held by four record holders in the United States, approximately 30.77% of our Series A preferred shares were held by three record holders in the United States, approximately 7.95% of our Series B preferred shares were held by six record holders in the United States and approximately 8.68% of our Series C preferred shares were held five record holders in the United States.
 
As used in this table, beneficial ownership means the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting or to dispose of or direct the sale of any security. A person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of securities that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of any option, warrant or right. Ordinary shares subject to options, warrants or rights that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of the person holding the options, warrants or rights, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of any other person. The amounts and percentages as of June 15, 2010 are based on 17,563,620 ordinary shares outstanding immediately prior to this offering, plus 12,324,460 ordinary shares to be issued upon conversion of all outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares effective upon completion of this offering. The percentage of ordinary shares beneficially owned after this offering further includes ordinary shares to be issued in this offering (including ordinary shares to be issued and sold pursuant to the exercise of options by certain of our selling shareholders effective upon the completion of this offering) assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. The underwriters may choose to exercise the over-allotment option in full, in part or not at all.
 
                                                 
    Shares Beneficially Owned
          Shares Beneficially Owned
Name of
  Prior to Offering (1)   Shares Being Offered   After Offering (2)
Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percent   Number   Percent   Number   Percent
 
Directors:
                                               
Deep Kalra (3)(10)
    4,334,020       14.45                                                  
Ravi Adusumalli
                                   
Sanjeev Aggarwal
                                   
Aditya Tim Guleri (4)
    *       *                   *       *  
Philip C. Wolf
    *       *                   *       *  
Vivek N. Gour
                                   
Frederic Lalonde
    *       *                   *       *  
Gyaneshwarnath Gowrea
                                   
Mohammad Akhtar Janally
                                   


100


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Shares Beneficially Owned
          Shares Beneficially Owned
Name of
  Prior to Offering (1)   Shares Being Offered   After Offering (2)
Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percent   Number   Percent   Number   Percent
 
Executive Officers:
                                               
Keyur Joshi (3)(10)
    356,580       1.19                                                  
Rajesh Magow (10)
    451,700       1.49                                                  
Mohit Gupta
    *       *                   *       *  
Amit Somani (5)
                                   
Mukesh Singh (5)
                                   
All our directors and executive officers as a group
    5,142,300       17.13                                                  
Principal Shareholders:
                                               
SAIF (6)
                                               
Suites 2115-2118, Two Pacific Place,
88 Queensway, Hong Kong
    15,337,760       51.32                                                  
Tiger Global Private Investment Partners (7)
                                               
101 Park Avenue, 48th Floor,
New York, NY 10178, USA
    3,629,760       12.14                   3,629,760              
Helion Venture (8)
                                               
Les Cascades Building, Edith Cavell Street,
Port-Louis, Mauritius
    3,577,220       11.97                                                  
Travogue Electronic Travel Private Limited (3)
                                               
C 210, Second Floor, Sarvodaya Enclave,
New Delhi 110 017, India
    3,000,000       10.04                   3,000,000              
Sierra Ventures (9)
                                               
2884 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park,
CA 94025, USA
    2,384,820       7.98                                                  
Other Selling Shareholders:
                                               
Rajnish Kapur (10)
    *       *                                  
Anand Kandadai Narasimhan (10)
    *       *                                  
Amit Saberwal (10)
    *       *                                  
Chetan Uberoy (11)
    *       *                                  
 
*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1.0% of our issued share capital (assuming the conversion of all outstanding preferred shares).
 
Notes: (1) Assumes the conversion of all outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares.
 
(2) Assumes the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ordinary shares is not exercised.
 
(3) Travogue Electronic Travel Private Limited, or Travogue, is a company controlled by Mr. Deep Kalra. Mr. Deep Kalra holds 78.4% of the equity shares of Travogue. Accordingly, Mr. Kalra’s beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares includes 1,334,020 ordinary shares held by him directly (assuming the exercise of all options held by him) and 3,000,000 ordinary shares held indirectly through Travogue. Mr. Keyur Joshi has a 12.8% equity interest in Travogue.
 
(4) Consists of preferred shares held by Sierra Ventures Associates VIII, LLC as nominee for its members (including those shares held for the Guleri Family Trust UTD dated April 7, 1999, or the Guleri Family trust, of which Mr. Aditya Tim Guleri is a trustee and beneficiary). Mr. Guleri is one of the managing members of Sierra Ventures Associates VIII, LLC, the sole general partner of Sierra Ventures VIII-A, L.P. and Sierra Ventures VIII-B, L.P., and may be deemed to control these entities. However, Mr. Guleri disclaims

101


Table of Contents

beneficial ownership of all shares held by these entities, except as stated above and except to the extent of his respective proportionate pecuniary interest therein. See also note (9) below.
 
(5) Mr. Mukesh Singh and Mr. Amit Somani hold options exercisable into our ordinary shares. As of the date of this prospectus, none of these options have vested. Assuming the exercise of all such options by each of Mr. Singh and Mr. Somani, each of them would beneficially own less than 1.0% of our issued share capital prior to this offering (assuming the conversion of all outstanding preferred shares).
 
(6) Consists of 11,669,720 ordinary shares, 1,517,820 Series A preferred shares, 992,720 Series B preferred shares and 1,157,500 Series C preferred shares. Andrew Y. Yan is the sole shareholder of SAIF II GP Capital Ltd., the sole general partner of SAIF Partners II L.P., which is the sole general partner of SAIF II GP L.P., which is in turn the sole general partner of SAIF, our shareholder.
 
(7) Consists of 1,051,560 ordinary shares, 1,502,920 Series B preferred shares and 1,075,280 Series C preferred shares. The shareholders are Tiger Global Private Investment Partners IV, L.P. and Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P., collectively referred to as Tiger Global. Mr. Charles P. Coleman III controls the ultimate general partner of Tiger Global and is deemed to beneficially own all the shares held by Tiger Global.
 
(8) Consists of 3,035,660 Series A preferred shares, 234,940 Series B preferred shares and 306,620 Series C preferred shares.
 
(9) The shareholders are Sierra Ventures VIII-A, L.P., Sierra Ventures VIII-B, L.P. and Sierra Ventures Associates VIII, LLC (as nominee for its members), collectively referred to as the Sierra Ventures entities. Consists of an aggregate of 2,023,780 Series A preferred shares, 156,620 Series B preferred shares and 204,420 Series C preferred shares, including 58,960 Series A preferred shares, 4,580 Series B preferred shares and 5,980 Series C preferred shares held by Sierra Ventures Associates VIII, LLC, as nominee for its members (including for the Guleri family trust, of which Mr. Aditya Tim Guleri is a trustee and beneficiary. See note (4) above). The Sierra Ventures entities do not have voting or investment discretion with respect to the shares held by Sierra Ventures Associates VIII, LLC, as nominee for its members (including those held for the Guleri family trust). Sierra Ventures Associates VIII, LLC is the sole general partner of Sierra Ventures VIII-A, L.P. and Sierra Ventures VIII-B, L.P. Messrs. Jeffrey M. Drazan, David C. Schwab, Peter C. Wendell, Steven P. Williams and Aditya Tim Guleri are the managing members of Sierra Ventures Associates VIII, LLC and may be deemed to control the Sierra Ventures entities. Messrs. Drazan, Schwab, Wendell, Williams and Guleri disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held by the Sierra Ventures entities, except to the extent of their respective proportionate pecuniary interest therein.
 
(10) These selling shareholders are current employees of our company who hold share options and intend to exercise certain of such options and sell the underlying ordinary shares in this offering. Mr. Deep Kalra also intends to sell certain existing ordinary shares held by him in this offering.
 
(11) This selling shareholder is a former employee of our company who holds share options and intends to exercise certain of such options and sell the underlying ordinary shares in this offering.


102


Table of Contents

 
Significant Changes in Percentage of Ownership
 
The following table sets forth the significant changes in the shareholding interests of our company by our principal shareholders in our ordinary shares and preferred shares in the last three fiscal years and in the period between April 1, 2010 and June 15, 2010. Except as disclosed below, there were no significant changes in the percentage of ownership in our company in the last three fiscal years prior to June 15, 2010. Percentages set forth below are based on the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of the dates set forth below, assuming that all preferred shares outstanding as of such dates are converted into ordinary shares as of such dates.
 
                                                                 
    As of March 31   As of June 15,
    2008   2009   2010   2010
Name and Type of Shares
  Number   Percent   Number   Percent   Number   Percent   Number   Percent
 
SAIF :
                                                               
Ordinary shares
    11,669,720               11,669,720               11,669,720               11,669,720          
Series A preferred shares
    1,517,820       52.56%       1,517,820       51.54%       1,517,820       51.35%       1,517,820       51.32%  
Series B preferred shares
    992,720               992,720               992,720               992,720          
Series C preferred shares
                  1,157,500               1,157,500               1,157,500          
Tiger Global (1) :
                                                               
Ordinary shares
                                1,032,560               1,051,560          
Series B preferred shares
    1,502,920       5.57%       1,502,920       8.66%       1,502,920       12.09%       1,502,920       12.14%  
Series C preferred shares
                  1,075,280               1,075,280               1,075,280          
Helion Venture :
                                                               
Series A preferred shares
    3,035,660               3,035,660               3,035,660               3,035,660          
Series B preferred shares
    234,940       12.12%       234,940       12.02%       234,940       11.98%       234,940       11.97%  
Series C preferred shares
                  306,620               306,620               306,620          
Travogue :
                                                               
Ordinary shares
    3,000,000       11.12%       3,000,000       10.08%       3,000,000       10.04%       3,000,000       10.04%  
Sierra Ventures (2) :
                                                               
Series A preferred shares
    2,023,780               2,023,780               2,023,780               2,023,780          
Series B preferred shares
    156,620       8.08%       156,620       8.01%       156,620       7.98%       156,620       7.98%  
Series C preferred shares
                  204,420               204,420               204,420          
 
Notes: (1) The shareholders are Tiger Global Private Investment Partners IV, L.P. and Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P.
 
(2) The shareholders are Sierra Ventures Associates VIII, LLC, Sierra Ventures VIII-A, L.P. and Sierra Ventures VIII-B, L.P.


103


Table of Contents

 
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Our audit committee charter requires our audit committee to review all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and for all such transactions to be approved by our audit committee. The following is a summary of our related party transactions.
 
Private Placements
 
In August 2007, we issued 148,315 Series B preferred shares at a price of $101.14 per share to SAIF, Helion Venture, the Sierra Ventures entities, and Tiger Global Private Investment Partners IV, L.P. and certain of its affiliates. In connection with the issuance of Series B preferred shares, we and our founders, Mr. Deep Kalra, Mr. Keyur Joshi and Mr. Sachin Bhatia, entered into a Series B preferred share subscription agreement dated as of August 8, 2007 with the foregoing investors.
 
In May 2008, we issued 139,045 Series C preferred shares at a price of $107.88 per share to SAIF, Helion Venture, the Sierra Ventures entities, and Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P. and certain of its affiliates. In connection with the issuance of Series C preferred shares, we and our founders, Mr. Deep Kalra, Mr. Keyur Joshi and Mr. Sachin Bhatia, entered into a Series C preferred share subscription agreement dated as of May 20, 2008 with the foregoing investors.
 
The Series B and Series C preferred share information above does not take into account the 20-for-one share split we effected on July 22, 2010.
 
Shareholders Agreements
 
As of May 20, 2008, Mr. Deep Kalra, Mr. Keyur Joshi, Mr. Sachin Bhatia, Travogue, SAIF, Helion Venture, the Sierra Ventures entities, Tiger Global, Mr. Lee Fixel, Mr. Feroz Dewan, Mr. Scott Shleifer and our company entered into a shareholders agreement (which superseded earlier shareholders agreements) that contained various rights such as registration rights, pre-emption rights, rights of first refusal and co-sale rights, board nomination rights and information access rights as well as provided for matters which required special approval by certain of our shareholders.
 
As of July 16, 2010, Mr. Deep Kalra, Mr. Keyur Joshi, Mr. Sachin Bhatia, Travogue, SAIF, Helion Venture, the Sierra Venture entities, Tiger Global, Mr. Lee Fixel, Mr. Feroz Dewan, Mr. Scott Shleifer and our company entered into a shareholders agreement (which superseded earlier shareholders agreements, including the May 20, 2008 shareholders agreement). The July 16, 2010 shareholders agreement terminates all the various rights contained in the earlier shareholders agreements described in the preceding paragraph except for the registration rights, which are described in greater detail in “Description of Share Capital — Registration Rights.”
 
Transactions with SAIF
 
In fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, we earned revenue of $15,854, $13,794 and $16,901, respectively, from SAIF primarily for the sales of air tickets to it. These transactions were carried out in the ordinary course of our business and on an arm’s length basis.
 
Transactions with PhoCusWright
 
From time to time, we purchase independent market reports on the travel and travel-related industry from PhoCusWright, a company founded and controlled by Mr. Philip C. Wolf, one of our directors. The amounts paid by us to PhoCusWright were $6,250, $18,322 and $19,300 in each of the fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
 
Our US subsidiary, MakeMyTrip.com Inc., entered into a professional services agreement with PhoCusWright dated February 3, 2010, for the provision of certain professional services by PhoCusWright to us, including assisting us to create a sales and marketing strategy and develop a list of potential customers in the North American market to which to sell our services. PhoCusWright’s services are expected to continue until June 2011 and it will receive a total fixed fee of $20,000 for the engagement, of which 50% was paid upon commencement of the engagement and the remainder is to be paid upon the satisfaction of certain deliverables. PhoCusWright is also entitled to receive 3% of all revenue generated from bookings made by new customers from February 2010 to


104


Table of Contents

July 31, 2011 from North America for our United States-to-India inbound services, which shall be payable on a quarterly basis, commencing from March 31, 2010.
 
Loans to Executive Officers
 
During fiscal year 2008, we made an unsecured, non-interest bearing loan to our Group Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Keyur Joshi, amounting to Rs. 2.2 million ($55,151.67, based on the exchange rate as of the relevant balance sheet date), which represented a refundable deposit placed with Mr. Joshi’s landlord for his residential lease. This loan was repaid on July 9, 2009 following the expiry of Mr. Joshi’s lease. On May 13, 2009, we extended a similar loan to Mr. Joshi of Rs. 2.0 million ($44,414.74, based on the exchange rate as of the relevant balance sheet date). The variable bonus component under Mr. Joshi’s employment agreement with our company was adjusted in April 2010, and this loan was set off against a portion of his employment compensation.
 
On June 11, 2009, we made an unsecured, non-interest bearing loan to our Group Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Rajesh Magow, amounting to $68,059. Mr. Magow repaid this loan fully on July 7, 2009. During fiscal year 2010, we made another unsecured, non-interest bearing loan to Mr. Magow, amounting to $38,521. Mr. Magow repaid this loan in full as of March 31, 2010.
 
Employment Agreements
 
See “Management — Employment Agreements with Executive Officers.”
 
Equity Option and Share Incentive Plans
 
See “Management — Share Incentive Plans.”


105


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL
 
Our company (Company No. 24478/5832) is a public company incorporated under the laws of Mauritius with limited liability and we hold a Category 1 Global Business Licence issued by the Financial Services Commission in Mauritius. Our affairs are governed by our Constitution, the Mauritius Companies Act, the Securities Act 2005 of Mauritius, or the Mauritius Securities Act, and other applicable laws of Mauritius and any rules or regulations made thereunder.
 
Our Constitution states that the objects of our company are to carry out any business or activity permitted under our company’s Category 1 Global Business Licence, and to the extent permitted by law, our company may effect any transaction and take any steps which it considers expedient to further the objects of our company.
 
As of March 31, 2010, our stated capital was $53,900,376, comprising 877,106 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.01 each and 616,223 preferred shares with a par value of $0.01 each, of which 328,863 preferred shares have been designated Series A preferred shares, 148,315 preferred shares have been designated Series B preferred shares and 139,045 preferred shares have been designated Series C preferred shares.
 
As of June 15, 2010, our stated capital was $53,947,997, comprising 878,181 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.01 each and 616,223 preferred shares with a par value of $0.01 each, of which 328,863 preferred shares have been designated Series A preferred shares, 148,315 preferred shares have been designated Series B preferred shares and 139,045 preferred shares have been designated Series C preferred shares.
 
Immediately after giving effect to the 20-for-one share split we effected on July 22, 2010, our stated capital was comprised of 17,621,600 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0005 each and 12,324,460 preferred shares with a par value of $0.0005 each. All our issued and outstanding preferred shares will be converted into 12,324,460 ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering.
 
Our Constitution will become effective upon completion of this offering. The following are summaries of certain provisions of our Constitution to be adopted with effect from the closing of this offering and the Mauritius Companies Act insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares. The term “shareholders” as used in these summaries in relation to our company refers to persons whose names are entered into the share register of our company as the current holder of one or more shares of our company. These summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, the provisions of our Constitution and the Mauritius Companies Act. Prospective investors are urged to read the complete form of our Constitution which has been filed as an exhibit to our registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Ordinary Shares
 
General
 
All of our ordinary shares issued prior to the completion of the offering are fully paid, and all of our ordinary shares to be issued in the offering will be issued as fully paid. Certificates representing our ordinary shares are issued in registered form. Our shareholders who are non-residents of Mauritius may freely hold and vote their ordinary shares.
 
Dividends
 
Under the Mauritius Companies Act and our Constitution, we may only pay dividends out of retained earnings, after having made good any accumulated losses at the beginning of the accounting period, and no distribution (which term includes dividend) may be made unless our board of directors is satisfied that, upon the distribution being made (1) our company is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of business and (2) the value of our company’s assets is greater than the sum of (a) the value of its liabilities and (b) our company’s stated capital. Subject to the Mauritius Companies Act and our Constitution, the declaration and payment of any dividend has to be authorized by our board of directors, subject to the approval of our shareholders.
 
Our board of directors may from time to time pay to our shareholders such interim dividends as appear to the directors to be justified by our profits, and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) if at any time the share capital of our company is divided into different classes, our board of directors may also pay any fixed dividend which is payable on any shares of our company half-yearly or on any other dates, whenever our profits, in the opinion of our board of directors, justifies such payment.


106


Table of Contents

Our board of directors may retain any dividends or other monies payable on or in respect of a share upon which our company has a lien, and may apply the same in or towards satisfaction of the debts, liabilities or engagements in respect of which the lien exists.
 
No dividend shall carry interest against us.
 
Any dividend or other moneys payable in cash on or in respect of a share may be paid by check or warrant sent through the post addressed to the registered address of the shareholder entitled, or in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the person whose name stands first in our register of members in respect of the joint holding, or to such person at such address as such shareholder may in writing direct or may be sent by remittance or telegraphic transfer to the bank account of the holder at his bank account as may be notified in writing to us. Every check or warrant or remittance or telegraphic transfer so sent shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on our register of members in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and the payment of any such check or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall operate as a good discharge to us in respect of the dividend or moneys represented thereby.
 
Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six years from the date of declaration of such dividend may be forfeited by our board of directors and if so, shall revert to us.
 
Voting Rights
 
Subject to any rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any class of shares and our Constitution, each holder of our ordinary shares who is present in person or by proxy at a meeting of shareholders shall have one vote on a show of hands and on a poll, each holder of our ordinary shares who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every ordinary share which he holds or represents. Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded. A poll may be demanded by: (1) the chairman of such meeting, (2) not less than 5 shareholders having the right to vote at the meeting, (3) a shareholder or shareholders representing not less than 10% of the total voting rights of all shareholders having the right to vote at the meeting, or (4) by a shareholder or shareholders holding shares in the company that confer a right to vote at the meeting and on which the aggregate amount paid up is not less than 10% of the total amount paid up on all shares that confer that right.
 
An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of votes of those shareholders entitled to vote and voting on the matter which is the subject matter of the resolution, while a special resolution is a resolution approved by a majority of 75% or, if a higher majority is required by the Constitution, that higher majority, of the votes of those shareholders entitled to vote and voting on the question. A special resolution will be required for matters such as amending our Constitution.
 
Transfer of Ordinary Shares
 
Subject to the restrictions contained in our Constitution, as applicable, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange (as defined in our Constitution) or in any other form approved by our board of directors.
 
Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve, or any transfer of any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, or any transfer of shares upon which our company has a lien. Our board of directors may also decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share unless:
 
  •  a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as our board of directors may from time to time require is paid to our company in respect thereof;
 
  •  the instrument of transfer is lodged at the registered office of our company for the time being or at such other place (if any) as our board of directors may appoint, accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to


107


Table of Contents

  make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of the person so to do); and
 
  •  the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares.
 
If our board of directors refuses to register a transfer of any shares, they shall within 28 days after the date on which the transfer was lodged with our company send to the transferor and the transferee notice of the refusal as required by the Mauritius Companies Act and the reasons for the refusal will be given in the notice.
 
Liquidation
 
On a return of capital on winding up or otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of ordinary shares), assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares shall be distributed among the holders of the ordinary shares on a pro rata basis. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders proportionately.
 
Redemption of Shares
 
Subject to the provisions of the Mauritius Companies Act and other applicable law, we may issue shares on terms that are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders, on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as may be determined by our board of directors or by ordinary resolution of the shareholders of our company.
 
Variations of Rights of Shares
 
If at any time our share capital is divided into different classes of shares, all or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Mauritius Companies Act, be varied with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. Consequently, the rights of any class of shares cannot be detrimentally altered without a majority of 75% of the vote of all of the shares in that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.
 
Meetings of Shareholders
 
An annual shareholders’ meeting shall be convened by our board of directors not more than once in each year and not later than 6 months after our balance sheet date. Special meetings of shareholders may be convened by our board of directors or on the written request of shareholders holding shares carrying together not less than 5% of the voting rights entitled to be exercised on the issue. Subject to our Constitution, advance notice of at least fourteen days is required for the convening of our annual shareholders’ meeting and any special meeting of our shareholders. A quorum for a shareholders meeting shall be present where the shareholders or their proxies are present or have cast postal votes, who are between them able to exercise not less than 33.3% of the votes to be cast on the business to be transacted by the meeting.
 
A shareholder may exercise the right to vote either by being present in person, by proxy or postal vote. A proxy for a shareholder may attend and be heard at a meeting of shareholders as if the proxy were the shareholder. A proxy shall be appointed by notice in writing signed by the shareholder, and the notice shall state whether the appointment is for a particular meeting or a specified term.
 
Inspection of Books and Records
 
Under the Mauritius Companies Act, we are required to keep available our certificate of incorporation, our Constitution, our share register, the full names and residential addresses of our directors, the registered office and address for service of our company, copies of the instruments creating or evidencing charges which are required to be registered under section 127 of the Mauritius Companies Act, minutes of all meetings and resolutions of shareholders, copies of written communications to all shareholders or to all holders of a class of shares during the preceding seven years (including financial statements, and group financial statements), certificates given by directors under the Mauritius Companies Act and the interests register (if any) of our company for inspection by any


108


Table of Contents

shareholder of our company or by a person authorized in writing by a shareholder for the purpose, between the hours of 9.00 a.m. and 5.00 p.m. on each working day during the inspection period at the place at which our records are kept in Mauritius. A shareholder who wishes to inspect such records must serve written notice on us of his intention to inspect the records.
 
The term “inspection period” is defined in the Mauritius Companies Act to mean the period commencing on the third working day after the day on which notice of intention to inspect is served on us by the person or shareholder concerned and ending with the eighth working day after the day of service.
 
Changes in Capital
 
We may from time to time by ordinary resolution:
 
  •  increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;
 
  •  consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of a larger amount than our existing shares;
 
  •  sub-divide our existing shares, or any of them, into shares of a smaller amount; or
 
  •  cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled in accordance with the Mauritius Companies Act.
 
We may by special resolution reduce our share capital or any capital redemption reserve in any manner permitted by law.
 
Purchase by Our Company of its Own Shares
 
Our company may, subject to and in accordance with the Mauritius Companies Act, purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares, on such terms and in such manner as our board of directors may from time to time think fit. Any share that is so purchased or acquired by our company shall, unless held as treasury shares in accordance with the Mauritius Companies Act, be deemed to be cancelled immediately on purchase or acquisition. On such cancellation of a share, the rights and privileges attached to that share shall expire, and the number of issued shares of our company shall be diminished by the number of such shares so cancelled, and where any such cancelled shares was purchased or acquired out of the capital of our company, the amount of the share capital of our company shall be reduced accordingly. In any other instance, our company may hold or deal with any such share which is so purchased or acquired by it in such manner as may be permitted by or in accordance with the Mauritius Companies Act.
 
Directors’ Borrowing Powers
 
Our Constitution provides that our board of directors may exercise all the powers of our company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of our company and, subject to the Mauritius Companies Act, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of our company or of any third party.
 
Interested Directors
 
The Mauritius Companies Act and our Constitution provide that a director of our company shall, forthwith after becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction or a proposed transaction with our company, cause to be entered in the interests register of our company and disclose to our board of directors the nature and monetary value of that interest, or where the monetary value of the director’s interest cannot be quantified, the nature and extent of that interest. A general notice entered in the interests register or disclosed to our board of directors to the effect that a director is a shareholder, director, officer or trustee of another named company or other person and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction which may, after the date of the entry or disclosure, be entered into with that company or person, is a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to that transaction. To the extent that our company is a reporting issuer (as defined in section 86 of the Mauritius Securities Act) the relevant disclosure requirements under the Mauritius Securities Act may also be applicable. We have applied to the


109


Table of Contents

Mauritius Financial Services Commission for an exemption from the disclosure requirements applying to reporting issuers under the Mauritius Securities Act.
 
Under our Constitution, a director of our company may not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement or any proposed contract or arrangement in which he has any interest, directly or indirectly.
 
Section 149 of the Mauritius Companies Act provides that a transaction entered into by a company in which a director of the company is interested may be avoided by the company at any time before the expiration of 6 months after the transaction is disclosed to all the shareholders (whether by means of the company’s annual report or otherwise). However, a transaction shall not be avoided where the company receives fair value under it, and where a transaction is entered into by the company in the ordinary course of its business and on usual terms and conditions, the company shall be presumed to have received a fair value under the transaction. Under the Mauritius Companies Act, the avoidance of a transaction under Section 149 of the Mauritius Companies Act will not affect the title or interest of a person in or to property which that person has acquired where the property was acquired (a) from a person other than the company, (b) for valuable consideration, and (c) without knowledge of the circumstances of the transaction under which the person referred to in paragraph (a) acquired the property from the company.
 
Notification of Shareholdings by Directors and Substantial Shareholders
 
Our Constitution provides that (a) each of our directors shall, upon his appointment to our board of directors, give an undertaking to our company that, for so long as he remains a director of our company, he shall forthwith notify our company secretary of the particulars of our shares beneficially owned by him at the time of his appointment and of any change in such particulars (including the circumstances of any such change), and (b) each member of our company shall, upon becoming a substantial shareholder of our company, give an undertaking to our company that, for so long as he remains as a substantial shareholder of our company, he shall notify our company secretary of the particulars of our shares in which he has an interest at the time of his becoming a substantial shareholder or of any change in such particulars (including the circumstances of any such change) within 48 hours of such time or change (as the case may be), provided that he shall only be required to give notice of a change in the percentage level of his interests in the shares where there is a change of 1% or more in the percentage level of his shareholding interest in the relevant class of shares in our company. For this purpose, a “substantial shareholder” means a person who holds by himself or his nominee a share or an interest in a share in the capital of our company which entitles him to exercise not less than 5% of the aggregate voting power exercisable at a meeting of our shareholders.
 
Category 1 Global Business Company
 
We are a public company incorporated under the laws of Mauritius with limited liability and we hold a Category 1 Global Business Licence issued by the Financial Services Commission in Mauritius. “Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company. Mauritius law distinguishes between domestic companies and global business companies. Any company that is formed or registered in Mauritius but conducts business outside of Mauritius may apply for a Category 1 Global Business Licence. The requirements for a Category 1 Global Business Company are essentially the same as for a domestic company except for some of the exemptions and privileges listed below (which are not exhaustive):
 
  •  a Category 1 Global Business Company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;
 
  •  a Category 1 Global Business Company may issue no par value shares; and
 
  •  a Category 1 Global Business Company may register as a protected cell company.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we may be subject to reporting and other information and disclosure requirements of the Mauritius Securities Act and any rules or regulations made thereunder.


110


Table of Contents

History of Share Issuances
 
The following is a summary of our share issuances during the past three years. The following share numbers and prices do not take into account the 20-for-one share split we effected on July 22, 2010.
 
Ordinary Shares.   In June 2009, we issued 4,600 ordinary shares to Rajesh Magow pursuant to vested options exercised by him at an exercise price of $14.84 per share, and 480 ordinary shares to Amit Saberwal and 170 ordinary shares to Venkatesh Bhardwaj, pursuant to vested options exercised by them at exercise prices of $9.75 per share. In April 2010, we issued 1,000 ordinary shares to a former employee pursuant to vested options exercised by him at an exercise price of $39.53 per share. In May 2010, we issued 75 ordinary shares to another former employee pursuant to vested options exercised by him at an exercise price of $107.88 per share. In July 2010, we issued 2,899 ordinary shares to a former non-executive director pursuant to vested options exercised by him at an exercise price $0.01 per share.
 
Preferred Shares.   In August 2007, we issued a total of 148,315 Series B preferred shares to SAIF, Tiger Global Private Investment Partners IV, L.P., Helion Venture, the Sierra Ventures entities, Feroz Dewan, Lee J. Fixel and Scott L. Shleifer at $101.14 per share.
 
In May 2008, we issued an aggregate of 139,045 Series C preferred shares to SAIF, Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P., Helion Venture, the Sierra Ventures entities, Feroz Dewan and Lee J. Fixel at $107.88 per share.
 
Option Grants.   We have granted options to certain of our directors, officers and employees. As of June 15, 2010, options in respect of an aggregate of 128,865 ordinary shares of our company were outstanding. After taking into account the 20-for-one adjustment with respect to the number of ordinary shares underlying options and the corresponding adjustment to the exercise prices of such options we effected on July 22, 2010, we would have had options in respect of an aggregate of 2,577,300 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 15, 2010. See the section “Management — Share Incentive Plans — Equity Option Plan.”
 
Differences in Corporate Law
 
The Mauritius Companies Act differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Mauritius Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.
 
Pursuant to the Mauritius Companies Act, subject to certain exceptions prescribed in the Mauritius Companies Act, a Mauritius company shall not enter into the following transactions unless the transaction is approved by special resolution or contingent on approval by special resolution of the shareholders of the company:
 
  (a)  the acquisition of, or an agreement to acquire, whether contingent or not, assets the value of which is more than 75% of the value of the company’s assets before the acquisition;
 
  (b)  the disposition of, or an agreement to dispose of, whether contingent or not, assets of the company the value of which is more than 75% of the value of the company’s assets before the disposition; or
 
  (c)  a transaction that has or is likely to have the effect of the company acquiring rights or interests or incurring obligations or liabilities the value of which is more than 75% of the value of the company’s assets before the transaction (provided that this will not apply by reason only of the company giving, or entering into an agreement to give, a charge secured over assets of the company, the value of which is more than 75% of the value of the company’s assets for the purpose of securing the repayment of money or the performance of an obligation).
 
Under the Mauritius Companies Act, a special resolution is a resolution that is approved by a majority of 75% or, if a higher majority is required by the constitution of a Mauritius company, that higher majority, of the votes of those shareholders entitled to vote and voting on the question.
 
Where a transaction involves the acquisition or disposition or the acquiring of rights, interests or incurring obligations of, in any case, more than half the value of the Mauritius company’s assets, subject to certain exceptions


111


Table of Contents

prescribed in the Mauritius Companies Act, the transaction has to be approved by ordinary resolution or contingent on approval by ordinary resolution, and a Mauritius company shall not enter into the following transactions unless the transaction is approved by ordinary resolution or contingent on approval by ordinary resolution of the shareholders of the company:
 
  (a)  the acquisition of, or an agreement to acquire, whether contingent or not, assets the value of which is more than 50% of the value of the company’s assets before the acquisition;
 
  (b)  the disposition of, or an agreement to dispose of, whether contingent or not, assets of the company the value of which is more than 50% of the value of the company’s assets before the disposition; or
 
  (c)  a transaction that has or is likely to have the effect of the company acquiring rights or interests or incurring obligations or liabilities the value of which is more than 50% of the value of the company’s assets before the transaction (provided that this will not apply by reason only of the company giving, or entering into an agreement to give, a charge secured over assets of the company, the value of which is more than 50% of the value of the company’s assets for the purpose of securing the repayment of money or the performance of an obligation).
 
Under the Mauritius Companies Act, an ordinary resolution is a resolution that is approved by a simple majority of the votes of those shareholders entitled to vote and voting on the matter which is the subject of the resolution.
 
Mergers and Similar Arrangements
 
A merger of two or more constituent companies under Mauritius law requires an amalgamation proposal to be approved by the directors of each constituent company and by special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company.
 
A merger between a Mauritius parent company and its Mauritius subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require approval by a resolution of shareholders. For this purpose a “subsidiary” has the meaning assigned to it by the Mauritius Companies Act.
 
Save in certain circumstances, a dissentient shareholder of a Mauritius constituent company is entitled to payment of the fair and reasonable price for his shares upon dissenting to a merger or consolidation. The exercise of appraisal rights will normally preclude the exercise of any other rights save for the right to seek relief on the grounds that the merger or consolidation is void or unlawful.
 
In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies where the Supreme Court of Mauritius, on the application of the company or, with leave of the court, any shareholder or creditor of the company, may order that an arrangement or amalgamation or compromise shall be binding on the company and on such other persons or classes of persons as the court may specify and any such order may be made on such terms and conditions as the court thinks fit.
 
Shareholders’ Suits
 
In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff, but under the Mauritius Companies Act, the Mauritius courts may grant leave to a shareholder (including a minority shareholder) to bring a derivative action.
 
Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability
 
Under the Mauritius Companies Act, a company may indemnify a director or employee of the company or a related company for any costs incurred by him or the company in respect of any proceedings (a) that relates to liability for any act or omission in his capacity as a director or employee and (b) in which judgment is given in his favor, in which he is acquitted, which is discontinued, in which he is granted relief under section 350 of the Mauritius Companies Act or where proceedings are threatened and such threatened action is abandoned or not pursued. The Mauritius Companies Act further provides that a company may indemnify a director or employee of the company or a related company in respect of (a) liability to any person, other than the company or a related company, for any act or omission in his capacity as a director or employee or (b) costs incurred by that director or employee in defending or settling any claim or proceedings relating to any such liability, save in respect of any


112


Table of Contents

criminal liability or liability in respect of a breach (in the case of a director) of the duty to exercise his powers honestly in good faith in the best interests of the company. Our post-offering Constitution will provide for indemnification, to the extent permitted by Mauritius law, of our directors and officers for costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred or sustained by them in the execution and discharge of their duties in their respective offices or in relation thereto, except in respect of their own fraud or dishonesty.
 
Directors’ Fiduciary Duties
 
Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He or she must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.
 
As a matter of Mauritius law, a director of a Mauritius company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he owes duties to the company that include a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him to do so) and a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interest or his or her duty to a third party. Under the Mauritius Companies Act, our directors have a duty to our company to exercise their powers honestly, in good faith and in the best interests of our company. Our directors also have a duty to our company to exercise the degree of care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. Where a director of a public company also holds office as an executive, the director is required under Mauritius law to exercise that degree of care, diligence and skill which a reasonably prudent and competent executive in that position would exercise. In fulfilling their duty of care to our company, our directors must ensure compliance with the Mauritius Companies Act and our Constitution, as amended from time to time.
 
Neither Mauritian law nor our Constitution requires the majority of our directors to be independent.
 
Shareholder Action by Written Consent
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Mauritius law provides that, save for the annual meeting of a company, shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held or by resolution in writing signed by not less than 75% or such other percentage as the constitution of the company may require for passing a special resolution, whichever is the greater, of the shareholders who would be entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of shareholders who together hold not less than 75% (or, if a higher percentage is required by the constitution, that higher percentage) of the votes entitled to be cast on that resolution.
 
Shareholder Meetings
 
Shareholders of a Delaware corporation generally do not have the right to call meetings of shareholders unless that right is granted in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws. However, if a corporation fails to hold its annual general meeting within a period of 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated for a period of 13 months after its last annual general meeting, the Delaware Court of Chancery may order a meeting to be held upon the application of a shareholder.


113


Table of Contents

Mauritius law and our Constitution allow our shareholders to requisition a shareholders’ meeting. We are obliged by law to call a shareholders’ annual meeting once every year.
 
Cumulative Voting
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. As permitted under Mauritius law, our Constitution does not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.
 
Removal of Directors
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our Constitution, directors may be removed by ordinary resolution of our shareholders.
 
Transactions with Interested Shareholders
 
The Delaware General Corporation Law contains business combination provision applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. Subject to specified exceptions, an interested shareholder is a person or a group that owns 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock (including any rights to acquire stock pursuant to an option, warrant, agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion or exchange rights, and stock with respect to which the person has voting rights only), or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% of more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock at any time within the previous three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.
 
There is no such statutory provision under Mauritius law restricting transactions between a company and its significant shareholders.
 
Dissolution; Winding Up
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by all shareholders entitled to vote thereon. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board.
 
Under Mauritius law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of Mauritius or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts, by a special resolution of its members with leave of the court. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so.
 
Under the Insolvency Act 2009 of Mauritius, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by special resolution of our shareholders.


114


Table of Contents

Variation of Rights of Shares
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Mauritius law and our Constitution, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class only with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.
 
Amendment of Governing Documents
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by Mauritius law, our Constitution may only be amended by special resolution of our shareholders.
 
Rights of Non-Resident or Foreign Shareholders
 
There are no limitations imposed by our Constitution on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares.
 
Issuance of preferred shares
 
The Constitution to be adopted by our company upon completion of this offering allows for our company to issue preferred shares. The Constitution provides that the directors of our company may offer, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of shares of our company to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the board of directors of our company may in its absolute discretion determine (save that no shares shall be issued below the par value of the share) and that any share in our company may be issued with or have attached thereto such rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as our company may determine or, if there has not been any such determination or so far as the same does not make specific provision, as the board of directors of our company may determine.
 
Compulsory Acquisition
 
Pursuant to recent regulations made under the Mauritius Securities Act, a person acquiring shares in a Mauritius-incorporated company in connection with a takeover offer may be permitted or required to compulsorily acquire the shares held by minority holders as set forth below:
 
  •  If the acquirer has, within four months after the making of a takeover offer for all the shares of a class not owned by, or by a nominee for, the acquirer, or any of its subsidiaries, obtained the approval for such takeover offer by the holders of not less than nine-tenths in nominal value of the shares included in that class of shares (other than those shares already held at the date of the takeover offer by the acquirer or by a nominee or subsidiary of the acquirer), the acquirer may, at any time within two months after the takeover offer has been so approved, by notice (referred to as an “acquisition notice”) compulsorily acquire the shares of any dissenting member on the same terms as the original takeover offer unless the Supreme Court of Mauritius (on an application made by a dissenting member within one month after the date of the acquirer’s acquisition notice) orders otherwise.
 
  •  Where, in pursuance of a takeover offer, the acquirer becomes entitled by himself or through a related corporation or nominee to nine-tenths or more in nominal value of the shares included in the class of shares concerned, the acquirer shall within one month after the date on which he becomes entitled by himself or through a nominee to those shares, give notice (referred to as an “ownership notice”) of that fact to the holders of the remaining shares included in that class who, when the notice was given, had not assented to the takeover offer or been given an acquisition notice by the acquirer. The holders of the remaining shares may, within three months after the giving of the ownership notice to them, require the acquirer to acquire their shares and, where alternative terms were offered to the approving members, elect which of those terms they will accept.


115


Table of Contents

 
Anti-takeover provisions
 
Mauritius law does not prevent Mauritius companies from adopting a wide range of defensive measures, such as staggered boards, issue of preferred shares, adoption of poison pill shareholder rights plans and provisions that restrict the rights of shareholders to call meetings. Our Constitution includes the following provisions which may be regarded as defensive measures: (i) a staggered board of directors, (ii) the ability to issue preferred shares, (iii) granting directors the absolute discretion to decline to register a transfer of any shares (other than a fully paid share), and (iv) requiring that amendments to the Constitution be approved by a special resolution of the shareholders of our company.
 
Registration Rights
 
Pursuant to a shareholders agreement dated as of July 16, 2010, by and among our company, Mr. Deep Kalra, Mr. Keyur Joshi and Mr. Sachin Bhatia, SAIF, Travogue, Helion Venture, the Sierra Ventures entities, Tiger Global, Mr. Lee Fixel, Mr. Feroz Dewan, and Mr. Scott Shleifer (collectively referred to as the “Shareholders”), we have granted certain registration rights to certain holders of our Registrable Shares, as described below. The term “Registrable Shares,” as defined in the abovementioned shareholders agreement, means:
 
(i) any ordinary shares held by any of the Shareholders or the employees/management of our company or its subsidiaries; and
 
(ii) any other ordinary shares of our company issued in respect of the ordinary shares described in paragraph (i) above pursuant to stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations or similar events;
 
provided that ordinary shares that are Registrable Shares shall cease to be Registrable Shares (a) upon any sale pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (b) with respect to a Shareholder, when such Shareholder is eligible to sell, transfer or otherwise convey all of such Shareholder’s Registrable Shares without restriction pursuant to applicable law or (c) upon any sale in any manner to a person or entity which is not entitled to the rights provided by the shareholders agreement.
 
At any time or from time to time after the date falling 180 days after the consummation of this offering, subject to the terms of the shareholders agreement and the lock-up agreements described in this prospectus, one or more of the Shareholders may request that our company effect a registration under the Securities Act of all or any part of the Registrable Shares owned by the Shareholders, provided that (i) the Registrable Shares to be so registered have a proposed aggregate offering price net of underwriting commissions, if any, of at least US$5,000,000 in the aggregate, and (ii) our company shall not be required to effect more than two registrations requested in this manner in any 12 month period.
 
At any time after our company becomes eligible to file a registration statement on Form F-3 (or any similar or successor form for which our company then qualifies relating to secondary offerings), one or more of the Shareholders will have the right to require our company to effect the registration on Form F-3 (or any similar or successor form for which our Company then qualifies) of all or any portion of the Registrable Shares held by the Shareholders, provided that (i) our company shall not be required to effect any registration of Registrable Shares unless such Registrable Shares have a proposed aggregate offering price net of underwriting commissions (if any) of at least US$5,000,000 in the aggregate, and (ii) our company shall not be required to effect more than two registrations requested in this manner in any 12 month period.
 
In each case, no Shareholder may make more than one request for registration in any six month period.
 
Whenever our company proposes to file a registration statement including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of our company (but excluding registration statements relating to the paragraphs above and relating to employee benefit plans or with respect to corporate reorganizations) at any time and from time to time, our company will, at least 30 days prior to such filing, give written notice to all Shareholders of its intention to do so and, upon the written request of any Shareholder(s) given within 20 days after our company provides such notice, our company will use its reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Shares that our company has been requested by such Shareholder(s) to register or to be registered under the Securities Act to the extent necessary to permit their sale or other disposition in accordance with the intended methods of distribution


116


Table of Contents

specified in the request of such Shareholder(s), provided that our company shall have the right to postpone or withdraw any such registration effected without obligation to any Shareholder.
 
We will pay all Registration Expenses (as defined below) of all registrations under the shareholders agreement, subject to certain provisos set out in the shareholders agreement. For this purpose, the term “Registration Expenses” means all expenses incurred by our company in complying with the shareholders agreement, including (without limitation) all registration and filing fees, exchange listing fees, printing expenses, road show expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for our company, the reasonable fees and expenses of one (1) special counsel selected by the selling Shareholders to represent the selling Shareholders, state Blue Sky fees and expenses (if any), fees and expenses of our company’s independent auditors and the expense of any special audits incidental to or required by any such registration, but excluding underwriting discounts, selling commissions and the fees and expenses of selling Shareholders’ own counsel (other than the counsel selected to represent all the selling Shareholders).


117


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our ordinary shares, and while our ordinary shares have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, we cannot assure you that a significant public market for the ordinary shares will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public markets after this offering, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of our ordinary shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, after these restrictions lapse, future sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market in the United States, including ordinary shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warranty, or the possibility of such sales, could negatively affect the market price in the United States of our ordinary shares and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
 
Upon the completion of this offering, we will have      outstanding ordinary shares, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ordinary shares. Of that amount,      ordinary shares, will be publicly held by investors participating in this offering, and      ordinary shares will be held by our existing shareholders, who may be our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As defined in Rule 144, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the issuer.
 
All of the ordinary shares sold in the offering will be freely transferable in the United States by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Ordinary shares purchased by one of our “affiliates” may not be resold, except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including an exemption under Rule 144 under the Securities Act described below.
 
The above mentioned      ordinary shares which will be held by existing shareholders are, and those ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of options and outstanding following the completion of this offering will be, “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the United States only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These rules are described below.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
We, the selling shareholders, our directors and executive officers, and all of our other shareholders and certain holders of share options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:
 
  •  offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant or exercise any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares; or
 
  •  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the shares,
 
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or file or cause to be filed any registration statement relating to the offering of, or, in the case of each selling shareholder, make any demand for or exercise any registration right in respect of, any shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares.
 
The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to:
 
  •  the sale of shares to the underwriters; or
 
  •  the issuance by us of shares, effective upon the completion of this offering, upon the exercise of options or the conversion of securities outstanding on the date of this prospectus.
 
In addition, in the case of each selling shareholder, the restrictions described above do not apply to:
 
  •  transactions relating to shares acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering;


118


Table of Contents

  •  the exercise of share options outstanding on the date of this prospectus, provided that shares issued upon such exercise shall be subject to the restrictions described above; or
 
  •  distributions by a selling shareholder of shares to limited partners or general partners of the selling shareholder, provided that such distributee agrees to be bound by the restrictions described above.
 
The 180-day lock-up period is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. If (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day lock-up period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day lock-up, the lock-up will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable; provided that in the case of clause (2) above, if no earnings results are released during the 16-day period, the lock-up will terminate on the last day of the 16-day period.
 
The underwriters do not have any agreements or understandings, tacit or explicit, or any present intent to release the lock-ups early.
 
Immediately following the completion of this offering, shareholders subject to lock-up agreements will hold      ordinary shares representing approximately     % of our then outstanding ordinary shares, or      ordinary shares representing approximately     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ordinary shares in full.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 for more than six months would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned “restricted securities” for at least one year from the later of the date these shares were acquired from us or from our affiliate would be entitled to freely sell those shares.
 
A person who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned “restricted securities” for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that is not more than the greater of:
 
  •  1.0% of the number of our ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately      ordinary shares immediately after this offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly reported trading volume of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks proceeding the date on which a notice of the sale on Form 144 is filed with the SEC by such person.
 
Sales under Rule 144 by persons who are deemed to be our affiliates are also subject to manner-of-sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
 
In addition, in each case, these shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.
 
Rule 701
 
Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, persons who acquired ordinary shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell such shares in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the current information or six-month holding period requirements. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.
 
Registration Rights
 
Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our ordinary shares and holders of our preferred shares who will convert their preferred shares into ordinary shares effective upon the completion of this offering, will be entitled to request that we register their shares under the Securities Act, following the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above. See “Description of Share Capital — Registration Rights.”


119


Table of Contents

 
TAXATION
 
The following summary of the material Mauritius and US federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local, non-US and non- Mauritian tax laws. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Mauritius tax law, it represents the opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman (Mauritius) Limited, our special Mauritian counsel. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of US federal income tax law (not including any of our expectations), and subject to the qualifications herein, it represents the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, our special US counsel.
 
Mauritius Taxation
 
Our company holds a valid Category 1 Global Business Licence issued by the Financial Services Commission in Mauritius and a valid Tax Residence Certificate issued by the Mauritius Revenue Authority. Our company is tax resident in Mauritius.
 
The Income Tax Act 1995 of Mauritius imposes a tax in Mauritius on the chargeable income of our company at the rate of 15%. However, under the Income Tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations 1996 of Mauritius, subject to the Income Tax Act 1995 and the regulations of the Income Tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations 1996, credit is allowed for foreign tax on the foreign source income of a resident of Mauritius against Mauritius tax computed by reference to the same income, and where credit is allowed against Mauritius tax chargeable in respect of any income, the amount of Mauritius tax so chargeable shall be reduced by the amount of the credit. Under the Income Tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations 1996, “foreign source income” means income which is not derived from Mauritius and includes in the case of a corporation holding a Category 1 Global Business Licence under the Financial Services Act 2007 of Mauritius, income derived in the course of a global business. Subject to the provisions of the Income Tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations 1996, no credit is allowed in respect of foreign tax unless written evidence is presented to the Mauritius Revenue Authority showing the amount of foreign tax which has been charged and for this purpose, “written evidence” includes a receipt of the relevant authorities of the foreign country for the foreign tax or any other evidence that the foreign tax has been deducted or paid to the relevant authorities of that country. However, pursuant to regulation 8 of the Income Tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations 1996, if written evidence is not presented to the Mauritius Revenue Authority showing the amount of foreign tax charged on our foreign source income, the amount of foreign tax shall nevertheless be conclusively presumed to be equal to 80% of the Mauritius tax chargeable with respect to that income and in such circumstance, the effective tax rate in Mauritius on our chargeable income would be 3%.
 
Mauritius currently has no capital gains tax (other than on sales of immovable property) and has no taxation in the nature of a withholding tax on the payment of dividends, interest or royalties applicable to us as a holder of a Category 1 Global Business Licence issued by the Financial Services Commission in Mauritius and where such dividends or interest are paid to a non-resident of Mauritius not carrying on any business in Mauritius and such royalties are paid to non-residents of Mauritius. There is no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax in Mauritius.
 
Under existing Mauritius laws:
 
  •  no capital, transfer or registration duties are levied in Mauritius on the issue, purchase or sale of our ordinary shares;
 
  •  dividend payments or other distributions to holders of our ordinary shares are exempt from Mauritius tax, and no withholding will be required of our company on dividend payments or other distributions; and
 
  •  gains derived from the sale or disposition of our ordinary shares will not be subject to Mauritius tax.
 
There are currently no exchange controls or currency exchange restrictions in Mauritius.
 
Prospective investors are advised to consult their tax advisors with respect to their particular tax situations and the tax effects of an investment in our shares.


120


Table of Contents

US Federal Income Taxation
 
The following discussion describes certain material US federal income tax consequences to US Holders (as defined below) under current law of an investment in our ordinary shares. This discussion applies only to US Holders that hold the ordinary shares as capital assets (generally, property held for investment) and that have the US dollar as their functional currency. This discussion is based on the tax laws of the United States in effect as of the date of this prospectus and on US Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed as of the date of this prospectus, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.
 
The following discussion does not deal with the tax consequences to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations such as:
 
  •  banks and other financial institutions;
 
  •  insurance companies;
 
  •  regulated investment companies;
 
  •  real estate investment trusts;
 
  •  broker-dealers;
 
  •  traders that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;
 
  •  US expatriates;
 
  •  tax-exempt entities;
 
  •  persons liable for alternative minimum tax;
 
  •  persons holding ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction;
 
  •  persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock;
 
  •  persons who acquired ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation; or
 
  •  partnerships or other pass-through entities, or persons holding ordinary shares through such entities.
 
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE US FEDERAL TAX RULES TO THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS THE STATE, LOCAL, NON-US AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES.
 
The discussion below of the US federal income tax consequences to “US Holders” will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares and you are, for US federal income tax purposes:
 
  •  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for US federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate, the income of which is subject to US federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more United States persons for all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable US Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.


121


Table of Contents

The tax treatment of a partner in a partnership (or other entity taxable as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes) that holds our ordinary shares will depend on the status of such partner and the activities of such partnership. If you are a partner in such partnership, you should consult your tax advisors.
 
Dividends and Other Distributions
 
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, the gross amount (in US dollars) of any distribution we make to you with respect to our ordinary shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includible in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt, but only to the extent that such distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under US federal income tax principles). Amounts not treated as dividend income for US federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce your tax basis in your ordinary shares, but not below zero. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits and your tax basis in your ordinary shares will be treated as capital gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares. However, we do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under US federal income tax principles. Therefore, you should expect that any distribution we make to you will be reported as a dividend even if such distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. Any dividends we pay will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations.
 
With respect to certain non-corporate US Holders, including individual US Holders, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, dividends will be taxed at the lower capital gains rate applicable to “qualified dividend income,” provided that (1) either our ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, (2) we are neither a PFIC nor treated as such with respect to you for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid and the preceding taxable year and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Under US Internal Revenue Service authority, common or ordinary shares are considered for purposes of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, as our ordinary shares are expected to be. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income for any dividends we pay with respect to our ordinary shares, as well as the effect of any change in applicable law after the date of this prospectus.
 
For foreign tax credit purposes, the limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, any dividends we pay with respect to our ordinary shares will generally be treated as foreign source income and constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain US Holders, constitute “general category income.” If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividends taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will be limited to the gross amount of the dividends, multiplied by the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income and divided by the highest tax rate normally applicable to dividends. The rules relating to the determination of the foreign tax credit are complex, and you should consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit in your particular circumstances.
 
Dispositions
 
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable capital gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of an ordinary share equal to the difference between the amount realized (in US dollars) for the ordinary share and your adjusted tax basis (in US dollars) in the ordinary share. If you are a non-corporate US Holder, including an individual US Holder, that has held the ordinary share for more than one year, you may be eligible for reduced tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss that you recognize on a disposition of our ordinary shares will generally be treated as US source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
 
Passive Foreign Investment Company
 
Based on, among other things, the current and anticipated valuation of our assets and composition of our income and assets, we do not expect to be a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year ending March 31, 2011. However, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects. In


122


Table of Contents

addition, we must make a separate determination after the close of each taxable year as to whether we were a PFIC for that year. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year. Because PFIC status is a factual determination for each taxable year that cannot be made until after the close of each such year, Latham & Watkins LLP, our US counsel, expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status or our expectations set forth in this paragraph.
 
A non-US corporation will be a PFIC for any taxable year if either:
 
  •  at least 75% of its gross income for such year is passive income; or
 
  •  at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”).
 
For this purpose, we will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock.
 
Because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined in part by reference to the market price of our ordinary shares, fluctuations in the market price of the ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, changes in the composition of our income or assets may cause us to become a PFIC. For this purpose, the composition of our income and assets will depend in part on how, and how quickly, we spend the cash raised in this offering. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold ordinary shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to you for all succeeding years during which you hold the ordinary shares, unless we cease to be a PFIC and you make a “deemed sale” election with respect to the ordinary shares. If such election is made, you will be deemed to have sold the ordinary shares you hold at their fair market value and any gain from such deemed sale would be subject to the rules described in the following two paragraphs. After the deemed sale election, so long as we do not become a PFIC in a subsequent taxable year, your ordinary shares with respect to which such election was made will not be treated as shares in a PFIC.
 
For each taxable year that we are treated as a PFIC with respect to you, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” you receive and any gain you recognize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the ordinary shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding years or your holding period for the ordinary shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:
 
  •  the excess distribution or recognized gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ordinary shares;
 
  •  the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable years in your holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income; and
 
  •  the amount allocated to each other taxable year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as applicable, for each such year and the interest charge applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.
 
The tax liability for amounts allocated to taxable years prior to the year of disposition or excess distribution cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) from a sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the ordinary shares as capital assets.
 
If we are treated as a PFIC with respect to you for any taxable year, to the extent any of our subsidiaries are also PFICs or we make direct or indirect equity investments in other entities that are PFICs, you will be deemed to own shares in such lower-tier PFICs that are directly or indirectly owned by us in that proportion that the value of the ordinary shares you own bears to the value of all of our ordinary shares, and you may be subject to the rules described in the preceding two paragraphs with respect to the shares of such lower-tier PFICs that you would be deemed to own. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.


123


Table of Contents

A US Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) of a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election for such stock to elect out of the PFIC rules described above regarding excess distributions and recognized gains. If you make a mark-to-market election for our ordinary shares, you will include in gross income for each year that we are a PFIC an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the ordinary shares you hold as of the close of your taxable year over your adjusted tax basis in such ordinary shares. You will be allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the ordinary shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions will be allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the ordinary shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your gross income under a mark-to-market election, as well as any gain from the actual sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares, will be treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment will apply to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the ordinary shares, as well as to any loss from the actual sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such ordinary shares. Your tax basis in the ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations that are not PFICs would apply to any distributions that we make, except that the lower tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income (discussed above under “— Dividends and Other Distributions”) generally would not apply.
 
The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” which is stock that is traded in greater than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market, as defined in applicable US Treasury regulations. We expect that our ordinary shares will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, which is a qualified exchange or other market for these purposes. Consequently, if the ordinary shares are regularly traded and you are a holder of the ordinary shares, we expect that the mark-to-market election would be available to you if we were to become a PFIC. Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for equity interests in any lower-tier PFICs that we own, a US Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules described above regarding excess distributions and recognized gains with respect to its indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes. You should consult your tax advisors as to the availability and desirability of a mark-to-market election, as well as the impact of such election on interests in any lower-tier PFICs.
 
Alternatively, a US person that owns stock of a PFIC generally may make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to such corporation to elect out of the PFIC rules described above regarding excess distributions and recognized gains. A US person that makes a qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in gross income for a taxable year such US person’s pro rata share of the corporation’s earnings and profits for the taxable year. However, the qualified electing fund election is available only if the PFIC provides such US person with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable US Treasury regulations. We currently do not intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election.
 
Under newly enacted legislation, unless otherwise provided by the US Treasury, each US shareholder of a PFIC is required to file an annual report containing such information as the US Treasury may require. If we are or become a PFIC, you should consult your tax advisor regarding any reporting requirements that may apply to you.
 
You should consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our ordinary shares and the elections discussed above.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
Dividend payments with respect to ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares will generally be subject to information reporting to the US Internal Revenue Service and possible US backup withholding at a current rate of 28%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a US Holder that furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on US Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or that is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. US Holders that are exempt from backup withholding should still complete US Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the US information reporting and backup withholding rules.


124


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your US federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the US Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information in a timely manner.
 
New Legislation
 
Newly enacted legislation requires certain US Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts to pay an additional 3.8% tax on, among other things, dividends paid on and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. In addition, for taxable years beginning after March 18, 2010, new legislation requires certain US Holders who are individuals to report information relating to an interest in our ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for ordinary shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions). US Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares.


125


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc is acting as the representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of ordinary shares indicated below:
 
         
    Number of
Name
  Shares
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc
       
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
       
Pacific Crest Securities LLC
       
         
Total
       
         
 
The underwriters are offering the ordinary shares subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling shareholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus is subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus if any are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the ordinary shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.
 
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the ordinary shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $      per ordinary share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $      per ordinary share. After the initial offering of the ordinary shares, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative.
 
We and certain selling shareholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional      ordinary shares from us and      ordinary shares from such selling shareholders at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the same. The underwriters may exercise such option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional ordinary shares as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of ordinary shares listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.
 
The following table sets forth the underwriting discounts and commissions:
 
                                 
    Per Share   Total
    Without
  With
  Without
  With
    Over-allotment   Over-allotment   Over-allotment   Over-allotment
 
Underwriting discounts and commissions
  $       $       $       $  
 
Any offers and sales in the United States will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the SEC.
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc will offer ordinary shares in the United States through its registered broker-dealer affiliate in the United States, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
 
Our ordinary shares have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “MMYT.”
 
The ordinary shares being offered pursuant to this prospectus include shares initially offered and sold outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S that may be resold from time to time in the United States in transactions that require registration under the Securities Act.


126


Table of Contents

The estimated expenses of this offering that are payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $2,210,000, including registration fees of approximately $10,000, listing fees of approximately $150,000, estimated printing fees of approximately $550,000, estimated legal fees and expenses of approximately $1,200,000 and estimated accounting fees and expenses of approximately $300,000.
 
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of securities offered by it.
 
We, the selling shareholders, our directors and executive officers, and all of our other shareholders and certain holders of share options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:
 
  •  offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant or exercise any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares; or
 
  •  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the shares,
 
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or file or cause to be filed any registration statement relating to the offering of, or, in the case of each selling shareholder, make any demand for or exercise any registration right in respect of, any shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares.
 
The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to:
 
  •  the sale of shares to the underwriters; or
 
  •  the issuance by us of shares, effective upon the completion of this offering, upon the exercise of options or the conversion of securities outstanding on the date of this prospectus.
 
In addition, in the case of each selling shareholder, the restrictions described above do not apply to:
 
  •  transactions relating to shares acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering;
 
  •  the exercise of share options outstanding on the date of this prospectus, provided that shares issued upon such exercise shall be subject to the restrictions described above; or
 
  •  distributions by a selling shareholder of shares to limited partners or general partners of the selling shareholder, provided that such distributee agrees to be bound by the restrictions described above.
 
The 180-day lock-up period is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. If (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day lock-up period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day lock-up, the lock-up will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable; provided that in the case of clause (2) above, if no earnings results are released during the 16-day period, the lock-up will terminate on the last day of the 16-day period.
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriters or securities dealers. The underwriters may allocate a number of the ordinary shares for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Shares to be sold pursuant to an Internet distribution will be allocated by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, the ordinary shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.
 
The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify the offering and to completely or partially reject any orders.


127


Table of Contents

In order to facilitate the offering of ordinary shares, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the ordinary shares. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares in the open market to stabilize the price of the shares. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the shares above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the shares. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.
 
From time to time, the underwriters and certain of their affiliates have provided, and continue to provide, commercial and investment banking services to us for which they have received, and may in the future receive, customary compensation.
 
We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
The underwriters may be contacted at the following addresses: Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc, 25 Cabot Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 4QA, United Kingdom; Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., 300 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10017, USA; and Pacific Crest Securities LLC, SW Fifth Avenue, 42nd Floor, Portland, OR 97204, USA.
 
Selling Restrictions for the Ordinary Shares
 
No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the ordinary shares, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or the shares in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the ordinary shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the ordinary shares may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.
 
Australia.   This prospectus is not a formal disclosure document and has not been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. It does not purport to contain all information that an investor or their professional advisors would expect to find in a product disclosure statement for the purposes of Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) in relation to the ordinary shares.
 
The ordinary shares are not being offered in Australia to “retail clients” as defined in section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). This offering is being made in Australia solely to “wholesale clients” as defined in section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and as such no product disclosure statement in relation to the ordinary shares has been prepared.
 
This prospectus does not constitute an offer in Australia other than to wholesale clients. By submitting an application for our ordinary shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are a wholesale client. If any recipient is not a wholesale client, no applications for our ordinary shares will be accepted from such recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any agreement arising from acceptance of such offer, is personal and may only be accepted by the recipient. In addition, by applying for our ordinary shares you undertake to us that, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the ordinary shares, you will not transfer any interest in the ordinary shares to any person in Australia other than a wholesale client.


128


Table of Contents

European Economic Area.   In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) no offer may be made to the public of any ordinary shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus in that Relevant Member State except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer to the public of such ordinary shares may be made in that Relevant Member State:
 
  (a)  to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
  (b)  to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
  (c)  to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or
 
  (d)  in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,
 
provided that no such offer of ordinary shares shall require our company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this section, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any ordinary shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any ordinary shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any ordinary shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
Hong Kong.   Our ordinary shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, or offered or directed for sale from outside Hong Kong to any person in Hong Kong, by means of this prospectus or any document other than to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong)(the “SFO”) and any rules made thereunder, or in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong). No advertisement, invitation or document relating to our ordinary shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person other than with respect to the securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the SFO.
 
India.   This document has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus or a statement in lieu of prospectus with any registrar of companies in India. This document has not been and will not be reviewed or approved by any regulatory authority in India, including the Securities and Exchange Board of India, any registrar of companies in India or any stock exchange in India. This document and this offering of ordinary shares are not and should not be construed as an invitation, offer or sale of any securities to the public in India. Other than in compliance with the private placement exemptions under applicable laws and regulations in India, including the Companies Act, 1956, as amended, our ordinary shares have not been, and will not be, offered or sold to the public or any member of the public in India. This document is strictly personal to the recipient and neither this document nor the offering of our ordinary shares is calculated to result, directly or indirectly, in our ordinary shares becoming available for subscription or purchase by persons other than those receiving the invitation or offer.
 
Ireland.   The offering is being effected in the Republic of Ireland by way of a private placement. Each addressee of the offering in the Republic of Ireland shall be deemed to have acknowledged, represented and agreed that the offering is open for acceptance by the offeree only and that the offeree will not pass a copy of the prospectus and related documents on to any person other than the offeree’s professional advisors and that any ordinary shares acquired by the offeree will not have been acquired with a view to offer or resale to persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public. Our company is not authorised or supervised by the Irish Financial Regulator.


129


Table of Contents

Japan.   Our ordinary shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan and our ordinary shares will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
 
Mauritius.   Our ordinary shares may not be offered, distributed or sold, directly or indirectly, in Mauritius or to any resident of Mauritius, except as permitted by applicable Mauritius law, including but not limited to the Mauritius Securities Act. No offer or distribution of securities will be made to the public in Mauritius.
 
Singapore.   This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ordinary shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.
 
Where our ordinary shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor; shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA, except: (1) to an institutional investor (for corporations under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or (3) where the transfer is by operation of law.
 
Switzerland.   This prospectus does not constitute a public offering prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of our ordinary shares on the SWX Swiss Exchange and consequently the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the relevant listing rules. Our ordinary shares may not be publicly offered or sold in Switzerland. The shares may be offered or sold only to a selected number of individual investors in Switzerland, under circumstances which will not result in our ordinary shares being a public offering within the meaning of Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. Each copy of this prospectus is addressed to a specifically named recipient and shall not be passed to a third party.
 
United Arab Emirates.   This prospectus is not intended to constitute an offer, sale or delivery of the ordinary shares or other securities under the laws of the United Arab Emirates, or UAE. The shares have not been and will not be registered under Federal Law No. 4 of 2000 Concerning the Emirates Securities and Commodities Authority and the Emirates Security and Commodity Exchange, or with the UAE Central Bank, the Dubai Financial Market, the Abu Dhabi Securities Market or with any other UAE exchange.
 
This offering, the ordinary shares and interests therein have not been approved or licensed by the UAE Central Bank or any other relevant licensing authorities in the UAE, and do not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No. 8 of 1984 (as amended) or otherwise.


130


Table of Contents

In relation to its use in the UAE, this prospectus is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in our ordinary shares may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the UAE.
 
United Kingdom.   This prospectus is for distribution only to persons who (1) have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended, the “Financial Promotion Order”), (2) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc”) of the Financial Promotion Order, (3) are outside the United Kingdom, or (4) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) in connection with the issue or sale of any shares may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.
 
Pricing of the Offering
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the securities. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling shareholders and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be the future prospects of our company and our industry in general, sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information of our company in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to those of our company. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.


131


Table of Contents

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
We are being represented by Latham & Watkins LLP with respect to legal matters of United States federal securities and New York State laws. Certain legal matters of United States federal securities and New York State laws in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Shearman & Sterling LLP. The validity of the ordinary shares offered in this offering and legal matters as to Mauritian law will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman (Mauritius) Limited. Certain legal matters as to Indian law will be passed upon for us by S&R Associates and for the underwriters by Amarchand & Mangaldas & Suresh A. Shroff & Co. Latham & Watkins LLP may rely upon S&R Associates with respect to certain matters governed by Indian law and upon Conyers Dill & Pearman (Mauritius) Limited with respect to matters governed by Mauritian law. Shearman & Sterling LLP may rely upon Amarchand & Mangaldas & Suresh A. Shroff & Co. with respect to matters governed by Indian law and upon Conyers Dill & Pearman (Mauritius) Limited with respect to matters governed by Mauritian law.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated statement of financial positions of MakeMyTrip Limited as of March 31, 2009 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2010, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The offices of KPMG are located at Building 10, 8th Floor, Tower B DLF Cyber City, Phase II, Gurgaon 122002, Haryana, India.


132


Table of Contents

 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including relevant exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act with respect to the ordinary shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules in the registration statement. You should read the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and our ordinary shares. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any agreement, contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and reference is made in each instance to the copy of the contract or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers, which are different from the requirements applicable to domestic US issuers. As a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, reports on Form 6-K and other information with the SEC. We intend to submit to the SEC quarterly reports on Form 6-K, which will include unaudited quarterly financial information, for the first three quarters of each fiscal year, in addition to our annual report on Form 20-F, which will include audited annual financial information. As we are a foreign private issuer, our annual report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended March 31, 2011 will be due six months following the end of that year. However, for fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2011, we will be required to file our annual report on Form 20-F within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year.
 
All information filed with the SEC can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings through its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval, or EDGAR, system. All our Exchange Act reports and other SEC filings will be available through the EDGAR system.
 
As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing profit” recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.


133


 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-8  
    F-9  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
MakeMyTrip Limited
(Formerly known as International Web Travel Private Limited)
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of MakeMyTrip Limited (“the Company”) as of March 31, 2009 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MakeMyTrip Limited as of March 31, 2009 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2010, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by International Accounting Standards Board.
 
KPMG
Gurgaon, India
July 23, 2010


F-2


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
 
                         
        As at March 31
    Note   2009   2010
    (in USD)
 
ASSETS
                       
Property, plant and equipment
    13       3,461,457        3,748,180  
Intangible assets
    14       1,954,281        2,024,059  
Trade and other receivables
    17       347,451        413,488  
Term deposits
    3(c)(i)       7,752,978        1,295,489  
Other non-current assets
    20       153,531        124,126  
                     
Total non-current assets
            13,669,698         7,605,342  
Inventories
    16       757,137         
Current tax assets
            903,487        942,543  
Trade and other receivables, net
    17       5,080,700        12,036,039  
Term deposits
    3(c)(i)       8,285,920        13,175,915  
Other current assets
    19       3,729,579        7,532,087  
Cash and cash equivalents
    18       5,471,639        9,341,526  
                     
Total current assets
            24,228,462         43,028,110  
                     
Total assets
            37,898,160         50,633,452  
                     
Deficit
                       
Share capital
    21       8,714        8,767  
Share premium
    21       10,816,307        11,356,522  
Accumulated deficit
            (36,295,338)        (42,510,416)  
Share based payment reserve
    27       756,199        7,061,910  
Foreign currency translation reserve
    21       (2,523,402)        (872,218)  
                     
Total deficit attributable to equity holders of the Company
            (27,237,520)         (24,955,435)  
Non-controlling interest
            4,061        4,390  
                     
Total deficit
            (27,233,459)         (24,951,045)  
                     
                       
LIABILITIES                        
Loans and borrowings
    23       39,323        132,103  
Employee benefits
    26       281,377        437,444  
Deferred income
    29       2,320,399        1,852,679  
Derivatives
            301,594        48,382  
Other non-current liabilities
    25       281,858        447,295  
                     
Total non-current liabilities
            3,224,551       2,917,903  
Bank overdraft
    18       7,914,024        3,996,066  
Loans and borrowings
    23       39,673,217        40,834,795  
Trade and other payables
    28       13,440,094        26,467,047  
Deferred income
    29       574,444        814,516  
Other current liabilities
    24       305,289        554,170  
                     
Total current liabilities
            61,907,068         72,666,594  
                     
Total liabilities
            65,131,619         75,584,497  
                     
Total deficit and liabilities
            37,898,160         50,633,452  
                     
 
The notes on pages to are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                 
        For the Year Ended March 31
    Note   2008   2009   2010
        (in USD)
 
Revenue
                               
Air ticketing
            14,091,373       19,225,095       32,119,488  
Hotels and packages
            24,189,405       48,622,765       50,287,896  
Other revenue
    7       50,147       703,841       1,152,822  
                             
Total revenue
            38,330,925       68,551,701       83,560,206  
Service cost
                               
Procurement cost of hotel and packages services
            21,823,844       43,069,188       42,292,226  
Purchase of air tickets coupon
                  491,780       985,482  
Personnel expenses
    8       8,459,204       9,679,770       16,562,034  
Other operating expenses
    9       23,228,981       24,369,906       28,160,506  
Depreciation and amortization
    10       1,107,546       1,558,687       1,569,747  
                             
Result from operating activities
            (16,288,650)       (10,617,630)       (6,009,789)  
Finance income
    11       860,546       6,293,731       1,874,177  
Finance costs
    11       3,471,737       3,049,608       2,062,947  
                             
Net finance income (costs)
            (2,611,191)       3,244,123       (188,770)  
                             
Loss before tax
            (18,899,841)       (7,373,507)       (6,198,559)  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    12       4,476       25,291       (8,428)  
                             
Loss for the year
            (18,895,365)       (7,348,216)       (6,206,987)  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                               
Foreign currency translation differences on foreign operations
    11       598,379       (3,122,321)       1,651,468  
Defined benefit plan actuarial gains (losses)
    26       19,486       89,624       (14,431)  
Income tax benefit (expense) on other comprehensive income
    12       (6,623)       (30,463)       5,590  
                             
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year, net of tax
            611,242       (3,063,160)       1,642,627  
                             
Total comprehensive loss for the year
            (18,284,123)       (10,411,376)       (4,564,360)  
                             
Loss attributable to:
                               
Owners of the Company
            (18,893,190)       (7,346,033)       (6,206,239)  
Non-controlling interest
            (2,175)       (2,183)       (748)  
                             
Loss for the year
            (18,895,365)       (7,348,216)       (6,206,987)  
                             
Total comprehensive loss attributable to:
                               
Owners of the Company
            (18,282,035)       (10,408,580)       (4,563,894)  
Non-controlling interest
            (2,088)       (2,796)       (466)  
                             
Total comprehensive loss for the year
            (18,284,123)       (10,411,376)       (4,564,360)  
                             
Loss per share
                               
Basic
    22       (1.08)       (0.42)       (0.35)  
Diluted
    22       (1.08)       (0.55)       (0.35)  
Pro forma loss per share (unaudited)
                               
Basic and diluted
    22       (0.59)       (0.38)       (0.18)  
                             
 
The notes on pages to are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
                                                                 
    Attributable to Equity Holders of the Company              
                Foreign
    Share
                         
                Currency
    Based
                Non-
       
    Share
    Share
    Translation
    Payment
    Accumulated
          Controlling
    Total
 
    Capital     Premium     Reserve     Reserve     Deficit     Total     Interest     Deficit  
    (In USD)  
 
Balance as at April 1, 2007
    8,714       10,816,307             21,257       (10,128,125)       718,153             718,153  
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income loss) for the year
                                                               
Loss for the year
                            (18,893,190)       (18,893,190)       (2,175)       (18,895,365)  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                                                               
Foreign currency translation differences
                598,294                   598,294       85       598,379  
Defined benefit plan actuarial gains (losses), net of tax
                            12,861       12,861       2       12,863  
                                                                 
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
                598,294             12,861       611,155       87       611,242  
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year
                598,294             (18,880,329)       (18,282,035)       (2,088)       (18,284,123)  
                                                                 
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
                                                               
Contributions by owners
                                                               
Share-based payment
                      319,238             319,238             319,238  
                                                                 
Total contributions by owners
                      319,238             319,238             319,238  
                                                                 
Transactions with non-owners, recorded directly in equity
                                                               
Contributions by non-owners
                                                               
Issue of ordinary shares by a subsidiary on exercise of share options
                                        5,228       5,228  
                                                                 
Total contributions by non-owners
                                        5,228       5,228  
                                                                 
Balance as at March 31, 2008
    8,714       10,816,307       598,294       340,495       (29,008,454)       (17,244,644)       3,140       (17,241,504)  
                                                                 
 
The notes on pages to are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

 
MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (DEFICIT) — (Continued)
 
                                                                 
    Attributable to Equity Holders of the Company              
                Foreign
    Share
                         
                Currency
    Based
                Non-
       
    Share
    Share
    Translation
    Payment
    Accumulated
          Controlling
    Total
 
    Capital     Premium     Reserve     Reserve     Deficit     Total     Interest     Deficit  
    (in USD)  
 
Balance as at April 1, 2008
    8,714       10,816,307       598,294       340,495       (29,008,454)       (17,244,644)       3,140       (17,241,504)   
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year
                                                               
Loss for the year
                            (7,346,033)       (7,346,033)       (2,183)       (7,348,216)   
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                                                               
Foreign currency translation differences
                (3,121,696 )                 (3,121,696)       (625)       (3,122,321)   
Defined benefit plan actuarial gains (losses), net of tax
                            59,149       59,149       12       59,161   
                                                                 
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
                (3,121,696 )           59,149       (3,062,547)       (613)       (3,063,160)   
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year
                (3,121,696 )           (7,286,884)       (10,408,580)       (2,796)       (10,411,376)   
                                                                 
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
                                                               
Contributions by owners
                                                               
Share-based payment
                      415,704             415,704             415,704   
                                                                 
Total contributions by owners
                      415,704             415,704             415,704   
                                                                 
Transactions with non-owners, recorded directly in equity
                                                               
Contributions by non-owners
                                                               
Issue of ordinary shares by a subsidiary on exercise of share options
                                        3,717       3,717   
                                                                 
Total contributions by non-owners
                                        3,717       3,717   
                                                                 
Balance as at March 31, 2009
    8,714       10,816,307       (2,523,402 )     756,199       (36,295,338)       (27,237,520)       4,061        (27,233,459)   
                                                                 
 
The notes on pages to are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

 
MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (DEFICIT) — (Continued)
 
                                                                 
    Attributable to Equity Holders of the Company        
            Foreign
  Share
               
            Currency
  Based
          Non-
   
    Share
  Share
  Translation
  Payment
  Accumulated
      Controlling
  Total
    Capital   Premium   Reserve   Reserve   Deficit   Total   Interest   Deficit
    (In USD)
 
Balance as at April 1, 2009
    8,714       10,816,307       (2,523,402 )     756,199       (36,295,338)       (27,237,520)       4,061       (27,233,459)  
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year
                                                               
Loss for the year
                            (6,206,239)       (6,206,239)       (748)       (6,206,987)  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                                                               
Foreign currency translation differences
                1,651,184                   1,651,184       284        1,651,468  
Defined benefit plan actuarial gains (losses), net of tax
                            (8,839)       (8,839)       (2)       (8,841)  
                                                                 
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
                1,651,184             (8,839)       1,642,345       282        1,642,627  
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year
                1,651,184             (6,215,078)       (4,563,894)       (466)       (4,564,360)  
                                                                 
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
                                                               
Contributions by owners
                                                               
Share-based payment
                      6,771,376             6,771,376             6,771,376  
Issue of ordinary shares on exercise of share options
    53       540,215             (465,665 )           74,603             74,603  
                                                                 
Total contributions by owners
    53       540,215             6,305,711             6,845,979             6,845,979  
                                                                 
Transactions with non-owners, recorded directly in equity
                                                               
Contributions by non-owners
                                                               
Issue of ordinary shares by a subsidiary on exercise of share options
                                        795        795  
                                                                 
Total contributions by non-owners
                                        795        795  
                                                                 
Balance as at March 31, 2010
    8,767       11,356,522       (872,218 )     7,061,910       (42,510,416)       (24,955,435)       4,390        (24,951,045)  
                                                                 
 
The notes on pages to are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-7


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    For the Year Ended March 31  
    2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities                        
Loss for the year     (18,895,365)       (7,348,216)       (6,206,987)  
Adjustments for:                        
Depreciation     651,231       925,612       908,844  
Amortisation of intangible assets     456,315       633,075       660,903  
Loss on disposal of intangible assets           5,087        
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment     1,877       232,445       25,501  
Net finance (income) costs     2,611,191       (3,244,123)       188,770  
Share based payment     319,238       415,704       6,771,376  
Income tax expense     2,147       5,172       2,838  
Change in inventories           (849,207)       820,830  
Change in trade and other receivables     (5,504,303)       2,357,064       (5,441,867)  
Change in other current assets     (1,555,262)       (1,443,180)       (3,062,608)  
Change in trade and other payables     3,614,075       3,863,901       10,642,283  
Change in employee benefits     200,600       11,053       98,692  
Change in deferred income     1,922,857       1,382,096       (622,769)  
Change in other non-current assets     (169,122)       17,167       49,375  
Change in other current liabilities     101,907       78,603       192,135  
Change in other non-current liabilities     225,753       81,842       116,303  
Income tax (paid) refund     (358,457)       (272,149)       87,682  
                         
Net cash from (used in) operating activities     (16,375,318)       (3,148,054)       5,231,301  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities                        
Interest received     744,714       591,492       892,861  
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment     11,602       42,663       11,630  
Proceeds from sale of investments     810,066       7,793,357        
Investment in term deposits (net)     (719,857)       (11,492,348)       3,653,559  
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment     (3,916,373)       (636,979)       (653,776)  
Acquisition of other investments           (7,800,937)        
Acquisition of intangible assets     (1,375,008)       (307,617)       (452,544)  
                         
Net cash from (used in) investing activities     (4,444,856)       (11,810,369)       3,451,730  
                         
Cash flows from financing activities                        
Proceeds from issue of convertible and redeemable preference shares     15,000,579       15,000,174        
Proceeds from issuance of shares on exercise of share options     5,228       3,717       75,398  
Proceeds from (repayment) of secured bank loans     (24,843)       (5,677)       104,935  
Payment of finance lease liabilities     (37,570)       (47,651)       (73,453)  
Interest paid     (355,127)       (630,789)       (316,923)  
                         
Net cash from (used in) financing activities     14,588,267       14,319,774       (210,043)  
                         
Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     (6,231,907)       (638,649)       8,472,988  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year     3,792,767       (2,403,039)       (2,442,385)  
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held     36,101       599,303       (685,143)  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year     (2,403,039)       (2,442,385)       5,345,460  
                         
Supplementary information                        
Additions to property, plant and equipment represented by finance lease obligations     104,030       34,525       78,809  
 
The notes on pages to are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-8


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   REPORTING ENTITY
 
MakeMyTrip Limited (formerly known as International Web Travel Private Limited) (the “Company”) is a company domiciled in Mauritius. The address of the Company’s registered office is Multiconsult Limited, Rogers House, 5 President John Kennedy Street, Port Louis, Mauritius. The consolidated financial statements of the Company comprises the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group” and individually as “Group entities”). The Company has two subsidiaries: MakeMyTrip (India) Private Limited and MakeMyTrip.com Inc, incorporated in India and the United States of America (U.S.) on April 13, 2000 and June 30, 2000, respectively.
 
The Group is primarily engaged in the business of selling travel products and solutions in India and the U.S. The Group offers its customers the entire range of travel services including ticketing, tours and packages and hotels.
 
On July 19, 2010, the shareholders approved resolutions effecting certain amendments to the authorized and issued share capital to:
 
  •  effect a 20-for-one split of the Company’s share capital on July 22, 2010 pursuant to which each ordinary share, Series A convertible and redeemable preference share, Series B convertible and redeemable preference share and Series C convertible and redeemable preference share of the Company was subdivided into 20 shares at a par value of USD 0.0005 per share. Consequent to the share split the stated share capital of the Company of USD 53,900,376 comprised of 17,542,120 ordinary shares of a par value of USD 0.0005 each, 6,577,260 Series A convertible and redeemable preference share of a par value of USD 0.0005 each, 2,966,300 Series B convertible and redeemable preference share of a par value of USD 0.0005 each and 2,780,900 Series C convertible and redeemable preference share of a par value of USD 0.0005.
 
  •  Also adjust on July 22, 2010 129,940 ordinary shares of a par value of USD 0.01 each reserved under the MakeMyTrip.com Equity Option Plan for delivery in connection with the grant or vesting to 2,598,800 ordinary shares of a par value of USD 0.0005 each, to reflect the subdivision of the Company’s ordinary shares approved by the shareholders of the Company.
 
All share and per share amounts presented in the consolidated financial statements have been adjusted on a retroactive basis to reflect the effect of share split and issuances.
 
2.   BASIS OF PREPARATION
 
(a)  Statement of Compliance
 
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Accounting policies have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these financial statements.
 
The consolidated financial statements have been authorized for issue by the Board of Directors in its meeting held on July 23, 2010.
 
(b)  Basis of Measurement
 
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items in the statement of financial position:
 
  •  derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value;
 
  •  available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value;
 
  •  share-based payments are valued using the Black Scholes valuation model at the date the options are granted; and
 
  •  Long term interest free security deposits are measured at fair value.


F-9


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
The methods used to measure fair values are discussed further in note 4.
 
(c)  Functional and Presentation Currency
 
These consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollar (USD).
 
A Company’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which an entity operates and is normally the currency in which the entity primarily generates and expends cash. USD is the functional currency of the Company and its subsidiary, MakeMyTrip.com Inc as it is the currency of the primary economic environment in which those entities operate. MakeMyTrip (India) Private Limited primarily operates its business in Indian Rupee (INR) and thus, INR has been determined to be the functional currency of MakeMyTrip (India) Private Limited.
 
(d)  Standards and Amendments Early Adopted by the Group
 
IFRS 3 (Revised), ‘Business Combinations’, as amended, (effective from July 1, 2009) was early adopted in 2008. The new standard provides an explicit option on a transaction-by-transaction basis, to measure any non-controlling interest (“NCI”) in the entity acquired at: (1) The fair value of the NCI’s proportion of identifiable assets and liabilities or (2) Full fair value. The first method would result in a marginal difference in the measurement of goodwill from the existing IFRS 3 ; however the second approach would require recording goodwill on NCI as well as on the acquired controlling interest.
 
IAS 27, ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’, as amended, is applicable for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009. Earlier adoption is permitted provided IFRS 3 (Revised) is also early adopted. This Standard was early adopted by the Group in 2008. It requires a mandatory adoption of economic entity model which treats all providers of equity capital as shareholders of the entity. Consequently, a partial disposal of interest in a subsidiary in which the parent company retains control does not result in a gain or loss but an increase or decrease in equity. Additionally, purchase of some or all of the NCI is treated as equity transaction and accounted for in equity and a partial disposal of interest in subsidiary in which the parent company loses control triggers recognition of gain or loss on the entire interest. A gain or loss is recognized on the portion that has been disposed of and a further holding gain or loss is recognized on the interest retained, being the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the interest retained. This Standard requires an entity to attribute proportionate share of net income and reserves to the NCI even if this results in the NCI having a deficit balance. The amendment did not have any material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.
 
(e)  Use of Estimates and Judgements
 
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS require management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
 
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.


F-10


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Information about significant areas of estimation/uncertainty in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements are as follows:
 
         
  Note 3(d) and 13   Property, plant and equipment
  Note 3(e) and 14   Useful life of intangible assets
  Note 3(h) and 26   Employee benefit plans
  Note 3(n) and 12   Income Taxes
  Note 3(i) and 32   Provisions and contingent liabilities
  Note 3(c)(iv) and (v)   Valuation of derivatives
  Note 3(h)(v) and 27   Share based payment
 
3.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements.
 
(a)  Basis of Consolidation
 
i)  Subsidiaries
 
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control exists when the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. In assessing control, potential voting rights that currently are exercisable are taken into account. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the dates that control ceases.
 
ii)  Transactions Eliminated on Consolidation
 
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.
 
(b)  Foreign Currency
 
i)  Foreign Currency Transactions
 
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of Group entities at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at that date. The foreign currency gain or loss on monetary items is the difference between amortized cost in the functional currency at the beginning of the period, adjusted for effective interest and payments during the period, and the amortized cost in foreign currency translated at the exchange rate at the end of the reporting period. Foreign currency differences arising on translation are recognized in profit or loss.
 
ii)  Foreign Operations
 
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated to USD at exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated to USD at an average exchange rate applicable during the period.
 
Foreign currency differences are recognized in other comprehensive income as foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR). When a foreign operation is disposed of, in part or in full, the relevant amount in the FCTR is transferred to profit or loss as part of the profit or loss on disposal.


F-11


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(c)  Financial Instruments
 
i)  Non-Derivative Financial assets
 
The Group initially recognizes loans and receivables and deposits on the date that they are originated. All other financial assets are recognized initially on the trade date at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. The financial assets are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs except for those financial assets classified as at fair value through profit or loss which are initially measured at fair value.
 
The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the Group is recognized as a separate asset or liability.
 
The Group has the following non-derivative financial assets which are classified into the following specified categories: ‘trade and other receivables’, ‘available for sale’ and ‘term deposits’. The classification depends on the nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition.
 
Trade and other Receivables
 
Trade and other receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Such assets are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition trade and other receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.
 
Trade receivables are initially recognized at fair value which primarily represents original invoice amount less any impairment loss or an allowance for any uncollectible amounts. Provision is made when there is objective evidence that the Group may not be able to collect the trade receivable. Balances are written off when recoverability is assessed as being remote.
 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and on hand and short-term deposits with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flows.
 
Available-for-sale Financial Assets
 
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated as available-for-sale or are not classified in any of the other categories. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented within equity in the fair value reserve. When an investment is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss.
 
Term Deposits
 
Term deposits comprise deposits with banks, which have original maturities of more than three months. Such assets are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition term deposits are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.
 
ii)  Non Derivative Financial Liabilities
 
The Group recognizes financial liabilities initially on the trade date at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.


F-12


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire.
 
The Group has the following non-derivative financial liabilities: loans and borrowings, bank overdraft, other current liabilities and trade and other payables. Such financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.
 
iii)  Share Capital
 
Ordinary shares
 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognized as a deduction from equity.
 
iv)  Compound Financial Instruments
 
Compound financial instruments issued by the Group comprise convertible and redeemable preference shares with discretionary, non cumulative dividend that can be converted to ordinary share capital at the option of the holder. One preference share can be converted into one ordinary share. This compound instrument also has an adjustment clause that represents a price protection feature that protects the original preference shareholders from decline in the market value of the Group’s securities. This clause may result in the entity issuing variable number of preference shares on conversion hence, represents a liability.
 
Equity instruments are instruments that evidence a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. Therefore, when the initial carrying amount of a compound financial instrument is allocated to its equity and liability components, the equity component is assigned the residual amount after deducting from the fair value of the instrument as a whole the amount separately determined for the liability component. The value of any derivative features (such as conversion option) embedded in the compound financial instrument other than the equity component is included in the liability component. The sum of the carrying amounts assigned to the liability and equity components on initial recognition is always equal to the fair value that would be ascribed to the instrument as a whole. No gain or loss arises from initially recognizing the components of the instrument separately.
 
The fair value of the financial liability has been initially recognized at the amount payable on demand, discounted from the first date that the amount could be required to be paid.
 
The equity component is recognized initially at the difference between the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole and the fair value of the liability component (including the embedded derivative liability). From the liability component that includes the embedded derivative liability, the fair value of the derivative liability is separated and the balance host contract is accounted as a non-derivative liability. Any directly attributable transaction costs are allocated to the liability and equity components in proportion to their initial carrying amounts. Subsequent to initial recognition, the non-derivative liability component of a compound financial instrument is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The equity component of a compound financial instrument is not re-measured subsequent to initial recognition. Separable embedded derivatives are recognized in accordance with accounting policy as per note 3(c)(v).
 
Interest, dividends, losses and gains relating to the financial liability are recognized in profit or loss. Distributions to the equity holders are recognized in equity, net of any tax benefit.
 
v)  Separable Embedded Derivatives
 
The Group has an embedded derivative feature in its preference share capital. Derivatives are recognized initially at fair value; attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Fair value of the derivative is determined on the inception using an appropriate valuation method. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair value, and changes therein are accounted in profit or loss.


F-13


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(d)  Property, Plant and Equipment
 
i)  Recognition and Measurement
 
Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.
 
Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalized as part of that equipment.
 
When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property, plant and equipment.
 
Gains and losses on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment, and are recognized net within “other revenue/other operating expenses” in profit or loss.
 
Advances paid towards the acquisition of property, plant and equipment outstanding at each reporting date and the cost of property, plant and equipment not ready to use before such date are disclosed under property, plant and equipment.
 
ii)  Subsequent Costs
 
Subsequent expenditure is recognized as an increase in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits deriving from the cost incurred will flow to the enterprise and the cost of the item can be reliably determined. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.
 
iii)  Depreciation
 
Depreciation is calculated over the depreciable amount, which is the cost of an asset or other amount substituted for cost, less its residual value.
 
Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives for each component of property, plant and equipment since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits embodied in the asset. Leased assets where the group is reasonably certain that it will obtain ownership by end of the lease term are depreciated over the useful lives.
 
The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows:
 
         
•   Computers
    5 years  
•   Furniture and fixtures
    6 years  
•   Office equipments
    7 years  
•   Motor vehicles
    7 years  
•   Diesel generator sets
    7 years  
 
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lease term or useful lives, whichever is shorter.
 
Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted as appropriate.
 
(e)  Intangible Assets
 
i)  Website Development Cost
 
Website development costs incurred by the Group, having finite useful lives, are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes expenses incurred during the


F-14


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
application development stage. The costs related to planning and post implementation phases of development are expensed as incurred.
 
Development activities involve a plan or design for the production of new or substantially improved products and processes. Development expenditure is capitalized only if development costs can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable, and the Group intends to and has sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset.
 
Incidental operations are not necessary to bring an asset to the condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management, the income and related expenses of incidental operations are recognized immediately in profit or loss, and included in their respective classifications of income and expense.
 
ii)  Other Intangible Assets
 
Other intangible assets comprise software that are acquired by the Group, which have finite useful lives, are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes any directly attributable incidental expenses necessary to make the assets ready for use.
 
iii)  Subsequent Expenditure
 
Subsequent expenditure is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.
 
iv)  Amortization
 
Amortization is calculated over the cost of the asset, or other amount substituted for cost, less its residual value.
 
Amortization is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets from the date that they are available for use, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits embodied in the asset.
 
The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows:
 
         
•   Website development costs
    5 years  
•   Software
    5 years  
 
Amortization methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted as appropriate.
 
(f)  Inventories
 
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated selling expenses.
 
(g)  Impairment
 
i)  Financial assets (Including Receivables)
 
A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss event has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that the loss event had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably.
 
Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired can include default or delinquency by a debtor, restructuring of an amount due to the Group on terms that the Group would not otherwise consider, indications that a debtor or issuer will enter bankruptcy, the disappearance of an active market for a security.


F-15


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Group considers evidence of impairment for receivables for each specific asset. All individually significant receivables are assessed for specific impairment.
 
An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. Losses are recognized in profit or loss and reflected in an allowance account against receivables. Interest on the impaired asset continues to be recognized through the unwinding of the discount. When a subsequent event causes the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss.
 
Impairment losses on available-for-sale investment securities are recognized by transferring the cumulative loss that has been recognized in other comprehensive income, and presented in the fair value reserve in equity, to profit or loss. The cumulative loss that is removed from other comprehensive income and recognized in profit or loss is the difference between the acquisition cost, net of any principal repayment and amortization, and the current fair value, less any impairment loss previously recognized in profit or loss. Changes in impairment provisions attributable to time value are reflected as a component of interest income.
 
ii)  Non-Financial Assets
 
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, primarily property, plant and equipment, website development cost and software are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.
 
The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assumptions of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit”, or “CGU”).
 
The Group’s corporate assets do not generate separate cash inflows. If there is an indication that a corporate asset may be impaired, then the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the corporate asset belongs.
 
An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. Impairment losses recognized in respect of CGUs will reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit (group of units) on a pro rata basis.
 
An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.
 
(h)  Employee Benefit Plans
 
i)  Defined Contribution Plans
 
A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in profit or loss in the periods during which services are rendered by employees. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available.
 
ii)  Defined Benefit Plans
 
A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than a defined contribution plan. The Group’s gratuity scheme is a defined benefit plan.


F-16


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Group’s liability with regard to gratuity is based on an actuarial valuation carried out as at March 31 each year. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in statement of changes in equity. Gains or losses on the curtailment or settlement of any defined benefit plan are recognized when the curtailment or settlement occurs.
 
The Group’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit plan is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to determine its present value. Any unrecognized past service costs are deducted. The discount rate is based on the prevailing market yields of Indian government securities as at the reporting date that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group’s obligations and that are denominated in the same currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid. The calculation is performed annually by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method.
 
iii)  Other Long-term Employee Benefits
 
Benefits under the Group’s compensated absences constitute other long term employee benefits.
 
The Group’s net obligation in respect of long-term employee benefits is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to determine its present value, and the fair value of any related assets is deducted. The discount rate is based on the prevailing market yields of Indian government securities as at the reporting date that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group’s obligations. The calculation is performed using the projected unit credit method. Any actuarial gains or losses are recognized in the statement of changes in equity in the period in which they arise.
 
iv)  Short-term Employee Benefits
 
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably.
 
v)  Share Based Payment
 
The grant date fair value of share-based payment awards granted to employees is recognized as an employee expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees unconditionally become entitled to the awards. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for which the related service and non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognized as an expense is based on the number of awards that do meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date. The increase in equity recognized in connection with a share based payment transaction is presented in the share based payment reserve, a separate component in equity.
 
In respect of options modified, the Group includes the incremental fair value of the options in the measurement of the amounts recognized for services received from the employees. The incremental fair value is the difference between the fair value of the modified option and that of the original option both estimated as at the date of the modification. If the modification occurs during the vesting period or a modified vesting period, the incremental fair value is recognized over the period from the modification date until the date when the modified equity instruments vest. This is in addition to the amount based on the grant date fair value of the original equity instruments. If the modification relates to options which are fully vested, the incremental fair value of the modified options is recognized immediately.
 
(i)  Provisions and Contingent Liabilities
 
A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects


F-17


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
current market assumptions of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of discount is recognized as finance cost.
 
The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation.
 
When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, the receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.
 
Contingent liabilities are possible obligations that arise from past events and whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events not wholly within the control of the Group. Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote.
 
(j)  Revenue
 
The Group provides travel products and services to leisure and corporate travelers in India and abroad. The revenue from rendering these services is recognized in the income statement at the time when significant risk and rewards are transferred to the customer. This is generally the case: 1) on the date of departure for tours and packages 2) date of check in of hotel booking business and 3) on the issuance of the ticket in the case of sale of airline tickets.
 
Income from the sale of airline tickets is recognized as an agent on a net commission earned basis as the Group does not assume any performance obligation post the confirmation of the issuance of an airline ticket to the customer. Similarly, any commission earned on hotel reservations booked is being recognized on a net basis as an agent on the date of check in.
 
Income from tours and packages, including income on airline tickets sold to customers as a part of tours and packages is accounted on gross basis as the Group is determined to be the primary obligor in the arrangement i.e., the risks and responsibilities are taken by the Group including the responsibility for delivery of services.
 
Income from other sources, primarily comprising advertising revenue, income from sale of rail and bus tickets and fees for facilitating website access to a travel insurance company are being recognized as the services are being performed. Income from the sale of rail and bus tickets is recognized as an agent on a net commission earned basis as the Group does not assume any performance obligation post the confirmation of the issuance of the ticket to the customer.
 
Revenue is recognized net of cancellations, refunds, discounts and taxes. In the event of cancellation of airline tickets, revenue recognized in respect of commissions earned by the Group on such tickets is reversed and is net off from our revenue during the fiscal period at the time of cancellation. In addition, a liability is recognized in respect of refund due to our customers for the gross amount charged to such customers net of cancellation fees. The revenue from the sale of hotels and packages and hotel reservations is recognized on the customer’s departures and the check in dates respectively. Cancellation, if any, does not impact revenue recognition since revenue is recognized upon the availing of services by the customers.
 
(k)  Advertisement and business promotion costs
 
Advertising and business promotion costs primarily comprise of internet, television, radio and print media advertisement costs as well event driven promotion cost for Group’s products and services. Such costs are the amount paid by to or accrued towards advertising agencies or direct service providers for advertising on websites, television, print formats, search engine marketing and any other media. Advertising and business promotion costs are recognized when incurred.


F-18


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(l)  Leasing Arrangements as a Lessee
 
Accounting for Finance Leases
 
On initial recognition, assets held under finance leases are recorded as property, plant and equipment and the related liability is recognized under borrowings. At inception of the lease, finance leases are recorded at amounts equal to the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. Minimum lease payments under finance leases are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of the outstanding liability. Contingent lease payments are accounted for by revising the minimum lease payments over the remaining term of the lease when the lease adjustment is confirmed.
 
The finance expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.
 
Accounting for Operating Leases
 
Payments made under operating leases are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease incentives received are recognized as a reduction of the lease expense, over the term of the lease.
 
(m)  Finance Income and Expenses
 
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested (including available-for-sale financial assets), net gain on change in fair value of embedded derivatives and gains on the disposal of available-for-sale financial assets. Interest income is recognized as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest method.
 
Finance expenses comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, net loss on change in fair value of embedded derivatives and impairment losses recognized on financial assets, including trade and other receivables. Borrowing costs that are not directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are recognized in profit or loss using the effective interest method.
 
Foreign currency gains and losses are reported on a net basis.
 
(n)  Income Taxes
 
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred taxes. Current and deferred tax expense is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity or in other comprehensive income.
 
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.
 
Deferred tax is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for the following temporary differences: the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized simultaneously.
 
A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses and deductible temporary differences, to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are


F-19


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.
 
(o)  Earning/(Loss) Per Share
 
The Group presents basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per share (EPS) data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding adjusted for the effects of all potential dilutive ordinary shares which comprise convertible and redeemable preference shares and share options granted to employees.
 
(p)  Operating Segment
 
In accordance with IFRS 8 — Operating Segment, the operating segments used to present segment information are identified on the basis of internal reports used by the Group’s management to allocate resources to the segments and assess their performance. An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it earn revenues and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other components. Results of the operating segments are reviewed regularly by the leadership team, which has been identified as the CODM, to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance and for which discrete financial information is available.
 
The Group has two reportable segments, i.e. air ticketing and hotels and packages. Accordingly, the Group has made relevant entity-wide disclosures (Refer to Note 6).
 
Segment results that are reported to the CODM include items directly attributable to a segment.
 
Revenue directly attributable to the segments is considered segment revenue. Segment revenue of the hotels and packages segment is measured on a gross basis. Segment revenue of air ticketing segment is measured on a net basis except for the sale of airline tickets where the Group assumes inventory risks in which case it is measured on a gross basis.
 
Service cost includes cost of airline tickets, amounts paid to hotels and other service providers. Operating expenses other than service cost have not been allocated to the operating segments and are treated as unallocated/common expenses. For the purposes of the CODM review, the measure of segment revenue as reduced by service cost is a key operating metric, which is sufficient to assess performance and make resource allocation decisions.
 
Segment capital expenditure does not include cost incurred during the period to acquire property, plant and equipment and intangible assets as they cannot be allocated to segments and is not reviewed by the CODM.
 
Segment assets do not include property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, trade and other receivables, term deposits, inventories, other investments, current tax assets, corporate assets, other current assets and other non current assets as they cannot be allocated to segments and are not reviewed by the CODM.
 
Segment liabilities do not include trade and other payables, employee benefits, accrued expenses, deferred income, embedded derivatives, loans and borrowings and other liabilities as they cannot be allocated to segments and are not reviewed by the CODM.
 
(q)  New Accounting Standards and Interpretations not yet Adopted
 
A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are not yet effective for the year ended March 31, 2010 and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements. None of these, except IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments ’, is likely to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group. IFRS 9 is part of the IASB’s wider project to replace IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement ’. IFRS 9 retains but simplifies the mixed measurement model and establishes two


F-20


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
primary measurement categories for financial assets, amortized cost and fair value. The basis of classification depends on the entity’s business model and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of the new standard.
 
Amendments to IAS 39, “Financial Instruments:    Recognition and Measurement: Eligible Hedged Items” deal with two situations where diversity in practice exists on the designation of inflation as a hedged risk and the treatment of ‘one-sided’ risks on hedged items. These amendments are effective for accounting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009. The amendment is not expected to have any impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.
 
Improvements to IFRS- In May 2010 , the IASB published “ Improvements to IFRSs 2010 ” — a collection of eleven amendments to six International Financial Reporting Standards — as part of its program of annual improvements to its standards, which is intended to make necessary, but non-urgent, amendments to standards that will not be included as part of another major project. The amendments resulting from this standard mainly have effective dates for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2010, although entities are permitted to adopt them earlier. The Group is evaluating the impact of these amendments on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Improvements to IFRS- In April 2009 , the IASB issued “ Improvements to IFRSs ” — a collection of amendments to twelve International Financial Reporting Standards — as part of its program of annual improvements to its standards, which is intended to make necessary, but non-urgent, amendments to standards that will not be included as part of another major project. The latest amendments were included in exposure drafts of proposed amendments to IFRS published in October 2007, August 2008, and January 2009. The amendments resulting from this standard mainly have effective dates for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2010, although entities are permitted to adopt them earlier. The Group is evaluating the impact of these amendments on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
IAS 24, “Related Party Disclosure (revised 2009)”, requires disclosure of related party relationships, transactions and outstanding balances, including commitments, in the consolidated and separate financial statements of a parent, venturer or investor presented in accordance with IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements. This Standard also applies to individual financial statements. These amendments are effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011. The Group is evaluating the impact of these amendments on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
4)   DETERMINATION OF FAIR VALUES
 
A number of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the determination of fair value, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Fair values have been determined for measurement and / or disclosure purposes based on the following methods. When applicable, further information about the assumptions made in determining fair values is disclosed in the notes specific to that asset or liability.
 
(a)  Non Derivative Financial Liabilities
 
Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. The market rate of interest is determined on the basis of internal rate of returns on the financial liabilities. In respect of the liability component of convertible and redeemable preference shares, the market rate of interest is determined on the basis of internal rate of returns on the convertible and redeemable preference shares. For finance leases, the market rate of interest is equivalent to interest rate mentioned in the lease agreement.
 
(b)  Share Based Payment Transactions
 
The fair value of the employee share options is measured using the Black-Scholes formula. Measurement inputs include share price on grant date, exercise price of the instrument, expected volatility (based on weighted average historic volatility adjusted for changes expected due to publicly available information), weighted average


F-21


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
expected life of the instruments (based on historical experience and general behavior of the option holder), expected dividends and the risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds). Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the transactions are not taken into account in determining fair value.
 
(c)  Trade and other Receivables
 
The fair value of trade and other receivables is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. The fair value is determined for disclosure purposes only.
 
(d)  Separable Embedded Derivative
 
The fair value of the separable embedded derivative is measured using the binomial lattice model. Measurement inputs include share price on measurement date, expected term of the instrument, anti dilution price of different class of convertible and redeemable preference shares, risk free rate (based on government bond), expected volatility (based on weighted average historic volatility adjusted for changes expected due to publicly available information), probability of raising funds, probability of raising funds from IPO or private placement, probability of conversion or redemption of the convertible and redeemable preference shares.
 
5)   FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
 
Overview
 
In the normal course of its business, the Group is exposed to liquidity, credit and market risk (interest rate and foreign currency risk).
 
Liquidity Risk
 
The Group’s objective is to ensure that it is able to meet its requirements for funds on a timely basis. The Group regularly monitors its liquidity to keep it at adequate levels, with periodic reports to the chief operating decision maker. Historically, the Group has been financed by a combination of equity and preference shares. Such investments were substantially made by strategic investors who have invested based on long term potential of the Group. Any requirement for funds for working capital needs and current losses has been met by such investors from time to time.
 
The Group raised USD 15 million each in 2008 and 2009 from the issuance of convertible and redeemable preference shares to a consortium of strategic investors.
 
To ensure smooth operations, the Group has invested surplus funds in term deposits with banks and has taken overdraft facility against them.
 
Credit Risk
 
The Group’s exposure to credit risk is limited, as its customer base consists of a large number of customers and the majority of its collections from customers are made on an upfront basis at the time of consummation of the transaction. There is limited credit risk on sales made to corporate customers, incentives due from the airlines and its Global Distribution System (GDS) provider. The Group has not experienced any significant default in recovery from such customers.
 
Additionally, the Group places its cash and cash equivalents and term deposits with banks with high investment grade ratings, limits the amount of credit exposure with any one bank and conducts ongoing evaluation of the credit worthiness of the banks with which it does business. Given the high credit ratings of these financial institutions, the Group does not expect these financial institutions to fail in meeting their obligations. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each financial asset.


F-22


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
The Group incurs foreign currency risk primarily in respect of revenue denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of MakeMyTrip (India) Private Limited (Indian subsidiary) in which the transaction takes place. On a consolidated basis, the Group is primarily exposed to foreign currency fluctuations between the USD and INR. INR being the functional currency of its Indian subsidiary.
 
Approximately 9.13% of the Group’s revenues generated by its Indian subsidiary for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 (March 31, 2009: 3.44% and March 31, 2008: 5.66%) were generated outside India and were received in USD.
 
The Group currently does not have hedging or similar arrangements with any counter-party to cover its foreign currency exposure fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
A majority of the financing of the Group has come from a mix of ordinary or convertible and redeemable preference shares with nominal dividends and an overdraft facility with banks. The interest rates on the overdraft facility availed by the Group are marginally higher than the interest rates on term deposits with the banks. Accordingly, there is limited interest rate risk.
 
Market and Operational Risk
 
The Group is dependant on its ability to maintain existing and new arrangements with its suppliers. Adverse changes in existing relationships, increasing industry consolidation or Group’s inability to enter into new arrangements with these parties on favorable terms, if at all, could reduce the amount, quality, pricing and breadth of travel products and services that Group is able to offer, which in turn could adversely affect the Group’s business and financial performance.
 
The Indian travel market is intensely competitive. Factors affecting the Group’s competitive success include, among others: price, availability and breadth of travel products, ability to package and customize travel products, brand recognition, customer service and customer care, service fees, ease of use, accessibility and reliability. If the Group is not able to compete effectively on any of these factors, the Group’s business and results of operations may be adversely affected.
 
The Group’s business and financial performance are affected by the health of the Indian as well as worldwide travel industry, including changes in supply and pricing. Events specific to the air travel industry that could negatively affect the Group’s business include continued fare increases, travel-related strikes or labor unrest, fuel price volatility. The Group is also affected by economic conditions worldwide and in India, as poor economic conditions generally result in a reduction in travel volumes.
 
6)   OPERATING SEGMENTS
 
The Group has two reportable segments, as described below, which are the Group’s Lines of Business (LoBs). The LoBs offer different products and services, and are managed separately because the nature of products and method used to distribute the services are different. For each of these LoB, the Group’s Leadership team comprising of Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President Technology, Chief Marketing Officer, Vice President — Out Bound Tours, Senior Vice President — Domestic Packages and Associate Vice President Human Resources reviews internal management reports. Accordingly, the Leadership team is construed to be the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). LoBs assets, liabilities and expenses (other than service cost) are reviewed on an entity-wide basis by the CODM, and hence not being allocated to these LoBs. Segment revenue less service cost from each LoB are reported and reviewed by the CODM on a monthly basis.


F-23


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following summary describes the operations in each of the Group’s reportable segments:
 
  1.  Air ticketing: Primarily through an internet based platform, provides the facility to book international and domestic air tickets.
 
  2.  Hotels and packages: Through an internet based platform, call-centers and branch offices, provides holiday packages and hotel reservations.
 
Other operations primarily include the advertisement income from hosting advertisement on its internet web-sites. This segment does not meet any of the quantitative thresholds to be a reportable segment for any of the years presented in these consolidated financial statements.
 
Information About Reportable Segments:
 
                                                                                                 
    For the Year Ended March 31  
    Air Ticketing     Hotels and Packages     Others     Total  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
External revenues
    14,594,115       19,833,504       32,716,819       15,884,690       29,797,584       33,854,600       50,147       703,841       1,152,822       30,528,952       50,334,929       67,724,241  
                                                                                                 
Total segment revenue
    14,594,115       19,833,504       32,716,819       15,884,690       29,797,584       33,854,600       50,147       703,841       1,152,822       30,528,952       50,334,929       67,724,241  
Service cost
          (491,780 )     (985,482 )     (14,021,871 )     (24,852,416 )     (26,456,261 )                       (14,021,871)       (25,344,196)       (27,441,743)  
                                                                                                 
Segment revenue less service cost
    14,594,115       19,341,724       31,731,337       1,862,819       4,945,168       7,398,339       50,147       703,841       1,152,822       16,507,081       24,990,733       40,282,498  
Personnel expenses
                                                                            (8,459,204)       (9,679,770)       (16,562,034)  
Other operating expenses
                                                                            (23,228,981)       (24,369,906)       (28,160,506)  
Depreciation and amortization
                                                                            (1,107,546)       (1,558,687)       (1,569,747)  
Finance income
                                                                            860,546       6,293,731       1,874,177  
Finance cost
                                                                            (3,471,737)       (3,049,608)       (2,062,947)  
                                                                                                 
Loss before tax
                                                                            (18,899,841)       (7,373,507)       (6,198,559)  
                                                                                                 
 
Reconciliation of Reportable Segment Revenues:
 
                                                                                                 
    For the Year Ended March 31  
    Air Ticketing     Hotels and Packages     Others     Total  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010     2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
External revenues
    14,594,115       19,833,504       32,716,819       15,884,690       29,797,584       33,854,600       50,147       703,841       1,152,822       30,528,952       50,334,929       67,724,241  
                                                                                                 
Total segment revenue
    14,594,115       19,833,504       32,716,819       15,884,690       29,797,584       33,854,600       50,147       703,841       1,152,822       30,528,952       50,334,929       67,724,241  
Reclassification of inter-segment revenue*
    (502,742 )     (608,409 )     (597,331 )     8,304,715       18,825,181       16,433,296                         7,801,973       18,216,772       15,835,965  
                                                                                                 
Consolidated revenue
    14,091,373       19,225,095       32,119,488       24,189,405       48,622,765       50,287,896       50,147       703,841       1,152,822       38,330,925       68,551,701       83,560,206  
                                                                                                 
 
 
Note: * Our internal reporting assigns the revenue related to airline tickets issued as a component of a Company developed tour and package to the air ticketing segment. Revenue in this segment is recorded on a net basis. For the external reporting, such revenue is recorded gross, since we act as a principal for the tour and packages. Therefore, the reclassification deducts the net revenue in the air ticketing segment and adds the gross revenue to the hotels and packages segment revenue.
 
Assets and liabilities are used interchangeably between segments and these have not been allocated to the reportable segments.
 
Geographical Information:
 
The air ticketing and hotel and packages segments are managed on a worldwide basis from India and the U.S. In presenting information on the basis of geographical segments, segment revenue is based on the geographical location of customers. Segment assets are based on the geographical location of the assets.
 


F-24


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                         
    Revenue     Non-Current Assets  
    For the Year Ended March 31     As at March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
India
    35,026,928       64,106,701       79,173,117       13,136,540       6,916,378  
United States
    3,303,997       4,445,000       4,387,089       533,158       688,964  
                                         
Total
    38,330,925       68,551,701       83,560,206       13,669,698       7,605,342  
                                         
 
Major Customers:
 
Considering the nature of business, customers normally include individuals. Further, none of the corporate customers would account for more than 10% or more of the Group’s revenues.
 
7)   OTHER REVENUE
 
                         
    For the Year Ended March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Advertising revenue
          159,352       372,442  
Facilitation fee
    33,519       408,113       448,617  
Commission on rail and bus reservation
          12,446       187,435  
Miscellaneous
    16,628       123,930       144,328  
                         
Total
    50,147       703,841       1,152,822  
                         
 
8)   PERSONNEL EXPENSES
 
                         
    For the Year Ended March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Wages, salaries and other short term employees benefits
    6,797,102       7,631,412       8,236,308  
Contributions to defined contribution plans
    358,484       427,332       401,687  
Expenses related to defined benefit plans
    148,497       55,860       58,730  
Increase in liability for long-service leave
    101,942       56,210       52,447  
Equity settled share based payments (Refer note 27)
    319,238       415,704       6,771,376  
Employee welfare expenses
    733,941       1,093,252       1,041,486  
                         
Total
    8,459,204       9,679,770       16,562,034  
                         

F-25


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
9)   OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES
 
                         
    For the Year Ended March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Traveling and conveyance
    1,338,670       1,130,702       1,222,138  
Advertising and business promotion
    12,215,674       8,732,620       9,674,728  
Communication
    1,342,215       1,346,422       1,275,778  
Repairs and maintenance
    594,750       747,893       815,736  
Rent
    1,403,016       1,314,937       1,244,798  
Legal and professional
    590,181       812,091       1,004,049  
Payment gateway and other charges
    3,248,786       4,493,784       6,143,714  
Website hosting charges
    207,049       228,212       183,079  
Net loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
    1,877       232,445       25,501  
Loss on disposal of intangible assets
          5,087        
Outsourcing fees
          3,109,412       4,293,491  
Miscellaneous expenses
    2,286,763       2,216,301       2,277,494  
                         
Total
    23,228,981       24,369,906       28,160,506  
                         
 
During the year ended March 31, 2009, the Group has outsourced its online ticketing call centre to a third party. In return for services provided, the Group pays a monthly fee as per the agreement.
 
10)   DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
                         
    For the Year Ended March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Depreciation
    651,231       925,612       908,844  
Amortization
    456,315       633,075       660,903  
                         
Total
    1,107,546       1,558,687       1,569,747  
                         


F-26


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
11)   FINANCE INCOME AND COSTS
 
                         
    For the Year Ended March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Recognized in profit or loss
                       
Interest income on term deposits
    837,513       1,233,928       1,503,574  
Net gain on change in fair value of separable embedded derivative financial instrument
          4,984,590       253,212  
Other interest income
    23,033       75,213       117,391  
                         
Finance income
    860,546       6,293,731       1,874,177  
                         
Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost
    1,138,456       1,555,887       1,346,896  
Net loss on change in fair value of separable embedded derivative financial instrument
    2,064,824              
Foreign exchange loss, net
    222,431       360,037       582,402  
Impairment loss on trade and other receivables
    41,125       1,042,401       37,943  
Net loss on disposal of available-for-sale financial assets
          7,580        
Other finance charges
    4,901       83,703       95,706  
                         
Finance costs
    3,471,737       3,049,608       2,062,947  
                         
Net finance income (costs) recognized in profit or loss
    (2,611,191)       3,244,123       (188,770)  
                         
Recognized in other comprehensive income
                       
Foreign currency translation differences on foreign operations
    598,379       (3,122,321)       1,651,468  
                         
Finance income (cost) recognized in other comprehensive income
    598,379       (3,122,321)       1,651,468  
                         
Attributable to:
                       
Equity holders of the Company
    598,294       (3,121,696)       1,651,184  
Non-controlling interest
    85       (625)       284  
                         
Finance income (cost) recognized in other comprehensive income
    598,379       (3,122,321)       1,651,468  
                         


F-27


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
12)   INCOME TAX BENEFIT (EXPENSE)
 
Income Tax Recognized in Profit or Loss
 
                         
    For the Year Ended March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Current tax expense
                       
Current period
    (2,147 )     (5,172 )     (2,838 )
                         
Current tax expense
    (2,147 )     (5,172 )     (2,838 )
Deferred tax benefit (expense)
                       
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
    (398,505 )     376,330       (990,884 )
Change in unrecognized deductible temporary differences
    (56,012 )           1,976,413  
Utilization of previously unrecognized tax losses
                (938,356 )
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses
    461,140              
Reversal of previously recognized tax losses
          (345,867 )     (52,763 )
                         
Deferred tax benefit (expense)
    6,623       30,463       (5,590 )
                         
Total income tax benefit (expense)
    4,476       25,291       (8,428 )
                         
 
Income Tax Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
 
                                                                         
    For the Year Ended March 31  
    2008     2009     2010  
          Tax
                Tax
                Tax
       
          (Expense)/
                (Expense)/
                (Expense)/
       
Particulars
  Before Tax     Benefit     Net of Tax     Before Tax     Benefit     Net of Tax     Before Tax     Benefit     Net of Tax  
    (in USD)  
 
Foreign currency translation differences on foreign operations
    598,379             598,379       (3,122,321 )           (3,122,321 )     1,651,468             1,651,468  
Defined benefit plan actuarial gains (losses)
    19,486       (6,623 )     12,863       89,624       (30,463 )     59,161       (14,431 )     5,590       (8,841 )
                                                                         
Total
    617,865       (6,623 )     611,242       (3,032,697 )     (30,463 )     (3,063,160 )     1,637,037       5,590       1,642,627  
                                                                         


F-28


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Reconciliation of Effective Tax Rate
 
                                                 
    For the Year Ended March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Loss for the year
            (18,895,365 )             (7,348,216 )             (6,206,987 )
Income tax benefit (expense)
            4,476               25,291               (8,428 )
                                                 
Loss before tax
            (18,899,841 )             (7,373,507 )             (6,198,559 )
                                                 
Income tax benefit using the Company’s domestic tax rate
    (15.00 %)     2,834,977       (15.00 %)     1,106,026       (15.00 %)     929,784  
Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions
    (16.68 %)     3,152,445       (29.70 %)     2,190,024       (12.81 %)     794,323  
Non deductible expenses
    3.29 %     (621,175 )     5.07 %     (373,538 )     10.85 %     (672,612 )
Tax exempt income
    (0.13 %)     24,779       (10.16 %)     749,060       (0.61 %)     37,985  
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses
    (2.44 %)     461,140       0.00 %           0.00 %      
Utilization of previously unrecognized tax losses
    0.00 %           0.00 %           (15.14 %)     938,356  
Reversal of previously recognized tax losses
    0.00 %           4.69 %     (345,867 )     0.85 %     (52,763 )
Current year losses for which no deferred tax asset was recognized
    31.17 %     (5,889,913 )     44.59 %     (3,287,715 )     0.06 %     (3,918 )
Change in unrecognized temporary differences
    (0.30 %)     56,012       0.00 %           31.89 %     (1,976,413 )
Others
    0.07 %     (13,789 )     0.17 %     (12,699 )     0.05 %     (3,170 )
                                                 
      (0.02 %)     4,476       (0.34 %)     25,291       0.14 %     (8,428 )
                                                 
 
13)   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
                                                                 
                                  Diesel
    Capital
       
          Furniture
    Office
    Motor
    Leasehold
    Generator
    Work in
       
Particulars
  Computers     and Fixtures     Equipment     Vehicles     Improvements     Sets     Progress     Total  
    (in USD)  
 
Cost
                                                               
Balance as at April 1, 2008
    1,758,758       587,969       1,424,397       259,398       1,847,376       181,717       60,441       6,120,056  
Additions
    490,170       13,866       37,093       38,723       141,834             (45,985 )     675,701  
Disposals
    (4,445 )     (9,211 )     (63,283 )     (16,734 )     (274,972 )     (15,148 )           (383,793 )
Effect of movements in foreign exchange rates
    (455,010 )     (135,208 )     (306,518 )     (61,872 )     (409,222 )     (40,031 )     (8,874 )     (1,416,735 )
                                                                 
Balance as at March 31, 2009
    1,789,473       457,416       1,091,689       219,515       1,305,016       126,538       5,582       4,995,229  
                                                                 
Balance as at April 1, 2009
    1,789,473       457,416       1,091,689       219,515       1,305,016       126,538       5,582       4,995,229  
Additions
    401,321       802       34,334       199,575       73,895       1,084       21,574       732,585  
Disposals
    (948 )           (1,678 )     (40,046 )     (16,730 )                 (59,402 )
Effect of movements in foreign exchange rates
    290,518       68,227       153,704       42,421       198,487       18,978       2,135       774,470  
                                                                 
Balance as at March 31, 2010
    2,480,364       526,445       1,278,049       421,465       1,560,668       146,600       29,291       6,442,882  
                                                                 
 


F-29


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                                                 
                                  Diesel
    Capital
       
          Furniture and
    Office
    Motor
    Leasehold
    Generator
    Work in
       
Particulars
  Computers     Fixtures     Equipment     Vehicles     Improvements     Sets     Progress     Total  
 
Depreciation and impairment loss
                                                               
Balance as at April 1, 2008
    451,204       86,072       282,111       72,067       115,054       25,065             1,031,573  
Depreciation for the year
    356,182       94,718       178,850       32,976       242,546       20,340             925,612  
Disposals
    (3,335 )     (5,151 )     (27,429 )     (3,720 )     (58,908 )     (10,142 )           (108,685 )
Effect of movements in foreign exchange rates
    (141,373 )     (29,439 )     (71,068 )     (19,700 )     (46,294 )     (6,854 )           (314,728 )
                                                                 
Balance as at March 31, 2009
    662,678       146,200       362,464       81,623       252,398       28,409             1,533,772  
                                                                 
Balance as at April 1, 2009
    662,678       146,200       362,464       81,623       252,398       28,409             1,533,772  
Depreciation for the year
    399,359       79,896       167,864       49,751       192,303       19,671             908,844  
Disposals
    (237 )           (770 )     (18,132 )     (3,131 )                 (22,270 )
Effect of movements in foreign exchange rates
    122,743       26,641       56,317       14,104       49,122       5,429             274,356  
                                                                 
Balance as at March 31, 2010
    1,184,543       252,737       585,875       127,346       490,692       53,509             2,694,702  
                                                                 
Carrying amounts
                                                               
As at April 1, 2008
    1,307,554       501,897       1,142,286       187,331       1,732,322       156,652       60,441       5,088,483  
                                                                 
As at March 31, 2009
    1,126,795       311,216       729,225       137,892       1,052,618       98,129       5,582       3,461,457  
                                                                 
As at April 1, 2009
    1,126,795       311,216       729,225       137,892       1,052,618       98,129       5,582       3,461,457  
                                                                 
As at March 31, 2010
    1,295,821       273,708       692,174       294,119       1,069,976       93,091       29,291       3,748,180  
                                                                 
 
During the year ended March 31, 2009, the Group has relocated and/or closed three of its branch offices. Consequently fixed assets amounting to USD 203,076 have been written off and charged to the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended March 31, 2009.

F-30


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
14)   INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
                                 
    Website
          Capital
       
    Development
          Work in
       
Particulars
  Cost     Software     Progress     Total  
    (in USD)  
 
Cost
                               
Balance as at April 1, 2008
    2,808,441       645,905       37,859       3,492,205  
Additions
          340,342       (32,725)       307,617  
Disposals
          (29,111)             (29,111)  
Effect of movements in foreign exchange rates
    (644,058)       (168,519)       (5,134)       (817,711)  
                                 
Balance as at March 31, 2009
    2,164,383       788,617             2,953,000  
                                 
Balance as at April 1, 2009
    2,164,383       788,617             2,953,000  
Additions
          452,544             452,544  
Disposals
                       
Effect of movements in foreign exchange rates
    323,479       136,044             459,523  
                                 
Balance as at March 31, 2010
    2,487,862       1,377,205             3,865,067  
                                 
Amortization
                               
Balance as at April 1, 2008
    368,607       210,160             578,767  
Amortization for the year
    492,180       140,895             633,075  
Disposals
          (24,024)             (24,024)  
Effect of movements in foreign exchange rates
    (137,893)       (51,206)             (189,099)  
                                 
Balance as at March 31, 2009
    722,894       275,825             998,719  
                                 
Balance as at April 1, 2009
    722,894       275,825             998,719  
Amortization for the year
    475,825       185,078             660,903  
Disposals
                       
Effect of movements in foreign exchange rates
    136,713       44,673             181,386  
                                 
Balance as at March 31, 2010
    1,335,432       505,576             1,841,008  
                                 
 
                                 
    Website
          Capital
       
    Development
          Work in
       
Particulars
  Cost     Software     Progress     Total  
 
Carrying amounts
                               
As at April 1, 2008
    2,439,834       435,745       37,859       2,913,438  
                                 
As at March 31, 2009
    1,441,489       512,792             1,954,281  
                                 
As at April 1, 2009
    1,441,489       512,792             1,954,281  
                                 
As at March 31, 2010
    1,152,430       871,629             2,024,059  
                                 


F-31


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
15)   TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
 
Unrecognized Deferred Tax Assets
 
Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of the following items:
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Deductible temporary differences
          2,095,516  
Tax loss carry forwards
    10,907,439       11,049,305  
                 
Total
    10,907,439       13,144,821  
                 
 
The carry forward tax losses as at March 31, 2010 expire as follows:
 
                             
    Indian Subsidiary   US Subsidiary  
Loss for the Period
  Tax Losses     Expire on   Tax Losses     Expire on  
    (in USD)  
 
Loss for the year 2003-2004
            30,996       2024  
Loss for the year 2004-2005
            85,695       2025  
Loss for the year 2006-2007
    2,129,682     2015            
Loss for the year 2007-2008
    3,993,826     2016     327,673       2028  
Loss for the year 2008-2009
    2,449,005     2017     162,354       2029  
Unabsorbed depreciation
    1,866,156     No expiry            
Loss for the year 2009-2010
            3,918       2030  
                             
Total
    10,438,669           610,636          
                             
 
Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of these losses because it is not probable at the reporting date that future taxable profit will be available against which the Group will be able to utilize the benefits of such tax losses.


F-32


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Recognized Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:
 
                                                 
    As at March 31  
    Assets     Liabilities     Net  
Particulars
  2009     2010     2009     2010     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Property, plant and equipment
                (126,559)       (96,540)       (126,559)       (96,540)  
Intangible assets
                (463,835)       (483,058)       (463,835)       (483,058)  
Trade and other receivables
    382,854       80,636                   382,854       80,636  
Other non-current assets
                (52,185)       (41,232)       (52,185)       (41,232)  
Other current assets
    11,127       52,305                   11,127       52,305  
Employee benefits
    94,160       143,654                   94,160       143,654  
Other non-current liabilities
    58,832       115,379                   58,832       115,379  
Tax loss carry forwards
    59,832       11,809                   59,832       11,809  
Other disallowances
    35,774       217,047                   35,774       217,047  
                                                 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)
    642,579       620,830       (642,579)       (620,830)              
Set off
    (642,579)       (620,830)       642,579       620,830                  
                                                 
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
                                   
                                                 
 
Movement in Temporary Differences During the Year
 
                                                                         
                      Effects of
                      Effects of
       
                Recognized
    movement
                Recognized
    movement
       
    Balance as
          in other
    in foreign
    Balance as
    Recognized
    in other
    in foreign
    Balance as
 
    on April 1,
    Recognized in
    comprehensive
    exchange
    on March 31,
    in profit
    comprehensive
    exchange
    on March 31,
 
Particulars
  2008     profit or loss     income     rates     2009     or loss     income     rates     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Property, plant and equipment
    (244,320)       70,436             47,325       (126,559)       45,066             (15,047)       (96,540)  
Intangible assets
    (493,108)       (92,259)             121,532       (463,835)       46,729             (65,952)       (483,058)  
Trade and other receivables
    90,640       351,062             (58,848)       382,854       (339,009)             36,791       80,636  
Other non-current assets
    (74,464)       5,835             16,444       (52,185)       17,687             (6,734)       (41,232)  
Other current assets
    14,580       (123)             (3,330)       11,127       37,269             3,909       52,305  
Employee benefits
    130,335       23,414       (30,463)       (29,126)       94,160       27,818       5,590       16,086       143,654  
Other non-current liabilities
    54,547       18,837             (14,552)       58,832       45,040             11,507       115,379  
Tax loss carry forwards
    474,363       (345,867)             (68,664)       59,832       (52,117)             4,094       11,809  
Others
    47,427       (872)             (10,781)       35,774       165,927             15,346       217,047  
                                                                         
Total
          30,463       (30,463)                   (5,590)       5,590              
                                                                         


F-33


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
16)   INVENTORIES
 
                 
    As at March 31
Particulars
  2009   2010
    (in USD)
 
Coupon tickets in hand
    757,137        
                 
Total
    757,137        
                 
 
Inventory of the Group comprises of coupon tickets in hand purchased in advance from airlines for the purpose of subsequent sale to customers. These coupons are valid for a specific period, and in case the inventory remains unsold on the expiry of the period the loss is borne by the Group. The inventories are valued at lower of cost or net realizable value.
 
17)   TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
 
                 
    As at March 31
Particulars
  2009   2010
    (in USD)
 
Trade receivables, net
    3,587,185       9,537,762  
Due from employees
    143,202       249,719  
Security deposits
    835,865       982,896  
Interest accrued but not due on term deposits
    861,899       1,679,150  
                 
Total
    5,428,151       12,449,527  
                 
Non-current
    347,451       413,488  
Current
    5,080,700       12,036,039  
                 
Total
    5,428,151       12,449,527  
                 
 
The trade receivable consists of airline, corporate and retail customers.
 
Security deposits include amounts paid in advance to suppliers of hotel and other services in order to guarantee the provision of those services.
 
The management do not consider there to be significant concentration of credit risk relating to trade and other receivables.
 
The Group’s exposure to credit and currency risks and impairment losses related to trade and the receivables is disclosed in note 5 and 30.


F-34


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
18)   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Cash in hand
    68,461       116,799  
Credit card collection in hand
    1,433,742       3,503,630  
Bank balances
    3,896,411       5,721,097  
Term deposits
    73,025        
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
    5,471,639       9,341,526  
Bank overdrafts used for cash management purposes
    (7,914,024 )     (3,996,066 )
                 
Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows
    (2,442,385 )     5,345,460  
                 
 
Credit card collection in hand represents the amount of collection from credit card swiped by the customers which is outstanding as at the year end and credited to Group’s bank accounts subsequent to the year end.
 
The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk and a sensitivity analysis for financial assets and financial liabilities is disclosed in note 5 and 30.
 
19)   OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Prepaid expenses
    168,882       359,707  
Prepaid lease rentals
    32,483       34,044  
Advance to vendors
    3,528,214       7,138,336  
                 
Total
    3,729,579       7,532,087  
                 
 
20)   OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Prepaid lease rentals
    153,531       124,126  
                 
Total
    153,531       124,126  
                 


F-35


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
21)   CAPITAL AND RESERVES
 
Share Capital and Share Premium
 
                         
    Ordinary Shares  
Particulars
  Number     Share Capital     Share Premium  
    (in USD)  
 
Balance as at April 1, 2008
    17,437,120       8,714       10,816,307  
                         
Balance as at March 31, 2009
    17,437,120       8,714       10,816,307  
                         
Balance as at April 1, 2009
    17,437,120       8,714       10,816,307  
Shares issued during the year on exercise of options
    105,000       53       540,215  
                         
Balance as at March 31, 2010
    17,542,120       8,767       11,356,522  
                         
 
On July 22, 2010, the Group effected a 20-for-one share split which was approved by the shareholders, with respect to all ordinary and convertible and redeemable preference shares, as well as a 20-for-one adjustment with respect to the number of ordinary shares underlying share options. All share and per share data provided herein gives effect to this stock split, applied retroactively.
 
The Company presently has only one class of ordinary shares and has different classes of convertible and redeemable preference shares (also refer to note 23). For all matters submitted to vote in a shareholders meeting of the Company, every holder of an ordinary share as well as convertible and redeemable preference share, as reflected in the records of the Company on the date of the shareholders meeting shall have one vote in respect of each share held.
 
Mauritius law mandates that any dividends shall be declared out of the distributable profits, after having set off accumulated losses at the beginning of the accounting period and no distribution may be made unless the Group’s board of directors is satisfied that upon the distribution being made (1) the Company is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of business and (2) the value of the Company’s assets is greater than the sum of (a) the value of its liabilities and (b) Company’s stated capital. Should the Company declare and pay any dividends on ordinary shares, such dividends will be paid in USD to each holder of ordinary shares in proportion to the number of shares held to the total ordinary shares outstanding as on that date.
 
In the event of liquidation of the Company, all preferential amounts, if any, shall be discharged by the Company. The remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed to the holders of equity shares in proportion to the number of shares held to the total equity shares outstanding as on that date.
 
Foreign Currency Translation Reserve
 
The translation reserve comprises foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of the Indian subsidiary.


F-36


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
22)   LOSS PER SHARE
 
The following is the reconciliation of the loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the computation of basic and diluted loss per share for the year ended March 31, 2008 , 2009 and 2010:
 
                         
    For the Year Ended March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010  
 
Loss attributable to ordinary shareholders (USD)
    (18,893,190 )     (7,346,033 )     (6,206,239 )
Accretion of liability component of Series B convertible and redeemable preference share
          331,775        
Net change in fair value of derivative on Series B convertible and redeemable preference share
          (4,229,152 )      
                         
Loss attributable to ordinary shareholders (USD) — dilutive
    (18,893,190 )     (11,243,410 )     (6,206,239 )
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding used in computing basic EPS
    17,437,120       17,437,120       17,521,120  
Dilutive effect of convertible securities
                       
— Series B convertible and redeemable preference share
          2,966,300        
                         
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding used in computing diluted EPS
    17,437,120       20,403,420       17,521,120  
Basic loss per share
    (1.08 )     (0.42 )     (0.35 )
Diluted loss per share
    (1.08 )     (0.55 )     (0.35 )
 
At March 31, 2010, 2,598,800 employee share options (March 31, 2009: 7,865,241 and March 31, 2008: 6,895,566) and 6,577,260 Series A convertible and redeemable preference shares (March 31, 2009: 6,577,260 and March 31, 2008: 6,577,260), 2,966,300 Series B convertible and redeemable preference shares (March 31, 2009: Nil and March 31, 2008: 2,966,300) and 2,780,900 Series C convertible and redeemable preference shares (March 31, 2009: 2,780,900 and March 31, 2008: Nil) were excluded from the diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares calculation as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.


F-37


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
In December 2006, August 2007 and May 2008, the Company issued convertible and redeemable preference shares (refer note 23) that will convert into ordinary shares upon the completion of a qualified IPO. Assuming the conversion had occurred “on a hypothetical basis” on April 1, 2007 (convertible and redeemable preference shares issued on December 2006 and August 2007) and on April 1, 2008 (convertible and redeemable preference shares issued on May 2008) the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the year ended March 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 is calculated as follows:
 
                         
    For the Year Ended March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
 
Loss attributable to ordinary shareholders (USD)
    (18,893,190 )     (7,346,033 )     (6,206,239 )
Pro forma effects of convertible and redeemable preference shares
                       
— Accretion of liability component of convertible and redeemable preference share
    788,229       1,008,802       1,125,677  
— Net change in fair value of derivative on convertible and redeemable preference share
    2,064,824       (4,984,590 )     (253,212 )
                         
Numerator for pro forma basic and diluted loss per share
    (16,040,137 )     (11,321,821 )     (5,333,774 )
                         
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
    17,437,120       17,437,120       17,521,120  
Conversion of convertible and redeemable preference share to ordinary shares
    9,543,560       12,324,460       12,324,460  
                         
Denominator for pro forma basic loss per share
    26,980,680       29,761,580       29,845,580  
                         
Denominator for pro forma diluted loss per share
    26,980,680       29,761,580       29,845,580  
                         
Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share (unaudited)
    (0.59 )     (0.38 )     (0.18 )
                         
 
On July 22, 2010, the Group effected a 20-for-one share split which was approved by the shareholders, with respect to all ordinary and convertible and redeemable preference shares, as well as a 20-for-one adjustment with respect to the number of ordinary shares underlying share options. The basic and diluted loss per share as well as pro forma basic and diluted loss per share has been computed post effect of such share split.
 
23)   LOANS AND BORROWINGS
 
This note provides information about the contractual terms of Group’s interest bearing loans and borrowings, which are measured at amortized cost. For more information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate, foreign currency and liquidity risk, see note 5 and 30.
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Non-current liabilities
               
Finance lease liabilities
    38,801       42,815  
Secured bank loans
    522       89,288  
                 
Non-current portion of loans and borrowings
    39,323       132,103  
                 
 


F-38


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Current liabilities
               
Convertible and redeemable preference shares
    39,633,977       40,759,654  
Current portion of secured bank loans
    2,308       25,224  
Current portion of finance lease liabilities
    36,932       49,917  
                 
Current portion of loans and borrowings
    39,673,217       40,834,795  
                 
 
Terms and Debt Repayment Schedule
 
Terms and conditions of outstanding loans were as follows:
 
                                                     
                As at March 31, 2009   As at March 31, 2010
        Interest
  Year of
  Original
  Carrying
  Original
  Carrying
Particulars
  Currency   Rate   Maturity   Amount   Amount   Amount   Amount
    (in USD)
 
Secured bank loans
    INR     9%-14%     2010-2014       17,436       2,830       134,421       114,512  
Finance lease liabilities
    INR     9%-14%     2010-2013       136,434       75,733       186,649       92,732  
 
The bank loans are secured over motor vehicles with a carrying amount of USD 135,991 as at March 31, 2010 (March 31, 2009: USD 20,510).
 
The finance lease liabilities are secured over motor vehicles with a carrying amount of USD 151,915 as at March 31, 2010 (March 31, 2009: USD 106,734).
 
Convertible and redeemable preference shares
 
The compound financial instrument issued by the Group comprises convertible and redeemable preference shares (series A, B and C) with a discretionary, non-cumulative 8% dividend that can be converted into ordinary share capital at the option of the holder. One preference share will be converted into one ordinary share. The details of convertible and redeemable preference share are as follows:
 
                         
    Convertible and
  Convertible and
  Convertible and
    Redeemable
  Redeemable
  Redeemable
    Preference Share —
  Preference Share —
  Preference Share —
Particulars
  Series A   Series B   Series C
    (in USD)
 
Number of shares
    6,577,260       2,966,300       2,780,900  
Subscription amount
    13,000,000       15,000,579       15,000,175  
 
This compound instrument also has following adjustment clauses:
 
  •  if subsequent to the issuance of the preference shares, the Group issues securities to parties (except for issue of securities discussed below*) at a price lower than the issue price of the original preference shares but higher than USD 1.08, then the Group is obligated to issue additional preference shares to the original preference shareholders, such that the average price of all preference shares held by the original Series A, B and C preference shareholders is equal to the purchase price of the new Series A, B and C preference shares issued.

F-39


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
  •  if subsequent to the issuance of the preference shares, the Group issues securities to parties (except for issue of securities discussed below*) with a conversion price lower than the issue price of the original preference shares but higher than USD 1.08, then the Group is obligated to issue additional preference shares to the original preference shareholders such that the average price of all preference shares held by the original Series A, B and C shareholders is equal to the conversion price of the new Series A, B and C preference shares issued.
 
  •  if subsequent to the issuance of the preference shares, except for any (a) ordinary shares issued to the employees of the Group under any employee share option plan approved by the Board; and (b) ordinary shares issued to one of the ordinary shareholder, the Group issues additional securities to any person at a price per security that is lower than USD 1.08 or the price at which such security is convertible into ordinary or preference shares is less than USD 1.08, then the Group is obligated to issue additional ordinary shares or preferred shares to the original preference shareholders such that the average price of all ordinary or preference shares held by the original preference shareholders is equal to the purchase/conversion price of the new ordinary or preference share issuance price.
 
* Except for any Securities issued (a) to employees, consultants, officers or directors of the Group pursuant to preferred share option plans or preferred stock purchase plans (in each case, approved by the Board); (b) to financial institutions in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financing or other similar financing arrangements, (c) pursuant to an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”); (d) pursuant to any stock splits, stock dividends or like transactions; or (e) to a non-financial corporation in connection with a license, distribution, business development, or for other similar arrangements.
 
The preference shares do not have a mandatory maturity period, however within the four years from the subscription date the preference shares may be redeemed if such redemption has been approved by the majority shareholders of the respective series. If the IPO does not happen within four years from the subscription date then the Group may also redeem such shares at any time after four years at a price equal to the purchase price of the preference shares.
 
The adjustment clauses as stated above represents a price protection feature that protects the original preference shareholders from declines in the market value of the Group’s securities. This clause may result in the entity issuing variable number of shares on conversion hence, represents a liability. Equity instruments are instruments that evidence a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. Therefore, when the initial carrying amount of a compound financial instrument is allocated to its equity and liability components, the equity component is assigned the residual amount after deducting from the fair value of the instrument as a whole the amount separately determined for the liability component. The value of any derivative features (such as conversion option) embedded in the compound financial instrument other than the equity component is included in the liability component. The sum of the carrying amounts assigned to the liability and equity components on initial recognition is always equal to the fair value that would be ascribed to the instrument as a whole. No gain or loss arises from initially recognizing the components of the instrument separately.
 
The equity component is recognized initially at the difference between the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole and the fair value of the liability component (including the embedded derivative liability). The fair value of the financial liability has been initially recognized at the amount payable on demand, discounted from the first date that the amount could be required to be paid. As the preference shareholders can demand repayment of the purchase price at any time subsequent to issuance, the fair value of the liability component has been calculated at not less than the nominal amount of the preference shares issued. From the liability component that includes the embedded derivative liability the fair value of the derivative liability is separated and the balance host contract is the liability. Any directly attributable transaction costs are allocated to the liability and equity components in proportion to their initial carrying amounts. Subsequent to initial recognition, the liability component of a compound financial instrument is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The equity component of a compound financial instrument is not re-measured subsequent to initial


F-40


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
recognition. Separable Embedded Derivatives are recognized initially at fair value; attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Fair value of the derivative is determined on the inception using binomial lattice method. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair value, and changes therein are accounted through income statement.
 
The carrying amount of the liability component of convertible and redeemable preference share is summarized below:
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Carrying amount of liability at beginning of the year
    24,079,240       39,633,977  
Proceeds from issue of convertible and redeemable preference shares during the year
    15,000,175        
Amount recorded as derivative out of current year proceeds from issue of convertible and redeemable preference shares
    454,240        
Accretion of interest
    1,008,802       1,125,677  
                 
Carrying amount of liability at end of the year
    39,633,977       40,759,654  
                 
 
On July 22, 2010, the Group effected a 20-for-one share split which was approved by the shareholders, with respect to all ordinary and convertible and redeemable preference shares, as well as a 20-for-one adjustment with respect to the number of ordinary shares underlying share options. The number of convertible and redeemable preference shares and minimum issue price of USD 1.08 gives effect to this stock split, applied retroactively.
 
Finance lease liabilities
 
Finance lease liabilities are as follows:
 
                                                 
                Present
                Present
 
    Future
          Value of
    Future
          Value of
 
    Minimum
          Minimum
    Minimum
          Minimum
 
    Lease
          Lease
    Lease
          Lease
 
    Payments     Interest     Payments     Payments     Interest     Payments  
    As at
    As at
    As at
    As at
    As at
    As at
 
Particulars
  March 31, 2009     March 31, 2009     March 31, 2009     March 31, 2010     March 31, 2010     March 31, 2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Less than one year
    43,960       7,028       36,932       58,246       8,329       49,917  
Between one and five years
    44,654       5,853       38,801       48,369       5,554       42,815  
                                                 
Total
    88,614       12,881       75,733       106,615       13,883       92,732  
                                                 
 
The Group has taken certain vehicles on lease and which have an option for the Group to purchase the vehicles as per terms of the lease agreements.
 
24)   OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Statutory liabilities
    305,289       554,170  
                 
Total
    305,289       554,170  
                 


F-41


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
25)   OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Deferred rent liabilities
    281,858       447,295  
                 
Total
    281,858       447,295  
                 
 
26)   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Defined benefit plan
    131,626       226,909  
Other long-term employee benefits (liability for compensated absences)
    149,751       210,535  
                 
Total
    281,377       437,444  
                 
 
Defined Contribution Plan
 
The Group’s provident fund scheme is a defined contribution plan. The following table sets out the disclosure in respect of define contribution plan:
 
                         
    For the Year Ended
 
    March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Contributions to provident fund
    358,484       427,332       401,687  
                         
Total
    358,484       427,332       4 01,687  
                         
 
The cost is recognised as personnel expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).
 
Defined Benefit Plan
 
The Group’s gratuity scheme is a defined benefit plan. Gratuity is paid as a lump sum amount to employees at retirement or termination of employment at an amount based on the respective employee’s eligible salaries and the years of employment with the Group. The following table sets out the disclosure in respect of the defined benefit plan:
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Present value of unfunded obligation
    131,626       226,909  
                 
Total
    131,626       226,909  
                 


F-42


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Movement in the Present Value of the Defined Benefit Obligation
 
                         
    For the Year Ended
 
    March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the year
    110,991       246,268       131,626  
Current service costs
    138,899       42,598       49,368  
Interest on obligation
    9,598       13,262       9,362  
Actuarial (gain) losses in other comprehensive income
    (19,486 )     (89,624 )     14,431  
Benefits paid
    (4,751 )     (31,467 )     (1,843 )
Effects of movement in exchange rate
    11,017       (49,411 )     23,965  
                         
Defined benefit obligations at the end of the year
    246,268       131,626       226,909  
                         
 
Expense Recognised in Profit or Loss
 
                         
    For the Year Ended
 
    March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Current service costs
    138,899       42,598       49,368  
Interest on obligation
    9,598       13,262       9,362  
                         
Total
    148,497       55,860       58,730  
                         
 
The expense is recognised in personnel expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).
 
Actuarial Gains and (Losses) Recognised in Other Comprehensive Income
 
                         
    For the Year
 
    Ended March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Cumulative amount at April 1
          19,486       109,110  
Recognized during the year
    19,486       89,624       (14,431 )
                         
Cumulative amount at March 31
    19,486       109,110       94,679  
                         


F-43


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Actuarial Assumptions
 
Principal actuarial assumptions are given below:
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
 
Discount rate (per annum)
    6.60 %     6.50 %
Future salary increases (per annum)
    7.00 %     12.00 %
Retirement age
    58       58  
Withdrawal rates
    25.00 %     30.00 %
 
Assumptions regarding future mortality rates are based on Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) published mortality rates (1994-96) tables.
 
The actuarial valuation is carried out annually by an independent actuary. The discount rate used for determining the present value of obligation under the defined benefit plan is determined by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on Indian Government Bonds. The currency and the term of the government bonds is consistent with the currency and term of the defined benefit obligation.
 
The salary growth rate takes into account inflation, seniority, promotion and other relevant factors on long-term basis.
 
Historical Information:
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Present value of defined benefit obligations
    131,626       226,909  
Experience adjustments arising on plan liabilities
    32,148       1,780  
 
27)   SHARE BASED PAYMENT
 
Description of the Share-Based Payment Arrangements
 
Share Option Programme (Equity-Settled)
 
a.  2006 MakeMyTrip.com Equity Option Plan
 
In 2006, the Group established a share option programme in India, named the ‘2006 MakeMyTrip.com Equity Option Plan’ (or ‘2006 ESOP’), which was approved by the shareholders of the Company at an extra-ordinary meeting held on December 21, 2005. The ESOP entitles the eligible employees to purchase ordinary shares of the Group’s Indian Subsidiary. The Group granted employee stock options to eligible employees on various dates.


F-44


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Terms and Conditions of the 2006 ESOP Plan
 
The terms and conditions relating to the grants of the share option programme are given below:
 
                     
            Contractual
    Number of
  Vesting
  Life of
Grant Date/Employees Entitled
  Instruments   Conditions   Options
 
Opening balance as of April 1, 2008
    7,059,766       Note 1     5 - 8 years
Options granted during the year ended March 31, 2009
    1,622,850       Note 1     5 - 8 years
Options granted during the year ended March 31, 2010
             
                 
Total share options
    8,682,616              
                 
 
 
Note: 1. Vesting conditions: Graded vesting over 4 years. 10% on the expiry of 12 months from the grant date. 20% on the expiry of 24 months from the grant date. 30% on the expiry of 36 months from the grant date. 40% on the expiry of 48 months from the grant date.
 
2. The stock options can be exercised within a period of 48 months from the date of vesting.
 
3. Options are to be settled by physical delivery of ordinary shares
 
The number and weighted average exercise price of share options under 2006 ESOP plan are as follows:
 
                                 
    Weighted
      Weighted
   
    Average
      Average
   
    Exercise Price
  Number of
  Exercise Price
  Number of
    (USD)   Options   (USD)   Options
Particulars
  2009   2009   2010   2010
 
Outstanding at April 1
    0.31       6,895,566       0.39       7,865,241  
Forfeited and expired during the period
    0.48       (640,327)       0.21       (24,224)  
Exercised during the period
    0.29       (12,848)       0.21       (3,826)  
Granted during the period
    0.75       1,622,850              
Replaced with options under MMT ESOP plan
                0.38       (7,837,191)  
Outstanding at March 31
    0.39       7,865,241              
Exercisable at March 31
    0.31       1,768,017              
 
There are nil options outstanding at March 31, 2010 as all options outstanding under this plan has been replaced with options granted under MMT ESOP plan. The options outstanding at March 31, 2009 had an exercise price in the range of USD 0.25 to USD 0.75 and a weighted average contractual life of 5 years and 4 months.


F-45


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Inputs for Measurement of Grant Date Fair Values of MMT ESOP Plan
 
The grant date fair value of the options granted to employees was measured based on the Black-Scholes formula. Expected volatility is estimated by considering historical average share price volatility of the comparable companies. The inputs used in the measurement of the fair values of the option at the date of grant are summarized below:
 
         
Fair Value of Share Options and Assumptions
  2008   2009
 
Weighted average share price (USD)
  0.48   0.46
Weighted average exercise price (USD)
  0.39   0.75
Expected volatility
  40.4% - 43.0%   42.2% - 43.6%
Expected term
  3 - 6 years   3 - 6 years
Expected dividends
   
Risk-free interest rate
  7.39% - 8.15%   7.77% - 9.05%
 
There have been no further issues of stock options under this plan.
 
ii)  MakeMyTrip.com Equity Option Plan
 
In 2000, the Group approved a share option programme in Mauritius, named the MakeMyTrip.com Equity Option Plan (“MMT ESOP Plan”). In June 2009, this plan was expanded in order to issue share options to employees of subsidiaries and directors of the group. The Group replaced certain share options to acquire shares in its Indian subsidiary held by employees at its subsidiaries with options granted under the MMT ESOP Plan.
 
Terms and Conditions of the MMT ESOP Plan
 
The terms and conditions relating to the grants under MMT ESOP Plan are given below:
 
                     
            Contractual
    Number of
  Vesting
  Life of
Grant Date/Employees Entitled
  Instruments   Conditions   Options
 
Opening outstanding Options as of April 1, 2009
        None        
Options granted during the year ended March 31, 2010
    2,703,800    
Refer Notes
    4 - 6 years  
                     
Total share options
    2,703,800              
                     
 
 
Note: 1. Of the options granted during the year 2009-10, 2,423,800 options got immediately vested on the grant date and 280,000 options have 25% graded vesting each year over 4 years period.
 
2. 1,747,800 options have no sale restrictions after vesting and 956,000 options have post vesting sales restrictions.
 
3. The stock options can be exercised prior to the earliest of the following dates:
 
a. 48 months from the vesting date
 
b. 72 months from the date of grant.
 
c. 6 months following the grantee’s date of voluntary resignation or termination of employment other than due to death, disablement or retirement.
 
d. 1 year following the death of a grantee or termination due to disability or retirement.
 
4. Post vesting sales restrictions are as below:
 
a. Not more than 50% shares can be sold before initial public offering or December 31, 2010, whichever is earlier
 
b. Not more than further 25% can be sold before one year from the initial public offering or December 31, 2011, whichever is earlier
 
c. Not more than a further 25% can be sold before two years from the initial public offering or December 31, 2012, whichever is earlier.


F-46


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
The number and weighted average exercise price of share options under MMT ESOP plan are as follows:
 
                 
    Weighted Average
   
    Exercise Price
  Number of
    (USD)   Options
Particulars
  2010   2010
 
Outstanding at April 1
           
Forfeited and expired during the period
           
Granted during the period
    1.41       2,703,800  
Exercised during the period
    0.71       105,000  
Outstanding at March 31
    1.44       2,598,800  
Exercisable at March 31
    1.55       2,318,800  
 
The options outstanding at March 31, 2010 have an exercise price in the range of USD 0.0005 to USD 5.39 and a weighted average contractual life of 3 years and 6 months.
 
Inputs for Measurement of Grant Date Fair Values of MMT ESOP Plan
 
The grant date fair value of the options granted to employees was measured based on the Black-Scholes formula. Expected volatility is estimated by considering historical average share price volatility of the comparable companies. The inputs used in the measurement of the fair values of the option at the date of grant are summarized below:
 
     
Fair Value of Share Options and Assumptions
  2010
 
Weighted average share price (USD)
  4.70
Weighted average exercise price (USD)
  1.41
Expected volatility
  51.19% - 61.0%
Expected term
  2 - 5 years
Expected dividends
 
Risk-free interest rate
  1.12% - 2.64%
 
7,837,191 options outstanding under 2006 ESOP plan were replaced with 1,367,800 options under MMT ESOP plan which resulted in modification of the 2006 ESOP plan as defined under IFRS 2, Share — based Payment. On account of this modification, the Group has recognized USD 1,505,868 as the incremental fair value being difference between the fair value of MMT ESOP plan and that of the 2006 ESOP plan both estimated as at the date of the modification.
 
Further, the Group has recognized the unamortized cost of USD 539,259 under the 2006 ESOP plan as the options got immediately vested.
 
Also, the Group has recognized USD 4,726,249 as ESOP cost for 1,336,000 fresh options granted under the MMT ESOP plan.
 
During the year ended March 31, 2010, share based payment expense recognized under personnel expenses (refer note 8) is amounting to USD 6,771,376 (March 31, 2009: USD 415,704).
 
On July 22, 2010, the Group effected a 20-for-one share split which was approved by the shareholders, with respect to all ordinary and convertible and redeemable preference shares, as well as a 20-for-one adjustment with respect to the number of ordinary shares underlying share options. All share and per share data provided herein gives effect to this stock split, applied retroactively.


F-47


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
28)   TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Other trade payables
    7,523,018       13,987,959  
Accrued expenses
    3,170,667       6,420,798  
Advance from customers
    2,746,409       6,058,290  
                 
Total
    13,440,094       26,467,047  
                 
 
Trade payables primarily include amount payable to airlines for cost of airline tickets.
 
The Group’s exposure to currency and liquidity risk related to trade and other payables is disclosed in note 5 and 30.
 
29)   DEFERRED INCOME
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Global distribution system provider
    2,364,675       2,255,435  
Facilitation fee
    530,168       411,760  
                 
Total
    2,894,843       2,667,195  
                 
Current
    574,444       814,516  
Non-current
    2,320,399       1,852,679  
                 
Total
    2,894,843       2,667,195  
                 
 
The Group requires the services of a Global Distribution system (“GDS”) provider for facilitating the booking of airline tickets on its website or other distribution channels. There are various GDS companies like Abacus, Amadeus, World span, Galileo etc. These companies usually pay upfront fee to travel agents for using their system as they get paid by airlines on the basis of airline tickets booked through their GDS, which are recognized on the proportion of actual airline tickets sold over the total estimated airline tickets to be sold over the term of the agreement and the balance amount has been recognized as deferred income.


F-48


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
30)   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
Credit Risk
 
Exposure to Credit Risk
 
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date was:
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Trade and other receivables
    5,428,151       12,449,527  
Term deposits
    16,038,898       14,471,404  
Cash and cash equivalents (except cash in hand)
    5,403,178       9,224,727  
                 
Total
    26,870,227       36,145,658  
                 
 
The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables at the reporting date by geographic region was:
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
India
    4,526,504       11,743,819  
Others
    901,647       705,708  
                 
Total
    5,428,151       12,449,527  
                 
 
The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables and term deposits at the reporting date by type of counterparty was:
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Airlines
    1,097,649       4,489,110  
Retail customers
    535,228       1,687,234  
Corporate customers
    1,424,727       2,532,935  
Deposit with hotels
    435,102       459,009  
Term deposits with bank
    16,038,898       14,471,404  
Others
    1,935,445       3,281,239  
                 
Total
    21,467,049       26,920,931  
                 


F-49


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Impairment Losses
 
The age of trade and other receivables and term deposits at the reporting date was:
 
                                 
    As at March 31  
    2009     2010  
Particulars
  Gross     Impairment     Gross     Impairment  
    (in USD)  
 
Not past due
    19,800,640             22,831,282        
Past due 0-30 days
    1,148,090       315,482       1,493,968        
Past due 30-120 days
    815,439       24,456       2,552,160       1,622  
More than one year
    632,264       589,446       1,192,413       1,147,270  
                                 
Total
    22,396,433       929,384       28,069,823       1,148,892  
                                 
 
The movement in the allowance for doubtful debts in respect of trade and other receivables during the year was as follows:
 
                 
    For the Year Ended March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Balance at the beginning of the year
          929,384  
Provision for doubtful debts
    1,042,401       37,943  
Amounts written off against the allowance
           
Effects of movement in exchange rate
    (113,017 )     181,565  
Balance at the end of the year
    929,384       1,148,892  
 
Allowance for doubtful debts mainly represents amount due from airlines and global distribution system provider. Based on historical experience, the Group believes that no impairment allowance is necessary, apart from above, in respect of trade receivables not past due or past due by up to 120 days.
 
Liquidity risk
 
The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding the impact of netting agreements:
 
As at March 31, 2009
 
                                                         
          Contractual
                            More
 
    Carrying
    Cash
    6 Months
                      Than
 
Non-Derivative Financial Liabilities
  Amount     Flows*     or Less     6-12 Months     1-2 Years     2-5 Years     5 Years  
    (in USD)  
 
Convertible and redeemable preference shares **
    39,633,977       (43,000,754)                                
Finance lease liabilities
    75,733       (88,614)       (22,628)       (21,332)       (25,006)       (19,648)        
Secured bank loans
    2,830       (2,983)       (1,644)       (803)       (536)              
Trade and other payables
    10,693,685       (10,693,685)       (10,654,780)       (38,905)                    
Other current liabilities
    305,289       (305,289)       (305,289)                          
Bank overdraft
    7,914,024       (7,914,024)       (7,914,024)                          
                                                         
Total
    58,625,538       (62,005,349)       (18,898,365)       (61,040)       (25,542)       (19,648)        
                                                         
 
 
Notes: *   Represents undiscounted cash flows of interest and principal
 
** Convertible and redeemable preference shares are redeemable on demand at the option of the preference share holder.


F-50


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                                         
    Carrying
    Contractual
    6 Months
                      More Than
 
Derivative Financial Liabilities
  Amount     Cash Flows     or Less     6-12 Months     1-2 Years     2-5 Years     5 Years  
    (in USD)  
 
Separable embedded derivative on convertible and redeemable preference shares*
    301,594                                      
                                                         
Total
    301,594                                      
                                                         
 
 
Note: * Convertible and redeemable preference shares are redeemable on demand at the option of the preference share holder.
 
As at March 31, 2010
 
                                                         
    Carrying
    Contractual
    6 Months
                      More Than
 
Non-Derivative Financial Liabilities
  Amount     Cash Flows*     or Less     6-12 Months     1-2 Years     2-5 Years     5 Years  
    (in USD)  
 
Convertible and redeemable preference shares **
    40,759,654       (43,000,754)                                
Finance lease liabilities
    92,732       (106,615)       (30,690)       (27,556)       (27,611)       (20,758)        
Secured bank loans
    114,512       (138,718)       (17,875)       (17,260)       (34,520)       (69,063)        
Trade and other payables
    20,408,757       (20,408,757)       (20,408,757)                          
Other current liabilities
    554,170       (554,170)       (554,170)                          
Bank overdraft
    3,996,066       (3,996,066)       (3,996,066)                          
                                                         
Total
    65,925,891       (68,205,080)       (25,007,558)       (44,816)       (62,131)       (89,821)        
                                                         
 
 
Notes: *   Represents undiscounted cash flows of interest and principal
 
** Convertible and redeemable preference shares are redeemable on demand at the option of the preference share holder.
 
                                                         
    Carrying
    Contractual
    6 Months
                      More Than
 
Derivative Financial Liabilities
  Amount     Cash Flows     or Less     6-12 Months     1-2 Years     2-5 Years     5 Years  
    (In USD)  
 
Separable embedded derivative on convertible and redeemable preference shares*
    48,382                                      
                                                         
Total
    48,382                                      
                                                         
 
 
Note: * Convertible and redeemable preference shares are redeemable on demand at the option of the preference share holder.


F-51


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
Currency Risk
 
Exposure to Currency Risk
 
The Group incurs foreign currency risk primarily in respect of revenue denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the MakeMyTrip (India) Private Limited (Indian subsidiary), in which the transaction takes place. On a consolidated basis, the Group is primarily exposed to foreign currency fluctuations between the USD (presentation currency) and INR, being the functional currency of its Indian subsidiary. The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk was based on the following amounts as at the reporting dates (in equivalent USD):
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Trade and other receivables
    3,339,822       6,782,945  
Trade and other payables
    (2,070,802 )     (5,570,473 )
Cash and cash equivalents
    234,493       1,066,657  
                 
Net exposure
    1,503,513       2,279,129  
                 
 
The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:
 
                                         
    Average exchange rate     Reporting date rate        
USD
  2009     2010     March 31, 2009     March 31, 2010        
 
INR 1
    0.0217       0.0209       0.0193       0.0222          
 
Sensitivity Analysis
 
Any change in the exchange rate of USD against currencies other than INR is not expected to have significant impact on the Group’s profit or loss. Accordingly, a 10% appreciation of the USD, as indicated below, against the INR as at March 31 would have decreased loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis is based on foreign currency exchange rate variances that the Group considered to be reasonably possible at the end of the reporting period. The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.
 
                 
    For the Year Ended March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
10% strengthening of USD against INR
    143,192       217,060  
 
A 10% depreciation of the USD against INR as at March 31, 2010 and 2009 would have had the equal but opposite effect on the above currency to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.


F-52


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Profile
 
At the reporting date the interest rate profile of the Group’s interest-bearing financial instruments was as follows:
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Fixed rate instruments
               
Financial assets
               
Term deposits
    16,038,898       14,471,404  
Cash and cash equivalents
    73,025        
Financial liabilities
               
Convertible and redeemable preference shares
    39,633,977       40,759,654  
Finance lease liabilities
    75,733       92,732  
Secured bank loans
    2,830       114,512  
                 
      55,824,463       55,438,302  
                 
Variable rate instruments
               
Financial liabilities
               
Bank overdraft
    7,914,024       3,996,066  
                 
      7,914,024       3,996,066  
                 
 
Fair Value Sensitivity Analysis for Fixed Rate Instruments
 
The Group does not account for any fixed rate financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. Therefore a change in interest rates at the reporting date would not affect profit or loss.
 
Cash Flow Sensitivity Analysis for Variable Rate Instruments
 
An increase of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant. The analysis has been performed on the same basis for 2009.
 
         
    Profit or Loss  
    (in USD)  
 
March 31, 2009
    (79,140 )
March 31, 2010
    (39,961 )
 
A decrease of 100 basis points in the interest rates at the reporting date would have had equal but opposite effect on the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variable remain constant.


F-53


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Fair Values
 
Fair Values Versus Carrying Amounts
 
The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the statement of financial position, are as follows:
 
                                 
    As at March 31, 2009     As at March 31, 2010  
    Carrying
          Carrying
       
Particulars
  Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
    (in USD)  
 
Assets carried at amortized cost
                               
Trade and other receivables
    5,428,151       5,428,151       12,449,527       12,449,527  
Term deposits
    16,038,898       16,038,898       14,471,404       14,471,404  
Cash and cash equivalents
    5,471,639       5,471,639       9,341,526       9,341,526  
                                 
      26,938,688       26,938,688       36,262,457       36,262,457  
                                 
Liabilities carried at fair value
                               
Separable embedded derivative on convertible and redeemable preference shares
    301,594       301,594       48,382       48,382  
                                 
      301,594       301,594       48,382       48,382  
                                 
Liabilities carried at amortized cost
                               
Financed lease liabilities
    75,733       75,733       92,732       92,732  
Secured bank loans
    2,830       2,830       114,512       114,512  
Bank overdraft
    7,914,024       7,914,024       3,996,066       3,996,066  
Convertible and redeemable preference shares
    39,633,977       39,633,977       40,759,654       40,759,654  
Trade and other payables
    10,693,685       10,693,685       20,408,757       20,408,757  
Other current liabilities
    305,289       305,289       554,170       554,170  
                                 
      58,625,538       58,625,538       65,925,891       65,925,891  
                                 
 
The basis for determining fair values is disclosed in note 4.
 
31)   OPERATING LEASES
 
Leases as Lessee
 
Non cancellable operating lease rentals are payable as follows:
 
                 
    As at March 31  
Particulars
  2009     2010  
 
Less than one year
    920,527       1,188,061  
Between one and five years
    4,814,241       4,685,954  
More than five years
    1,234,690       1,024,265  
                 
Total
    6,969,458       6,898,280  
                 


F-54


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Group leases a number of offices under operating leases. The lease period ranges for a period of three to nine years, with an option to renew the lease after that date. Lease payments are increased after a specified period under such arrangements.
 
During the year ended March 31, 2010, USD 1,244,798 was recognized as rent expense under other operating expense in profit or loss in respect of operating leases (March 31, 2009: USD 1,314,937).
 
32)   CONTINGENCIES
 
During the year ended March 31, 2009, a general industry wide inquiry was initiated by the Mumbai Zonal Unit of Directorate General of Excise Intelligence & Customs (regulatory authority) on various travel agencies across India with regard to compliance with service tax rules and regulations by travel companies in India. However, show-cause notice has not been received by the Indian subsidiary on this matter. The Indian subsidiary is not required to file any response to the regulatory authority. The Indian subsidiary has also evaluated its compliance with the service tax regulations and has not observed any material exceptions. In view of the above, we believe that neither it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation nor a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Therefore, we have disclosed this matter as a contingent liability.
 
33)   CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
 
Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on the capital account and not provided for (net of advances) aggregate USD 90,973 as at March 31, 2010 (March 31, 2009: USD 22,814).
 
34)   RELATED PARTIES
 
For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, parties are considered to be related to the Group, if the Group has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the party or exercise significant influence over the party in making financial and operating decisions, or vice versa, or where the Group and the party are subject to common control or common significant influence. Related parties may be individuals or other entities.
 
Related parties and nature of relationships where control exists:
 
     
Nature of Relationship
 
Name of Related Parties
 
Holding Company
  SB Asia Infrastructure Fund II, Limited Partnership, Cayman Islands
 
Related parties and nature of related party relationships:
 
     
Nature of Relationship
 
Name of Related Parties
 
Key management personnel
  Deep Kalra
Key management personnel
  Keyur Joshi
Key management personnel
  Sanjeev Bikhchandani
Key management personnel
  Frederic Lalonde
Key management personnel
  Philip Wolf
Party controlled by key management personnel
  PhoCus Wright Inc.


F-55


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Transactions with Holding company:
 
                         
    For the Year Ended March 31
Transactions
  2008   2009   2010
    (in USD)
 
Issue of convertible and redeemable preference shares
    5,020,185       6,243,555        
Revenue from air ticketing
    15,854       13,794       16,901  
 
                 
    As at March 31
Balance Outstanding
  2009   2010
    (in USD)
 
Trade and other payables
    692       7,746  
 
Transactions with party controlled by key management personnel:
 
                         
    For the Year Ended March 31
Transactions
  2008   2009   2010
    (in USD)
 
Purchase of marketing services
    6,250       18,322       19,300  
 
                 
    As at March 31
Balance Outstanding
  2009   2010
    (in USD)
 
Trade and other payables
    455       455  
 
Transactions with Key Management Personnel:
 
Loans to Key Management Personnel
 
Unsecured loans given during the year ended March 31, 2008 amounted to USD 29,942. No interest is payable on such loans and these amounts are repayable within a period of 12 months. At March 31, 2010, the loan balance outstanding was USD 88,284 (March 31, 2009: 44,234, March 31, 2008: USD 48,870).
 
Key Management Personnel Compensation*
 
Key management personnel compensation comprised:
 
                         
    For the Year Ended March 31  
Particulars
  2008     2009     2010  
    (in USD)  
 
Short-term employee benefits
    403,704       327,282       208,428  
Contribution to provident fund
    11,764       12,332       11,920  
Share based payment
    29,936       32,247       1,880,398  
                         
Total
    445,404       371,861       2,100,746  
                         
 
 
Note: * Provision for gratuity and compensated absences has not been considered, since the provisions are based on actuarial valuations for the Group’s entities as a whole


F-56


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
35)   GROUP ENTITIES
 
Subsidiaries
 
                         
        Ownership Interest at
    Country of
  March 31
Name of Subsidiaries
  Incorporation   2009   2010
 
MakeMyTrip.com Inc
    USA       100 %     100 %
                         
MakeMyTrip (India) Private Limited
    India       99.98 %     99.98 %
                         
 
36)   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
  a)  The name of the Company has changed from International Web Travel Private Limited to MakeMyTrip Limited on April 19, 2010 as per the approval from Registrar of Companies, Mauritius.


F-57


Table of Contents

(BACK COVER)


Table of Contents

 
(MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED LOGO)
 


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 6.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
Under Mauritius law, a company may indemnify a director or employee of such company or a related company for any costs incurred by him or such company in respect of any proceedings (a) that relates to liability for any act or omission in his capacity as a director or employee, and (b) in which judgment is given in his favor, or in which he is acquitted, or which is discontinued or in which he is granted relief under section 350 of the Companies Act 2001 (as amended) of Mauritius or where proceedings are threatened and such threatened action is abandoned or not pursued. Mauritius law further provides that a company may indemnify a director or employee of such company or a related company in respect of (a) liability to any person, other than such company or a related company, for any act or omission in his capacity as a director or employee; or (b) costs incurred by that director or employee in defending or settling any claim or proceedings relating to any such liability. Our post-offering Constitution will provide for indemnification, to the extent permitted by Mauritius law, of our directors and officers for costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred or sustained by them in the execution and discharge of their duties in their respective offices or in relation thereto, except in respect of their own fraud or dishonesty.
 
Furthermore, Mauritius law permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for a director or employee of the company or a related company in respect of (a) liability, not being criminal liability, for any act or omission in his capacity as a director or employee; (b) costs incurred by that director or employee in defending or settling any claim or proceeding relating to any such liability; or (c) costs incurred by that director or employee in defending any criminal proceedings (1) that have been brought against the director or employee in relation to any act or omission in that person’s capacity as a director or employee; (2) in which that person is acquitted; or (3) in relation to which a nolle prosequi is entered. We have purchased and maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability policy for such a purpose, with a policy limit of $15 million.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling in pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
Item 7.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
During the past three years, we have issued and sold the securities listed below (including options to acquire our ordinary shares) without registering the securities under the Securities Act. The numbers and prices of the securities listed below do not take into account the 20-for-one share split with respect to all our ordinary and preferred shares, as well as the 20-for-one adjustment with respect to the number of ordinary shares underlying options and the corresponding adjustment to the exercise prices of such options, we effected on July 22, 2010. None of these transactions involved any underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering. All our Series B preferred shares and Series C preferred shares were sold through private placements either (i) outside the United States to foreign persons, or (ii) inside the United States to accredited investors or to a limited number of persons in transactions not involving any public offering. All our options to purchase ordinary shares and the ordinary shares issued upon the exercise of such options were issued to directors or employees and were in respect of ordinary shares not exceeding 15.0% of our issued ordinary share capital. Accordingly, we believe that each of the following issuances were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S, Section 4(2) or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.
 


II-1


Table of Contents

                     
        Number of
       
        Securities
      Consideration
Purchaser
  Date of Issuance   Originally Issued   Title of Securities   per Share
 
Feroz Dewan
  August 8, 2007     1,483     Series B preferred shares   $101.14
Tiger Global Private Investment Partners IV, L.P. 
  August 9, 2007     75,146     Series B preferred shares   $101.14
Sierra Ventures VIII-A, L.P. 
  August 9, 2007     7,528     Series B preferred shares   $101.14
Sierra Ventures VIII-B, L.P. 
  August 9, 2007     74     Series B preferred shares   $101.14
Sierra Ventures Associates VIII, LLC
  August 9, 2007     229     Series B preferred shares   $101.14
Lee Fixel
  August 10, 2007     1,483     Series B preferred shares   $101.14
Scott L. Shleifer
  August 10, 2007     989     Series B preferred shares   $101.14
Helion Venture
  August 14, 2007     11,747     Series B preferred shares   $101.14
SAIF
  August 16, 2007     49,636     Series B preferred shares   $101.14
SAIF
  May 23, 2008     57,875     Series C preferred shares   $107.88
Helion Venture
  May 23, 2008     15,331     Series C preferred shares   $107.88
Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P. 
  May 23, 2008     53,764     Series C preferred shares   $107.88
Lee Fixel
  May 23, 2008     927     Series C preferred shares   $107.88
Feroz Dewan
  May 23, 2008     927     Series C preferred shares   $107.88
Sierra Ventures VIII-A, L.P. 
  May 23, 2008     9,826     Series C preferred shares   $107.88
Sierra Ventures VIII-B, L.P. 
  May 23, 2008     96     Series C preferred shares   $107.88
Sierra Ventures Associates VIII, LLC
  May 23, 2008     299     Series C preferred shares   $107.88
Rajesh Magow
  June 17, 2009     4,600     Ordinary shares   $14.84
Amit Saberwal
  June 19, 2009     480     Ordinary shares   $9.75
Venkatesh Bhardwaj
  June 19, 2009     170     Ordinary shares   $9.75
Certain current and former non-executive directors
  June 25, 2009     8,338     Options to purchase ordinary shares   Exercise price
of $0.01

Certain employees
  June 25, 2009     8,398     Options to purchase ordinary shares   Exercise price
of $9.75
Certain directors, executive officers and other employees
  June 25, 2009     39,212     Options to purchase ordinary shares   Exercise price
of $10.50

Rajesh Magow
  June 25, 2009     9,107     Options to purchase ordinary shares   Exercise price
of $14.84
Certain executive officers and employees
  June 25, 2009     35,760     Options to purchase ordinary shares   Exercise price
of $39.53
Certain executive officers and employees
  June 25, 2009     12,750     Options to purchase ordinary shares   Exercise price
of $101.14

Certain employees
  June 25, 2009     2,375     Options to purchase ordinary shares   Exercise price
of $107.88

Executive officer
  December 1, 2009     5,000     Options to purchase ordinary shares   Exercise price
of $10.50

Executive officer
  January 4, 2010     9,000     Options to purchase ordinary shares   Exercise price
of $10.50

Former employee
  April 28, 2010     1,000     Ordinary shares upon the exercise of vested options   Exercise price
of $39.53

Former employee
  May 25, 2010     75     Ordinary shares upon the exercise of vested options   Exercise price
of $107.88

Former non-executive director
  July 13, 2010     2,899     Ordinary shares upon the exercise of vested options   Exercise price
of $0.01

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 8.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a)  Exhibits
 
See Exhibit Index beginning on page II-7 of this registration statement.
 
(b)  Financial Statement Schedules
 
All supplement schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
 
Item 9.    Undertakings
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Gurgaon, Haryana, India, on July 26, 2010.
 
MakeMyTrip Limited
 
  By: 
/s/  Deep Kalra
Name: Deep Kalra
Title: Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive Officer
 
We, the undersigned directors of MakeMyTrip Limited and executive officers of MakeMyTrip Limited and its subsidiaries hereby severally constitute and appoint Deep Kalra and Rajesh Magow, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement (or any other Registration Statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on July 26, 2010.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Deep Kalra

Deep Kalra
 
Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive Officer
         
         
/s/  Rajesh Magow

Rajesh Magow

 
Group Chief Financial Officer
(group principal financial officer and group principal accounting officer)
     
/s/  Ravi Adusumalli

Ravi Adusumalli
 
Director
     
/s/  Sanjeev Aggarwal

Sanjeev Aggarwal
 
Director
     
/s/  Aditya Tim Guleri

Aditya Tim Guleri
 
Director
     
/s/  Philip C. Wolf

Philip C. Wolf
 
Director
     
/s/  Vivek N. Gour

Vivek N. Gour
 
Director


II-4


Table of Contents

         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Frederic Lalonde

Frederic Lalonde
 
Director
     
/s/  Gyaneshwarnath Gowrea

Gyaneshwarnath Gowrea
 
Director
     
/s/  Mohammad Akhtar Janally

Mohammad Akhtar Janally
 
Director
     
/s/  Jonathan I. Huang

Jonathan I. Huang
 
Authorized Representative in the United States


II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE REGISTRANT
 
Pursuant to the Securities Act, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of MakeMyTrip Limited, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in New York City, New York, United States on July 26, 2010.
 
AUTHORIZED US REPRESENTATIVE
 
  By:  /s/ Jonathan I. Huang
     
  Name:  Jonathan I. Huang
  Title:  Director of Investor Relations,
MakeMyTrip.com Inc.


II-6


Table of Contents

MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
     
No.
 
Description
 
1.1
  Form of underwriting agreement.*
3.1
  Form of Constitution of MakeMyTrip Limited (effective upon the closing of this offering).
4.1
  Form of ordinary share certificate.
5.1
  Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman (Mauritius) Limited.
8.1
  Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman (Mauritius) Limited as to certain Mauritian tax matters.
8.2
  Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP as to certain US tax matters.
10.1.1
  Amended and Restated MakeMyTrip.com 2001 Equity Option Plan.
10.1.2
  MakeMyTrip 2010 Share Incentive Plan.
10.2
  Third Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement dated May 20, 2008 by and among the shareholders named therein and our company.
10.3
  Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement dated July 16, 2010 by and among the shareholders named therein and our company.
10.4
  Subscriber Agreement dated February 4, 2009 (effective as of February 1, 2009), by and between MMT India and Amadeus India Pvt. Ltd.#
10.5
  Passenger Sales Agency Agreement dated August 30, 2002 by and between MMT India and each IATA member, represented by the Director General of IATA.
10.6.1
  Business Process Outsourcing Services Agreement dated March 5, 2008 by and between MMT India and IBM Daksh Business Process Services Private Limited, or IBM Daksh.
10.6.2
  Statement of Work dated March 5, 2008 by and between MMT India and IBM Daksh, or the IBM Statement of Work.#
10.6.3
  First Amendment to the IBM Statement of Work dated July 16, 2008 (effective as of March 5, 2008), by and between MMT India and IBM Daksh.#
10.6.4
  Second Amendment to the IBM Statement of Work dated July 28, 2009 (effective as of May 1, 2009), by and between MMT India and IBM Daksh.#
10.7.1
  Services Agreement, or the Tecnovate Services Agreement, dated March 25, 2009 by and between MMT India and Tecnovate eSolutions Private Limited, or Tecnovate.#
10.7.2
  Amendment to the Tecnovate Services Agreement dated June 4, 2010 (effective as of March 24, 2010), by and between MMT India and Tecnovate.#
10.8
  Master Services Agreement dated July 6, 2009 by and between MMT India and RightNow Technologies, Inc.
10.9
  Lease deed for Plot Number 103, Udyog Vihar, Phase 1, Gurgaon, Haryana 122016, India dated October 25, 2007.
10.10
  Sanction Letter for Working Capital Facilities dated September 7, 2009 by and between MMT India and HDFC Bank (including letter of amendment).
10.11
  Form of director and executive officer indemnification agreement.
21.1
  List of subsidiaries of MakeMyTrip Limited.
23.1
  Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman (Mauritius) Limited (see Exhibit 5.1).
23.2
  Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (see Exhibit 8.2).
23.4
  Consent of KPMG, registered public accounting firm.
24.1
  Power of Attorney (contained on signature page).
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
# Confidential treatment being requested.


II-7

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT 3.1
A PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
HOLDING A CATEGORY 1 GLOBAL BUSINESS LICENCE
CONSTITUTION
OF
MakeMyTrip Limited
(Adopted pursuant to a special resolution by way of written resolutions passed by the
shareholders of the Company on July 19 2010 and effective immediately upon the
completion of the Company’s initial public offering of ordinary shares on ___________ 2010)

 


Table of Contents

I N D E X
         
SUBJECT   Clause No.
 
   
    1  
    2  
    3  
    4-7  
    8-9  
    10-11  
    12-15  
    16-21  
    22-24  
    25-33  
    34-42  
    43-44  
    45  
    46-51  
    52-54  
    55  
    56-58  
    59-60  
    61-65  
    66-77  
    78-83  
    84  
    85  
    86  
    87-88  
    89  
    90-91  
    92-95  
    96-99  
    100-103  
    104-109  
    110-113  
    114-123  
    124-126  
    127-130  
    131  
    132  
    133  
    134  
    135  
    136-145  
    146  
    147-148  
    150-154  
    155-160  
    161-163  
    164  
    165-166  
    167  

 


Table of Contents

         
SUBJECT   Clause No.
    168-168  
    168  
    169  
    170  

 


Table of Contents

- 1 -

GENERAL
1.1   Constitution and the Companies Act 2001
     The provisions of the Act are modified, adopted and extended by this Constitution as hereinafter provided.
1.2   Name
     The name of the Company is MakeMyTrip Limited.
1.3   Objects
  (a)   The objects of the Company are to carry out any business or activity permitted under its Category 1 Global Business Licence. To the extent permitted by Law, the Company may effect any business transactions and take any steps which it considers expedient to further the objects of the Company.
 
  (b)   The Company shall have full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction, subject to such restrictions and limitations as may be provided under any conditions of its Category 1 Global Business Licence.
 
  (c)   The Company shall have for the purposes of Clause 1.3(b) above, full rights, powers and privileges.
1.4   Type of Company and Liability of Shareholders
  (a)   The Company is a public company limited by shares.
 
  (b)   The liability of the Members is limited to any amount unpaid on their shares and to such obligations as may be attached to their shares under the terms of their issue or this Constitution.
1.5   Registered Office
     The Office of the Company will be at c/o Multiconsult Limited, Rogers House, 5 President John Kennedy Street, Port-Louis, Mauritius, or at such other place within Mauritius as the Board may, from time to time, determine.
INTERPRETATION
2. (1) In this Constitution, unless the context otherwise requires, the words standing in the first column of the following table shall bear the meaning set opposite them respectively in the second column.
     
WORD   MEANING
 
   
“Act”
  the Companies Act 2001 of Mauritius or any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment thereof for the


Table of Contents

- 2 -

 
   
 
  time being in force, and any reference to any provision of the Act is to that provision as so modified, amended or re-enacted or contained in any such subsequent act or acts.
 
   
“Audit Committee”
  the audit committee of the Company formed by the Board pursuant to Clause 124 hereof, or any successor audit committee.
 
   
“Auditor”
  the auditor of the Company for the time being and may include any individual or partnership.
 
   
“Board” or “Directors”
  the board of directors for the time being of the Company and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act and this Constitution or the directors present at a meeting of directors at which there is a quorum.
 
   
“capital”
  the share capital from time to time of the Company.
 
   
“Category 1 Global
Business Licence”
  a licence issued under section 72(6) of the Financial Services Act 2007.
 
   
“Clause”
  a clause of this Constitution.
 
   
“clear days”
  in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.
 
   
“clearing house”
  a clearing house recognised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction.
 
   
“Company”
  MakeMyTrip Limited
 
   
“competent regulatory authority”
  a competent regulatory authority in the territory where the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such territory.
 
   
“Constitution”
  this Constitution in its present form or as supplemented or amended or substituted from time to time.
 
   
“debenture” and “debenture holder”
  include debenture stock and debenture stockholder respectively.
 
   
“depository”
  a depository or other recognised securities clearing system or clearing house or its nominee(s) in the


Table of Contents

- 3 -

 
   
 
  jurisdiction where the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a Designated Stock Exchange in such jurisdiction, which shall include the Depository Trust Company or its nominee(s) in the United States of America.
 
   
“Designated Stock Exchange”
  the Nasdaq Stock Market or any other internationally recognized stock exchange where the Company’s securities are traded
 
   
“Directors”
  the directors for the time being of the Company and shall include an alternate director.
 
   
“dollars”, “$” and “US$”
  dollars, the legal currency of the United States of America.
 
   
“head office”
  such office of the Company as the Directors may from time to time determine to be the principal office of the Company.
 
   
“Law”
  the laws of Mauritius, including (without limitation) the Act and any other act or regulation for the time being in force concerning public companies limited by shares registered in Mauritius and affecting the Company.
 
   
“Listed Shares”
  shares of the Company which have been admitted for quotation on a Designated Stock Exchange for so long as any shares of the Company are listed or quoted on such Designated Stock Exchange.
 
   
“Mauritius”
  the Republic of Mauritius.
 
   
“Member”
  a duly registered holder from time to time of the shares in the capital of the Company.
 
   
“month”
  a calendar month.
 
   
“Notice”
  written notice unless otherwise specifically stated and as further defined in this Constitution.
 
   
“Office”
  the registered office of the Company for the time being.
 
   
“ordinary resolution”
  a resolution that is approved by a simple majority of the votes of those Members entitled to vote and voting on the matter which is the subject of the resolution.
 
   
“paid up”
  paid up or credited as paid up.
 
   
Register”
  the principal register of Members and where applicable, any branch register of Members of the Company to be


Table of Contents

- 4 -

 
   
 
  maintained at such place within or outside Mauritius as the Board shall determine from time to time.
 
   
“Registration Office”
  in respect of any class of share capital such place as the Board may from time to time determine to keep a branch register of Members in respect of that class of share capital and where (except in cases where the Board otherwise directs) the transfers or other documents of title for such class of share capital are to be lodged for registration and are to be registered.
 
   
“SEC”
  the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
   
“Seal”
  common seal or any one or more duplicate seals of the Company (including a securities seal, if any) for use in Mauritius or in any place outside Mauritius.
 
   
“Secretary”
  any person, firm or corporation appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any assistant, deputy, temporary or acting secretary.
 
   
“special resolution”
  a resolution approved by a majority of 75 per cent. (75%) or, if a higher majority is required by this Constitution, that higher majority, of the votes of those Members entitled to vote and voting on the question.
 
   
“Statutes”
  the Act and every other law of the Legislature of Mauritius for the time being in force applying to or affecting the Company and/or this Constitution.
 
   
“Treasury Share”
  a share of the Company that was or is treated as having been acquired and held by the Company and has been held continuously by the Company since it was so acquired and has not been cancelled.
 
   
“year”
  a calendar year.
     (2) In this Constitution, unless there be something within the subject or context inconsistent with such construction:
  (a)   words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;
 
  (b)   words importing a gender include both gender and the neuter;
 
  (c)   words importing persons include companies, associations and bodies of persons whether corporate or not;
 
  (d)   the words:


Table of Contents

- 5 -

  (i)   “may” shall be construed as permissive;
 
  (ii)   “shall” or “will” shall be construed as imperative;
  (e)   expressions referring to writing shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be construed as including printing, lithography, photography and other modes of representing words or figures in a visible form, and including where the representation takes the form of electronic display, provided that both the mode of service of the relevant document or notice and the Member’s election comply with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations;
 
  (f)   references to any law, ordinance, statute or statutory provision shall be interpreted as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;
 
  (g)   save as aforesaid words and expressions defined in the Statutes shall bear the same meanings in this Constitution if not inconsistent with the subject in the context;
 
  (h)   references to a document being executed include references to it being executed under hand or under seal or by electronic signature or by any other method and references to a notice or document include a notice or document recorded or stored in any digital, electronic, electrical, magnetic or other retrievable form or medium and information in visible form whether having physical substance or not;
 
  (i)   a special resolution shall be effective for any purpose for which an ordinary resolution is expressed to be required under any provision of this Constitution or the Statutes.
SHARE CAPITAL
3. (1) The stated capital of the Company at the date on which this Constitution comes into effect shall be divided into ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0005 each.
     (2) The Company may purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares for cancellation or hold shares purchased or acquired by the Company as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Act on such terms as the Board shall think fit. Subject to the Law, this Constitution and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, any power of the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares shall be exercisable by the Board in such manner, upon such terms and subject to such conditions as it may from time to time think fit. The Company may transfer any Treasury Shares purchased or acquired by it pursuant to the Act.
     (3) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly give financial assistance to a person who is acquiring or proposing to acquire shares in the Company for the purpose of that acquisition whether before or at the same time as the acquisition takes place or afterwards PROVIDED that nothing in this Constitution shall prohibit transactions permitted by the Act.


Table of Contents

- 6 -

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL
4. The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution in accordance with the Law:
  (a)   increase its capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such classes and amounts, as the resolution shall prescribe;
 
  (b)   consolidate and divide all or any of its capital into shares of a larger amount than its existing shares;
 
  (c)   divide its shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares attach thereto respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges, conditions or such restrictions which in the absence of any such determination by the Company in Members’ meeting, as the Directors may determine provided always that where the Company issues shares which do not carry voting rights, the words “non-voting” shall appear in the designation of such shares and where the equity capital includes shares with different voting rights, the designation of each class of shares, other than those with the most favourable voting rights, must include the words “restricted voting” or “limited voting”;
 
  (d)   sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of a smaller amount than is fixed by this Constitution (subject, nevertheless, to the Law), and may by such resolution determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred, deferred or other rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the other or others as the Company has power to attach to new shares;
 
  (e)   cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person, and diminish the amount of its capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled in accordance with the Act or, in the case of shares without par value, diminish the number of shares into which its capital is divided.
5. The Board may settle as it considers expedient any difficulty which arises in relation to any consolidation and division under the last preceding Clause and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing may arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale (after deduction of the expenses of such sale) in due proportion amongst the Members who would have been entitled to the fractions, and for this purpose the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares representing fractions to their purchaser or resolve that such net proceeds be paid to the Company for the Company’s benefit. Such purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor will his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

 


Table of Contents

- 7 -

6. The Company may from time to time by special resolution, subject to any confirmation or consent required by the Law, reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve in any manner permitted by law.
7. Except so far as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue, or by this Constitution, any capital raised by the creation of new shares shall be treated as if it formed part of the original capital of the Company, and such shares shall be subject to the provisions contained in this Constitution with reference to the payment of calls and instalments, transfer and transmission, forfeiture, lien, cancellation, surrender, voting and otherwise.
SHARE RIGHTS
8. Subject to the provisions of the Law, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and this Constitution and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, any share in the Company (whether forming part of the present capital or not) may be issued with or have attached thereto such rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Company may determine or, if there has not been any such determination or so far as the same shall not make specific provision, as the Board may determine.
9. Subject to the Law, any preferred shares may be issued or converted into shares that, at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder if so authorised by its constitution, are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Company may by ordinary resolution of the Members or the Board before the issue or conversion may determine.
VARIATION OF RIGHTS
10. Subject to the Law and without prejudice to Clause 8, all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to the shares or any class of shares may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be varied, modified or abrogated with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. To every such separate Members’ meeting all the provisions of this Constitution relating to Members’ meetings of the Company shall, mutatis mutandis, apply, but so that:
  (a)   the necessary quorum (whether at a separate Members’ meeting or at its adjourned meeting) shall be a person or persons (or in the case of a Member being a corporation, its duly authorized representative) together holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class;
 
  (b)   every holder of shares of the class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by him; and
 
  (c)   any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy or authorised representative may demand a poll.


Table of Contents

- 8 -

11. Subject to the Act, the special rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied, modified or abrogated by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.
SHARES
12. (1) Subject to the Law, the provisions of this Constitution and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and without prejudice to any special rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any shares or any class of shares, the Board may offer, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of shares of the Company to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine but so that no shares shall be issued at a discount.
     (2) Neither the Company nor the Board shall be obliged, when making or granting any allotment of, offer of, option over or disposal of shares, to make, or make available, any such allotment, offer, option or shares to Members or others with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories being a territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, this would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be, or be deemed to be, a separate class of members for any purpose whatsoever.
     (3) The Board may issue options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of shares or securities in the capital of the Company on such terms as it may from time to time determine.
13. The Company may in connection with the issue of any shares exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by the Law. Subject to the Law, the commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one and partly in the other.
14. Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any fractional part of a share or (except only as otherwise provided by this Constitution or by law) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.
15. Subject to the Law and this Constitution, the Board may at any time after the allotment of shares but before any person has been entered in the Register as the holder, recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board considers fit to impose.


Table of Contents

- 9 -

SHARE CERTIFICATES
16. (1) For so long as any shares of the Company are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, the Company may issue Listed Shares in uncertificated form where authorized by a resolution of the Board. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Constitution, no share certificates shall be issued in respect of Listed Shares and the Company shall not be bound to issue any share certificate in respect of any Listed Shares to the holders thereof.
     (2) For so long as the shares of the Company are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, the Company may and is expressly authorized to convert certificated shares into uncertificated shares where such conversion is authorized by a resolution of the Board.
     (3) Every share certificate shall be issued under the Seal or a facsimile thereof or bearing the signature (or a facsimile thereof) of a Director or the Secretary or a person expressly authorised to sign and shall specify the number and class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates, and the amount paid up thereon and may otherwise be in such form as the Directors may from time to time determine. No certificate shall be issued representing shares of more than one class. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signatures on any such certificates (or certificates in respect of other securities) need not be autographic but may be affixed to such certificates by some mechanical means or may be printed thereon.
17. (1) In the case of a share (not being a Listed Share) held jointly by several persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate therefor and delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.
     (2) Where a share stands in the names of two or more persons, the person first named in the Register shall as regards service of notices and, subject to the provisions of this Constitution, all or any other matters connected with the Company, except the transfer of the shares, be deemed the sole holder thereof.
18. Other than a holder of Listed Shares or a Listed Share, every person whose name is entered, upon an allotment of shares, as a Member in the Register shall be entitled, without payment, to receive one certificate for all such shares of any one class or several certificates each for one or more of such shares of such class upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as the Board from time to time determines.
19. Save in respect of Listed Shares, share certificates shall be issued within the relevant time limit as prescribed by the Law or as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine, whichever is the shorter, after allotment or, except in the case of a transfer which the Company is for the time being entitled to refuse to register and does not register, after lodgment of a transfer with the Company.
20. (1) Upon every transfer of shares (not being Listed Shares), the certificate held by the transferor shall be given up to be cancelled, and shall forthwith be cancelled accordingly, and a new certificate shall be issued to the transferee in respect of the shares (not being Listed Shares) transferred to him at such fee as is provided in Clause 20(2). Where a Member transfers part only of the shares (not being Listed Shares) comprised in a certificate or where a Member


Table of Contents

- 10 -

requires the Company to cancel any certificate or certificates and issue new certificates for the purpose of subdividing his holding in a different manner, the old certificate or certificates shall be cancelled and a new certificate or certificates for the balance of such shares be issued in lieu thereof and such Member shall pay all or any part of the stamp duty payable (if any) on each share certificate prior to the delivery thereof which the Board in its absolute discretion may require and such fee as is provided in Clause 20(2).
     (2) The fee referred to in paragraph (1) above shall be an amount not exceeding the relevant maximum amount as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine provided that the Board may at any time determine a lower amount for such fee.
21. If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new duplicate certificate representing the same shares (not being Listed Shares) may be issued to the relevant Member upon request and on payment of such fee as may be prescribed by the Act and, subject to compliance with such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and to payment of the costs and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in investigating such evidence and preparing such indemnity as the Board may think fit and, in case of damage or defacement, on delivery of the old certificate to the Company.
LIEN
22. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share. The Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) registered in the name of a Member (whether or not jointly with other Members) for all amounts of money presently payable by such Member or his estate to the Company whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any equitable or other interest of any person other than such member, and whether the period for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such Member or his estate and any other person, whether a Member of the Company or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends or other moneys payable thereon or in respect thereof. The Board may at any time, generally or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share exempt in whole or in part, from the provisions of this Clause.
23. Subject to this Constitution, the Company may sell in such manner as the Board determines any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless: (a) a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable; and (b) until the expiry of 14 days after a written notice, stating and demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the privilege or lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the share, or the person entitled to the share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the registered holder.
24. The net proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists, so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the share at the time of the sale. To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as


Table of Contents

- 11 -

the holder of the shares so transferred and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.
CALLS ON SHARES
25. Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and to the terms of allotment, the Board may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium), and each Member shall (subject to being given at least fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice specifying the time and place of payment) pay to the Company as required by such notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be extended, postponed or revoked in whole or in part as the Board in its sole discretion shall determine.
26. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed and may be made payable either in one lump sum or by instalments.
27. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and instalments due in respect thereof or other moneys due in respect thereof.
28. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board may determine, but the Board may in its absolute discretion waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.
29. No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or bonus or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another Member) at any meeting of the Members either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or exercise any other privilege as a Member until all calls or instalments due by him to the Company, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid.
30. On the trial or hearing of any action or other proceedings for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book, and that notice of such call was duly given to the Member sued, in pursuance of these Clauses; and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call, nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.
31. Any amount payable in respect of a share upon allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date fixed for payment and if it is not paid, the provisions of these Clauses shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.


Table of Contents

- 12 -

32. On the issue of shares the Board may differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.
33. The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid or instalments payable upon any shares held by him and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Board may decide. The Board may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such Member not less than one month’s Notice of its intention in that behalf, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced. Such payment in advance shall not entitle the holder of such share or shares to participate in respect thereof in a dividend subsequently declared.
FORFEITURE OF SHARES
34. (1) If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Board may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice:
  (a)   requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment; and
 
  (b)   stating that if the Notice is not complied with the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.
     (2) If the requirements of any such Notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which such Notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such forfeiture shall include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share but not actually paid before the forfeiture.
35. When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share. No forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such Notice.
36. The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and, in such case, references in this Constitution to forfeiture will include surrender.
37. (1) Any share so forfeited shall be deemed the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of to such person, upon such terms and in such manner as the Board determines, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be annulled by the Board on such terms as the Board determines.
     (2) If any shares are forfeited and sold, any residue after the satisfaction of the unpaid calls and any accrued interests and expenses shall be paid to the person whose shares have been forfeited, or his executors, administrators or assignees or as he directs.

 


Table of Contents

- 13 -

38. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares but nevertheless shall remain liable to pay the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, with (if the Directors shall in their discretion so require) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board determines. The Board may enforce payment thereof if it thinks fit, and without any deduction or allowance for the value of the forfeited shares, at the date of forfeiture, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares. For the purposes of this Clause any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, is payable thereon at a fixed time which is subsequent to the date of forfeiture, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall notwithstanding that time has not yet arrived be deemed to be payable at the date of forfeiture, and the same shall become due and payable immediately upon the forfeiture, but interest thereon shall only be payable in respect of any period between the said fixed time and the date of actual payment.
39. A declaration in writing by a Director that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share, and such declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer by the Company if necessary) constitute a good title to the share, and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any), nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share. When any share shall have been forfeited, notice of the declaration shall be given to the Member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the register, but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice or make any such entry.
40. Notwithstanding any such forfeiture as aforesaid the Board may at any time, before any shares so forfeited shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, permit the shares forfeited to be bought back upon the terms of payment of all calls and interest due upon and expenses incurred in respect of the share, and upon such further terms (if any) as it thinks fit.
41. The forfeiture of a share shall not prejudice the right of the Company to any call already made or instalment payable thereon.
42. The provisions of this Constitution as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.
REGISTER OF MEMBERS
43. (1) The Company shall keep in one or more books a Register of its Members and shall enter therein particulars required by the Act.


Table of Contents

- 14 -

     (2) Subject to the Act, the Company may keep an overseas or local or other branch register of Members resident in any place, and the Board may make and vary such regulations as it determines in respect of the keeping of any such register and maintaining a Registration Office in connection therewith.
44. The Register and branch register of Members, as the case may be, shall be open to inspection for such times and on such days in accordance with the Act. The Register including any overseas or local or other branch register of Members may, after compliance with any notice requirement of the Designated Stock Exchange, be closed at such times or for such periods not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in each year as the Board may determine and either generally or in respect of any class of shares.
RECORD DATES
45. (1) For the purpose of determining the Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any Members’ meeting, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of Members, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action.
     (2) If the Board does not fix a record date for any Members’ meeting, the record date for determining the Members entitled to a notice of or to vote at such meeting shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if in accordance with this Constitution notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.
     (3) For the purpose of determining the Members entitled to express consent to Members’ resolution (s) in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to express consent to such resolution(s) in writing.
     (4) A determination of the Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
TRANSFER OF SHARES
46. Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, any Member may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the Board and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or a central depository house or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time.
47. The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee provided that the Board may dispense with the execution of the instrument of transfer by the transferee in any case which it thinks fit in its discretion to do so. Without


Table of Contents

- 15 -

prejudice to the last preceding Clause, the Board may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by either the transferor or transferee, to accept mechanically executed transfers. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof. Nothing in this Constitution shall preclude the Board from recognising a renunciation of the allotment or provisional allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person.
48. (1) The Board may, in its absolute discretion, refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, and it may also, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) on which the Company has a lien.
     (2) The Board in so far as permitted by any applicable law may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any share upon the Register to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the Register or any other branch register. In the event of any such transfer, the shareholder requesting such transfer shall bear the cost of effecting the transfer unless the Board otherwise determines.
     (3) Unless the Board otherwise agrees (which agreement may be on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board in its absolute discretion may from time to time determine, and which agreement the Board shall, without giving any reason therefor, be entitled in its absolute discretion to give or withhold), no shares upon the Register shall be transferred to any branch register nor shall shares on any branch register be transferred to the Register or any other branch register and all transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration, and registered, in the case of any shares on a branch register, at the relevant Registration Office, and, in the case of any shares on the Register, at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law.
49. Without limiting the generality of the last preceding Clause, the Board may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:-
  (a)   a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof;
 
  (b)   the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share; and
 
  (c)   the instrument of transfer is lodged at the Office or at such other place (if any) which the Board may appoint accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do).
50. If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share, it shall, within 28 days after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of the refusal as required by the Act and the reasons for the refusal will be given in the notice.


Table of Contents

- 16 -

51. The registration of transfers of shares or of any class of shares may, after compliance with any notice requirement of the Designated Stock Exchange, be suspended at such times and for such periods (not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in any year) as the Board may determine.
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
52. If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and his legal personal representatives where he was a sole or only surviving holder, will be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares; but nothing in this Clause will release the estate of a deceased Member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share which had been solely or jointly held by him.
53. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member may, upon such evidence as to his title being produced as may be required by the Board, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof. If he elects to become the holder he shall notify the Company in writing either at the Registration Office or Office, as the case may be, to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered he shall execute a transfer of the share in favour of that person. The provisions of this Constitution relating to the transfer and registration of transfers of shares shall apply to such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the Member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by such Member.
54. A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share. However, the Board may, if it thinks fit, withhold the payment of any dividend payable or other advantages in respect of such share until such person shall become the registered holder of the share or shall have effectually transferred such share, but, subject to the requirements of Clause 75(2) being met, such a person may vote at meetings.
UNTRACEABLE MEMBERS
55. (1) Without prejudice to the rights of the Company under paragraph (2) of this Clause, the Company may cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such cheques or warrants have been left uncashed on two consecutive occasions. However, the Company may exercise the power to cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a cheque or warrant is returned undelivered.
     (2) The Company shall have the power to sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares of a Member who is untraceable, but no such sale shall be made unless:
  (a)   all cheques or warrants in respect of dividends of the shares in question, being not less than three in total number, for any sum payable in cash to the holder of


Table of Contents

- 17 -

      such shares in respect of them sent during the relevant period in the manner authorised by this Constitution have remained uncashed;
 
  (b)   so far as it is aware at the end of the relevant period, the Company has not at any time during the relevant period received any indication of the existence of the Member who is the holder of such shares or of a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and
  (c)   the Company, if so required by the rules governing the listing of shares on the Designated Stock Exchange, has given notice to, and caused advertisement in newspapers to be made in accordance with the requirements of, the Designated Stock Exchange of its intention to sell such shares in the manner required by the Designated Stock Exchange, and a period of three months or such shorter period as may be allowed by the Designated Stock Exchange has elapsed since the date of such advertisement.
     For the purpose of the foregoing, the “relevant period” means the period commencing twelve (12) years before the date of publication of the advertisement referred to in paragraph (c) of this Clause and ending at the expiry of the period referred to in that paragraph.
     (3) To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the said shares and an instrument of transfer signed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of such person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder or the person entitled by transmission to such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. The net proceeds of the sale will belong to the Company and upon receipt by the Company of such net proceeds it shall become indebted to the former Member for an amount equal to such net proceeds. No trust shall be created in respect of such debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or as it thinks fit. Any sale under this Clause shall be valid and effective notwithstanding that the Member holding the shares sold is dead, bankrupt or otherwise under any legal disability or incapacity.
MEMBERS’ MEETINGS
56. An annual meeting of the Members of the Company shall be held each year at such time and place as may be determined by the Board, provided that an annual meeting shall be held not more than once in each year and not later than 6 months after the balance sheet date of the Company and not later than 15 months after the previous annual meeting of the Company.
57. Each Members’ meeting, other than an annual meeting, shall be called a special meeting. All Members’ meetings (including annual meetings of the Company) may be held at such times and in any location in the world as may be determined by the Board.
58. The Board may whenever it thinks fit call special meetings, and, subject to the Act, Members holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than 5 per cent (5%) of the voting rights entitled to be exercised on the issue shall at all times have the right, by written


Table of Contents

- 18 -

requisition to the Board or the Secretary of the Company, to require a special meeting to be called by the Board for the transaction of any business specified in such requisition; and such meeting shall be held within two (2) months after the deposit of such requisition.
NOTICE OF MEMBERS’ MEETINGS
59. (1) At least fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice of a Members’ meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat. A Members’ meeting at which the passing of a special resolution is to be considered shall be called by not less than twenty-one (21) clear days’ Notice. A Members’ meeting, whether or not a special resolution will be considered at such meeting, may be called by shorter notice if it is so agreed by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat.
     (2) The notice shall specify the time and place of the meeting, the nature of the business to be transacted at the meeting in sufficient detail to enable a Member to form a reasoned judgment in relation to it and the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting. The notice convening an annual meeting shall specify the meeting as such. Notice of every Members’ meeting shall be given to all Members other than to such Members as, under the provisions of this Constitution or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from the Company, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member and to each of the Directors and the Auditors.
     (3) The Secretary may postpone any Members’ meeting called in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution (other than a meeting requisitioned under this Constitution) provided that notice of postponement is given to each Member before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place for the postponed meeting shall be given to each Member in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution.
60. The accidental omission to give Notice of a meeting or (in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with the Notice) to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of such Notice or such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive such Notice shall not invalidate any resolution passed or the proceedings at that meeting.
PROCEEDINGS AT MEMBERS’ MEETINGS
61. (1) Members may participate in any Members’ meeting by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     (2) All business that is transacted at an annual meeting shall be deemed special, with the exception of:
  (a)   the declaration and sanctioning of dividends;


Table of Contents

- 19 -

  (b)   consideration and adoption of the accounts and balance sheet and the reports of the Directors and Auditors and other documents required to be annexed to the balance sheet;
 
  (c)   the election, appointment or re-appointment of Directors;
 
  (d)   appointment or re-appointment of Auditors (where special notice of the intention for such appointment is not required by the Law) and other officers; and
 
  (e)   the fixing of the remuneration of the Auditors, and the voting of remuneration or extra remuneration to the Directors.
     (3) No business, other than the appointment of a chairman of a meeting, shall be transacted at any Members’ meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Except as herein otherwise provided, a quorum for a meeting of Members shall be present where the Members or their proxies, or being a corporation by its representative duly authorized, are present or have cast postal votes, who are between them able to exercise not less than 33.3% of the votes to be cast on the business to be transacted by the meeting.
62. If within thirty (30) minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chairman of the meeting may determine to wait) after the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the Board may determine. If at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for holding the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.
63. The chairman of the Board shall preside as chairman at every Members’ meeting. If at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or is not willing to act as chairman, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act, or if one Director only is present he shall preside as chairman if willing to act. If no Director is present, or if each of the Directors present declines to take the chair, or if the chairman chosen shall retire from the chair, the Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall elect one of their number to be chairman.
64. The chairman may adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for fourteen (14) days or more, at least seven (7) clear days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting but it shall not be necessary to specify in such notice the nature of the business to be transacted at the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Save as aforesaid, it shall be unnecessary to give notice of an adjournment.
65. If an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration but is in good faith ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a special resolution, no amendment thereto (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon.

 


Table of Contents

- 20 -

VOTING
66. Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any shares or any class of shares by or in accordance with this Constitution, at any Members’ meeting on a show of hands every Member present in person (or being a corporation, is present by a duly authorised representative) or by proxy shall have one vote and on a poll, every Member present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative shall have one vote for every fully paid share of which he is the holder but so that no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or instalments is treated for the foregoing purposes as paid up on the share. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Constitution, where more than one proxy is appointed by a Member which is a clearing house or a central depository house (or its nominee(s)), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands. A resolution put to the vote of a meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless voting by way of a poll is required by the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange or (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll) a poll is demanded:
  (a)   by the chairman of such meeting; or
 
  (b)   by not less than five Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy for the time being entitled to vote at the meeting; or
 
  (c)   by a Member or Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and representing not less than ten per cent. (10%) of the total voting rights of all Members having the right to vote at the meeting; or
 
  (d)   by a Member or Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and holding shares in the Company that confer a right to vote at the meeting and on which the aggregate amount paid up is not less than ten per cent. (10%) of the total amount paid up on all shares conferring that right.
A demand by a person as proxy for a Member or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorised representative shall be deemed to be the same as a demand by a Member.
67. Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or not carried by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect made in the minute book of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against the resolution.
68. If a poll is duly demanded the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. There shall be no requirement for the chairman to disclose the voting figures on a poll.


Table of Contents

- 21 -

69. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman, or on a question of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner (including the use of ballot or voting papers or tickets) and either forthwith or at such time (being not later than thirty (30) days after the date of the demand) and place as the chairman directs. It shall not be necessary (unless the chairman otherwise directs) for notice to be given of a poll not taken immediately.
70. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting or the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded, and, with the consent of the chairman, it may be withdrawn at any time before the close of the meeting or the taking of the poll, whichever is the earlier.
71. On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.
72. A person entitled to more than one vote on a poll need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.
73. All questions submitted to a meeting shall be decided by a simple majority of votes except where a greater majority is required by this Constitution or by the Law. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of such meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have.
74. Where there are joint holders of any share any one of such joint holder may vote, either in person or by proxy, in respect of such share as if he were solely entitled thereto, but if more than one of such joint holders be present at any meeting the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the joint holding. Several executors or administrators of a deceased Member in whose name any share stands shall for the purposes of this Clause be deemed joint holders thereof.
75. (1) A Member who is a patient for any purpose relating to mental health or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction for the protection or management of the affairs of persons incapable of managing their own affairs may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person in the nature of a receiver, committee or curator bonis appointed by such court, and such receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person may vote on a poll by proxy, and may otherwise act and be treated as if he were the registered holder of such shares for the purposes of Members’ meetings, provided that such evidence as the Board may require of the authority of the person claiming to vote shall have been deposited at the Office, head office or Registration Office, as appropriate, not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting, or adjourned meeting or poll, as the case may be.
     (2) Any person entitled under Clause 53 to be registered as the holder of any shares may vote at any Members’ meeting in respect thereof in the same manner as if he were the registered holder of such shares, provided that forty-eight (48) hours at least before the time of the holding of the meeting or adjourned meeting, as the case may be, at which he proposes to vote, he shall satisfy the Board of his entitlement to such shares, or the Board shall have previously admitted his right to vote at such meeting in respect thereof.


Table of Contents

- 22 -

76. No Member shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, be entitled to attend and vote and to be reckoned in a quorum at any Members’ meeting unless he is duly registered and all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.
77. If:
  (a)   any objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter; or
 
  (b)   any votes have been counted which ought not to have been counted or which might have been rejected; or
 
  (c)   any votes are not counted which ought to have been counted;
     the objection or error shall not vitiate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting on any resolution unless the same is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs. Any objection or error shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and shall only vitiate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chairman decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting. The decision of the chairman on such matters shall be final and conclusive.
PROXIES AND POSTAL VOTES
78. Any Member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him. A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf at a Members’ meeting of the Company or at a class meeting, provided that the number of proxies to be appointed by a Member shall not exceed the number of shares held by such Member. A proxy need not be a Member. In addition, a proxy or proxies representing either a Member who is an individual or a Member which is a corporation shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the Member which he or they represent as such Member could exercise.
79. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal or under the hand of an officer, attorney or other person authorised to sign the same. In the case of an instrument of proxy purporting to be signed on behalf of a corporation by an officer thereof it shall be assumed, unless the contrary appears, that such officer was duly authorised to sign such instrument of proxy on behalf of the corporation without further evidence of the facts. The instrument appointing a proxy shall state whether the appointment is for a particular meeting or a specified term.
80. The instrument appointing a proxy and (if required by the Board) the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed, or a certified copy of such power or authority, shall be delivered to such place or one of such places (if any) as may be specified for that purpose in or by way of note to or in any document accompanying the notice convening the meeting (or, if no place is so specified at the Registration Office or the Office, as may be appropriate) not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time appointed for holding the


Table of Contents

- 23 -

meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll taken subsequently to the date of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid. No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of twelve (12) months from the date named in it as the date of its execution, except at an adjourned meeting or on a poll demanded at a meeting or an adjourned meeting in cases where the meeting was originally held within twelve (12) months from such date. Delivery of an instrument appointing a proxy shall not preclude a Member from attending and voting in person at the meeting convened and in such event, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to be revoked.
81. Instruments of proxy shall be in any common form or in such other form as the Board may approve and the Board may, if it thinks fit, send out with the notice of any meeting forms of instrument of proxy for use at the meeting. The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The instrument of proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.
82. A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal, or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which it was executed, provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity or revocation shall have been received by the Company at the Office or the Registration Office (or such other place as may be specified for the delivery of instruments of proxy in the notice convening the meeting or other document sent therewith) two hours at least before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting, or the taking of the poll, at which the instrument of proxy is used.
83. Anything which under this Constitution a Member may do by proxy he may likewise do by his duly appointed attorney and the provisions of this Constitution relating to proxies and instruments appointing proxies shall apply mutatis mutandis in relation to any such attorney and the instrument under which such attorney is appointed.
83A. (1) A Member may exercise the right to vote at a meeting by casting a postal vote in accordance with this Clause.
     (2) The notice of a meeting at which Members are entitled to cast a postal vote shall state the name of the person authorised by the Board to receive and count postal votes at that meeting.
     (3) Where no person has been authorised to receive and count postal votes at a meeting, or where no person is named as being so authorised in the notice of the meeting, every Director shall be deemed to be so authorised.
  (4)   (i)   A Member may cast a postal vote on all or any of the matters to be voted on at the meeting by sending a notice in the manner in which his shares are to be voted to a person authorised to receive and count postal votes at that meeting.
 
      (ii)   The notice shall reach that person not less than 48 hours before the start


Table of Contents

- 24 -

          of the meeting.
     (5) A person authorised to receive and count postal votes at a meeting shall –
  (i)   collect together all postal votes received by him or by the Company;
 
  (ii)   in relation to each resolution to be voted on at the meeting, count –
  (a)   the number of Members voting in favour of the resolution and the number of votes cast by each Member in favour of the resolution; and
 
  (b)   the number of Members voting against the resolution, and the number of votes cast by each Member against the resolution;
  (iii)   sign a certificate that he has carried out the duties set out in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) which sets out the results of the counts required by subparagraph (ii); and
 
  (iv)   ensure that the certificate required by subparagraph (iii) is presented to the chairperson of the meeting.
     (6) Where a vote is taken at a meeting on a resolution on which postal votes have been cast, the chairperson of the meeting shall –
  (i)   on a vote by show of hands, count each Member who has submitted a postal vote for or against the resolution;
 
  (ii)   on a poll, count the votes cast by each Member who has submitted a postal vote for or against the resolution.
     (7) The chairperson of a meeting shall call for a poll on a resolution on which he holds sufficient postal votes that he believes that, where a poll is taken, the result may differ from that obtained on a show of hands.
     (8) The chairperson of a meeting shall ensure that a certificate of postal votes held by him is annexed to the minutes of the meeting.
CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES
84. (1) Any corporation which is a Member may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members. The person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of such corporation as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member and such corporation shall for the purposes of this Constitution be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person so authorised is present thereat.

 


Table of Contents

- 25 -

     (2) If a clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or a central depository entity, being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such persons as it thinks fit to act as its representatives at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorised. Each person so authorised under the provisions of this Clause shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the clearing house or central depository entity (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of the shares of the Company held by the clearing house or a central depository entity (or its nominee(s)) including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.
     (3) Any reference in this Constitution to a duly authorised representative of a Member being a corporation shall mean a representative authorised under the provisions of this Clause.
WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS OF MEMBERS
85. (1) Subject to the Act and the provisions of this Constitution, a resolution in writing signed (in such manner as to indicate, expressly or impliedly, unconditional approval) by or on behalf of not less than 75 per cent. (75%) of the persons for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at Members’ meetings of the Company and who together hold not less than 75 per cent. (75%) of the votes entitled to be cast on that resolution shall, for the purposes of this Constitution, be treated as a resolution duly passed at a special meeting of the Company. Any such resolution shall be deemed to have been passed at a meeting held on the date on which it was signed by the last Member to sign, and where the resolution states a date as being the date of his signature thereof by any Member the statement shall be prima facie evidence that it was signed by him on that date. Such a resolution may consist of several documents in the like form, each signed by one or more relevant Members.
     (2) Any power which the Act or this Constitution requires to be exercised by an ordinary resolution or a special resolution may be exercised by way of unanimous resolution.
     (3) A resolution in writing may be signed in any number of counterparts and without any prior notice being given to the Members.
     (4) Within 7 days of a resolution being passed in writing, the Company shall send a copy of the resolution to every Member who did not sign the resolution or on whose behalf the resolution was not signed.
     (5) A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Constitution shall constitute minutes for the purposes of the Act.
     (6) Notwithstanding any provisions contained in this Constitution, a resolution in writing may not be passed by the Members in lieu of an annual meeting of the Company or for the purpose of removing a Director before the expiration of his term of office under Clause 86(5) or for the purpose set out in Clause 155(2) relating to the removal and appointment of the Auditor.


Table of Contents

- 26 -

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
86. (1) Unless otherwise determined by the Company by ordinary resolution of the Members, the number of Directors shall not be less than two (2). There shall be no maximum number of Directors unless otherwise determined from time to time by ordinary resolution of the Members. For so long as the Company holds a Category 1 Global Business Licence issued by the Financial Services Commission, the Company shall have at least 2 directors resident in Mauritius or such number of directors resident in Mauritius as may be necessary or required under the Law.
     (2) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and the Law, the Company may by ordinary resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board.
     (3) The Directors shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board. Any Director so appointed by the Board shall hold office only until the next following annual meeting of the Company and shall then be eligible for re-election.
     (4) No Director shall be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification and a Director who is not a Member shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at any Members’ meeting of the Company and of all classes of shares of the Company.
     (5) A Director may be removed by way of an ordinary resolution of the Members at any time before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in this Constitution or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement). The notice of meeting shall state that the purpose of the meeting includes the removal of such Director.
     (6) A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of subparagraph (5) above may be filled by the election or appointment by ordinary resolution of the Members at the meeting at which such Director is removed or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting.
     (7) The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution increase or reduce the number of Directors but so that the number of Directors shall never be less than two (2).
RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS
87. (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Constitution and subject to Clause 88(1), at each annual meeting of the Company one-third of the Directors for the time being (or, if their number is not a multiple of three (3), the number nearest to but not greater than one-third) shall retire from office by rotation provided that notwithstanding anything herein, the chairman of the Board and/or the managing director of the Company shall not, whilst holding such office, be subject to retirement by rotation or be taken into account in determining the number of Directors to retire in each year.


Table of Contents

- 27 -

     (2) A retiring Director shall be eligible for re-election. The Directors to retire by rotation shall include (so far as necessary to ascertain the number of directors to retire by rotation) any Director who wishes to retire and not to offer himself for re-election. Any further Directors so to retire shall be those of the other Directors subject to retirement by rotation who have been longest in office since their last re-election or appointment and so that as between persons who became or were last re-elected Directors on the same day, those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot. Any Director appointed pursuant to Clause 86(3) shall be taken into account in determining which particular Directors or the number of Directors who are to retire by rotation.
88. (1) A Director shall vacate his office as director of the Company at the conclusion of the annual meeting of the Company commencing next after the Director attains the age of 70 years. Such Director may, by an ordinary resolution of which no shorter notice is given than that required to be given for the holding of a meeting of Members, be appointed or re-appointed as a Director of the Company to hold office until the next annual meeting of the Company or be authorised to continue to hold office as a Director until the next annual meeting of the Company. The provisions of Clause 87 shall not apply to such Director.
     (2) Subject to the Clause 88(1), no person other than a Director retiring at the meeting shall, unless recommended by the Directors for election, be eligible for election as a Director at any Members’ meeting unless a Notice signed by a Member (other than the person to be proposed) duly qualified to attend and vote at the meeting for which such notice is given of his intention to propose such person for election and also a Notice signed by the person to be proposed of his willingness to be elected shall have been lodged at the head office or at the Registration Office provided that the minimum length of the period, during which such Notice(s) are given, shall be at least seven (7) days and that the period for lodgment of such Notice(s) shall commence no earlier than the day after the dispatch of the notice of the Members’ meeting appointed for such election and end no later than seven (7) days prior to the date of such Members’ meeting.
DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS
89. The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director:
     (1) resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board;
     (2) becomes of unsound mind or dies;
     (3) becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds with his creditors;
     (4) becomes disqualified from being a Director under the Act or is prohibited by law from being a Director;
     (5) is removed from office by ordinary resolution of the Members or is removed from office pursuant to the provisions of this Constitution; or


Table of Contents

- 28 -

     (6) ceases to hold office pursuant to Section 139 of the Act or ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Statutes.
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
90. The Board may from time to time appoint any one or more of its body to be a managing director, joint managing director or deputy managing director or to hold any other employment or executive office with the Company for such period (subject to their continuance as Directors) and upon such terms as the Board may determine and the Board may revoke or terminate any of such appointments. Any such revocation or termination as aforesaid shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages that such Director may have against the Company or the Company may have against such Director. A Director appointed to an office under this Clause shall be subject to the same provisions as to removal as the other Directors of the Company, and he shall (subject to the provisions of any contract between him and the Company) ipso facto and immediately cease to hold such office if he shall cease to hold the office of Director for any cause.
91. Notwithstanding Clauses 96, 97, 98 and 99, an executive director appointed to an office under Clause 90 hereof shall receive such remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise or by all or any of those modes) and such other benefits (including pension and/or gratuity and/or other benefits on retirement) and allowances as the Board may from time to time determine, and either in addition to or in lieu of his remuneration as a Director.
ALTERNATE DIRECTORS
92. Any Director may at any time by Notice delivered to the Office or head office or at a meeting of the Directors appoint any person (including another Director) to be his alternate Director. Any person so appointed shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such person is appointed in the alternative provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present. An alternate Director may be removed at any time by the body which appointed him and, subject thereto, the office of alternate Director shall continue until the happening of any event which, if he were a Director, would cause him to vacate such office or if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director. Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be effected by Notice signed by the appointor and delivered to the Office or head office or tendered at a meeting of the Board. An alternate Director may also be a Director in his own right and may act as alternate to more than one Director. An alternate Director shall, if his appointor so requests, be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Board or of committees of the Board to the same extent as, but in lieu of, the Director appointing him and shall be entitled to such extent to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present and generally at such meeting to exercise and discharge all the functions, powers and duties of his appointor as a Director and for the purposes of the proceedings at such meeting the provisions of these Clauses shall apply as if he were a Director save that as an alternate for more than one Director his voting rights shall be cumulative.
93. An alternate Director shall only be a Director for the purposes of the Law and shall only be subject to the provisions of the Law insofar as they relate to the duties and


Table of Contents

- 29 -

obligations of a Director when performing the functions of the Director for whom he is appointed in the alternative and shall alone be responsible to the Company for his acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of or for the Director appointing him. An alternate Director shall be entitled to contract and be interested in and benefit from contracts or arrangements or transactions and to be repaid expenses and to be indemnified by the Company to the same extent mutatis mutandis as if he were a Director but he shall not be entitled to receive from the Company any fee in his capacity as an alternate Director except only such part, if any, of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by Notice to the Company from time to time direct.
94. Every person acting as an alternate Director shall have one vote for each Director for whom he acts as alternate (in addition to his own vote if he is also a Director). If the appointor of an alternate Director is for the time being absent from his usual place of residence or otherwise not available or unable to act, the signature of an alternate Director to any resolution in writing of the Board or a committee of the Board of which his appointor is a member shall, unless the notice of his appointment provides to the contrary, be as effective as the signature of his appointor.
95. An alternate Director shall ipso facto cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director, PROVIDED always that, if at any meeting any Director retires but is re-elected at the same meeting, any appointment of an alternate Director to such retiring Director pursuant to this Constitution which was in force immediately before such retiring Director’s retirement shall remain in force as though he had not retired.
DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES
96. The Directors shall receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine.
97. Each Director shall be entitled to be repaid or prepaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the board or Members’ meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debenture of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.
98. Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other provision of this Constitution.
99. The Board shall obtain the approval of the Company in Members’ meeting before making any payment to any Director or past Director of the Company by way of compensation for loss of office, or as consideration for or in connection with his retirement from office (not being payment to which the Director is contractually entitled).


Table of Contents

- 30 -

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
100. Subject to the Act, a Director may:
  (a)   hold any other office or place of profit with the Company (except that of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and upon such terms as the Board may determine. Any remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) paid to any Director in respect of any such other office or place of profit shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other provision of this Constitution;
  (b)   act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as Auditor) and he or his firm may be remunerated for professional services as if he were not a Director;
  (c)   continue to be or become a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or member of any other company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a vendor, shareholder or otherwise and (unless otherwise agreed) no such Director shall be accountable for any remuneration, profits or other benefits received by him as a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or member of or from his interests in any such other company. Subject as otherwise provided by this Constitution, the Directors may exercise or cause to be exercised the voting powers conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company, or exercisable by them as Directors of such other company in such manner in all respects as they think fit (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing themselves or any of them as directors, managing directors, joint managing directors, deputy managing directors, executive directors, managers or other officers of such company or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officers of such other company) and any Director may vote in favour of the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid notwithstanding that he may be, or about to be, appointed a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer of such a company, and that as such he is or may become interested in the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid.
101. Subject to the Law and to this Constitution, no Director or proposed or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company, either with regard to his tenure of any office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or in any other manner whatever, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or arrangement in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company or the Members for any remuneration, profit or other benefits realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established provided

 


Table of Contents

- 31 -

that such Director shall disclose the nature of his interest in any contract or arrangement in which he is interested in accordance with Clause 102 herein.
102. To the full extent required by the Law, a Director shall, forthwith after becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction or proposed transaction with the Company, cause to be entered in the interests register of the Company where it has one, and disclose to the Board, the nature and monetary value of that interest or where the monetary value of the Director’s interest cannot be quantified, the nature and extent of that interest. A general notice entered in the interests register or disclosed to the Board to the effect that a Director is a shareholder, director, officer or trustee of another named company or other person and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction which may, after the date of the entry or disclosure, be entered into with that company or person, shall be a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to that transaction.
103. A Director shall not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director has any interest, directly or indirectly, and if he does vote, his vote shall not be counted. Such Director may, however, attend a meeting of Directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the Directors present at the meeting for the purpose of a quorum at such meeting.
GENERAL POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS
104. (1) The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board, which may exercise all powers of the Company (whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or otherwise) which are not by the Statutes or by this Constitution required to be exercised by the Company in Members’ meeting, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Statutes and of this Constitution and to such regulations being not inconsistent with such provisions, as may be prescribed by the Company in Members’ meeting, but no regulations made by the Company in Members’ meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if such regulations had not been made. The general powers given by this Clause shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Board by any other provision of this Constitution.
     (2) Any person contracting or dealing with the Company in the ordinary course of business shall be entitled to rely on any written or oral contract or agreement or deed, document or instrument entered into or executed as the case may be by any two of the Directors acting jointly on behalf of the Company and the same shall be deemed to be validly entered into or executed by the Company as the case may be and shall, subject to any rule of law, be binding on the Company.
     (3) Without prejudice to the general powers conferred by this Constitution, it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the following powers:
  (a)   To give to any person the right or option of requiring at a future date that an allotment shall be made to him of any share at par or at such premium as may be agreed.
  (b)   To give to any Directors, officers or employees of the Company an interest in any particular business or transaction or participation in the profits thereof or in


Table of Contents

- 32 -

      the general profits of the Company either in addition to or in substitution for a salary or other remuneration.
105. The Board may establish any regional or local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company in any place, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration (either by way of salary or by commission or by conferring the right to participation in the profits of the Company or by a combination of two or more of these modes) and pay the working expenses of any staff employed by them upon the business of the Company. Subject to the Act and to the extent permitted by law, the Board may delegate to any manager, officer (including any officer of any subsidiary of the Company) or agent or any regional or local board or agency any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Board (other than its powers to make calls and forfeit shares), with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies. Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board may think fit, and the Board may remove any person appointed as aforesaid, and may revoke or vary such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.
106. The Board may by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board under this Constitution) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him. Such attorney or attorneys may, if so authorised under the Seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under their personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the Company’s Seal.
107. Subject to the Act, the Board may entrust to and confer upon a managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, an executive director or any Director any of the powers exercisable by it upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it thinks fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, its own powers, and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of such powers but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.
108. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other instruments, whether negotiable or transferable or not, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine. The Company’s banking accounts shall be kept with such banker or bankers as the Board shall from time to time determine.
109. (1) The Board may establish or concur or join with other companies (being subsidiary companies of the Company or companies with which it is associated in business) in establishing and making contributions out of the Company’s moneys to any schemes or funds for providing pensions, sickness or compassionate allowances, life assurance or other benefits for employees (which expression as used in this and the following paragraph shall include any


Table of Contents

- 33 -

Director or ex-Director who may hold or have held any executive office or any office of profit under the Company or any of its subsidiary companies) and ex-employees of the Company and their dependants or any class or classes of such person.
     (2) The Board may pay, enter into agreements to pay or make grants of revocable or irrevocable pensions or other benefits to employees and ex-employees and their dependants, or to any of such persons, including pensions or benefits additional to those, if any, to which such employees or ex-employees or their dependants are or may become entitled under any such scheme or fund as mentioned in the last preceding paragraph. Any such pension or benefit may, as the Board considers desirable, be granted to an employee either before and in anticipation of or upon or at any time after his actual retirement, and may be subject or not subject to any terms or conditions as the Board may determine.
BORROWING POWERS
110. The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Law, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.
111. Any debentures, bonds or other securities may be issued at a discount (other than shares), premium or otherwise and with any special privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, attending and voting at Members’ meetings of the Company, appointment of Directors and otherwise.
112. Where any uncalled capital of the Company is charged, all persons taking any subsequent charge thereon shall take the same subject to such prior charge, and shall not be entitled, by notice to the Members or otherwise, to obtain priority over such prior charge.
113. The Board shall cause a proper register to be kept, in accordance with the provisions of the Law, of all charges specifically affecting the property of the Company and of any series of debentures issued by the Company and shall duly comply with the requirements of the Law in regard to the registration of charges and debentures therein specified and otherwise.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE DIRECTORS
114. The Board may meet for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it considers appropriate. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of any equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall have an additional or casting vote.
115. A meeting of the Board may be convened by the Secretary on request of a Director or by any Director. The Secretary shall convene a meeting of the Board of which notice may be given in writing whenever he shall be required so to do by the president or chairman, as the case may be, or any Director. The notice shall include the date, time, and place of the meeting and the matters to be discussed at the meeting.


Table of Contents

- 34 -

116. (1) The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board may be fixed by the Board and, unless so fixed at any other number, shall be three (3), Provided That for so long as the Company holds a Category 1 Global Business Licence issued by the Financial Services Commission of Mauritius, the quorum shall include at least two (2) directors from Mauritius or such number of directors from Mauritius as may be necessary or required under the Law. An alternate Director shall be counted in a quorum in the case of the absence of a Director for whom he is the alternate provided that he shall not be counted more than once for the purpose of determining whether or not a quorum is present.
     (2) Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment through which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and, for the purpose of counting a quorum, such participation shall constitute presence at a meeting as if those participating were present in person.
     (3) Any Director who ceases to be a Director at a Board meeting may continue to be present and to act as a Director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of such Board meeting if no other Director objects and if otherwise a quorum of Directors would not be present.
117. The continuing Directors or a sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board but, if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with this Constitution, the continuing Directors or Director, notwithstanding that the number of Directors is below the number fixed by or in accordance with this Constitution as the quorum or that there is only one continuing Director, may act for the purpose of filling vacancies in the Board or of summoning Members’ meetings of the Company but not for any other purpose.
118. The Chairman of the Board shall be the chairman of all meetings of the Board. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at any meeting within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.
119. A meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in or exercisable by the Board.
120. (1) Subject to the Act and to the extent permitted by law, the Board may delegate any of its powers, authorities and discretions to committees (including, without limitation, the Audit Committee), consisting of such Director or Directors and other persons as it thinks fit, and they may, from time to time, revoke such delegation or revoke the appointment of and discharge any such committees either wholly or in part, and either as to persons or purposes. Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretions so delegated, conform to any regulations which may be imposed on it by the Board.
     (2) All acts done by any such committee in conformity with such regulations, and in fulfilment of the purposes for which it was appointed, but not otherwise, shall have like force and effect as if done by the Board, and the Board (or if the Board delegates such power, the


Table of Contents

- 35 -

committee) shall have power to remunerate the members of any such committee, and charge such remuneration to the current expenses of the Company.
121. The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in this Constitution for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed by the Board under the last preceding Clause, indicating, without limitation, any committee charter adopted by the Board for purposes or in respect of any such committee.
122. A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors shall be as valid and effectual as if a resolution had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly convened and held. Such resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the Directors and for this purpose a facsimile signature of a Director shall be treated as valid.
123. All acts bona fide done by the Board or by any committee or by any person acting as a Director or members of a committee, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any member of the Board or such committee or person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of such committee.
AUDIT COMMITTEE
124. Without prejudice to the freedom of the Directors to establish any other committees, for so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Board shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee as a committee of the Board, the composition and responsibilities of which shall comply with the rules and regulations of the SEC.
125. (1) The Board shall adopt a formal written audit committee charter and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis.
     (2) The Audit Committee shall meet at least once every financial quarter, or more frequently as circumstances dictate.
126. For so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilize the Audit Committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest.
OFFICERS
127. (1) The officers of the Company shall consist of the Chairman of the Board, the Directors and Secretary and such additional officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may from time to time determine, all of whom shall be deemed to be officers for the purposes of the Law and this Constitution.


Table of Contents

- 36 -

     (2) The Directors shall, as soon as may be after each appointment or election of Directors, elect amongst the Directors a chairman and if more than one Director is proposed for this office, the election to such office shall take place in such manner as the Directors may determine.
     (3) The officers shall receive such remuneration as the Directors may from time to time determine.
128. (1) The Secretary and additional officers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board and shall hold office on such terms and for such period as the Board may determine. The Secretary shall be ordinarily resident in Mauritius. If thought fit, two or more persons may be appointed as joint Secretaries. The Board may also appoint from time to time on such terms as it thinks fit one or more assistant or deputy Secretaries.
     (2) The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Members and shall keep correct minutes of such meetings and enter the same in the proper books provided for the purpose. He shall perform such other duties as are prescribed by the Law or this Constitution or as may be prescribed by the Board.
129. The officers of the Company shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Directors from time to time.
130. A provision of the Law or of this Constitution requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as or in place of the Secretary.
REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
131. The Company shall cause to be kept in one or more books at its Office a Register of Directors and Officers in which there shall be entered the full names and addresses of the Directors and Officers and such other particulars as required by the Law or as the Directors may determine. The Company shall from time to time notify to the said Registrar of any change that takes place in relation to such Directors and Officers as required by the Law.
MINUTES
132. (1) The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:
  (a)   of all elections and appointments of officers;
 
  (b)   of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors;


Table of Contents

- 37 -

  (c)   of all resolutions and proceedings of each meeting of the Members, meetings of the Board and meetings of committees of the Board and where there are managers, of all proceedings of meetings of the managers.
     (2) Minutes shall be kept by the Secretary at the Office.
SEAL
133. (1) The Company shall have one or more Seals, as the Board may determine. For the purpose of sealing documents creating or evidencing securities issued by the Company, the Company may have a securities seal which is a facsimile of the Seal of the Company with the addition of the word “Securities” on its face or in such other form as the Board may approve. The Board shall provide for the custody of each Seal and no Seal shall be used without the authority of the Board or of a committee of the Board authorised by the Board in that behalf. Subject as otherwise provided in this Constitution, any instrument to which a Seal is affixed shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by such other person (including a Director) or persons as the Board may appoint, either generally or in any particular case, save that as regards any certificates for shares or debentures or other securities of the Company the Board may by resolution determine that such signatures or either of them shall be dispensed with or affixed by some method or system of mechanical signature. Every instrument executed in manner provided by this Clause shall be deemed to be sealed and executed with the authority of the Board previously given.
     (2) Where the Company has a Seal for use abroad, the Board may by writing under the Seal appoint any agent or committee abroad to be the duly authorised agent of the Company for the purpose of affixing and using such Seal and the Board may impose restrictions on the use thereof as may be thought fit. Wherever in this Constitution reference is made to the Seal, the reference shall, when and so far as may be applicable, be deemed to include any such other Seal as aforesaid.
AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS
134. Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Board for the purpose may authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolution passed by the Company or the Board or any committee, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts, and if any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the Office or the head office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be a person so appointed by the Board. A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution, or an extract from the minutes of a meeting, of the Company or of the Board or any committee which is so certified shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such minutes or extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.


Table of Contents

- 38 -

DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
135. (1) The Company shall be entitled to destroy the following documents at the following times:
  (a)   any share certificate which has been cancelled at any time after the expiry of one (1) year from the date of such cancellation;
  (b)   any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of name or address at any time after the expiry of two (2) years from the date such mandate variation cancellation or notification was recorded by the Company;
 
  (c)   any instrument of transfer of shares which has been registered at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of registration;
 
  (d)   any allotment letters after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of issue thereof; and
  (e)   copies of powers of attorney, grants of probate and letters of administration at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years after the account to which the relevant power of attorney, grant of probate or letters of administration related has been closed;
     and it shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the Register purporting to be made on the basis of any such documents so destroyed was duly and properly made and every share certificate so destroyed was a valid certificate duly and properly cancelled and that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company. Provided always that: (1) the foregoing provisions of this Clause shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim; (2) nothing contained in this Clause shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any case where the conditions of proviso (1) above are not fulfilled; and (3) references in this Clause to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.
     (2) Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Constitution, the Directors may, if permitted by applicable law, authorise the destruction of documents set out in sub-paragraphs (a) to (e) of paragraph (1) of this Clause and any other documents in relation to share registration which have been microfilmed or electronically stored by the Company or by the share registrar on its behalf provided always that this Clause shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company and its share registrar that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim.


Table of Contents

- 39 -

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENTS
136. Subject to the Law and the provisions of this Constitution, the Company may by ordinary resolution or the Board may from time to time declare dividends in any currency to be paid to the Members but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the Board.
137. No distribution (which includes dividend) may be made by the Company unless that distribution has been authorised by the Board and, save as otherwise provided in this Constitution (including, without limitation, Clause 139), has been approved by the Members by ordinary resolution. Dividends may only be declared and paid out of the retained earnings of the Company, after having made good any accumulated losses at the beginning of the accounting period and no distribution (which includes dividend) may be made unless the Board is satisfied that upon the distribution being made (a) the Company is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of business, and (b) the value of the Company’s assets is greater than the sum of (i) the value of its liabilities and (ii) the Company’s stated capital.
138. Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provide:
  (a)   all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this Clause as paid up on the share; and
  (b)   all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.
139. The Board may from time to time pay to the Members such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the profits of the Company and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes, the Board may pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares in the capital of the Company which confer on the holders thereof deferred or non-preferential rights as well as in respect of those shares which confer on the holders thereof preferential rights with regard to dividend and provided that the Board acts bona fide, the Board shall not incur any responsibility to the holders of shares conferring any preference for any damage that they may suffer by reason of the payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferential rights and may also pay any fixed dividend which is payable on any shares of the Company half-yearly or on any other dates, whenever such profits, in the opinion of the Board, justifies such payment.
140. The Board may retain any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share on which the Company has a lien and may apply the same in or towards satisfaction of the debts, liabilities or engagements in respect of which the lien exists.
141. No dividend or other moneys payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company.

 


Table of Contents

- 40 -

142. Any dividend, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post addressed to the holder at his registered address or, in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the shares at his address as appearing in the Register or addressed to such person and at such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct or may be sent by remittance or telegraphic transfer to the bank account of the holder at his bank account as may be notified in writing to the Company or , in the case of joint holders, to the bank account of the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the shares, provided that such holder has provided to the Company in writing complete information in respect of his/its bank account so as to enable such remittance or telegraphic transfer to be made. Every such cheque or warrant or remittance or telegraphic transfer shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the Register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent or done (as the case may be) at his or their risk. Payment of the cheque or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company notwithstanding that it may subsequently appear that the same has been stolen or that any endorsement thereon has been forged and the remittance or transfer from the bank account of the Company (or the bank account of any agent or nominee on behalf of the Company) of the relevant sum shall constitute a good discharge to the Company. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable in respect of the shares held by such joint holders.
143. All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one (1) year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed. Any dividend or bonuses unclaimed after a period of six (6) years from the date of declaration may be forfeited by the Board and if so forfeited, shall revert to the Company. The payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend or other sums payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.
144. Whenever the Board, or the Company by ordinary resolution of the Members, has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared, the Board may, subject to the Act, further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or warrants to subscribe securities of the Company or any other company, or in any one or more of such ways, and where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution the Board may settle the same as it thinks expedient, and in particular may disregard fractional entitlements or round the same up or down, and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets, or any part thereof, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Board and may appoint any person to sign any requisite instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of the persons entitled to the dividend, and such appointment shall be effective and binding on the Members. The Board may resolve that no such assets shall be made available to Members with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, such distribution of assets would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable and in such event the only entitlement of the Members aforesaid shall be to receive cash payments as aforesaid. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.


Table of Contents

- 41 -

145. (1) Whenever the Board, or the Company by ordinary resolution of the Members, has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared on any class of the share capital of the Company, the Board may, subject to the Act, further resolve either:
  (a)   that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that the Members entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof if the Board so determines) in cash in lieu of such allotment. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:
  (i)   the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;
 
  (ii)   the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;
 
  (iii)   the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and
 
  (iv)   the dividend (or that part of the dividend to be satisfied by the allotment of shares as aforesaid) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the cash election has not been duly exercised (“the non-elected shares”) and in satisfaction thereof shares of the relevant class shall be issued credited as fully paid up to the holders of the non-elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account or capital redemption reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the non-elected shares on such basis; or
  (b)   that the Members entitled to such dividend shall be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the Board may think fit. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:
  (i)   the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;
 
  (ii)   the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;


Table of Contents

- 42 -

  (iii)   the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and
 
  (iv)   the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been accorded) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the share election has been duly exercised (“the elected shares”) and in lieu thereof shares of the relevant class shall be issued credited as fully paid up to the holders of the elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account or capital redemption reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected shares on such basis.
  (2)   (a)   The shares issued pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Clause shall rank pari passu in all respects with shares of the same class (if any) then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend or in any other distributions, bonuses or rights paid, made, declared or announced prior to or contemporaneously with the payment or declaration of the relevant dividend unless, contemporaneously with the announcement by the Board of their proposal to apply the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of paragraph (2) of this Clause in relation to the relevant dividend or contemporaneously with their announcement of the distribution, bonus or rights in question, the Board shall specify that the shares to be issued pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Clause shall rank for participation in such distribution, bonus or rights.
  (b)   The Board may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any capitalisation pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Clause, with full power to the Board to make such provisions as it thinks fit in the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby, in whole or in part, fractional entitlements are aggregated and sold and the net proceeds distributed to those entitled, or are disregarded or rounded up or down or whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrues to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Board may authorise any person to enter into on behalf of all Members interested, an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made pursuant to such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.
     (3) The Company may upon the recommendation of the Board by ordinary resolution resolve in respect of any one particular dividend of the Company that notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Clause a dividend may be satisfied


Table of Contents

- 43 -

wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to shareholders to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.
     (4) The Board may on any occasion determine that rights of election and the allotment of shares under paragraph (1) of this Clause shall not be made available or made to any shareholders with registered addresses in any territory where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, the circulation of an offer of such rights of election or the allotment of shares would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable, and in such event the provisions aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such determination. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.
     (5) Any resolution declaring a dividend on shares of any class, whether a resolution of the Company in a Members’ meeting or a resolution of the Board, may specify that the same shall be payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of such shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed, and thereupon the dividend shall be payable or distributable to them in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend of transferors and transferees of any such shares. The provisions of this Clause shall mutatis mutandis apply to bonuses, capitalisation issues, distributions of realised capital profits or offers or grants made by the Company to the Members.
RESERVES
146. (1) The Board shall establish an account to be called the share premium account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any share in the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the provisions of this Constitution, the Board may apply the share premium account in any manner permitted by the Law. The Company shall at all times comply with the provisions of the Law in relation to the share premium account.
     (2) Before recommending any dividend, the Board may set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as it determines as reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied and pending such application may, also at such discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board may from time to time think fit and so that it shall not be necessary to keep any investments constituting the reserve or reserves separate or distinct from any other investments of the Company. The Board may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which it may think prudent not to distribute.
CAPITALISATION
147. The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Board, at any time and from time to time pass an ordinary resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including a share premium account and capital redemption reserve and the profit and loss


Table of Contents

- 44 -

account) whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that such amount be set free for distribution among the Members or any class of Members who would be entitled thereto if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the footing that the same is not paid in cash but is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares in the Company held by such Members respectively or in paying up in full shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company which are to be issued and distributed credited as fully paid up among such Members, or partly in one way and partly in the other, and the Board shall give effect to such resolution provided that, for the purposes of this Clause, a share premium account and any capital redemption reserve or fund representing unrealised profits, may be applied only in paying up in full shares of the Company to be issued to such Members credited as fully paid.
148. Subject to the Act, the Board may settle as it considers appropriate, any difficulty arising in regard to any distribution under the last preceding Clause and in particular may authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may resolve that the distribution should be as nearly as may be practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so or may ignore fractions altogether, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members in order to adjust the rights of all parties, as may seem expedient to the Board. The Board may appoint any person to sign on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution any contract necessary or desirable for giving effect thereto and such appointment shall be effective and binding upon the Members.
149. [This clause has been intentionally left blank.]
ACCOUNTING RECORDS
150. The Board shall cause true accounts to be kept of the sums of money received and expended by the Company, and the matters in respect of which such receipt and expenditure take place, and of the property, assets, credits and liabilities of the Company and of all other matters required by the Law or necessary to give a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.
151. The accounting records shall be kept at the Office or, at such other place or places as the Board decides and shall always be open to inspection by the Directors. No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any accounting record or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Board or the Company by ordinary resolution of the Members.
152. Subject to Clause 153, a printed copy of the Directors’ report, accompanied by the balance sheet and profit and loss account, including every document required by law to be annexed thereto, made up to the end of the applicable financial year and containing a summary of the assets and liabilities of the Company under convenient heads and a statement of income and expenditure, together with a copy of the Auditors’ report, shall be sent to each person entitled thereto at least ten (10) days before the date of the Members’ meeting and laid before the Company at the annual meeting held in accordance with Clause 56 provided that this Clause shall not require a copy of those documents to be sent to any person whose address the Company is not aware or to more than one of the joint holders of any shares or debentures.


Table of Contents

- 45 -

153. Subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, and to obtaining all necessary consents, if any, required thereunder, the requirements of Clause 152 shall be deemed satisfied in relation to any person by sending to the person in any manner not prohibited by the Statutes, a summary financial statement derived from the Company’s annual accounts and the directors’ report which shall be in the form and containing the information required by applicable laws and regulations, provided that any person who is otherwise entitled to the annual financial statements of the Company and the directors’ report thereon may, if he so requires by notice in writing served on the Company, demand that the Company sends to him, in addition to a summary financial statement, a complete printed copy of the Company’s annual financial statement and the directors’ report thereon.
154. The requirement to send to a person referred to in Clause 152 the documents referred to in that Clause or a summary financial report in accordance with Clause 153 shall be deemed satisfied where, in accordance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company publishes copies of the documents referred to in Clause 152 and, if applicable, a summary financial report complying with Clause 153, on the Company’s computer network or via the Internet or in any other permitted manner, and that person has agreed or is deemed to have agreed to treat the publication or receipt of such documents in such manner as discharging the Company’s obligation to send to him a copy of such documents.
AUDIT
155. Subject to applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange:
     (1) At the annual meeting or at a subsequent special meeting in each year, the Members shall appoint an auditor to audit the accounts of the Company and such auditor shall hold office until the Members appoint another auditor. Such auditor may be a Member but no Director or officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an auditor of the Company.
     (2) The Members may, at any annual or special meeting convened and held in accordance with this Constitution, by special resolution remove the Auditor at any time before the expiration of his term of office and shall by ordinary resolution at that meeting appoint another Auditor in his stead for the remainder of his term.
156. Subject to the Law, the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.
157. The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Company by ordinary resolution of the Members or in such manner as the Members may determine.
158. If the office of auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by his becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when his services are required, the Board may appoint an Auditor to fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor.


Table of Contents

- 46 -

159. The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he may call on the Directors or officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.
160. The statement of income and expenditure and the balance sheet provided for by this Constitution shall be examined by the Auditor and compared by him with the books, accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he shall make a written report thereon stating whether such statement and balance sheet are drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the Company and the results of its operations for the period under review and, in case information shall have been called for from Directors or officers of the Company, whether the same has been furnished and has been satisfactory. The financial statements of the Company shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with internationally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in an annual or special meeting. The generally accepted auditing standards referred to herein may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than Mauritius. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor should disclose this fact and name such country or jurisdiction.
NOTICES
161. Any Notice or document, whether or not, to be given or issued under this Constitution from the Company to a Member shall be in writing or by cable, telex, facsimile transmission message or electronic mail (provided that in the case of electronic mail, the Member has consented in writing to Notices and documents from the Company, the depository or any other person sending the relevant Notice(s) and/or document(s) being sent to such Member by electronic mail and such Member has provided the Company, the Secretary or the depository (as the case may be) with an electronic mail address to which Notices and documents may be sent), and any such Notice and document may be served or delivered by the Company on or to any Member either personally or by sending it through the post in a prepaid envelope addressed to such Member at his registered address as appearing in the Register or at any other address supplied by him to the Company for the purpose or, as the case may be, by transmitting it to any such address or transmitting it to any telex or facsimile transmission number or email address supplied by him to the Company for the giving of Notice to him or which the person transmitting the notice reasonably and bona fide believes at the relevant time will result in the Notice being duly received by the Member or, to the extent permitted by the applicable laws, by placing it on the Company’s website and giving to the member a notice stating that the notice or other document is available there (a “notice of availability”). The notice of availability may be given to the Member by any of the means set out above. In the case of joint holders of a share all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register and notice so given shall be deemed a sufficient service on or delivery to all the joint holders.
162. Any Notice or other document:
  (a)   if served or delivered by post, shall where appropriate be sent by airmail and shall be deemed to have been served or delivered five (5) days following that on which the envelope containing the same, properly prepaid and addressed, is put


Table of Contents

- 47 -

      into the post; in proving such service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or document was properly addressed and put into the post and a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or other document was so addressed and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence thereof;
 
  (b)   if served or delivered in any other manner contemplated by this Constitution, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time of personal service or delivery or, as the case may be, at the time of the relevant despatch or transmission; and in proving such service or delivery a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board as to the act and time of such service, delivery, despatch or transmission shall be conclusive evidence thereof; and
 
  (c)   may be given to a Member in the English language or such other language as may be approved by the Directors, subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations.
163. (1) Any Notice or other document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Member in pursuance of this Constitution shall, notwithstanding that such Member is then dead or bankrupt or that any other event has occurred, and whether or not the Company has notice of the death or bankruptcy or other event, be deemed to have been duly served or delivered in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder unless his name shall, at the time of the service or delivery of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the share, and such service or delivery shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service or delivery of such Notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.
     (2) A notice may be given by the Company to the person entitled to a share in consequence of the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy of a Member by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter, envelope or wrapper addressed to him by name, or by the title of representative of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for the purpose by the person claiming to be so entitled, or (until such an address has been so supplied) by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy had not occurred.
     (3) Any person who by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever shall become entitled to any share shall be bound by every notice in respect of such share which prior to his name and address being entered on the Register shall have been duly given to the person from whom he derives his title to such share.
SIGNATURES
164. For the purposes of this Constitution, a cable or telex or facsimile message purporting to come from a holder of shares or, as the case may be, a Director, or, in the case of a corporation which is a holder of shares from a director or the secretary thereof or a duly


Table of Contents

- 48 -

appointed attorney or duly authorised representative thereof for it and on its behalf, shall in the absence of express evidence to the contrary available to the person relying thereon at the relevant time be deemed to be a document or instrument in writing signed by such holder or Director in the terms in which it is received.
WINDING UP
165. (1) The Board shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the court for the Company to be wound up.
     (2) A resolution that the Company be wound up by the court or be wound up voluntarily shall be a special resolution.
166. (1) Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares (i) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members of the Company shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu amongst such members in proportion to the amount paid up on the shares held by them respectively and (ii) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital such assets shall be distributed so that, a nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively.
     (2) If the Company shall be wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or by the court) the liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Law, divide among the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and whether or not the assets shall consist of properties of one kind or shall consist of properties to be divided as aforesaid of different kinds, and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like authority, vest any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator with the like authority shall think fit, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved, but so that no contributory shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.
INDEMNITY
167. (1) Subject to any indemnification agreement which may be entered into by the Company and the provisions of and so far as may be permitted by Law, every Director, Secretary or other officer for the time being of the Company and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and everyone of them shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Company against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred or sustained by them or any of them in the execution and discharge of their duties in their respective offices or in relation thereto, including any liability


Table of Contents

- 49 -

incurred by him in defending any proceedings, civil or criminal, which relate to anything done or omitted or alleged to have been done or omitted by him as a director, officer or employee of the Company and in which judgment is given in his favour (or the proceedings otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his part) or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application under any statute for relief from liability in respect of any such act or omission in which relief is granted to him by the court; PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of said persons.
     (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, no Director, Secretary or other officer of the Company shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other Director or officer of the Company or for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity or for any loss or expense to the Company through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the Directors for or on behalf of the Company or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of the Company shall be invested or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person with whom any moneys, securities or effects shall be deposited or left or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in the execution of the duties of his office or in relation thereto unless the same shall happen through his own fraud, negligence, wilful default, breach of duty or breach of trust.
     (3) The Company may effect insurance for a Director or employee of the Company or a related company to the full extent permitted under section 161 of the Act. For the purposes of this clause, “Director” includes:
  (a)   alternate directors; and
 
  (b)   a person to whom a power or duty of the Board has been directly delegated by the Board with that person’s consent or acquiescence, or who exercises the power or duty with the consent or acquiescence of the Board.
AMENDMENT TO CONSTITUTION AND NAME OF COMPANY
168. No provision of this Constitution shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new provision of this Constitution shall be made until the same has been approved by a special resolution of the Members. A special resolution shall be required to alter the provisions of this Constitution or to change the name of the Company.
INFORMATION
169. No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information respecting any detail of the Company’s trading or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors it will be inexpedient in the interests of the members of the Company to communicate to the public.


Table of Contents

- 50 -

NOTIFICATION OF SHAREHOLDINGS
170. (1) Each Director shall, upon his appointment to the Board, give an undertaking to the Company that, for so long as he remains a Director, he shall forthwith give the Secretary notice in writing of the particulars of the shares beneficially owned by him at the time of his appointment and of any change in such particulars (including the circumstances of any such change).
     (2) Each Member shall, upon becoming a substantial shareholder of the Company, give an undertaking to the Company that, for so long as he remains as a substantial shareholder of the Company, he shall give the Secretary notice in writing of the particulars of the shares in which he has an interest at the time of his becoming a substantial shareholder or of any change in such particulars (including the circumstances of any such change) within 48 hours of such time or change (as the case may be), provided that he shall only be required to give notice of a change in the percentage level of his interests in the shares under this Clause where there is a change of one per cent. (1%) or more in the percentage level of his shareholding interest in the relevant class of shares in the Company. For the purpose of this Clause, the term “substantial shareholder” shall have the same meaning ascribed to it in Section 2(1) of the Act. The requirement to give notice under this Clause 170(2) shall not apply to a depository.
CERTIFICATION BY APPLICANT(S)
We, the undersigned applicant(s) for filing this Constitution, HEREBY CERTIFY that this document is the Constitution of the Company adopted pursuant to a special resolution of the Members of the Company dated                      2010 and effective immediately upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of ordinary shares on                     2010.
For and on behalf of Multiconsult Ltd
Secretary

 

Exhibit 4.1
(CERTIFICATE)
MakeMyTrip Limited (“the Company”) INCORPORATION NUMBER : 24478/5832 CERTIFICATE NUMBER NUMBER OF SHARES INCORPORATED ON THE 28TH APRIL 2000 UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT 1984 OF MAURITIUS ( NOW GOVERNED BY THE COMPANIES ACT 2001 OF MAURITIUS ) Registered Office : c/o Multiconsult Limited, Rogers House, 5, President John Kennedy Street, Port Louis, Mauritius. This is to certify that of is the registered proprietor of Ordinary Shares of US $0.0005 each fully paid in the Company numbered as under, subject to the Constitution of the Company. DISTINCTIVE NUMBERSNUMBER OF SHARESFROMTODate: DirectorSecretary Multiconsult Limited

Exhibit 5.1
26 July 2010
MakeMyTrip Limited
Rogers House
5 President Kennedy Street
Port Louis
Mauritius
Dear Sirs,
MakeMyTrip Limited (the “Company”)
We have acted as special Mauritius legal counsel to the Company in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments and supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on 26 July 2010 and relating to the offering (the “Offering”) by the Company and certain selling shareholders of ordinary shares of par value US$0.0005 each in the capital of the Company (the “Shares”) of which certain Shares are being offered by the Company (the “Issued Shares”) and certain Shares are being offered by certain selling shareholders of the Company (the “Vendor Shares”).
For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined a copy of the Registration Statement. We have also reviewed a copy of (1) the certificate of incorporation, the certificate of incorporation on change of name and the certificate of conversion to public company of the Company, (2) the current constitution of the Company and the new constitution to be adopted by the Company effective upon completion of the Offering, (3) the Category 1 global business licence issued by the Financial Services Commission of Mauritius (the “Financial Services Commission”) under the Financial Services Act 2007 (“FSA”), (4) written resolutions of the members of the Company dated 19 July 2010 and written resolutions of the board of directors of the Company dated 16 July 2010 (together, the “Resolutions”), (5) the Certificate of Current Standing in respect of the Company issued by the Registrar of Companies in Mauritius on 22 July 2010

 


 

Letter to MakeMyTrip Limited
26 July 2010
Page 2
(the “Certificate Date”), (6) a certificate from the Secretary of the Company addressed to our firm dated 26 July 2010, a copy of which is attached hereto (the “Officer’s Certificate”), and (7) such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below.
We have assumed (a) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken, (b) that where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed and/or filed in the form of that draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention, (c) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Registration Statement and other documents reviewed by us, (d) that the resolutions contained in the Resolutions were passed at one or more duly convened, constituted and quorate meetings, or by unanimous written resolutions, remain in full force and effect and have not been rescinded or amended, (e) that there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than Mauritius, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein, and (f) that upon issue of any Shares to be sold by the Company, the Company will receive consideration for the full issue price thereof which shall be equal to at least the par value thereof.
We have not been instructed to undertake and have not undertaken any further inquiry or due diligence in relation to the transaction the subject of this opinion. In giving this opinion, we have relied upon the completeness and accuracy (and assumed the continuing completeness and accuracy as at the date hereof) of the Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact without further verification and have relied upon the foregoing assumptions, which we have not independently verified.
We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than Mauritius. This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Mauritius and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in Mauritius. This opinion is issued solely for the purposes of the filing of the Registration Statement and the Offering and is not to be relied upon in respect of any other matter.

 


 

Letter to MakeMyTrip Limited
26 July 2010
Page 3
On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:
1.   As at the Certificate Date, the Company is a public company limited by shares duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Mauritius and is in good current standing as evidenced by the Certificate of Current Standing issued by the Registrar of Companies.
 
2.   The Company is the holder of a Category 1 global business licence issued by the Financial Services Commission under the FSA.
 
3.   When issued and paid for as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Issued Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (meaning that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue of such shares).
 
4.   Based solely on the Officer’s Certificate, the Vendor Shares have been, or on completion of the Offering will be, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (meaning that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue of such shares).
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further consent to the reference to our name under the captions “Taxation” and “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are experts within the meaning of Section 11 of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
Yours faithfully,
/s/ Conyers Dill & Pearman
Conyers Dill & Pearman (Mauritius) Limited

 


 

[LOGO]
26 July 2010
The Director
Conyers Dill & Pearman (Mauritius) Limited
2nd Floor, Ebene Mews
57, Ebene Cybercity
Dear Sir
CERTIFICATE
I, Mohammad Akhtar Janally, the undersigned, for and on behalf of Multiconsult Limited, in our capacity as the Management Company and Secretary of MakeMyTrip Limited (the “Company”), a company incorporated and existing under the laws of Mauritius, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT by virtue of our Office I have access to the original records of the Company.
This Certificate is issued to you in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments and supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on 26 July 2010 and relating to the offering (the “Offering”) by the Company and certain selling shareholders of ordinary shares of par value US$0.0005 each in the capital of the Company (the “Shares”) of which certain Shares are being offered by the Company (the “Issued Shares”) and certain Shares are being offered by certain selling shareholders of the Company (the “Vendor Shares”).
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT :
1.   The Vendor Shares have been, or on completion of the Offering will be, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (meaning that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue of such shares).
 
2.   The directors and the shareholders of the Company have not taken any steps to put the Company into liquidation or wound up. No receiver has been appointed over any of the Company’s property or assets, and no liquidator has been appointed to wind up the Company.
THAT THE SAME AND ABOVE has not been altered, amended or rescinded, and is now in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my signature on this 26th day of July 2010.
Yours faithfully
/s/ Akhtar Janally
Akhtar Janally
Multiconsult Limited Rogers House, 5 President John Kennedy St., Port Louis, Mauritius
Tel +230 405 2000 Fax +230 212 5265 www.multiconsult.mu
Business Registration Number C09004928
Member of the Cim Group — A Rogers Investment

Exhibit 8.1
26 July 2010
MakeMyTrip Limited
Rogers House
5 President Kennedy Street
Port Louis
Mauritius
Dear Sirs,
MakeMyTrip Limited (the “Company”)
We have acted as special Mauritius legal counsel to the Company in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments and supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on 26 July 2010 and relating to the offering (the “Offering”) by the Company and certain selling shareholders of ordinary shares of par value US$0.0005 each in the capital of the Company (the “Shares”) of which certain Shares are being offered by the Company and certain Shares are being offered by certain selling shareholders of the Company.
For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined a copy of the Registration Statement. We have also reviewed a copy of (1) the certificate of incorporation, the certificate of incorporation on change of name and the certificate of conversion to public company of the Company, (2) the current constitution of the Company and the new constitution to be adopted by the Company effective upon completion of the Offering, (3) the Category 1 global business licence issued by the Financial Services Commission of Mauritius under the Financial Services Act 2007, (4) written resolutions of the members of the Company dated 19 July 2010 and written resolutions of the board of directors of the Company dated 16 July 2010 (together, the “Resolutions”), (5) the Certificate of Current Standing in respect of the Company issued by the Registrar of Companies in Mauritius on 22 July 2010

 


 

, (6) the Company’s Mauritius tax residencecertificate dated 22 June 2010 issued by the Mauritius Revenue Authority, and (7) such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below.
We have assumed (a) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken, (b) that where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed and/or filed in the form of that draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention, (c) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Registration Statement and other documents reviewed by us, (d) that the resolutions contained in the Resolutions were passed at one or more duly convened, constituted and quorate meetings, or by unanimous written resolutions, remain in full force and effect and have not been rescinded or amended, and (e) that there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than Mauritius, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein.
We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than Mauritius. This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Mauritius and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in Mauritius. This opinion is issued solely for the purpose of the filing of the Registration Statement and the Offering and is not to be relied upon in respect of any other matter.
On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the statements under the caption “Taxation—Mauritius Taxation” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of Mauritius law, are accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinion.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further consent to the reference to our name under the captions “Taxation” and “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are experts within the meaning of Section 11 of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
Yours faithfully,
/s/ Conyers Dill & Pearman
Conyers Dill & Pearman (Mauritius) Limited

 

EXHIBIT 8.2
         
 
  53rd at Third
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022-4834
Tel: +1.212.906.1200 Fax: +1.212.751.4864
 
  www.lw.com    
LATHAM  &   WATKINS   LLP    
FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES
 
  Abu Dhabi   Moscow
 
  Barcelona   Munich
 
  Beijing   New Jersey
 
  Brussels   New York
July 26, 2010
  Chicago
Doha
  Orange County
Paris
 
  Dubai   Riyadh
 
  Frankfurt   Rome
 
  Hamburg   San Diego
 
  Hong Kong   San Francisco
 
  Houston   Shanghai
 
  London   Silicon Valley
MakeMyTrip Limited
103 Udjog Vihar, Phase 1
Gurgaon, Haryana 122 016
India 
  Los Angeles
Madrid
Milan
  Singapore
Tokyo
Washington, D.C.
     Re: Registration Statement on Form F-1
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as special U.S. counsel to MakeMyTrip Limited, a public company limited by shares organized under the laws of the Republic of Mauritius (the “ Company ”), in connection with the proposed public offering of ordinary shares (the “ Shares ”), of the Company pursuant to the registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on July 26, 2010, as amended to date (the “ Registration Statement ”). You have requested our opinion concerning the statements in the Registration Statement under the caption “Taxation—US Federal Income Taxation.”
     The facts, as we understand them, and upon which with your permission we rely in rendering the opinion herein, are set forth in the Registration Statement and the Company’s responses to our examinations and inquiries.
     In our capacity as counsel to the Company, we have made such legal and factual examinations and inquiries, including an examination of originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures thereon, the legal capacity of natural persons executing such documents and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. For the purpose of our opinion, we have not made an independent investigation, or audit of the facts set forth in the above-referenced documents.
     We are opining herein as to the effect on the subject transaction only of the federal income tax laws of the United States and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability

 


 

July 26, 2010
Page 2
LATHAM  &   WATKINS   LLP
thereto, or the effect thereon, of other federal laws, the laws of any state or any other jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state.
     Based on such facts and subject to the limitations set forth in the Registration Statement, the statements of law or legal conclusions in the Registration Statement under the caption “Taxation—US Federal Income Taxation” constitute the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP as to the material United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in the Shares.
     No opinion is expressed as to any matter not discussed herein.
     This opinion is rendered to you as of the date of this letter, and we undertake no obligation to update this opinion subsequent to the date hereof. This opinion is based on various statutory provisions, regulations promulgated thereunder and interpretations thereof by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts having jurisdiction over such matters, all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Also, any variation or difference in the facts from those set forth in the Registration Statement may affect the conclusions stated herein.
     This opinion is furnished to you, and is for your use in connection with the transactions set forth in the Registration Statement. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose. However, this opinion may be relied upon by persons entitled to rely on it pursuant to applicable provisions of federal securities law.
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the captions “Taxation” and “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules or regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP

 

EXHIBIT 10.1.1
MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
Amended and Restated MakeMyTrip.com 2001 Equity Option Plan
ARTICLE 1
TITLE
This Plan shall be called the MakeMyTrip.com 2001 Equity Option Plan.
ARTICLE 2
AUTHORITY
This Plan has been adopted by the Board of Directors by a resolution passed at its meeting held on 12 th January 2001, pursuant to the enabling authority granted under a resolution passed by the members of the Company at the General Meeting of shareholders held on 12 th January 2001. The term of this Plan was for an initial seven years from June 1, 2000 but was extended to June 1, 2012 pursuant to a board resolution passed on June 12, 2009 which had retrospective effect from June 1, 2007, and a shareholders’ resolution passed on May 25, 2010. This Plan has been subsequently amended and restated pursuant to a board resolution passed on May 25, 2010, and a shareholders’ resolution passed on May 25, 2010.
ARTICLE 3
OBJECTS
The objects of the MakeMyTrip.com 2001 Equity Option Plan are:
1.   To provide means to enable the Company to attract and retain appropriate human talent in the employment of the Company and its subsidiaries,
 
2.   To motivate the Employees of the Company and its subsidiaries with incentives and reward opportunities
 
3.   To achieve sustained growth of the Company and the creation of Shareholder value by aligning the interests of the Employees with the long term interests of the Company; and
 
4.   To create a sense of ownership and provide the Employees, with wealth creation opportunities, while in the employment of the Company.
ARTICLE 4
DEFINITIONS & INTERPRETATIONS
    Definitions:
 
    In this document the following expressions including their grammatical variations and cognate expressions shall, where the context so admits, have the following meaning:
 
4.1   ‘Associate Company’ means any company in which not less than 25% of the paid up equity capital is held directly or indirectly, whether singly or jointly by the Company and / or its Holding Company and / or its Subsidiary and / or its promoters.
 
4.2   ‘Board of Directors’ / ‘Board’ means the Board of Directors of the Company for the time being and where the context so requires include the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and/or a Subsidiary Company and/or an Associate Company.
 
4.3   ‘Change in Capital Structure’ means a change in the capital structure of the Company as a result of reclassification of Shares, splitting up of the face value of Shares, sub-division of Shares, issue of bonus Shares, issue of rights shares, conversion of Shares into other shares or securities and any other change in the rights or obligations in respect of Shares.
 
4.4   ‘Change in Control Value’ means the amount determined in accordance with the provisions of the applicable sub-clause, as hereinafter stated:

Page 1 of 15


 

  .1   the per share price offered whether in cash or otherwise to shareholders of the Company in any merger, demerger, consolidation, amalgamation, or dissolution transaction,
 
  .2   the per share price offered whether in cash or otherwise to shareholders in any open offer or exchange offer whereby a Corporate Action takes place or
 
  .3   if a Corporate Action occurs other than as described in Article 4.4.1 or 4.4.2, the Fair Market Value per share, determined by the Board of Directors, as on the date determined by the Board of Directors to be the date of cancellation and surrender of any Options.
    If the consideration offered to shareholders of the Company in the event of a Corporate Action, consists of anything other than cash, the Board of Directors shall determine the fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered which is other than in cash.
 
4.5   ‘Closing Date’ shall have the meaning set forth in Article 6.2.
 
4.6   ‘Company’ means MakeMyTrip Limited (formerly known as International Web Travel Private Limited)., a company incorporated in Mauritius and having its registered office at Multiconsult Limited at Rogers House, 5 President John Kennedy Street, Port Louis, Mauritius, its successors and assigns and where the context so requires includes Employer Company.
 
4.7   ‘Compensation Committee’ means the ‘Compensation Committee’ set up by the Company under Article - 7.
 
4.8   ‘Corporate Action’ means one of the following events:
  (i)   the merger, de-merger, spin-off, consolidation, amalgamation, sale of business or other reorganisation of the Company (except to a subsidiary) in which the Shares are converted into or exchanged for:
  a.   a different class of securities of the Company; or
 
  b.   any securities of any other issuer; or
 
  c.   Cash; or
 
  d.   Other property,
  (ii)   the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets /undertaking of the Company to any other company or entity (except to a subsidiary).
 
  (iii)   the adoption by the Shareholders of the Company of a scheme of liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
 
  (iv)   acquisition (other than acquisition pursuant to any other clause of this definition) by any company / person or entity or group of a controlling stake in the Company, whereby a change in management occurs.
 
      For the purpose of this Article, ‘Controlling Stake’ means 25% of the voting share capital of the Company.
4.9   ‘Companies Act’ means the Companies Act No. 57 of 1984 of the Republic of Mauritius.
 
4.10   ‘Employee’ means any person in the bona fide permanent employment or holding the position of managing or whole-time director or director, of the Employer Company. ‘Employee’ shall also include a prospective Employee to whom a Grant is made in connection with written offers of employment made by the Employer Company
 
4.11   ‘Employer Company’ means the Company or its Holding company or its Subsidiary company or an Associate Company
 
4.12   ‘Exercise’ in relation to Options means, the tendering by a Grantee, of an application for issue of Shares, pursuant to the Options vested in him under the Grant and the Plan, accompanied by the Exercise Price payable for the Shares.
 
4.13   ‘Exercise Date’ means the date on which a Grantee elects to Exercise the Options.
 
4.14   ‘Exercise Period’ in relation to Options means the period commencing from the Vesting Date of Options and ending on the date after which Options cannot be exercised.
 
4.15   ‘Exercise Price’ means the price payable for the Shares offered under a Grant.

Page 2 of 15


 

4.16   ‘Fair Market Value’ means, as of any specified date, the closing price of the Shares on the NASDAQ (or, if the Shares are not listed on such NASDAQ, the price on such other Recognised Stock Exchange on which the Shares are then listed and having the maximum volume of transactions on that date), or if no prices are reported on that date, the price determined based on the average Share Price prevailing on the last 5 days prior to the date of Grant.
 
    If the Shares are not listed on any stock exchange at the time a determination of its value is required to be made hereunder, the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be the price at which shares in the Company were subscribed to by the last Significant Investor. ‘Significant Investor’ for the purpose of this sub-clause shall mean any investor who has acquired not less than 5% of the equity capital of the company at the time of such acquisition.
 
4.17   ‘MMT Option Agreement’ means a written agreement between the Company and an Employee with respect to a Grant to such Employee.
 
4.18   ‘Grant’ means, individually or collectively, any Options granted pursuant to the Plan.
 
4.19   ‘Grant Date’ means the date on which a Grant is made to an Employee unless otherwise specified by the Compensation Committee.
 
4.20   ‘Grantee’ means an Employee who has been granted Options pursuant to the Plan and where the context so requires includes the legal heirs and / or the designated beneficiary.
 
4.21   ‘Holding Company’ means a holding company as defined under the provisions of the Companies Act
 
4.22   ‘Holder’ means a person who is holding the Options under the Grant.
 
4.23   ‘Insider’ means an Employee or Director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in Shares of the Company are subject to laws or regulations of Mauritius or any other applicable jurisdiction.
 
4.24   ‘IPO’ means the Initial Public Offer of the Company’s Shares resulting in a listing of the Shares on any Recognised Stock Exchange.
 
4.25   ‘Option’ means the right, without any obligation, granted to an Employee to subscribe for Shares or any Resultant Shares upon such terms and conditions as may be specified in this Plan or in the MMT Option Agreement. Any reference in the Plan to the term “Option” shall if the context so permit, be deemed to mean and include “Warrant” as defined hereinafter and in such a case all the provisions of this Plan and/or any document executed pursuant thereto, as applicable to Options shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to Warrants.
 
4.26   ‘Plan’ means the MakeMyTrip.com 2001 Equity Option Plan as set out herein and as amended or modified from time to time.
 
4.27   ‘Recognised Stock Exchange’ means, a stock exchange, whether in or outside India, which is notified / recognised by any government authority as a recognised stock exchange, for the purpose of trading of shares / securities of any company.
 
4.28   ‘Resultant Shares’ means the shares or other securities issued in lieu of the Shares of the Company, on any Change in Capital Structure or on any Corporate Action.
 
4.29   ‘Shares’ means the equity Shares of the Company and securities convertible into equity shares and shall include American Depository Receipts (ADRs), Global Depository Receipts (GDRs) or other depository receipts representing underlying equity shares or securities convertible into equity shares and where the context so requires shall include the Resultant Shares.
 
4.30   ‘Subsidiary’ means a subsidiary company as defined in the Companies Act.

Page 3 of 15


 

4.31   ‘Vested Option’ means an Option which has vested with the Grantee and has thereby become exercisable on the Exercise Date.
 
4.32   ‘Vesting’ means the process by which a Grantee becomes eligible to exercise his rights to apply for Shares of the Company pursuant to the Options granted to him under the Plan.
 
4.33   ‘Vesting Date’ in relation to Options means the earliest date on which the rights under the Options can be exercised by a Grantee.
II)   Interpretation:
 
    In this document, unless the contrary intention appears:
  a)   the singular includes the plural and vice versa;
 
  b)   the word “person” includes an individual, a firm, a body corporate or unincorporated or any authority; and
 
  c)   any word or expression importing the masculine, feminine or neuter genders only, shall be taken to include all three genders.
III).   Article Headings:
 
    Article headings are for information only and shall not affect the construction of this document.
 
IV.   References:
  a.   A reference to a Clause or Schedule is respectively a reference to a Clause or Schedule of this document. The Schedules to this document shall for all purposes form part of this document.
 
  b.   Reference to any Act, Rules, Statute or Notification shall include any statutory modification, substitution or re-enactment thereof.
ARTICLE 5
IMPLEMENTATION
5.1   The Plan shall be implemented by the Compensation Committee under the broad policy and framework laid down by the Company and/or the Board of Directors of the Company, in accordance with the authority delegated to the Compensation Committee in this regard from time to time, and subject to the amendments, modifications and alterations to the Plan made by the Company and/or the Board of Directors in this regard.
ARTICLE 6
EFFECTIVE DATE AND PLAN DURATION
6.1   The Plan shall be deemed to have come into force on the 1 st day of June, 2000 or on such other date as may be decided by the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
6.2   The Plan shall be terminated and no Grants will be made under the Plan after 1 June, 2014 or such other date as may be determined by the Company (“Closing Date”).
 
    Any such termination of the Plan shall not affect Options already granted and such Options shall remain in full force and effect as if the Plan had not been terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Grantee and the Company, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Grantee and the Company.
 
    If any Options granted under the Plan are terminated / forfeited / lapsed under the provisions of the Plan, such Options shall be available for further Grants under the Plan. After the Closing Date, the Plan shall remain in effect until all Options granted under the Plan have been Exercised or have expired by reasons of lapse of time, whichever is earlier
ARTICLE 7

Page 4 of 15


 

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
7.1   The Board of Directors has, pursuant to a meeting held on 12 th January 2001, constituted a separate Committee by the name of the “Compensation Committee”.
 
7.2   The Compensation Committee shall consist of such number of persons not exceeding five, as the Board of Directors may deem fit. The Compensation Committee, in the exercise of its powers, may require any information from the Board/Company and/or seek the assistance of any Employee of the Company as it may deem fit to fully and effectively discharge its duties.
 
7.3   The powers of the Compensation Committee, inter alia, include the power to:
  a.   determine the number of Options to be Granted, to each Employee and in the aggregate, and the times at which such Grants shall be made.
 
  b.   determine the vesting and/or lock-in period of the Grant made to any Employee and/or any conditions subject to which such Vesting may take place.
 
  c.   determine the Employees eligible for participation in the Plan in accordance with such criteria as may be laid down from time to time by the Board.
 
  d.   determine the performance parameters for Grant and/or Vesting of Options granted to an Employee, under the Plan.
 
  e.   assess the performance of an Employee for granting/determining the Vesting of the Options.
 
  f.   lay down the conditions under which Vested Options of a Grantee may lapse in case of termination of his employment for fraud, misconduct or where such a Grantee joins an entity which is a Competetor etc.
 
  g.   determine the Exercise Period within which the Employee should Exercise the Options and that Options would lapse on failure to exercise the Option within the Exercise Period.
 
  h.   specify time period within which the Employee shall Exercise the Vested Options in the event of termination or resignation of an Employee.
 
  i.   lay down the procedure for making a fair and reasonable adjustment to the number of Options and to the Exercise Price in case of Change in the Capital Structure and/or Corporate Action.
 
  j.   provide for the right of a Grantee to Exercise all his Vested Options at one time or at various points of time within the Exercise Period.
 
  k.   lay down the method for satisfaction of any tax obligation arising in connection with the Options or such Shares.
 
  l.   lay down the procedure for cashless Exercise of Options, if any.
 
  m.   provide for the Grant, Vesting and Exercise of Options in case of Employees who are on long leave or whose services have been seconded to any other company or who have joined Holding Company or a Subsidiary or an Associate company at the instance of the Employer Company.
 
  n.   And generally exercise such powers as may be necessary or expedient in connection of the implementation or administration of the Plan.
7.4   The number of members of the Compensation Committee and their powers and functions can be specified, varied, altered or modified from time to time by the Board of Directors subject to such rules and regulations as may be in force. The Board may further provide that the Compensation Committee shall exercise certain powers only after consultation with the Board and in such case the said powers shall be exercised accordingly.

Page 5 of 15


 

7.5   All decisions made by the Compensation Committee in the matters relating to the Plan and in the exercise of its powers thereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Company and on all Grantees and persons eligible to participate in the Plan. No members of the Compensation Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted thereunder.
ARTICLE 8
APPRAISAL OF AN EMPLOYEE
8.1   As soon as may be possible after the Plan comes into effect and at such times thereafter, as deemed fit by the Compensation Committee, the Compensation Committee shall, based on the various criteria (which criteria shall be decided from time to time by the Board) decide on the Employees who are eligible for a Grant under the Plan and the terms and conditions thereof.
ARTICLE 9
GRANT
9.1   The Compensation Committee may from time to time make Grants to one or more Employees, which shall include recurring grants to the same Employee. The aggregate number of Shares underlying the Options that may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed 15% of the paid up share capital of the Company, on fully diluted basis .
 
9.2   The total number of Shares underlying all the Grants made to any particular Employee shall not exceed 5% of the total issued equity capital of the Company.
 
9.3   A Grant agreed to be made to a prospective employee upon the condition that such person becomes an Employee, shall be deemed to have been granted, effective on the date such person commences service with the Company.
 
9.4   The Exercise Price for the Shares offered under a Grant shall be determined by the Compensation Committee and shall be specified in the Grant. The Exercise Price per Share subject to a Grant may be determined, amended or adjusted in the absolute discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee, the determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive. For the avoidance of doubt, a downward adjustment of the Exercise Prices of Grants by the Board or the Compensation Committee shall be effective without requiring any further approval of the Company’s shareholders or the approval of the affected Employees.
 
9.5   The Grant shall be in writing and shall specify the number of Options granted, the price payable for exercising the Options, the earliest date on which some or all of the Options and the Shares acquired under the Grant shall be eligible for Vesting, fulfillment of the performance and other conditions etc., if any, subject to which Vesting shall take place, and the other terms and conditions thereto and shall be substantially in the format enclosed in Schedule A or as near thereto as the circumstances require. Provided however no Vesting of any Option shall take place unless one year has elapsed from the date of its Grant.
 
9.6   The Options shall not be transferable and can be exercised only by the Grantees except as otherwise stated in this Plan.
ARTICLE 10
VESTING OF OPTIONS
10.1   Unless otherwise specified in the Grant, all initial Grants made to any Employee shall Vest, in the following manner:
    10% of the Options shall Vest on the expiry of 12 months from the date of Grant.
 
    20% of the Options shall Vest on the expiry of 24 months from the date of Grant.
 
    30% of the Options shall Vest on the expiry of 36 months from the date of Grant.
 
    40% of the Options shall Vest on the expiry of 48 months from the date of Grant.

Page 6 of 15


 

10.2   Further, unless otherwise specified in the Grant, all subsequent Grants made on the basis of performance of an Employee, shall Vest in the Employee in four equal installments at each anniversary of the Grant Date respectively.
 
10.3   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan the Compensation Committee mayin its absolute discretion, vary the Vesting Date from Employee to mEployee or class thereof, as it may deem fit.
 
10.4   The Compensation Committee in its absolute discretion may permit the Options granted, including Options, which have not Vested, to be Exercised within such time and as per such terms and conditions as it may determine.
 
10.5   In the event of the Employee:
  a.   dying while in the employment or engagement of the Company; or
 
  b.   becoming permanently disabled; or
 
  c.   attaining the age of superannuation while in service,
    the rights and obligations under the Options Vested in him before the event, shall accrue to his legal heirs or continue in his hands, as the case may be. In any of the above cases the Compensation Committee may in its absolute discretion permit the exercise of any unvested Options and / or modify Exercise Period of any Vested Options, and the other conditions of the Grant
ARTICLE 11
EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
11.1   Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Plan, Vested Options must be exercised prior to the earliest of the following dates:
  a.   48 (Forty-eight) months from the Vesting Date
 
  b.   72 (Seven two) months from the date of Grant.
 
  c.   6 (Six) months following the Grantee’s date of voluntary resignation or termination of employment other than due to death, disablement or retirement.
 
  d.   One (1) year following the death of a Grantee or the termination due to disability or retirement.
    Provided however that a Holder who, having regard to the applicable Statutes, Rules and Regulations of the country of which he is resident or any other country having jurisdiction over the Plan, is restricted / not permitted from paying in full or in part the Exercise Price or from acquiring the Shares by Exercise of Options, will be required to use the Cashless Exercise method described in Article 11.3 below to exercise such number of Options for which he is not permitted to pay / remit the Exercise Price due to legal / statutory restrictions (such Options are referred to herein as the “Restricted Options”.
 
    Provided further that till such time as the Company has completed an IPO, the Exercise Period for such Restricted Options shall be extended to a period up to 12 months from the IPO and such Restricted Options shall be exercised, unless otherwise permitted under the relevant regulations, under the Cashless Exercise as provided hereinafter. Any Restricted Options not exercised within the extended Exercise Period so provided shall lapse irrevocably.
 
    Provided further that if the Company does not complete an IPO within 72 months from the Grant Date of the Restricted Options, all such Restricted Options shall, unless otherwise permitted by law or by the Compensation Committee, lapse irrevocably.
 
11.2   The Employee may, at any time during the Exercise Period, and subject to fulfilment of conditions of the Grant, exercise the Options by submitting an application to the Board of Directors to issue and allot him Shares pursuant to the vested Options, accompanied by payment of an amount equivalent to the Exercise Price in respect of such Shares and such other writing, if any, as the Board may specify to confirm extinguishment of the rights comprising in the Options then exercised. In the event of Exercise of Options resulting in fractional Shares, the Compensation Committee shall be entitled to round off the number of Shares to be issued to the adjusted nearest whole number, and Exercise Price shall be correspondingly adjusted.

Page 7 of 15


 

11.3   Cashless Exercise:
 
    Under a Cashless Exercise, a Holder who exercises the Options will have to simultaneously sell the Shares acquired on the Exercise of Options and will only be entitled to receive the difference between the Selling Price and the Exercise Price for the Options exercised by him after deducting taxes payable on exercise/sale, if any, and other amounts, expenses and charges due from him (including that in connection with the sale).
 
    Provided further that the Board and/or the Compensation Committee may require the Holder to surrender the Options to the Company at the Selling Price of the Shares underlying the Options in lieu of such exercise and simultaneous sale of shares. In such an event the Holder will be paid the difference between the Selling Price of the Shares underlying the Options and the Exercise Price after deducting taxes payable at source if any and other expenses and charges payable in connection therewith.
 
    For the purpose of implementing the ‘Cashless Exercise’ or any surrender of Options the Compensation Committee shall be entitled to specify such procedures including escrow mechanisms for the Shares issued on Exercise of the Options as may be necessary and the same shall be binding on the Holder.
  a.   For the purpose of this clause, unless otherwise stated Selling Price means where the Shares of the Company are listed on a Recognised Stock Exchange the actual price realised on sale of the Shares or , if the Options are surrendered, the Fair Market Value of the Shares;
 
  b.   where the Shares of the Company are not listed on any Stock Exchange , the Fair Market Value as defined in Article 4.15 of this Plan.
    Notwithstanding anything contained herein or elsewhere in this plan, it is hereby clarified that the company is under no obligation to either buy the shares or accept surrender of any Options or pay any compensation to any Holder under this clause as a result of the inability or unwillingness of the Holder to acquire any Shares, whether due to lack of funds, any restriction under any applicable law or otherwise. Additionally, it is clarified that the Cashless Exercise shall be available to Restricted Options only after the Shares of the Company are listed on a Recognized Stock Exchange, without requiring any consent of the Compensation Committee.
 
11.4   Except as otherwise provided, payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares to be acquired pursuant to any Options shall be made in such manner as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law.
 
    The application shall be in such form as may be prescribed in this regard and the Compensation Committee may determine the procedure for exercise from time to time.
 
11.5   Subject to the provisions of Article 11.1 hereinabove, the Holder shall Exercise his Options only during the period as maybe decided by the compensation committee from time to time.
 
    Provided however that in case of cessation of employment due to voluntary resignation, termination by the Employer Company or death, disability or retirement of the Employee, the Holder shall Exercise the Options in accordance with the provision of clause 11.1 notwithstanding the exercise dates specified hereinabove in this clause but subject to the provisions of any applicable law or regulation for the time being in force.
 
11.6   Notwithstanding anything contained elsewhere in the Plan, the Compensation Committee and/or the Board may if the Exercise of Options within the Exercise period, is prevented by any law or regulation in force the Compensation Committee or the Board, defer or refuse to permit the Exercise of Options during such time as the Exercise of the Options is prohibited by the applicable laws or regulations and in such an event, the Company shall not be liable to pay any compensation or similar payment to the Employee for any loss suffered due to such refusal.
 
    Provided further, that the Board shall have the power and be and is hereby authorised to cancel all or any of the Options granted under the Plan if so required under any applicable law for the time being in force or the

Page 8 of 15


 

    order of any jurisdictional court. In the event of any such cancellation, no compensation shall be payable to the Holder for such cancelled Options.
ARTICLE 12
CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT
12.1   If a Grantee’s employment (or other service) with the Employer Company terminates
  (i)   for Cause or
 
  (ii)   Voluntarily (on the part of the Grantee)
    the Options, to the extent not previously exercised, will terminate on the date of such termination of employment (or service).
 
    ‘Cause’ for the purpose of this Plan shall mean, as determined by the Compensation Committee, (i) the continued failure of the Employee to substantially perform his duties to the Employer Company (other than any such failure resulting from retirement, death or disability as defined below), (ii) the engaging by the member in willful, reckless or grossly negligent misconduct which is determined by the Compensation Committee to be detrimental to the interest of the Company or any of its affiliates, monetarily or otherwise, (iii) fraud, misfeasance, breach of trust or wrongful disclosure of any secret or confidential information about the Company (iv) the member’s pleading guilty to or conviction of a felony.
 
12.2   If a Grantee’s employment with the Employer Company terminates for reason other than:
  a)   for Cause, or
 
  b)   Voluntarily (on the part of the Grantee), or
 
  c)   death, or
 
  d)   permanent disability,
    the eVsted Options under the Plan may be exercised not later than three (3) months after such termination.
 
    Provided that the provisions of the provisos to Article 11.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
 
12.3   If the Employee joins, whether in the capacity of an Employee, consultant, advisor or any other manner, any company or entity which is a Competitor to the Company within a period of 12 (Twelve) months for the date of his cessation of employment with the Employer Company, all Shares acquired on Exercise of the Options shall be compulsorily transferred to the Company or its nominee at the Exercise Price paid in respect of such Options.
 
    Provided further that the Company shall have a lien on such Shares till such time they are transferred in accordance with the above provisions.
 
    “Competitor’ for this purpose shall mean any company or entity which is engaged in the business, whether wholly or partly, of providing travel and tourism related services through the internet or which is same or similar to the business of the Company.
 
12.4   If a Grantee’s employment with any Employer Company terminates due to:
  a)   death
 
  b)   permanent disability
 
  c)   superannuation or resignation , with the consent of the Company
    the Options, only to the extent previously Vested, shall remain Vested with the person or the beneficiary designated. Options which are not Vested Options shall lapse automatically upon the occurrence of any of the abovementioned events.
 
    These Vested Options shall be exercised within a period of 12 (Twelve) months following such event or such extended time as provided by the Compensation Committee. The Options may exercised by the Employee or in his absence by the beneficiary designated by the Employee, or, if no beneficiary is designated, by the executor or administrator of the Employee’s estate.
 
    Provided that the provisions of the provisos to Article 11.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis

Page 9 of 15


 

12.5   Nothing contained in Article 12.1 shall be applicable, in the event of cessation of the Employee’s services due to secondment or deputation, so long as the Employee continues to be employed by the Employer Company.
 
    Provided further that the Compensation Committee shall have full power and authority to relax any of the conditions and provisions of Article 12.1 in case of an Employee who resigns from service of the Company to join its Holding Company or its Subsidiary Company or another Subsidiary of its Holding Company or any Associate company.
ARTICLE 13
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.
13.1   Except as provided here, till the completion of the IPO, the Grantee shall not sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares, or any right or interest therein, either voluntarily or involuntarily, without first delivering a written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice must specify (i) the name and address of the proposed Transferee; (ii) the number of Shares, or interest therein, proposed to be sold or transferred; and (iii) all other material terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.
 
    The Grantee who is desiring to sell underlying Shares and is eligible to do so, would have to necessarily offer to sell it to the Company or its nominee at the lesser of the Fair Market Value or the price specified in the Transfer Notice. The Company, if it elected to purchase the Shares, would ensure that sufficient funds are available to pay, within 60 days of receiving the Transfer Notice, to the Grantee making such a request.
 
13.2   Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Transfer Notice, the Company or its nominee may elect to purchase any or all, the Shares to which the Transfer Notice refers at the lesser of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Company receives the Transfer Notice or the price specified in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may elect to offset against and deduct from any payment of the purchase price of the Shares any indebtedness then owed by the Grantee to the Company.
 
13.3   In the event the Company or its nominee elects to acquire Shares of the said Grantee as specified in the Transfer Notice, the Secretary of the Company shall so notify the said Grantee and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within forty five (45) days after the Company or its nominee elects to purchase.
 
13.4   If the Shares referred to in the Transfer Notice are not purchased by the Company or its nominee, the said Grantee, within a period of 60 (Sixty) days from the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice to the Company, may sell such Shares to any person(s) or entity, provided that such sale or transfer is consummated within ninety (90) days termed as Free-transfer Period, following the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice to the Company and, provided further, that such sale is in accordance with all the terms and conditions hereof and in the Transfer Notice. After the completion of Free-transfer Period, the Company’s right of first refusal is applicable again if the said Grantee desires to exercise his Options and sell underlying Shares.
ARTICLE 14
RIGHTS OF MEMBERS IN SHARES
14.1   Neither Employee, nor his successor in interest, shall have any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares for which the Option is exercised until such shares are issued by the Company and the name of the Grantee is entered in the register of shareholders of the Company.
ARTICLE 15
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SHARES
15.1   Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, all Shares acquired under the Plan will rank pari passu with all other Shares (other than any preference shares or participating preference shares) of the Company for the time being in issue, save as regards any right attached to any such

Page 10 of 15


 

    Shares by reference to a record date prior to the date of allotment. Dividend in respect of Shares allotted on exercise of the Options shall be payable pro-rata from the date of allotment.
ARTICLE 16
CHANGE IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE OR CORPORATE ACTION
16.1   Except as hereinafter provided, a Grant made shall be subject to adjustment, by the Compensation Committee, at its discretion as to number and price of Options or Shares, as the case may be, in the event of ‘Change in Capital Structure’ or a ‘Corporate Action’ as defined herein.
 
16.2   The existence of the Plan and the Grants made hereunder shall not in any way effect the right or the power of the Board of Directors or the shareholders or the Company to make or authorise any ‘Change in Capital Structure; or any ‘Corporate Action’ including any issue of shares, debt or other securities having any priority or preference with respect to the Shares or the rights thereof.
 
16.3   If there is a ‘Change in the Capital Structure of the Company’ before the Options granted under this Plan are exercised, the Employee shall be entitled on exercise of the Options, to such number of Resultant Shares to which he would have been entitled as if all the Options not exercised by him had been exercised by him before such ‘Change in the Capital Structure’ of the Company had taken place and the rights under the Options shall stand corresponding adjusted.
 
16.4   The Shares in respect of which the Options are granted, are Shares as presently constituted. But if and when, prior to the expiry of the Exercise Period there is a ‘Change in the Capital Structure’ of the Company, the number of Shares with respect to which the Options may thereafter be exercised shall, in the event of:
  i)   an increase in the number of Resultant Shares, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price, be proportionately reduced.
 
  ii)   A reduction in the number of Resultant Shares, be proportionately reduced, and the Exercise Price, be proportionately increased.
    Provided further that in case the provisions of applicable law restrict/prohibit the issue of shares at a discount to its par value, the Exercise Price shall not be less than the amount as prescribed under such law.
 
16.5   In the event of ‘Corporate Action’, the Compensation Committee, at least seven days prior to any ‘Corporate Action’ or thirty days thereafter, acting in its absolute discretion with or without the consent or approval of the Employee, as it may deem fit, shall in respect of the outstanding Options act on any of the following alternatives: -
  i)   Provide that on any exercise of Options hereafter, the Employee shall be entitled to the Shares and / or Resultant Shares as if the Employee had been a Holder of the Shares on exercise of the Options.
 
  ii)   Make such adjustments to the Options outstanding to reflect the ‘Corporate Action’, as may be necessary,
 
  iii)   Require the mandatory surrender to the Company, by all or some of the Employees, of all or some of the outstanding Options, irrespective of whether, the Options, have vested or not, as on that date, and in such an event the Compensation Committee shall pay to such Employee an amount, in cash or otherwise, per Option, as the case may be, of the ‘Change in Control Value’ after deducting the balance Exercise Price payable, if any.
 
  iv)   Accelerate the Vesting and / or the Exercise of the Options so that the Options are to be compulsorily exercised before the date specified by the Compensation Committee, failing which they shall lapse.

Page 11 of 15


 

    Provided however that unless specifically agreed upon by the Board all unvested Options on the date of any Corporate Action as envisaged under Articles 4.7.ii and 4.7.iii, shall lapse and the Holders shall not be entitled to any compensation of any nature whatsoever.
 
16.6   Where the Company makes a further issue of capital upon which all the existing Shareholders of the Company are offered a right to subscribe for the further issue of capital at a price lower than the Exercise Price, whether by way of Shares or any other securities (hereinafter called ‘the Rights issue’), the Board may in its absolute discretion, permit any Grantee to subscribe to the Rights issue as if all the Options not exercised by him had been exercised by him before such ‘Change in the Capital Structure” of the Company, had taken place. Such newly subscribed Shares or other securities shall be issued on such terms and conditions as may be determined or deemed fit by the Board.
ARTICLE 17
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
17.1   The Board of Directors in its absolute discretion may from time to time amend, alter or terminate the Plan or any Grant or the terms and conditions thereof provided, that no amendment, alteration or termination in any Grant previously made may be carried out, to the extent possible, which would impair or prejudice the rights of the Grantee without the consent of the concerned Grantee.
 
    Provided further, that the Board may not, without the approval of the shareholders holding in aggregate not less than 75% of the issued share capital of the Company, amend the Plan:
  1.   To increase the aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to the provisions of the Plan on exercise or surrender of Options or upon Grants; and
 
  2.   To extend the maximum period during which Grants may be made under the Plan.
17.2   Without prejudice to the above, the Board of Directors, without any reference to or consent of the Grantee concerned, may amend the Plan or Grant or any Agreement to comply with any laws, regulations or guidelines, which is or may hereinafter, become applicable to this Plan.
ARTICLE 18
OTHERS
18.1   No Right to a Grant:
 
    Neither the adoption of the Plan nor any action of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee shall be deemed to give an Employee or any other person any right to be granted any Option to acquire Shares or to any other rights hereunder except as may be evidenced by an Option Agreement duly executed on behalf of the Company and the Employee and then only to the extent of and on the terms and conditions expressly set forth therein.
 
    The Plan shall be unfunded. The Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of funds or assets to assure the payment of any Grant.
 
    The Company shall at all times keep available such number of authorised and unissued Shares as would be required to be issued upon Exercise of all the Options from time to time outstanding and shall ensure that all Shares delivered upon Exercise of the Options will be duly and validly issued as fully paid.
 
18.2   Compulsory sale of shares by employees
 
    Until the IPO the Company shall be entitled to call upon any Employee (which shall include the heirs of a deceased Employee) whose employment has ceased, to sell to the Company or any person nominated by it the Shares acquired by such Employee pursuant to Options granted under the Plan. In case of the exercise by the Company of the aforesaid right, the Employee shall forthwith sell the said Shares, to the Company or its nominee, at the Fair Market Value determined in accordance with Article 4.15 of this Plan or at the Exercise Price, as provided in Article 12.3 hereinabove, Such right shall be exercised by the Company by a notice in writing addressed to the Employee at his place of residence as per the Employer Company’s records and thereupon the Employee shall transfer the shares to the

Page 12 of 15


 

    Company or its nominee against the payment of the selling price, within a period of 30 days from the date of the notice given by the Company.
 
    Provided however that the Company shall exercise this right only within a period of 7 (seven) months of the date of cessation of employment of the Employee but subject always to the provisions of Article 12.3.
 
18.3   No Employment Rights Conferred:
 
    Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Grant made hereunder shall:
  (i)   confer upon any Employee any right with respect to continuation of employment or engagement with the Employer Company, or
 
  (ii)   interfere in any way with the right of the Employer Company to terminate employment or services of any Employee at any time.
18.4   Tax deduction at source:
 
    The Company shall have the right to deduct, in connection with all Grants, any taxes, if any, required by law to be deducted at source and to require any payments necessary to enable it to satisfy such obligations.
 
    The holder of Shares will authorise the Company to sell such number of Shares as would be necessary to discharge the obligation in the respect of tax deduction at source and appropriate the proceeds thereof on behalf of the Employee.
 
18.5   No Restriction of Corporate Action:
 
    Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to prevent the Employer Company from taking any corporate action which is deemed by the Employer Company to be appropriate or in its best interest, whether or not such action would have an adverse effect on the Plan or any Grant made under the Plan. No Employee, Employee or other persons shall have any claim against the Employer Company as a result of such action.
 
18.6   Confidentiality:
 
    The Employee shall ensure complete confidentiality in respect of all documents, matters and discussions in relation to the Plan, Grant, the MMT Option Agreement or any connected matter. Any violation may result in cancellation of Grant or compulsory retransfer of Shares to the Company or a nominee as the Compensation Committee may deem fit without prejudice to the other action which may be taken in this regard.
 
18.7   Insider Trading:
 
    The Employee shall ensure that there is no violation of:
  a.   Insider trading regulations of the Country and/or the Recognised Stock Exchange on which the shares of the Company are listed.
 
  b.   Other applicable restrictions for prevention of fraudulent and/or unfair trade practices relating to the securities market.
    The Employee shall keep the Company, the Board and the Compensation Committee, fully indemnified in respect of any liability arising for violation of the above provisions.
 
18.8   New Plans:
 
    Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to prevent the Company directly or through any trust settled by Company, from implementing any other new Employee Ownership Plan which is deemed by the Company to be appropriate or in its best interest, whether or not such other action would have any

Page 13 of 15


 

    adverse impact on the Plan or any Grant made under the Plan. No Employee or other person shall have any claim against the Company and/or trust as a result of such action.
 
18.9   Issues:
 
    In respect of any issues arising in respect of the Plan, the decision of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all concerned.
 
18.10   Restriction of Transfer of Option:
 
    An Option shall not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or alienated in any manner other than by execution of a will in case of death of the Grantee and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Employee only by such Employee or in case of death or permanent incapacity of an Employee, by the Employee’s authorised legal representative or legal heirs.
 
18.11   MMT Option Agreement :
 
    Each Grant shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement between the Company and the Employee, which shall contain such terms and conditions, as may be approved by the Compensation Committee. Each Option Agreement shall specify, without limitation, the effect of termination of employment, total and permanent disability, retirement or death on the Exercise of the Option. Under each Option Agreement, an Employee shall have the right to appoint any individual or legal entity in writing as his or her beneficiary under the Plan in the event of his death. Such designation may be revoked in writing by the Employee at any time and a new beneficiary may be appointed in writing on the form provided by the Compensation Committee for such purpose. In the absence of such appointment, the beneficiary shall be the legal representative of the Employee’s estate.
 
18.12   Governing Laws:
 
    The Plan shall by governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Mauritius. Any dispute arising from or in connection with this Plan shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of Mauritius.
 
18.13   Regulatory approvals
 
    The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any Option under the Plan and the issuance of any Shares under the Plan shall be subject to the procurement by the Company, its Holding Company or Subsidiary Company or by the Grantee of all approvals and permits required by any regulatory authorities as applicable.
        .
* * * * *
I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of MakeMyTrip Limited (formerly known as International Web Travel Private Limited) on May 25, 2010.
* * * * *
I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the shareholders of MakeMyTrip Limited (formerly known as International Web Travel Private Limited) on May 25, 2010.
Executed on this 25 day of May , 2010.
         
     
    /s/ Mohammad Akhtar Janally
    Corporate Secretary 
       
 

Page 14 of 15


 

SCHEDULE A
(to the MakeMyTrip.com 2001 Equity Option Plan)
GRANT
                       
1.   Date of Grant   :     , 20[     ] (Date of offering)
 
2.   Name of Employee   :        
 
3.   Employee Code :        
 
4.   Number of Options granted   :        
            (in words    )
5.   Each Option entitles the Employee to acquire 1 Equity share at a price of US$            per share or such number of resultant shares at such price/s as maybe determined by the Compensation Committee in the event of ‘Change in Capital Structure’ or ‘Corporate Action’.
 
6.   The Options shall be eligible for Vesting in accordance with the Plan as per the following schedule:
             
Sr.   Total No.        
No   Of Options   Date   Remarks
 
           
 
           
7.   The Vesting of the Option may take place earlier than the above date in accordance with the Plan.
 
8.   The Options should be exercised within Exercise Period or such further time as may be permitted, in this regard.
 
9.   The Company is a private limited company, hence shares of the Company are not freely transferable.
 
10.   On Cessation of employment, the unexercised / unvested Options under the Grant shall lapse, except as provided in the Plan/Agreement.
 
11.   The Grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Agreement to be executed between the Company and yourself.
         
    For and on behalf of
 
 
Place:      
Dated:                           
    MakeMyTrip.com 2001 Equity Option Plan   
       
 

Page 15 of 15

EXHIBIT 10.1.2
MAKEMYTRIP
2010 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN
ARTICLE 1.
PURPOSE
     The purpose of the MakeMyTrip 2010 Share Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of MakeMyTrip Limited (the “ Company ”) by linking the personal interests of the members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants to those of Company shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to Company shareholders. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent. Under the Plan, it is intended that the Awards and Shares be offered to the Eligible Individuals globally on a uniform basis, subject to Applicable Laws.
ARTICLE 2.
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
     Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.
     2.1 “ Applicable Accounting Standards ” means International Financial Reporting Standards, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, or such other accounting principles or standards as may apply to the Company’s financial statements under Applicable Laws.
     2.2 “ Applicable Laws ” means (i) the laws of Mauritius as they relate to the Company and its Shares; (ii) the legal requirements relating to the Plan and the Awards under applicable provisions of the corporate, securities, foreign exchange, tax and other laws, rules, regulations and government orders and approvals of any jurisdiction applicable to Awards granted to residents (including without limitation India, Mauritius and the United States of America); and (iii) the rules of any applicable securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.
     2.3 “ Article ” means an article of this Plan.
     2.4 “ Award ” means an Option, a Restricted Share award, a Restricted Share Unit award, a Dividend Equivalents award, a Deferred Share award, a Share Payment award or a Share Appreciation Right, which may be awarded or granted under the Plan.

 


 

     2.5 “ Award Agreement ” means any written notice, agreement, terms and conditions, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium, which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Board shall determine consistent with the Plan.
     2.6 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     2.7 “ Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     2.8 “ Company ” means MakeMyTrip Limited , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Mauritius.
     2.9 “ Consultant ” means any consultant or adviser if: (a) the consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to a Service Recipient; (b) the services rendered by the consultant or adviser are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (c) the consultant or adviser is a natural person who has contracted directly with the Service Recipient to render such services.
     2.10 “ Corporate Transaction ” means any of the following transactions, provided, however, that the Board shall determine under (f) and (g) whether multiple transactions are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive:
          (a) an amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation or scheme of arrangement in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the jurisdiction in which the Company is incorporated or which following such transaction the holders of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such transaction own fifty percent (50%) or more of the surviving entity;
          (b) the direct or indirect acquisition by any person or related group of persons (other than an acquisition from or by the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan or by a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s shareholders which a majority of the Incumbent Board (as defined below) who are not affiliates or associates of the offeror under Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act do not recommend such shareholders accept, or
          (c) the individuals who, as of the Effective Date, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”), cease for any reason to constitute at least fifty percent (50%) of the Board; provided that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, of any new member of the Board is approved by a vote of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Incumbent Board, such new member of the Board shall be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

2


 

          (d) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than to a Parent, Subsidiary or Related Entity);
          (e) the completion of a voluntary or insolvent liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
          (f) any reverse takeover, scheme of arrangement, or series of related transactions culminating in a reverse takeover or scheme of arrangement (including, but not limited to, a tender offer followed by a reverse takeover) in which the Company survives but (A) the Shares of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, or (B) in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from those who held such securities immediately prior to such transaction culminating in such takeover or scheme of arrangement, but excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Board determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction; or
          (g) acquisition in a single or series of related transactions by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities but excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Board determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction.
     2.11 “ Deferred Share ” means a right to receive Shares awarded under Section 7.3.
     2.12 “ Director ” means a member of the Board, as constituted from time to time.
     2.13 “ Dividend Equivalent ” means a right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares, awarded under Section 7.1.
     2.14 “ Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.
     2.15 “ Eligible Individual ” means any person who is an Employee, a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director as determined by the Board; provided, however, that Awards shall not be granted to Consultants or Non-Employee Directors who are resident of any country in the European Union, and any other country which pursuant to Applicable Laws does not allow grants to any non-employees or consultants.
     2.16 “ Employee ” means any person who is in the employ of a Service Recipient, subject to the control and direction of the Service Recipient as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance. The payment of a director’s sitting fee for participating in Board or committee meetings by a Service Recipient shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Service Recipient. For the avoidance of doubt, an Executive Director of the Company while in the employment of the Company shall be an “Employee” and thus an “Eligible Individual”.

3


 

     2.17 “ Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
     2.18 “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows:
          (a) If the Shares are listed on one or more established and regulated securities exchanges, national market systems or automated quotation system on which Shares are listed, quoted or traded, its Fair Market Value shall be the average closing sales price for such shares (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on the principal exchange or system on which the Shares are listed (as determined by the Board) for the thirty consecutive Trading Days prior to the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable;
          (b) If the Shares are not listed on an established securities exchange, notational market system or automated quotation system, but are regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such shares as quoted by such securities dealer for the thirty consecutive Trading Days prior to the date of determination, but if selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Shares, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable; or
          (c) In the absence of an established market for the Shares of the type described in (a) and (b), above, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Board in good faith and in its discretion by reference to (i) the placing price of the latest private placement of the Shares and the development of the Company’s business operations and the general economic and market conditions since such latest private placement, (ii) other third party transactions involving the Shares and the development of the Company’s business operation and the general economic and market conditions since such sale, (iii) an independent valuation of the Shares, or (iv) such other methodologies or information as the Board determines to be indicative of Fair Market Value, relevant.
     2.19 “ Holder ” means an Eligible Individual who has been granted an Award.
     2.20 “ Non-Employee Director ” means a Director of the Company who is not an Employee.
     2.21 “ Option ” means a right to purchase Shares at a specified exercise price, granted under Article 5.
     2.22 “ Parent ” means any entity whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities ending with the Company, if each of the entities other than the first entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.
     2.23 “ Plan ” means this MakeMyTrip 2010 Share Incentive Plan, as it may be amended or restated from time to time.

4


 

     2.24 “ Related Entity ” means any business, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company holds a substantial economic interest, directly or indirectly, through ownership or contractual arrangements but which is not a Subsidiary and which the Board designates as a Related Entity for purposes of the Plan.
     2.25 “ Restricted Share ” means a Share awarded under Article 6 that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.
     2.26 “ Restricted Share Units ” means the right to receive Shares awarded under Section 7.4.
     2.27 “ Section ” means a section of this Plan
     2.28 “ Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     2.29 “ Service Recipient ” means the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and any Related Entity to which an Eligible Individual provides services as an Employee, Consultant or as a Director.
     2.30 “ Share ” means an ordinary share of the Company and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted for Shares pursuant to Article 12.
     2.31 “ Share Appreciation Right ” means a share appreciation right granted under Article 8.
     2.32 “ Share Payment ” means (a) a payment in the form of Shares, or (b) an option or other right to purchase Shares, as part of a bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, awarded under Section 7.2.
     2.33 “ Subsidiary ” means any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.
     2.34 “ Substitute Award ” means an Award granted under the Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity in connection with a Corporate Transaction; provided , however , that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Share Appreciation Right.
     2.35 “ Termination of Service ” means,
     (a) As to a Consultant, the time when the engagement of a Holder as a Consultant to a Service Recipient is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, without limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the

5


 

Consultant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company, any Subsidiary or any Related Entity.
     (b) As to a Non-Employee Director, the time when a Holder who is a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company, any Subsidiary or any Related Entity.
     (c) As to an Employee, the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Holder and the Service Recipient is terminated for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company, any Subsidiary or any Related Entity.
     The Board, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Terminations of Service, including, without limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Service resulted from a discharge for cause and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute a Termination of Service. For purposes of the Plan, a Holder’s employee-employer relationship or consultancy relations shall be deemed to be terminated in the event that the Subsidiary or Related Entity employing or contracting with such Holder ceases to remain a Subsidiary or Related Entity following any merger, sale of securities or other corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a spin-off).
     2.36 “ Trading Day ” means each day that the Shares are publicly traded on one or more established stock exchanges or national market systems.
ARTICLE 3.
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
     3.1 Number of Shares .
          (a) Subject to Section 12.2 and Section 3.1(b) the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan is equal to (i) ten percent (10%) of the Shares outstanding on the Effective Date plus (ii) an increase on the date the Company consummates an initial public offering of the Shares, by such amount such that the number of Shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan will equal ten percent (10%) of the Shares outstanding (on an as converted basis) on such date, plus (iii) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning January 1, 2011 and ending January 1, 2019 by such amount that the number of Shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan will equal ten percent (10%) of the Shares outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or (iv) such smaller number of Shares as determined by the Board.

6


 

          (b) To the extent that an Award terminates, expires, or lapses for any reason, or is settled in cash and not Shares, then any Shares subject to the Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. Shares delivered by the Holder or withheld by the Company upon the exercise of any Award under the Plan, in payment of the exercise price thereof or tax withholding thereon, may again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of Section 3.1(a). If any Shares forfeited by the Holder or repurchased by the Company at the same or lesser price than paid by the Holder so that the Shares are again returned to the Company, may again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of Section 3.1(a). To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by the Company, any Parent, any Subsidiary or Related Entity shall not be counted against Shares available for grant pursuant to the Plan. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the Shares available for issuance under the Plan.
     3.2 Share Distributed . Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of newly issued Shares, treasury Shares (subject to Applicable Laws) or Shares purchased on the open market. Additionally, in the discretion of the Board, American Depository Shares in an amount equal to the number of Shares which otherwise would be distributed pursuant to an Award may be distributed in lieu of Shares in settlement of any Award. If the number of Shares represented by an American Depository Share is other than on a one-to-one basis, the limitations of Section 3.1 shall be adjusted to reflect the distribution of American Depository Shares in lieu of Shares.
ARTICLE 4.
GRANTING OF AWARDS
     4.1 Participation . The Board may, from time to time, select from among all Eligible Individuals, those to whom an Award shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award, which shall not be inconsistent with the requirements of the Plan. No Eligible Individual shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.
     4.2 Award Agreement . Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.
     4.3 Jurisdictions . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in the jurisdictions in which the Service Recipients operate or have Eligible Individuals, or in order to comply with the requirements of any securities exchange, the Board, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Subsidiaries and Related Entities shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Eligible Individuals are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals to comply with Applicable Laws; (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided , however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3.1; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply

7


 

with any Applicable Laws including necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any such securities exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate any Applicable Laws.
     4.4 Stand-Alone and Tandem Awards . Awards granted pursuant to the Plan may, in the sole discretion of the Board, be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, any other Award granted pursuant to the Plan. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.
ARTICLE 5.
OPTIONS
     5.1 General . The Board is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Individuals on the following terms and conditions:
          (a) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share subject to an Option shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement, which may be a fixed or variable price related to the Fair Market Value of the Shares; provided , however , that no Option may be granted to an individual subject to taxation in the United States at less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant, without compliance with Section 409A of the Code, or the Holder’s consent. The exercise price per Share subject to an Option may be amended or adjusted in the absolute discretion of the Board, the determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Laws (including any applicable exchange rule), a downward adjustment of the exercise prices of Options mentioned in the preceding sentence shall be effective without the approval of the Company’s shareholders or the approval of the affected Holders.
          (b) Vesting . The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, an Option vests in the Holder shall be set by the Board and the Board may determine that an Option may not be exercised in whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted. Such vesting may be based on service with the Service Recipient or any other criteria selected by the Board. At any time after grant of an Option, the Board may, in its sole discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, accelerate the period during which an Option vests. No portion of an Option which is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Board either in the Award Agreement or by action of the Board following the grant of the Option.
          (c) Time and Conditions of Exercise . Subject to Applicable Laws, the Board shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, including exercise prior to vesting and that a partial exercise must be with respect to a minimum number of shares. The Board shall also determine any conditions, if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option may be exercised.

8


 

          (d) Partial Exercise . An exercisable Option may be exercised in whole or in part; provided, however, that an Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional shares and the Board may require that, by the terms of the Option, a partial exercise must be with respect to a minimum number of shares.
          (e) Manner of Exercise . The manner of exercise of the Option under this Section 5.1 shall be subject to all Applicable Laws, including any limitations on exercise by persons other than the Holder. All or a portion of an exercisable Option shall be deemed exercised upon delivery by the Holder of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, or such other person or entity designated by the Board, or his, her or its office, as applicable:
               (i) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Board stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;
               (ii) Such representations, agreements and documents as the Board, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with all Applicable Laws or regulations, and the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded, including, without limitation, that (A) the Holder shall authorize the Company and/or its subsidiaries, branches and other offices or entities to do all such acts, execute all such documents and make all such filings as may be required in connection with the Plan, the exercise of the Option or any Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the Option, including any filings with any applicable regulatory or administrative authority (including the Reserve Bank of India and/or any applicable registrar of companies in India and/or Mauritius); and (B) for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan and any Award Agreement, including the exercise of the Option, the Holder consents to the collection, receipt, use, retention and transfer, in electronic or other form of the Holder’s personal data, including such Holder’s name, address, telephone number and details of the Option granted, vested, exercised or cancelled. The Board may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars;
               (iii) In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 9.3 by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board; and
               (iv) Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes to share Board of the Company for the Shares with respect to which the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by Section 9.1 and 9.2.
          (f) Term . The term of any Option granted under the Plan shall not exceed ten years. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder, the Board may extend the term of any outstanding Option, and may extend the time period during which vested Options may be exercised, in connection with any

9


 

Termination of Service of the Holder, and may amend any other term or condition of such Option relating to such a Termination of Service.
          (g) Evidence of Grant . All Options shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement between the Company and the Holder. The Award Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Board.
     5.2 Substitute Awards . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 5 to the contrary, in the case of an Option that is a Substitute Award, the price per share of the shares subject to such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant, provided , that the excess of: (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of: (x) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Board) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares.
     5.3 Substitution of Share Appreciation Rights . The Board may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Board, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to substitute a Share Appreciation Right for such Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option; provided , that such Share Appreciation Right shall be exercisable with respect to the same number of Shares for which such substituted Option would have been exercisable.
ARTICLE 6.
AWARD OF RESTRICTED SHARES
     6.1 Award of Restricted Shares .
          (a) The Board is authorized to grant Restricted Shares to Eligible Individuals, and shall determine the amount of, and the terms and conditions, including the restrictions applicable to each award of Restricted Shares, which terms and conditions shall not be inconsistent with the Plan, and may impose such conditions on the issuance of such Restricted Shares as it deems appropriate.
          (b) The Board shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for Restricted Shares, including payment with services; provided , however , that such purchase price shall be no less than the par value of the Shares to be purchased and be fair and reasonable to the Company and existing shareholders, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Laws. In all cases, legal consideration shall be required for each issuance of Restricted Shares.
     6.2 Rights as Shareholders . Subject to Section 6.4, upon issuance of Restricted Shares, the Holder shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Board, all the rights of a shareholder with respect to said shares, subject to the restrictions in his or her Award Agreement, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the shares; provided , however , that, in the sole discretion of the Board, any

10


 

dividends paid with respect to Restricted Shares shall be held by the Company and subject to the same restrictions as set forth in Section 6.3, as the Restricted Shares on which such dividends were paid.
     6.3 Restrictions . All Restricted Shares (including any shares received by Holders thereof with respect to Restricted Shares as a result of share dividends, share splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall, in the terms of each individual Award Agreement, be subject to such restrictions and vesting requirements as the Board shall provide. Such restrictions may include, without limitation, restrictions concerning transferability and such restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times and pursuant to such circumstances or based on such criteria as selected by the Board, including, without limitation, criteria based on the Holder’s duration of employment, directorship or consultancy with the Service Recipient, or other criteria selected by the Board. By action taken after the Restricted Shares are issued, the Board may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be appropriate, accelerate the vesting of such Restricted Shares by removing any or all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the Award Agreement. Restricted Shares may not be sold or encumbered until all restrictions are terminated or expire.
     6.4 Repurchase or Forfeiture of Restricted Shares . If no price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Shares, upon a Termination of Service the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Shares then subject to restrictions shall lapse, and such Restricted Shares shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled without consideration. If a purchase price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Shares, upon a Termination of Service the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the Holder the unvested Restricted Shares then subject to restrictions at a cash price per share equal to the price paid by the Holder for such Restricted Shares or such other amount as may be specified in the Award Agreement. The Board in its sole discretion may provide that in the event of certain events the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Shares shall not lapse, such Restricted Shares shall vest and shall be non-forfeitable, and if applicable, the Company shall not have a right of repurchase.
     6.5 Certificates for Restricted Share . Restricted Shares granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Board shall determine. The Company’s share register must include an appropriate notation referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Shares, and the Company may, in it sole discretion, retain physical possession of any share certificate until such time as all applicable restrictions lapse.
ARTICLE 7.
AWARD OF DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS, DEFERRED SHARES, SHARE PAYMENTS, RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS

11


 

     7.1 Dividend Equivalents . Subject to compliance with Applicable Laws, Dividend Equivalents may be granted by the Board based on dividends declared on the Shares, to be credited as of dividend payment dates during the period between the date an Award is granted to a Holder and the date such Award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the Board. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Board.
     7.2 Share Payments . The Board is authorized to make Share Payments to any Eligible Individual. The number or value of shares of any Share Payment shall be determined by the Board and may be based upon any other criteria, including service to the Service Recipients, determined by the Board. Share Payments may, but are not required to be made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to such Eligible Individual.
     7.3 Deferred Shares . The Board is authorized to grant Deferred Shares to any Eligible Individual. The number of shares of Deferred Shares shall be determined by the Board and may be based on any specific criteria, including service to the Service Recipients, as the Board determines, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Board. Shares underlying a Deferred Share award will not be issued until the Deferred Share award has vested, pursuant to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, a Holder of Deferred Share shall have no rights as a Company shareholder with respect to such Deferred Shares until such time as the Award has vested and the Shares underlying the Award have been issued to the Holder.
     7.4 Restricted Share Units . The Board is authorized to grant Restricted Share Units to any Eligible Individual. The number and terms and conditions of Restricted Share Units shall be determined by the Board. The Board shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Share Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate, including service to the Service Recipients, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods, as the Board determines,. The Board shall specify, or permit the Holder to elect, the conditions and dates upon which the Shares underlying the Restricted Share Units which shall be issued, which dates shall not be earlier than the date as of which the Restricted Share Units vest and become nonforfeitable and which conditions and dates shall be subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable to the Holder. Restricted Share Units may be paid in cash, Shares or both, as determined by the Board. On the distribution dates, subject to Applicable Laws the Company shall issue to the Holder one unrestricted, fully transferable Share (or the Fair Market Value of one such Share) in cash for each vested and nonforfeitable Restricted Share Unit.
     7.5 Term . The term of a Dividend Equivalent award, Deferred Share award, Share Payment award and/or Restricted Share Unit award shall be set by the Board in its sole discretion.
     7.6 Exercise or Purchase Price . The Board may establish the exercise or purchase price for Deferred Shares, shares distributed as a Share Payment award or shares distributed pursuant to a Restricted Share Unit award; provided , however , that value of the consideration,

12


 

including services, shall not be less than the par value of a share of Shares, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Laws.
     7.7 Exercise upon Termination of Service . A Dividend Equivalent award, Deferred Share award, Share Payment award and/or Restricted Share Unit award is exercisable or distributable only while the Holder is an Employee, Director or Consultant, as applicable. The Board, however, in its sole discretion may provide that the Dividend Equivalent award, Deferred Share award, Share Payment award and/or Restricted Share Unit award may be exercised or distributed subsequent to a Termination of Service in certain events.
ARTICLE 8.
AWARD OF SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS
     8.1 Grant of Share Appreciation Rights .
          (a) The Board is authorized to grant Share Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine consistent with the Plan. The term of any Share Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall not exceed ten years. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder, the Board may extend the term of any outstanding Share Appreciation Right, and may extend the time period during which vested Share Appreciation Rights may be exercised, in connection with any Termination of Service of the Holder, and may amend any other term or condition of such Share Appreciation Right relating to such a Termination of Service.
          (b) A Share Appreciation Right shall entitle the Holder (or other person entitled to exercise the Share Appreciation Right pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion of the Share Appreciation Right (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of the Share Appreciation Right from the Share Value on the date of exercise of the Share Appreciation Right by the number of shares of Shares with respect to which the Share Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Board may impose.
          (c) The exercise price per Share subject to an Share Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement which may be a fixed or variable price related to the Fair Market Value of the Shares; provided , however , that no Share Appreciation Right may be granted to an individual subject to taxation in the United States at less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant, without compliance with Section 409A of the Code, or the Holder’s consent. The exercise price per Share subject to a Share Appreciation Right may be amended or adjusted in the absolute discretion of the Board, the determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive, provided, however , that such price is fair and reasonable to the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Laws (including any applicable securities exchange rule), a downward adjustment of the exercise prices of Share Appreciation Rights mentioned in the preceding sentence shall be

13


 

effective without the approval of the Company’s shareholders or the approval of the affected Holders.
          (d) In the case of a Share Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the price per share of the shares subject to such Share Appreciation Right may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant, provided , that the excess of: (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of: (x) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Board) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares and that such price is fair and reasonable to the Company.
     8.2 Share Appreciation Right Vesting .
          (a) The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, a Share Appreciation Right vests in the Holder shall be set by the Board and the Board may determine that a Share Appreciation Right may not be exercised in whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted. Such vesting may be based on service with the Service Recipients, or any other criteria selected by the Board. At any time after grant of a Share Appreciation Right, the Board may, in its sole discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, accelerate the period during which a Share Appreciation Right vests.
          (b) No portion of a Share Appreciation Right which is unexercisable at Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Board either in the Award Agreement or by action of the Board following the grant of the Share Appreciation Right.
     8.3 Manner of Exercise . All or a portion of an exercisable Share Appreciation Right shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Board of the Company, or such other person or entity designated by the Board, or his, her or its office, as applicable:
          (a) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Board stating that the Share Appreciation Right, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Share Appreciation Right or such portion of the Share Appreciation Right;
          (b) Such representations and documents as the Board, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act and any other federal, state or foreign securities laws or regulations. The Board may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance; and
          (c) In the event that the Share Appreciation Right shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 8.3 by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right

14


 

of such person or persons to exercise the Share Appreciation Right, in the sole discretion of the Board.
     8.4 Payment . Amounts payable upon exercise of a Share Appreciation Right shall be in cash, Shares (based on its Fair Market Value as of the date the Share Appreciation Right is exercised), or a combination of both, as determined by the Board.
ARTICLE 9.
ADDITIONAL TERMS OF AWARDS
     9.1 Payment . The Board shall determine the methods by which payments by any Holder with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan shall be made, including, without limitation: (a) cash or check, (b) Shares (including, in the case of payment of the exercise price of an Award, Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award) or Shares held for such period of time as may be required by the Board in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences under Applicable Accounting Standards, in each case, having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate payments required, (c) if the Shares are traded on one or more established stock exchanges or national market systems by delivery of a notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise or vesting of an Award, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate payments required, provided, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, or (d) other form of legal consideration acceptable to the Board. The Board shall also determine the methods by which Shares shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the payment of the exercise price by any Holder that is a person resident in India (as defined under applicable foreign exchange laws and regulations in India) shall be subject to and in accordance with applicable Indian laws and regulations, including, without limitation, any foreign exchange laws and regulations which currently require the remittance to the Company of such payment outside India through an authorized dealer.
     9.2 Tax Withholding . No Shares shall be delivered under the Plan to any Holder until such Holder has made arrangements acceptable to the Board for the satisfaction of any income, employment, social welfare or other tax withholding obligations under Applicable Laws. Each Service Recipient shall have the authority and the right to deduct, pay or withhold, or require a Holder to remit to the applicable Service Recipient, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Holder’s employment, social welfare, fringe benefit or other tax obligations) required by Applicable Laws to be withheld or paid with respect to any taxable event concerning a Holder arising as a result of the Plan, and payment of any such taxes due in respect of such Holder shall be the responsibility of such Holder. The Board may in its sole discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a Holder to elect to have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the surrender of Shares). The number of Shares which may be so withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for tax purposes that are applicable to such taxable income. The Board shall

15


 

determine the Fair Market Value of the Shares, consistent with Applicable Laws, for tax withholding obligations due in connection with a broker-assisted cashless Option or Share Appreciation Right exercise involving the sale of shares to pay the Option or Share Appreciation Right exercise price or any tax withholding obligation.
     9.3 Transferability of Awards .
          (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.3(b):
               (i) No Award under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Board, as required under applicable domestic relations laws, unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares have lapsed;
               (ii) No Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Holder or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence; and
               (iii) During the lifetime of the Holder, only the Holder can exercise an Award (or any portion thereof) granted to him under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to applicable domestic relations law; after the death of the Holder, any exercisable portion of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Holder’s will or under the then Applicable Laws of descent and distribution.
          (b) Notwithstanding Section 9.3(a), the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder (other than a deceased Holder) to transfer an Award to certain persons or entities related to the Holder, including but not limited to members of the Holder’s family, charitable institutions, or trusts or other entities whose beneficiaries or beneficial owners are members of the Holder’s family and/or charitable institutions, or to such other persons or entities as may be expressly approved by the Board, pursuant to such conditions and procedures as the Board may establish, including the following conditions: (i) an Award transferred shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (ii) an Award transferred shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Holder (other than the ability to further transfer the Award); and (iii) the Holder and the permitted transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Board, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a permitted transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under Applicable Laws and (C) evidence the transfer.

16


 

          (c) A legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Holder, except to the extent the Plan and Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board. If the Holder is married and resides in a community property jurisdiction, a designation of a person other than the Holder’s spouse as his or her legal representative with respect to more than 50% of the Holder’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written or electronic consent of the Holder’s spouse. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Holder, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Holder’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Holder at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Board prior to the Holder’s death.
          (d) Any transfer of shares or Awards by any Holder that is a person resident in India to any person, including, without limitation, any person resident outside India, shall be subject to applicable Indian laws and regulations, including, without limitation, foreign exchange laws and regulations.
     9.4 Conditions to Issuance of Shares .
          (a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or register on its share register Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and registration of such Shares is in compliance with all Applicable Laws, and the Shares are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board may require that a Holder make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.
          (b) All Share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan and all shares registered on the Company’s share register are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board deems necessary or advisable to comply with all Applicable Laws, rules and regulations. The Board shall place legends on any Share certificate or the Company’s share register to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares.
          (c) The Board shall have the right to require any Holder to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole discretion of the Board.
          (d) No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Board shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated by rounding down.
          (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Board or required by any Applicable Laws, the Company shall not deliver to any Holder certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such

17


 

Shares shall be registered solely on the Company’s share register (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or share plan administrator).
     9.5 Forfeiture Provisions . Pursuant to its general authority to determine the terms and conditions applicable to Awards under the Plan, the Board shall have the right to provide, in the terms of Awards made under the Plan, or to require a Holder to agree by separate written instrument, that: (a)(i) any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the Holder upon any receipt or exercise of the Award, or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award, must be paid to the Company, and (ii) the Award shall terminate and any unexercised portion of the Award (whether or not vested) shall be forfeited, if (b)(i) a Termination of Service occurs prior to a specified date, or within a specified time period following receipt or exercise of the Award, or (ii) the Holder at any time, or during a specified time period, engages in any activity in competition with the Company, or which is inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company, as further defined by the Board or (iii) the Holder incurs a Termination of Service for “cause” (as such term is defined in the sole discretion of the Board, or as set forth in a written agreement relating to such Award between the Company and the Holder).
     9.6 Applicable Currency . Unless otherwise required by Applicable Laws, or as determined in the discretion of the Board, all Awards shall be designated in U.S. dollars. A Holder may be required to provide evidence that any currency used to pay the exercise price of any Award were acquired and taken out of the jurisdiction in which the Holder resides in accordance with Applicable Laws, including foreign exchange control laws and regulations. In the event the exercise price for an Award is paid in another foreign currency, as permitted by the Board, the amount payable will be determined by conversion from U.S. dollars at the exchange rate as selected by the Board on the date of exercise.
ARTICLE 10.
ADMINISTRATION
     10.1 Administrator . The Board shall administer the Plan (except as otherwise permitted herein). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 10.6.
     10.2 Duties and Powers of Board . It shall be the duty of the Board to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with its provisions. The Board shall have the power to interpret the Plan and the Award Agreement, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are not inconsistent therewith, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules and to amend any Award Agreement provided that the rights or obligations of the Holder of the Award that is the subject of any such Award Agreement are not affected adversely by such amendment, unless the consent of the Holder is obtained or such amendment is otherwise permitted under Section 11.10. Any such grant or award under the Plan need not be the same with respect to each holder.

18


 

     10.3 Action by the Board . Board action shall be taken in accordance with the Constitution of the Company as in effect from time to time. Each member of the Board is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of a Service Recipient, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.
     10.4 Authority of Board . Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Board has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to:
          (a) Designate Eligible Individuals to receive Awards;
          (b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Eligible Individual;
          (c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;
          (d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price or purchase price, as the case may be, any reload provision, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Board in its sole discretion determines;
          (e) Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;
          (f) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Holder;
          (g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;
          (h) Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;
          (i) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan or any Award Agreement; and
          (j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Board deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.

19


 

     10.5 Decisions Binding . The Board’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Board with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.
     10.6 Delegation of Authority . To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the Board may from time to time delegate to one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to take other administrative actions pursuant to this Article, other than any action of the Board which relate to the (a) issuance of Shares, (b) determination as to the consideration for which the Shares are to be issued, (c) authorize dividends or distributions on Shares, (d) issue Shares in lieu of dividends, (e) offer shareholder discounts, (f) acquisition of Shares by the Company, (g) redemption of Shares by the Company, or (h) provision of financial assistance for the purposes of or in connection with the acquisition of Shares. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Board specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Board may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 10.6 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board.
ARTICLE 11.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
     11.1 Effective Date . The Plan has been adopted and approved by the Board, subject to shareholder approval. The Plan will be effective as of the date it is approved by the Company’s shareholders (the “ Effective Date ”). The Plan will be deemed to be approved by the shareholders if it receives the affirmative vote of a majority (in excess of 50%) of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote and present at a meeting duly held in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Company’s Constitution. Awards may be granted or awarded prior to such shareholder approval, provided that such Awards shall not be exercisable, shall not vest and the restrictions thereon shall not lapse and no Shares shall be issued pursuant thereto prior to the Effective Date, and provided further that if such approval has not been obtained within twelve (12) months after adoption of the Plan by the Board, all Awards previously granted or awarded under the Plan shall thereupon be canceled and become null and void.
     11.2 Expiration Date . The Plan will expire on, and no Award may be granted pursuant to the Plan after, the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Any Awards that are outstanding on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.
     11.3 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11.3, at any time and from time to time, the Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however , that (a) to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required, and (b) shareholder approval is required for any amendment to the Plan that results in an increase in benefits under the Plan that would not apply equally to all shareholders of the Shares, or a change in Eligible Individuals. Except as provided in the Plan or any Award Agreement, no amendment,

20


 

suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Holder, impair any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded.
     11.4 No Shareholders Rights . Except as otherwise provided herein, a Holder shall have none of the rights of a shareholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Holder’s name has been entered in the share registry of the Company with respect to those Shares.
     11.5 Paperless Administration . In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Holder may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.
     11.6 Effect of Plan upon Other Compensation Plans . The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for a Service Recipient. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of a Service Recipient; (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Eligible Individuals, or (b) to grant or assume options or other rights or awards otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose including, without limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, securities or assets of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm or association.
     11.7 Compliance with Laws . The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of Shares and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all Applicable Laws, rules and regulations (including but not limited to securities law, margin requirements, foreign exchange, taxation and private placement laws, rules, regulations and approvals), and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal requirements. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.
     11.8 Titles and Headings, References to Sections of the Code or Exchange Act . The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. References to sections of the Code or the Exchange Act shall include any amendment or successor thereto.
     11.9 Governing Law . The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of Mauritius without regard to conflicts of laws thereof.

21


 

     11.10 Section 409A . To the extent that the Board determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including, without limitation, any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Board determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Board may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under such Section.
     11.11 No Rights to Awards . No Eligible Individual or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and subject to Applicable Laws, the Company and the Board may treat Eligible Individuals, Holders or any other persons as they deem appropriate under the Plan.
     11.12 No Right to Employment or Services . Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Service Recipient to terminate any Holder’s employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Holder any right to continue in the employ or service of any Service Recipient.
     11.13 Unfunded Status of Awards . The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Holder pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Holder any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Related Entity.
     11.14 Indemnification . To the extent allowable pursuant to Applicable Laws, each member of the Board or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Constitution, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

22


 

     11.15 Relationship to other Benefits . No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of any Service Recipient except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.
     11.16 Expenses . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Service Recipients.
ARTICLE 12.
CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
     12.1 Adjustments . In the event of any distribution, share split, combination or exchange of Shares, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation, reorganization of the Company, including the Company becoming a subsidiary in a transaction not involving a Corporate Transaction, spin-off, recapitalization or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to its shareholders, or any other change affecting the Shares or the share price of a Share, the Board shall make such proportionate and equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and type of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 and substitutions of shares in a parent or surviving company); (b) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (c) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan. The form and manner of any such adjustments shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.
     12.2 Corporate Transactions . Except as may otherwise be provided in any Award Agreement or any other written agreement entered into by and between the Company and a Holder, if a Corporate Transaction occurs and a Holder’s Awards are not converted, assumed, or replaced by a successor as provided in Section 12.3, such Awards shall become fully exercisable and all forfeiture restrictions on such Awards shall lapse. Upon, or in anticipation of, a Corporate Transaction, the Board may in its sole discretion provide for (a) any and all Awards outstanding hereunder to terminate at a specific time in the future and shall give each Holder the right to exercise such Awards during a period of time as the Board shall determine, (b) either the purchase of any Award for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights had such Award been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of such date the Board determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (c) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Board in its sole discretion or the assumption of or substitution of such Award by the successor or surviving corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of Shares and prices.
     12.3 Assumption of Awards – Corporate Transactions . In the event of a Corporate Transaction, each Award may be assumed by the successor entity or Parent thereof in connection with the Corporate Transaction. Except as provided otherwise in an individual

23


 

Award Agreement, an Award will be considered assumed if the Award either is (a) assumed by the successor entity or Parent thereof or replaced with a comparable Award (as determined by the Board) with respect to capital shares (or equivalent) of the successor entity or Parent thereof or (b) replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor entity which preserves the compensation element of such Award existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to such Award. If an Award is assumed in a Corporate Transaction, then such Award, the replacement Award or the cash incentive program automatically shall become fully vested, exercisable and payable and be released from any restrictions on transfer (other than transfer restrictions applicable to Options) and repurchase or forfeiture rights, immediately upon termination of the Holder’s employment or service with all Service Recipients within twelve (12) months of the Corporate Transaction without cause.
     12.4 Outstanding Awards – Other Changes . In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Company or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Article 12, the Board may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Awards outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share grant or exercise price of each Award as the Board may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
     12.5 No Other Rights . Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Holder shall have any rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend, (iii) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of any class or (iv) any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Board under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.
* * * * *
     I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of MakeMyTrip Limited on May 25, 2010.
* * * * *
     I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the shareholders of MakeMyTrip Limited on May 25, 2010.
     Executed on this 25 day of May , 2010.
         
     
    /s/ Mohammad Akhtar Janally    
    Corporate Secretary   
       
 

24

Exhibit 10.2
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
     This Third Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated this 20 th day of May, 2008 and made by and among:
(1)   SB ASIA INVESTMENT FUND II L.P. , a fund incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with its registered offices at Maples and Calder Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309GT, Ugland House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands (“ SAIF ”);
 
(2)   TRAVOGUE ELECTRONIC TRAVEL PRIVATE LIMITED , a company incorporated under the Indian Companies Act, 1956, as amended, and having its registered office at 81/1 Adchini, Sri Aurobindo Marg, New Delhi — 110 017, India (“ Travogue ”);
 
(3)   MR. DEEP KALRA , a citizen and resident of the Republic of India residing at J-6/11A, DLF Phase II, Gurgaon, Haryana, India, MR. KEYUR JOSHI , a citizen and resident of the Republic of India residing at E-10A, II Floor, Kailash Colony, New Delhi — 110 048, India and MR. SACHIN BHATIA , a citizen and resident of the Republic of India residing at Q-107, II Floor, Southcity I — Gurgaon, Haryana, India (collectively, the “ Founders ”);
 
(4)   HELION VENTURE PARTNERS LLC a company established under the laws of Mauritius, having its principal office at International Management (Mauritius) Ltd Les Cascades Building Edith Cavell Street Port Louis, Mauritius (“ Helion ”);
 
(5)   SIERRA VENTURES VIII-A, L.P. , a Californian Limited partnership, SIERRA VENTURES VIII-B, L.P., a Californian Limited partnership and SIERRA VENTURES ASSOCIATES VIII, LLC, a Californian limited liability Company, each with its registered office at 2884 Sand Hill Road Suite 100, Menlo Park, California 94025 (collectively, “ Sierra ”);
 
(6)   TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE INVESTMENT PARTNERS IV, L.P. , an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands with its registered offices at c/o Turner and Roulstone Management Ltd., PO Box 2636GT, Strathvale House, 90 North Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands (“ PIP IV ”);
 
(7)   TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE INVESTMENT PARTNERS V, L.P. , an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands with its registered offices at c/o Turner and Roulstone Management Ltd., PO Box 2636GT, Strathvale House, 90 North Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands (“ PIP V ” and together with PIP IV, “ Tiger Fund ”);
 
(8)   LEE FIXEL , a resident of the United States of America with an address of c/o Tiger Global Management, L.L.C., 101 Park Avenue, 48 th Floor, New York, NY 10178, USA (“ Fixel ”);
Page 1 of 66

 


 

(9)   FEROZ DEWAN , a resident of the United States of America with an address of c/o Tiger Global Management, L.L.C., 101 Park Avenue, 48 th Floor, New York, NY 10178, USA (“ Dewan ”);
 
(10)   SCOTT SHLEIFER , a resident of the United States of America with an address of c/o Tiger Global Management, L.L.C., 101 Park Avenue, 48 th Floor, New York, NY 10178, USA (“ Shleifer ” and together with PIP IV, PIP V, Fixel and Dewan, “ Tiger ”); and
 
(11)   INTERNATIONAL WEB TRAVEL PRIVATE LIMITED , a company incorporated in Mauritius, with registered number 24478/5832 and having its registered office at 10, Frere Felix De Valois Street, Port Louis, Republic of Mauritius (the “ Company ”).
Recitals
          A. SAIF, Travogue, the Founders, Helion, Sierra, and Tiger hold Series A Preferred Shares (as defined below) and/or Series B Preferred Shares (as defined below) and/or Equity Shares (as defined below) and possess information rights, rights of first refusal and other rights pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement dated as of 8 August, 2007 by and among the Company, SAIF, Travogue, the Founders, Helion, Sierra, and Tiger (the “ Second Prior Agreement ”), which may be amended by written consent of all the parties signatory thereto.
          B. All parties to the Second Prior Agreement desire to terminate the Second Prior Agreement and to accept the rights created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Second Prior Agreement.
          C. SAIF, the Founders, Helion, Sierra, Fixel, Dewan and PIP V are parties to the Series C Preferred Share Subscription Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Company, SAIF, the Founders, Helion, Sierra, Fixel, Dewan and PIP V (the “ Preferred Share Subscription Agreement ”), which provides that as a condition to the closing of the sale of the Series C Preferred Shares (as defined below), this Agreement must be executed and delivered by such Shareholders (as defined below) and the Company.
      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements, covenants, representations and warranties hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Second Prior Agreement shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the Parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
SECTION I
DEFINITIONS
     1.1 Definitions . In this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless the context otherwise requires:
     “ Affiliate ” means, in relation to a body corporate, a Person that directly or indirectly holds more than 50% of the voting rights of that body corporate and/or a company or entity in which that body corporate holds directly or indirectly more than 50% of the voting rights or the
Page 2 of 66

 


 

power to control the majority of the composition of the board of directors of such entity or the power to direct the management or policies of such entity by contract or otherwise, and in relation to an individual, means any relative or any other Person which is controlled by such Person or a relative of such individual; provided that for the purposes of this Agreement the Company shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Party;
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;
     “ Applicable Law ” means any statute, law, ordinance, rule, administrative interpretation, regulation, order, writ, injunction, directive, judgment or decree applicable to any of the Parties or to any of their respective Affiliates, properties, assets, officers, directors or employees, as the case may be from time to time;
     “ Board” means the board of directors of the Company or the Subsidiaries, as the case may be, duly elected from time to time;
     “ Business Day ” means the day banks are open for transacting business in India or in Mauritius, as applicable;
     “ Buy-Out Offer ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.3(a);
     “ Buyer ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.3(a);
     “ Chief Executive Officer ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1(b);
     “ Chief Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer of the Company;
     “ Company ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;
     “ Company Business ” means all of the business, operations, assets, or properties relating to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, as the case may be;
     “ Competitor ” means any entity specified in Schedule C of this Agreement which is in the business of providing Travel Services, or any Person who holds more than 10% of the fully diluted share capital of any of the entities specified in Schedule C of this Agreement, or any Person who acquires any entity specified in Schedule C of this Agreement (as long as the erstwhile competitor constitutes more than 50% of the total gross revenues from the provision of Travel Services of the consolidated entity);
     “ Confidential Information ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 10.2;
     “ Constitution ” means the constitution of the Company to be adopted by the Company in the form mutually agreed by the Parties or the constitution of any of the Subsidiaries, as the context may require;
     “ Conversion Ratio ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 9.8(k);
     “ Co-sale Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.2(d);
     “ Co-sale Right ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.2(d);
     “ Defaulting Holder ” has meaning given to such term in Section 6.2A(a);
Page 3 of 66

 


 

     “ Defaulting Party ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 11.9(a)(iv);
     “ Dewan ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement;
     “ Director ” means any director duly elected and serving on the Board from time to time;
     “ Dispute ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 11.1(a);
     “ Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.3(b);
     “ Drag Along Sale ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.3(a);
     “ Effective Date ” shall mean the Closing Date under the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement;
     “ Eligible Shareholder ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.2A(a);
     “ Employment Agreement ” means the employment agreement entered into or to be entered into between Deep Kalra and MMT;
     “ Equity Share Anti-Dilution Price ” means USD 21.58;
     “ Equity Share Subscription Agreement ” means such agreement dated April 25, 2005 entered into among SAIF, Travogue, the Founders and the Company;
     “ Equity Share Subsequent Issue Price ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7.1;
     “ Equity Shares ” shall mean the ordinary shares of the Company of a par value of USD 0.01 each;
     “ Equity Shareholder ” shall mean the holder of Equity Shares of the Company;
     “ Financing ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement;
     “ First Subsequent Issue Price ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7.1;
     “ Fixel ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement;
     “ Founders ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;
     “ Governmental Authority ” means any government, regulatory authority, governmental department, agency, commission, board, tribunal, crown corporation, or court or other law, rule or regulation-making entity having or purporting to have jurisdiction on behalf of any nation, or province or state or other subdivision thereof or any municipality, district or other subdivision thereof, including any securities regulator in the relevant jurisdiction;
     “ Helion ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;
     “ Independent Directors ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.3(a);
     “ IPO ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.3(a);
Page 4 of 66

 


 

     “ Key Managerial Personnel ” means (i) each of the Founders and (ii) any employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, holding the positions and responsibilities of equal to or greater responsibility than Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Marketing Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Vice-President, Business Development, Assistant Vice-President, Customer Service and Head-Finance and Company Secretary;
     “ Liquidation Event ” shall be any of the following events:-
           (a) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company in accordance with Applicable Law;
           (b) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets;
           (c) consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another entity such that the Shareholders of the Company prior to any such transaction receive or retain after such transaction less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity following such transaction; or
           (d) sale, transfer or other disposition (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or series of related transactions, to a Person or group of Affiliated Persons, of more than 50% of the then outstanding Securities by the existing shareholders, such that the Shareholders of the Company prior to any such transaction retain after such transaction less than 50% of the voting power of the Company (or the surviving or acquiring entity).
     It is agreed that a Liquidation Event shall not include the following events approved in accordance with Section 5.4 of this Agreement: (a) an IPO of the Securities of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or (b) any issue of Securities by the Company for the purpose of raising additional capital for the Company.
     “ Majority Shareholders ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.3(a);
     “ Minority Investor ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.3(a);
     “ MMT ” means MakeMyTrip (India) Private Limited, a company incorporated in India and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company;
     “ Non-Defaulting Party ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 11.9(a)(iv);
     “ Offer Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.2(a);
     “ Offer Period ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.2(c);
     “ Offer Shares ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.2(a);
     “ Offeror ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.2(a);
     “ Other Shareholder ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.2(a);
     “ Parties ” means, collectively, SAIF, Travogue, each of the Founders, Helion, Sierra, PIP IV, PIP V, Fixel, Shleifer, Dewan and the Company and their successors and assigns, and
Page 5 of 66

 


 

any other Person that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, and “Party” means any one of such Persons individually;
     “ Percentage Interest ” means with respect to any Shareholder and as of any date, a number equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Equity Shares owned by such Shareholder on a fully converted basis as of such date and the denominator of which is the total number of Equity Shares then issued and outstanding on a fully converted basis;
     “ Person ” includes any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, unincorporated association, unincorporated syndicate, unincorporated organization, trust, body corporate or other similar entity, and a natural person in his capacity as trustee, executor, administrator, or other legal representative;
     “ PFIC ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 11.16(b);
     “ PIP IV ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement;
     “ PIP V ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement;
     “ Preferred Shareholders ” shall mean the holders of the Preferred Shares that are Parties to this Agreement;
     “ Preferred Shares ” shall mean, collectively, the Series A Preferred Shares, the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series C Preferred Shares;
     “ Preferred Share Subscription Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement;
     “ RFR Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.2(c);
     “ Registrable Shares ” means
     (A)
     (i) any Equity Shares held by any of SAIF, the Founders or Travogue or the employees/management of the Company or its Subsidiaries; and
     (ii) any other ordinary shares of the Company issued in respect of the Equity Shares described in clause (i) above pursuant to stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations, or similar events;
      provided, however , that ordinary shares of the Company that are Registrable Shares shall cease to be Registrable Shares:
     (a) upon any sale pursuant to a Registration Statement,
     (b) with respect to a Shareholder, when such Shareholder is eligible to sell, transfer or otherwise convey all of such Shareholder’s Registrable Shares pursuant to Applicable Law or
     (c) upon any sale in any manner to a person or entity which is not entitled to the rights provided by this Agreement; and/or
Page 6 of 66

 


 

     (B)
     (i) any Preferred Shares held by any of the Preferred Shareholders, or converted into Equity Shares in accordance with this Agreement; and
     (ii) any other shares of preferred stock of the Company issued in respect of the Preferred Shares described in clause (i) above or such preferred stock being converted into Equity Shares in accordance with this Agreement pursuant to stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations, or similar events;
      provided, however , that shares of preferred stock of the Company that are Registrable Shares shall cease to be Registrable Shares:
     (a) upon any sale pursuant to a Registration Statement,
     (b) with respect to a Shareholder, when such Shareholder is eligible to sell, transfer or otherwise convey, without there being an effective Registration Statement in the jurisdictions where any of the exchanges set forth in Section 3.3 are located, all of such Shareholder’s Registrable Shares pursuant to Applicable Law or
     (c) upon any sale in any manner to a person or entity which is not entitled to the rights provided by this Agreement;
     “ Registration Expenses ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.6;
     “ Registration Statement ” means a registration statement or prospectus filed by the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, with the relevant Governmental Authority for a public offering and sale of securities of the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (other than a registration statement on any form for a limited purpose, any registration statement covering only securities proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or assets of another corporation or a registration statement solely for the purpose of registering shares issued in a non-underwritten offering in connection with a merger, combination or acquisition);
     “ Relative ” shall mean any spouse, parent, sibling or child of an individual;
     “ Remaining Equity Shares ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.2;
     “ Remaining Preferred Shares ” has meaning given to such term in Section 3.2A;
     “ ROFO Offered Shares ” has meaning given to such term in Section 6.2A(a);
     “ ROFO Offered Shares Availability Notice ” has meaning given to such term in Section 6.2A(a);
     “ ROFO Selling Shareholder ” has meaning given to such term in Section 6.2A(a);
     “ SAIF ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;
     “ Second Prior Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement;
     “ Shleifer ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement;
Page 7 of 66

 


 

     “ Second Subsequent Issue Price ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7.1;
     “ Securities ” means the Equity Shares, the Preferred Shares, or any other class of capital shares or other equity securities or securities containing profit participation features, or any options, warrants, rights or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such capital shares or other equity securities or securities containing profit participation features;
     “ Selling Shareholder ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.2(a);
     “ Series A Anti-Dilution Price ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7.2;
     “ Series B Anti-Dilution Price ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7.3;
     “ Series C Anti-Dilution Price ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7.4;
     “ Series A Preferred Shareholder ” shall mean those Persons listed as such on Schedule A hereto;
     “ Series B Preferred Shareholder ” shall mean those Persons listed as such on Schedule A hereto;
     “ Series C Preferred Shareholder ” shall mean those Persons listed as such on Schedule A hereto;
     “ Series A Preferred Shares ” means the Series A preferred shares of the Company of a par value of USD 0.01 each;
     “ Series B Preferred Shares ” means the Series B preferred shares of the Company of a par value of USD 0.01 each;
     “ Series C Preferred Shares ” means the Series C preferred shares of the Company of a par value of USD 0.01 each;
     “ Series A Purchase Price ” means USD 39.53 per Series A Preferred Share;
     “ Series B Purchase Price ” means USD 101.14 per Series B Preferred Share;
     “ Series C Purchase Price ” means USD 107.88 per Series C Preferred Share;
     “ Series B Subscription Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.4(f)(ii);
     “ Shareholders ” means SAIF, Travogue, the Founders, Helion, Sierra and PIP IV, PIP V, Fixel, Shleifer, Dewan, and such other Persons as may become parties to this Agreement and holding a legal or beneficial interest in the Equity Shares or Preferred Shares, together with their successors and assigns, collectively, and “Shareholder” means any one of such Persons individually;
     “ Sierra ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;
     “ Special Co-Sale Rights ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.2(j);
Page 8 of 66

 


 

     “ Subsidiaries ” has the meaning given to such term in the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement;
     “ Tiger ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;
     “ Tiger Fund ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;
     “ Transfer ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.1(a);
     “ Travel Services ” shall mean travel related services of selling and/or promotion of air tickets, hotel reservations, and packaged tours;
     “ Travogue ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;
     “ UNCITRAL Rules ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 11.1(b); and
     “ USD ” or “ United States Dollars ” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.
     1.2 Headings . The headings and subheadings in this Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof in any manner whatsoever.
     1.3 Interpretation; Number and Gender . The definitions in Section 1.1 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural form of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter form. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation" . Unless the context otherwise requires, (a) all references to Sections, paragraphs, clauses, Exhibits and Schedules are to Sections, paragraphs and clauses in, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement; and (b) the terms “herein”, “hereof”, “hereto”, ‘hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole. All references in this Agreement to statutory provisions shall be construed as meaning and including references to: (a) any statutory modification, consolidation or re-enactment (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) for the time being in force; and (b) all statutory instruments or orders made pursuant to a statutory provision. Any reference to the shareholding of the Company on a fully diluted basis refers to the post Closing capitalization of the Company and shall be calculated after taking into account all the Securities of the Company including the Equity Shares, the Preferred Shares to be issued to under the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement, as well as all other Securities of the Company.
SECTION II
EFFECTIVE DATE, PURPOSE AND SCOPE
     2.1 Effective Date . This Agreement shall come into force and effect from the Effective Date.
     2.2 Compliance with Agreement . Subject to Applicable Law, each Shareholder, being a party to this Agreement, shall at all times vote and act as a Shareholder of the Company to fulfill and comply with the provisions of this Agreement, to satisfy its obligations hereunder and in all other respects to comply with, and shall use all reasonable efforts to cause the Company to comply with, this Agreement. Each Shareholder shall, at all times, cause its
Page 9 of 66

 


 

respective nominee(s) as Directors to act in accordance with this Agreement, to amend the Constitution to conform to the purposes and intent of this Agreement, and to cause the Company to adopt such amended Constitution through the passage of appropriate Board and Shareholders’ resolutions and to take such other actions as may be required under Applicable Law in this regard. The Company shall be bound by the provisions of this Agreement to the fullest extent of its capacity and power under Applicable Law.
SECTION III
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     3.1 Structure of the Company .
          (a) Private Company . Subject to Section 3.3, the Company shall continue as a private limited liability company under the laws of Mauritius.
          (b) Registered Office . Unless otherwise agreed by each of the Shareholders, the Company shall continue to maintain its registered office at 10, Frere Felix De Valois Street, Port Louis, Republic of Mauritius. The Company may also maintain such other offices at any other place or places within or outside Mauritius as may from time to time be determined by the Board of the Company. The Chief Executive Officer of the Company (“ Chief Executive Officer ”) shall notify the Shareholders of any change in the address of the registered office /corporate office of the Company.
     3.2 Issue of Securities by the Company . Subject to the provisions of Applicable Law and subject to the provisions of Section 7 (but Section 7 will apply only if and to the extent that the price per Security at which such new issuance occurs satisfies the conditions set forth in Section 7 for the anti-dilution mechanism in Section 7 to apply), the Board of the Company may, from time to time, issue and allot at such price and upon such terms as it may decide and as permitted by Applicable Law, any Security; provided, except for any (a) employee stock options issued under any stock option plan approved by the Board to the employees of the Company and/or any Subsidiary, (b) Equity Shares issued upon the conversion of Preferred Shares outstanding as of the Effective Date, as approved in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) Securities issued to financial institutions in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financing or other similar financing arrangements, (d) Securities issued pursuant to any stock splits, stock dividend, consolidation, bonus issue, rights issue or like transactions; or (e) Securities issued to a non-financial corporation in connection with a license, distribution, business development, or for other similar arrangements, provided such issuances are approved by the Board and are for other than primarily equity financing purposes, the Company shall not issue or sell or otherwise issue to any Person (including, without limitation, any Shareholder) any Securities unless the Company complies with this Section 3.2 and unless, prior to such issue and sale, each Shareholder shall have received from the Company (x) notice in writing of the terms of the proposed issue; and (y) an opportunity to subscribe for such Securities on the same terms and in an amount up to the product of such Shareholder’s Percentage Interest and the total number of Securities proposed to be issued. If any Shareholder fails to subscribe for such Securities up to the full amount of such Shareholder’s entitlement by notice in writing to the Company within 30 Business Days from receipt of the notice from the Company of the proposed issue of such Securities, or, upon subscription, fails to pay the Company for the subscribed Securities within such 30 Business Day period, then such Shareholder shall be deemed to have renounced, in favour of the other eligible Shareholders participating in the subscription, its right to subscribe for the Securities that it has not subscribed or paid for, and the Company promptly shall notify such other
Page 10 of 66

 


 

participating Shareholders in writing of the number of Securities with respect to which the right to subscribe has been deemed renounced pursuant to this Section 3.2 and the Securities still available for subscription (collectively, the “ Remaining Securities ”). Thereafter, each other participating Shareholder shall have a right to subscribe for the Remaining Securities in proportion to the Shares held by such other participating Shareholders (prior to receiving the notice described in clause (y) above) divided by the total Securities held by all such other participating Shareholders (prior to receiving the notice described in clause (y) above) until the earliest of (i) the expiration of 30 Business Days from receipt of notice from the Company of the Remaining Securities available for subscription pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 3.2, (ii) such time when all the Remaining Securities have been purchased by such other participating Shareholders and (iii) such time when there are no Shareholders willing to purchase any Remaining Securities. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Shareholder is prevented by Applicable Law from purchasing any Securities, such Shareholder may designate one or more nominees of such Shareholder to purchase such Securities to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, provided such purchaser (including any Shareholder) agrees to become bound by the terms of this Agreement and simultaneously with the purchase of such Securities becomes a party to this Agreement. Any Securities that are not purchased by the Shareholders within 30 Business Days from receipt of the notice from the Company of the Remaining Securities available for subscription pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 3.2, may be issued and sold by the Company within 120 days of the end of the 30 Business Day period described in the beginning of this sentence to any proposed purchaser identified by the Board of the Company on such terms and conditions as the Board of the Company may deem fit provided that such terms and conditions are no more favourable to the proposed purchaser than those notified by the Company to the Shareholders and provided such purchaser agrees to become bound by the terms of this Agreement and simultaneously with the purchase of such Securities becomes a party to this Agreement, unless such purchaser is already a Shareholder.
     It is further agreed that the pre-emptive right specified in this Section 3.2 shall terminate upon occurrence of an IPO (as defined hereinafter).
     3.3 Initial Public Offering; Registration Rights .
          (a) The Shareholders will cause the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to undertake an initial public offering (“ IPO ”) and sale of its Equity Shares and Preferred Shares (the IPO of Preferred Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) according to a time schedule and in such global capital market or markets as the Board may determine subject to the provisions of Section 5.4. The Company or such Subsidiary shall bear all costs and expenses relating to or in connection with an IPO. The Company will use all commercially reasonable efforts to list the Equity Shares and Preferred Shares held by the Shareholders pro-rated to the number of shares held by each such Shareholder at the time of the IPO on a fully diluted and as if converted basis (listing of Preferred Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) or the Equity Shares issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares held by each such Party, or any shares of any of the Subsidiaries held by the Company in conjunction with, or in any event as soon as possible, following an IPO on any one or more of NASDAQ, The National Stock Exchange of India or Bombay Stock Exchange Limited, as considered appropriate by the majority of the Preferred Shareholders, SAIF and Deep Kalra, provided that, if such persons determine that the IPO must be on NASDAQ, the Founders, Helion, Tiger and Sierra are not in any manner prohibited under Applicable Laws from listing their shares on NASDAQ.
Page 11 of 66

 


 

          (b) In conjunction with or at any time after the closing of the Company’s IPO; the Shareholders may request, in writing, that the Company effect a registration of all or any part of the Registrable Shares owned by the Shareholders, on such forms and in the manner considered appropriate by the Shareholders. Upon receipt of any such request, the Company shall promptly give written notice of such proposed registration to all Shareholders holding Registrable Shares. Such other Shareholders shall have the right, by giving written notice to the Company within thirty (30) days after the Company provides its notice, to elect to have included in such registration such of their Registrable Shares as such Shareholders may request in such notice of election, subject to the approval of the underwriter managing the offering. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.3, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, then the Company shall advise all holders of Registrable Shares which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto that the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the holders of such Registrable Shares (subject to the priority given to the Shareholders to the extent of the Preferred Shares and Equity Shares held by the Shareholders) on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Shares requested by each such Shareholder, and the Shareholder to be included in the registration. Any Registrable Shares excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration. The provisions of the foregoing sentence shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Equity Shares held by the Shareholders upon conversion of their Preferred Shares. Thereupon, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible, use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of all Registrable Shares that the Company has been requested so to register. Such registration shall be done on such forms and in such manner as is considered appropriate by those holding a majority of the Registrable Shares.
          (c) At any time after the Company becomes eligible to file a Registration Statement relating to secondary offerings, the Shareholders will have the right to require the Company to effect an unlimited number of Registration Statements of all or any portion of the Registrable Shares held by the Shareholders. Upon receipt of any such request, the Company shall promptly give written notice of such proposed registration to all Shareholders holding Registrable Shares. Such other Shareholders shall have the right, by giving written notice to the Company within thirty (30) days after the Company provides its notice, to elect to have included in such registration such number of their Registrable Shares as such Shareholders may request in such notice of election. Thereupon, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible, use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration on the applicable forms of all Registrable Shares that the Company has been requested to register.
     3.4 Incidental Registration .
          (a) Whenever the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement, including, but not limited to, Registration Statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Registration Statements pursuant to Section 3.3 and relating to employee benefit plans or with respect to corporate reorganizations, at any time and from time to time, it will, at least thirty (30) days prior to such filing, give written notice to all Shareholders of its intention to do so and, upon the written request of a Shareholder or Shareholders given within twenty (20) days after the Company provides such notice (which request shall state the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Shares), the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Shares that the Company has been requested by such Shareholder or Shareholders to register or to be registered under Applicable Law to the extent necessary to permit their sale or other disposition in accordance
Page 12 of 66

 


 

with the intended methods of distribution specified in the request of such Shareholder or Shareholders; provided that the Company shall have the right to postpone or withdraw any registration effected pursuant to this Section 3.4 without obligation to any Shareholder.
          (b) In connection with any offering under this Section 3.4 involving an underwriting, the Company shall not be required to include any Registrable Shares in such underwriting unless the holders thereof accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it, and then only in such quantity as will not, in the good faith opinion of the underwriters, jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If, in the reasonable opinion of the managing underwriter, the registration of all, or part of, the Registrable Shares that the holders have requested to be included would materially and adversely affect such public offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the underwriting only that number of Registrable Shares, if any, that the managing underwriter in good faith believes may be sold without causing such adverse effect. If the number of Registrable Shares to be included in the underwriting in accordance with the foregoing is less than the total number of shares that the holders of Registrable Shares have requested to be included, the Shareholders holding Registrable Shares who have requested registration shall participate in the underwriting pro rata based upon their total ownership of shares. If any holder would thus be entitled to include more shares than such holder requested to be registered, the excess shall be allocated among other requesting holders pro-rata based upon their total ownership of Registrable Shares.
     3.5 Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of any of the Registrable Shares under Applicable Law, the Company shall:
          (a) prepare and file with the relevant Governmental Authority a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Shares and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause that Registration Statement to become and remain effective for the earlier of one-hundred twenty (120) days or until the completion of the distribution;
          (b) as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the relevant Government Authority any amendments and supplements to the Registration Statement and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective, and comply with the provisions of Applicable Law with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement;
          (c) as expeditiously as possible furnish to each selling Shareholder such reasonable number of copies of the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of Applicable Law, and such other documents as the selling Shareholder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares owned by the selling Shareholder;
          (d) as expeditiously as possible use all commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Shares covered by the Registration Statement under the applicable securities or other laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Shareholders shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or desirable to enable the selling Shareholders to consummate the public sale or other disposition in such jurisdictions applicable to the Registrable Shares owned by the selling Shareholder;
Page 13 of 66

 


 

          (e) notify each selling Shareholder of such Registrable Shares at any time when a Registration Statement related thereto is effective under the Applicable Law, of the happening of any event as a result of which, or in the event the Company becomes aware that, the prospectus included in such Registration Statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any such seller, the Company will prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Shares, such prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;
          (f) cause all such Registrable Shares to be listed on any one or more of NASDAQ, the National Stock Exchange of India or Bombay Stock Exchange Limited, as considered appropriate by those holding a majority of the Preferred Shares, SAIF and Deep Kalra, provided that, if the such persons determine that the IPO must be on NASDAQ, the Founders, Helion, Tiger and Sierra are not in any manner prohibited under Applicable Laws from listing their shares on NASDAQ;
          (g) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Shareholder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement; and
          (h) furnish, at the request of the initiating Shareholders holding a majority of the shares participating in the offering, on the date that such Registrable Shares are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such shares are being sold through underwriters, or, if such shares are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Shares becomes effective: (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, from the counsel representing the Company for the purpose of such registration, in the form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority of the initiating Shareholders, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the initiating Shareholders; and (ii) a letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority of the initiating Shareholders, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and if permitted by applicable accounting standards, to the initiating Shareholders.
     If the Company has delivered preliminary or final prospectuses to the selling Shareholders and after having done so the prospectus is amended to comply with the requirements of Applicable Law, the Company shall promptly notify the selling Shareholders and, if requested, the selling Shareholders shall immediately cease making offers of Registrable Shares and return all prospectuses to the Company. The Company shall promptly provide the selling Shareholders with revised prospectuses and, following receipt of the revised prospectuses, the selling Shareholders shall be free to resume making offers of the Registrable Shares.
     3.6 Allocation of Expenses . The Company will pay all Registration Expenses (as defined below) of all registrations under this Agreement; provided, however, that if a registration under Section 3.3 is withdrawn at the request of the Shareholders requesting such registration (other than as a result of information concerning the business or financial condition of the Company that is made known to the Shareholders after the date on which such
Page 14 of 66

 


 

registration was requested) and if the requesting Shareholders elect not to have such registration counted as a registration requested under Section 3.3, the requesting Shareholders shall pay the Registration Expenses of such registration pro rata in accordance with the number of their Registrable Shares included in such registration. For purposes of this Section, the term “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, exchange listing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the reasonable fees and expenses of one (1) special counsel selected by the selling Shareholders to represent the selling Shareholders, local jurisdiction fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incidental to or required by any such registration, but excluding underwriting discounts, selling commissions and the fees and expenses of selling Shareholders’ own counsel (other than the counsel selected to represent all selling Shareholders).
     3.7 Indemnification with respect to Underwritten Offering . In the event that Registrable Shares are sold pursuant to a Registration Statement in an underwritten offering pursuant to Section 3:
          (a) the Company agrees to enter into an underwriting agreement containing customary representations and warranties with respect to the business and operations of an issuer of the securities being registered and customary covenants and agreements to be performed by such issuer, including without limitation customary provisions with respect to indemnification by the Company of the underwriters of such offering; and
          (b) (i) to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Shareholder, the partners, members, officers, directors and shareholders of each Shareholder and legal counsel and accountants for each Shareholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under Applicable Law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (A) any untrue statement of a material fact contained in such Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (B) the omission to state in such Registration Statement a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (C) any Violation by the Company of Applicable Law, and the Company will reimburse each such Shareholder, controlling person or other aforementioned person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.7(b)(i) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning a Shareholder furnished by such Shareholder expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Shareholder, controlling person or other aforementioned person;
               (ii) to the extent permitted by law, each selling Shareholder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the Registration Statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any other Shareholder selling securities in such Registration Statement and any controlling person of any such other Shareholder, against any
Page 15 of 66

 


 

losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under Applicable Law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Shareholder furnished by such Shareholder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Shareholder will reimburse any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 3.7(b)(ii) for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.7(b)(ii) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Shareholder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 3.7(b)(ii) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Shareholder;
               (iii) notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control; and
               (iv) the obligations of the Company and Shareholders under this Section 3.7 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Shares in a Registration Statement under this Section 3 and otherwise.
     3.8 Information by Shareholder . Each holder of Registrable Shares included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such holder and the distribution proposed by such holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.
     3.9 Flip up Structure . The Parties agree that they will on or before 31st December 2007 and thereafter from time to time, and no less frequently than every 12 months, review the corporate structure of the Company to assess the feasibility of re-structuring the Company into either a majority owned subsidiary of a company based in the US or in India with a majority or all of the Shareholders of the Company swapping their shares for equivalent shares of such holding company. The Parties agree to work together in good faith to implement the proposed re-structuring to the extent possible in accordance with all Applicable Law and regulatory requirements. It is agreed that implementation of the proposed re-structuring shall be subject to there being positive benefits including tax incentives and increased valuation for a proposed IPO. Any decision taken on this issue shall also require prior approval of the Board in accordance with Section 5.4.
SECTION IV
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
     4.1 Charter Documents . The Constitution shall be in such form as is required by Applicable Law and shall contain, inter alia , the provisions set out in this Agreement to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, and shall otherwise be consistent with, and give effect to, the terms of this Agreement. On or prior to the Effective Date, the Parties shall, and shall cause the Company to and the Company shall, duly amend the Constitution so as to
Page 16 of 66

 


 

comply with the provisions of this Section 4.1 to ensure that the Constitution of the Company conform to the terms of this Agreement and contain the terms of this Agreement to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law. Prior to the Effective Date, the Founders, Travogue, SAIF, Helion, Tiger, Sierra, and the Company shall have worked together to ensure that all Shareholder and Board authorizations and consents required in order to effect such amendments have been obtained and satisfied prior to the Effective Date. Within 10 days of the Effective Date, the Company shall make all requisite filings relating to the Constitution with relevant Governmental Authorities, subject to the receipt of all the documents reasonably requested by the Company from the Investors which are necessary for making the requisite filings.
     4.2 General Powers .
          (a) The property, business and affairs of the Company and the Subsidiaries shall be managed exclusively by and under the direction of the Board. The Board may exercise all such powers of the Company or the Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and have such authority and do all such lawful acts and things as are permitted by Applicable Law and its Constitution.
          (b) No regulation made by the Company or a Subsidiary in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation had not been made, unless the aim of such regulation is to invalidate such prior act.
     4.3 Constitution of the Board of Directors & Observers .
          (a) The Company shall have a Board consisting of no more than ten (10) Directors. On or immediately after the Effective Date, the strength of the Board shall be ten (10) Directors, as follows:
               (i) 2 members recommended/nominated by SAIF (including one (1) Mauritian resident Director);
               (ii) 1 member recommended/nominated by Helion and 1 member recommended/ nominated by Sierra;
               (iii) 1 member recommended/nominated by the Founders (the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and/or any Subsidiary); and
               (iv) 3 independent directors as presently on the Board of the Company and 2 independent Mauritian resident Directors to be appointed on the Board of the Company (the “ Independent Directors ”).
          (b) It is hereby agreed that (i) the Founders shall not have a right to recommend or nominate Directors on the Board of the Company in the event the Founders, Travogue and the employees of the Company and the Subsidiaries jointly hold less than 5% of the issued and paid up share capital of Company on a fully diluted basis, (ii) SAIF shall not have a right to recommend or nominate Directors on the Board of the Company in the event SAIF holds less than 5% of the issued and paid up share capital of Company on a fully diluted basis, and (iii) Helion and Sierra shall not have a right to recommend or nominate Directors on the Board of the Company in the event either Helion or Sierra individually holds less than 5% of the share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis.
Page 17 of 66

 


 

          (c) Each of Helion, Tiger Fund and Sierra shall be entitled to appoint one observer, to visit the meetings of the Board of the Company and meetings of the shareholders of the Company. It is agreed by the Parties that such observer shall not have a right to vote at the meetings of the Board or the meetings of the shareholders of the Company and shall only observe the proceedings of the meetings of the Board or the meetings of the shareholders of the Company.
          (d) The Shareholders shall vote the Equity Shares or Preferred Shares held by them to elect and appoint as Directors the individuals nominated by SAIF, the Founders, Helion, and Sierra in accordance with this Agreement. Any person nominated as a Director by a Shareholder shall be appointed and may be removed from such office only by the relevant nominating Shareholder, by a memorandum signed in writing by such Shareholder, which shall take effect from the date stated in such memorandum or, if no such date shall be stated, from the date when such memorandum is lodged at the registered office of the Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Director shall be removed from office without notice if he is guilty of any gross default or misconduct in connection with or affecting the Company Business, or is guilty of fraud, dishonesty or any criminal offence (save for minor road traffic offences).
     4.3A Subsidiaries .
          (a) Each of the Subsidiaries shall have a board of directors consisting of no more than eight (8) directors. On or immediately after the Effective Date, the strength of the Board shall be eight (8) Directors, as follows:
               (i) 2 members recommended/nominated by SAIF;
               (ii) 1 member recommended/nominated by Helion;
               (iii) 1 member recommended/nominated by Sierra;
               (iv) 1 member recommended/nominated by the Founders (the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and/or any Subsidiary); and
               (v) 3 independent directors as presently on the Board of the Subsidiaries.
     It is hereby agreed that (i) the Founders shall not have a right to recommend or nominate Directors on the Board of the Subsidiaries in the event the Founders, Travogue and the employees of the Company and the Subsidiaries jointly hold less than 5% of the issued and paid up share capital of Company on a fully diluted basis, (ii) SAIF shall not have a right to recommend or nominate Directors on the Board of the Subsidiaries in the event SAIF holds less than 5% of the issued and paid up share capital of Company on a fully diluted basis, and (iii) Helion and Sierra shall not have a right to recommend or nominate Directors on the Board of the Subsidiaries in the event either Helion or Sierra individually holds less than 5% of the share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis.
          (b) The Shareholders agree to cause the Company and the Company shall vote the shares of such Subsidiaries held by it to elect and appoint as Directors on the Board of the Subsidiaries, the individuals nominated by SAIF, the Founders, Helion, and Sierra in accordance with this Agreement.
Page 18 of 66

 


 

          (c) Each of Helion, Tiger Fund and Sierra shall be entitled to appoint one observer, to visit the meetings of the Board of the Subsidiaries and meetings of the shareholders of the Subsidiaries. It is agreed by the Parties that such observer shall not have a right to vote at the meetings of the Board or the meetings of the shareholders of the Subsidiaries and shall only observe the proceedings of the meetings of the Board or the meetings of the shareholders of the Subsidiaries.
     4.3B Committees . Each committee/sub-committee of the Board shall be constituted in a manner whereby SAIF, the Founders, Tiger Fund, Helion, and Sierra have a representation on such committee/sub-committee in proportion to their representation on the Board (including observer rights).
     4.4 Alternate Directors . Any Director appointed to the Board shall be entitled to nominate an alternate to attend and vote at meetings of the Directors in his absence. Such alternate shall be approved in writing by the Shareholder who appointed such nominated Director.
     4.5 D&O Insurance; Costs .
          (a) To the extent it is available and permissible under Applicable Law, the Shareholders shall cause the Company to, and the Company shall maintain insurance coverage of an aggregate amount of USD 3,000,000 to cover all the Directors and key officers of the Company and the Subsidiaries in relation to the discharge of their respective duties. The Company shall provide for standard indemnification provisions in the Constitution for the Directors, executive officers, the Chief Executive Officer and other officers and representatives of the Company in relation to the discharge of their respective duties.
     4.6 Meetings of Board; Quorum .
          (a) The Board shall hold no less than (i) one meeting every three months and (ii) four meetings in any given financial year. Such meetings shall be held at the Company’s registered office in Mauritius or such other place as the Board may from time to time determine. No less than 15 calendar days’ prior written notice of every meeting of the Board shall be given to every Director of the Board; provided, however, that, any given meeting of the Board may be held upon shorter notice if all the Directors waive such notice period. Such notice shall be accompanied by the agenda setting out the business proposed to be transacted at such meeting of the Board. Any Director may request the Chairman to call a meeting of the Board. Upon such request, the Chairman shall call a meeting of the Board. If such meetings are held in Mauritius, all expenses and costs incurred for such meetings by the Directors shall be borne by the Company.
          (b) Minutes of each meeting of the Board shall be taken and kept by the company secretary in the books of the Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be. Copies of the minutes of each such meeting shall be delivered to each member of the Board as soon as practicable. If a member is not present at any Board meeting, copies of all documents considered by the Board at such meeting shall be promptly delivered to him with a copy of the relevant minutes.
          (c) To the extent permissible by Applicable Law, any Director and any observer may participate in a Board meeting by means of a telephone or video conference.
Page 19 of 66

 


 

          (d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4, a resolution in writing signed by all Directors (which resolution may consist of several counterparts) shall be as valid and effective as if it had been adopted by a duly convened meeting of the Board.
          (e) The presence in person of at least six (6) Directors on the Board shall be required to constitute a quorum at a meeting of the Board or committee thereof; provided, however, that no quorum shall exist unless two (2) Mauritian resident Independent Directors, one (1) Director nominated by SAIF, one (1) Director nominated on the Board by Helion, one (1) Director nominated on the Board by Sierra, and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and/or any Subsidiary nominated on the Board by the Founders is present. In the absence of a quorum, the meeting of the Board or committee thereof shall be adjourned by the Directors present and shall be reconvened 14 days thereafter on the same day of the week, time and place. At any such adjourned meeting, subject to Section 4.7(b), and the quorum at such reconvened meeting shall be the presence in person of at least five (5) Directors on the Board which shall include at least two (2) Mauritian resident Independent Directors, one (1) Director nominated by SAIF, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and one (1) Director nominated on the Board by Helion or Sierra shall be required to constitute a quorum.
          (f) Each Director on the Board shall have only one vote. The Chairman of the Board shall not have a second or casting vote. The Chairman shall be a Director nominated by the Shareholder holding the largest percentage interest in the share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis. For the purpose of this Section 4.6(f), the Founders and Travogue shall collectively be considered as one Shareholder and the Securities of the Company held by the employees of the Company and the employees of the Subsidiaries on a fully diluted basis shall be included while computing the percentage interest of the Founders and Travogue.
     4.7 Powers of the Directors .
          (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.7(b), the Board shall act by majority vote. For the avoidance of doubt, all decisions, actions and resolutions of the Board shall, subject to the provisions of Section 4.7(b), be adopted by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the members of the Board.
          (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no action or decision will be taken by the Board (including by way of passing resolutions by circulation) in respect of any of the provisions set out in Section 5.4 hereof without following the procedure set out in Section 5.4.
     4.8 A Director may from time to time disclose to the Shareholder who appointed him and its representative such information as he has regarding the Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be, or its business and operations as shall reasonably be requested by the Shareholder appointing him.The provisions of Sections 4.4 to 4.8, shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Subsidiaries, so that the reference to the term Company shall refer to such Subsidiary, the reference to Mauritius in relation to the Company shall refer to the country where the registered office of the Subsidiary is situated and the reference to other defined terms in relation to the Company shall have the correlative meaning in relation to each Subsidiary.
Page 20 of 66

 


 

SECTION V
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
     5.1 General Meeting of Shareholders . The Company shall hold one annual meeting of the shareholders in any given calendar year. Except as provided in this Section V, all general meetings of the shareholders (whether annual meetings or special meetings) shall be governed by Applicable Law and the Constitution. The Chairman of the Board of the Company shall preside at all general meetings of the shareholders of the Company (including all annual meetings and special meetings) provided that the Chairman of a general meeting shall not have a casting vote. If the Chairman is absent or fails to serve as the presiding officer at any such general meeting of the shareholders, a Director as may be mutually agreed by the Shareholders shall preside in the Chairman’s place. To the extent permissible by Applicable Law, a shareholder may participate in a general meeting by means of a telephone or video conference.
     5.2 Notice of Shareholders Meetings . Prior written notice of 21 calendar days shall be given to the shareholders for all general meetings (including all annual meetings and special meetings); provided; however; that any given meeting of the shareholders may be held upon shorter notice if all the Shareholders waive such notice period in accordance with the provisions of Applicable Law. Such notice shall be accompanied by the agenda setting out the business proposed to be transacted at such meeting of the shareholders.
     5.3 Quorum . The quorum for a general meeting of the shareholders (including all annual meetings and special meetings) shall be the presence in person or by proxy of at least six (6) shareholders; provided, however, that no quorum shall exist until at least two (2) Mauritian resident Independent Directors, one nominee or representative appointed or authorized by (i) SAIF, (ii) Helion, (iii) Sierra and (iv) Tiger Fund, and Mr. Deep Kalra, are present at the meeting. In the absence of a quorum, the general meeting shall be adjourned by the shareholders present and shall be reconvened on such date, time and place as may be decided by the Board. The quorum at such reconvened meeting shall be the presence in person or by proxy of at least five (5) shareholders; provided, however, that no quorum for a reconvened meeting shall exist until at least two (2) Mauritian resident Independent Directors, Mr. Deep Kalra, one nominee or representative appointed or authorized by SAIF, and one nominee or representative appointed or authorized by Helion, Tiger Fund or Sierra are present at the meeting. Prior written notice of 30 days shall be given to all the Shareholders in order to reconvene such adjourned meetings; provided, however that any given general meeting of shareholders may be held upon shorter notice if all the Shareholders waive such notice period.
     5.4 Voting Requirements .
          (a) Except as required under Applicable Law and subject to Section 5.4 (c), the vote of a majority of the shareholders of the Company present at a validly called meeting (including, without limitation, a reconvened meeting) at which a quorum is present shall be required for any action to be taken by the Company’s shareholders on any matter. Subject to Applicable Law, at each shareholders meeting, each shareholder shall have the voting rights in proportion to such shareholders’ share of the total issued and outstanding share capital of the Company (on an as converted and fully diluted basis). Subject to Applicable Law, the holder of each Preferred Share shall have the right to one vote for each Equity Share into which such Preferred Share could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Equity Shares, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Equity Shares, with respect to any question upon which holders of Equity Shares have the right to vote.

Page 21 of 66


 

          (b) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 5, a resolution in writing signed by all shareholders (which resolution may consist of several counterparts) shall be as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a duly convened shareholders’ meeting if permitted in accordance with Applicable Law.
          (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no action or decision will be taken by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (including by way of passing resolutions by circulation) in respect of any of the matters listed in Schedule B hereof without the consent of (i) the majority of the Preferred Shareholders voting together as a single class, (ii) SAIF and (iii) Deep Kalra.
          (d) No decision of the Board shall be taken with respect to any matter listed in Schedule B , with respect to which any Director nominated by SAIF, the Founders, Helion, or Sierra is considered an interested Director under Applicable Law, unless such matter has been approved at a meeting of the shareholders in the manner set forth in Section 5.4 (c) hereinabove.
          (e) To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the provisions of Sections 5.1-5.4 including Schedule B , shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Subsidiaries so that the reference to the term Company shall refer to such Subsidiary and the reference to other defined terms in relation to the Company shall have the correlative meaning in relation to each Subsidiary.
          (f) To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, it is agreed that the provisions of Section IV and V to the extent applicable to the Subsidiaries shall also be applicable mutatis mutandis to each of the future Subsidiaries of the Company.
     5.5 Deadlock .
          (a) Whenever any matter is submitted to the Board or to a general meeting (including annual meetings or special meetings) of the Company and the Board or the shareholders at the relevant general meeting (including annual meetings or special meetings) is unable to arrive at a decision on the matter by reason of disagreement, then a deadlock shall be deemed to have occurred in relation to that matter.
          (b) If and whenever a deadlock is deemed to have occurred, either the Founders, SAIF, Tiger Fund, Helion, or Sierra, as the case may be, shall be entitled, within 30 days after the date on which the deadlock occurred, by notice in writing to the other, to require the matter to which the deadlock relates to be escalated to a senior executive of each of Tiger Fund, Helion, Sierra, the Founders and SAIF, such persons not being Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company for mediation within 30 days, failing which the matter shall be referred to arbitration in accordance with Section 12.1.
SECTION VI
DEALING WITH EQUITY SHARES AND PREFERRED SHARES
     6.1 Restrictions on Transfer of Equity Shares and Preferred Shares .
          (a) Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, none of the Founders, Travogue, SAIF, Tiger, Helion or Sierra shall, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, charge, mortgage or in any other way dispose of or otherwise create any Encumbrance

Page 22 of 66


 

on (any such event, a “ Transfer ”) any Equity Shares or Preferred Shares or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement except in accordance with the provisions hereof.
          (b) A purported Transfer of Equity Shares or Preferred Shares in contravention of the terms of this Agreement shall be null and void and shall not be binding on the Company or the Board.
     6.2 Right of First Refusal; Co-sale Rights .
          (a) In the event that SAIF, Tiger, the Founders, or Travogue, desire to Transfer all or a portion of the Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares held by any of them (such seller, the “ Selling Shareholder ”) pursuant to a bona fide offer by any Person (“ Offeror ”), the Selling Shareholder shall immediately deliver a written notice (“ Offer Notice ”) to the other holders of Equity Shares and Preferred Shares (the “ Other Shareholders ”) describing accurately and in reasonable detail the terms and conditions of the offer, including the timing as to execution, the number of Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares subject to the offer (the “ Offer Shares ”) and the price to be paid for such Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares pursuant to such offer, the name and address of the Offeror, any agreements or documents to be executed and delivered relating to such offer, any related terms and conditions and any additional information reasonably required by the Other Shareholder. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Selling Shareholder shall not Transfer the Offer Shares to, or enter into any binding agreement in respect of the Offer Shares with the Offeror unless and until the terms and requirements of Section 6.2(b) through (k) are satisfied. It is hereby clarified, other than as set forth in Section 6.2(j) and Section 6.2(k) of this Agreement, that the provisions of Section 6.2 relating to the right of first refusal and Co-sale Rights shall apply only to SAIF, Tiger, the Founders and Travogue and not to Helion and Sierra.
          (b) Upon the Offer Notice being delivered to the Other Shareholders, the Other Shareholders shall have the right, exercisable at their sole discretion, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Offer Shares on such terms and conditions that are no less favourable to the Other Shareholders than those specified in the Offer Notice in accordance with the terms of Section 6.2(c); provided, however, that if the Other Shareholders include the Founders and Travogue, and SAIF or Tiger, as applicable, proposes to sell its Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares to a Competitor, then, upon the Offer Notice being delivered by SAIF or Tiger, as applicable, to the Other Shareholders, the Founders and Travogue shall have the right, exercisable at their sole discretion, to either (i) purchase (or where the Offer Shares constitute all the Equity Shares and/or the Preferred Shares held by SAIF or Tiger, as applicable, nominate a third party to purchase) all, but not less than all, of the Offer Shares on such terms and conditions as are specified in the Offer Notice in accordance with the terms of Section 6.2(c) or (ii) exercise their rights to sell all, but not less than all, of the Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares held by Travogue and the Founders in the manner contemplated in, and in accordance with the terms of, Section 6.2(d). It is clarified that where the Other Shareholders include the Founders, the right to purchase the Offer Shares may be exercised by them through Travogue provided that the notice and other provisions contained in this Section 6.2 when sent to the Founders shall bind Travogue in the same manner as such provisions bind any of the Founders.
          (c) If the Other Shareholders, in their sole discretion, elect to purchase or nominate a third party to purchase, as applicable, all, but not less than all, of the Offer Shares pursuant to Section 6.2(b) above, the Other Shareholders shall, within the time period set forth in the Offer Notice, provided that such period shall in no event be less than seven (7) Business

Page 23 of 66


 

Days (such period, the “ Offer Period ”), give to the Selling Shareholder a notice in writing exercising its right of first refusal (a “ RFR Notice ”). Each of the Other Shareholders shall have the right to purchase a number of the Offer Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of Offer Shares by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Equity Shares (calculated on a fully diluted basis assuming conversion of all Preferred Shares) at the time owned by such Other Shareholder and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Equity Shares (calculated on a fully diluted basis assuming conversion of all Preferred Shares) owned by all of the Other Shareholders (calculated on a fully diluted basis assuming conversion of all Preferred Shares). Each Eligible Shareholder shall also have the option, exercisable to purchase on a pro rata basis any remaining Offer Shares not purchased by Other Shareholders, in which case, the Other Shareholders exercising such further option shall be deemed to have elected to purchase such remaining Offer Shares on such pro rata basis, up to the aggregate number of Shares which such Other Shareholder shall have specified. If an RFR Notice is provided by the Other Shareholders, the transaction of purchase and sale shall be completed by the Other Shareholders within the time frame specified in the offer by the Offeror, provided that such period shall in no event be less than ten (10) Business Days following the expiry of the Offer Period, and provided further that such obligation to complete is subject to receipt of requisite governmental approvals which approvals shall be promptly applied for in good faith.
          (d) If Travogue and the Founders, in their sole discretion, decide to exercise their co-sale rights pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(ii) within the Offer Period, Travogue and the Founders, shall be entitled to participate in the sale by SAIF or Tiger, as applicable, of the Offer Shares (“ Co-sale Right ”) by requiring the Offeror to purchase and acquire from Travogue and the Founders (and SAIF or Tiger, as applicable, shall cause the Offeror to purchase and acquire from Travogue and the Founders), on terms and conditions that are no less favorable to the Other Shareholders than those contained in the Offer Notice, all of the Equity Shares and Preferred Shares held by Travogue and the Founders. If Travogue and the Founders wish to exercise their Co-sale Rights, Travogue and the Founders must give SAIF, or Tiger, as applicable, a notice in writing (“ Co-sale Notice ”) within the Offer Period. If a Co-sale Notice is provided by Travogue and the Founders, the transaction of purchase and sale shall be completed within the time frame set in the offer by the Offeror, provided that such period shall in any event extend at least ten (10) Business Days following the expiry of the Offer Period, and provided further that such obligation to complete is subject to receipt of requisite governmental approvals which approvals shall be promptly applied for in good faith. Unless and until the Offeror agrees to purchase all the Equity Shares and the Preferred Shares offered by the Founders and Travogue in accordance with the terms hereof, SAIF or Tiger, as applicable, shall not Transfer any of the Offer Shares owned by it to the Offeror. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement, neither Travogue nor the Founders shall have any rights under this Section 6.2(d) whatsoever, unless the Offeror is a Competitor.
          (e) If the Other Shareholders, in their sole discretion, do not exercise their rights under Section 6.2(b), and do not, within the Offer Period, provide the RFR Notice, the Selling Shareholder may sell the Offer Shares to the Offeror after the expiry of the Offer Period, within a period of one (1) month and for a price and on other terms no more favourable to the Offeror than those contained in the Offer Notice. If the Offer Shares are not sold within such one (1) month period on such terms, the rights of the Other Shareholders pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall again take effect with respect to any sale of Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares of the Company held by the Selling Shareholder.

Page 24 of 66


 

          (f) If the Offeror is a Competitor, and Travogue and the Founders do not exercise their rights under Section 6.2(b)(i) or Section 6.2(b)(ii), and do not, within the Offer Period, provide either the RFR Notice or the Co-sale Notice, SAIF or Tiger, as applicable, may sell the Offer Shares to the Offeror after the expiry of the Offer Period, within a period of one (1) month and for a price and on other terms no more favourable to the Offeror than those contained in the Offer Notice. If the Offer Shares are not sold within such one month period on such terms, the rights of the Other Shareholders pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall again take effect with respect to any sale to a Competitor of Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares of the Company held by the Selling Shareholder.
          (g) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Other Shareholders shall be entitled to require reasonable evidence from the Selling Shareholder that the purchase and sale of the Offer Shares was completed at a price and on other terms no more favourable than those contained in the Offer Notice.
          (h) All notices given under this Section shall also be given concurrently to the Company.
          (i) The Selling Shareholder shall at all times in soliciting or accepting any offers from any third party, condition such proposed sale on the execution of a deed of adherence under which the party to whom any Equity Shares and/or the Preferred Shares would be sold would agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. The Offeror shall, as a condition to the effectiveness of any Transfer of Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares contemplated in this Section 6.2, deliver to the Company (i) such Offeror’s deed of adherence agreeing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement upon consummation of the Transfer and (ii) any other information reasonably requested by the Company. The Selling Shareholder and/or the Offeror shall reimburse the Company for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any such Transfer.
          (j) It is agreed that the Founders or Travogue shall not have a right of first refusal in respect of a Transfer by Helion or Sierra of any Equity Shares or Preferred Shares. Further, Helion or Sierra shall have a right of first refusal in respect of a Transfer by the Founders or Travogue of any Equity Shares or Preferred Shares. It is agreed that SAIF and Tiger shall not have a right of first refusal in respect of a Transfer by Helion or Sierra to any Person of any Equity Shares or Preferred Shares, and likewise, Helion and Sierra shall not have a right of first refusal in respect of a Transfer by SAIF and Tiger of any Equity Shares or Preferred Shares. However, SAIF shall have a co-sale right in respect of a Transfer by Helion, Tiger or Sierra to any Person of any Equity Shares or Preferred Shares, and likewise, Helion, Tiger and Sierra shall have a co-sale right in respect of a Transfer by SAIF to any Person of any Equity Shares or Preferred Shares, such co-sale rights being hereinafter referred to as “ Special Co-Sale Rights ”. All such Special Co-Sale Rights shall be exercised by SAIF, Helion, Tiger or Sierra, as the case may be, in proportion to their fully diluted shareholding and in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.2(d) above. The provisions of Sections 6.2(d) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Special Co-Sale Rights so that the reference to the term Selling Shareholder and the reference to Other Shareholders shall mean Helion, Tiger, Sierra or SAIF, the reference to Offer Notice shall mean an offer notice given by the Selling Shareholder as understood in this Section 6.2(j), the reference to Offer Shares shall mean the Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares subject to the offer by the Selling Shareholder, the reference to Co-Sale Notice shall mean the notice provided by Other Shareholders as understood in this Section 6.2(j). It is further agreed that Helion or Sierra shall not Transfer any Equity Shares or Preferred Shares to any Competitors until the expiry of three (3) years from the Effective Date.

Page 25 of 66


 

It is agreed that in the event Helion or Sierra shall after three (3) years from the Effective Date Transfer any Equity Shares or Preferred Shares to any third party purchaser, including to a Competitor, such third party purchaser or Competitor shall not have the right to nominate a director on the Board of the Company or the right to vote on the veto matters specified in Schedule A hereto, unless such third party purchaser or Competitor, as the case may be, individually holds more than 8% of the share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis.
          (k) It is agreed that the rights specified in this Section 6.2 shall terminate upon occurrence of an IPO of the shares of the Company at an offering price of not less than 125% of the purchase price of the Series C Preferred Shares by the Series C Preferred Shareholders (as mentioned under the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement), and with aggregate sale proceeds of at least USD 20,000,000 to be received collectively by all the Preferred Shareholders under the IPO.
     6.2A Right of First Offer .
          (a) If any of Helion or Sierra shall desire at any time within three (3) years from the Effective Date to effect the Transfer of any of its Equity Shares and/or its Preferred Shares (the “ ROFO Offered Shares ”), then such selling Shareholder (“ ROFO Selling Shareholder ”) shall forthwith express its intention in writing to Transfer any of the ROFO Offered Shares to each other Shareholder excluding SAIF (each such Shareholder an Eligible Shareholder ”). SAIF shall not be entitled to this Right of First Offer. The Eligible Shareholder shall have the right to quote a price for the purchase of the ROFO Offered Shares to the ROFO Selling Shareholder within fourteen (14) days from date of receipt of the written intention of Transfer of the ROFO Offered Shares by the ROFO Selling Shareholder. Upon receipt by the ROFO Selling Shareholder of the written communication by the Eligible Shareholders containing the price offered by the Eligible Shareholders for purchase of the ROFO Offered Shares, the ROFO Selling Shareholder shall be entitled to find a third party purchaser, if any, within twenty-one (21) days from the date of receipt such written communication from the Eligible Shareholders, who are willing to purchase the ROFO Offered Shares at a price more than 5% of the price offered by the Eligible Shareholders for the purchase of the ROFO Offered Shares. If the ROFO Selling Shareholder fails to or is unable to find a third party purchaser within the time period specified above to purchase the ROFO Offered Shares at a price more than 5% of the price quoted by the Eligible Shareholders, and the ROFO Selling Shareholder proposes to sell its ROFO Offered Shares to the Eligible Shareholders, the ROFO Selling Shareholder will indicate in writing to the Eligible Shareholders of such fact (“ ROFO Offered Shares Availability Notice ”) and the Eligible Shareholders shall purchase the ROFO Offered Shares from the ROFO Selling Shareholder should the ROFO Selling Shareholder decide to sell the ROFO Offered Shares. In the event the Eligible Shareholders do not consummate the purchase of ROFO Offered Shares within 30 days from the receipt of the ROFO Offered Shares Availability Notice (“ Defaulting Holder ”), the ROFO Selling Shareholder shall be free to sell the ROFO Offered Shares to the third party purchaser at any price it deems fit, in its sole discretion. It is hereby agreed that the price quoted by the Eligible Shareholder for the first three times to the ROFO Selling Shareholder for the purchase of the ROFO Offered Shares under this Section 6.2A(a) shall not be binding on the Eligible Shareholder, and the Eligible Shareholder shall have the right to reject, negotiate or re-negotiate the price so quoted for the first three times by the Eligible Shareholder. Provided however that, it is agreed that the price quoted by the Eligible Shareholder for the fourth time to the ROFO Selling Shareholder for the purchase of the ROFO Offered Shares under this Section 6.2A(a) shall be binding on the Eligible Shareholder, and should the ROFO Selling Shareholder decide to sell the ROFO

Page 26 of 66


 

Offered Shares to the Eligible Shareholder, the sale of the ROFO Offered Shares to the Eligible Shareholder shall be at the price quoted by the Eligible Shareholder for the fourth time to the ROFO Selling Shareholder.
          (b) In the event the ROFO Selling Shareholder has sent a ROFO Offered Shares Availability Notice, each Eligible Shareholder shall have the right to purchase a number of the ROFO Offered Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of ROFO Offered Shares by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Equity Shares and Preferred Shares (calculated on a fully diluted basis) at the time owned by such Eligible Shareholder and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Equity Shares and Preferred Shares (calculated on a fully diluted basis) owned by all Eligible Shareholders (calculated on a fully diluted basis). Each Eligible Shareholder shall also have the option, exercisable to purchase on a pro rata basis any remaining ROFO Offered Shares not purchased by other Eligible Shareholders, in which case, the Eligible Shareholders exercising such further option shall be deemed to have elected to purchase such remaining ROFO Offered Shares on such pro rata basis, up to the aggregate number of Shares which such Eligible Shareholder shall have specified.
          (c) In the event that the ROFO Selling Shareholder sells the ROFO Offered Shares to a third party purchaser pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2A(a), such third party purchaser as a condition precedent to the purchase of the ROFO Offered Shares, or any part thereof, shall subscribe to the terms of this Agreement under a deed of adherence, and agree to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
          (d) In the event that a ROFO Selling Shareholder shall not have effected the Transfer of all of its ROFO Offered Shares within 120 days after the date of the notice expressing its written intention to Transfer the ROFO Offered Shares given pursuant to Section 6.2A(a), such ROFO Selling Shareholder shall not thereafter Transfer of any ROFO Offered Shares without first reoffering such Shares to each Eligible Shareholder in the manner set forth in Section 6.2A hereof.
          (e) It is agreed that Helion or Sierra shall not Transfer any Equity Shares or Preferred Shares to any Competitors until the expiry of three (3) years from the Effective Date. It is further agreed that after the expiry of three (3) years from the Effective Date, Helion or Sierra shall be entitled to Transfer any of its Equity Shares or Preferred Shares to any third party purchaser, including a Competitor. It is agreed that in the event Helion or Sierra shall, after three (3) years from the Effective Date, Transfer any Equity Shares or Preferred Shares to any third party purchaser, including to a Competitor in accordance with the terms specified in this sub-section (e), such third party purchaser or Competitor shall not have the right to nominate a director on the Board of the Company or the right to vote on the veto matters specified in Schedule A hereto unless such third party purchaser or Competitor, as the case may be, individually holds more than 8% of the share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis. It is hereby agreed and clarified that the right of first offer specified in Section 6.2A shall not apply in respect of a Transfer by SAIF of its Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares.
          (f) It is agreed that the rights specified in this Section 6.2A shall terminate upon occurrence of an IPO of the shares of Company at an offering price of not less than 125% of the purchase price of the Series C Preferred Shares by the Series C Preferred Shareholders (as mentioned under the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement), and with aggregate sale proceeds of at least USD 20,000,000 to be received collectively by all the Preferred Shareholders under the IPO.

Page 27 of 66


 

     6.3 Drag-Along Rights of Shareholder(s) .
          (a) If at any time after three (3) years from the Effective Date the Shareholder(s) then holding the largest number of Equity Shares together with the Shareholder(s) then holding the largest Percentage Interest of the Preferred Shares (the “ Majority Shareholders ”) entertain a bona fide arms’ length offer to purchase all of the Equity Shares and the Preferred Shares and any other Securities held by the Majority Shareholders or, together with the Majority Shareholders, any other Shareholders (such offer, a “ Buyout Offer ”) by any Person (the “ Buyer ”), each of the other Shareholders (each such Shareholder, a “ Minority Investor ”) hereby agrees if requested by the Majority Shareholder in connection with the Majority Shareholder’s acceptance of the Buyout Offer, to transfer for value to the Buyer all of the Equity Shares and the Preferred Shares and any other Securities then held by such Minority Investor in the manner and on the terms set forth in this Section 6.3 (a “ Drag Along Sale ”). For the purpose of this Section 6.3, the Founders and Travogue shall collectively be considered as one Shareholder.
          (b) The Majority Shareholders shall cause the Buyout Offer and all of the terms thereof to be reduced to writing and shall promptly notify the Minority Investors and the Company as to whether or not the Majority Shareholders intend to exercise its Drag Along Sale rights (such notice, the “ Drag Along Notice ”) in connection with such Buyout Offer. The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by a true copy of the Buyout Offer (which shall identify the Buyer and all relevant information in connection therewith). If the Majority Shareholders intend to effect the Drag Along Sale referred to in the Drag Along Notice on the same terms set forth in such notice, each Minority Investor shall be bound and obligated to Transfer all of the Equity Shares and the Preferred Shares and any other Securities then held by each such Minority Investor on the same terms and conditions as applicable to the Majority Shareholder with respect to the Equity Shares and/or the Preferred Shares and any other Securities being sold by the Majority Shareholder; provided, however, that the Series B Shareholders and Series C Shareholders shall be under no obligation to transfer their Preferred Shares (or Equity Shares convertible thereon), unless the proceeds to be received by such shareholders pursuant to the Buyout Offer exceed USD 101.14 per Series B Preferred Share (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like) and USD 107.88 per Series C Preferred Share (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like).
          (c) Within forty-five (45) calendar days after the date of the Drag Along Notice, the Majority Shareholders shall promptly notify each Minority Investor of the date on which the Drag Along Sale will be consummated, which date shall be no later than the later of (i) ninety (90) calendar days after the date of the Drag Along Notice and (ii) the satisfaction of any governmental approval or filing requirements, if any. Each Minority Investor may effect its participation in such Drag Along Sale hereunder by delivery to the Buyer, or to the Majority Shareholder for delivery to the Buyer, of one (1) or more instruments or certificates, properly endorsed for Transfer, representing all the Equity Shares and the Preferred Shares held by it together with the relevant stock transfer or share transfer forms. At the time of consummation of the Drag Along Sale, the Buyer shall remit directly to the Majority Shareholders and each participating Minority Investor that portion of the sale proceeds to which each such person is entitled by reason of its participation with respect thereto.
          (d) In the event that the Drag Along Sale is not consummated within the period required by this Section 6.3 or the Buyer fails timely to remit to each participating Minority Investor its respective portion of the sale proceeds, the Buyout Offer shall be deemed to lapse, and any Transfer of Equity Shares and Preferred Shares pursuant to such Buyout Offer

Page 28 of 66


 

shall be in violation of the provisions of this Agreement unless the Majority Shareholder sends a new Drag Along Notice and once again complies with the provisions of this Section 6.3 with respect to such Buyout Offer.
     6.4 [Section not utilized] .
     6.5 Exceptions .
          (a) Notwithstanding anything contained in Section VI of this Agreement, the restrictions set forth in Section VI of this Agreement with respect to the Transfer of any Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares shall not apply to any Transfer of Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares by SAIF to any of its Affiliates (an “ SAIF Affiliate ”) provided that at the time of such Transfer, such SAIF Affiliate (i) is not a Competitor, and (ii) does not hold an equity interest in a Competitor that represents 20% or more of the paid-up equity share capital or preferred/preference share capital of such Competitor. Each such SAIF Affiliate shall, as a condition to the effectiveness of any Transfer of Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares, deliver to the Company such SAIF Affiliate’s deed of adherence agreeing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement (including this Section 6.5(a) as it applies to SAIF) upon consummation of the Transfer.
          (b) Notwithstanding anything contained in Section VI of this Agreement, the restrictions set forth in Section VI of this Agreement with respect to the Transfer of any Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares shall not apply to (i) any Transfer of Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares by any of the Founders to Travogue, or by Travogue to any of the Founders, or any inter-se Transfer amongst the Founders, or by any of the Founders to their Relatives provided that such Transfers relate for the purpose of tax planning, estate planning and for such similar purposes, and that such Relative of the Founders shall, in each case, as a condition to the effectiveness of any Transfer of Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares, deliver to the Company such Relative’s deed of adherence agreeing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement (including this Section 6.5(b) as it applies to the Founders and Travogue) upon consummation of the Transfer.
          (c) Notwithstanding anything contained in Section VI of this Agreement, the restrictions set forth in Section VI of this Agreement with respect to the Transfer of any Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares shall not apply to any Transfer of Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares by Helion, Tiger or Sierra to any of its Affiliates provided that at the time of such Transfer, such Affiliate is not a Competitor. Each such Affiliate shall, as a condition to the effectiveness of any Transfer of Equity Shares and/or Preferred Shares, deliver to the Company such Affiliate’s deed of adherence agreeing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement (including this Section 6.5(c) as it applies to Helion and Sierra) upon consummation of the Transfer.
SECTION VII
ANTI-DILUTION
     7.1 Anti-Dilution – Equity Shares . Except for any (a) Equity Shares issued to the employees of the Company and/or any Subsidiary under any employee stock option plan approved by the Board; and (b) Equity Shares issued to SAIF pursuant to this Section 7.1; if the Company, at any time and from time to time after the date of this Agreement, issues additional Securities to any Person at a price per Security that is lower than the Equity Share Anti-Dilution Price or the price at which such Security is convertible into shares is less than the

Page 29 of 66


 

Equity Share Anti-Dilution Price, (such lower price per Security, the “ Equity Share Subsequent Issue Price ”), SAIF and the Preferred Shareholders shall have the right to cause the Company to issue, and the Founders, Travogue and SAIF, Helion, Tiger and Sierra shall cause the Company to issue, and the Company shall be obligated to issue, (x) such number of additional Equity Shares or Preferred Shares to SAIF and (y) such number of additional Preferred Shares to each of Helion, Tiger and Sierra such that the average consideration paid by (i) SAIF per Equity Share or Preferred Share to acquire all the Equity Shares or Preferred Shares issued to it by the Company through the time of such issuance (including the Equity Shares or Preferred Shares acquired by SAIF pursuant to this Section 7.1), and (ii) each of Helion, Tiger and Sierra per Preferred Share to acquire all the Preferred Shares issued to each of Helion, Tiger and Sierra by the Company through the time of issuance (including the Preferred Shares acquired by each of Helion, Tiger and Sierra pursuant to this Section 7.1) is equal to the Equity Share Subsequent Issue Price.
     7.2 Anti-Dilution – Series A Preferred Shares . Except for any Securities issued (a) to employees, consultants, officers or directors of the Company pursuant to preferred stock option plans or preferred stock purchase plans (in each case, approved by the Board); (b) to financial institutions in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financing or other similar financing arrangements, (c) pursuant to an IPO; (d) pursuant to any stock splits, stock dividends or like transactions; or (e) to a non-financial corporation in connection with a license, distribution, business development, or for other similar arrangements; if the Company, at any time and from time to time after the date of this Agreement, issues Securities to any Person at a price per Security that is lower than the Series A Purchase Price, but higher than the Equity Share Anti-Dilution Price, or the price at which Security is convertible into shares is less than the Series A Purchase Price, but higher than the Equity Share Anti-Dilution Price (such price per Security “ Series A Anti-Dilution Price ”), the holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall have the right to cause the Company to issue, and the Company shall be obligated to issue, such number of additional Series A Preferred Shares to each respective holder of Series A Preferred Shares, such that the average consideration paid by each respective holder of Series A Preferred Shares per Series A Preferred Share to acquire all the Series A Preferred Shares issued to each respective holder of Series A Preferred Shares by the Company through the time of such issuance (including the Series A Preferred Shares acquired by them pursuant to this Section 7.2) is equal to the Series A Anti-Dilution Price.
     7.3 Anti-Dilution – Series B Preferred Shares . Except for any Securities issued (i) to employees, consultants, officers or directors of the Company pursuant to preferred stock option plans or preferred stock purchase plans (in each case, approved by the Board); (ii) to financial institutions in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financing or other similar financing arrangements, (iii) pursuant to an IPO; (iv) pursuant to any stock splits, stock dividends or like transactions; or (v) to a non-financial corporation in connection with a license, distribution, business development, or for other similar arrangements; if the Company, at any time and from time to time after the date of this Agreement, issues Securities to any Person at a price per Security that is lower than the Series B Purchase Price, but higher than the Equity Share Anti-Dilution Price, or the price at which Security is convertible into shares is less than the Series B Purchase Price, but higher than the Equity Share Anti-Dilution Price (such price per Security “ Series B Anti-Dilution Price ”), the holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall have the right to cause the Company to issue, and the Company shall be obligated to issue, such number of additional Series B Preferred Shares to each respective holder of Series B Preferred Shares, such that the average consideration paid by each respective holder of Series B Preferred Shares per Series B Preferred Share to acquire all the Series B Preferred

Page 30 of 66


 

Shares issued to each respective holder of Series B Preferred Shares by the Company through the time of such issuance (including the Series B Preferred Shares acquired by them pursuant to this Section 7.3) is equal to the Series B Anti-Dilution Price.
     7.4 Anti-Dilution – Series C Preferred Shares. Except for any Securities issued (i) to employees, consultants, officers or directors of the Company pursuant to preferred stock option plans or preferred stock purchase plans (in each case, approved by the Board); (ii) to financial institutions in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financing or other similar financing arrangements, (iii) pursuant to an IPO; (iv) pursuant to any stock splits, stock dividends or like transactions; or (v) to a non-financial corporation in connection with a license, distribution, business development, or for other similar arrangements; if the Company, at any time and from time to time after the date of this Agreement, issues Securities to any Person at a price per Security that is lower than the Series C Purchase Price, but higher than the Equity Share Anti-Dilution Price, or the price at which Security is convertible into shares is less than the Series C Purchase Price, but higher than the Equity Share Anti-Dilution Price (such price per Security “Series C Anti-Dilution Price”), the holders of Series C Preferred Shares shall have the right to cause the Company to issue, and the Company shall be obligated to issue, such number of additional Series C Preferred Shares to each respective holder of Series C Preferred Shares, such that the average consideration paid by each respective holder of Series C Preferred Shares per Series C Preferred Share to acquire all the Series C Preferred Shares issued to each respective holder of Series C Preferred Shares by the Company through the time of such issuance (including the Series C Preferred Shares acquired by them pursuant to this Section 7.4) is equal to the Series C Anti-Dilution Price.
It is agreed that the above Section 7.1, Section 7.2, Section 7.3 and Section 7.4 shall cease to be operative upon consummation of an IPO of the shares of Company or a Subsidiary at an offering price of not less than 125% of the purchase price of the Series C Preferred Shares by the Series C Preferred Shareholders (as mentioned under the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement), and with aggregate sale proceeds of at least USD 20,000,000 to be received collectively by all the Preferred Shareholders under the IPO.
SECTION VIII
INFORMATION RIGHTS
     8.1 Inspection . The Company shall permit (i) the Founders, or any authorized representative thereof, as long as Deep Kalra is in employment with the Company and/or any Subsidiary, (ii) SAIF, or any authorized representative thereof, and (iii) Helion, Tiger or Sierra, or any of their authorized representatives to visit and inspect the properties of the Company, including its corporate and financial records, and to discuss its business finances and accounts with officers of the Company, during normal business hours following reasonable notice and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided that the normal functioning of the Company shall not in any way be affected. It is hereby agreed that (i) the Founders shall not have the rights of inspection specified herein in the event the Founders, Travogue and the employees of the Company and the Subsidiaries jointly hold less than 5% of the issued and paid up share capital of Company on a fully diluted basis, (ii) SAIF shall not have the rights of inspection specified herein in the event SAIF holds less than 5% of the issued and paid up share capital of Company on a fully diluted basis, and (iii) Helion, Tiger and Sierra, respectively, shall not have the rights of inspection specified herein in the event either Helion, Tiger or Sierra, respectively, holds less than 5% of the share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis.

Page 31 of 66


 

     8.2 Financial Statements and Other Information .
          (a) The Company shall deliver and shall cause the Subsidiaries to deliver the following to each of the Founders, SAIF, Helion, Tiger and Sierra for so long as there has been no consummation of an IPO of the shares of Company or a Subsidiary at an offering price of not less than 125% of the purchase price of the Series C Preferred Shares by the Series C Preferred Shareholders (as mentioned under the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement), and with aggregate sale proceeds of at least USD 20,000,000 to be received collectively by all the Preferred Shareholders under the IPO:
               (i) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company and its Subsidiaries, beginning with the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008, an audited balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and audited statements of income and of cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such year, certified by certified public accountants, and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures from the previous fiscal year, with an explanation of any unusual difference between them, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants of international standing selected by the Board and a report by management with a discussion of the Company’s and Subsidiaries’ business, including any changes in the Company’s and Subsidiaries’ financial condition and any significant business developments;
               (ii) within thirty (30) days after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company and its Subsidiaries, beginning with the quarter ended June 30, 2008, an unaudited balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and unaudited statements of income and of cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such quarter and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end adjustment need not have been made, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures from the previous fiscal year, with an explanation of any material differences between them. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report by management with a discussion of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business, including any changes in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ financial condition and any significant business developments;
               (iii) as soon as available, but in any event no less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of each new fiscal year, an annual budget and operating plans for such fiscal year (and as soon as available, subsequent revisions thereto) of the Company and its Subsidiaries to be approved by the Board;
               (iv) as soon as available, but in any event no later than fifteen (15) days following the close of the month, monthly financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
               (v) with reasonable promptness, such other information and data pertaining to the Company and its affairs as (A) the Founders as long as Deep Kalra is in employment with the Company and/or any Subsidiary, and/or (B) SAIF may from time to time reasonably request, and/or (C) Helion, Tiger or Sierra may from time to time reasonably request; provided that the cost and expenses relating and incidental to preparation of such other information and data shall be borne by the Party requesting the same; and

Page 32 of 66


 

               (vi) such other notices, information and data with respect to the Company as the Company transmits to the holders of its capital stock at the same time it transmits such items to such holders.
          (b) The Company shall also deliver to each Shareholder, regardless of its stock holdings, its and its Subsidiaries annual reports required under Section 8.2(a)(i).
          (c) The foregoing financial statements shall be prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis if the Company then has any subsidiaries.
          (d) The financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 8.2(a)(ii) shall be accompanied by a certificate of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer stating that such statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted) and fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries at the date thereof and for the periods covered thereby.
     8.3 Material Changes and Litigation . The Company will promptly notify SAIF of any material adverse change in the business, properties, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole on a consolidated basis, and of any event or litigation or governmental proceeding or investigation pending or, to the reasonable knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or against any officer, director, key employee or principal stockholder of the Company or its Subsidiaries materially affecting, or that, if adversely determined, would materially adversely affect, the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ present or then proposed business, properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise), and management’s proposed response thereto, taken as a whole on a consolidated basis.
     8.4 Termination of Information Rights . It is agreed that the rights contained in this Section 8 shall terminate upon consummation of an IPO of the shares of Company or the Subsidiary at an offering price of not less than 125% of the purchase price of the Series C Preferred Shares by the Series C Preferred Shareholders (as mentioned under the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement), and with aggregate sale proceeds of at least USD 20,000,000 to be received collectively by all the Preferred Shareholders under the IPO.
ARRANGEMENTS REGARDING TRANSFER
     8.5 Closing . Any Transfer shall be completed at the Company’s registered office or another agreed location, on the date specified for closing. At such time, the transferor(s) shall Transfer to the transferee(s) good and valid title to the Equity Shares or Preferred Shares being transferred and shall deliver to the transferee(s) certificates, duly endorsed in blank for Transfer by the holders of record and other documents of title evidencing ownership of the Equity Shares or Preferred Shares being Transferred. In addition, if the transferor(s) Transfer(s) all but not less than all of the Equity Shares or Preferred Shares held by such transferor(s) in the Company, such transferor(s) shall deliver to the Company all records, accounts and other documents in its possession belonging to the Company. Simultaneously, the transferee(s) shall pay to the transferor(s) the purchase price payable for the Equity Shares or Preferred Shares being Transferred in the manner reasonably requested by the transferor(s). The Company shall accordingly effect the recording of the Transfer of the Equity Shares or Preferred Shares in its books and records in accordance with all Applicable Laws. If (i) Helion or Sierra transfers its

Page 33 of 66


 

Preferred Shares or Equity Shares (issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares) such that upon completion of such Transfer, Helion or Sierra individually holds less than 5% of the share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis, or (ii) the Founders transfer the Preferred Shares or Equity Shares or other Securities held by them such that Founders jointly hold less than 5% of the share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis, or (iii) SAIF transfers its Preferred Shares or Equity Shares (issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares) such that upon completion of such Transfer, SAIF individually holds less than 5% of the share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis, then Helion, Sierra, Founders, or SAIF, as the case may be, shall promptly deliver to the Company the resignations and releases of its nominees on the Board, all such resignations to be effective no later than the time of delivery. For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby clarified that Travogue and the Founders shall collectively, be considered as one transferor, and the Equity Share capital held by the employees of the Company and the Subsidiaries on a fully diluted basis shall be included while computing the percentage of the Equity Share capital of the Company held by Founders and Travogue on a fully diluted basis.
SECTION IX
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES & COVENANTS
     9.1 Representations and Warranties of Travogue . Travogue hereby represents and warrants to and for the benefit of SAIF, Helion, Tiger and Sierra that:
          (a) It has been duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation;
          (b) It has the corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;
          (c) This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;
          (d) It is not a party to, bound or affected by or subject to any indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, instrument, charter or by-law provision, statute, regulation, judgment, decree or law that would be violated, contravened, breached by or under which default would occur or under which any payment or repayment would be accelerated as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions provided for in this Agreement; and
          (e) No consents or approvals of or filings or registrations with any Governmental Authority are necessary to the reasonable knowledge of Travogue, and no consents or approvals of or filings or registrations with any third party are necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by Travogue of this Agreement and the consummation by Travogue of the transactions contemplated hereby except such consents or approvals that have already been obtained and filings or registrations that have already been made or are required to be made pursuant to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     9.2 Representations and Warranties of the Founders . Each of the Founders severally represents and warrants as to itself and for the benefit of SAIF, Helion, Tiger and Sierra that:

Page 34 of 66


 

          (a) It has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;
          (b) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;
          (c) It is not a party to, bound or affected by or subject to any indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, instrument, charter or by-law provision, statute, regulation, judgment, decree or law that would be violated, contravened, breached by or under which default would occur or under which any payment or repayment would be accelerated as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions provided for in this Agreement; and
          (d) It has obtained all approvals, sanctions, and permissions as are necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
      9.2A Representations and Warranties of SAIF . SAIF hereby represents and warrants to and for the benefit of Travogue, Founders, Helion, Sierra, Tiger and the Company that:
          (a) It has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization;
          (b) It has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;
          (c) This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;
          (d) It is not a party to, bound or affected by or subject to any indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, instrument, charter or by-law provision, statute, regulation, judgment, decree or law that would be violated, contravened, breached by or under which default would occur or under which any payment or repayment would be accelerated as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions provided for in this Agreement; and
          (e) No consents or approvals of or filings or registrations with any Governmental Authority are necessary to the reasonable knowledge of SAIF, and no consents or approvals of or filings or registrations with any third party are necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by SAIF of this Agreement and the consummation by SAIF of the transactions contemplated hereby except such consents or approvals that have already been obtained and filings or registrations that have already been made or are required to be made pursuant to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
      9.2B Representations and Warranties of Helion . Helion hereby represents and warrants to and for the benefit of Travogue, Founders, SAIF, Sierra, Tiger and the Company that:

Page 35 of 66


 

          (f) It has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization;
          (g) It has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;
          (h) This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;
          (i) It is not a party to, bound or affected by or subject to any indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, instrument, charter or by-law provision, statute, regulation, judgment, decree or law that would be violated, contravened, breached by or under which default would occur or under which any payment or repayment would be accelerated as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions provided for in this Agreement; and
          (j) No consents or approvals of or filings or registrations with any Governmental Authority are necessary to the reasonable knowledge of Helion, and no consents or approvals of or filings or registrations with any third party are necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by Helion of this Agreement and the consummation by Helion of the transactions contemplated hereby except such consents or approvals that have already been obtained and filings or registrations that have already been made or are required to be made pursuant to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
      9.2C Representations and Warranties of Sierra . Sierra hereby represents and warrants to and for the benefit of Travogue, Founders, SAIF, Helion, Tiger and the Company that:
          (k) It has been duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation;
          (l) It has the corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;
          (m) This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;
          (n) It is not a party to, bound or affected by or subject to any indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, instrument, charter or by-law provision, statute, regulation, judgment, decree or law that would be violated, contravened, breached by or under which default would occur or under which any payment or repayment would be accelerated as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions provided for in this Agreement; and
          (o) No consents or approvals of or filings or registrations with any Governmental Authority are necessary to the reasonable knowledge of Sierra, and no consents or approvals of or filings or registrations with any third party are necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by Sierra of this Agreement and the consummation by Sierra of the

Page 36 of 66


 

transactions contemplated hereby except such consents or approvals that have already been obtained and filings or registrations that have already been made or are required to be made pursuant to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
      9.2D Representations and Warranties of PIP IV . PIP IV hereby represents and warrants to and for the benefit of Travogue, the Founders, SAIF, Helion, Sierra and the Company that: It has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization;
          (b) It has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;
          (c) This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;
          (d) It is not a party to, bound or affected by or subject to any indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, instrument, charter or by-law provision, statute, regulation, judgment, decree or law that would be violated, contravened, breached by or under which default would occur or under which any payment or repayment would be accelerated as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions provided for in this Agreement; and
          (e) No consents or approvals of or filings or registrations with any Governmental Authority are necessary to the reasonable knowledge of PIP IV, and no consents or approvals of or filings or registrations with any third party are necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by PIP IV of this Agreement and the consummation by PIP IV of the transactions contemplated hereby except such consents or approvals that have already been obtained and filings or registrations that have already been made or are required to be made pursuant to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
      9.2E Representations and Warranties of Fixel, Dewan and Shleifer . Each of Fixel, Dewan and Shleifer severally represents and warrants as to itself and for the benefit of SAIF, Helion, PIP IV, PIP V and Sierra that:
          (e) It has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;
          (f) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;
          (g) It is not a party to, bound or affected by or subject to any indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, instrument, charter or by-law provision, statute, regulation, judgment, decree or law that would be violated, contravened, breached by or under which default would occur or under which any payment or repayment would be accelerated as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions provided for in this Agreement; and

Page 37 of 66


 

          (h) It has obtained all approvals, sanctions, and permissions as are necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
      9.2D Representations and Warranties of PIP V . PIP V hereby represents and warrants to and for the benefit of Travogue, the Founders, SAIF, Helion, Sierra and the Company that: It has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization;
          (b) It has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;
          (c) This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;
          (d) It is not a party to, bound or affected by or subject to any indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, instrument, charter or by-law provision, statute, regulation, judgment, decree or law that would be violated, contravened, breached by or under which default would occur or under which any payment or repayment would be accelerated as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions provided for in this Agreement; and
          (e) No consents or approvals of or filings or registrations with any Governmental Authority are necessary to the reasonable knowledge of PIP V, and no consents or approvals of or filings or registrations with any third party are necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by PIP V of this Agreement and the consummation by PIP V of the transactions contemplated hereby except such consents or approvals that have already been obtained and filings or registrations that have already been made or are required to be made pursuant to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     9.3 Company’s Representations and Warranties .
          (a) The Company represents and warrants to and for the benefit of SAIF, Helion, Tiger and Sierra and covenants with SAIF, Helion, Tiger and Sierra that during the term of this Agreement, it shall not recognize any Transfer of Equity Shares by SAIF, Helion, Tiger, Sierra, the Founders or Travogue or any other Shareholders if such Transfer occurs otherwise than in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and that no Transfer of Equity Shares shall be registered or noted on the Company’s books and records unless the Board (including a nominee of SAIF, nominee of Helion, nominee of Sierra and the chief executive officer of the Company, or any Subsidiary, nominated by the Founders) is reasonably satisfied that such Transfer is being made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     9.4 Other Covenants . The Parties covenant and agree as follows:
          (a) Amendment of Charter Documents . On the Effective Date, the Constitution shall be amended and restated in conformity with this Agreement to reflect the rights and obligations of the Shareholders and in order to give effect to the terms hereof under

Page 38 of 66


 

Applicable Law, and all of the restrictions on the transferability of Equity Shares and Preferred Shares that are provided for in this Agreement shall, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, be expressly restated in the Constitution of the Company. Prior to the amendment of the Constitution, the Shareholders will act in accordance with the provisions hereof and shall act as if such amendments to the Constitution had already become effective. The amended and restated Constitution shall be adopted by the Board or the Shareholders, as may be required under Applicable Law, on or prior to the Effective Date.
          (b) Appointment of Statutory Auditor . Subject to the provisions of Schedule A, the Directors nominated to the Board by SAIF shall be entitled to propose a recommendation for statutory auditor to be appointed for the Company, and the other Shareholders agree that they will use their reasonable efforts to cause the Directors nominated by them to vote in favor of the statutory auditor so nominated. The Shareholders further agree that they will vote in favor of such recommendation by the Board of the Company at the meeting of the Shareholders at which such recommendation is considered. To the extent possible, the statutory auditor shall be one of the big 4 accounting firms or their local Affiliate.
          (c) Transactions with the Company . Neither any Shareholder nor its Affiliates shall engage in any transaction with the Company that is less favourable to the Company than the terms that would be available to the Company in a comparable transaction which is conducted on the basis of arm’s-length dealings with a third party.
          (d) Business in Competition with Compan y. So long as SAIF holds any Equity Shares or Preferred Shares in the Company, SAIF shall not acquire or invest, directly or indirectly, in a Competitor. Without the consent of the Company, Helion, Tiger and Sierra shall not acquire or invest, directly or indirectly, in a Competitor until the earlier of either (i) 3 (three) years after the Effective Date or (ii) an IPO of the Company or any Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this subsection (d) shall preclude either (i) the sale, by acquisition, merger or otherwise, of a business entity in which an Investor is a minority shareholder to a Competitor, or (ii) the acquisition of a Competitor by a business entity in which an Investor is a minority shareholder.
          (e) Dividends .
               (i) Subject to Section 5.4 of this Agreement, the Series C Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive dividends on a non-cumulative basis and at the rate of 8% per annum on their Series C Preferred Shares, prior and in preference to any dividend being paid or declared on the Series B Preferred Shares, the Series A Preferred Shares or the Equity Shares. The Series C Preferred Shareholders shall not be entitled to receive such dividends on the Series C Preferred Shares upon consummation of an IPO of the shares of the Company or a Subsidiary at an offering price of not less than 125% of the purchase price of the Series C Preferred Shares by the Series C Preferred Shareholders (as mentioned under the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement) and with aggregate sale proceeds of at least USD 20,000,000 to be received collectively by all the Preferred Shareholders under the IPO.
               (ii) Subject to Section 5.4 of this Agreement, the Series B Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive dividends on a non-cumulative basis and at the rate of 8% per annum on their Series B Preferred Shares, prior and in preference to any dividend being paid or declared on the Series A Preferred Shares or the Equity Shares. The Series B Preferred Shareholders shall not be entitled to receive such dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares upon consummation of an IPO of the shares of the Company or a Subsidiary at an offering price

Page 39 of 66


 

of not less than 125% of the purchase price of the Series C Preferred Shares by the Series C Preferred Shareholders (as mentioned under the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement) and with aggregate sale proceeds of at least USD 20,000,000 to be received collectively by all the Preferred Shareholders under the IPO.
               (iii) Subject to Section 5.4 of this Agreement, the Series A Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive dividends on a non-cumulative basis and at the rate of 8% per annum on their Series A Preferred Shares, prior and in preference to any dividend being paid or declared on the Equity Shares. The Series A Preferred Shareholders shall not be entitled to receive such dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares upon consummation of an IPO of the shares of the Company or a Subsidiary at an offering price of not less than 125% of the purchase price of the Series C Preferred Shares by the Series C Preferred Shareholders (as mentioned under the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement) and with aggregate sale proceeds of at least USD 20,000,000 to be received collectively by all the Preferred Shareholders under the IPO.
               (iv) After payment of such dividends, any additional dividends or distributions shall be distributed among all holders of Equity Shares and Preferred Shares in proportion to the number of Equity Shares that would be held by each such holder if all Preferred Shares were converted to Equity Shares at the then effective conversion rate.
          (f) Liquidation Preference .
               (i) Upon occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the Series C Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive prior and in preference to any distribution of the proceeds of such Liquidation Event to the Series B Preferred Shareholders, the Series A Preferred Shareholders and the Equity Shareholders, the greater of (i) an amount equal to 100% of the purchase price of the Series C Preferred Shares (as mentioned under the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement) together with any accrued and unpaid dividends, or (ii) the percentage of proceeds received by the Company on liquidation or winding up (after payment of all liabilities and expenses of the Company) as has a direct relationship to the percentage of Series C Preferred Shares held by the Series C Preferred Shareholders in the total share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis. This Section 9.4(f)(i) shall cease to be operative upon consummation of an IPO of the shares of Company or a Subsidiary at an offering price of not less than 125% of the purchase price of the Series C Preferred Shares by the Series C Preferred Shareholders (as mentioned under the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement) and with aggregate sale proceeds of at least USD 20,000,000 to be received collectively by all the Preferred Shareholders under the IPO.
               (ii) Upon occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the Series B Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive prior and in preference to any distribution of the proceeds of such Liquidation Event to the Series A Shareholders and the Equity Shareholders, the greater of (i) an amount equal to 100% of the purchase price of the Series B Preferred Shares (as mentioned under the Series B Preferred Share Subscription Agreement dated as of August 8, 2007 by and among the Company, SAIF, the Founders, Helion, Sierra, PIP IV, Fixel, Dewan and Shleifer, the “ Series B Subscription Agreement ”) together with any accrued and unpaid dividends, or (ii) the percentage of proceeds received by the Company on liquidation or winding up (after payment of all liabilities and expenses of the Company) as has a direct relationship to the percentage of Series B Preferred Shares held by the Series B Preferred Shareholders in the total share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis. This Section 9.4(f)(ii) shall cease to be operative upon consummation of an IPO of the shares of Company or

Page 40 of 66


 

a Subsidiary at an offering price of not less than 125% of the purchase price of the Series C Preferred Shares by the Series C Preferred Shareholders (as mentioned under the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement) and with aggregate sale proceeds of at least USD 20,000,000 to be received collectively by all the Preferred Shareholders under the IPO.
               (iii) Upon occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the Series A Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive prior and in preference to any distribution of the proceeds of such Liquidation Event to the Equity Shareholders, the greater of (i) an amount equal to 100% of the purchase price of the Series A Preferred Shares (as mentioned under the [Equity Share Subscription Agreement]) together with any accrued and unpaid dividends, or (ii) the percentage of proceeds received by the Company on liquidation or winding up (after payment of all liabilities and expenses of the Company) as has a direct relationship to the percentage of Series A Preferred Shares held by the Series A Preferred Shareholders in the total share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis. This Section 9.4(f)(iii) shall cease to be operative upon consummation of an IPO of the shares of Company or the Subsidiary at an offering price of not less than 125% of the purchase price of the Series C Preferred Shares by the Series C Preferred Shareholders (as mentioned under the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement) and with aggregate sale proceeds of at least USD 20,000,000 to be received collectively by all the Preferred Shareholders under the IPO.
               (iv) Upon completion of the distribution required by Section 9.4(f)(i), Section 9.4(f)(ii) and Section 9.4(f)(iii) all of the remaining proceeds of a Liquidation Event shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Shares and Equity Shares pro rata based on the number of Equity Shares held by each (assuming full conversion of all such Preferred Shares).
          (g) Redemption of Preferred Shares . Subject to Section 5.4 of this Agreement, the Series C Preferred Shares may be redeemed upon approval of those holding a majority of the Series C Preferred Shares, the Series B Preferred Shares may be redeemed upon approval of those holding a majority of the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series A Preferred Shares may be redeemed upon approval of those holding a majority of the Series A Preferred Shares. Additionally, subject to Section 5.4 of this Agreement and in the event of non-consummation of an IPO of the Company within four (4) years from the Effective Date, the Preferred Shares may be redeemed by the Company at any time after four (4) years from the Effective Date at the price at which such Preferred Shares were purchased by SAIF, Helion, Tiger and Sierra (as mentioned in the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement, the Series B Subscription Agreement and [the Equity Share Subscription Agreement], as applicable), as equitably adjusted for share splits, share combinations, share dividends and recapitalizations plus any accrued and unpaid dividend declared on the Preferred Shares.
          (h) It is agreed that neither the Company nor any of the Founders, Travogue, SAIF, Helion, Tiger or Sierra shall pay a finder’s fee, commission or brokerage in cash or any other form of consideration in relation to the Financing.
          (i) It is agreed that no Preferred Shareholder (or such Preferred Shareholder becoming an Equity Shareholder upon conversion of Preferred Shares to Equity Shares) shall sell, dispose of or otherwise create any encumbrance on the Preferred Shares (or Equity Shares issued upon conversion) other than the Registrable Shares for a period of 180 days after the IPO of the Company or its Subsidiaries if all the directors, officers and other nominal shareholders of the Company are similarly bound by this restriction. For this purpose, it is agreed that the Company shall ensure that all present and future holders of shares of more than

Page 41 of 66


 

or equal to 1% of the share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis (including all option holders or warrant holders) execute an agreement agreeing to be bound by this lock-in restriction specified in this sub-section (i).
     9.5 Survival of Representations . All of the representations, warranties and covenants made in this Agreement shall survive and continue to be in effect after the execution of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be continuing and in full force and effect.
     9.6 Travogue Transfer . Each of the Founders and Travogue agree, acknowledge and confirm that notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, so long as Travogue holds any Equity Shares in the Company, except with the prior written consent of each of the Investors, (a) the shares of Travogue will not be Transferred to any Person other than to an individual who is a Founder or a Relative of a Founder for the purpose of tax planning, estate planning and for such similar purposes; and (b) they or any of them will not enter into any arrangement, agreement or understanding with any Person (other than a Founder or a Relative of such Founder) with respect to the Transfer of any shares (or any rights associated with such shares) of Travogue; and (c) they will not take any actions or enter into any arrangements, agreements or understandings in respect of, or otherwise Transfer, any assets of Travogue; provided, however that without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the consent of each Investor shall not be unreasonably withheld if the Founders intend to restructure Travogue or wind-up Travogue in connection with an IPO by the Company or any Subsidiary. Each of the Founders and Travogue further agree, acknowledge and confirm that if (x) any of the shares of Travogue are proposed to be Transferred to a Relative of a Founder, or (y) any arrangement, agreement or understanding is proposed to be entered into by any of Transfer of any shares the Founders or Travogue with a Relative of a Founder with respect to the of Travogue to such Relative of a Founder, each of the Founders and Travogue will ensure that such Relative shall, in each case, as a condition to the effectiveness of any such Transfer of shares of Travogue to such Relative, deliver to the Company such Relative’s deed of adherence agreeing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement upon the consummation of any such Transfer, including all of the restrictions set forth in this Section 9.6 as it applies to the Founders. In addition, each of the Founders and any Relative of a Founder who holds any shares of Travogue shall, and shall cause Travogue to, maintain its articles of association such that the restrictions on the Transfer of shares of Travogue contemplated under this Section 9.6 are duly incorporated in the articles of association of Travogue.
     9.7 General Covenants .
          (a) Covenants . Each of the Founders hereby jointly and severally covenants to the following:
               (i) Obligations and Taxes . The Founders shall cause the Company to (A) comply with all obligations pursuant to any contract or agreement, whether oral or written, express or implied, as such obligations become due and (B) promptly pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed upon its properties or upon the income or profits therefrom and all claims for labor, materials or supplies which if unpaid would by law become a lien upon any property, unless and to the extent that the obligations set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) in this Section 9.7(a) are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves (as determined in accordance with the generally acceptable accounting principles) have been established on its books with respect thereto.

Page 42 of 66


 

               (ii) Material Law . The Founders shall cause the Company to comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations of all governmental authorities, the violation of which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition, operating results, assets, operations or business prospects of the Company or any Subsidiary.
               (iii) Corporate Opportunity . Each Founder (for so long as such Founder holds any Equity Shares, or is employed by or serves as a director or officer of the Company or a Subsidiary), shall bring all investment or business opportunities relating to the Company Business to the Company of which any of the foregoing become aware and which they believe are, or may be, within the scope of the Company Business or any of its Subsidiaries or are otherwise competitive with the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
     9.8 Conversion Procedure .
          (a) At any time and from time to time, the Preferred Shareholders may convert all or any portion of the Preferred Shares held by them into Equity Shares.
          (b) Except as otherwise provided herein, each conversion of Preferred Shares shall be deemed to have been effected upon the Company taking on record the surrender of Preferred Shares and upon the Company issuing the share certificate representing the Equity Shares issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares. At the time any such conversion has been effected, the rights (i.e., those rights to which a Preferred Shareholder is entitled solely by virtue of being a Preferred Shareholder) of the Preferred Shareholders converting their Preferred Shares shall cease and the converting Preferred Shareholders to the extent to which they convert their Preferred Shares shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of Equity Shares represented thereby.
          (c) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a conversion of Preferred Shares is to be made in connection with an IPO, a Liquidation Event or other transaction affecting the Company, the conversion of any shares of Preferred Shares may, at the election of the Preferred Shareholders, be conditioned upon the consummation of such transaction, in which case such conversion shall not be deemed to be effective until such transaction has been consummated.
          (d) If there is a change such that the securities issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares are issued by an entity other than the Company or if there is a change in the type or class of securities so issuable, then the term “ Equity Share ” shall mean one share of the security issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares if such security is issuable in shares, or shall mean the smallest unit in which such security is issuable if such security is not issuable in shares.
          (e) As soon as possible after a conversion has been effected (but in any event within five business days in the case of subparagraph (i) below), the Company shall deliver to the Preferred Shareholders:
               (i) a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Equity Shares issuable by reason of such conversion in such name or names and such denomination or denominations as the Preferred Shareholders have specified;

Page 43 of 66


 

               (ii) payment in an amount equal to all accrued dividends with respect to each Preferred Share converted which have been declared and not been paid prior thereto; and
               (iii) a certificate representing any Preferred Shares which were represented by the certificate or certificates delivered to the Company in connection with such conversion but which Preferred Shares were not converted.
          (f) The Company shall declare the payment of all dividends payable on the Preferred Shares. If the Company is not permitted under Applicable Law to pay any portion of the declared and accrued and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Shares being converted, the Company shall pay such dividends to the Preferred Shareholders as soon thereafter as funds of the Company are legally available for such payment. At the request of the Preferred Shareholders, the Company shall provide the Preferred Shareholders with written evidence of its obligation to the Preferred Shareholders.
          (g) The issuance of share certificates for Equity Shares upon conversion of Preferred Shares shall be made without charge to the Preferred Shareholders for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Company in connection with such conversion and the related issuance of shares of Equity Shares. Upon conversion of each share of Preferred Shares, the Company shall take all such actions as are necessary in order to ensure that the Equity Shares issuable with respect to such conversion shall be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all taxes, liens, charges and encumbrances with respect to the issuance thereof.
          (h) The Company shall not close its books against the transfer of Preferred Shares or of Equity Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Shares in any manner which interferes with the timely conversion of Preferred Shares. Provided, however, that the Company shall be entitled to close such books if the Company has provided such Preferred Shareholders (or Equity Shareholders) as the case may be a notice specifying the date of closure of the books and such Preferred Shareholder (or Equity Shareholder) does not notify the Company and take necessary action for having its shares converted within fifteen (15) days from the date of issue of notice by the Company. The Company shall assist and cooperate with the Preferred Shareholders to make any governmental filings or obtain any governmental approval prior to or in connection with any conversion of Preferred Shares hereunder (including, without limitation, making any filings required to be made by the Company).
          (i) The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Equity Shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the Preferred Shares, such number of shares of Equity Shares issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Shares. The Company shall take all such actions as may be necessary to assure that all such shares of Equity Shares may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or governmental regulation or any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which shares of Equity Shares may be listed (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately delivered by the Company upon each such issuance). The Company shall not take any action which would cause the number of authorized but unissued shares of Equity Shares to be less than the number of such shares required to be reserved hereunder for issuance upon conversion of the Preferred Shares.
          (j) If the Equity Shares issuable by reason of conversion of Preferred Shares are convertible into or exchangeable for any other share or Securities of the Company,

Page 44 of 66


 

the Company shall, at the Preferred Shareholders’ option, upon surrender of the Preferred Shares to be converted by the Preferred Shareholders as provided herein together with any notice, statement or payment required to effect such conversion or exchange of Equity Shares, deliver to the Preferred Shareholders or as otherwise specified by the Preferred Shareholders a certificate or certificates representing the shares or Securities into which the shares of Equity Shares issuable by reason of such conversion are so convertible or exchangeable, registered in such name or names and in such denomination or denominations as the Preferred Shareholders have specified.
          (k) One Preferred Share shall be converted into one Equity Share (“ Conversion Ratio ”). In order to prevent dilution of the conversion rights granted under this Section 9.8(k), the conversion ratio shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with this Section 9.8(k). If the Company at any time subdivides (by any share split, share dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) one or more classes of its outstanding shares of Equity Shares into a greater number of shares, the Conversion Ratio in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and if the Company at any time combines (by reverse share split or otherwise) one or more classes of its outstanding shares of Equity Shares into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Ratio in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.
          (l) The Company shall keep at its principal office a register for the registration of conversion of the Preferred Shares to Equity Shares.
          (m) Effect of Conversion . Upon conversion of the Preferred Shares into Equity Shares in accordance with the procedure set forth in this Section 9.8, the holders of the Equity Shares received upon conversion of Preferred Shares shall continue to have the rights available to them under this Agreement except the rights of liquidation preference and dividend at a fixed coupon rate of 8% linked to the Preferred Shares.
SECTION X
INDEMNIFICATION; CONFIDENTIALITY
     10.1 Indemnification . Each Shareholder agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of the Company, the other Shareholder(s), and their respective lawful successors and assigns from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements in connection therewith and interest chargeable thereon) asserted against or incurred by the Company or such other Shareholder(s) that arise out of, result from, or may be payable by virtue of, any breach or non-performance of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made or obligation to be performed by the indemnifying Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that the indemnifying Shareholder shall not be liable (whether in contract, tort, misrepresentation, warranty, negligence, strict liability or otherwise) for any special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, or any performance, non-performance or breach hereof; provided, however, that any Shareholders’ maximum aggregate liability to the Company and the other Shareholders under this Agreement shall not in any event exceed the price at which the Preferred Shares and/or Equity Shares, as the case may be, were purchased by the respective Shareholder (as such price may be equitably adjusted for share splits, share combinations, share dividends, recapitalizations and the like).
     10.2 Confidentiality . Any communications between the Parties, the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement and any other

Page 45 of 66


 

documents contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereunder and there under, and any other information and other material supplied to or received by a Party from any other Party which is either marked “Confidential” or is by its nature intended to be exclusively for the knowledge of the recipient alone and any information concerning the business of the Company, or the business, transactions, operations or financial arrangements of the disclosing Party or of any Person with whom any of them has a confidential relationship (together, the “ Confidential Information ”), shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third Persons (other than to the recipient’s Affiliates or their officers, employees and advisers on a need to know basis) unless or until:
          (a) such information is received from a third Person without any condition of confidentiality; or
          (b) the recipient is compelled to disclose such information by any governmental authority or pursuant to Applicable Law; or
          (c) the recipient can reasonably demonstrate that the information is available in the public domain, whereupon, to the extent that it is public, this obligation shall cease; or
          (d) it is required to be furnished to the bankers of or investors or potential bankers or investors in the Company and in such case such disclosure shall only be made in confidence and the recipient shall procure that each such Person to whom disclosure is made shall before such disclosure give an undertaking on the same terms as this Section 10.2.
     10.3 Public Announcement . No Party shall issue or cause the publication of, any press release or other announcement or public communication concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement, except (a) with the prior written approval of the other Parties, which written approval shall not be unreasonably withheld (following provision and review of the draft announcement or communication) or (b) when required by Applicable Law, after notification (of not less than five (5) business days prior to such press release, announcement or communication unless otherwise required by any governmental authority) to the other Parties, and then only to the extent required by Applicable Law; provided, however, that the Company shall not use Tiger’s name in any manner, context or format (including references on or links to websites, or in press releases) without the prior written consent of Tiger. In accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.3, it is agreed that Helion, Tiger and/or Sierra shall have the right to issue make announcements and issue advertisements in financial and other newspapers, journals and mailings at its own expense and discretion describing their respective role in the Financing.
SECTION XI
MISCELLANEOUS
     11.1 Arbitration .
          (a) The Parties agree that in the event of any disputes, differences, controversies and questions directly or indirectly arising at any time under, out of, in connection with or in relation to this Agreement (or the subject matter of this Agreement) including, without limitation, all disputes, differences, controversies and questions relating to the validity, interpretation, construction, performance and enforcement of any provision of this Agreement (“ Dispute ”), the Parties shall attempt to resolve the Dispute through good faith

Page 46 of 66


 

consultation and such consultation shall begin promptly after one Party has given to the other Parties a written request for such consultation.
          (b) In the event of such consultation does not result in a resolution of such Dispute, then within a period of thirty (30) days of the same being referred to consultation any Party may refer such Dispute to final and binding arbitration. Such arbitration shall be governed by the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules (the “ UNCITRAL Rules ”) and shall be held in Singapore. All proceedings of such arbitration shall be in the English language. Courts located in Singapore shall be vested with non-exclusive jurisdiction with respect to matters ancillary to the arbitral process, including, in particular, proceedings to compel or otherwise in support of the arbitral process and the Parties expressly submit to the jurisdiction of such courts. The Parties to this Agreement specifically agree that no proceedings shall be brought in any court or administrative tribunal for the purpose of seeking to stay, enjoin, or otherwise interfere with the consultation or arbitral processes hereunder, including any court or administrative tribunal located within India or Mauritius or US. Judgment upon the arbitration award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction or application may be made to such court for a judicial acceptance of the award and an order of enforcement, as the case may be.
          (c) The Parties agree that the arbitral panel shall comprise of a panel of three arbitrators, one arbitrator to be appointed by the Party or Parties bringing the claim, one arbitrator to be appointed by the respondents named, and the third arbitrator to be appointed by the first two arbitrators, all in accordance with the UNCITRAL Rules. In the event that any appointments are not made as specified herein within 14 (fourteen) days of notification by either party of a Dispute, such appointments shall be made in accordance with the UNCITRAL Rules.
          (d) Arbitration awards rendered shall be final and binding and shall not be subject to any form of appeal. The losing party(ies), as determined by the arbitrators, shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the prevailing party(ies), as determined by the arbitrators, in connection with any Dispute unless the arbitrators direct otherwise.
     11.2 Application of this Agreement .
          (a) The terms of this Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to any Equity Shares (i) resulting from any conversion, reclassification, redesignation, subdivision or consolidation or other change of the Equity Shares of the Company; and (ii) of the Company or any successor body corporate which may be received by the Shareholders as a result of any merger, amalgamation, arrangement or other reorganization of or including the Company; and prior to any such action being taken, the Parties shall give due consideration to any changes which may be required to this Agreement in order to give effect to the intent of this Section.
          (b) The terms of this Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to any Preferred Shares (i) resulting from any conversion, reclassification, redesignation, subdivision or consolidation or other change of the Preferred Shares of the Company; and (ii) of the Company or any successor body corporate which may be received by the Shareholders as a result of any merger, amalgamation, arrangement or other reorganization of or including the Company; and prior to any such action being taken, the Parties shall give due consideration to any changes which may be required to this Agreement in order to give effect to the intent of this Section.

Page 47 of 66


 

     11.3 Conflict with Constitution . Subject to Applicable Law, if there is any ambiguity, inconsistency or conflict between the provisions of the Company’s Constitution (as amended in accordance with the terms hereof through the date when such ambiguity, conflict or inconsistency arises or is deemed to arise) and this Agreement, such ambiguity, inconsistency or conflict shall be resolved by giving precedence to the provisions of this Agreement over the Constitution and the Parties promptly shall take all such actions and steps as are necessary to amend the Constitution of the Company to eliminate such inconsistency or conflicting provision or term from the Constitution and to replace it with a provision or term that is consistent with the provisions of this Agreement. In the meantime, while any such amendments to the Constitution are pending, no Party hereto shall seek to enforce the provision of the articles that is being amended so as to avoid inconsistency with the provisions hereof.
     11.4 Further Assurances . The Parties shall, with reasonable diligence, do all such acts and things and provide all such reasonable assurances as may be required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and each Party shall provide such further documents or instruments required by any other Party as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to effect the purpose of this Agreement and to carry out its provisions.
     11.5 Benefit of the Agreement . This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon successors and permitted assigns of the Parties hereto.
     11.6 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement, any other ancillary agreement executed pursuant hereto or thereto and any deeds of adherence executed pursuant to this Agreement, constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and cancels and supersedes any prior understandings and agreements between the Parties with respect to such subject matter, including the Shareholders Agreement dated 25 April 2005 executed by SAIF, Travogue, the Founders and the Company, the Equity Share Subscription Agreement, the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement dated as of April 12, 2006 and the Second Prior Agreement. There are no representations, warranties, terms, conditions, undertakings or collateral agreements, express, implied or statutory, between the Parties as to the transactions set forth herein other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Constitution, the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement and any other ancillary agreement executed pursuant hereto or thereto.
     11.7 Amendments and Waivers . No amendment to this Agreement shall be valid or binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by all of the Parties. To the extent any such modification or amendment requires a corresponding modification or amendment to the Constitution, the Parties shall use their reasonable efforts in good faith to cause all such modifications or amendments to the Constitution. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective or binding unless made in writing and signed by the Party purporting to give the same and, unless otherwise provided in the written waiver, shall be limited to the specific breach waived.
     11.8 Assignment . This Agreement and the rights, obligations and duties hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and to their respective successors and permitted assigns. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, no Party hereto shall assign this Agreement or any rights and obligations hereunder to any Person without the prior written consent of the other Parties hereto; provided, however, SAIF may, at any time assign this Agreement or all of its rights and/or obligations hereunder to any Affiliate of SAIF provided that, without limiting the generality of Section VI , (a) such Affiliate is not a Competitor at the

Page 48 of 66


 

time of such assignment, (b) at the time of such assignment, such Affiliate does not hold an equity interest in a Competitor that represents 20% or more of the paid-up share capital of such Competitor, (c) SAIF has provided reasonable prior notice of such assignment to each of the Founders and the Company and (d) Helion, Tiger and Sierra may, at any time assign this Agreement or all of its rights and/or obligations hereunder to any Affiliate of Helion, Tiger or Sierra, respectively, without limiting the generality of Section VI that such Affiliate is not a Competitor at the time of such assignment.
     11.9 Termination .
          (a) This Agreement shall terminate upon:
               (i) The written agreement of the Parties; or
               (ii) The dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company;
               (iii) Except as provided in Section 11.9(b), the rights and obligations of a Shareholder hereunder automatically shall terminate from and as of the time such Shareholder, directly or indirectly, no longer or (if such Shareholder has Transferred all of the Equity Shares or Preferred Shares held by it to one or more Affiliates, then none of such Shareholder’s Affiliates) owns or holds any Shares. Provided further that the rights of Helion and Sierra, Tiger, Founders and SAIF under Section III, Section IV and Section V shall terminate automatically from and as of the time Helion or Sierra, as the case may be, individually owns or holds less than 5% of the total issued and paid up share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis, or the Founders or SAIF, as the case may be, owns or holds less than 5% of the total issued and paid up share capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis.
               (iv) Any breach by any of the Parties (other than the Company) (the “ Defaulting Party ”) of any of their representations and warranties, undertakings, obligations and/or covenants in this Agreement or a default in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement which is not cured within 45 days of notice thereof being given to the Defaulting Party by the non-defaulting Party (“ Non-Defaulting Party ”).
          (b) The termination of this Agreement shall not discharge, affect or otherwise modify the rights and obligations of the Parties established or incurred prior to such termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the provisions in this Agreement relating to Indemnification, Confidentiality, Arbitration, Notices, Governing Law and other representations, warranties, covenants and obligations which by their nature are intended to survive shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
     11.10 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision or part of such provision and the remaining part of such provision and all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue to be in full force and effect.
     11.11 Specific Performance . Each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees that the other Parties would be damaged irreparably in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise are breached. Accordingly, each of the Parties agrees that the other Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce

Page 49 of 66


 

specifically this Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof, without proving damages, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled.
     11.12 No Partnership; No Third Party Rights .
          (a) The Parties hereto agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create a partnership, agency or any other relationship between them, except as otherwise expressly stated herein.
          (b) Nothing herein expressed or implied is intended, nor shall it be construed, to confer upon or give to any third party any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.
     11.13 [ Section not utilised ].
     11.14 Notices . Any notice, claim or demand in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing in English (a Notice ) and shall be sufficiently given upon personal delivery, or upon confirmed receipt if sent by post, upon confirmed transmission by facsimile or electronic mail, or upon confirmed delivery by overnight commercial courier service, to the addresses below (or at such other address as a Party may designate by seven (7) days’ advance written notice to the other Parties):
  (a)   If to SAIF, to:
 
      Softbank Asia Infrastructure Fund,
Two Palo Alto Square,
Suite 5000,
3000 El Camino Road,
Palo Alto, CA 94306,
U.S.A.
Telephone No.: 650 319 2763
e-Facsimile No.: 415 276 3185
Attention: Mr. Ravi Adusumalli
    Copy to:
      SAIF Advisors Ltd.
Suites 2115-2118,
Two Pacific Place
88 Queensway,
Hong Kong
Attention: Mr. Brandon Lin
Telephone No: 852 2918 2206
Facsimile No: 852 2234 9116
 
      Attention: Mr. Jason So
Telephone No.: 852 2918 2205
Facsimile No.: 852 2234 9116
 
  (b)   If to Travogue, to:

Page 50 of 66


 

      75-76, Adchini, Sri Aurobindo Marg,
New Delhi – 110 017, India
Attention: Deep Kalra
Telephone No: +91-11-26566867
Facsimile No: +91-11-26521471;
 
  (c)   If to the Founders, to:
 
      J-6/11A, DLF Phase II, Gurgaon,
Haryana, India,
Attention: Deep Kalra
Telephone No: +91-11-26566867
Facsimile No: +91-11-265231471; and
 
  (d)   If to the Company, to:
 
      10, Frere Felix De Valois Street,
Port Louis, Republic of Mauritius
Attention: Santanand Soorkia
Telephone No: +230-2023000
Facsimile No: +1-267-9375170.
 
  (e)   If to Helion, to:
 
      International Management (Mauritius) Ltd
Les Cascades Building
Edith Cavell Street Port Louis, Mauritius
Facsimile: (230) 212 9833
For attention of: Natarajan R
 
  (f)   If to Sierra, to:
 
  (g)   In the case of Tiger to:
 
      Lee Fixel
Scott Shleifer
Feroz Dewan
Tiger Global Management
101 Park Avenue, 48 th Floor
New York, NY 10178
USA
 
      Telephone No.: 001-212-984-8800
Fax.: 001-212-557-1701

Page 51 of 66


 

      With a copy to:
Gunderson Dettmer
220 W. 42 nd Street, Floor 21
New York, NY 10036
USA
 
      Attention: Ward Breeze
Telephone No.: 001-212-430-3134
Facsimile No.: 001-877-881-3007
     Any Party hereto may change the foregoing address and telephone and facsimile numbers upon notice to the other parties in accordance with this Section 11.14.
     11.15 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed and interpreted by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of India, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereunder.
     11.16 U.S. Tax Matters .
          (a) The Company will comply and will cause its Subsidiaries to comply with all record-keeping, reporting, and other requests necessary for the Company and its Subsidiaries to comply with any applicable U.S. tax law or to allow any direct or indirect Shareholder to avail itself of any provision of U.S. tax law.
          (b) The Company acknowledges that certain investors may be, or may be comprised of investors that are, U.S. persons and that the U.S. income tax consequences to those persons of the investment in the Company will be significantly affected by whether the Company and/or any of the entities in which it owns an equity interest at any time is classified as a partnership or a branch for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
          (c) Immediately after the Effective Date, the Company will not be a “Controlled Foreign Corporation” (“ CFC ”) as defined in the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor thereto) (the “ Code ”) with respect to the Securities held by each Shareholder. In the event that the Company is determined by counsel or accountants for a Shareholder to be a CFC with respect to the Securities held by such Shareholder, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid generating Subpart F Income (as defined in Section 952 of the Code) (“ Subpart F Income ”). No later than 45 days following the end of each Company taxable year, the Company shall provide the following information to each Shareholder: (i) the Company’s capitalization table as of the end of the last day of such taxable year and (ii) a report regarding the Company’s status as a CFC. In addition, the Company shall provide each Shareholder with access to such other Company information as may be required by each Shareholder to determine the Company’s status as a CFC and to determine whether such Shareholder or any of the Shareholder’s Partners is required to report its pro rata portion of the Company’s Subpart F Income on its United States federal income tax return, or to allow such Shareholder or such Shareholder’s Partners to otherwise comply with applicable United States federal income tax laws. For purposes of this Section 11.16, (i) the term “ Shareholder’s Partners ” shall mean each of the Shareholder’s shareholders, partners, members or other equity holders and any direct or indirect equity owners of such entities and (ii) the “ Company ” shall mean the Company and any of its subsidiaries.

Page 52 of 66


 

          (d) The Company has never been, and, to the best of its knowledge after consultation with its tax advisors, will not be with respect to its taxable year during which the Effective Date occurs, a “passive foreign investment company” (“ PFIC ”) within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid being a PFIC. The Company shall make due inquiry with its tax advisors on at least an annual basis regarding its status as a PFIC, and if the Company is informed by its tax advisors that it has become a PFIC, or that there is a likelihood of the Company being classified as a PFIC for any taxable year, the Company shall promptly notify each Shareholder of such status or risk, as the case may be. In addition, to ensure that each Shareholder’s Partners have sufficient information to make a “Qualified Electing Fund” election or file a “Protective Statement” pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1295-3, as amended (or any successor thereto), the Company shall provide annual financial information to each Shareholder in the form provided in the attached PFIC Exhibit (or in such other form as may be required to reflect changes in applicable law) as soon as reasonably practicable following the end of each taxable year of each Shareholder (but in no event later than ninety (90) days following the end of each such taxable year), and shall provide each Shareholder with access to such other Company information as may be required for purposes of filing U.S. federal income tax returns in connection with such Qualified Electing Fund election or Protective Statement. In the event that any Shareholder’s Partner has made a “Qualified Electing Fund” election must include in its gross income for a particular taxable year its pro rata share of the Company’s earnings and profits pursuant to Section 1293 of the Code, the Company agrees to make a dividend distribution to such Shareholder (no later than ninety (90) days following the end of the Company’s taxable year or, if later, ninety (90) days after the Company is informed by such Shareholder that the Shareholder’s Partner has been required to recognize such an income inclusion) in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the amount that would be included by such Shareholder if such Shareholder were a “United States person” as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and had such Shareholder made a valid and timely “Qualified Electing Fund” election which was applicable to such taxable year.
          (e) The Company shall take such actions, including making an election to be treated as a corporation or refraining from making an election to be treated as a partnership, as may be required to ensure that at all times the Company is treated as corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.
          (f) The Company shall make due inquiry with its tax advisors (and shall cooperate with each Shareholder’s tax advisor’s with respect to such inquiry) on at least an annual basis regarding whether each Shareholder’s or any Shareholder’s Partner’s direct or indirect interest in the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either or both of Sections 6038 and 6038B of the Code (and the Company shall duly inform each Shareholder of the results of such determination), and in the event that a Shareholder’s or any Shareholder’s Partner’s direct or indirect interest in the Company is determined by the Company’s tax advisors or a Shareholder’s tax advisors to be subject to the reporting requirements of either or both of Sections 6038 and 6038B, the Company agrees, upon a request from such Shareholder, to provide such information as may be necessary to fulfill any Shareholder’s or any Shareholder’s Partner’s obligations thereunder.
          (g) With respect to any taxable year in which the Company is classified either as a (i) CFC or (ii) PFIC, the Company shall pay a dividend to its shareholders (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) in an amount equal to 50% of the sum of the Company’s

Page 53 of 66


 

ordinary earnings and net capital gain as defined for purposes of Section 1293(a)(1) of the Code.
     11.17 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the Parties in separate counterparts each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile transmission of the executed signature page of this Agreement by a Party shall constitute due and proper execution of this Agreement by such Party.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

Page 54 of 66


 

The parties hereto have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this agreement on the day and year first hereinabove written
             
Witnessed by :   /s/ Yiu Lai Ping   SB ASIA INVESTMENT FUND II L.P.
 
           
 
           
Name:     
  Lai-ping Yiu   By:   /s/ Andrew Y. Yan
 
           
 
           
Address:
  Suites 2115-2118,   Name:   Andrew Y. Yan
 
  2 Pacific Place, 88 Queensway,   Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
  Hong Kong        
TRAVOGUE ELECTRONIC TRAVEL
PRIVATE LIMITED
         
   
/s/ Deep Kalra      
     
Name:   Deep Kalra    
Title:   Director     
 
Page 55 of 66


 

         
MR. DEEP KALRA
 
   
/s/ Deep Kalra      
     
     
 
MR. KEYUR JOSHI
 
   
/s/ Keyur Joshi      
     
     
 
MR. SACHIN BHATIA
 
   
/s/ Sachin Bhatia      
     
     
 
HELION VENTURE PARTNERS, LLC
 
   
By:   /s/ Heerdaye Jugbandhan      
  Name: Heerdaye Jugbandhan  
Title: Director   
 
Page 56 of 66


 

         
SIERRA VENTURES VIII-A, L.P.
 
   
By:        /s/ Aditya Tim Guleri    
  Name:        
  Title:        
         
SIERRA VENTURES VIII-B, L.P.
 
   
By:        /s/ Aditya Tim Guleri    
  Name:        
  Title:        
         
SIERRA VENTURES ASSOCIATES VIII, LLC
 
   
By:        /s/ Aditya Tim Guleri    
  Name:        
  Title:        
         
International Web Travel Private Limited
 
   
/s/ Deep Kalra    
Deep Kalra      
Director      

Page 57 of 66


 

                           
LEE FIXEL
 
   
/s/ Lee Fixel      
                           
         
Feroz Dewan
 
   
/s/ Feroz Dewan      
                           
         
Scott Shleifer
 
   
/s/ Scott Shleifer      

Page 58 of 66


 

TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE
INVESTMENT PARTNERS IV, L.P.
By:   Tiger Global PIP Performance IV, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Tiger Global PIP Management IV, Ltd.
Its:   General Partner
         
By:   /s/ Charles P. Coleman, III      
  Name:   Charles P. Coleman, III     
  Title:   Director     
TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE
INVESTMENT PARTNERS V, L.P.
By:   Tiger Global PIP Performance V, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Tiger Global PIP Management V, Ltd.
Its:   General Partner
         
By:   /s/ Charles P. Coleman, III      
  Name:   Charles P. Coleman, III     
  Title:   Director     

Page 59 of 66


 

Schedule A
Series A Preferred Shareholder
SAIF
Helion
Sierra
Series B Preferred Shareholder
SAIF
Helion
Sierra
PIP IV
Fixel
Shleifer
Dewan
Series C Preferred Shareholder
SAIF
Helion
Sierra
PIP V
Fixel
Dewan
Page 60 of 66

 


 

SCHEDULE B
VETO MATTERS
i.   The commencement of any business other than the business of Travel Services;
 
ii.   Any increase, reduction, sub-division, reorganisation, reclassification, redemption of the authorized, issued, or paid up share capital of the Company (unless provided for in this Agreement); or any issuance, grant, repurchase or cancellation of any shares or other securities of the Company (including employee stock options unless provided for in this Agreement or the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement) or any change in rights attached to any class of shares or conversion of any security other than the Preferred Shares into, any share capital of the Company and the terms and conditions of any of the foregoing;
 
iii.   Any action to list any shares or securities of the Company on any stock exchange, whether in India or abroad, and the terms and conditions of such initial public offering, including with respect to its size, pricing and timing;
 
iv.   [clause not utilized]
 
v.   Any transaction or a series of transactions which would entail the sale, lease, transfer, disposal or encumbrance of 5% (five percent) or more of the Company’s or Subsidiary’s assets or property including intellectual property rights of the Company or a Subsidiary in any financial year; provided that aforesaid threshold of 5% shall not be applicable in the case of intellectual property rights;
 
vi.   Any merger, acquisition, consolidation, reorganization, amalgamation or other business combination involving the Company, investment decisions (except for any decisions relating to any investments of surplus cash (over and above the amounts required under the annual budget) in government securities and mutual funds) including creation of any subsidiary or other controlled entity and any action for winding up or liquidation of the Company or for the appointment of a receiver or liquidator;
 
vii.   buy back of any Equity Shares of the Company (other than repurchases of stock owned by the management and employees, after approval of the Board), or redemption of any series of preferred shares ranking subordinate to the Preferred Shares;
 
viii.   amendment or waiver of any provision of the Constitution of the Company or of the constitutive documents of its Subsidiaries;
 
ix.   Any change in the composition of the Board;
 
x.   Any agreement with a related party;
 
xi.   Approval or amendment to the annual budget and the annual accounts of the Company;
 
xii.   Appointment, changes or removal of key employees or adoption or amendment of their employment contracts with the Company;
Page 61 of 66

 


 

xiii.   The entering into, variation or termination of any agreement material to the business of the Company or outside the ordinary scope of business of the Company;
 
xiv.   Any change in the statutory auditors of the Company (if the statutory auditor is a company other than a member of the Big Four Firms;
 
xv.   The granting of loans or advances in excess of USD 50,000 to any person other than in the ordinary course of business;
 
xvi.   Initiation or settlement in any jurisdiction of legal or arbitration proceedings (other than routine debt collection or any disputes, actions or claims between or among the Parties to this Agreement, the Preferred Share Subscription Agreement or the Employment Agreement or any assignees or successor thereof) which involves an amount (including related costs) in excess of USD 100,000;
 
xvii.   Incurrence of indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries in excess of a sum of USD 500,000 (USD Five Hundred Thousand Only);
 
xviii.   Capital expenditure in excess of an amount of USD 500,000 in any financial year, not contemplated by the operating budget approved by the Board of the Company or its Subsidiaries;
 
xix.   Paying or declaring a dividend on any Equity Shares or any series of preferred shares ranking subordinate to or on par with the Preferred Shares, including for payment or declaration of dividend on the Preferred Shares;
 
xx.   Establishing or investing in any subsidiaries or joint ventures by the Company, either directly or through any of its Subsidiaries, or divestment in any subsidiaries or joint ventures by the Company, either directly or through any of its Subsidiaries;
 
xxi.   Grant of any new stock option or stock equivalent by the Company or its Subsidiaries, and such grant containing provisions for accelerated vesting upon (a) change of control of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (b) sale of all or substantially all of the assets or Shares of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and (c) termination of employment or similar event;
 
xxii.   Increase in the number of Equity Shares reserved under the equity incentive plans of the Company or its Subsidiaries;
 
xxiii.   Entering into any transaction by the Company or its Subsidiaries with any of their directors or Key Managerial Personnel;
 
xxiv.   Restructuring the Company in accordance with Section 3.9;
 
xxv.   Any commitment or agreement or delegation of powers to do any of the foregoing.
Provided, however, that, the consent of Deep Kalra for any of the actions specified in (iii), (v) and (vi) above shall no longer be required if any of such actions occur after the earlier of (i) 3 (three) years after the Effective Date or (ii) an IPO of the Company or any Subsidiary.
Page 62 of 66

 


 

SCHEDULE C
LIST OF COMPETITORS
Yatra.com
Travel Guru.com
ClearTrip.Com
Desiya.com
FlightRaja.com / FlightOrder.com (or their parent company EOS ltd)
FlightRaja.com/Via.com
Arzoo.com
JourneyMart.com
Tripmela.com
Tripper.com
TravelmartIndia.com
Travel Tours / Travel Air
Travelport
Thomas Cook
Cox & Kings / Eezego1.com
Sita/Kuoni / SOTC
TCI
ITH
Raj Travels
Kesari Tours
Orbit Travel & Tours
Eeze Tours Online
Any entity organized in India that is a joint venture of Travelocity, Expedia or Zuji
Any travel search company registered in India using the word ‘travel’ in its metatag and deriving a majority of their revenues from within India.
Any of the competitors listed in this Schedule C shall be deemed removed from this Schedule C upon such competitor’s initial public offering or upon the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s IPO.
Page 63 of 66

 


 

PFIC EXHIBIT
Annual Information Statement
(1)    _     This questionnaire applies to the taxable year of International Web Travel Private Limited (the “Company”) beginning on January 1, 20_____, and ending on December 31, 20_____.
 
(2)    _     Please check here if 75% or more of the company’s gross income constitutes passive income.
                     Passive income : For purposes of this test, passive income includes:
 
n
  Dividends, interests, royalties, rents and annuities, excluding , however, rents and royalties which are received from an unrelated party in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business.
 
 
n
  Net gains from the sale or exchange of property—
   
¡
  which gives rise to dividends, interest, rents or annuities ( excluding , however, property used in the conduct of a banking, finance or similar business, or in the conduct of an insurance business);
   
¡
  which is an interest in a trust, partnership, or REMIC; or
 
   
¡
  which does not give rise to income.
 
n
  Net gains from transactions in commodities.
 
 
n
  Net foreign currency gains.
 
 
n
  Any income equivalent to interest.
      Look-through rule : if the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 25% of the stock by value of another corporation, the Company must take into account its proportionate share of the income received by such other corporation.
(3)    _     Please check here if the average fair market value during the taxable year of passive assets held by the company equals 50% or more of the average fair market value of all of the company’s assets .
    Note : This test is applied on a gross basis; no liabilities are taken into account.
    Passive Assets : For purposes of this test, “passive assets” are those assets which generate (or are reasonably expected to generate) passive income (as defined above). Assets which generate partly passive and partly non-passive income are considered passive assets to the extent of the relative proportion of passive income (compared to non-passive income) generated in a particular taxable year by such assets. Please note the following:
 
n
  A trade or service receivable is non-passive if it results from sales or services provided in the ordinary course of business.
 
 
n
  Intangible assets that produce identifiable items of income, such as patents or licenses, are characterized in terms of the type of income produced.
Page 64 of 66

 


 

 
n
  Goodwill and going concern value must be identified to a specific income producing activity and are characterized in accordance with the nature of that activity.
 
 
n
  Cash and other assets easily convertible into cash are passive assets, even when used as working capital.
 
 
n
  Stock and securities (including tax-exempt securities) are passive assets, unless held by a dealer as inventory.
    Average value: For purposes of this test, “average fair market value” equals the average quarterly fair market value of the assets for the relevant taxable year.
    Look-through rule : if the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 25% of the stock by value of another corporation, the Company must take into account its proportionate share of the passive assets of such other corporation.
(4)    _     Please check here if (A) more than 50% of the company’s stock (by voting power or by value) is owned by five or fewer U.S. persons or entities and (b) the average aggregate adjusted tax bases (as determined under U.S. tax principles) during the taxable year of the passive assets held by the company equals 50% or more of the average aggregate adjusted tax bases of all of the company’s assets .
    Average value : For purposes of this test, “average aggregate adjusted tax bases” equals the average quarterly aggregate adjusted tax bases of the assets for the relevant taxable year.
 
    Look-through rule : if the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 25% of the stock by value of another corporation, the Company must take into account its proportionate share of the passive assets of such other corporation
(5)   [Investor] has the following pro-rata share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the company as determined under U.S. income tax principles for the taxable year of the company:
 
    Ordinary Earnings:                      (as determined under U.S. income tax principles)
 
    Net Capital Gain:                      (as determined under U.S income tax principles)
 
    Pro Rata Share : For purposes of the foregoing, the shareholder’s pro rata share equals the amount that would have been distributed with respect to the shareholder’s stock if, on each day during the taxable year of the Company, the Company had distributed to each shareholder its pro rata share of that day’s ratable share (determined by allocating to each day of the year, an equal amount of the Company’s aggregate ordinary earnings and aggregate net capital gain for such year) of the Company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain for such year. Determination of a shareholder’s pro rata share will
Page 65 of 66

 


 

    require reference to the Company’s charter, certificate of incorporation, articles of association or other comparable governing document.
(6)   The amount of cash and fair market value of other property distributed or deemed distributed by Company to [Investor] during the taxable year specified in paragraph 1. is as follows:
Cash:                     
Fair Market Value of Property:                     
(7)   Company will permit [Investor] to inspect and copy Company’s permanent books of account, records, and such other documents as may be maintained by Company that are necessary to establish that PFIC ordinary earnings and net capital gain, as provided in Section 1293(e) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor provision thereto), are computed in accordance with U.S. income tax principles.
     The foregoing representations are true and accurate as of the date hereof. If in any respect such representations shall cease to be true and accurate, the undersigned shall give immediate notice of such fact to [Investor] .
         
  INTERNATIONAL WEB TRAVEL PRIVATE LIMITED
 
 
  By:      
       
  Name:      
 
  Title:      
 
Date:                                         
Page 66 of 66

 

EXHIBIT 10.3
FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
This Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of this 16 th day of July, 2010 and made by and among:
(1)   SB ASIA INVESTMENT FUND II L.P. , a fund incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with its registered offices at Maples and Calder Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309GT, Ugland House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands (“ SAIF ”);
 
(2)   TRAVOGUE ELECTRONIC TRAVEL PRIVATE LIMITED , a company incorporated under the Indian Companies Act, 1956, as amended, and having its registered office C 210, Second Floor, Sarvodaya Enclave, New Delhi, 110 017, India (“ Travogue ”);
 
(3)   MR. DEEP KALRA , a citizen and resident of the Republic of India residing at J-6/11A, DLF Phase II, Gurgaon, Haryana, India, MR. KEYUR JOSHI , a citizen and resident of the Republic of India residing at E-10A, II Floor, Kailash Colony, New Delhi - 110 048, India and MR. SACHIN BHATIA , a citizen and resident of the Republic of India residing at Q-107, II Floor, Southcity I - Gurgaon, Haryana, India (collectively, the “ Founders ”);
 
(4)   HELION VENTURE PARTNERS LLC a company established under the laws of Mauritius, having its principal office at International Management (Mauritius) Ltd Les Cascades Building Edith Cavell Street Port Louis, Mauritius (“ Helion ”);
 
(5)   SIERRA VENTURES VIII-A, L.P. , a Californian Limited partnership, SIERRA VENTURES VIII-B, L.P. , a Californian Limited partnership and SIERRA VENTURES ASSOCIATES VIII, LLC , a Californian limited liability company, each with its registered office at 2884 Sand Hill Road Suite 100, Menlo Park, California 94025, USA (collectively, “ Sierra ”);
 
(6)   TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE INVESTMENT PARTNERS IV, L.P. , an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“ PIP IV ”), and TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE INVESTMENT PARTNERS V, L.P. , an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands, each with its principal office at 101 Park Avenue, 48 th Floor, New York, NY 10178, USA (“ PIP V ” and together with PIP IV, “ Tiger Fund ”);
 
(7)   LEE FIXEL , a resident of the United States of America with an address c/o Tiger Global Management, L.L.C., 101 Park Avenue, 48 th Floor, New York, NY 10178, USA (“ Fixel ”);
 
(8)   FEROZ DEWAN , a resident of the United States of America with an address c/o Tiger Global Management, L.L.C., 101 Park Avenue, 48 th Floor, New York, NY 10178, USA (“ Dewan ”);
 
(9)   SCOTT SHLEIFER , a resident of the United States of America with an address of c/o Tiger Global Management, L.L.C., 101 Park Avenue, 48 th Floor, New York, NY 10178, USA (“ Shleifer ” and together with PIP IV, PIP V, Fixel and Dewan, “ Tiger ”); and

Page 1 of 20


 

(10)   MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED (previously known as International Web Travel Private Limited), a company incorporated in Mauritius, with company number 24478/5832 and having its registered office at Rogers House, 5 President John Kennedy Street, Port Louis, Republic of Mauritius (the “ Company ”).
Recitals
          A. The Parties (as defined below) hereto are party to and have executed a Third Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement dated May 20, 2008 (the “ Previous Shareholders Agreement ”).
          B. The Company proposes to undertake an initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of its ordinary shares in the United States and in this connection, has submitted a listing application to the NASDAQ Global Market for a listing of its ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market. In connection with the IPO, the Parties have agreed to terminate the Previous Shareholders Agreement and to accept the terms of this Agreement, with effect from the date of completion of the IPO (the “ Effective Date ”).
      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements, covenants, representations and warranties hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Previous Shareholders Agreement shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the Parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
SECTION I
DEFINITIONS
     1.1 Definitions . In this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless the context otherwise requires:
     “ Applicable Law ” means any statute, law, ordinance, rule, administrative interpretation, regulation, order, writ, injunction, directive, judgment or decree applicable to any of the Parties or to any of their respective properties, assets, officers, directors or employees, as the case may be from time to time;
     “ Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor governmental agency or authority thereto;
     “ Competitor ” means any entity specified in the Schedule to this Agreement which is in the business of providing Travel Services, or any Person who holds more than 10% of the fully diluted share capital of any of the entities specified in the Schedule to this Agreement, or any Person who acquires any entity specified in the Schedule to this Agreement (as long as the erstwhile competitor constitutes more than 50% of the total gross revenues from the provision of Travel Services of the consolidated entity);
     “ Dispute ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1(a);

Page 2 of 20


 

     “ Equity Shares ” shall mean the ordinary shares of the Company of a par value of USD0.01 each for the time being;
     “ Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;
     “ Parties ” means, collectively, SAIF, Travogue, each of the Founders, Helion, Sierra, PIP IV, PIP V, Fixel, Shleifer, Dewan and the Company and their successors and assigns, and any other Person that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, and “Party” means any one of such Persons individually;
     “ Person ” includes any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, unincorporated association, unincorporated syndicate, unincorporated organization, trust, body corporate or other similar entity, and a natural person in his capacity as trustee, executor, administrator, or other legal representative;
     “ Registrable Shares ” means:
     (i) any Equity Shares held by any of the Shareholders or the employees/management of the Company or its Subsidiaries; and
     (ii) any other ordinary shares of the Company issued in respect of the Equity Shares described in clause (i) above pursuant to stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations, or similar events;
     provided, however, that Equity Shares that are Registrable Shares shall cease to be Registrable Shares:
     (a) upon any sale pursuant to a Registration Statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act,
     (b) with respect to a Shareholder, when such Shareholder is eligible to sell, transfer or otherwise convey all of such Shareholder’s Registrable Shares without restriction pursuant to Applicable Law, or
     (c) upon any sale in any manner to a person or entity which is not entitled to the rights provided by this Agreement;
     “ Registration Expenses ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.4;
     “ Registration Statement ” means a registration statement of the Company, concerning the sale of its securities to the public, on an appropriate form under the Securities Act, including a prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference therein;
     “ Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

Page 3 of 20


 

     “ Shareholders ” means SAIF, Travogue, the Founders, Helion, Sierra, PIP IV, PIP V, Fixel, Shleifer, Dewan, and such other Persons as may become parties to this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof and holding a legal or beneficial interest in the Equity Shares, together with their successors and assigns, collectively, and “Shareholder” means any one of such Persons individually;
     “ Subsidiaries ” shall mean MakeMyTrip (India) Private Limited and MakeMyTrip.com Inc.;
     “ Travel Services ” shall mean travel related services of selling and/or promotion of air tickets, hotel reservations, and packaged tours;
     “ UNCITRAL Rules ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1(b); and
     “ USD ” or “ United States Dollars ” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.
     1.2 Headings . The headings and subheadings in this Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof in any manner whatsoever.
     1.3 Interpretation; Number and Gender . The definitions in Section 1.1 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural form of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter form. The words “ include ”, “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “ without limitation ”. Unless the context otherwise requires, (a) all references to Sections, paragraphs and clauses are to Sections, paragraphs and clauses in this Agreement; and (b) the terms “ herein ”, “ hereof ”, “ hereto ”, ‘hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole. All references in this Agreement to statutory provisions shall be construed as meaning and including references to: (a) any statutory modification, consolidation or re-enactment (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) for the time being in force; and (b) all statutory instruments or orders made pursuant to a statutory provision.
SECTION II
EFFECTIVE DATE
     This Agreement shall only come into force and effect from the Effective Date. In the event that the Effective Date does not occur by December 31, 2010, this Agreement shall be terminated.
SECTION III
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
     3.1 Demand Registration Rights .
          (a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, at any time or from time to time after the date falling 180 days after the consummation of the IPO, one or more of the Shareholders may request, in writing, that the Company effect a registration under the

Page 4 of 20


 

Securities Act of all or any part of the Registrable Shares owned by the Shareholders, on such forms and in the manner considered appropriate by the Shareholders (provided that the Registrable Shares to be so registered have a proposed aggregate offering price net of underwriting commissions, if any, of at least US$5,000,000 in the aggregate). Upon receipt of any such request, the Company shall promptly give written notice of such proposed registration to all Shareholders holding Registrable Shares. Such other Shareholders shall have the right, by giving written notice to the Company within thirty (30) days after the Company provides its notice, to elect to have included in such registration such number of their Registrable Shares as such Shareholders may request in such notice of election, subject to the approval of the underwriter(s) managing the offering (if any). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.1, if such underwriter(s) advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of Equity Shares to be included in such offering, then the Company shall advise all holders of Registrable Shares which would otherwise have been included in such registration that the number of Registrable Shares that may be included in such registration shall be allocated to the holders of such Registrable Shares on a pro rata basis based upon their total ownership of Registrable Shares. If any holder would thus be entitled to include more Equity Shares than such holder requested to be registered, the excess shall be allocated among the other requesting holders on a pro rata basis based upon the number of Registrable Shares requested by each such holder to be included in the registration. Any Registrable Shares excluded or withdrawn from such registration shall be withdrawn from the registration. Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible, use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of all Registrable Shares that the Company has been requested to register. Such registration shall be done on such forms and in such manner as is considered appropriate by those holding a majority of the Registrable Shares to be registered in such registration.
          (b) At any time after the Company becomes eligible to file a Registration Statement on Form F-3 (or any similar or successor form for which the Company then qualifies relating to secondary offerings), one or more of the Shareholders will have the right to require the Company to effect the registration on Form F-3 (or any similar or successor form for which the Company then qualifies) of all or any portion of the Registrable Shares held by the Shareholders. Upon receipt of any such request, the Company shall promptly give written notice of such proposed registration to all other Shareholders holding Registrable Shares. Such other Shareholders shall have the right, by giving written notice to the Company within thirty (30) days after the Company provides its notice, to elect to have included in such registration such number of their Registrable Shares as such Shareholders may request in such notice of election. Thereupon, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible, use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration on Form F-3 (or any similar or successor form for which the Company then qualifies) of all Registrable Shares that the Company has been requested to register (provided that the Company shall not be required to effect any registration of Registrable Shares unless such Registrable Shares have a proposed aggregate offering price net of underwriting commissions (if any) of at least US$5,000,000 in the aggregate).
          (c) The Company shall not be required to effect:
               (i) more than two registrations in any twelve month period pursuant to sub-section (a) above; and
               (ii) more than two registrations in any twelve month period pursuant to sub-section (b) above,

Page 5 of 20


 

provided, however, that, in each case, no Shareholder may make more than one request in any six month period.
          (d) The Company shall not be obligated to register any Registrable Shares pursuant to this Section 3.1:
        (i) if, within ten (10) days of the receipt of any request from any Shareholder to register Registrable Shares under this Section 3.1, the Company gives notice to the Shareholders requesting registration of its bona fide intention to effect the filing for its own account of a Registration Statement of Equity Shares within sixty (60) days of the receipt of such request; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective within sixty (60) days of its initial filing and, provided further that the Shareholders shall be entitled to join such registration upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement; or
        (ii) during the period starting with the date of filing by the Company of, and ending six (6) months following the effective date of, any Registration Statement pertaining to Equity Shares; provided that the Shareholders shall be entitled to join such registration upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement; or
        (iii) if, after receiving a request for registration from any Shareholder pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, the Company furnishes to the Shareholders a notice signed by the chief executive officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Company’s board of directors, it would be materially detrimental to the Company or its members for the requested Registration Statement to be filed in the near future, then the Company shall have the right to defer such requested registration for such period during which such registration would be considered by the Company to be materially detrimental; provided that such deferral by the Company shall not exceed 180 days from the receipt of any such request duly submitted by Shareholders under Section 3.1 to register Registrable Shares and, provided further, that the Company may not register any of its other securities during such 180-day period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall not be entitled to exercise this right to defer a requested registration more than once in any 12-month period.
     3.2 Incidental Registration .
          (a) Whenever the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement, including, but not limited to, Registration Statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Registration Statements pursuant to Section 3.1 and relating to employee benefit plans or with respect to corporate reorganizations, at any time and from time to time, it will, at least thirty (30) days prior to such filing, give written notice to all Shareholders of its intention to do so and, upon the written request of a Shareholder or Shareholders given within twenty (20) days after the Company provides such notice (which request shall state the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Shares), the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Shares that the Company has been requested by such Shareholder or Shareholders to register or to be registered under the

Page 6 of 20


 

Securities Act to the extent necessary to permit their sale or other disposition in accordance with the intended methods of distribution specified in the request of such Shareholder or Shareholders; provided that the Company shall have the right to postpone or withdraw any registration effected pursuant to this Section 3.2 without obligation to any Shareholder.
          (b) In connection with any registration under this Section 3.2 involving an underwriting, the Company shall not be required to include any Registrable Shares in such registration unless the holders thereof accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it, and then only in such quantity as will not, in the good faith opinion of the underwriter(s), jeopardize the success of such offering. If, in the reasonable opinion of the managing underwriter(s), the registration of all, or part of, the Registrable Shares that the holders have requested to be included would materially and adversely affect such public offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the registration only that number of Registrable Shares, if any, that the managing underwriter(s) in good faith believes may be sold without causing such adverse effect. If the number of Registrable Shares to be included in the offering in accordance with the foregoing is less than the total number of Equity Shares that the holders of Registrable Shares have requested to be included, the Shareholders holding Registrable Shares who have requested registration shall participate in the registration pro rata based upon their total ownership of Registrable Shares. If any holder would thus be entitled to include more Equity Shares than such holder requested to be registered, the excess shall be allocated among the other requesting holders on a pro rata basis based upon the number of Registrable Shares requested by each such holder to be included in the registration.
     3.3 Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of any of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act, the Company shall:
          (a) prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Shares and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause that Registration Statement to become and remain effective for the earlier of one hundred and twenty (120) days or until the completion of the distribution;
          (b) as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission any amendments and supplements to the Registration Statement and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective until the earlier of the sale of all Registrable Shares covered thereby or 90 days after the effective date thereof;
          (c) as expeditiously as possible furnish to each selling Shareholder such reasonable number of copies of the Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as the selling Shareholder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares owned by the selling Shareholder;
          (d) as expeditiously as possible use all commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Shares covered by the Registration Statement under the applicable securities or Blue Sky laws of such states as the selling Shareholders shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or desirable to enable the selling Shareholders to consummate the public sale or other disposition in such

Page 7 of 20


 

states of the Registrable Shares owned by the selling Shareholder provided, however, that the Company shall not be required in connection with this paragraph (d) to qualify as a foreign corporation or execute a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;
          (e) notify each selling Shareholder of such Registrable Shares at any time when a Registration Statement related thereto becomes effective under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which, or in the event the Company becomes aware that, the prospectus included in such Registration Statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any such seller, the Company will prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Shares, such prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;
          (f) cause all such Registrable Shares to be listed on the NASDAQ or such other stock exchange on which the Equity Shares are then listed;
          (g) if required by the underwriters, in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Shareholder participating in such underwritten offering shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement; and
          (h) in the event of any underwritten offering, furnish, at the request of the managing underwriter(s), on the date that such Registrable Shares are delivered to the underwriters for sale: (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, from the counsel representing the Company for the purpose of such registration, in such form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter(s), addressed to the underwriters; and (ii) a letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in such form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter(s), addressed to the underwriters.
     If the Company has delivered preliminary or final prospectuses to the selling Shareholders and after having done so the prospectus is amended to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act or because the prospectus contains a material misstatement or omission, the Company shall promptly notify the selling Shareholders and, if requested, the selling Shareholders shall immediately cease making offers of Registrable Shares and return all prospectuses to the Company. The Company shall promptly provide the selling Shareholders with revised prospectuses and, following receipt of the revised prospectuses, the selling Shareholders shall be free to resume making offers of the Registrable Shares.
     3.4 Allocation of Expenses . The Company will pay all Registration Expenses (as defined below) of all registrations under this Agreement; provided, however, that if a registration under Section 3.1 is withdrawn at the request of the Shareholders requesting such registration (other than as a result of information concerning the business or financial condition of the Company that is made known to the Shareholders after the date on which such registration was requested) and if the requesting Shareholders elect not to have such registration counted as a registration requested under Section 3.1, the requesting Shareholders shall pay the Registration Expenses of such registration pro rata in accordance with the

Page 8 of 20


 

number of their Registrable Shares included in such registration. For purposes of this Section, the term “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, exchange listing fees, printing expenses, road show expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the reasonable fees and expenses of one (1) special counsel selected by the selling Shareholders to represent the selling Shareholders, state Blue Sky fees and expenses (if any), fees and expenses of the Company’s independent auditors, and the expense of any special audits incidental to or required by any such registration, but excluding underwriting discounts, selling commissions and the fees and expenses of selling Shareholders’ own counsel (other than the counsel selected to represent all selling Shareholders).
     3.5 Indemnification with respect to Underwritten Offering . In the event that Registrable Shares are sold pursuant to a Registration Statement in an underwritten offering pursuant to this Section 3:
          (a) the Company agrees to enter into an underwriting agreement containing customary representations and warranties with respect to the business and operations of an issuer of the securities being registered and customary covenants and agreements to be performed by such issuer, including without limitation customary provisions with respect to indemnification by the Company of the underwriters of such offering; and
          (b) (i) to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the seller of such Registrable Shares, each underwriter of such Registrable Shares and each other person, if any, who controls such seller or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, state securities or Blue Sky laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and the Company will reimburse each such seller, underwriter and controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such seller, underwriter or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.5(b)(i) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning a Shareholder furnished by such Shareholder expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Shareholder, controlling person or other aforementioned person;
     (ii) to the extent permitted by law, each selling Shareholder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its

Page 9 of 20


 

officers who has signed the Registration Statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company or any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, any other Shareholder selling securities in such Registration Statement and any controlling person of any such other Shareholder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, state securities or Blue Sky laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, if the statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Shareholder furnished by such Shareholder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Shareholder will reimburse any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 3.5(b)(ii) for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.5(b)(ii) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Shareholder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 3.5(b)(ii) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Shareholder;
     (iii) notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control; and
     (iv) the obligations of the Company and Shareholders under this Section 3.5 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Shares in a Registration Statement under this Section 3 and otherwise.
     3.6 Information by Shareholder . Each holder of Registrable Shares included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such holder and the distribution proposed by such holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.
     3.7 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the Effective Date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any Equity Shares that would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such Equity Shares in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement such holder or prospective holder may

Page 10 of 20


 

include such Equity Shares in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such Equity Shares will not reduce the amount of Registrable Shares of the Shareholders that are to be included in such registration; (b) to demand registration of their securities; or (c) to cause the Company to include such Equity Shares in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof on a basis more favorable to such holder or prospective holder than is provided to the Shareholders hereunder.
SECTION IV
MISCELLANEOUS
     4.1 Arbitration .
          (a) The Parties agree that in the event of any disputes, differences, controversies and questions directly or indirectly arising at any time under, out of, in connection with or in relation to this Agreement (or the subject matter of this Agreement) including, without limitation, all disputes, differences, controversies and questions relating to the validity, interpretation, construction, performance and enforcement of any provision of this Agreement (“ Dispute ”), the Parties shall attempt to resolve the Dispute through good faith consultation and such consultation shall begin promptly after one Party has given to the other Parties a written request for such consultation.
          (b) In the event of such consultation does not result in a resolution of such Dispute, then within a period of thirty (30) days of the same being referred to consultation any Party may refer such Dispute to final and binding arbitration. Such arbitration shall be governed by the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules (the “ UNCITRAL Rules ”) and shall be held in the State of New York. All proceedings of such arbitration shall be in the English language. Courts located in the State of New York shall be vested with non-exclusive jurisdiction with respect to matters ancillary to the arbitral process, including, in particular, proceedings to compel or otherwise in support of the arbitral process and the Parties expressly submit to the jurisdiction of such courts. The Parties to this Agreement specifically agree that no proceedings shall be brought in any court or administrative tribunal for the purpose of seeking to stay, enjoin, or otherwise interfere with the consultation or arbitral processes hereunder, including any court or administrative tribunal located within India or Mauritius or the United States. Judgment upon the arbitration award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction or application may be made to such court for a judicial acceptance of the award and an order of enforcement, as the case may be.
          (c) The Parties agree that the arbitral panel shall comprise of a panel of three arbitrators, one arbitrator to be appointed by the Party or Parties bringing the claim, one arbitrator to be appointed by the respondents named, and the third arbitrator to be appointed by the first two arbitrators, all in accordance with the UNCITRAL Rules. In the event that any appointments are not made as specified herein within 14 (fourteen) days of notification by either party of a Dispute, such appointments shall be made in accordance with the UNCITRAL Rules.
          (d) Arbitration awards rendered shall be final and binding and shall not be subject to any form of appeal. The losing party(ies), as determined by the arbitrators, shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the prevailing party(ies), as determined by the arbitrators, in connection with any Dispute unless the arbitrators direct otherwise.

Page 11 of 20


 

     4.2 Further Assurances . The Parties shall, with reasonable diligence, do all such acts and things and provide all such reasonable assurances as may be required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and each Party shall provide such further documents or instruments required by any other Party as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to effect the purpose of this Agreement and to carry out its provisions.
     4.3 Benefit of the Agreement . This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon successors and permitted assigns of the Parties hereto.
     4.4 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and cancels and supersedes any prior understandings and agreements between the Parties with respect to such subject matter.
     4.5 Amendments and Waivers . No amendment to this Agreement shall be valid or binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by the Company and Shareholders holding not less than sixty six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Shares (including in all cases, Mr. Deep Kalra, for so long as Mr. Deep Kalra owns at least five percent (5%) of the Equity Shares), provided, however, that the written consent of a holder of Registrable Shares must be obtained for any amendment to this Agreement which materially and adversely affects the rights of such holder but does not similarly materially and adversely affect the rights of other holders of Registrable Shares. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective or binding unless made in writing and signed by the Party purporting to give the same and, unless otherwise provided in the written waiver, shall be limited to the specific breach waived.
     4.6 Assignment . This Agreement and the rights, obligations and duties hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and to their respective successors. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, no Party hereto shall assign this Agreement or any rights and obligations hereunder to any Person without the prior written consent of the other Parties hereto; provided, however, that each Shareholder may, at any time assign all of its rights and/or obligations hereunder to any Person, provided that (a) such Person is not a Competitor at the time of such assignment, (b) at the time of such assignment, such Person does not hold an equity interest in a Competitor that represents 10% or more of the paid-up share capital of such Competitor, and (c) the assigning Shareholder has provided reasonable prior notice of such assignment to the Company and caused such assignee to agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement as if it were a party hereto.
     4.7 Termination .
          Subject to Section II, this Agreement shall terminate upon:
          (a) the written agreement of the Parties;
          (b) the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company;
          (c) on the date as of which all the Registrable Shares have been sold pursuant to any registration hereunder or when all Ordinary Shares cease to be Registrable Shares as defined herein; and/or

Page 12 of 20


 

          (d) with respect to any Party when such Party ceases to hold any Registrable Shares.
     4.8 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision or part of such provision and the remaining part of such provision and all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue to be in full force and effect.
     4.9 Specific Performance . Each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees that the other Parties would be damaged irreparably in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise are breached. Accordingly, each of the Parties agrees that the other Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof, without proving damages, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled.
     4.10 No Partnership; No Third Party Rights .
          (a) The Parties hereto agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create a partnership, agency or any other relationship between them, except as otherwise expressly stated herein.
          (b) Nothing herein expressed or implied is intended, nor shall it be construed, to confer upon or give to any third party any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.
     4.11 Notices . Any notice, claim or demand in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing in English (a Notice ) and shall be sufficiently given upon personal delivery, or upon confirmed receipt if sent by post, upon confirmed transmission by facsimile or electronic mail, or upon confirmed delivery by overnight commercial courier service, to the addresses below (or at such other address as a Party may designate by seven (7) days’ advance written notice to the other Parties):
           (a)   If to SAIF, to:
 
      SB Asia Infrastructure Fund,
Two Palo Alto Square,
Suite 5000,
3000 El Camino Road,
Palo Alto, CA 94306,
USA
Telephone No.: +650 319 2763
Facsimile No.: +415 276 3185
Attention: Mr. Ravi Adusumalli

Page 13 of 20


 

             Copy to:
                  SAIF Advisors Ltd.
Suites 2115-2118,
Two Pacific Place
88 Queensway,
Hong Kong
Attention: Mr. Brandon Lin
Telephone No: +852 2918 2206
Facsimile No: +852 2234 9116
 
    Attention: Mr. Jason So
Telephone No.: +852 2918 2205
Facsimile No.: +852 2234 9116
 
          (b)   If to Travogue, to:
                 C 210, Second Floor,
Sarvodaya Enclave,
New Delhi, 110 017, India
Attention: Deep Kalra
Telephone No: +91 124 4056581
 
          (c)   If to the Founders, to:
 
    J-6/11A, DLF Phase II, Gurgaon,
Haryana, India
Attention: Deep Kalra
Telephone No: +91-11-26566867
Facsimile No: +91-11-265231471
 
          (d)   If to the Company, to:
 
    Rogers House, 5 President John Kennedy Street,
Port Louis, Republic of Mauritius
Attention: Gyaneshwarnath Gowrea
Telephone No: +230-2023000
Facsimile No: +230 212 5265 / +230 208 0572
 
    Copy to:
 
    103, Udyog Vihar, Phase 1
Gurgaon, Haryana 122016, India
Attention: Deep Kalra & Rajesh Magow
Telephone No: +91 124 4395000
Facsimile No: +91 124 4395001
 
          (e)   If to Helion, to:
 
    Helion Venture Partners LLC

Page 14 of 20


 

                  c/o International Management (Mauritius) Ltd
Les Cascades Building
Edith Cavell Street Port Louis, Mauritius
Facsimile: +230 212 9833
For attention of: Heerdaye Jugbandhan
 
          (f)   If to Sierra, to:
 
             Aditya Tim Guleri
2884, Sand Hill Road Suite 100
Menlo Park
California, CA 94025
USA
 
    Telephone No.: +1-650-854-1000
 
          (g)   If to Tiger Fund to:
 
    Lee Fixel
Scott Shleifer
Feroz Dewan
Tiger Global Management
101 Park Avenue, 48 th Floor
New York, NY 10178
USA
 
    Telephone No.: +1-212-984-8800
Fax.: +1-212-557-1701
 
    With a copy to:
Gunderson Dettmer
220 W. 42 nd Street, Floor 21
New York, NY 10036
USA
 
    Attention: Ward Breeze
Telephone No.: +1-212-430-3134
Facsimile No.: +1-877-881-3007
     Any Party hereto may change the foregoing address and telephone and facsimile numbers upon notice to the other parties in accordance with this Section 4.11.
     4.12 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed and interpreted by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereunder.
     4.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the Parties in separate counterparts each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile transmission of the executed signature page of this Agreement by a Party shall constitute due and proper execution of this Agreement by such Party.

Page 15 of 20


 

     The parties hereto have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this agreement on the day and year first hereinabove written
         
SB ASIA INVESTMENT FUND II L.P.

 
   
By:    /s/ Andrew Y. Yan      
  Name : Andrew Y. Yan    
  Title : Authorized Signatory    
 
 
 
TRAVOGUE ELECTRONIC TRAVEL PRIVATE LIMITED

 
 
By:    /s/ Deep Kalra      
  Name : Deep Kalra    
  Title : Director    
 
 
 
MR. DEEP KALRA

/s/ Deep Kalra 
   
     
     
MR. KEYUR JOSHI

/s/ Keyur Joshi 
   
     
 
MR. SACHIN BHATIA

/s/ Sachin Bhatia 
   
 

Page 16 of 20


 

         
HELION VENTURE PARTNERS LLC

 
   
By:    /s/ Dourvesh Kumar Chumun      
  Name : Dourvesh Kumar Chumun    
  Title : Director    
 
 
SIERRA VENTURES VIII-A, L.P.

 
   
By:    /s/ Aditya Tim Guleri      
  Name :     
  Title :     
 
 
SIERRA VENTURES VIII-B, L.P.

 
   
By:    /s/ Aditya Tim Guleri      
  Name :     
  Title :     
 
 
SIERRA VENTURES ASSOCIATES VIII, LLC

 
   
By:    /s/ Aditya Tim Guleri      
  Name :     
  Title :     
 

Page 17 of 20


 

         
TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE INVESTMENT PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 
   
By:    /s/ Charles P. Coleman      
  Name :     
  Title :     
 
         
TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE INVESTMENT PARTNERS V, L.P.

 
 
By:    /s/ Charles P. Coleman      
  Name :     
  Title :     
 
         
MR. LEE FIXEL

/s/ Lee Fixel  
   
     
 
         
MR. FEROZ DEWAN

/s/ Feroz Dewan 
   
     
 
         
MR. SCOTT SHLEIFER

/s/ Scott Shleifer 
   
     

Page 18 of 20


 

         
MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED

 
   
By:    /s/ Deep Kalra      
  Name : Deep Kalra    
  Title : Director    

Page 19 of 20


 

         
SCHEDULE
Yatra.com
Travel Guru.com
ClearTrip.Com
Desiya.com
FlightRaja.com / FlightOrder.com (or their parent company EOS ltd)
FlightRaja.com/Via.com
Arzoo.com
JourneyMart.com
Tripmela.com
Tripper.com
TravelmartIndia.com
Travel Tours / Travel Air
Travelport
Thomas Cook
Cox & Kings / Eezego1.com
Sita/Kuoni / SOTC
TCI
ITH
Raj Travels
Kesari Tours
Orbit Travel & Tours
Eeze Tours Online
Any entity organized in India that is a joint venture of Travelocity, Expedia or Zuji
Any travel search company registered in India using the word “travel” in its metatag and deriving a majority of their revenues from within India.

Page 20 of 20

EXHIBIT 10.4
Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
Subscriber Agreement
MAKEMYTRIP (INDIA) PRIVATE LIMITED
Effective: 01 st February, 2009

 


 

This Subscriber agreement (“Agreement”) is signed by and between MAKEMYTRIP (INDIA) PRIVATE LIMITED a company having its registered office at F-46, Malhotra Building, Connaught Circus, Connaught Place, New Delhi 110001,India and its other offices, branches, implants, subsidiaries, websites, etc (hereinafter referred to as MMT) represented by Mr. Rajesh Magow (Chief Financial Officer) and Amadeus India Pvt. Ltd. having its registered office at E-9, Connaught House, Connaught Place, New Delhi 110001(hereinafter referred to as ”AIPL”).
1.   Object of Agreement
    MMT requires an interface/tool/functionality to make bookings of some airlines on its website or other channels. AIPL has this software/tool/functionality available with them which is known as Amadeus Global Distribution System (GDS). This GDS provides rich travel content including reservation facility on airlines. It can enable MMT to provide better services to travelers.
 
    MMT wants to ensure uninterrupted availability of GDS for 4 years since it expects to make 6 million segments in this period. It has agreed to use GDS on exclusive basis for 4 years. AIPL has agreed to provide GDS Access to MMT for a period of 4 years.
2.   Basis of Agreement
    This Agreement is based on the following assumptions:
 
2.1   MMT will use the Amadeus GDS as the sole and exclusive GDS (including where airline direct connections may exist) for its reservations business at its present or future MMT Locations in India for a minimum period of Four years except in the circumstances specified in clause 5.1.
 
2.2   AIPL would provide appropriate software access to Amadeus Reservation Platform software to enable access to Amadeus GDS from the MMT Locations.
 
2.3   All rights in the software provided by AIPL to MMT for use shall remain with AIPL at all times during the Term of this AGREEMENT or after termination of this AGREEMENT.
3.   Scope of Agreement
    The scope of this agreement is limited to all present and future MMT Locations, websites etc producing business from Indian Subcontinent.
 
    The sale or transfer of ownership of MMT either partially or fully, or the downsizing (e.g., removal or disconnection of any Resources etc. hereunder or pursuant to any other MMT Agreement) of any MMT Location will not affect any obligations under this Agreement except as otherwise agreed by AIPL in writing. This agreement will supersede and replace any other previous agreements signed between the parties before the signature of this agreement.
4.   Contract Term and expiration
    This AGREEMENT shall come into effect on the 1 st day of February, 2009 (“Effective Date”) and shall continue in full force and effect for a contractual period of at least Four (04) years (“Term”) up to 31 January, 2013. After that it will expire automatically. Parties may enter into a new agreement based on mutual

 


 

    discussions.
    Right of First Refusal (ROFR): After the expiry of this agreement if MMT receives and intends to accept a bona fide offer from a third party (“Third party offer”) for the subject matter as is provided for in this Agreement, then MMT shall first give written notice (the “ROFR Notice”) to AIPL to such effect, enclosing a copy of such Third Party offer. The ROFR Notice shall describe, without limitation, all of the material terms and conditions of the proposed offer. Upon receipt of the ROFR Notice, AIPL shall have the first right and option to match the same based upon all of the material terms and conditions specified in the ROFR Notice, exercisable for thirty (30) days (“Acceptance Period”) after receipt of the ROFR Notice. Failure of AIPL to respond to the ROFR Notice within Acceptance Period shall be deemed to constitute a notification to MMT of its decision not to exercise the first right and option to proceed with the Third Party Offer and MMT will accept Third Party Offer on the same terms and conditions specified in the ROFR Notice without any deviation. Any deviation in the terms and conditions from those contained in the ROFR Notice whether during the Acceptance Period or thereafter shall immediately be notified to AIPL by MMT in writing and in such event Acceptance Period for AIPL to exercise its ROFR right will commence from the date of such notification.
5.   Commitments of MMT
5.1   MMT will use the Amadeus GDS as the sole and exclusive GDS (including where airline direct connections may exist) for its reservations requirements at its present or future MMT Locations in Indian Subcontinent for a minimum period of Four (04) years except when
  5.1.1   Any legal authorities/courts have issued instruction/order applicable in general to all subscribers, travel agencies including online travel agencies, users of GDS etc. for not using the Amadeus GDS.
 
  5.1.2   Content is not available on Amadeus GDS.
 
  5.1.3   Upon reasonable evidence from MMT that due to technical or other deficiency at Amadeus GDS host server, MMT website is not able to connect to Amadeus GDS (and not due to MMT connectivity/equipment problem) and only for the such duration of problem at Amadeus GDS host server, however if there is consistent failure (consistent failure means 5 or more instances in a given calendar year of inability to complete the booking of an Amadeus PNR in a continuous or non continuous failure of 4 hour period in a week) at host server than the switch back to Amadeus GDS shall only happen when the technical issue is fully resolved
5.2   MMT will contract for software access to the Amadeus GDS with AIPL for a period of the Term.
 
5.3   MMT will make its staff available for training on the Amadeus GDS and other software products if and when required. The training program and schedule will be designed with the help of AIPL.
 
5.4   MMT will not use any of the AIPL provided software, connectivity equipment, etc. (“Resources”) as specified in the “Resource Table” for any purpose other than access to and booking through Amadeus GDS and will not install any other software except with the written permission from AIPL.
 
5.5   The MMT shall ensure that only the authorised staff and personnel who are trained

 


 

     
REDACTED
  Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
    in using the Resources and Amadeus GDS are allowed access to the Resources and will not permit any unauthorised use of/access to the System, the Equipment, any user sign-on identity assigned to the MMT;
 
5.6   MMT will also not remove/shift or de-install or cause to remove/shift/de-install by any person (other than AIPL Staff) any of the Resources from the MMT Location where it was originally provided by AIPL. MMT will contact AIPL for any removal/shifting or de-installation of Resources from any MMT Location.
 
5.7   AIPL will provide following Resources to MMT free of cost for software connectivity and enabling access to Amadeus GDS
 
    Resource Table:
     
AIPL Investment   Description
Connectivity
  One Private IP Connectivity for Amadeus Access
5.8   AIPL will be responsible for maintenance and upkeep of the resources provided to the MMT. However, any damage caused to the Resources by MMT or its staff will be made good by the MMT.
6   Loyalty Signing Bonus
    Upon execution of this Agreement, AIPL would pay the MMT one time loyalty Signing Bonus of XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX as per schedule below:
     
Signing Bonus Amount   Payment schedule
XXXXXXXXXXX
  Upon signature of this agreement
XXXXXXXXXXX
  on/before 31 March, 2009 subject to successful Migration to Amadeus GDS
    Successful Migration to Amadeus GDS is defined as:
  -   100% reservation booked on Amadeus GDS on or before 31 st March 2009 and for the remainder of the Term,
 
  -   90% BSP and Airline Ticket Capping on Amadeus GDS (alternative GDS to be used only for ticketing in instances where the Amadeus System is unavailable),
 
  -   Minimum 66,000 segments to be booked on Amadeus GDS from Effective Date until 31 st March 2009,
 
  -   Neither company (MMT, AIPL) to have filed for or be in liquidation at the time of payment.
7   Eligibility to Loyalty Incentive and Payment terms
7.1   AIPL will pay MMT a loyalty incentive as per the rates mentioned in the Incentive schedule below:
      Incentive Schedule:
     
    Incentive rate* per net
Segment eligibility criteria   segment
International segments
  XXXXXXX
Domestic segments (Jet Airways and Jetlite)
  XXXXXXX

 


 

     
REDACTED
  Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
     
    Incentive rate* per net
Segment eligibility criteria   segment
Domestic segments (NACIL and Kingfisher)
  XXXXX
Any other Domestic airline
  At the rate mutually agreed in writing
 
*   The above Loyalty Incentive rates are based on **TT buying rate of 1 USD = INR 50 and will remain unchanged so long as USD/INR rate fluctuation is within 10% range (i.e. between INR 45 to 55). In case there is more than 10% fluctuation in the above INR/USD rate, the per segment incentive rates will be increased/decreased by the same % that exceeds 10%.
 
    For example: if INR/USD rate goes up to 56, the total % fluctuation is 12% (6*100/50). Permissible range is 10% so net increase is 2% (12%-10%). If the incentive rate is Rs. 110, revised rate will be increased by 2% i.e. 110*102%) = Rs.112.20.
 
    Similarly, if INR/USD rate is 44, net decrease is 2% (12%-10%). So the incentive rate of Rs. 110 will decrease by 2% i.e. 110-(110*2%) = Rs.107.80.
 
**   Daily rate sheet of Standard Chartered bank, Connaught Place will be used for USD TT buying rate reference)
7.2   Loyalty Incentive will be paid to the MMT as per Payment Schedule below within 45 days from the end of Relevant Incentive period:
      Payment Schedule:
     
Loyalty Incentive payment   Relevant Incentive period
1 st Incentive payment
  Feb 2009 — Sep 2009
2 nd Incentive payment
  Oct 2009 — March 2010
3 rd Incentive payment
  Apr 2010 — Sep 2010
4 th Incentive payment
  Oct 2010 — March 2011
5 th Incentive payment
  Apr 2011 — Sep 2011
6 th Incentive payment
  Oct 2011 — March 2012
7 th Incentive payment
  Apr 2012 — Sep 2012
8 th Incentive payment
  Oct 2012 — Jan 2013
      AIPL shall ensure timely payment of such incentives.
7.3   Short Fall Segment Adjustment
 
    If MMT books less than XXXXX net segments during the Term, XXXXXXXXXXX XXXX per segment for every shortfall segment below XXXXXXX will be adjusted/ recoverable from MMT. First such shortfall review and adjustment, if any, will be done midterm as per clause 7.4 below.
 
7.4   Midterm Review
 
    If during first two years from Effective Date MMT books less than XXXXXXXXXXX Segments then Shortfall segments from XXXXXX would be adjusted from the 4 th loyalty incentive payment due for the period Oct 2010-March 2011 and subsequent Loyalty Incentive payments, if required, at XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX per segment for shortfall segments. For example: By Jan 2011 MMT produces XXXX segments, a shortfall of XXXXXX segments; the total amount deductible from loyalty incentive payment would be XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.

 


 

7.5   For the purpose of this agreement, the year means 12 successive months commencing from the Effective Date
 
7.6   All the payment will be made after statutory deductions, as applicable.
 
7.7   A segment means a leg of a trip or a car or hotel booking within the itinerary of a PNR which remains active and un-cancelled twenty four (24) hours after the scheduled departure date or car pick-up or hotel check-in date and which is billable to an Amadeus system participating vendor. Passive and Waitlisted Air, Car and Hotel segments will not be counted as billable segments. Segments entered for non-participating airlines and open segments are not included in segment counts. Only segments for which Amadeus charges a standard booking fee to the provider will be counted. Also should there be a decrease of chargeable booking fee from Amadeus to the providers, due to an overall change in the industry, in such case Amadeus reserves the right to not count these segments as billable and hence the same would not qualify for the payment of Incentive.
 
7.8   Should the MMT require any Resources in addition to as specified in the Resource Table, the MMT’s eligibility to qualify for loyalty incentive referred in the “Incentive Schedule” shall be subject to change but any change would be mutually discussed and agreed before any changes effected in the resource table.
 
7.9   Notwithstanding anything written in Clause 12, in the event MMT disputes the segments volume based on which incentive is calculated by AIPL, the MMT must prove and substantiate such claim with proper records (electronic or otherwise) of all Segments made failing which AIPL’s calculations will be final and binding.
8   Segment Bookings on Amadeus GDS
8.1   The MMT agrees that, as a material condition to this Agreement, MMT shall use the Amadeus System as its sole and exclusive GDS (including where airline direct connections may exist) for making bookings for the duration of the Term except in the circumstances specified in clause 5.1.
 
8.2   The MMT shall not intentionally make any flight, hotel, rail, cruise, rental car or other reservation on Amadeus GDS without a specific customer request made in good faith and shall not make any reservations which are speculative, fictitious or duplicative, nor shall the MMT make any reservation for fares where reasonable enquiry by the MMT would show that such fares had been incorrectly quoted through the Amadeus GDS.
 
8.3   The MMT will not make any live test bookings through Amadeus GDS without AIPL’s prior written consent to the MMT to do so and provided always that such bookings are cancelled promptly thereafter.
 
8.4   The MMT shall comply with all International Air Transport Association (IATA) and other travel industry, governmental and regulatory laws, regulations and rules relevant to this Agreement and the services provided therein.
 
8.5   A breach of Clauses 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 and 8.4 above, inter alia, shall be considered a material breach of the contract.
9   Terminations
9.1   The agreement will be terminated automatically after the expiry of the Contract

 


 

    Term agreed in Clause 4 above.
 
9.2   Each Party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice during the Term in the event that:
  (i)   the other party becomes insolvent, makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors, offers a composition or extension to creditors, suspends payment, consents to or suffers the appointment of a receiver, a trustee, a committee of creditors or a liquidating agent files or has filed against it a petition in bankruptcy or seeking reorganisation, arrangement or readjustment of its debts or its dissolution or liquidation or for any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law and upon demand of the first party, unless a guarantee is raised to the benefit and satisfaction of the first party, and/or
 
  (ii)   the other party does not comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such non-compliance constitutes a material breach of contract and the other party does not rectify the breach within 30 days from the first party’s written notice specifying the breach. Any such notice shall describe in detail the facts and circumstances supporting the allegation of breach.
9.3   In the event that this Agreement is terminated for any reason during the Term, other than by MMT pursuant to sub-clauses (i) or (ii) above, MMT agrees to refund to AIPL, without the requirement of notice or demand, the full amount of all Signing Bonus (as per clause 6 above) including the amount of any statutory deduction made there from, paid by AIPL to MMT as of the date of such termination under clause 7.1 .
 
9.4   In case agreement is terminated by AIPL other than pursuant to clause 9.2 sub-clauses (i) or (ii) above, no refund of Signing Bonus will be payable by MMT to AIPL. In addition, AIPL will have to pay MMT all segment fee accrued under clause 7 up to the date of termination.
 
9.5   On expiry or early termination of this AGREEMENT by any reason whatsoever, AIPL shall be fully entitled to de-activate the software access/connectivity, de-install the software/hardware/equipments/communication links etc. provided by AIPL from all MMT Locations. MMT will give AIPL undisputed right to enter MMT Locations to de-install/remove all the Resources and to reclaim the possession thereof. In the event MMT does not within 15 days from the termination of the agreement, permit AIPL to de-install the Resources etc from all MMT Locations, MMT will have to pay damages @Rs.10,000/- (Ten thousand) per day per equipment/hardware item installed at MMT’s locations from the date of termination till the day AIPL is able to remove all its Resources from MMT locations. This is without prejudice to legal rights of AIPL.
10   Confidentiality and Secrecy
10.1   Confidentiality: This document is intended only for the use of the MMT. It contains confidential information, which is the property of AIPL and shall therefore not be disclosed by MMT in any form whatsoever. Any dissemination, distribution, copying or disclosure is strictly prohibited. AIPL disclaims any and all liability from the use of the information contained in this document. In the event of a breach of the previous provisions, AIPL shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief in any court of competent jurisdiction restraining you from disclosing any information or to pursuing any other remedies available to it. AIPL shall not disclose MMT business information/knowledge gained through this arrangement during the term of this agreement to any other agent. In the event of a breach of the previous provision, MMT shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief in any court of competent jurisdiction

 


 

    restraining AIPL from disclosing any information or to pursuing any other remedies available to it.
 
10.2   Secrecy: This agreement and financial terms hereto are in the knowledge of only the signatories of this agreement. It will, therefore, be the responsibility of all the signatories to this agreement to ensure that no information or terms and condition of this agreement are misused in any manner to harm the other party. However, both Parties will issue a joint press release upon execution of the Subscriber Agreement, such press release will be approved jointly by AIPL and MMT.
11.   Liability
    AIPL shall not be liable for any loss (including monetary loss), injury or damage which MMT may suffer, jointly or severally, by reason of any malfunction or failure of the System or by reason of any incorrect or unauthorized operation of the system/equipments, including but not limited to loss sustained either directly or indirectly by MMT jointly or severally, in consequence of any claim against them, jointly or severally by any agent, the traveling public, any airline, content provider or any third party.
12.   Dispute Resolution
12.1   In case of any dispute, the parties shall refer by notice in writing such dispute between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement to their respective contract managers for resolution. The contract managers shall negotiate in good faith to attempt to resolve such disputes.
 
12.2   If any dispute cannot be resolved by the contract managers within 21 days (or such other time as agreed in writing between the parties) after it has been referred to them, the dispute shall be referred to the CEO/Director of respective party, who shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such disputes within a further 21 days or such time as agreed in writing between the parties.
 
12.3   Should the respective directors be unable to resolve any dispute in accordance with Clause 12.2, then Clause 13 shall apply in respect of that dispute.
 
12.4   For the avoidance of doubt, use of this dispute resolution procedure will not constitute a waiver of any right of either party to issue proceedings or make any claim in respect of this Agreement in accordance with Clause 13 where the parties have been unable to resolve this dispute by the procedures set out in this Clause 12.
 
12.5   Unless concluded with a written legally binding agreement, all negotiations (including any correspondence, discussions, exchanges or offers) connected with any procedures set out in this Clause 12 shall be confidential (save that the parties may disclose the same to their respective legal advisors and any mediator) and neither party shall be entitled to disclose information regarding the conduct of such procedures or negotiations in any future proceedings.
13.   Governing Law and Arbitration
13.1   This Agreement shall be governed by Indian law and the parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Delhi.
 
13.2   The parties hereto agree that any dispute arising out of or in connection with this

 


 

    AGREEMENT, which cannot be resolved amicably between the parties that remains unresolved as per clause 12 above, shall be referred to and finally settled by arbitration held in accordance with Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. The place of arbitration shall be New Delhi, India and the language will be English. The award of the arbitrator shall be final and may be entered and enforced in any court having competent jurisdiction.
14.   Force Majeure
    The parties hereto shall not be liable for failure or delay in the performance of this AGREEMENT if such failure or delay is caused by any Act of God, Act of Government Authority, fire, strike, riot or war, or any other cause beyond the control of the parties hereto.
15.   Miscellaneous Provisions
15.1   Any modification/addition to this agreement will be effective only if done in writing and signed by both the parties.
 
15.2   Either Party may at its discretion during the Term set off against any amounts due from the other Party hereunder or under any other agreements between the Parties hereto any amounts which are due under this Agreement or those other agreements.
 
15.3   This Agreement supersedes any previous agreement or arrangement between the parties or any of them relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, and any such agreement or arrangement shall, with effect from the Effective Date, be deemed to be terminated by mutual consent of the parties; and, except for any accrued right or liability of any of the parties at the Effective Date, none of the parties shall be deemed to have any further right or obligation, or any accrued right or liability, under any such agreement or arrangement.
 
15.4   Each party acknowledges that, in entering into this Agreement, it does not rely on any representation, warranty or other provision except as expressly provided in this Agreement, and any conditions, warranties or other terms implied by statute or common law are excluded to the fullest extent permitted by law, but nothing in this Agreement shall affect the liability of any party for any fraudulent misrepresentation.
 
15.5   Neither party shall assign, subcontract or otherwise delegate all or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, unless prior written consent has been obtained from the other party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that the assignment of this Agreement to a successor organization by merger, acquisition or a similar restructuring shall require prior written intimation (and shall not require consent). In any case, the rights and obligations of both the parties under this agreement shall be protected unless otherwise agreed upon mutually in writing In the event of any permitted assignment this Agreement shall continue to bind the successors in title and assigns of the relevant parties.
 
15.6   Nothing in this Agreement shall create, or be deemed to create, a partnership, or the relationship of principal and agent, between the parties.
 
15.7   Notices
 
    All notices hereunder shall be in writing and sent by registered post or recorded delivery mail, email or fax to the addresses of the parties set forth below:

 


 

  a.   MakeMytrip India Private Limited
103, Udyog Vihar, Phase 1,
Gurgaon 122016
 
  b.   Amadeus India Private Limited
E-9, Connaught House,
Connaught Place,
New Delhi 110001
    Or such other address, telex, fax or email any party furnishes to the other/s in accordance with this clause.
16.   Execution
    The parties here to have executed this AGREEMENT by their duly authorized signatories setting their hands hereunto and to two others of the same tenor and date on this 4 th day of February 2009, at New Delhi.
     
Signed and Agreed By:

   
Makemytrip (India) Pvt. Ltd.
  Amadeus India Pvt. Ltd.
     
/s/ Rajesh Magow
  /s/ Rakesh Bansal
     
Name: Rajesh Magow
Title: CFO
  Name: Rakesh Bansal
Title: CEO

 


 

Annexure 1:
The following Locations will be included in the Total Group Business of MMT:
             
Makemytrip
  103, Udyog Vihar Phase 1, Gurgaon.   Yes   DELWI2202
 
*   The list can be modified by either of the parties after being agreed in writing.

 

Exhibit 10.5
[LOGO]
IATA
INTERNATIONAL AIR TRANSPORT ASSOCIATION
77 Robinson Road, #05-00 SIA Building
SINGAPORE 068896
PASSENGER SALES AGENCY AGREEMENT
An Agreement made this      30      day of                     August                     200 2 .
BETWEEN
     
14-3 3994 2
  MAKE MY TRIP (INDIA) PVT LTD
 
  C-79, 1ST FLOOR
 
  NEAR OKHLA POLICE STATION
 
  OKHLA INDUSTRIAL AREA, PHASE 1
 
  NEW DELHI 110020
having its principal office at
  INDIA
(hereinafter called “the Agent”)
AND
each IATA member (hereinafter called “Carrier”) which appoints the Agent, represented by the Director General of IATA acting for and on behalf of such IATA Member,

 


 

WHEREBY IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1. EFFECTIVENESS
this Agreement shall become effective between the Agent and the Carrier upon appointment of the Agent by such Carrier in accordance with the Sales Agency Rules in effect in the country(ies) of the Agent’s Location(s). Upon coming into effect this Agreement, including any amendments thereto, shall have the same force and effect between the Carrier and the Agent as though they were both named herein and had both subscribed their names as parties hereto.
2. RULES, RESOLUTIONS AND PROVISIONS INCORPORATED IN AGREEMENT
2.1(a) the terms and conditions governing the relationship between the Carrier and the Agent are set forth in the Resolutions (and other provisions derived therefrom) contained in the Travel Agent’s Handbook (“the Handbook”) as published from time to time under the authority of the Agency Administrator and attached to this Agreement. The Handbook incorporates:
2.1(a)(i) the Sales Agency Rules,
2.1(a)(ii) the Billing and Settlement Plan rules, where applicable, as set forth in the BSP Manual for Agents,
2.1(a)(iii) such local standards as may be provided for under the Sales Agency Rules,
2.1(a)(iv) other applicable IATA Resolutions;
2.1(b) such Rules, Resolutions and other provisions as amended from time to time are deemed to be incorporated in this Agreement and made part hereof and the Carrier and the Agent agree to comply with them;
2.2 the Agent acknowledges that it has received a copy of the current edition of the Handbook and has acquainted itself with the contents thereof. The Agent specifically acknowledges that it has read and understands the contents of the Handbook, including but not limited to those dealing with: indemnities and waiver; custody, issuance and security of Traffic Documents; the reporting and remitting procedures; and the arbitration procedures;
2.3 the Agency Administrator shall provide the Agent with subsequent editions of the Handbook and all amendments thereto. The Agent shall be notified by the Agency Administrator of any amendments to the contents of the Handbook and such amendments shall be deemed to be incorporated herein unless within 30 days of receipt of such notification the Agent terminates this Agreement by notice in writing to the Agency Administrator;
2.4 the terms and expressions used in this Agreement shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meanings respectively provided for in the Sales Agency Rules. In the event of any conflict, contradiction or inconsistency between any provisions with which the Agent is required to comply under Subparagraph 2.1 of this Paragraph, and any of the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
3. SELLING CARRIER’S SERVICES

 


 

3.1 the Agent is authorized to sell air passenger transportation on the services of the Carrier and on the services of other air carriers as authorized by the Carrier. The sale of air passenger transportation means all activities necessary to provide a passenger with a valid contract of carriage including but not limited to the issuance of a valid Traffic Document and the collection of monies therefor. The Agent is also authorized to sell such ancillary and other services as the Carrier may authorize;
3.2 all services sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be sold on behalf of the Carrier and in compliance with Carrier’s tariffs, conditions of carriage and the written instructions of the Carrier as provided to the Agent. The Agent shall not in any way vary or modify the terms and conditions set forth in any Traffic Document used for services provided by the Carrier, and the Agent shall complete these documents in the manner prescribed by the Carrier;
3.3 the Agent shall make only such representations as are authorized in this Agreement and by the Carrier;
3.4 with regard to any transportation the Agent, its officers or employees may procure on the services of another air carrier which does not have the Agent under appointment, the Agent undertakes that it will not directly or indirectly procure the sale of such transportation otherwise than strictly in accordance with the fares, rules and conditions applicable to the sale of such transportation as published in that other carrier’s tariff;
3.5 with respect to previously issued Traffic Documents the Agent, its officers or employees shall issue, accept, reissue, validate or revalidate (including by means of reservation alteration stickers) all such Traffic Documents in accordance with the Carrier’s tariffs, conditions of carriage and written instructions;
3.6 the Agent shall transmit to the Carrier such specific requests or particulars in connection with each customer as may be necessary to enable the Carrier to service each customer efficiently.
4. OBSERVANCE OF LAWS AND REGULATIONS
the Agent shall observe all government laws and regulations applicable to the sale of air transportation, or any other acts performed by the Agent under this Agreement, in the territory or territories where the Approved Locations of the Agent are situated and in all territories to or through which the Agent may sell air passenger transportation.
5. AGENCY DESIGNATION
the Agent shall not represent itself as a ‘General Agent’ or use any other designation, such as ‘Air Lines Ticket Office’, which would indicate or imply in any way that its office is an office of the Carrier or any Member.
6. CUSTODY AND ISSUE OF TRAFFIC DOCUMENTS AND CUSTODY OF CARRIER IDENTIFICATION PLATES
6.1 Traffic Documents deposited by the Carrier or by the Billing and Settlement Plan Management on behalf of the Carrier as the case may be, are and remain the sole property of the Carrier or Plan Management until duly issued and delivered pursuant to a transaction under this Agreement; similarly Identification Plates deposited with the Agent are the sole property of the Carrier at all times. The Agent acknowledges and agrees that it has no proprietory rights to such Traffic Documents and Plates. The Carrier or Plan Management acting on its behalf may, at any time, require that the Agent return such Traffic Documents and

 


 

Identification Plates, and the Agent agrees to return them immediately;
6.2 the Carrier or Plan Management acting on its behalf shall be entitled at any time to audit or procure an audit of Traffic Documents and Identification Plates, or to ascertain that security standards are met;
6.3 where the Carrier participates in an automated ticketing system for the issuance of Standard Traffic Documents or other neutral Traffic Documents and the Agent issues such Traffic Documents through the system on behalf of the Carrier, the Carrier may at any time withdraw from the Agent the authority to issue neutral Traffic Documents on its behalf. In the event that the Agent is declared in default or is suspended in accordance with the Sales Agency Rules the Agent shall immediately cease issuing neutral Traffic Documents through the system on behalf of the Carrier as of the date such default or suspension is effective;
6.4 in the event any part of an automated ticketing system is provided to the Agent by a third party, other than an airline participating in such system, the Agent undertakes to obtain written confirmation from the Carrier or the Coordinator that the relevant specifications, function and mode of operation of such system and any changes thereto, conform with standards that are acceptable. The Agent shall not issue Traffic Documents on behalf of the Carrier through the system until such written confirmation has been obtained.
7. MONIES DUE BY AGENT TO CARRIERS — REMITTANCE
7.1 a Traffic Document shall be issued immediately money is received by the Agent for specified passenger air transportation or ancillary services sold under this Agreement and the Agent shall be responsible for remittance to the Carrier of the amount payable in respect of such Traffic Document;
7.2 all monies collected by the Agent for transportation and ancillary services sold under this Agreement, including applicable remuneration which the Agent is entitled to claim thereunder, are the property of the Carrier and must be held by the Agent in trust for the Carrier or on behalf of the Carrier until satisfactorily accounted for to the Carrier and settlement made;
7.3 the Agent shall not pledge, cede, promise or otherwise transfer to a third party any claims to monies due to the Agent or to the Carrier, but not yet collected, for transportation and ancillary services sold under this Agreement, including applicable remuneration, which the Agent is entitled to claim hereunder;
7.4 in the event that the Agent becomes the subject of bankruptcy proceedings, is placed in receivership or judicial administration, goes into liquidation or becomes subject to a similar legal process affecting the normal operation of the Agent, then notwithstanding the normal remittance procedures under this Agreement, all monies due to the Carrier or held on behalf of the Carrier in connection with this Agreement shall become immediately due and payable.
8. REFUNDS
the Agent shall make refund only in accordance with the Carrier’s tariffs, conditions of carriage and written instructions, and against receipt. The Agent shall only refund Traffic Documents issued by such Agent.
9. REMUNERATION
for the sale of air transportation and ancillary services by the Agent under this Agreement the Carrier shall remunerate the Agent in a manner and amount as may be stated from time to time and communicated to the

 


 

Agent by the Carrier. Such remuneration shall constitute full compensation for the services rendered to the Carrier.
10. RECORDS AND INSPECTION
the Agent shall maintain adequate records and accounts, together with supporting documents, recording the details of all transactions effected under this Agreement. Such records, accounts and documents shall be preserved by the Agent for at least two years from the date of the transactions to which they relate and shall be available for inspection or for copying by the Carrier whose Traffic Documents have been issued.
11. CONFIDENTIALITY
11.1 the Carrier agrees that the Carrier and its officers, employees and agents, including the Billing and Settlement Plan Management where applicable, will treat information and data relating to the Agent coming into its possession as confidential except to the extent required by law;
11.2 notwithstanding Subparagraph 11.1 of this Paragraph, the Agent agrees that the Carrier, its officers, employees and agents, including the Billing and Settlement Plan Management where applicable, may collect, process and disclose to other parties participating in the BSP, except to other Agents, such information and data for purposes of financial assessment of the Agent or of the orderly operation of agency administration or of the Billing and Settlement Plan;
11.3 the Agent agrees that the Agent and its officers, employees and any other person acting on the Agent’s behalf will treat information and data relating to the Carrier coming into its possession as confidential except to the extent required by law.
12. TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT, CHANGE OF LEGAL STATUS, OWNERSHIP, NAME OR LOCATION
12.1 this Agreement shall not be assigned or otherwise transferred in whole or in part by the Agent to any other person or persons;
12.2 in the event that the Agent proposes to effect any change(s) in the legal status, ownership, name(s) and/or address(es) (within the meaning of these expressions as used in the Sales Agency Rules under which the activities of any of its Approved Locations are conducted) the Agent undertakes to give prior notice in accordance with the detailed procedures set forth in those Rules.
13. TERMINATION
13.1 this Agreement or its application to a specific Location(s) of the Agent shall be terminated if, in accordance with the Sales Agency Rules:
13.1.1 the Carrier withdraws its appointment of the Agent,
13.1.2 the Agent withdraws from its appointment by the Carrier,
13.1.3 the Agent is removed from the Agency List,
13.1.4 the Agent relinquishes its IATA Approval /Accreditation;
13.2 notice of termination of the Agreement as above may be given at any time by notice in writing. Unless otherwise specified in the Sales Agency Rules, such notice shall take effect no sooner than the last day of the month following the month in which the notice of termination is given, and such notice shall include the

 


 

effective date of termination, without prejudice to fulfilment by each party of all obligations accrued prior to the date of termination.
14. ARBITRATION
if any matter is reviewed by arbitration pursuant to the Sales Agency Rules, the Agent hereby submits to arbitration in accordance with such Rules and agrees to observe the procedures therein provided and to abide by any arbitration award made thereunder .
15. INDEMNITIES AND WAIVER
15.1 the Carrier agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent, its officers and employees from and against liability for any loss, injury, or damage, whether direct, indirect or consequential, arising in the course of transportation or other ancillary services provided by the Carrier pursuant to a sale made by the Agent hereunder or arising from the failure of the Carrier to provide such transportation or services, except to the extent that such loss, injury or damage is caused or contributed to by the Agent, its officers, employees or any other person acting on the Agent’s behalf;
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written
Director General of the International Air Transport Association acting as agent for the Carriers referred to in the preamble hereto.
       
by 
/s/ Chan Wai Leong
  (Authorised Representative)
 
 
   
CHAN Wai Leong
   
Regional Director, IATA Distribution Services
Northern Asia
   
77 Robinson Road, #05-00 SIA Building
Singapore 068896
   
 
   
 
   
AGENT
  FULL ADDRESS
 
   
MAKE MY TRIP ( INDIA) PVT. LTD
  C-79, OKHLA INDUSTRIAL AREA
 
   
 
   
 
   
By
DEEP KALRA
  PHASE-I NEW DELHI   -110020
 
 
   
(Name, typed or printed)
   
 
   
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
  INDIA
 
   
(Title or capacity)
   
 
   
/s/ Deep Kalra
   
 
   
(Signature)
   
Note: Where in accordance with local law, execution of the Agreement requires the signatures of the parties to be witnessed, or notarized, such formalities must be accomplished. The space below may be used for that purpose.
         
WITNESS:
  SUMIT GUPTA    
 
       
 
  (Name, typed or printed)    
 
       
 
  MANAGER F & A    
 
       
 
  (Title or capacity)    
 
       
 
  /s/ Sumit Gupta    
 
       
 
  (Signature)    

 

Table of Contents

Exhibit 10.6.1
BUSINESS PROCESS OUTSOURCING SERVICES AGREEMENT
Between
IBM Daksh Business Process Services Private Limited
and
Make My Trip Private Limited

Page 1 of 19


 

Table of Contents
             
1.
  Definitions     3  
2.
  Agreement Structure     5  
3.
  Charges and Payment     5  
4.
  Taxes     6  
5.
  Changes to the Agreement Terms     6  
6.
  Notices     7  
7.
  Personnel     7  
8.
  Non-Solicitation     7  
9.
  Reports     7  
10.
  Confidentiality     8  
11.
  Materials Ownership and License     8  
12.
  Indemnification     9  
13.
  Required Consents     11  
14.
  Software     11  
15.
  Services Recipients     11  
16.
  Warranty for IBM Services     12  
17.
  Limitation of Liability     12  
18.
  Data Protection     13  
19.
  Escalation Procedure     14  
20.
  Term and Termination     15  
21.
  General Principles of IBM and MMTL’s Relationship     17  
22.
  Force Majeure     17  
23.
  Geographic Scope and Governing Law     18  
24.
  Severability and Waiver     18  
25.
  Entire Agreement     18  


Table of Contents

BPO Services Agreement
This Agreement is between:
(1)   MakeMyTrip India Private Limited, F-46, Malhotra Building, First Floor, near Indian Overseas Bank Connaught Place, New Delhi 110001 (“ MMTL ”); and
 
(2)   IBM Daksh Business Process Services Private Limited (formerly known as Daksh eServices Private Limited), a company organized and existing under the laws of India and having its registered office at 1st Floor, 25, Barakhamba Road, Connaught Place, New Delhi - 110 001 and corporate office at 186 Udyog Vihar Phase-I, Gurgaon, 122016, Haryana, India (hereinafter referred to as the “IBM”, which expression shall, unless contrary to the meaning or context thereof, be deemed to include its successors and assigns).
This Agreement sets out the Parties’ rights and obligations with respect to MMTL’s availing of the Services from IBM.
No machines or licensed program products may be acquired by MMTL under this Agreement. Any machines or licensed program products must be acquired under a separate agreement.
1.   Definitions
    Agreement means this Business Process Outsourcing Services Agreement between MMTL and IBM, including the Transaction Documents and any other documents incorporated by reference.
 
    Agreement Effective Date is the date that this Agreement becomes effective, as specified on the signature page.
 
    Affiliate(s) is any entity which from time to time Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the relevant Party or entity.
 
    Affected Employees – means the individuals listed in Exhibit L-1 (Affected Employees) of Exhibit 1A (Employees) in Transaction Document
 
    Confidential Information has the meaning given to that term in Section 10 of this Agreement.
 
    Control means having the ability (including, without limitation, by means of owning or controlling a majority of voting rights or the right to appoint or remove a majority of the board of directors) to control the management and policies of an entity.
 
    Derivative Work means a work based on one or more preexisting works, including a condensation, transformation, translation, modification, expansion, or adaptation that, if prepared without authorization of the owner of the copyright of such preexisting work, would constitute a copyright infringement under applicable law.
 
    Enterprise means any legal entity (such as a corporation) and the subsidiaries it owns by more than 50 percent. The term “Enterprise” applies only to the portion of the Enterprise located in India.
 
    Facilities means any location: 1) owned, leased, rented, or used by MMTL that IBM may use in providing the Services; and 2) that is listed in a Transaction Document.
 
    Force Majeure Event has the meaning given to that term in Section 22 of this Agreement.
 
    IBM Corp means International Business Machines Corporation, an IBM Affiliate.
 
    Machines mean machines that are owned, leased, or rented by IBM and used by IBM to provide the Services. Machines located at the Facilities are listed as Services Machines in a Transaction Document.
 
    Materials means expressions of literary works or other works of authorship (such as programs, program listings, programming tools, programming methodologies, documentation, reports, drawings and similar works) that are developed by IBM, under this Agreement, and delivered by IBM to MMTL as part of the Services, and are not available under vendor software license agreements (including license agreements for IBM Corp or IBM Products). Materials do not include the underlying literary works or other works of authorship upon which such Materials are based.

Page 3 of 19


Table of Contents

    New Service means a service IBM may provide to MMTL subject to mutually agreeable terms and conditions to be set forth in a new or modified Transaction Document.
 
    Party means either IBM or MMTL, collectively “Parties”.
 
    Products collectively mean:
    IBM Product(s), which means any equipment, program, system, product, or business process developed by IBM and used by IBM in conjunction with the Services provided to MMTL under this Agreement.
 
    IBM Corp Product(s), which means IBM Corp logoed hardware or software made generally available by IBM Corp, IBM or its other Affiliates; and
 
    MMTL Product(s), which means any equipment, system, program, product, or business process provided to IBM by MMTL under this Agreement or used in conjunction with the Services.
    Project means the Services to be undertaken as specified in a Transaction Document.
 
    Project Manager(s) means individuals assigned to a Project by MMTL and IBM, respectively, who have the authority to represent and bind MMTL and IBM, respectively, for that Project and who will have specific operational roles as described in a Transaction Document. MMTL and IBM will each provide the other reasonable advance written notice of a change to the respective Project Manager and will discuss any objections the other has to such change.
 
    Regulatory Requirements collectively means:
    IBM Regulatory Requirements, which means the laws applicable to IBM in its capacity as a provider of information technology enabled services and personnel to support business process outsourcing; and
 
    MMTL Regulatory Requirements, which means the laws applicable to MMTL, including laws applicable to MMTL Business Processes.
    Required Consents means any consents or approvals required to give IBM the right or license to access, use and/or modify the hardware, software, firmware and other products MMTL use, without infringing the ownership or license rights (including patent and copyright) of the providers or owners of such products.
 
    Service(s) means the performance of a task, provision of advice and counsel, assistance, support, or access to a resource (such as access to an information database), as set out in the applicable Transaction Document, which IBM makes available to MMTL under the terms of this Agreement.
 
    Services Recipients are the entities receiving Services at MMTL request and listed in a Transaction Document.
 
    Software collectively means:
    Applications Software, which means the programs, including all supporting documentation, source code, and media that: 1) perform specific data processing and telecommunication tasks; and 2) are listed as Applications Software in a Transaction Document; and
 
    Systems Software, which means the programs, including all source code (if applicable), supporting documentation and media that: 1) perform tasks basic to the functioning of data processing and telecommunication; 2) are required to operate the Applications Software; and 3) are listed as Systems Software in a Transaction Document.
    Subcontractors mean contractors, vendors, agents, and consultants selected and retained by MMTL or IBM, respectively.
 
    Term has the meaning given to it in Section 20 of this Agreement.
 
    Termination Charge means the charge for MMTL early termination of a Service for MMTL convenience, as set forth in the Section 20 of this Agreement. The Termination Charge is set forth in the applicable Transaction Document.
 
    Third Party or Third Parties means any entity or person other than IBM and MMTL and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, and employees.
 
    Transaction Document means a document incorporated by reference herein which sets out the Services and the associated operational, commercial and any additional terms under which IBM will provide the Services to MMTL.

Page 4 of 19


Table of Contents

    Transaction Effective Date is the time and date, specified in a Transaction Document, that the Transaction Document becomes effective.
 
    MMTL Business Processes means the business processes executed or supported by IBM on MMTL behalf under this Agreement.
 
    MMTL Data means any information relating to an identifiable individual or legal person if required by local law that IBM processes on behalf of MMTL in performing the Services. MMTL Data excludes information: 1) processed by IBM for any reason other than IBM’s performance of the Services; 2) processed by IBM because of its relationship with its customers (including MMTL and its Affiliates) generally; and 3) relating to employees of IBM and its Affiliates.
2.   Agreement Structure
  (a)   Transaction Documents are part of this Agreement. All transactions have one or more associated Transaction Documents (such as an invoice, supplement, schedule, exhibit, statement of work, change authorization, or addendum).
 
  (b)   Unless stated otherwise in the Transaction Document, if there is a conflict between the terms and conditions set out herein and the terms of a Transaction Document, these terms and conditions shall prevail over the terms of the Transaction Document .
 
  (c)   MMTL accept the terms in Transaction Documents by (1) signing them, (2) using the Service, or allowing others to do so, or (3) making any payment for the Service.
 
  (d)   A Service becomes subject to this Agreement when IBM accepts MMTL order by (1) sending MMTL a Transaction Document or (2) providing the Service.
3.   Charges and Payment
  (a)   IBM shall charge MMTL, and MMTL shall pay IBM, for the performance of the Services as set forth in the applicable Transaction Document.
 
  (b)   IBM will send the invoice by 10th day of every month for which services are provided and MMTL will make the payment by end of the same month through wire transfer to IBM’s bank account (Due Date). If the Payment is not made within the Due Date, MMTL shall be subject to late payment charge. Such charges will be calculated at a monthly rate of 2% of the invoice amount compounded for each period or part period of 30 (thirty) days that the invoice remains unpaid. Monthly billing cycle shall be as follows :
  (i)   For the services provided in any given month, IBM will send the invoice to MMTL through email on 10 th of that month based on the locked forecast for the same month as received earlier. MMTL then shall pay to IBM the amount as mentioned in the invoice based on the relevant clauses in this agreement. During the first week of next month, IBM and MMTL shall collectively work out the variance between actual and locked forecast for the previous month. If it is discovered and agreed between the parties that MMTL has paid extra then what should have been paid based on actuals, IBM then shall issue a credit note with the next month’s invoice to MMTL. MMTL then shall pay the next month’s payment after adjusting the amount as mentioned in the credit note.
 
  (ii)   For the services provided in any given month, IBM will send the invoice to MMTL through email on 10 th of that month based on the locked forecast for the same month as received earlier. MMTL then shall pay to IBM the amount as mentioned in the invoice based on the relevant clauses in this agreement. During the first week of next month, IBM and MMTL shall collectively work out the variance between actual and locked forecast for the previous month. If it is discovered and agreed between the parties that MMTL has paid less then what should have been paid based on actuals, IBM then shall issue an additional invoice for the amount in arrears with the next month’s invoice to MMTL. MMTL then shall pay the next month’s payment after adding the amount as mentioned in the additional invoice.
  (c)   The charges are exclusive of all applicable taxes, duties and levies.

Page 5 of 19


Table of Contents

  (d)   If any authority imposes a duty, tax, levy, or fee in respect of services provided by IBM to MMT excluding any income tax or any other direct taxes, then MMTL agree to pay that amount as specified in an invoice or supply exemption documentation.
All charges set forth in a Transaction Document exclude all applicable indirect tax or levies (including but not limited to service tax, value added/sales tax or any other taxes of a similar nature) which may be applicable to the services to which the charges relate.
4.   Taxes
  (a)   MMTL will pay all:
  (i)   applicable indirect taxes or levies (including but not limited to service tax, value added/sales tax or any other taxes of a similar nature) on the service provided by IBM to MMTL including any other indirect taxes that might come into effect after entering into this contract as rendered applicable; and
 
  (ii)   Intentionally left blank.
  (b)   The Parties agree to cooperate reasonably with each other to determine MMTL tax liability on IBM’s charges.
 
  (c)   IBM will pay all:
  (i)   personal property, sales, value-added, and use taxes on IBM’s personal property operated by IBM personnel; and
 
  (ii)   taxes, assessments, and other levies on IBM’s owned, leased, rented, or purchased real property.
  (d)   IBM’s invoices will state applicable Indirect taxes chargeable on the Services, if any, by tax jurisdiction.
 
  (e)   The Parties will provide and make available to the other any resale certificates, tax exemption certificates, information regarding out-of-state sales or use of equipment, materials or services, direct pay certificates and other exemption certificates.
MMTL will be required under law to deduct withholding taxation (TDS) on services of IBM. This will be deducted from regular payments made to IBM. MMTL will issue a consolidated annual certificate to IBM for deduction of such TDS.
5.   Changes to the Agreement Terms
  (a)   Should the Parties mutually agree upon any addition, modification or change to any terms of any Transaction Document, including the Services, fees, or schedules attached thereto, such addition, modification or change shall be done as per the procedure stated below and be signed by the Parties’ authorized representatives (such a signed document, a “Change Order”). Failure of the parties to agree on the entitlement to or the scope or amount of an equitable adjustment shall be treated and resolved as a dispute under the Section 19 of this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Project Change Control Procedure: The following process will be followed if a change to a Transaction Document for a Service is required.
  (i)   A project change request (“ PCR ”) will be the vehicle for communicating change. The PCR must describe the change, the rationale for the change and the effect the change will have on the Services. The designated Project Manager of the requesting Party will review the proposed change and determine whether to submit the request to the other Party.
 
  (ii)   Both Project Managers will review the proposed change and recommend it for further investigation or reject it. A PCR must be signed by authorized representatives from both Parties to authorize investigation of the recommended changes.
 
  (iii)   A written change authorization and/or PCR must be signed by authorized representatives from both Parties to authorize implementation of the investigated changes. Until a change is agreed in writing, both Parties will continue to act in accordance with the latest agreed version of the Transaction Document.
  (c)   Changes Made by IBM on an Emergency Basis: Except for changes made by IBM on an emergency basis, IBM will schedule change activities in accordance with the Project Change Control Procedure with the goal of minimizing unreasonable interruptions to MMTL business

Page 6 of 19


Table of Contents

      operations. With respect to changes made by IBM on an emergency basis, IBM will provide MMTL with documentation of such changes within five business days after such changes were made.
6.   Notices
  (a)   Unless otherwise set forth in a Transaction Document, any notices, requests or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, by overnight courier, or by facsimile transmission or e-mail, or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and addressed to the appropriate Party at its address or to its fax number, as appropriate, as set forth below:
     
MMTL Contact Information   IBM Contact Information
MakemyTrip India Private Limited
Plot No 103, Phase I, Udyog Vihar
Gurgaon
Haryana, India
  IBM Daksh Business Process Services Private Limited
DLF Building No. 8, Tower B
4 th Floor, DLF Cyber City
DLF Phase II, Gurgaon – 122002
Haryana, India
 
   
Attention: [Rajesh Magow]
  Attention: [Chandrasekar Thyagarajan]
Fax:[                     ]
  Fax: [0124 = 4263311]
 
   
 
  With a copy to: General Counsel, IBM India
 
  Fax: [Insert]
  (b)   Any such notice, request, or other communication shall be considered given on the date of hand or courier delivery if delivered by hand or overnight courier, on the date of receipt if delivered by fax or e-mail, or on the date of deposit in the mail as provided above. By giving at least two (2) days’ prior written notice, either Party may from time to time and at any time change its mailing address or fax number hereunder.
7.   Personnel
  (a)   Each Party is responsible for the supervision, direction, control, and compensation of its respective personnel. IBM reserves the right to determine the assignment of its personnel. All Services shall be furnished by IBM as an independent contractor. Under no circumstances shall any IBM employee utilized by IBM to perform the Services be deemed to be MMTL’s employees. The Parties are not joint employers for any purpose under this Agreement.
8.   Non-Solicitation
    During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of two (2) years after the date of termination of this Agreement, neither Party will knowingly solicit any of the other Party’s employees who, were directly involved in the delivery or receipt of the Services. The restrictions contained in this paragraph regarding non-solicitation of employees will not apply to any of the following: (a) to the extent that any such employee has ceased to be employed by a Party for at least six (6) months prior to being solicited; or (b) to the extent that an employee responds (without specific solicitation) to a general advertisement through newspapers or other publications of general circulation, placement agencies or similar means; or (c) as otherwise mutually agreed upon by the Parties.
9.   Reports
    IBM will provide MMTL with reports at such intervals as may be specified in the applicable Transaction Document. Such reports will include performance against any specified agreed performance metrics, and shall be in a format and include such other content as mutually agreed.

Page 7 of 19


Table of Contents

10.   Confidentiality
  (a)   Each Party’s mutual objective under this Section 10 is to provide appropriate protection for confidential information while maintaining its ability to conduct its respective business activities. The Parties agree that the following terms apply when either party discloses confidential information to the other under this Agreement.
 
  (b)   For the purposes of this Section 10, “Confidential Information” means information provided by the disclosing Party (“ Discloser ”) to the receiving Party (“ Recipient ”) that (1) is marked with a restrictive legend of the Discloser or is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure; or (2) contains the Discloser’s customer lists, customer information, account information, information regarding business planning and business operations, and administrative, financial or marketing activities, provided (a) the Discloser treats such information as confidential and (b) such information is reasonably considered confidential based upon the nature of the information. Neither Party will, without the prior written consent of the other, disclose to any Third Parties any Confidential Information which is received from the other Party for the purposes of providing or receiving Services. Each Party agrees that any such Confidential Information received by it from the other may be used by its (and its respective Affiliates’) personnel only for the purposes of providing or receiving Services under this or any other contract between the Parties. These restrictions will not apply to any information which: (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a breach of an obligation under this Section; (ii) is acquired from a third party without an obligation of confidentiality; (iii) is or has been independently developed by the Recipient (or one of its Affiliates) or was known to it or them prior to receipt; or (iv) is generally known or easily ascertainable by non-parties of ordinary skill in computer or process design or programming or MMTL’s field of business.
 
  (c)   Neither Party will be liable to the other for inadvertent or accidental disclosure of Confidential Information if the disclosure occurs notwithstanding the Party’s exercise of the same level of protection and care that such Party customarily uses in safeguarding its own confidential information. Confidential Information disclosed under this Agreement will be subject to this Section 10 for two (2) years following the initial date of disclosure.
 
  (d)   Notwithstanding Section 10(b) above, each Party will be entitled to disclose Confidential Information of the other: (i) to its respective insurers or legal advisors, auditors, and (ii) to a third party, to the extent that this is required by any court of competent jurisdiction, by a governmental or regulatory authority, or where there is a legal right, duty or requirement so to disclose, provided that in the case of this Sub-section (d)(ii), where reasonably practicable (and without breaching any legal or regulatory requirement) not less than 2 business days’ notice in writing is first given to the other Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, IBM may disclose Confidential Information referred to in this Section to (1) IBM’s Affiliates or (2) a Third Party as may be necessary for the delivery of the Services, subject to such Third Party agreeing, in writing, to be bound by similar terms and conditions.
 
  (e)   Notwithstanding Section 10(b) above, IBM may cite the performance of the Services to its customers and prospective customers as an indication of IBM’s experience, unless the Parties specifically agree otherwise in writing.
11.   Materials Ownership and License
  (a)   This Section specifies the ownership and license rights in Materials. Materials are either Type I Materials or Type II Materials.
 
  (b)   Type I Materials are software(s) for which the preexisting copyright is owned by MMTL. MMTL provides a license to IBM in any pre-existing material owned by MMTL only for the purpose of providing services to MMTL under this Agreement or any related SoWs. On termination of this Agreement such license to any pre-existing material of MMTL shall also terminate and IBM shall have no further right to use any pre-existing material of MMTL. All other Materials are Type II Materials, including Derivative works of Type I Materials.
 
  (c)   Type I Materials – Ownership : Type I Materials are owned by MMTL. IBM will retain one copy of Type I Materials during the subsistence of this Agreement or as may be required under Law.

Page 8 of 19


Table of Contents

      Type I Materials under the possession of IBM would be returned to MMTL or destroyed after the expiry / termination of Agreement.
 
  (d)   Intentionally Left Blank
 
  (e)   Type II Materials – Ownership: Type II Materials are those created during the provision of the Services or otherwise (such as those that preexist the Services) in which IBM, its Affiliates or Third Parties have all right, title and interest (including ownership of copyright).
 
  (f)   Type II Materials – License Rights: IBM hereby grants to MMTL a nonexclusive, worldwide, paid-up license to use, execute, reproduce, display, perform and distribute, within MMTL Enterprise only, copies of Type II Materials, but only for:
  (a)   MMTL’s internal use; and
 
  (b)   for the purpose of MMTL’s receipt of the Services during the Term, provided that such license will terminate upon the termination of this Agreement.
  (g)   Items Provided by MMTL: With respect to items provided by MMTL, MMTL’s Affiliates, or MMTL’s Subcontractors, and not developed under this Agreement, such items are owned by MMTL, MMTL’s Affiliates, or MMTL’s Subcontractors. MMTL hereby grant to IBM a license to such items as follows:
  (a)   a nonexclusive, worldwide, paid-up license to use, execute, reproduce, display, perform, distribute copies of, and modify (including creating Derivative Works based on) such items, but only:
  (1)   for IBM’s internal use,
 
  (2)   for the purposes of IBM providing the Services, and
 
  (3)   during the Term; and
  (h)   The ownership and license rights granted in this Section are limited by and subject to any patents and copyrights held by, and the terms of any license agreements with, applicable vendor software providers (including IBM and its Affiliates).
 
  (i)   To the extent all or any portion of the Materials may not, by operation of law, be owned by the entity to which ownership is granted in this Section (the Owner), the other hereby assigns, without further consideration, ownership in such Materials to such Owner.
 
  (j)   The Parties grant only the licenses and rights specified in this Agreement. No other licenses or rights (including licenses or rights under patents) are granted.
 
  (k)   The Parties each agree to reproduce the copyright notice and any other legend of ownership on the original and any copies made under the licenses granted in this Section.
 
  (l)   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, IBM and its Affiliates will not be prevented or restricted by this Agreement from using any technique, idea, concepts or know-how relating to IBM’s or its Affiliates’ business activities.
12.   Indemnification
  (a)   Defense by IBM: IBM will defend MMTL, MMTL’s Affiliates, and their respective employees, officers, and directors against any claim by a Third Party:
  (i)   that an IBM Product used by IBM in conjunction with the Services under this Agreement infringes such Third Party’s patent or copyright;
 
  (ii)   for taxes (and interest or penalties assessed thereon) against MMTL that are obligations of IBM pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement.
 
  (iii)   based on any representations, oral or written, made by IBM to MMTL employees, including the Affected Employees, regarding the employment of the Affected Employees with IBM under this Agreement, unless such representations were expressly authorized in writing by MMTL.
  (b)   Defense by MMTL: MMTL will defend IBM, its Affiliates, and their respective employees, officers, and directors against any claim by a Third Party:
  (i)   that MMTL’s Product(s) infringes such Third Party’s patent or copyright;

Page 9 of 19


Table of Contents

  (ii)   that a contractual obligation not expressly assumed by IBM under Section 17 of this Agreement and listed in a Transaction Document was not performed;
 
  (iii)   that is brought by a Services Recipient and is related, directly or indirectly, to the Services;
 
  (iv)   for taxes (and interest or penalties assessed thereon) against IBM that are obligations of MMTL pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement;
 
  (v)   based on an environmental claim arising out of this Agreement or as a result of the Services performed at the Facilities, except to the extent that IBM has caused the environmental damage as a result of IBM’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and
 
  (vi)   based on any products or services provided by MMTL or MMTL’s Affiliates.
 
  (vii)   made by MMTL to MMTL employees, including the Affected Employees, regarding the employment of the Affected Employees with IBM under this Agreement, unless such representations were expressly authorized in writing by IBM.
  (c)   Indemnity : If a Party is obligated to provide the defense in Sections 12(a) or 12(b) above (the “ Indemnifying Party ”), subject to Section 12(g), the Indemnifying Party agrees to pay to the other (the “ Indemnified Party ”) all:
  (i)   damages that a court finally awards to such Third Party for such claim and any reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of investigation incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with defending such claim (“ Defense Costs ”); or
 
  (ii)   the amount of any settlement agreed to by the Indemnifying Party and any Defense Costs,
    in each case, in proportion to the Indemnifying Party’s comparative fault in causing such amounts.
  (d)   Patent and Copyright Claims: The Indemnifying Party will have no obligation for patent or copyright claims pursuant to Sections 12(a) or 12(b) above to the extent such claims are a result of:
  (a)   modifications of the Products, or the use of such Products in other than their specified operating environment;
 
  (b)   the Indemnified Party’s combination, operation, or use of Products with products, data, or apparatus not provided by the Indemnifying Party; or
 
  (c)   the Indemnified Party’s use of the Products in a country other than the country set forth in this Agreement or a Transaction Document,
      unless such modification, combination, operation or use was at the direction or request of, or in accordance with the specifications provided by, the Indemnifying Party.
 
  (e)   Intentionally left blank
 
  (f)   Patent and Copyright Claims (Cont’d) : If a patent or copyright infringement claim is made or appears likely to be made, the Indemnified Party agrees to permit the Indemnifying Party to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the right for the Indemnified Party to continue to use the relevant Product or to modify or replace it with one that is at least functionally equivalent, provided, however, that use of such Product may be discontinued if the Product cannot be modified or replaced, and the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party will cooperate with each other to achieve a reasonable alternative arrangement for providing the affected Services with appropriate adjustment to the Services, performance metrics and charges.
 
  (g)   Indemnification Procedures: The Indemnifying Party’s obligations under this Section are subject to the Indemnified Party following the procedures set forth in this Section 12(g).
  (i)   The Indemnified Party will promptly notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of a claim covered by this Section 12.
 
  (ii)   The Indemnifying Party will be entitled to take sole control of the defense and investigation of the claim (“ Defense ”) at its own expense, and to use attorneys of its choice, by providing prompt written notice to the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party will not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any Defense Costs incurred after such notice, except for Defense Costs incurred at the Indemnifying Party’s request.

Page 10 of 19


Table of Contents

  (iii)   The Indemnified Party will cooperate in all reasonable respects with the Indemnifying Party and its attorneys in the Defense of such claim, and may reasonably participate at its own expense, through its attorneys or otherwise, in such Defense.
 
  (iv)   If the Indemnifying Party does not take sole control of the Defense of a claim as provided in this Section 12(g):
  (a)   the Indemnifying Party may participate in such Defense, at its sole cost and expense;
 
  (b)   the Indemnified Party will have the right to defend the claim in such manner as it may deem appropriate; and
 
  (c)   the Indemnifying Party will pay the Indemnified Party’s Defense Costs.
  (v)   All settlements of claims subject to indemnification under this Section will:
  (a)   be entered into only with the consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld; and
 
  (b)   include an appropriate confidentiality agreement prohibiting disclosure of the terms of such settlement.
  (vi)   The Indemnifying Party will be subrogated to the rights and defenses of the Indemnified Party to the extent of, and with respect to, the Indemnifying Party’s obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party under this Section 12.
13.   Required Consents
  (a)   MMTL is responsible for promptly obtaining and providing to IBM all Required Consents necessary for IBM to provide the Services described in this Agreement and any Transaction Documents.
 
  (b)   MMTL will indemnify, defend and hold IBM, its Affiliates, harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities and damages (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising from or in connection with any claims (including patent and copyright infringement) made against IBM, alleged to have occurred as a result of MMTL’s failure to provide any Required Consents to IBM.
 
  (c)   IBM will be relieved of the performance of its obligations affected by MMTL’s failure to promptly provide any Required Consents to IBM, to the extent of such failure affecting the performance of its obligations.
14.   Software
  (a)   With respect to the software used by IBM to provide the Services:
  (i)   MMTL represent and warrant that, during the term of this Agreement, MMTL have the right to access and use such software in the manner in which MMTL were using such software as of the Transaction Effective Date.
 
  (ii)   MMTL hereby grant to IBM, for IBM’s provision of the Services, the same rights to use such software that MMTL have with respect to such software, subject to Section 13 of this Agreement.
15.   Services Recipients
  (a)   IBM will provide Services to Services Recipients, subject to the terms of this Section.
 
  (b)   MMTL represent and warrant that MMTL will have a written agreement with the Services Recipients prior to IBM’s provision of Services to such Services Recipients that provides, for the benefit of IBM, that:
  (i)   the Services Recipients will not make any claim or be a party to any action or lawsuit, directly or indirectly, against IBM or its Affiliates or their employees, officers, or directors arising out of or in connection with this Agreement; and
 
  (ii)   the Services Recipients will direct all communications regarding this Agreement through and to MMTL, and not through or to IBM.
  (c)   MMTL is fully responsible for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Services provided to such Services Recipients.

Page 11 of 19


Table of Contents

  (d)   Nothing in this Section relieves MMTL of its obligations or expands IBM’s obligations under this Agreement.
16. Warranty for IBM Services
  (a)   Authorization and Enforceability : Each Party represents and warrants that:
  (i)   it has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement;
 
  (ii)   its signing of and agreement to this Agreement has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions;
 
  (iii)   it has signed and agreed to this Agreement; and
 
  (iv)   this Agreement is a valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms (assuming the due authorization, execution, and delivery by the other).
  (b)   Compliance with Laws and Obligations :
  (i)   IBM warrants that it complies with the IBM Regulatory Requirements to the extent that such Regulatory Requirements relate to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
 
  (ii)   MMTL warrants that MMTL and MMTL’s Business Processes comply with MMTL’s Regulatory Requirements to the extent that such Regulatory Requirements relate to the performance or utilization of the Services, and will identify and make interpretations of all of MMTL’s Regulatory Requirements applicable to the performance or utilization of the Services.
 
  (iii)   Any modifications to the Services as a result of MMTL’s Regulatory Requirements will be considered a New Service.
  (c)   Disclaimer of Warranty for EMU :
  (i)   IBM is not providing any Economic Monetary Union (EMU) or Euro denomination services under this Agreement.
 
  (ii)   Under this Agreement, IBM is not responsible for:
  (a)   MMTL’s or MMTL’s Affiliates’ Products;
 
  (b)   a Third Party’s products; or
 
  (c)   IBM Corp and IBM Products not provided and selected by IBM under this Agreement,
 
  ((a), (b), and (c) collectively, “ Other Products ”) to correctly process or properly exchange data in the EMU or Euro denomination.
  (iii)   MMTL acknowledges that MMTL is responsible for assessing MMTL’s current systems and taking appropriate action to migrate to EMU-ready or Euro-ready systems.
  (d)   Other Disclaimers :
  (i)   IBM warrants that services shall materially confirm to the SLA’s as agreed in the SOW.
    EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 16, THERE ARE NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS, OR CONDITIONS (STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE) BY IBM, AND THERE ARE NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS, OR CONDITIONS (STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE) BY IBM, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, IN THIS AGREEMENT.
17.   Limitation of Liability
  (a)   Each Party’s and its respective Affiliates’, employees’, officers’, and directors’ entire liability under this Agreement, and their exclusive remedies, are set forth in this Section and Section 12 of this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Each Party’s and its respective Affiliates’, employees’, officers’ and directors’ entire liability for actual, direct damages under this Agreement, regardless of the basis on which IBM or MMTL are entitled to claim damages (including breach, negligence, misrepresentation, or other contract or tort claim), will be limited in the aggregate for all claims and causes of actions to an amount equal to the greater of US $100,000 or the amount actually paid by MMTL to IBM for

Page 12 of 19


Table of Contents

      the Services provided under this Agreement during the six months prior to the occurrence of the first claim or cause of action.
 
  (c)   In no event will either Party or its respective Affiliates, employees, officers, and directors have any liability under this Agreement, regardless of the basis on which IBM or MMTL are entitled to claim damages (including breach, negligence, misrepresentation, or other contract or tort claim), for any special, incidental, punitive, indirect, economic or consequential damages, or any loss of profit, loss of revenue, loss of data, loss of anticipated savings, or damage to reputation, even if foreseeable or even if MMTL or IBM has been advised of the possibility of such damages; provided that this Section 17(c) does not apply to MMTL’s failure to pay any amounts owing to IBM under this Agreement.
 
  (d)   The limitation of liability in Sections 17(b) and 17(c) above do not apply to:
  (i)   MMTL’s failure to pay any amounts owing to IBM under this Agreement (including amounts owing for Services rendered or services that would have been rendered but for MMTL’s breach of this Agreement);
 
  (ii)   any damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property for which a Party is legally liable;
 
  (iii)   Each Party’s obligation to indemnify the other under this Agreement; and
 
  (iv)   any damages associated with MMTL’s/IBM infringement or violation of the intellectual property rights of IBM/MMTL or its Affiliates.
 
  (v)   Defense Costs and amounts payable to Third Parties pursuant to MMTL’s or IBM’s obligation to indemnify the other under this Agreement, as provided in Section 12 (a) (iii) and Section 12 (b) (vii).
  (e)   In no event will IBM/MMTL or its Affiliates, employees, officers, and directors have any liability under this Agreement, regardless of the basis on which MMTL/IBM is entitled to claim damages (including breach, negligence, misrepresentation, or other contract or tort claim), for claims made against MMTL/IBM by Third Parties or MMTL/IBM’s Affiliates, except for (i) claims for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property for which IBM/MMTL is liable, and (ii) claims in respect of which IBM/MMTL has an obligation to indemnify MMTL/IBM pursuant to this Agreement.
 
  (f)   In no event will IBM/MMTL, its Affiliates, or their respective employees, officers, and directors have any liability for any damages to the extent caused by MMTL/IBM, MMTL/IBM’s Affiliates’, or their respective employees’, officers’, or directors’ failure to perform MMTL/IBM’s obligations under this Agreement, nor will MMTL/IBM, MMTL/IBM’s Affiliates, or their respective employees, officers, and directors have any liability for any damages if to the extent caused by IBM/MMTL’s, its Affiliates’, or their respective employees’, officers’, or directors’ failure to perform IBM/MMTL’s obligations under this Agreement.
18.   Data Protection
  (a)   General
  (i)   The Parties are each responsible for complying with their respective obligations under the applicable data protection laws governing MMTL’s Data.
 
  (ii)   MMTL remain solely responsible for determining the purposes and means of IBM’s processing of MMTL’s Data under this Agreement, including that such processing will not place IBM in breach of the applicable data protection laws.
 
  (iii)   Data protection laws are MMTL’s Regulatory Requirements with respect to MMTL’s Data, except and only to the extent such data protection laws regulate IBM’s processing of MMTL’s Data in IBM’s performance of the Services. The Parties each acknowledge that it is not investigating the steps the other is taking to comply with applicable data protection laws. Nothing in this Agreement prevents IBM or MMTL from taking the steps it deems necessary to comply with applicable data protection laws.
  (b)   Security

Page 13 of 19


Table of Contents

  (i)   By executing this Agreement, MMTL appoint IBM as a data processor of MMTL’s Data. As a processor of MMTL’s Data, IBM will process MMTL’s Data as specified in a Transaction Document. MMTL agree that IBM may perform such processing as IBM reasonably considers necessary or appropriate to perform the Services. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, MMTL will give the data protection authority prompt notice of the termination of the appointment of IBM as MMTL’s data processor.
  (c)   Transborder Data Flows
  (i)   IBM will not transfer any of MMTL’s Data across a country border unless IBM reasonably considers such transfer appropriate or useful for IBM’s performance of the Services or obtains MMTL’s prior written consent, or as is expressly provided in the MSA
 
  (ii)   MMTL are solely responsible for determining that any transfer by IBM or MMTL of MMTL’s Data across a country border under this Agreement complies with the applicable data protection laws.
 
  (iii)   MMTL shall obtain all necessary consents and regulatory approvals required for any transfers of MMTL’s Data across country borders.
  (d)   Information
  (i)   If, under the applicable law, MMTL is required to provide information to an individual regarding MMTL’s Data, IBM will reasonably cooperate with MMTL in providing such information. MMTL will reimburse IBM for its reasonable charges for such assistance.
 
  (ii)   Upon IBM’s or MMTL’s reasonable written request, MMTL or IBM will provide the other with such information that it has regarding MMTL’s Data and its processing that is necessary to enable the requester to comply with its obligations under this Section and the applicable data protection laws.
 
  (iii)   On prior notice, MMTL shall have access to IBM or its affiliate facilities providing services under this agreement, during normal business hours for the purpose of business reviews and meetings only. MMTL agree to allow IBM to store MMTL’s contact information, such as names, phone numbers, and e-mail addresses, in any country where IBM does business and to use such information internally and to communicate with MMTL for the purposes of MMTL’s and IBM’s business relationship only.
19.   Escalation Procedure
  (a)   The following procedure will be followed if resolution is required to a conflict arising during performance of a Service:
  (i)   When a conflict arises between MMTL and IBM, the project team member(s) will first strive to work out the problem internally.
  (a)   Level 1 : If the project team cannot resolve the conflict within two (2) working days, MMTL’s Project Manager and IBM’s Project Manager will meet to resolve the issue.
 
  (b)   Level 2 : If the conflict is not resolved within three (3) working days after being escalated to Level 1, MMTL’s assigned executive sponsor will meet with the IBM project executive to resolve the issue.
  (ii)   If the conflict is resolved by either Level 1 or Level 2 intervention, the resolution will be addressed in accordance with the Project Change Control Procedure set out in Section 5 of this Agreement.
 
  (iii)   During any conflict resolution, IBM agrees to provide Services relating to items not in dispute, to the extent practicable pending resolution of the conflict. MMTL agree to pay invoices for such services not in dispute in accordance with the Transaction Document
      If the conflict remains unresolved after Level 2 intervention, then either Party may terminate the Service under the terms of this Agreement. If the conflict is addressed by termination, MMTL agree to pay IBM for all Services IBM provides.

Page 14 of 19


Table of Contents

20.   Term and Termination
  (a)   Term : The term of this Agreement (“ Term ”) will commence as of the Agreement Effective Date and will continue for a period of five (5) years or the last expiration of any Transaction Document in effect as of the date of expiration of such period, whichever is the later, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The Parties may agree to extend the Term of this Agreement by exchanging a letter duly signed by authorised representatives of both Parties. Each Transaction Document shall set forth the applicable term for that Transaction Document.
 
  (b)   Survival: Any term of this Agreement which by its nature extends beyond the Term or expiry of this Agreement will remain in effect until fulfilled, and will apply to both Parties’ respective successors and assignees.
 
  (c)   Termination for Convenience :
  (i)   Both IBM and MMTL may elect to terminate the Agreement or any applicable SoW by providing 6 months notice period to the other party. The effective date of termination for convenience must not be earlier than 2 years from the Transaction Effective Date
  (d)   Termination for Cause :
  (i)   Either Party (the “ Nonbreaching Party ”) may elect to terminate a Transaction Document for material breach by the other Party (the “ Breaching Party ”) by following the process set forth in this Section.
 
  (ii)   The Nonbreaching Party will provide the Breaching Party with written notice of such material breach within 60 days after the material breach, describing in detail the specific nature and dates of the material breach, and will, if the material breach is capable of being cured, provide the Breaching Party with the opportunity to cure the material breach within the following periods:
  (a)   in the event of a failure to pay any amount due on the payable date specified in a Transaction Document, 10 days after receipt of such written notice; and
 
  (b)   in the event of any other material breach, 45 days after receipt of such written notice.
  (iii)   If the material breach is not cured during the applicable cure period set forth above, the Nonbreaching Party may terminate the effected Transaction Document for material breach by providing the Breaching Party with written notice within 60 days after the expiration of the cure period specified above, declaring termination of the Transaction Document for material breach under this Section, effective on the date stated in such notice. Such effective date will be no later than 120 days after the Breaching Party’s receipt of such notice of termination for material breach.
  (e)   Temporary Extension of Services :
  (i)   If MMTL is unable to complete the transition of Services as of the expiration or termination of a Transaction Document, MMTL may elect once to extend the Transaction Document at the then-current prices, resource levels, charging methodology, and other applicable terms for up to six months beyond the then effective date of the expiration or termination of the Transaction Document (a Temporary Extension of Services) by notifying IBM in writing of such election at least 90 days prior to such effective date. MMTL will pay IBM for:
  (a)   the charges otherwise due and owing under this Agreement; and
      The Transaction Document will terminate as of midnight (according to the time zone stated for the expiration date) on the last day of such Temporary Extension of Services.
  (ii)   If IBM terminates a Transaction Document for MMTL’s material breach, MMTL will not have the right to elect a Temporary Extension of Services.
 
  (iii)   There will be no adjustment to the Termination Charges as a result of a Temporary Extension of Services.
  (f)   Transfer Assistance :

Page 15 of 19


Table of Contents

  (i)   If MMTL desires IBM’s assistance in transferring Services back to MMTL, MMTL Affiliates, or a Third Party upon termination or expiration of a Transaction Document (“ Transfer Assistance ”), upon MMTL’s reasonable written request, IBM will provide such Transfer Assistance to MMTL:
  (a)   to the extent IBM can perform such requested Transfer Assistance using its then-existing resources dedicated solely to providing the Services under the Transaction Document, until expiration or termination of the Transaction Document; and
 
  (b)   to the extent IBM reasonably agrees to perform the requested Transfer Assistance, for the period of time requested by MMTL, which period will end no later than six months after the effective date of the expiration or termination of the Transaction Document (the “ Transfer Assistance Period ”).
  (ii)   If IBM’s Transfer Assistance will require the use of different or additional services or resources beyond that which IBM is then using to provide the Services in accordance with the agreed baselines and performance metrics, such request for Transfer Assistance will be considered a New Service and performed for an additional charge.
 
  (iii)   During the Transfer Assistance Period, IBM will provide MMTL, MMTL’s Affiliates, and their Third Parties, as necessary, with reasonable access to the Machines and Software, provided:
  (a)   any such access does not interfere with IBM’s ability to provide the Services or Transfer Assistance; and
 
  (b)   such Third Parties and MMTL’s Affiliates comply with IBM’s security and confidentiality requirements, including execution of a confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to IBM.
  (iv)   MMTL will allow IBM to use the Facilities to enable IBM to effect an orderly transition of resources, for up to 60 days after the later of:
  (a)   the expiration or termination of the Transaction Document; or
 
  (b)   the last day of the Transfer Assistance Period.
  (v)   If IBM terminates a Transaction Document for cause, IBM may provide MMTL with Transfer Assistance only if MMTL pay for such Transfer Assistance in advance.
 
  (vi)   The applicable provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect during the Transfer Assistance Period.
  (g)   Other Rights Upon Expiration or Termination: IBM will provide the additional assistance set forth in Section 20(i) below upon expiration or termination of a Transaction Document (other than where IBM terminates the Transaction Document for MMTL’s material breach).
 
  (h)   Contracts:
  (i)   IBM will provide MMTL with contracts transfer assistance as set forth in this Section, subject to:
  (a)   MMTL’s written request;
 
  (b)   IBM’s right to transfer such contract;
 
  (c)   the release of IBM from all contractual responsibility and liability under such contract; and
 
  (d)   MMTL’s assumption of all contractual responsibility and liability under such contract, including payment of any transfer fees, license fees, or other charges.
  (ii)   Contracts for Generally Available Software:
 
      For generally available software (including IBM Corp Products) which on the date of expiration or termination of the Transaction Document IBM is using:
  (a)   solely to provide the Services to MMTL, IBM will assign its license, if any, to such software to MMTL or MMTL’s designee upon MMTL’s reimbursement to IBM of any initial, one-time license or purchase charges in an amount equal to the remaining unamortized value, if any, for the software, depreciated over a five year life; and

Page 16 of 19


Table of Contents

  (b)   to provide Services to MMTL and other customers in a shared environment, IBM will provide reasonable assistance to MMTL in obtaining licenses for such software.
  (iii)   Services Contracts : For any Third Party services, which on the date of expiration or termination of the Transaction Document IBM is using solely to perform the Services (such as machine maintenance, disaster recovery, or other Third Party services), IBM will assign the contracts, if any, for such Third Party services to MMTL or MMTL’s designee.
21.   General Principles of IBM and MMTL’s Relationship
  (a)   Neither party grants the other the right to use its (or any of its Affiliates’) trademarks, trade names, or other designations in any promotion or publication without prior written consent.
 
  (b)   Each party is free to enter into similar agreements with others. IBM personnel providing Services to MMTL under this Agreement may perform similar services for others and this Agreement will not prevent IBM from using the personnel and equipment provided to MMTL under this Agreement for such purposes. However, the personnel providing direct support for MMTL customers (IBM Agents, Team Leaders and Managers) can not be deployed to MMTL’s direct competitor ( travel portals operating in India) account for a period of 9 months from the day they are taken off from MMTL process. Such restriction shall not apply on IBM in case such personnel are used for providing services to or transferred within the Enterprise, to MMTL’s Affiliates or to MakeMyTrip.com Inc. Each party grants the other only the licenses and rights specified herein. No other licenses or rights (including licenses or rights under patents) are granted.
 
  (c)   Each party may communicate with the other by electronic means and such communication is acceptable as a signed writing. An identification code (called a “user ID”) contained in an electronic document is sufficient to verify the sender’s identity and the document’s authenticity.
 
  (d)   Each party will allow the other reasonable opportunity to comply before it claims that the other has not met its obligations.
 
  (e)   Neither party may assign this Agreement, in whole nor in part, without the prior written consent of the other, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Any attempt to do so is void. The assignment of this Agreement, in whole or in part, within the Enterprise of which either party is a part or to an Affiliate or successor organization by merger or acquisition does not require the consent of the other.
 
  (f)   MMTL agree not to resell any Service without IBM’s prior written consent. Any attempt to do so is void.
 
  (g)   MMTL agree that this Agreement will not create any right or cause of action for any third party, nor will IBM be responsible for any third party claims against MMTL except as described in Section 12 above or as permitted by Section 17 above regarding liability for bodily injury (including death) or damage to real or tangible personal property for which IBM is legally liable.
 
  (h)   MMTL agree that MMTL is responsible for the results obtained from the use of the Services.
 
  (i)   MMTL agree to provide IBM with sufficient, free, and safe access to MMTL’s facilities and systems for IBM to fulfill its obligations.
 
  (j)   MMTL agree to comply with all applicable export and import laws and regulations.
22.   Force Majeure
  (a)   Neither Party will be liable for any default or delay in the performance of their respective obligations, to the extent that such default or delay:
  (i)   is caused, directly or indirectly, by an event beyond the reasonable control of IBM or MMTL, whichever is the entity unable to perform (the Nonperforming Party), such as (without limitation) fire, flood, earthquake, elements of nature, acts of war, terrorism, riots, civil disorders, rebellions or revolutions, strikes, lockouts or labor difficulties; and

Page 17 of 19


Table of Contents

  (ii)   could not have been prevented by commercially reasonable precautions, alternative sources, workaround plans, or other means,
      (collectively a “ Force Majeure Event ”).
 
  (b)   The Nonperforming Party will be excused from any further performance of its obligations affected by such Force Majeure Event for as long as such Force Majeure Event continues and the Nonperforming Party continues to use commercially reasonable efforts to recommence performance. The Nonperforming Party will immediately notify the other under this Agreement by telephone (to be confirmed in writing within five days of the inception of such default or delay) and describe at a reasonable level of detail the circumstances causing such Force Majeure Event. If a Force Majeure Event substantially prevents, hinders, or delays IBM’s performance of the Services necessary for the operation of functions which are critical to the operation of MMTL’s business, if any, for more than 30 consecutive days, then MMTL may either:
  (i)   procure such Services from an alternate provider until IBM is able to provide the Services. Subject to Section 22(c) below, IBM will reimburse MMTL for any reasonable payments to such alternate provider for such Services, for the lesser of 180 days or the remainder of the Term; or
 
  (ii)   terminate the affected Services by providing IBM with a written notice of termination and paying IBM for any unrecovered start-up costs, anticipated profit prorated to the date of termination, and any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with ramp-down costs.
  (c)   During the Force Majeure Event, MMTL will continue to pay IBM’s charges for the Services.
 
  (d)   IBM obligation to provide the disaster recovery services , shall be to an extent set forth in Transaction Document
23.   Geographic Scope and Governing Law
  (a)   This Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are governed by the law in force in India. Nothing in this Agreement affects any statutory rights that cannot be waived or limited by contract under applicable law.
 
  (b)   Any proceeding regarding the rights, duties, and obligations arising under, or relating in any manner to, the subject matter of this Agreement will be brought in New Delhi, India. The Parties waive any objections to such jurisdiction, including venue and inconvenient forum.
24.   Severability and Waiver
    In the event that any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect. Nothing in this Agreement affects any statutory rights of consumers that cannot be waived or limited by contract. The exercise or waiver, in whole or in part, of any right, remedy, or duty provided for in this Agreement will not constitute the waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent right, remedy, or duty within this Agreement.
25.   Entire Agreement
    This Agreement and its applicable Transaction Documents are the complete agreement between the Parties, and replace any prior oral or written communications, regarding the acquisition of Services.

Page 18 of 19


Table of Contents

By signing below, both of Parties agree to the terms of this Agreement without modification. Once signed, 1) any reproduction of this Agreement or Transaction Document made by reliable means (for example, photocopy or facsimile) is considered an original and 2) all Services ordered under this Agreement are subject to the terms of this Agreement.
Agreement Effective Date: 0000 hours IST on 5 th of March, 2008
                             
Agreed to:       Agreed to:
Make My Trip India Private Limited       IBM Daksh Business Process Services Private Limited
 
                           
 
                           
By
  /s/ Rajesh Magow       By   /s/ Anuj Kumar            
 
                           
Authorized Signature       Authorized Signature
Name (type or print): RAJESH MAGOW       Name (type or print): ANUJ KUMAR
Date: 5/03/2008       Date: 5 th March, 2008

After signing, please return a copy of this Agreement to the “IBM address” shown above.

Page 19 of 19

Exhibit 10.6.2
Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
Statement of Work
This Statement of Work (“SOW”), effective from 5th March 2008 (Effective Date) and expiring on 4 th March 2013 (Expiration Date), is a Schedule to the Master Services Agreement dated 5th March, 2008 between IBM Daksh Business Process Services Private Limited, a company incorporated under the India Companies Act 1956, an IBM Subsidiary (“IBM”), and MakeMyTrip Private Limited (“MMTL”) having its registered office F-46, Malhotra Building, 1 st Floor, near Indian Overseas Bank, Connaught Place, New Delhi 110001 (Agreement). This SOW describes the duties and responsibilities of IBM and MMTL related to IBM’s provision of the services (“Services”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Work have the same meanings assigned to such terms as in the Agreement unless the context in which such terms are used in this Statement of Work require a different meaning.
1.   Definitions
  1.   Agent – Each agent is a full time equivalent (FTE) working on the MMTL account. An Agent works for 139 hours per month in Gurgaon and 167 hours per month in Chandigarh. This includes the time an agent is working on a customer account, processing transactions or performing duties, paid breaks, briefings, excluding holidays, breaks and team one-on-ones.
 
  2.   Average Handle Time – includes the time an agent is talking to the customer (“Talk Time”) plus the time an agent puts the customer on hold (“Hold Time”) pus the time the agent take for all call work (“ACW”).
 
  3   Batch – A group of trainees starting and completing pre-process and process training together as a class.
 
  4.   IBM Account Executive – Person having responsibility for delivery of the MMTL contract. Single point of contract for MMTL Project Manager.
 
  5.   Effective Date – Means with respect to this SOW, 12:01 CST on the date set forth above.
 
  6.   Go Live – Time when Pre-process and Process training is complete and Agents begin to perform the Services.
 
  7.   Key Performance Indices – Key Performance Indices will have the meaning as set forth in Section 6 of this SOW.
 
  8.   Ramp Up Period – Ramp Up Period will have the meaning as set forth in Section 9 of this SOW.
 
  9.   Steady State – Business as usual with Agents at acceptable productivity and quality. Period when KPI’s apply. This will start 3 months from the Go Live date.
 
  10.   Seat Utilization (SU): Seat utilization is calculated as per the formula : SU = Number of Agents / Peak Seat requirement. This will be calculated on a monthly basis and based on the same, billing shall be done.
 
  11.   Term – means the period between Effective Date and Expiration Date.

1


 

2.   Services
    General description of Services
 
2.1   IBM shall provide a contact and back office support personnel from a IBM facility in India. The scope of services that will be undertaken by IBM for MMTL are in three area:
  1.   Customer Service (Domestic) – Inbound customer care calls originating in India. Some outbound calls may be required to be made by this team for performance for services.
 
  2.   Sales (Domestic) – Inbound calls, email or chat interactions, originating from India, on which customer is seeking to purchase travel services from MMTL. Some outbound calls may be required to be made by this team for performance for services
 
  3.   Ticketing – Transaction processing to facilitate the ticketing for the travel service for Domestic travel. Physical Ticket Dispatch and courier management is not in scope for IBM and will be managed by MMTL.
    IBM will hire the existing Agents employed with MMTL to IBM roles as per the Rebadging process defined in Annexure 1.
 
    IBM shall start operations from its Gurgaon and Chandigarh delivery centres. IBM shall hire 220 agents along with other staff at its Gurgaon delivery location from MMTL through rebadging as per Annexure 1 of this SOW. Out of these, 137 agents will work on the processes as mentioned in this SoW. Simultaneously, IBM shall start its operations at its Chandigarh centre with 30 agents and shall hire additional agents to compensate for month on month attrition at Gurgaon delivery centre or additional volume handling over and above the rebadged agents. Gurgaon centre shall be operational for only initial 9-12 months from Go-Live date, post which the remaining agents shall be redeployed internally within IBM. Attrition Backfill and New hiring shall be done at Chandigarh delivery location and shall be maintained through out the Term to deliver login hours equivalent to 137 agents in Gurgaon but considering the per agent login hours of Chandigarh as 167 hours per month vide clause 1.1 of this SOW.
 
    While ascertaining the agent count at Chandigarh, both IBM and MMTL shall keep into consideration any productivity benefits or other such changes as they occur at any time. Both IBM and MMTL understand that such changes may alter the agent requirement at Chandigarh.
 
    Hours of operation for the IBM facility will be 24X7, seven days a week.
3.   Staffing
3.1   IBM Responsibilities
 
3.1.1   Representative job descriptions
 
    IBM shall hire and train agents and supervisory staff required for managing the scope of work. IBM shall be responsible for delivering on the agreed key performance indices. IBM agents shall provide only Hindi and English language support. However, incase MMTL requires support for other languages, IBM shall provide the same at the same rate of English and Hindi Language barring necessary adjustments only in respect of identified changes in staff cost, productive hours, and the connectivity cost (increase in connectivity cost to be considered only if calls exceed beyond a number as agreed between MMTL and IBM),. IBM shall also be open to providing agents from other locations on mutually agreed to terms and conditions.
 
3.2   MMTL Responsibilities
 
    MMTL will provide and make available to IBM appropriate MMTL management and technical personnel who will work with IBM and will perform, on a timely basis, the responsibilities assumed by MMTL herein. In addition, MMTL will cooperate with IBM by making available such personnel, management , information, authorizations, approvals and acceptances as required. More specifically, MMTL will:
  a.   Deploy subject matter experts (SMEs) from MMTL to provide “train the trainer” support.
 
  b.   Provide timely process updates / information required by IBM for delivering on this scope of work
 
  c.   Identify a working team within MMTL to engage with IBM teams on an ongoing basis for various aspects related to but not limited to IT, Training, Quality etc.

2


 

4.   Recruiting & Hiring
4.1   IBM Responsibilities
 
    IBM will perform Services relating to recruiting and hiring in connection with IBM Operations. As part of such Services, IBM will:
  a.   recruit and hire agents dedicated solely to MMTL’s business, unless otherwise approved by MMTL.
  1.   recruit and hire required staff using candidate profiles mutually developed and agreed to by MMTL and IBM.
 
  2.   provide appropriate supervisory and managerial support
5.   Training
5.1   IBM Responsibilities
 
    IBM will perform training and training support in connection with the MMTL Operations. IBM will customize, maintain and deliver required training for all agents and other IBM staff as required to perform their job functions at no extra charge.
 
    IBM shall also be responsible for attrition back filling with no extra charge to MMTL.
 
5.1.1   Agent Training
  a.   IBM new hire classroom training shall include two days of pre-process training and process training as mentioned below:
    Customer Service and Telesales : 4 weeks
 
    Ticketing : 3 weeks
  b.   Agent training will include classroom, hands-on, and computer-based training.
5.1.2   Train the Trainer / Training Materials
 
    IBM will perform Services relating to “train the trainer” training and updating and maintenance of training materials in connection with the Services. As part of such Services, IBM will:
  a.   Make IBM trainers available for “train the trainer” training to be provided by MMTL training staff at the IBM facility;
 
  b.   Assist in maintaining and updating training materials - IBM will receive from MMTL training staff during “train the trainer” sessions existing training templates, course materials and curriculum. Following its receipt of training materials, IBM will undertake responsibility for maintaining and updating training materials and course curriculums as provided by and in coordination with MMTL.
5.1.3   Training Delivery
 
    IBM will deliver training to the newly hired agents for the following areas:
  a.   Initial Pre-Process Training - IBM will provide pre-process training which will include activities such as accent neutralization, soft skills where relevant / required.
 
  b.   Initial Process Training - MMTL process and product related training
 
  c.   Ongoing and Recurrent Training - Training provided to Production agents for up-skilling, changes and updates to the product / process, any new product launches, campaigns etc.
5.2   MMTL Responsibilities
  a.   Train the trainer - MMTL will provide dedicated trainer(s) at the IBM facility for initial training of IBM’s instructors (“Train the Trainer”), who will subsequently train IBM employees to be certified as Product Trainers. These certified trainers shall conduct training for subsequent batches of IBM employees.

3


 

  b.   Training Curriculum/Tools Development and Maintenance
  1.   Initial training – MMTL will develop, implement and maintain any business process specific training curriculum and related materials for new IBM Contact Center Agents that will enable new agents to process contacts and utilize MMTL desktop Applications while achieving KPI’s.
 
  2.   Ongoing and Recurrent Training – MMTL will develop, provide and maintain training modules to support various skills and knowledge required to effectively provide the Services and to maintain ongoing competency of agents.
 
  3.   Training Materials – Training materials (existing training templates, course materials and curriculum) and content will be provided by MMTL and will be MMTL current standards and guidelines.
6.   Key Performance Indices
    The scope of work shall have Key Performance Indices (KPI’s) that MMTL and IBM shall mutually agree to. KPIs shall be categorized as per the chart provided in Annexure 2 (Key Performance Indices). All KPIs will be mutually discussed and decided 3 months post Go-Live through a base lining process. Metrics will be reviewed quarterly for a potential change to accommodate for the environmental factors that may impact metric delivery capability. Either party may request for a change in KPIs through a change request process as per Section 5 of the Agreement. The same shall be applicable as per mutual consent between the parties. Detailed KPI metrics is defined as per Annexure 2.
7.   Rewards and Penalties
    The mechanism for calculation of rewards and penalties shall be mutually agreed between the parties in writing 3 months post Go-Live date. Rewards and penalties shall be capped to an overall maximum of +/- 7% of the monthly billing.
8.   Forecasting
    MMTL shall provide volume forecast for 90 days, out of which forecast for 60 days shall be locked and remaining 30 days forecast shall be rolling.
 
    An agent logs in for 167 hours per month in Chandigarh and 139 hours per month in Gurgaon. The month on month agents required, taking into account the service levels to be achieved, would be estimated considering call arrival / transaction patterns and the related agent occupancy levels along with the productivity assumptions basis baselining period. The above mentioned login hours per month would be factored to arrive at the number of agents required.
 
    IBM shall manage upto 110% of the locked forecast for the month at applicable KPIs. In case actual volumes are more than 110%, this period shall be excluded from any penalty on account of missed KPls. The KPIs shall not apply beyond 110% of locked forecast though IBM shall manage these volumes on best effort basis and keep as close as possible to the expected KPls.
9.   Ramp-Up Period
    Each process and new Batch will be in a Ramp-Up Period for a period of 90 days post completion of Process Training. During the Ramp Up Period, specific KPI’s will be mutually agreed (example would include Average Handle Time or Turnaround Time, an accuracy metric, etc). During the Ramp Up Period, no incentives/penalties will be applicable for each new Batch. Parties will periodically review and update the KPIs through mutual agreement. Not all KPI’s will necessarily have an incentive or penalty. This ramp-up period shall not be applicable for attrition back fill. However, it shall be applicable for each new ramp wave.

4


 

REDACTED   Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
10.   Charges
10.1   One Time Costs
 
10.1.1   Back-ground check
  a.   One-time charge for Background check for rebadged agents only shall be pass-through to MMTL. The estimated rate is INR 1000 per person.
10.1.2   Training Costs
  a.   New hire training is not included in the Ongoing Price and shall be charged at XXXX per hour per agent for the MMTL process / product training duration and no price will be charged for agent rate till the time agent start taking calls / performing transactions.
 
  b.   Process Training duration is as defined in section 5.1.1
10.2   Agent Rate
A. Gurgaon service delivery:
                                                 
LoB/SU
        XX         XX         XX         XX         XX         XX
Customer Service — Domestic
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Telesales(Inbound) — Domestic
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Ticketing — Domestic
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
10.2.1   Price per Agent per month mentioned above is applicable for the first year of operations from the Effective Date of this SOW
  a.   The rates quoted above are in INR (Indian Rupees) are applicable per Agent per month
 
  b.   On each anniversary of the Effective Date, the price will be adjusted upwards by XXXX for inflation.
 
  c.   Billing shall be done based on the prevailing Seat Utilization (SU) for the month in the process. This shall be computed on a monthly basis.
 
  d.   All applicable taxes and levies shall apply over and above these rates as applicable. However, any income tax or any direct tax related liability will be on account of IBM. MMTL will deduct the relevant withholding tax (TDS) from the regular payments for which it will issue a consolidated annual TDS certificate to IBM.
 
  e.   The actual SU will be rounded off to nearest place of a single decimal e.g if SU is 2.14 then the pricing applicable will be at SU of 2.1. If the actual SU is 2.15 then pricing will be computed at the SU of 2.2
 
  f.   Both MMTL and IBM will put all reasonable efforts to achieve a minimum SU of 2.1.
B. Chandigarh service delivery:
                                                 
LoB/SU
        XX         XX         XX         XX         XX         XX
Customer Service — Domestic
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Telesales(Inbound) — Domestic
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Ticketing — Domestic
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
10.2.2   Price per Agent per month mentioned above is applicable for the first year of operations from the Effective Date of this SOW
  a.   The rates quoted above are in INR (Indian Rupees) are applicable per Agent per month
 
  b.   On each anniversary of the Effective Date, the price will be adjusted upwards by XXXX for inflation.
 
  c.   Billing shall be done based on the prevailing Seat Utilization (SU) for the month in the process. This shall be computed on a monthly basis.
 
  d.   All applicable taxes and levies shall apply over and above these rates as applicable. However, any income tax or any direct tax related liability will be on account of IBM. MMTL will deduct the relevant withholding tax (TDS) from the regular payments for which it will issue an consolidated annual TDS certificate to IBM.

5


 

REDACTED   Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
  e.   The actual SU will be rounded off to nearest place of a single decimal e.g if SU is 2.14 then the pricing applicable will be at SU of 2.1. If the actual SU is 2.15 then pricing will be computed at the SU of 2.2
 
  f.   Both MMTL and IBM will put all reasonable efforts to achieve a minimum SU of 1.8.
 
  g.   IBM has factored an average salary of XXXX per agent per annum plus XXXX increment to be applicable from April 2008 across all LoB’s in Gurgaon. This is as per the information received from MMTL for the agents to be rebadged. The price shall be updated for any change in this assumption based on the actual data only in respect of incremental changes in relevant average manpower cost.
10.2.3   IBM shall pay Gratuity to the employees to be rebadged at the time of their separation with IBM only if they complete 5 (five) years of service at IBM. Any such payment made by IBM shall be as per IBM Gratuity policy. IBM will not be held liable for any payment due to rebadged agents to be paid by MMTL.
 
10.2.4   Any overtime requests from MMTL upto 20 hours per agent per month with adequate notice shall be charged @ XXXX per hour. No additional production rates shall be charged for this duration. Any overtime beyond the same shall be charged at applicable Agent rates and no overtime will be charged for it separately.
 
10.2.5   Any Ongoing and Recurrent training in addition of 2 hours per month per Agent shall be charged at the applicable Agent rates.
 
10.2.6   All outbound calls, if required would be charged at actuals for the PSTN charges.
 
10.2.7   Service delivery is assumed to be based on an agent working for 5 days per week in Gurgaon and 6 days per week in Chandigarh.
11.   Reporting
11.1   IBM Responsibilities
 
    IBM will perform performance reporting and monitoring in connection with the provision of the Services. The reports required to be prepared shall be mutually agreed to between IBM and MMTL. MMTL may change required reporting subject to change control procedures.
  a.   Infrastructure
  1.   Refer to details related to IT infrastructure and setup in Annexure 3
12.   Business Continuity
12.1   IBM Responsibilities
 
    IBM shall provide 2 levels of disaster recovery. Level 1 encompasses operational issues like IT, transport, emergencies and power. Level 2 covers failures within the site such as IT Infrastructure and connectivity. However, Level 3, which includes site level disaster recovery, is not included in the price structure. If Level 3 disaster recovery is required by MMTL, cost for the same shall be charged separately to MMTL.
13.   Termination Charges
    In case MMTL or IBM decide to terminate this SOW for convenience, there will be no termination charge on either side with respect to this SOW. Any such termination shall be in accordance with Clause 20 of the Agreement.

6


 

ANNEXURE 1 : Rebadging Procedure
1.   Introduction
This Annexure describes the responsibilities of IBM and MMTL with respect to the Affected Employees and Hired Employees.
Affected Employees — means the individuals listed in Annexure 1B (Affected Employees) of this SoW (Employees).
Hire Date — means the date, established by IBM, on which an Affected Employee becomes a Hired Employee.
Hired Employees — means the Affected Employees hired by IBM pursuant to this Annexure 1.
Interim Period — means the period between Effective Date and commencement of Ramp Up Period.
2.   Employment Terms
2.1   Offers of Employment
 
i.   MMTL acknowledges that it provided IBM with a list of the Affected Employees, together with their job descriptions and responsibilities, their cost to the company as of the Effective Date (current salary ) , a description of all benefits applicable to such Affected Employees, the terms of their employment, and such other information mutually agreed to by IBM and MMTL (collectively, the Affected Employee Information ) . MMTL acknowledges that IBM has relied upon such Affected Employee Information in entering into this SOW. The Affected Employee Information for every “in scope employee” is listed as Annexure 1B of this SOW.
 
ii.   IBM shall deploy the Affected Employees to various roles in MMTL processes based on internal requirements and skill sets of such employees.
  ¡   IBM shall give Offer Letters to Affected Employees, subject to IBM background checks conducted by third party as per IBM policy and provided such employees are delivering the services that are within the scope of SOW and such Affected Employees are on the payrolls of MMTL.
iii.   During the Interim Period IBM will provide Offer Letters to the Affected Employees. Each Offer Lettersto an Affected Employee will include:
  ¡   an initial cost to company equal to or greater than his current cost to company, as set forth in the Affected Employee Information; and
 
  ¡   the employment benefits that, as of the Hire Date, are available to similarly situated employees of IBM, as applicable and as such benefits may be amended from time to time.
IBM will hire Affected Employees who:
  ¡   receive a letter (the Offer Letter ) from IBM offering such Affected Employee employment as of the Hire Date
 
  ¡   accept such offer in accordance with the terms of the Offer Letter;
 
  ¡   are MMTL employees as of the date of such Offer Letter; and
 
  ¡   pass pre employment screening involving true disclosure of academic background, necessary work experience, etc
 
  ¡   agree to sign the IBM Business Conduct Guidelines and IBM Government and Client Guidelines

7


 

  ¡   are not in the “no hire list” within such IBM database
iv.   Time for Acceptance. IBM has no further obligations to any Affected Employees who have not accepted the IBM Offer Letter within the period agreed between MMTL and IBM, as communicated to the Affected Employees, unless otherwise required under applicable law.
 
v.   Commencement of Employment. Each Hired Employee will begin his/her employment with IBM as of the Hire Date with the exception of those Affected Employees who have not accepted the offer as they are on leave as of the Hire Date.
 
vi.   Offers to Affected Employees on Leave. Affected Employees who are on leave (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Affected Employees who are on long term sick-leave) as of the Effective Date will be provided with an Offer Letter as soon as practicable following their return to full time active employment in their pre leave position provided their return date is (i) within the legislated leave period from their leave start date for individuals on Maternity/Parental Leave or (ii) within 90 days from the Effective Date for individuals on all other types of leave. For those Affected Employees who return from leave within these time periods, MMTL shall promptly notify IBM of their return to full-time active work and IBM shall issue an Offer Letter to that Affected Employee.
 
vii.   Status and Development. IBM will provide all Hired Employees with a comprehensive IBM orientation and induction training program which will commence within thirty (30) days of Hire Date. Thereafter, IBM will make other training programs and development strategies available to each Hired Employee pursuant to IBM’s skills management program.
 
viii.   Each Offer Letter to an Affected Employee will include:
  a)   an initial cost to company equal to or greater than his/her current cost to company , as set forth in the Affected Employee Information; and
 
  b)   Subject to the provisions of this Annexure 1, as modified from time to time, the employment benefits that, as of the Hire Date, are available to comparable employees of IBM, as applicable and as such benefits may be amended from time to time.
 
  c)   Incentive– Hired Employees shall be eligible to participate in IBM’s applicable incentive plan in accordance with IBM’s standard practices and/or policies. The applicable incentive payment for the performance year in which the Hire Date falls will be pro-rated based on the actual date of such Hire Date within such performance year.
 
  d)   Annual increases in base salary : All Hired Employees will be eligible for annual increases in their base salaries to the same extent as comparable IBM employees in accordance with the IBM policy as per the prevailing annual cycle.
 
  e)   Paid time off– MMTL will encash all accrued but unused annual leave and long service leave balances. MMTL will make a payment equivalent to the value of these balances to the Hired Employees as part of their respective full & final settlements. MMTL will ensure that all applicable dues are cleared as part of the full & final settlement.
 
  f)   Training and long-term career opportunities. Hired Employees shall have the same opportunity for training and career development as similarly experienced IBM employees. IBM shall make training available to all Hired Employees based on the needs of the IBM business and each such employee in accordance with the IBM technical and professional development programs.

8


 

2.2   Management of Affected Employees
    IBM shall be responsible only for the payments to such Affected Employees who accept the Offer Letter. The benefits shall be as per IBM employee policies covering salaries and other benefits.
2.3   Replacement of Hired Employees
    IBM will select replacements for the Hired Employees as IBM deems necessary.
2.4   Other Responsibilities
    Prior to the Effective Date, MMTL shall notify IBM about :
  ¡   Any employee not to be transferred to IBM and retained with MMTL
 
  ¡   any employee who has been terminated by MMTL and need not be offered employment by IBM
 
  ¡   change in the Affected Employee’s job description or responsibilities, cost to company, benefits, employment terms, or other information contained in the Affected Employee Information; and
 
  ¡   any Affected Employee informing MMTL of any potential or actual change in his employment status or ability to perform his job.
    MMTL shall not re-hire or make any employment offer to the Affected Employees under contract during the entire duration of the project.
 
    Neither Party shall solicit employees of the other party during the duration of the contract without prior consent unless it is by way of response to open advertisement or a general notice from MMTL for any vacancy.
During the Ramp Up Period, MMTL will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the staffing required for IBM to perform the Services.
MMTL has not and will not make any representations to the Affected Employees regarding their employment with IBM unless expressly authorized in writing by IBM. If MMTL makes any change to the Affected Employees’ current cost to company, job description and/or responsibilities prior to the expiration of the Interim Period, IBM may adjust the terms of this SOW accordingly.

9


 

ANNEXURE 1 B — Affected Employees
                 
Sl.                
No.s   NAME   DESIGNATION   LEVEL   Date of Joining
1
  AMIT THAKUR   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   11-Apr-05
2
  ASHA KUMARI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   15-Feb-05
3
  DHARAMVIR KANSAL   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   01-Sep-04
4
  KAVITA SAKPAL   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   15-Feb-05
5
  MOHAMMED SAMIQ   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   01-Sep-04
6
  PARUL NIGAM   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   04-Oct-04
7
  RASHMI SRIVASTAVA   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   04-Oct-04
8
  VIJAY SINGH   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   01-Sep-04
9
  KANIKA TALREJA   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   6-Jun-05
10
  RICHA SHARMA   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   6-Jun-05
11
  DEEPTI SRIVASTAVA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   6-Jun-05
12
  VIKAS GAURAV   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   6-Jun-05
13
  ZUBAIR AHMED   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   6-Jun-05
14
  DEEPAK VERMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   6-Jun-05
15
  NUPUR ANSHULIKA   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   13-Jun-05
16
  GEORGE JOSEPH   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   6-Jan-04
17
  ABDUL MALIK   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   18-Jul-05
18
  SHEEBA JOHN   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   18-Jul-05
19
  MONIKA BHASIN   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   18-Jul-05
20
  NEHA AGGARWAL   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   18-Jul-05
21
  MOHIT ARORA   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   1-Aug-05
22
  HIMANI KOHLI   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   1-Aug-05
23
  KULA PRADEEP HAZARIKA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   2-Aug-05
24
  THOKCHOM KAJAL DEVI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   19-Sep-05
25
  ANSHUMAN MAINI   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   3-Oct-05
26
  JASMINE KAUR BHUMRA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   3-Oct-05
27
  SAKSHI SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   3-Oct-05
28
  HARISH KUMAR   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   3-Oct-05
29
  PANKAJ CHOPRA   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   4-Oct-05
30
  MALCOLM SADIQ   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Oct-05
31
  DEEPAK SHASTRI   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   21-Oct-05
32
  ASHUTOSH SINHA   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   21-Oct-05
33
  AMIT BOSE   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   24-Jan-06
34
  SHRAVAN KUMAR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   24-Jan-06
35
  VIKAS MENON   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   24-Jan-06
36
  VIKASH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   20-Feb-06
37
  ANKUR MUNJAL   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   20-Feb-06
38
  RAIS AHMED   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   28-Feb-06
39
  MEENAKSHI JHA   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   1-Mar-06

10


 

                 
40
  GAURAV NAYYAR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-Mar-06
41
  SHAILESH DHYANI   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   6-Mar-06
42
  ANKITA WADHWA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   13-Mar-06
43
  TENZIN KALSANG   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   13-Mar-06
44
  SWETA SINGH   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   13-Mar-06
45
  RAJVINDER KAUR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   23-Mar-06
46
  SAKSHI RAWAL   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   3-Apr-06
47
  PRIYANKA SINGH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   3-Apr-06
48
  SACHIN CHUGH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   3-Apr-06
49
  TINA JOSE   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   10-Apr-06
50
  ANUJ MATHUR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   10-Apr-06
51
  PRABHJOT SINGH   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   11-Apr-06
52
  BHAWNA KHANNA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   12-Apr-06
53
  ABHINEET GOGIA   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   12-Apr-06
54
  ROMI CHAUHAN   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   13-Apr-06
55
  NITIKA AHLUWALIA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Apr-06
56
  TIMSY ARORA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Apr-06
57
  UMANG CHOUDHARY   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   21-Apr-06
58
  VARUN PRABHAKAR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   28-Apr-06
59
  DEVENDER KUMAR JUNEJA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   8-May-06
60
  OM PRAKASH SINGH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-Jun-06
61
  JUHI GARG   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   10-Jun-06
62
  VISHAL KAPOOR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   26-Jun-06
63
  DEEPTI RAISINGHANI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   26-Jun-06
64
  MANISHA SABHARWAL   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   26-Jul-06
65
  ARTI PURI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   26-Jul-06
66
  ABHINAV VICTOR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   26-Jul-06
67
  ANKIT GULATI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   3-Aug-06
68
  KAMAL KATYAL   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   10-Aug-06
69
  ROOPINDER KUMAR YADAV   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   16-Aug-06
70
  MONODEEP CHAKRAVARTY   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   17-Aug-06
71
  DEEPTI KHARE   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   19-Aug-06
72
  ROBY MATHEW   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   19-Aug-06
73
  SAMEER MEHRA   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   21-Aug-06
74
  S. ABBAS NASEER RIZVI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   11-Sep-06
75
  PERVEZ SADIQ   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   19-Sep-06
76
  SUPARNA LODH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   25-Sep-06
77
  SANTOSH KUMAR SINGH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   25-Sep-06
78
  TSHERING BHUTIA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   27-Sep-06
79
  RUCHIKA DHADWAL   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   27-Sep-06
80
  KAPIL GERA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Oct-06
81
  VARUN WALIA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Oct-06
82
  TUSHAR KAPIL   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   16-Oct-06

11


 

                 
83
  PRABHAS KUMAR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   16-Oct-06
84
  PAYAL ARORA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   16-Oct-06
85
  SIDDHARTH SHANKER DEB   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   17-Oct-06
86
  MEENU KHARBANDA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-Nov-06
87
  DHEERAJ MALIK   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-Nov-06
88
  MAMTA BASSI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   6-Nov-06
89
  HONEY BASSI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Nov-06
90
  SANDEEP SILSWAL   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-Dec-06
91
  VIJAY DUBEY   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   4-Dec-06
92
  MANISH KUMAR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   26-Dec-06
93
  RISHI JHAMB   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   3-Jan-07
94
  SHASHANK SUDAN   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   3-Jan-07
95
  NITIKA FARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   3-Jan-07
96
  ANUSH KUMAR   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   3-Jan-07
97
  S.RAMANARAYANAN   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   3-Jan-07
98
  MANISH WAGHMARE   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   18-Jan-07
99
  NIKHIL SOOD   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   18-Jan-07
100
  SHEFALI HANDU   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   18-Jan-07
101
  JATIN VIJ   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   18-Jan-07
102
  ASHOK CHANDRA SATI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   18-Jan-07
103
  BHUPENDRA SINGH RANA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   19-Jan-07
104
  SINDHU .S. BHASKARAN   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   5-Feb-07
105
  PALLAVI GUPTA   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   SENIOR EXECUTIVE   5-Feb-07
106
  KAPIL GOSWAMI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   15-Feb-07
107
  ACSAH JACOB   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Feb-07
108
  ALKA AGGARWAL   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Feb-07
109
  DIGANTO CHAKRABORTY   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Feb-07
110
  MANAV NARULA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Feb-07
111
  NISHA SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Feb-07
112
  SHAHZIA FATIMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Feb-07
113
  N. ASHOK KUMAR SINGH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   23-Feb-07
114
  HARDIK MEHTA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   7-Mar-07
115
  ANCY KHURANA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   7-Mar-07
116
  AMIT KR. SINHA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   7-Mar-07
117
  AMIT PANT   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   7-Mar-07
118
  DIVITA SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   7-Mar-07
119
  JATIN SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   7-Mar-07
120
  JASPREET SINGH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   7-Mar-07
121
  NIPUN SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   7-Mar-07
122
  ANGAD SINGH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   7-Mar-07
123
  KANIKA SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   7-Mar-07
124
  SUMIT SETHI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   7-Mar-07
125
  KALPANA RAMANI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   7-Mar-07

12


 

                 
126
  VIMAL SACHDEVA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   7-Mar-07
127
  KARAN KAURA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Mar-07
128
  BHAVUK SETHI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Mar-07
129
  ANUP DUBEY   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Mar-07
130
  VISHAL THAKUR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Mar-07
131
  KANUPRIYA GOYAL   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Mar-07
132
  HUZENGLUIBO ZELIANG   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Mar-07
133
  PARAMDEEP SINGH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Mar-07
134
  AMIT SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Mar-07
135
  DHROOV PRATAP   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Mar-07
136
  SANKALP CHOUDHURY   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Mar-07
137
  RADHIKA SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Mar-07
138
  G.RENUKA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Mar-07
139
  RATAN DEEP SINGH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Mar-07
140
  SAKSHI NASWA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-Mar-07
141
  JEEWAN NATH GOSWAMI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   4-Apr-07
142
  ASTHA SONI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
143
  SARVESH SAH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
144
  SUSAN VARGHESE   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
145
  TARANPAL KAUR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
146
  CECILIA ANTHONY   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
147
  PRADEEP SINGH BALODA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
148
  SABA SIDDIQUI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
149
  SHEETAL VERMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
150
  MUSTUFA ALI KHAN   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
151
  ROHIT ADLAKHA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
152
  DHARITRI SARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
153
  MEENA KUMAR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
154
  MANISHA SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
155
  SANDEEP SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
156
  KARTIK SINGHAL   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
157
  PRABHAT VIJAYI BISHT   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
158
  NIKITA MALHOTRA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
159
  SHWETA SURI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
160
  NIKHIL BHARDWAJ   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Apr-07
161
  VIDHYA MOLTHAMBY   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   10-Apr-07
162
  SAURABH UPADHYAY   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   12-Apr-07
163
  SHALINI RISHI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   17-Apr-07
164
  RAHUL ARORA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   23-Apr-07
165
  VANDANA SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-May-07
166
  MADHURI DUTTA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   2-May-07
167
  MOHD. AFFAN KHAN   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   2-May-07
168
  PREETHA R. NAIR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   21-May-07

13


 

                 
169
  MOHIT KUMAR MANCHANDA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   29-May-07
170
  GURLEEN KAUR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   29-May-07
171
  NEERAJ KUMAR SINGH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   29-May-07
172
  ABHISHEK MATHUR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   29-May-07
173
  VAIBHAV GUPTA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   29-May-07
174
  VIKRANT VIJAYANT SINGH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   29-May-07
175
  SUPRATIK CHATTERJEE   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   29-May-07
176
  ANJALI DHAMIJA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   29-May-07
177
  PRIYANKA SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   29-May-07
178
  SAMEER SETIA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
179
  GAGANDEEP KAUR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
180
  ANKUSH KUMAR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
181
  TARUN KUMAR KOLI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
182
  RUCHI SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
183
  ASMA AYAZ   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
184
  NEHA BABBAR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
185
  ANKITA BHADURI   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
186
  KANIKA KAUSHIK   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
187
  NATASHA KAPOOR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
188
  SUPREET SINGH SANDHU   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
189
  GINNI ARORA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
190
  VAISHALI SINGH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
191
  HOMI SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
192
  PARABJEET SINGH   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   9-Jul-07
193
  SWATI DHAMIJA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   23-Jul-07
194
  SANDEEP RAJWADE   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   20-Aug-07
195
  KIRAN KUMAR CHANDRAKAR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   20-Aug-07
196
  ANUPAM SAKSENA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   20-Aug-07
197
  ROHIT CHOUHAN   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   20-Aug-07
198
  RITIKA VOHRA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   20-Aug-07
199
  DIVYA ARORA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   20-Aug-07
200
  KAMAL DEEP VERMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   20-Aug-07
201
  DEPINDER KAUR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   20-Aug-07
202
  SHWETA SACHDEVA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   20-Aug-07
203
  RENUKA SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   20-Aug-07
204
  SANDEEP KUMAR GUPTA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   20-Aug-07
205
  MANMEET KAUR   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-Nov-07
206
  CHANDAN BAJAJ   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-Nov-07
207
  AAKANKSHA KHURANA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-Nov-07
208
  SHARMILA KUMARI GURUNG   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-Nov-07
209
  KRISHNA BARAN CHAKMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-Nov-07
210
  ISHITA BHATIA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-Nov-07
211
  RITU VERMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-Nov-07

14


 

                 
212
  NEETESH CHOPRA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-Nov-07
213
  SWATI SHARMA   EXECUTIVE   EXECUTIVE   1-Nov-07
214
  MOHAMMED NADEEM   EXECUTIVE — INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS   EXECUTIVE   10-Dec-07
215
  BHUPINDER PAL SINGH   EXECUTIVE — SALES US   EXECUTIVE   2-Jan-08
216
  ISHA SETHI   EXECUTIVE — SALES US   EXECUTIVE   2-Jan-08
217
  KAPIL KHEMANI   EXECUTIVE — SALES US   EXECUTIVE   2-Jan-08
218
  MONICA LANGOLJAM YUMNAM   EXECUTIVE — SALES US   EXECUTIVE   2-Jan-08
219
  MANMEET SINGH SANDHU   EXECUTIVE — SALES US   EXECUTIVE   2-Jan-08
220
  REKHA GODARA   EXECUTIVE — SALES US   EXECUTIVE   2-Jan-08
221
  RUBI SINGH   EXECUTIVE — SALES US   EXECUTIVE   2-Jan-08
222
  NIVEDITA PUNDIR   EXECUTIVE — SALES US   EXECUTIVE   2-Jan-08
223
  VIVEK BHOLA   EXECUTIVE — SALES US   EXECUTIVE   2-Jan-08
224
  SAURABH KHURANA   EXECUTIVE — SALES US   EXECUTIVE   2-Jan-08

15


 

ANNEXURE 2: Key Performance Indices
                                     
    PROCESS   AGENT
    LEVEL   LEVEL
                            Average        
            Service   Turn Around       QA   Productivity Per   FCR   Csat
    PROCESS   Abandon %   Level   Time   Conversion %   Scores   Day   Scores   Scores
SALES
  INTERNATIONAL   Yes   Yes     Yes   Yes   Yes    
SALES
  DOMESTIC   Yes   Yes     Yes   Yes   Yes    
CUSTOMER SERVICES
  INDIA   Yes   Yes       Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes
TICKETING
  INTERNATIONAL       Yes     Yes   Yes    
TICKETING
  INDIA       Yes     Yes   Yes    

16


 

ANNEXURE 3: IT Architecture
(DIAGRAM)
    IT Infra at IBM is designed to deliver 99.95% uptime on annual basis.
 
    Architectures are subject to DOT approvals
Voice Solution — Gurgaon Operations
Inbound Voice
    Existing Toll free number at MMTL location will be used for incoming calls
 
    Calls will be handled by IVR installed at MMTL location. IVR will transfer the call using the MMTL’s AVAYA ACD/PBX to IBM over point to point circuits
 
    IBM will have point to point connectivity between MMTL Gurgaon data center and IBM SDL in Gurgaon, provided by MMTL
 
    Voice connectivity will be extended to IBM SDL at Gurgaon using VoIP
 
    AVAYA IP Phones will be used in IBM. All these phones will be configured to connect to AVAYA ACD installed in MMTL Gurgaon location
 
    Agents at IBM will login into the AVAYA ACD installed at MMTL Gurgaon location
 
    Agents call recording and reporting will be delivered through MMTL voice infra at Gurgaon location
 
    Supervisor in IBM will be provided access to MMTL hosted reporting system for extracting contact centre agent reports
 
    Outbound call will be made out of MMTL voice switch. MMTL to ensure no breach of toll bypass regulation

17


 

    Transfer back to Gurgaon location using MMTL voice switch in Gurgaon
 
    Uncompressed voice between MMTL and IBM
 
    MMTL will continue to host contact centre agent reporting and agent voice recording environment in MMTL DC. IBM will use this environment for agent reporting and recording.
 
    All charges related to TFN in India (installation, one time setup and recurring usage charges) would be borne by client.
Data Solution — Gurgaon Operations
    Point to Point Data connectivity will be installed between MMTL Data center and IBM Data center
 
    The same MMTL provided point-to-point circuit will be used for transporting data traffic. Data connectivity will only be setup between MMTL 103 Gurgaon building and IBM Gurgaon building. For US operations same data connectivity will be used.
 
    Agents at IBM will use the CRM application and portal installed at MMTL Data center using the data connectivity
 
    Email system/id for MMTL query will be provided by MMTL
 
    Chat platform will be provided by MMTL
Voice Solution — Chandigarh Operations
Inbound Voice
    Existing Toll free number at MMTL location will be used for incoming calls
 
    Calls will be handled by IVR installed at MMTL location. IVR will transfer the call using the MMTL’s AVAYA ACD/PBX to IBM over point to point circuits
 
    IBM will have point to point connectivity between MMTL Gurgaon data center and IBM SDL in Chandigarh, provided by MMTL
 
    Voice connectivity will be extended to IBM SDL at Chandigarh using VoIP
 
    AVAYA IP Phones will be used in IBM. All these phones will be configured to connect to AVAYA ACD installed in MMTL Gurgaon location
 
    Agents at IBM will login into the AVAYA ACD installed at MMTL Gurgaon location
 
    Agents call recording and reporting will be delivered through MMTL voice infra at Gurgaon location
 
    Supervisor in IBM will be provided access to MMTL hosted reporting system for extracting contact centre agent reports
 
    Transfer back to Gurgaon location using MMTL voice switch in Gurgaon
 
    MMTL will continue to host contact centre agent reporting and agent voice recording environment in MMTL DC. IBM will use this environment for agent reporting and recording.
 
    All charges related to TFN in India (installation, one time setup and recurring usage charges) would be borne by client.
Outbound Voice
    Nortel PBX/ACD will be installed at IBM SDL Chandigarh location
 
    PSTL line for outbound calls will be terminated at the same Nortel PBX/ACD for outbound calling
 
    All charges related to Voice telecom inbound and outbound links in India (installation, one time setup and recurring usage charges) will be borne by MMTL.
Data Solution — Chandigarh Operations
    Point to Point Data connectivity will be installed between MMTL Data center and IBM Data center
 
    The same MMTL provided point-to-point circuit will be used for transporting data traffic. Data connectivity will only be setup between MMTL 103 Gurgaon building and IBM Chandigarh building. For US operations same data connectivity will be used.
 
    Agents at IBM will use the CRM application and portal installed at MMTL Data center using the data connectivity
 
    Email system/id for MMTL query will be provided by MMTL
 
    Chat platform will be provided by MMTL

18


 

(DIAGRAM)
Voice Solution — International Operations
Inbound Voice
    Existing Toll free number at MMTL location will be used for incoming calls
 
    MMTL will provide 2way US PSTN T1 circuit(s) at IBM NY PoP
 
    Existing TFN will be mapped to the circuit(s) for inbound calls
 
    Voice connectivity will be extended to IBM SDL at Gurgaon using VoIP
 
    AVAYA IP Phones will be used in IBM. All these phones will be configured to connect to AVAYA ACD installed in IBM Gurgaon location
 
    Agents at IBM will login into the AVAYA ACD installed at IBM Gurgaon location
 
    Agents call recording and reporting will be delivered by IBM voice infra at Gurgaon location
 
    US bound Outbound call will be made out of same circuit(s)
 
    No transfer back is required for the process
 
    All charges related to Voice telecom inbound and outbound links in US (installation, one time setup and recurring usage charges) shall be borne by MMTL.
 
    IBM has assumed that MMTL would use the shared infrastructure being used by other clients in the same facility.
 
    IBM has not factored the cost for following in the prices mentioned above :
  ¡   IVR
 
  ¡   Dialer
 
  ¡   CTI Integration

19


 

  ¡   CRM Solution
 
  ¡   License/Development cost of all Customer specific applications
 
  ¡   Chat and Email platform for customer service
    International seats for data/app access will leverage connectivity setup for domestic business.
 
    Outbound calls will be transported through same US T1 circuits provided by MMTL, and transfer back in not required for the process.
 
    Outbound calls will be transported through same US T1 circuits provided by MMTL, and transfer back in not required for the process.
 
    Recorded calls only retained for 3 months and then purged.
 
    All charges related to TFN in US (installation, one time setup and recurring usage charges) would be borne by client.
 
    Recurring cost of inbound/outbound calls in US will be borne by MMTL.
Data Solution
    Data connectivity/application access will be same as used for domestic operations
 
    Agents at IBM will use the CRM application and portal installed at MMTL Data center using the data connectivity
 
    Email system/id for MMTL query will be provided by MMTL
 
    Chat platform will be provided by MMTL

20


 

ANNEXURE 4 — Transition Plan
             
Key Milestones   Date
NCR
  Contract signing     5-Mar-08  
 
  In-scope MMTL staff start employment with IBM     7-Apr-08  
 
  MMTL tools and applications available over internet     4-Apr-08  
 
  End to End IT set up complete for NCR International     4-Apr-08  
 
  Go Live at IBM NCR Center– Rebadged agents– International     7-Apr-08  
 
  DOT approval obtained for IBM NCR center     9-May-08  
 
  End to End IT set up complete for NCR Domestic     23-May-08  
 
  Go Live at IBM NCR Center– Rebadged agents– Domestic     26-May-08  
             
CHD
  DOT approval obtained for IBM CHD center     9-May-08  
 
  End to End IT set up complete for CHD center     23-May-08  
 
  Go Live at IBM CHD Center– Customer Service International & Domestic     26-May-08  
Basic Transitioning Approach
  1.   224 HC (220 agents + 4 hierarchy) to be rebadged to IBM
 
  2.   Transition Ramp Up to happen in 3 phases-
      Phase I- T Plan Intl NCR
 
      Phase II- T Plan Dom NCR
 
      Phase III- T Plan Dom & Intl CHD
  **   Please note that some of the phases would run in parallel”
 
  3.   Considering trainer availability based on the ratios considered in the solution Waves within each phase have been spaced out
 
  4.   KT / TTT: It has been assumed that IBM will send a team consisting of heirarchy members to the client site for 1-2 weeks for KT/ Due Diligence/ TTT
 
  5.   Training:
      IBM Induction & Internal training– 1 Week
 
      Pre Process & Process training (CS & TS)– 4 Weeks
 
      Pre Process & Process training (CS Intl & TS Intl)– 5 Weeks
 
      Pre Process & Process training (Ticketing)– 3 Weeks
 
      Pre Process & Process training (Ticketing Intl)– 4 Weeks”
Dependencies/Assumptions to the plan
1.   The week of March 3rd has been assumed as date for closure of Contract/LOI.
 
2.   Timelines subject to change in case there is slippage in approvals/ICA’s or commencement date of the project.
 
3.   Cross training has not been factored in
 
4.   It has been assumed that a standard TTT model will apply where the first set of agents and hierarchy would be trained by MMTL trainers/ SMEs and any subsequent IBM agents would be trained by IBM
 
5.   Training material and curriculum will be made available by MMTL
 
6.   It has been assumed that all ramp up batches & attrition backfill agents will be hired in Chandigarh
 
7.   For International business to Go Live in NCR– Phase I– by April 7th the following assumptions have been considered:-
  a.   MMTL provides Voice circuits in US (NY) latest by April 4th
 
  b.   MMTL to ensure that all the applications and tools required by the agents working on the International LOBs are available over the internet latest by April 4th
In case there is slippage on these the Go Live date of April 7th will get pushed out. In the case of point no. b mentioned above not being possible Go Live will get pushed out to May 12th because of DOT dependency since connectivity with MMTL forces a change in the current DoT approved diagram for IBM 186, Udyog Vihar , Gurgaon location
8.   For Domestic business to Go Live in NCR- Phase II by May 26th the following assumptions have been considered:-

21


 

  a.   MMTL provides Point to Point circuits till IBM Gurgaon office latest by May 16th
 
  b.   DOT approval is obtained within 10 weeks (2 weeks for filing of application and 8 weeks for processing and obtaining final approval) of contract signing”
9.   For International and Domestic business– Phase III & IV to Go Live in CHD in the week of May 26th the following assumptions have been considered:-
  a.   MMTL provides Point to Point circuits till IBM CHD office latest by May 16th
 
  b.   DOT approval is obtained within 10 weeks (2 weeks for filing of application and 8 weeks for processing and obtaining final approval) of contract signing.
10.   It has been assumed that 7% of the MMTL staff would not accept rebadging and would attrite. Hiring requirements in CHD will be calculated based on this and may require a change if the attrition number changes.
 
11.   In this plan, a hiring of Training for 30 agents has been incorporated in the plan for CHD as per MMTL inputs. The LOB break up of the CHD Headcount will be 15 in CS and 15 in Tele Sales
SoW Effective Date : 0000 hours IST on 5 th of March, 2008
             
Agreed to:   Agreed to:
             
Make My Trip Private Limited   IBM Daksh Business Process Services Private Limited
             
By
  /s/ Rajesh Magow    By   /s/ Anuj Kumar 
 
           
             
Authorized Signature   Authorized Signature
             
Name:
  RAJESH MAGOW   Name:   ANUJ KUMAR
             
Date:
  5/03/2008   Date:   5 th MARCH, 2008

After signing, please return a copy of this Agreement to the “IBM address” shown above.

22

Exhibit 10.6.3
     
REDACTED
  Confidential Treatment Requested
 
  The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE STATEMENT OF WORK
This Amendment is to the Statement of Work dated 05.03.2008
BETWEEN
MakeMyTrip India Private Limited having its registered office at F-46, Malhotra Building, 1st Floor, near Indian Overseas Bank, Connaught Place, New Delhi 110001 (hereinafter referred to as “MMTL” which expression shall, unless repugnant to or inconsistent with the context, mean and include its successors and permitted assigns), of the ONE PART;
And,
IBM DAKSH BUSINESS PROCESS SERVICES PRIVATE LIMITED a company registered under the Companies Act, 1956 and having its Registered Office at Birla Tower, 1st Floor, 25, Barakhamba Road, Connaught Place, New Delhi — 110001 (hereinafter referred to as “IBM” which expression shall, unless repugnant to or inconsistent with the context, mean and include its successors and assigns), of the OTHERPART.
WHEREAS MMTL has entered into a Master Services Agreement dated 05-03-2008 (hereinafter referred to as “ MSA ”) with IBM whereby it has outsourced some of its Call center to IBM.
Further to business discussions, pertaining to the salary adjustments for the rebadged resources at Gurgaon service delivery location, the Parties now wish to amend the Statement of Work as follows:
1. Based on the Statement of Work dated 05.03.2008, following changes shall be made with reference to Clause 10.2.2 (g):
  (i)   Delete Clause 10.2 A (Gurgaon service delivery) in its entirety, and replace as follows :
A. Gurgaon Service delivery:
                                                 
LoB/SU
    XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX  
Customer Service — Domestic
    XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX  
Telesales (Inbound) — Domestic
    XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX  
Ticketing — Domestic
    XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX  
10.2.1 Price per Agent per month mentioned above is applicable for the first year of operations from the Effective Date of this SOW
  a.   The rates quoted above are in INR (Indian Rupees) are applicable per Agent per month
 
  b.   On each anniversary of the Effective Date, the price will be adjusted upwards by XXXX for inflation.
 
  c.   Billing shall be done based on the prevailing Seat Utilization (SU) for the month in the process. This shall be computed on a monthly basis.
 
  d.   All applicable taxes and levies shall apply over and above these rates as applicable. However, any income tax or any direct tax related liability will be on account of IBM. MMTL will deduct the relevant withholding tax (TDS) from the regular payments for which it will issue a consolidated annual TDS certificate to IBM.
 
  e.   The actual SU will be rounded off to nearest place of a single decimal e.g. if SU is 2.14 then the pricing applicable will be at SU of 2.1. If the actual SU is 2.15 then pricing will be computed at the SU of 2.2

1


 

     
REDACTED
  Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
  f.   Both MMTL and IBM will put all reasonable efforts to achieve a minimum SU of 2.1.
(ii) Delete Clause 10.2 B (Chandigarh Service Delivery) in its entirety, and replace as follows :
                                                 
LoB / SU
    XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX  
Customer Service — Domestic
    XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX  
Telesales (Inbound) — Domestic
    XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX  
Ticketing — Domestic
    XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX       XXXX  
10.2.2 Price per Agent per month mentioned above is applicable for the first year of operations from the Effective Date of this SOW
  a.   The rates quoted above are in INR (Indian Rupees) are applicable per Agent per month
 
  b.   On each anniversary of the Effective Date, the price will be adjusted upwards by XXXX for inflation.
 
  c.   Billing shall be done based on the prevailing Seat Utilization (SU) for the month in the process. This shall be computed on a monthly basis.
 
  d.   All applicable taxes and levies shall apply over and above these rates as applicable. However, any income tax or any direct tax related liability will be on account of IBM. MMTL will deduct the relevant withholding tax (TDS) from the regular payments for which it will issue a consolidated annual TDS certificate to IBM.
 
  e.   The actual SU will be rounded off to nearest place of a single decimal e.g. if SU is 2.14 then the pricing applicable will be at SU of 2.1. If the actual SU is 2.15 then pricing will be computed at the SU of 2.2
 
  f.   Both MMTL and IBM will put all reasonable efforts to achieve a minimum SU of 1.8.
 
  g.   IBM has factored an average salary of INR XXXX per agent per annum across all LoB’s in Gurgaon. This is as per the information received from MMTL for the agents to be rebadged. The price shall be updated for any change in this assumption based on the actual data only in respect of incremental changes in relevant average manpower cost.
2.   This First Amendment is effective as of 05.03.2008. IBM shall bill the incremental agent rates to MMTL with retrospective effect from 05.03.2008.
 
3.   Annexure 1 B of the SoW shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows :
                 
                Billable/
Sl. No.s   Name   Designation   Date of Joining IBM Daksh   Non Billable
1
  Aakanksha Khurana   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
2
  Abhinav Victor   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
3
  Abhineet Gogia   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
4
  Mohd. AFFAN   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
5
  Amit Sharma   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
6
  Amit Bose   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
7
  Anjali Dhamija   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
8
  Angad Singh   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
9
  Ashutosh Sinha   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes

2


 

                 
10
  Ankit Gulati   Ex/ Sr Exec   12-May-08   Yes
11
  Ankita Bhaduri   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
12
  Ankita Wadhwa   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
13
  Ankur Munjal   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
14
  Ankush Kumar   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
15
  Anuj Mathur   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
16
  Anup Dubey   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
17
  Anupam Saksena   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
18
  Anush Kumar   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-May-08   Yes
19
  Arti Puri   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
20
  Ashok Singh   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
21
  Ashok Sati   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
22
  Deepak Verma   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
23
  Asma Ayaz   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
24
  Astha Soni   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
25
  Bhavuk Sethi   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
26
  Bhawna Khanna   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
27
  Bhupendra Rana   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
28
  Bhupinder Singh   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
29
  Cecilia Anthony   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
30
  Chandan Bajaj   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
31
  Davinder Juneja   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
32
  Deepak Shastri   Lead   7-Apr-08   Yes
33
  Deepti Srivastava   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
34
  Deepak Grover   Lead   15-May-08   Yes
35
  Diganta Chakraborty   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
36
  Deepti Khare   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
37
  Depinder Kaur   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
38
  Dharamvir Kansal   AM   7-Apr-08   No
39
  Dharitri Sarma   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
40
  Dhroov Pratap   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
41
  Monodeep Chakravarty   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
42
  Divita Sharma   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
43
  Divya Arora   Ex/ Sr Exec   12-May-08   Yes
44
  G Renuka   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
45
  Gagandeep Kaur Chawla   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
46
  Gaurav Nayyar   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
47
  George Joseph   Lead QLY   7-Apr-08   Yes
48
  Sakshi Rawal   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
49
  Harish Kumar   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
50
  Himani Kohli   Lead   5-May-08   No
51
  Homi Sharma   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
52
  Honey Bassi   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes

3


 

                 
53
  Huzengluibo Zeliang   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
54
  Ishita Bhatia   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
55
  Ishjeet Walia   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
56
  Jasmine Bhumra   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
57
  Jaspreet Singh   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
58
  Jatin Vij   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
59
  Jeewan Goswami   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
60
  Juhi Garg   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
61
  Jyotsna Ramani   AM   5-May-08   No
62
  Kajal Thokchom   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
63
  Kamal Katyal   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
64
  Kamaldeep Verma   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
65
  Kanika Sharma   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
66
  Kanika Talreja   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
67
  Kanupriya Goyal   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
68
  Kapil Khemani   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
69
  Kapil Gera   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
70
  Karan Kaura   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
71
  Kartik Singhal   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
72
  Kavita Sakpal   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
73
  Kiran Chandrakar   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
74
  Krishna Chakma   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
75
  Madhuri Dutta   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
76
  Malcolm Sadir   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
77
  Mamta Bassi   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
78
  Manav Narula   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-May-08   Yes
79
  Manish Kumar   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
80
  Manisha Sabharwal   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
81
  Manisha Sharma   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
82
  Manmeet Kaur   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
83
  Manmeet Sandhu   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
84
  Meena   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
85
  Meenakshi Jha   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
86
  Meenu Kharbanda   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
87
  Amit Pant   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
88
  Mohammad Samiq   AM   7-Apr-08   No
89
  Mohammad Nadeem   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
90
  Mohd Saud   AM   7-Apr-08   No
91
  Mohit Manchanda   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
92
  Mohit Kumar   Lead   5-May-08   Yes
93
  Monica Langoljam   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
94
  Monika   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
95
  Gurleen Kaur   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes

4


 

                 
96
  Naseer Rizvi   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
97
  Natasha Kapoor   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
98
  Neeraj Singh   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
99
  Neetesh Chopra   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
100
  Neha Babbar   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
101
  Nikhil Sood   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
102
  Nikita   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
103
  Nipun Sharma   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
104
  Nikita Ahluwalia   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
105
  Nivedita Pundir   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
106
  Nupur Singh   Lead   5-May-08   No
107
  Meesam Zaidi   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-May-08   Yes
108
  Pankaj Chopra   Lead QLY   5-May-08   No
109
  Paramdeep Singh   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
110
  Parbjeet Singh   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
111
  Parul Nigam   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
112
  Parvez Khan   Lead   5-May-08   No
113
  Payal Arora   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-May-08   Yes
114
  Prabhas Kumar   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
115
  Prabhat Bisht   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
116
  Prabjot Singh   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
117
  Pradeep Hazarika   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
118
  Pradeep Baloda   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
119
  Pragya Shah   AM   7-Apr-08   Yes
120
  Prateek Nayak   Lead   5-May-08   No
121
  Preetha Nair   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
122
  Pallavi Gupta   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
123
  Priyanka Sharma   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
124
  Priyanka Singh   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
125
  Puneet Garg   Lead   5-May-08   No
126
  Radhika Sharma   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
127
  Priya Sehgal   Lead   17-May-08   Yes
128
  Rahul Arora   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
129
  Rais Ahmed   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
130
  Rajat Mishra   AM   5-May-08   No
131
  Rajvinder Kaur   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
132
  Ramanarayanan S   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
133
  Rashmi Srivastava   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
134
  Ratandeep Singh   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
135
  Rehan Khan   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
136
  Rekha Godara   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
137
  Renuka Sharma   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
138
  Richa Sharma   Lead   5-May-08   Yes

5


 

                 
139
  Ritika Vohra   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
140
  Roby Mathew   Lead   7-Apr-08   Yes
141
  Rohit Adlakha   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
142
  Rohit Chouhan   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
143
  Rohit Ranjan   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
144
  Romi Chauhan   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
145
  Roopinder Yadav   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
146
  Rubi Singh   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
147
  Ruchika Dhadwal   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
148
  Saba Siddiqui   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
149
  Sachin Chugh   Ext Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
150
  Sakshi Naswa   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
151
  Sakshi Sharma   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
152
  Rahul Dutt   AM   7-May-08   No
153
  Sameer Mehra   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
154
  Sameer Setia   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
155
  Sandeep Gupta   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
156
  Sandeep Rajwade   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
157
  Sandeep Sharma   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
158
  Sankalp Choudhury   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
159
  Santosh Singh   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
160
  Saurabh Khurana   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
161
  Saurabh Upadhyay   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
162
  Shahzia Fatima   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
163
  Shailesh Dhyani   Lead   17-May-08   Yes
164
  Shalini   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
165
  Sharmila Gurung   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
166
  Shashank Sudan   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
167
  Sheetal Verma   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
168
  Shweta Suri   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
169
  Sindhu Bhaskaran   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
170
  Sumit Sethi   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
171
  Supreet Sandhu   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
172
  Swapnil Gupta   AM   5-May-08   No
173
  Swati Sharma   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
174
  Swati Dhamija   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
175
  Sweta Singh   Lead QLY   5-May-08   No
176
  Taranpal Kaur   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
177
  Tarun Kumar   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
178
  Tenzin Kalsang   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
179
  Timsy Arora   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
180
  Tshering Bhutia   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
181
  Tushar Kapil   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes

6


 

                 
182
  Vaibhav Gupta   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
183
  Vandana   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
184
  Vijay Singh   AM   7-Apr-08   No
185
  Vijay Dubey   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
186
  Vikas Menon   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
187
  Vikas Gaurav   Lead   5-May-08   Yes
188
  Vikash   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
189
  Vimal Sachdeva   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
190
  Vishal Thakur   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
191
  Vishal Kapoor   Ex/ Sr Exec   5-May-08   Yes
192
  Vivek Bhola   Ex/ Sr Exec   7-Apr-08   Yes
193
  Zubair Ahmed   Lead   5-May-08   Yes
194
  Nikhil Bhardwaj   Ex/ Sr Exec   14-May-08   Yes
195
  Parvesh Kumar Sharma   Ex/ Sr Exec   12-May-08   Yes
196
  Vidhya Molthamby   Ex/ Sr Exec   15-May-08   Yes
197
  Amit Kr Sinha   Ex/ Sr Exec   Yet to Join   Yes
198
  Ginni Arora   Ex/ Sr Exec   3-Jun-08   Yes
199
  Asha Kumari   Ex/ Sr Exec   15-May-08   Yes
200
  Shweta Sachdeva   Ex/ Sr Exec   Yet to Join   Yes
201
  Sarvesh Sah   Ex/ Sr Exec   12-May-08   Yes
4. All other terms of MSA and Statement of Work shall remain unchanged.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE ABOVE NAMED PARTIES TO THIS AMENDMENT HAVE EXECUTED THESE PRESENT THROUGH THEIR DULY AUTHORISED SIGNATORIES ON THE DATE AND PLACE FIRST MENTIONED HEREIN ABOVE.
         
For IBM Daksh Business Process services Pvt. Ltd
 
       
Sign:
  /s/ Chandrasekar Thyagarajan    
Name:
  CHANDRASEKAR THYAGARAJAN    
Title:
  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER    
Date:
  July 1, 2008    
 
       
For MakeMyTrip India Pvt Ltd
 
       
Sign: :
  /s/ Rajesh Magow    
Name: :
  RAJESH MAGOW    
Title: :
  CFO    
Date:
  July 16, 2008    

7

Exhibit 10.6.4
Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
SECOND AMENDMENT
TO THE STATEMENT OF WORK DATED MARCH 3, 2008 BETWEEN MAKEMYTRIP
INDIA PVT. LTD. AND IBM DAKSH BUSINESS PROCESS SERVICES PVT. LTD.
This Second Amendment dated July 28 th 2009 is to the Master Services Agreement and Statement of Work dated March 5 th 2008 and First Amendment dated July 16 th 2008 (collectively referred to as “Agreement”)
BETWEEN
MakeMyTrip India Private Limited having its registered office at F-46, Malhotra Building, 1st Floor, near Indian Overseas Bank, Connaught Place, New Delhi 110001 (hereinafter referred to as “ MMTL ” which expression shall, unless repugnant to or inconsistent with the context, mean and include its successors and permitted assigns), of the ONE PART;
And,
IBM DAKSH BUSINESS PROCESS SERVICES PRIVATE LIMITED a company registered under the Companies Act, 1956 and having its Registered Office at BirlaTower, lst Floor, 25, Barakhamba Road, Connaught Place, New Delhi - 110001 (hereinafter referred to as " IBM which expression shall, unless repugnant to or inconsistent with the context, mean and include its successors and assigns), of the OTHERPART.
WHEREAS MMTL has entered into a Master Services Agreement dated 05-03-2008 (hereinafter referred to as “ MSA ”) with IBM whereby it has outsourced some of its Call center to IBM and both Parties agree to amend the Agreement as mentioned below :

1


 

REDACTED   Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
The Effective Date of this Second Amendment will be 1 st May 2009. All amendments listed below shall be applicable from the said Effective Date.
1. Delete Section 20 (a) of the MSA and replace as follows :
Term: The term of original master services Agreement (“Term”) will commence as of the Agreement Effective Date and will continue for a period of six (6) years or the last expiration of any Transaction Document in effect as of the date of expiration of such period, whichever is the later, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The Parties may agree to extend the Term of this Agreement by exchanging a letter duly signed by authorized representatives of both Parties. Each Transaction Document shall set forth the applicable term for that Transaction Document.
2. The Expiration Date as stated in the Statement of Work to the MSA both dated 3 rd March 2008 shall be amended to read as 4 th March 2014.
3. Delete Section 20 c of the MSA and replace as follows :
Termination for Convenience:
(i) Both IBM and MMTL may elect to terminate the original master services Agreement or any applicable SoW for Convenience. Such Termination can only be done by providing 6 months written notice period to the other party. Such notice can only be served after 3 years from the Transaction Effective Date.
4. Delete the following portion of Section 2 of the SoW :
IBM shall start operations from its Gurgaon and Chandigarh delivery centres. IBM shall hire 220 agents along with other staff at its Gurgaon delivery location from MMTL through rebadging as per Annexure 1 of this SOW. Out of these, 137 agents will work on the processes as mentioned in this SoW. Simultaneously, IBM shall start its operations at its Chandigarh centre with 30 agents and shall hire additional agents to compensate for month on month attrition at Gurgaon delivery centre or additional volume handling over and above the rebadged agents. Gurgaon centre shall be operational for only initial 9-12 months from Go-Live date, post which the remaining agents shall be redeployed internally within IBM. Attrition Backfill and New hiring shall be done at Chandigarh delivery location and shall be maintained through out the Term to deliver login hours equivalent to 137 agents in Gurgaon but considering the per agent login hours of Chandigarh as 167 hours per month vide clause 1.1 of this SOW.
While ascertaining the agent count at Chandigarh, both IBM and MMTL shall keep into consideration any productivity benefits or other such changes as they occur at any time. Both IBM and MMTL understand that such changes may alter the agent requirement at Chandigarh.
Replace the above mentioned with below :
In no month shall the total billable Agent count go below XXXX (aggregate at both Gurgaon and Chandigarh, across both India and US lines of business under the MSA and the US LOB Master Services Agreement between IBM and Makemytrip.com, Inc. dated March 5, 2008). However, in case MMTL represents and both sides agree that there is a scope to reduce the Agent count because of efficiencies obtained by MMTL by deploying automation, the Parties agree that the billable Agent count might be reduced, subject to such reduction being capped at maximum 12 Agents across both India and US LOBs, through the Term of the MSA and the said US LOB Master Services Agreement.
IBM shall work out a plan for movement of the current Agents at Gurgaon to Chandigarh and share the same with MMTL. Such plan shall be mutually agreed between the Parties and Customer Service and Ticketing processes shall move within 3 months and Sales process shall move within 6 months from the Signing Date of this Second Amendment
MMTL, on a best effort basis shall try to increase the volumes offered to IBM Daksh in order to increase the billable Agent count to XXXX by January 1st 2010. This will include, but will not be limited to, increasing the current quantum of Sales, Post-sales and Ticketing Agents for both the

2


 

REDACTED   Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
India and US lines of business - concurrent & consistent with volumes of MMTL’s own business transactions expanding in this period in these business areas.
5. Delete Section 1 of the first Amendment to the SoW and replace as follows :
Due to automation deployment by MMTL as per Section 4 of this Second Amendment and the possible reduction in Agent count, IBM and MMTL agree to a variable SU based Price grid. The grid for any given month shall be applicable based on the billable agent count in that month.
Applicable SU based Price grid (For billing in months when aggregate billable headcount is less than XXXX across both India and US lines of business or XXXX in case headcount reduction is effected due to automation as defined in section 4)
Gurgaon - India LoB’s
                                                 
LoB’s
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Customer Service
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Telesales
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Ticketing
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Chandigarh - India LoB’s
                                                 
LoB’s
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Customer Service
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Telesales
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Ticketing
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
• Applicable SU based Price grid (For billing in months when aggregate billable headcount is equal to or more than XXXX across both India and US lines of business or XXXX in case headcount reduction is effected due to automation as defined in section 4)
Gurgaon - India LoB’s
                                         
LoB’s
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Customer Service
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Telesales
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Ticketing
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Chandigarh - India LoB’s
                                         
LoB’s
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Customer Service
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Telesales
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
Ticketing
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
• All prices mentioned above are in INR per Agent per month.
• Prices mentioned above shall remain applicable till 4 th of March 2010. Thereafter, prices shall increase by XXXX effective 5 th of March every year, starting from 5 th of March 2010.
• Billing shall be done based on the prevailing Seat Utilization (SU) for the month in the process. This shall be computed on a monthly basis.
• The actual SU will be rounded off to nearest place of a single decimal e.g. if SU is 2.14 then the pricing applicable will be at SU of 2.1. If the actual SU is 2.15 then pricing will be computed at the SU of 2.2
• All applicable taxes and levies shall apply over and above these rates as applicable. However, any income tax or any direct tax related liability will be on account of IBM. MMTL will deduct the relevant withholding tax (TDS) from the regular payments for which it will issue a consolidated annual TDS certificate to IBM.
6. Add Section 14 to the SOW as follows:
KPI I SLA and Rewards / Penalty Grid

3


 

  Both Parties shall mutually agree to the Targets for Performance Indicators (KPI’s) for Process wise measurement of IBM’s performance for the India Sales process. Such targets shall be agreed by 31st of August 2009. Till such time, existing Targets and Rewards / Penalty as listed in Appendix I hereto shall apply.
  Once Parties agree to the new Targets for India Sales process, Rewards / Penalty shall apply as per Appendix II. In case the Parties are not able to reach agreement on the Targets for Sales processes within the said time period, no R eward s / P enalty shall apply from September 1 2009 on the India Sales Process till such time the Parties agree on new Targets.
  Targets and Rewards / Penalty for all LoB’s except India Sales shall be applicable as listed in Appendix I.
  Targets for the KPI’s for the India Sales processes shall be discussed between the Parties and revised, if required based on mutual agreement, every calendar quarter. Such discussion shall commence 30 days prior to the start of the quarter, for which targets are to be discussed. In all good faith, if the Parties are unable to agree to change in targets, targets for the previous quarter shall apply.
Rewards / Penalty for Sales Processes :
Both Parties agree to a separate Rewards / Penalty structure for the Sales process, as attached in Appendix II hereto. Targets for such Rewards / Penalty shall be finalized based on the above mentioned methodology.
7. Add Section 15 to the SoW as below :
IBM shall reserve the right to cross utilize the seats currently dedicated for MMTL’s processes with any other client at any time during the Term of this Agreement, provided that such sharing shall not be done with any other client who is a direct competitor of MMTL. IBM shall inform MMTL in advance before commencing cross utilization for the said seats for another client.
8.   Except for the amendments stated under Clauses 1 to 7 above, all other terms of the MSA and Statement of Work and First Amendment shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect between the Parties.
9.   This Second Amendment read together with the Agreement reflects the complete understanding between the Parties, superseding all prior oral or written communications between the parties relating to this subject. This Second Amendment is incorporated into and deemed to be part of the Agreement.

4


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE ABOVE NAMED PARTIES TO THIS AMENDMENT HAVE EXECUTED THESE PRESENTS THROUGH THEIR DULY AUTHORISED SIGNATORIES ON THE DATE FIRST MENTIONED HEREIN ABOVE.
         
For IBM Daksh Business Process services Pvt. Ltd
 
 
Sign:  /s/ CHANDRASEKAR THYAGARAJAN    
Name:    CHANDRASEKAR THYAGARAJAN    
Title:    DIRECTOR-FINANCE  
Date:    JULY 28, 2009    
 
 
For MakeMyTrip India Pvt Ltd
 
   
Sign:   /s/ Vikas Bhasin    
Name:    Vikas Bhasin    
Title:    Financial Controller    
Date:    JULY 28, 2009    
 

5


 

     
REDACTED
  Confidential Treatment Requested
 
  The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
Appendix I
Service Level Grid (Reward & Penalty) Guidelines
1. Service level grid will be the basis for all Reward & Penalty calculation and would be limited to XXXX of overall billing for each LOB (Ex India Sales, Post Sales India, India Ticketing) and would be calculated on a monthly basis.
2. Service level grid would be tracked on a monthly basis and targets are to be discussed & reviewed on a Quarterly basis for all LoBs. Amendments if any need to be closed by the 25th of the previous month of the ending quarter.
3. Penalties in SLs will not apply if LOB wise & channel wise forecast for each of the LOB’s is not made available as agreed in the contract.
4. In SLs penalty will not apply in case actual volumes are more than 110% of the locked forecast for the month or for the period that the volumes were higher than 110% will be excluded from any penalty on account of the missed SL’s.
5. In the Sales LOB (Ex India Sales) season/off season targets & impact of competition pricing for GPM% (Gross Profit Margin%) & Conversion% needs to be shared and agreed by both MMT & IBM.
6. Losses - Overall Target for Ex India Sales & India Ticketing LOBs would be at XXXX per month and for Post Sales India at XXXX. This metric would attract Penalties only if the overall Loss% goes above XXXX for Ex India Sales & India Ticketing LOBs & Post Sales India is XXXX. Target is to be reviewed after 3 months of putting this as a metric as a part of the Service level grid. This metric would carry a penalty of XXXX but would not attract rewards.
7. Escalation is defined as one coming from an End Customer which is due to an IBM agent error. All Escalations will be analyzed on a case to case basis and Penalties to be applicable only if it is ascertained that the issue was directly in control of an IBM agent. This metric would carry a penalty of XXXX in all LOB’s but would not attract any rewards.
8. SL’s in the R&P grid needs to be closed by the 10th of every month for the previous month by both the parties and in case it goes beyond the 10th day of the month due to a disagreement between both the teams then the same needs to be escalated to the relationship heads in both the organisations.
9. Invoicing of R&P would be kept separate from the normal billing cycle and would be raised by the 20th of every month and the amount due to either of the parties would be paid by the 30th of the same month.

6


 

     
REDACTED
  Confidential Treatment Requested
 
  The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
Schedule 1 to Appendix I
KPI Metrics — Sales Ex India (Sales)
Sales Ex India
                                 
Metrics   SL Target   Measurement Criteria   Reward%   Penalty%   Tolerance   Reward   Penalty   Remarks
Voice Calls   If Actual Delivery is    
Abandon*
  XXXX   (Calls abandoned) less calls in Threshold over Calls offered = (Calls Abandoned over threshold * / calls offered}   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   <= Target   > Target   1. In SLs penalty will not apply if the Forecast is not made available on a regular basis as agreed in the contract, penalties will also not apply in case actual volumes are more than XXXX of the locked forecast for the month or for the period that the volumes were higher than XXXX will be excluded from any penalty on account of the missed SL’s.
                2. AHT for capacity planning should be the current baselined AHT - 360 Seconds (Voice Calls)
                3. In case the Volumes offered for the month are in excess of the Forecasted numbers by XXXX, the Abandonment parameters will not be considered for Penalty
                4. The Monthly forecast will be broken down to a daily number and shared with MMTL incase offered calls are over XXXX of the daily forecast, that day will not be considered for Monthly Ab % penalty calculations but will be considered for rewards. The daily forecasts will be further broken down into an interval level forecast and shared with MMTL, incase the volumes offered are in excess of the projected numbers for any interval, that interval will be excluded for Penalty calculations.
                5, The Billable agents / Login Hours to be signed off by MMTL would be considered
 
                               
GPM %**
  XXXX   (GPM attained / total sales)*100   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   > Target + XXXX   < Target - XXXX   Target GPM% to be shared basis season / off season and also based on impact of competition pricing as both the team agrees that this metric has an impact due to season, competition & Airline and Vendor Contracts of MMTL
 
                               
Conversion%**
  XXXX   (Number of dockets (1 sale) / total contacts handled) * 100   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   > Target + XXXX   < Target - XXXX   Conversion target to be decided basis season/off season and also based on impact of competition pricing & airline and vendor contracts of MMTL.
 
                               
Losses
  XXXX   (Number of Losses attributed to an agent error) / total contacts) * 100     XXXX   XXXX     > Target + XXXX   Actual against target will be calculated as (Number of Losses attributed to an agent error) / total contacts)* XXXX. For this calculation Overall Target for all LOB’s besides PSI would be at XXXX and PSI at XXXX. This metric would attract Penalties only if the overall loss% goes above XXXX & PSI isXXXX. Target is to be reviewed after 3 months of putting this as a metric as a part of the SL grid. Data source for all losses attributed to agent would be the Navision loss grid. Every loss will be analyzed on a case to case basis and will be a part of the loss count only if it is ascertained that the issue was directly in control of an IBM agent.
 
                               
Escalations
  XXXX   Escalation is defined as one coming from an End Customer which is due to an IBM agent error
All Escalations to be analyzed on a case to case basis and Penalties to be applicable only if it is ascertained that the issue was directly in control of an IBM agent
    XXXX   XXXX     >Target XXXX   1. Escalations - for measurement of end customer escalation the data source would be end customer escalations sent across to the share.feedback DL
2. The formula for measuring escalation % would be “Total escalations divided by Total Transactions (Calls + Chats + Back office) for the month
 
*           Threshold for Calls is 20 Seconds
XXXX   XXXX        
 
**          GPM% and Conversion% targets are based on assumption that
current Agent Incentive Plan from Make My Trip will continue

7


 

     
REDACTED
  Confidential Treatment Requested
 
  The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
Schedule 2 to Appendix I
KPI Metrics — Post Sales India (Non Sales)
Post Sales India
                                 
Metrics   SL Target   Measurement Criteria   Reward%   Penalty%   Tolerance   Reward   Penalty   Remarks
Voice Calls                       If Actual Delivery is    
Abandon
  XXXX   Percentage of calls abandoned less calls abandoned in Threshold over calls offered = (Calls Abandoned over threshold / calls offered)   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   < = Target   >Target   1. SLS will not apply if the Forecast is not made available on a regular basis as agreed in the contract, SLs will also not apply in case actual volumes are more than XXXX of the locked forecast for the month or for the period that the volumes were higher than XXXX will be excluded from any penalty on account of the missed SL’s.
2. AHT for capacity planning should be the current baselined AHT — 430 Seconds (Voice Calls)
3. In case the Volumes offered for the month are in excess of the Forecasted numbers by XXXX, the Abandonment parameters will not be considered for Penalty
4. The Monthly forecast will be broken down to a daily number and shared with MMTL incase offered calls are over XXXX of the daily forecast, that day will not be considered for Monthly Ab% penalty calculations but will be considered for rewards. The daily forecasts will be further broken down into an interval level forecast and shared with MMTL, in case the volumes offered are in excess of the projected numbers for any interval will be excluded for Penalty calculations.
5. The Billable agents / Login Hours to be signed off by MMTL would be considering these
Service Levels
  XXXX of calls answered in 20 seconds Threshold   % of calls answered in 20 seconds over calls offered = (Calls Answered in 20 seconds / Calls Offered-Calls Abandoned in Threshold)   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   >Target + XXXX   < Target + XXXX  
 
                               
Backoffice ••
                               
 
                               
E-Mails
      All Cases to be handled on a FIFO basis   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   1. SLs, will not apply if the Forecast is not made available on a regular basis as agreed in the contract, SLs will also not apply in case actual volumes are more than XXXX of the locked forecast for the month or for the period that the volumes were higher than XXXX will be excluded from any penalty an account of the missed SL’s.
2. The monthly forecast will be broken down into a daily forecast and shared with MMTL and in case the actual offered is more than XXXX of the days forecast, the pending cases will not be considered for penalty.
3. In case the pending is missed on account of factors that are beyond IBMs control, those cases will be excluded from the pending calculations
4. SL will be calculated as (Total cases received — No. of cases over forecast) /Total Transactions Processed
Follow Ups
(Service)

               
Callback

               
FPR

               
Schedule
Change

               
Online
Cancellation

               
International
Payment Follow-up

               
Rejection Queue

               
Complaint
               
Section Queue (Escalated to      Deptt.)

               
Follow-up Queue

               
Loss Queue
               
 
                               
Transaction
Monitoring
  XXXX   Quality Form   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   > Target + XXXX   < Target – XXXX   Scores for Transaction Monitoring to include only agents that have completed 90 days on floor after they go live in the respective LOB
Any Changes in methodology(Transaction monitoring, CSAT&FCR) will need to be agreed and signed off and needs to be baselined before agreeing as a target R&P calculation
For CSAT & FCR — Scores to be considered only for cases which can clearly be attributed as agent controllable and will be calculated on a case to case basis
For CSAT the agreed step up target to be taken into account for R&P. Rewards to be applicable only post achieving XXXX
FCR
  XXXX   Based on VOC data - cases which are beyond an agent’s control to be taken off from calculations   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   > Target + XXXX      < Target – XXXX  
CSAT
  Step up Target*   Top 3 Boxes   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   > Target + XXXX   < Target – XXXX  
 
                               
Losses
  XXXX   (Number of Losses attributed to an agent error) /total contacts) *100     XXXX   XXXX     > Target+
XXXX
  Actual against target will be calculated as (Number of Losses attributed to an agent error) / total contacts) * 100. For this calculation Overall Target for all LOB’s besides PSI would be at XXXX and PSI at XXXX. This metric would attract Penalties only if the overall Loss% goes above XXXX & PSI is XXXX. Target is to be reviewed after 3 months of putting this as a metric as a part of the SL grid. Data source for all losses attributed to agent would be the Navisian loss grid. Every loss will be analyzed on a case to case basis and will be a part of the loss count only If it is ascertained that the issue was directly in control of an IBM agent.
 
                               
Escalations
  XXXX   Escalation is defined as one coming from an End Customer which is due to an IBM agent error

All Escalations to be analyzed on a case to case basis and Penalties to be applicable only if it is ascertained that the issue was directly in control of an IBM agent
    XXXX   XXXX   <Targat + XXXX   >Target + XXXX   1. Escalations — Formeasurement of end customer escalations the data source would be end customer escalations sent across to the share.feedback DL
2. The formula for measuring escalations % would be’ Total escalations divided by Total Transactions (Calls + Chats +Back office) for the month
 
*           Threshold for Calls is 20 Seconds
XXXX   XXXX        
 
**         There is no Tracking mechanism available for any of the above backoffice activities. Till the time a proper date & time stamp reporting mechanism is available the reporting would be manually based.

8


 

                 
 
There is no Tracking Mechanism available for any of the above activities either through GDS (Amadeus/Abacus) or through Navision. Till the time a proper date & time stamp reporting mechanism is available the reporting would be manually based.
          Cases where TAT is missed due to external factors beyond the control of the Ticketing Team will not be considered while calculating TAT for a particular metric  
         

9


 

     
REDACTED
  Confidential Treatment Requested
 
  The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
Appendix II
Rewards / Penalty grid for Sales Processes
                                         
                    Additional per Agent  
Chandigarh
  XXXX   XXXX to XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
 
Sales Ex India
    XXXX       XXXX     XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
                                         
                    Additional per Agent  
Gurgaon
  XXXX   XXXX to XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
 
Sales Ex India
  XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX
All amounts above are in INR per Agent per month
For avoidance of doubt, the following scenarios are listed by way of illustration:
    Scenario 1 : IBM achieves the agreed Performance targets in Sales LoB’s (Performance between XXXX to XXXX) : Payment as per the “XXXX to XXXX” slab
 
    Scenario 2 : IBM over achieves the agreed Performance targets in Sales LoB’s (Performance > XXXX but < XXXX) : Payment as per the “XXXX” slab
 
    Scenario 3 : IBM over achieves the agreed Performance targets in Sales LoB’s (Performance > XXXX but < XXXX) : Payment as per the “ XXXX ” slab
 
    Scenario 4 : IBM over achieves the agreed Performance targets in Sales LoB’s (Performance > XXXX) : Payment as per the “XXXX” slab
 
    Scenario 5 : IBM under achieves the agreed Performance targets in Sales LoB’s (Performance < XXXX) : Payment as per the “XXXX” slab

10

EXHIBIT 10.7.1
     
REDACTED
  Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for
confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
SERVICES AGREEMENT
THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), executed at Gurgaon, Haryana on 25 th day of March, 2009
BETWEEN
Tecnovate eSolutions Private Limited (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Intelenet Global Services Private Limited) , a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 and having its registered office at 219 Okhla Phase III, New Delhi – 110 020, (hereinafter referred to as “Tecnovate”), which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include its affiliates, successors and permitted assigns of the ONE PART;
AND
Make My Trip (India) Pvt. Ltd, having its registered office at 46, Malhotra Building, 1st Floor, near Indian Overseas Bank, Connaught Place, New Delhi 110001 (hereinafter referred to as “Client” and which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include its successors and permitted assigns) of the SECOND PART;
(Tecnovate and Client are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Parties” and individually as “Party”).
WHEREAS :
1.   Tecnovate is engaged in the business of providing Information Technology Enabled Services including Business Process Outsourcing services from its call centers at various locations in the country and has represented to Client that it has the requisite skill, knowledge, experiences, expertise, infrastructure and capability to render the mentioned services;
 
2.   Relying on the representations made by Tecnovate, Client is desirous of availing services offered by Tecnovate as per terms and conditions of this Agreement; and the Parties have agreed to the following terms and conditions for services of Tecnovate to Client.

Page 1 of 11


 

     
REDACTED
  Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:
a.   references to persons shall include, as relevant, individuals, bodies corporate (wherever incorporated), unincorporated associations, trusts, partnerships and proprietorships;
 
b.   references to one gender include all genders;
 
c.   any reference to any enactment, statutory provision, rule or regulation is a reference to it as it may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified, consolidated or re-enacted;
 
d.   words in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;
 
e.   the terms “hereof”, “herein”, “hereby”, “hereto” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement or specified sections of this Agreement, as the case may be;
 
f.   each capitalized term used herein has the meaning assigned to such term herein;
 
g.   “or” is not exclusive;
 
h.   the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS:
1.   Scope of Service
a.   The services to be provided by Tecnovate under this Agreement are more particularly described in “Annexure A” annexed hereto (hereinafter referred to as the “Services” ). This Annexure A includes the scope, location and duration of Services and all the other operational requirements related to Services.
 
b.   Tecnovate acknowledges and confirms that this Agreement does not exclude or prevent either Tecnovate or Client in their respectively dealing, or entering into any similar or other arrangements, including for any services, with third parties. This Agreement does not confer any exclusivity of arrangement between Client and Tecnovate.
2.   Term
a.   Unless terminated earlier in accordance with provisions contained in clause 13 of this Agreement, Parties agree to enter into this Agreement for a period of One (01) year ( “Term” ). Parties agree that the first four months of the Term will be a “Pilot Phase” and the Parties will review the terms of the SOW after the Pilot Phase and enter into another SOW for the remaining Term.
 
b.   Should a Party wish to renew this Agreement after the Term or a Renewal Term (as the case may be), such Party shall give the other Party a request in writing to renew the Agreement, in all events within two (2) months prior to the expiration of the Term or the Renewal Term (as the case may be) of the Agreement. The Parties will thereafter negotiate the terms and conditions that will apply to the renewal term (each a “Renewal Term”) one (1) month prior to the expiration of the Term or the Renewal Term (as the case may be) of the Agreement. The Term and all Renewal Terms are cumulatively referred to as the “Term”. It is agreed between the parties that there will be a year on year escalation of XXXX in the agreed fees under Annexure B.
3.   Consideration
Client shall pay consideration to Tecnovate for the Services rendered, on terms as more particularly described in Annexure B annexed hereto. All payments shall be made subject to deduction of all applicable withholding taxes.
a.   Tecnovate will submit monthly invoices to Client for Services performed in the previous calendar month.
 
b.   Notwithstanding anything contained herein, each undisputed invoice will be paid by Client

Page 2 of 11


 

    within twenty-one (21) calendar days from receipt of the invoice. Client shall be liable to pay interest at the rate of 2% per month from the due-date of payment of invoice until the date of payment of all past due and outstanding balances on a monthly basis.
 
c.   If Client in good faith disputes any portion of any invoice, Client shall submit to Tecnovate within fifteen (15) calendar days following receipt of invoice, written documentation identifying and substantiating the disputed amount. Tecnovate and Client agree to use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any dispute within ten (10) calendar days after Tecnovate receives written notice of dispute from Client. Any disputed amounts resolved in favor of Client shall be adjusted while making payment of the disputed invoice. Any disputed amounts determined to be payable to Tecnovate shall be due within seven (7) calendar days of the resolution of the dispute.
 
d.   The charge agreed for the Services under this Agreement, any SOW thereto, shall be exclusive of any taxes or service taxes but subject to withholding taxes payable under the relevant tax and revenue laws of the concerned Party.
4.   Obligations of Parties
a.   Tecnovate will undertake the transition of Services from Client’s existing location within the period as may be mutually agreed under a SOW.
 
b.   Client is responsible for providing all software applications to Tecnovate and the required connectivity of such applications to Tecnovate’s offices/ sites as stated under the relevant SOW.
 
c.   It is agreed between the Parties that all calls will be routed to Tecnovate by Client as detailed in the respective Statement of Work/s with Tecnovate’s personnel logging onto Client’s Automated Call Distribution system. All permissions and access shall be duly provided by Client to Tecnovate personnel for such logging on.
5.   Representations and Warranties
  Each Party represents and warrants that:
a.   It has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations hereunder;
 
b.   It has complied with and shall comply with all applicable laws and that neither Party shall have the obligation to verify whether or not the other Party has acted in accordance therewith;
 
c.   The licenses and products, including but not limited to software and application software provided by it for performance of Services under this Agreement, do not infringe the intellectual property right(s) of any third party; and
 
d.   It is not a party to any agreement with a third party, the performance of which is likely to affect adversely its ability or the ability of the other party to perform fully its respective obligations hereunder.
  Tecnovate hereby further represents and warrants that:
a.   It shall deploy and engage suitably experienced and competent personnel as may reasonably be required for the performance of the Services or as detailed and agreed upon under Annexure A;
 
b.   All employees engaged by Tecnovate shall be in sole employment of Technovate and

Page 3 of 11


 

    Technovate shall be solely responsible for their salaries, wages, statutory payments, etc. That under no circumstances shall Client be liable for any payment or claim or compensation (including but not limited to compensation on account of injury/death/termination) of any nature to the employees and personnel of Tecnovate;
 
c.   It shall be responsible for all negotiations with personnel relating to salaries and benefits, and shall be responsible for assessments and monitoring of performance and for all disciplinary matters;
 
d.   It shall regularly provide updates to Client with respect to the Services and shall regularly interact with the personnel designated by Client to discuss and review its performance at such intervals as may be agreed between the Parties; and
 
e.   It shall use all reasonable steps to ensure that Services to be rendered hereunder will be of quality and standards as mutually agreed between the Parties from time to time.
  Client hereby further represents and warrants that:
a.   The Client acknowledges and agrees that the Tecnovate is relying on the accuracy of the information and instructions supplied by the Client, and other requirements specified by the Client (cumulatively, the “Processing Norms”), to perform the Services mentioned in this Agreement or any Annexure. In the event the Processing Norms are not accurate or are found to be inadequate, the Client shall promptly notify the Tecnovate of any such deficiency and the Client will use its best efforts to remedy the situation in a timely manner. The Tecnovate’s inability to perform the Services as a result of any such inaccuracy or inadequacy in the Processing Norms will not relieve the Client of its payment obligations hereunder and will not constitute a breach by the Tecnovate of this Agreement. The Tecnovate shall be entitled to rely on and act in accordance with the Processing Norms and shall not incur any liability for claims, losses or damages that arise as a result of the Tecnovate’s compliance with the Processing Norms and the Client shall indemnify the Tecnovate from and against any and all Claims arising out of or in connection with the above.
 
    EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES MADE OR REFERENCED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, CONCERNING THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS OF THE SERVICES FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUALITY, COURSE OF DEALINGS, USAGE OF TRADE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NONINFRINGEMENT, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED.
6.   Ramp up And Ramp Down
    Timelines for any ramp up beyond 5% of the approved FTE at any given point needs to be discussed and mutually agreed upon. Any ramp down beyond 5% needs to be intimated in writing with a minimum of sixty (60) days advance notice or payment in advance for the same except for the Customer Service Process. Subject to clause 14 (a), for the Customer Service Process, any ramp down beyond 5% needs to be intimated in writing with a minimum of thirty (30) days notice or payment in advance for the same.
7.   Indemnification
    Each Party hereby undertakes and agrees to keep and hold one another indemnified and harmless against any direct losses, legal proceedings (including legal fees), damages, charges, expenses, claims, liabilities, penalty or fine, which may be caused to or suffered by or made or taken against the other Party arising out of:
a.   The breach, default or non-performance of this Agreement by the defaulting Party and/or its personnel;

Page 4 of 11


 

b.   Non compliance with any statutory or legal requirements by the defaulting Party and/or its personnel;
 
c.   Any improper or negligent performance, act of commission or omission by the defaulting Party and/or any of its personnel or due to any accident leading to a third party liability; and
 
d.   Infringement of intellectual property rights of a third party for use or operation of any licenses and products, including but not limited to software licenses provided by the defaulting Party for provision of Services under this Agreement by Tecnovate.
8.   Limitation of Liability
a.   Subject to Section 8(b) below, under no circumstances will either Party be liable to the other Party with respect to any subject claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement under any contract, negligence, tort, strict liability or other legal or equitable theory for any special, indirect, consequential or exemplary damages (including but not limited to loss of revenue, or good will, or anticipated profits, or lost business), and even if such Party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
 
b.   Notwithstanding anything contained in clause 8(a) above, the liability of each party shall be equal to actual costs/expenses incurred by the other party in settling any such claims. However, Parties agree that, during the first anniversary of the Agreement, and every 12-month period thereafter, the maximum liability of either party under this Agreement for any cause whatsoever shall not exceed three months’ remuneration paid by Client to Tecnovate.
 
c.   Tecnovate shall not be liable:
    for any losses in respect of any matter, act, omission or circumstances (or any combination thereof) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggravation of a matter or circumstance) to the extent that a claim or loss would not have occurred but for the passing of or any change in or change in interpretation of any law, including any increase in the rates of taxes and any withdrawal of relief from taxes not actually (or prospectively) in effect as of date.
 
    in respect of any claim to the extent that any losses arising from such claim are covered by a policy of insurance in force as of date and payment is made by the insurer or would have been made if a claim had been submitted under such policy.
9.   Confidentiality
a.   Either party hereby agrees and undertakes to maintain utmost confidentiality with respect to all commercial and any other information, documents, data, procedures, processes, papers, plans, statements, trade secrets and/or any such information in connection with the business of the other Party, whether written, oral or in any other form (hereinafter referred to as the “Confidential Information”) furnished by one Party (‘Disclosing Party’) to the other Party (‘Receiving Party’) or which comes within the knowledge or possession of the Receiving Party or its personnel, as a result of association with Disclosing Party under this Agreement. The Receiving Party shall take necessary precautions, acceptable to Disclosing Party to keep the Confidential Information secret and confidential.
 
b.   The Confidential Information shall not be used by the Receiving Party or its personnel for any purpose other than pursuant to or for the purpose of this Agreement, and, in particular, the Receiving Party shall not use the Confidential Information for its own benefit.
 
c.   The Receiving Party shall ensure that its personnel do not divulge any Confidential Information to any person in any manner irrespective of whether this Agreement continues to

Page 5 of 11


 

    subsist or has expired or terminated.
d.   Notwithstanding any thing to the contrary stipulated in this Agreement, the provisions of the clause shall survive for two (2) years after the last date of disclosure under this Agreement.
10.   Non-Solicitation
    During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year following its termination, cancellation or expiration for any reason, the Parties agree not to directly or indirectly entice, solicit, divert or hire, or attempt to entice, solicit, divert or hire, any person employed by the other Party (whether or not such employee is a full-time, contractual or temporary employee, and whether or not its employment is pursuant to a written agreement, is for a determined period, or is terminable at will), except with the prior written consent of the other Party. Provided however, that the foregoing provision will not prevent a Party from employing any such person who contacts the other Party on his or her own initiative without any encouragement from a Party, or in response to any general solicitation concerning available positions, so long as any such solicitation is not targeted specifically at employees of the other Party.
11.   Law and Arbitration
a.   The provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Indian law.
 
b.   In case any dispute or difference arises between the Parties during or after the performance of the Agreement, the Parties shall endeavour to resolve the same through discussions within 30 days of raising the dispute by either Party.
 
c.   Any difference, dispute, controversy or claim (the Dispute’) arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.
 
d.   The Dispute shall be referred to one (1) arbitrator to be appointed by parties mutually.
 
e.   The place of arbitration shall be Gurgaon and any award whether interim or final, shall be made, and shall be deemed for all purposes between the parties to be made, in Gurgaon.
 
f.   The arbitral procedure shall be conducted in the English language and any award or awards shall be rendered in English. The procedural law of the arbitration shall be the Indian law.
 
g.   The award of the arbitrator shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the Parties, and the Parties shall be entitled (but not obliged) to enter judgment thereon in any one or more of the highest courts having jurisdiction. The Parties further agree (to the maximum extent possible and allowed to them) that such enforcement shall be subject to the provisions of the Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 and neither Party shall seek to resist the enforcement of any award in India on the basis that award is not subject to such provisions.
 
h.   The rights and obligations of the Parties under, or pursuant to, this Clause, including the arbitration agreement in this Clause, shall be under the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located at Gurgaon.
12.   Independent Arrangement
    This Agreement is on a principal-to-principal basis between the Parties hereto. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed or deemed to create any association, partnership or joint venture or employer-employee relationship or principal-agent relationship in any manner whatsoever between the parties. Tecnovate acknowledges that its rendering of services is solely within its own control, subject to the terms and conditions agreed upon and agrees not to hold itself out to be an employee, agent or servant of Client or affiliate

Page 6 of 11


 

    thereof.
13.   Records, Inspection and Right to Audit
a.   That during the term of this Agreement Tecnovate shall disclose to Client all information with regard to the Services and the activities performed by Tecnovate in relation to this Agreement and make available all records, data and information relating thereto, within a 15 day period on receipt of written request from Client, or such extended period as may be mutually agreed between the Parties.
 
b.   That during the term of this Agreement Tecnovate shall permit designated employees/representatives of Client to enter upon the premises of Tecnovate, where the records relating to the Services are kept by Tecnovate for the inspection of all such documents and records including but not limited to the computer system and any other related information which may be required by Client, as per a mutually agreed schedule.
14.   Termination
a.   Either Party may terminate this Agreement for convenience by giving an advance written notice of Two (02) months to the other Party.
 
b.   Either Party may at any time, by notice in writing, terminate this Agreement under any of the following conditions/causes:
  i.   continued breach of material obligations under this Agreement (substantiated with evidence), which remains uncured after thirty (30) days’ written notice; and
 
  ii.   If a petition for insolvency is filed against any Party and such petition is not dismissed within ninety (90) days after filing and/or if any Party makes an arrangement for the benefit of its creditors or, if the Court Receiver is appointed as receiver of all/any of any Party’s properties.
c.   In the event Client defaults in the payment of any amount due to Tecnovate under this Agreement and does not cure the default within agreed period under Clause 3 after the date of such payment was due, then Tecnovate may, in addition to its rights under this Clause, terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Client.
 
d.   It is hereby, agreed and understood by the Parties that the provisions of this Clause shall not limit or restrict nor shall they preclude any Party from pursuing such further and other legal actions, against the other Party for any breach or non-compliance of the terms of this Agreement.
 
e.   In the event that this Agreement is terminated for any reasons, either Party shall forthwith hand over to the other the possession of all documents, material and any other property belonging to the other that may be in the possession of the Party or any of its employees, agents or individuals assigned to perform the services under this Agreement.
 
f.   Termination of this Agreement shall not prejudice any rights and obligations of either party outstanding at the time of termination.
 
g.   Exercise of either party of its right to terminate this Agreement will in no way affect or impair its right to bring suit for any default or breach of this Agreement.
15.   Force Majeure
a.   The Parties shall not be liable for any failure to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement if the performance is prevented, hindered or delayed by a Force Majeure Event (defined below).

Page 7 of 11


 

b.   A Party hereto who is affected by a Force Majeure Event shall forthwith notify the other Party and shall use all reasonable endeavors to avoid or minimize the effect of the same on this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof. The affected Party shall resume performance of this Agreement as soon as practicable after the reduction or cessation of the Force Majeure Event.
 
c.   If the Client has knowledge of any Force Majeure event occurring at its location, owing to which the access to the resources (e.g., Connectivity, Servers, Databases) are affected, the Client shall promptly notify the Tecnovate, and provide all relevant information concerning the delay or potential delay and also make payments to the Tecnovate of the service charges as per the regular rates for the period that the Services are affected since the resources are made available by the Tecnovate to carry out the Services for the Client during such period.
 
d.   Force Majeure Event: means any event due to any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Party, including, without limitation, unavailability of any communication system, sabotage, fire, flood, explosion, acts of God, civil commotion, strikes or industrial action of any kind, riots, insurrection, war or acts of government.
16.   Miscellaneous
a.   Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment by each Party, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective.
 
b.   No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
 
c.   Neither Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights and obligations hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Nothing contained herein shall prevent the use by, or the assignment of this Agreement, or any rights acquired hereunder, by either Party to its direct or indirect parent company or any subsidiary of such parent company.
 
d.   The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
e.   This Agreement and related SOW(s) constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written and oral, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. No representation, inducement, promise, understanding, condition or warranty not set forth herein has been made or relied upon by any Party hereto.
 
f.   Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof is intended to confer upon any person other than the Parties to this Agreement any rights or remedies hereunder.
 
g.   In connection with this Agreement, as well as all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each Party agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and to perform such additional actions as may be necessary, appropriate or reasonably requested to carry out or evidence the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
h.   The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall

Page 8 of 11


 

    not effect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of this Agreement, including any such provision, in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
i.   In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the specific provisions set forth in an SOW, the provisions of this Agreement shall control unless the provisions of the SOW, specifically reference the provisions of this Agreement that are inconsistent.
 
j.   This Agreement has been signed in duplicate, each of which shall be deemed to be an original.
17.   Notices and Contract Representatives
    All notices, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be deemed given to the other party when delivered by personal delivery, registered post with acknowledgement due, or messenger or courier services with proof of delivery. All notices under this Agreement shall be given by the Parties at the addresses of the other Party listed in Annexure C; and either Party may by notice in writing, change their address of this purpose.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties hereto on the day and year first above written.
     
For Tecnovate eSolutions Private Limited



   
/s/ Aditya Arora
  /s/ Bhupender Singh
 
   
Aditya Arora
Authorized Signatory
Technovate eSolutions Private Limited
  Bhupender Singh
Authorized Signatory
Technovate eSolutions Private Limited
 
   
For Make My Trip India Pvt. Ltd



   
/s/ Vikas Bhasin
  /s/ Vebhav Anand
 
   
Vikas Bhasin
Financial Controller
Make My Trip (India) Pvt. Ltd
  Vebhav Anand
Assistant Vice President - Services
Make My Trip (India) Pvt. Ltd

Page 9 of 11


 

     
REDACTED
  Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
Annexure B
Remuneration Structure
                         
Fixed
Component
      XXXX       XXXX       XXXX
 
  ICSU       CHAT       HOT LEADS    
Variable
Component
  Conversion
Target %
  Incentive
Amount
  Conversion
Target %
  Incentive
Amount
  Conversion
Target %
  Incentive
Amount
 
                       
 
  15%   XXXX   6%   XXXX   40%   XXXX
Incentive  
  18%   XXXX   7%   XXXX   50%   XXXX
 
  20%   XXXX   8%   XXXX   60%   XXXX
 
                       
Total (Fixed
  15%   XXXX   6%   XXXX   40%   XXXX
Component +
  18%   XXXX   7%   XXXX   50%   XXXX
Incetive) 
  20%   XXXX   8%   XXXX   60%   XXXX
                         
        Incentive Amount Rs.       Incentive Amount       Incentive Amount Rs.
    Attachrate   Per Insurance   Attachrate   Rs. Per Insurance   Attachrate   Per Insurance
Insurance   Target   sold   Target   sold   Target   sold
 
  20%   Qualifier   30%   Qualifier   30%   Qualifier
 
  25%   10   40%   50   40%   50
 
  30%   15   50%   75   50%   75
In addition to the above, the pricing for Customer Service / Post Sales process would be on per FTE per month basis @ XXXX only) excluding the telecom costs which would be billed separately on actuals. The foregoing pricing for Customer Service Model has been agreed for temporary seasonal staffing ramp up. In the event that the FTE(s) for Customer Service / Post Sales process are not removed from this process or utilized for some other non sales process post the season i.e. April - June 2009 or an extended period as mutually agreed before extension, price shall be XXXX per FTE month (excluding the telecom costs which would be billed separately on actuals) from the date the staff is utilized for MMT processes including training.

Page 10 of 11


 

Annexure C
     
In relation to Tecnovate
  Kind Attn: Dipesh R. Singhania, Financial Controller
Hall No. 4, NESCO Complex,
W.E. Highway, Goregaon (East),
Mumbai 40063, Maharashtra
Fax: +91 22 6769 2800
 
   
 
  With a copy to:
Kind Attn.: Amit Gupta, Head of Legal
219 Okhla Industrial Estate – Phase III
New Delhi – 110 020
Fax: 011 – 26332760
 
   
In relation to Client
  Name: Vikas Bhasin, Financial Controller
Address:103, Udyog Vihar Phase I,
                 Gurgaon 122016
                 Haryana
 
   
 
  Telephone: +919811515109
Fax: +91 1244395100
 
   
 
  Name: Vebhav Anand, Assistant Vice President – Services
Address:103, Udyog Vihar Phase I,
                 Gurgaon 122016
                 Haryana
 
   
 
  Telephone: +919810706918
Fax: +91 1244395100

Page 11 of 11


 

Confidential to the Parties
Annexure A to the Master Services Agreement dated 25 th March 2009
This Annexure or Statement of Work (“SoW”) is made and entered into as of 25 th March 2009 and effective 1 st April 2009 (the “Effective Date”) and describes the work to be performed by Technovate eSolutions Private Limited, (“Technovate” or “Service Provider”) for Make My Trip (India) Pvt. Ltd.(“Company” or “Client”) for the provision of contact-centre and related services as detailed in Attachment A, Description of Work. This SoW authorizes Service Provider to provide the work described below. This SoW is made and entered into pursuant to the Master Services Agreement by and between Service Provider and the Company dated 25 th March 2009 (‘MSA’).
I.   Obligations of either party with respect to telecommunication connectivity and equipment, and information technology related software, applications, hardware are contained in Attachment B, Telecommunications and Information Technology.
 
II.   Term. The term of this SoW (the “SoW term”) shall coincide with the term of the MSA.
 
III.   Contracts. Service Provider’s Program Representative is Myron Ferro, having a place of business at the following address: 219 Okhla Phase III, New Delhi – 110 020
 
    Service Provider’s Contract Representative is Amit Gupta, having a place of business at the following address: 219 Okhla Phase III, New Delhi –110 020
 
    Company’s Program Representative is Vebhav Anand, having a place of business at the following address: 103, Udyog Vihar Phase I, Gurgaon 122006, Haryana
 
    Company’s Contract Representative is Vikas Bhasin, having a place of business at the following address: 103, Udyog Vihar Phase I, Gurgaon 122006, Haryana
 
V.   Invoices. Month-end invoices and back-up documentation shall be sent as per the terms and conditions detailed on the MSA to Company’s Program Representative with a copy to the Company’s Contract Representative and/or such other individuals or departments designated by the Company from time to time.
 
VI.   Pricing. Charges for Services performed by Service Provider are detailed in Attachment D, Pricing.
 
VII.   Location. For upto 50 seats the Location at which Service Provider will perform all Services under this SoW shall be out of its facilities at 219, Okhla Phase 3, New Delhi. In the event of a ramp up beyond 50 FTEs, pursuant to changes made through the change management process set forth in the SoW as Attachment E, Change Management Process, Service Provider will use endeavor to continue providing services from its Okhla facility only. However, Service Provider reserves the right to move the Location to its other offices located within NCR (Delhi) in case its Okhla facility would not be suitable for such ramp up. For such move of location Service Provider would give a choice of two locations for such move to the Company. However, it is agreed between the parties that in no event the Location would be any of the following offices of Service Provider: 409, Udyog Vihar, Phase 4 Gurgaon and 94 / 95, Udygon Vihar, Phase 4 Gurgaon.
 
VIII.   Modifications. All changes, modifications and amendments to this SoW shall be made through change management process set forth in the SoW as Attachment E, Change Management Process.

1


 

Confidential to the Parties
     
For Tecnovate eSolutions Private Limited



   
/s/ Aditya Arora
  /s/ Bhupender Singh
 
   
Aditya Arora
Authorized Signatory
Technovate eSolutions Private Limited
  Bhupender Singh
Authorized Signatory
Technovate eSolutions Private Limited
 
   
For Make My Trip India Pvt. Ltd



   
/s/ Vikas Bhasin
  /s/ Vebhav Anand
 
   
Vikas Bhasin
Financial Controller
Make My Trip (India) Pvt. Ltd
  Vebhav Anand
Assistant Vice President — Services
Make My Trip (India) Pvt. Ltd

Page 2 of 7


 

Confidential to the Parties
Attachment A
Description of Work
Work Description.
Service Provider shall provide Customer Sales and Service Representatives (“CSRs”) in accordance with the terms and conditions of this SoW, which are also referred to as the “Company Program/s”.
1.   INTERNATIONAL SALES — CHATS:
    Process Description: Inbound Chat Sales where domestic (India) customers connects through Company’s website to book International (departing from India) Air tickets.
 
    Operating Hours during SOW Term: 08:00 – 23:00 hrs
 
    The descriptions of skills and other qualifications required from the Service Provider Employees identified below in providing for the Services under this SoW for this process are set forth as follows:
  i.   Knowledge of Amadeus,
 
  ii.   Geographical knowledge,
 
  iii.   Routes for international travel and
 
  iv.   Awareness about airlines operations,
 
  v.   Basic Communication and typing skills
    Process Training (excluding GDS): 14 days covering the
  i.   products,
 
  ii.   Understanding customers requirements and
 
  iii.   How to funnel them and close the transaction with minimum efforts.
    Technology Solution
  i.   Amadeus
 
  ii.   ‘Timpani’ as Chat tool
 
  iii.   Navision as MMT CRM
 
  iv.   Standard Desktop + IP phone Outbound calling facility (Domestic)
    Performance metrics – As per the sliding scale agreed for the SOW Term or Initial Term of the MSA
2.   INTERNATIONAL SALES — HOT LEADS:
    Process Description : Outbound Voice Sales where sellers are to contact those customers who were unable to close their purchase of International (departing from India) Air tickets while transacting on Company’s website. These leads will be provided by the Company through a URL, hence real time.
 
    Operating Hours during SOW Term: 09:00 – 21:00 hrs
 
    The descriptions of skills and other qualifications required from the Service Provider Employees identified below in providing for the Services under this SoW for this process are set forth as follows:
  i.   Knowledge of Amadeus,
 
  ii.   Geographical knowledge,
 
  iii.   Routes for international travel and
 
  iv.   Awareness about airlines operations,
 
  v.   Basic Communication skills
    Technology Solution
  i.   Amadeus
 
  ii.   Navision as MMT CRM
 
  iii.   Standard Desktop + IP phone with Outbound calling facility (Domestic)

Page 3 of 7


 

Confidential to the Parties
3.   DOMESTIC AIR — SALES:
    Process Description : Inbound Voice Sales where domestic (India) customers call on the Toll free number of the Company to book domestic Air tickets
 
    Operating Hours during SOW Term: 08:00 – 23:00 hrs
 
    The descriptions of skills and other qualifications required from the Service Provider Employees identified below in providing for the Services under this SoW for this process are set forth as follows:
  i.   Amadeus,
 
  ii.   Awareness about airlines operations,
 
  iii.   Basic Communication and typing skills
    Technology Solution
  i.   Amadeus
 
  ii.   Navision as MMT CRM
 
  iii.   Standard Desktop + IP phone with Inbound calling facility (Domestic)
    Performance metrics As per the sliding scale agreed for the SOW Term or Initial Term of the MSA
4.   POST SALES AIR:
    Process Description: Inbound Voice process where present customers call for their Queries and Requests. The agents are expected to offer resolution as per defined processes. They are expected to achieve high First Contact resolution and Customer satisfaction for each interaction.
 
    Operating Hours during SOW Term: 24 * 7
 
    The descriptions of skills and other qualifications required from the Service Provider employees identified below in providing for the Services under this SoW for this process are set forth as follows:
  i.   Profile: Amadeus, Awareness about airlines operations, Communication (verbal and written) skills
 
  ii.   Process Training (excluding GDS): 3 weeks covering understanding customer requirements and offering resolution .
    Technology Solution
  i.   Amadeus
 
  ii.   Navision as MMT CRM
 
  iii.   Standard Desktop + IP phone with Outbound calling facility (Domestic)
    Performance metrics: FCR, Csat, Abandon rate, QA scores
Minimum billable FTE:
The minimum number of billable FTE(s) for the processes listed above are as follows:
          1. Seventeen (17) for Process 1 to 3
          2. Twenty-Five (25) for Process 4
Service Provider shall keep buffer in staffing basis it’s attrition rate at his own cost.
Training:
Parties agree that the training charges for the first batch in all the processes detailed above would be charged back to MMT and thereafter for future all training (attrition backfill, refreshers, developmental) would be borne by Service Provider.

Page 4 of 7


 

Confidential to the Parties
Attachment B
Telecommunications and Technology
(GRAPHIC)
Assumptions:
    Client will bear the cost of bandwidth required for voice and data
 
    Service Provider assumes responsibility for router and IP phones
 
    Service Provider will provide agent desktop with TFT screen, 1 GB RAM, Pentium Core 2 DUO / dual Core processor, 80 GB HDD.
 
    Desktop machine will have Windows XP SP 2 loaded with MS — Office, Adobe Reader, Winzip / Winrar, IE 6.0 plus access to Printer.
 
    Service Provider will provide for the outgoing call facility to agents and Client will pay for such calls on actuals.
 
    The outgoing calls would be recorded and archived for a period of 3 months.

Page 5 of 7


 

Confidential to the Parties
Attachment D
Billing
A.   Invoicing and Billing.
    On or before the fifteenth (15 th ) day of each calendar month, Service Provider will issue written and electronic invoices to Company for the Services rendered in the preceding month. All Charges set forth on each invoice shall be itemized by the applicable Service and shall clearly identify the Charge and the basis for the Charge (including any calculation on which the Charge is based) in a manner satisfactory to Company. Any applicable taxes shall be listed separately. Charges not specifically provided for in this Attachment must be pre-approved by Company in writing.
  Invoice and Billing Point of Contact:
  Manish Saxena, Make My Trip.
    Service Provider will also provide a hard copy invoice or invoice on CD, in addition to an electronic invoice sent via e-mail reasonably detailing all specifics of billable items contained on monthly bill. The items on the invoice shall provide detail and a description of any/all billed items, including, but not limited to:
  i.   Billing summary
 
  ii.   Applicable re-bill invoices
 
  iii.   Line item and back up for all Ancillary Charges
 
  iv.   Training charges — Billable and Non billable (include itemization of all Training completed, hours, and attendance sheets)
 
  v.   Monthly summary of Service Level Performance
    Billing documentation requirements will be reviewed on an on-going basis. Any additional documentation that may be required will be submitted via the Change Management Process.

Page 6 of 7


 

Confidential to the Parties
Attachment E
Change Control Management
þ   Where either Party wishes to propose any amendment or modification to the Agreement or any SOW (including the scope or details of the Services (or any part of them) (a Change), then it will notify the other Party of that fact by sending a change request in the format of a Change Control Note (as provided below) to the other Party’s appropriately appointed representative.
þ   Neither Party will have any obligation to commence work or make any payment in connection with any Change until the relevant Change Control Note is agreed by the Parties in writing.
þ   The following format will be used for all changes including scope of Services, people (ramp-ups and ramp-downs), technology (any changes in the technology to be used), training (any additional training required as a result of other technology/system changes made), infrastructure and BCP / DR requirements:
     
Change Control Note   CCN Reference No.:
                         
Change Control Note (“CCN”) to the
         )   between the       and the
             
   
dated
      (the “Agreement”)
     
Title of Change:    
     
Originator:      
     
Effective Date:    
     
Term:    
     
Reason for Change:    
     
     
     
     
Description of Change:    
The costs relating to the Change (including any consequent change to existing Charges)
 
Timetable for Implementation, together with any proposals for acceptance:
 
       
Signed for and on behalf of
     :
 
   
Date:
 
   
Signed for and on behalf of
     :
 
   

Page 7 of 7

EXHIBIT 10.7.2
Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
AMENDMENT TO THE SERVICE AGREEMENT
This Amendment to Service Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into on this 4 th day of June 2010 and is effective from 24 th March 2010 (“Amendment Effective Date”)
Between
Tecnovate eSolutions Private Limited (hereinafter referred to as ‘Tecnovate’ which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Intelenet Global Services Private Limited) , a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 and having its registered office at 219 Okhla Phase III, New Delhi — 110 020 and (hereinafter referred to as “Tecnovate”) and MakeMyTrip (India) Pvt. Ltd, having its Registered Office at 2 nd Floor, Plaza Cinema Building, H-Block, Connaught Place, New Delhi — 110 001 and Corporate Office at Plot No 103, Udyog Vihar, Phase I, Gurgaon 122016 (hereinafter referred to as “MMT/Client”).
WHEREAS parties have entered into a Service Agreement (“ Agreement ”) dated 25 th day of March 2009.
WHEREAS all terms capitalized in this Amendment shall have the same meanings as given in the Agreement unless otherwise defined in this Amendment.
IT IS NOW WITNESSETH HEREUNDER THAT:
  1.   From the Amendment Effective Date, the parties agree to replace in its entirety Clause 2 Sub Clause (a) with the following Sub Clause (a)
  a)   “Unless terminated earlier in accordance with provisions contained in clause 14 of this Agreement, Parties agree to enter into this Agreement for a period of Three (03) years ( “Term” )”.
  2.   From the Amendment Effective Date, the parties agree to add the following Sub Clause (d) to Clause 4 ;

Page 1 of 5


 

      Sub Clause (d) Obligations of Parties
 
      “Tecnovate will be responsible to provide the following under this Agreement
  a.   MS Office Suite
 
  b.   Internet Explorer for Navison for accessing the business related sites solely related to the Services under this Agreement Standard Desktops with 1 GB Memory
 
  c.   Internet bandwidth 45kbps per user
 
  d.   PSTN Phones/Lines
 
  e.   IP Handsets”.
  3.   From the Amendment Effective Date, the parties agree to add the following Sub Clause (e) to Clause 4 ;
  e)   “Subject to the prior approval of MMT in writing, Tecnovate can assign its obligations as per the SoW to any affiliate or group entity. In such cases of assignment by Tecnovate, the invoices for that assigned activity can be raised upon MMT directly by the Tecnovate’s assignee as per the SoW.”
  4.   From the Amendment Effective Date, the parties agree to replace Clause 5 Sub Clause A(b) stating Tecnovate’s Representations and Warranties with the following Sub Clause A(b)
 
      “Tecnovate will offer employment to the 35 employees (rebadged employees) of Client time to time. Tecnovate will offer these rebadged employees compensation equal to their existing monthly take home salary offered by Client. All of the employees under this project shall be in sole employment of Tecnovate and Tecnovate shall be solely responsible for their salaries, wages, statutory payments, etc. Under no circumstances shall Client be liable for any payment or claim or compensation (including but not limited to compensation on account of injury/death/termination) of any nature to the employees and personnel of Tecnovate. Such employees will be deputed towards the services offered to Client under this agreement or as agreed by client. Besides, Tecnovate can hire new employees from time to time in order to perform its obligation under this agreement and as per the requirement of Client. Upon expiry of the initial twelve (12) months of their deputation on the services offered to the Client, the rebadged employees can be deputed to the services offered to any other client of Tecnovate (except to the services offered to Client’s competitors) provided that there should be no impact on performance”.
 
  5.   From the Amendment Effective Date, the parties agree to add the following to Clause 5 Sub Clause A(e) stating Tecnovate’s Representations and Warranties
 
      Tecnovate will perform its services under this agreement from 219, Okhla Phase III New Delhi. Shifting of the premises shall be with the prior approval of MMT in writing and the new premise should be at an equally good location and should have the similar facilities as available in current premise ”.
 
  6.   From the Amendment Effective Date, the parties agree to replace in its entirety Clause 6 titled as Ramp up And Ramp Down with the following Clause 6

Page 2 of 5


 

      “Timelines for any ramp up beyond 5% of the approved FTE at any given point needs to be discussed and mutually agreed upon.
 
      However, any ramp down beyond 5% can be at the sole discretion of the Client. It must be intimated in writing with a minimum of sixty (60) days advance notice or payment in advance for the same.”
 
  7.   From the Amendment Effective Date, the parties agree to replace in its entirety Clause 8 Sub Clause (b) titled as “ Limitation of Liability” with the following Sub Clause (b)
 
      “Notwithstanding anything contained in clause 8(a) above, the liability of each party shall be equal to actual costs/expenses incurred by the other party in settling any such claims. However, Parties agree that, during the first anniversary of the Agreement, and every 12 month period thereafter, the maximum liability of either party under this Agreement for any cause whatsoever shall not exceed six (6) months’ remuneration paid by Client to Tecnovate.”
 
  8.   From the Amendment Effective Date, the parties agree to replace in its entirety Clause 11 Sub Clause (e) titled as “ Law and Arbitration” with the following Clause 11 Sub Clause (e)
 
      “The place of arbitration shall be New Delhi and any award whether interim or final, shall be made, and shall be deemed for all purposes between the parties to be made, in New Delhi”.
 
  9.   From the Amendment Effective Date, the parties agree to replace in its entirety Annexure B of the Agreement with the new Annexure B attached to this Amendment.
All the other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tecnovate and Client have caused this Amendment, signed in duplicate, to be effective from the Amendment Effective Date.
For Tecnovate eSolutions Private Limited

/s/ Amit Gupta 
       
AMIT GUPTA
       
VP — LEGAL
       
For MakeMyTrip (India) Pvt. Ltd
     
/s/ Vikas Bhasin
  /s/ Vebhav Anand
Vikas Bhasin
  Vebhav Anand
Financial Controller
  Assistant Vice President — Services

Page 3 of 5


 

     
REDACTED
  Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
Annexure B
Remuneration Structure
                         
        Target Achievement  
LoB   Effective Date   <90%   90% - 105%   >105%   >120%   FTE
International
Sales – Chat &
Hot Leads
                      12
Conversion &
GPM
  Effective August 2009   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX    
 
                       
Post Sales
(Air + Rail)
  Effective start date of Pilot   Upto -
5%
  XXXX   Upto
+5%
      68
Csat
      -1%       +1%        
FCR
      -1%       +1%        
Escalations
      -1%       +1%        
Abandon rate &
Service Level
      -1%       +1%        
Productivity Per
FTE Per Month
      -0.5%       +0.5%        
Quality Scores
      -0.5%       +0.5%        
 
                       
Holiday Sales
  First 6 months   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   58
Conversion &
GPM
  Post 6 months   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX   XXXX    
 
                       
Central
Operations
  First 6 months   Upto -
5%
  XXXX   Upto
+5%
      34
 
  Post 6 months   Upto -
5%
  XXXX   Upto
+5%
       
Turn Around
Time
      -2%       +2%        
Productivity
      -2%       +2%        
Conversion
      -1%       +1%        
 
                       
B2B
  During the Term   Upto
5%
  XXXX           10
Total FTEs
                      182

Page 4 of 5


 

     
REDACTED
  Confidential Treatment Requested
The portions of this document marked by “XXXX” have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
 
Notes:
 
¡   Retail Loss: Any loss incurred by Client on account of write-offs and refunds due to Tecnovate’s employees’ error in any given month (collectively “Retail Loss”), will be borne by Client upto a value of XXXX per FTE per month for all processes except international chat sales and B2B (i.e. the limit for international chat sales shall be XXXX per FTE per month and the limit for B2B shall be decided at a later stage mutually between the parties in writing within 60 days of signing of this Amendment). Losses beyond this will be adjusted against the monthly invoice of Tecnovate e.g. If an LOB contains 68 FTEs and the total loss, by one or more FTEs, for a particular month amounts to XXXX , MMT will bear XXXX only and the balance XXXX shall be deducted from the invoice of Tecnovate. The calculation for such losses should be made for each LOB separately.
    Client shall present all Retail Loss within 30 days of identification of action giving rise to the same.  Tecnovate reserves the right to dispute Retail Loss in the event that inadequate procedures, documentation and/or system functionality is identified as the basis of errors driving Retail Loss. Tecnovate must present disputes with appropriate supporting documentation for consideration within 7 days of receipt of intimation. Client shall, however, not be responsible for Retail Loss arising from events not controlled by Tecnovate, including systems not controlled by Tecnovate, or from sudden spurts in volumes exceeding agreed team capacity.
 
¡   The targets mentioned hereto for productivity and services will be set up on quarterely basis. The discussion for the same should start 30 days before the start of relevant quarter and it should be concluded 15 days before the start of relevant quarter in writing.

Page 5 of 5

Exhibit 10.8
RightNow Technologies Master Services Agreement with Customer
This Master Agreement is entered into by and between RightNow Technologies, Inc. (“RightNow”) with offices at 136 Enterprise Blvd., Bozeman, Montana 59718” and MakeMyTrip (India) Private Limited having its corporate office at Plot No 103, Udyog Vihar, Gurgaon, India, hereinafter referred to as “Customer”.  It should be read in conjunction with each Order Form, which identifies the products or services that Customer is purchasing .
PART ONE – DEFINITIONS
1.   DEFINED TERMS
In this Master Agreement:
“Authorized User , unless otherwise stated in an Order Form, means a specified (named) employee of Customer, or of a person(s) to whom Customer has outsourced services (an authorized representative), each of whom is able to access the Software functionality described in the Order Form.
“Content” means any text, pictures, sound, graphics or other data stored in a Database.
“Database” means a database constructed through use of the Hosting Services.
“Documentation” means end user documentation provided electronically by RightNow directly to Customer (or end users if through Reseller) and a statement of work agreed upon by all parties for use with the Hosting Services.
“Effective Date” means the date upon which Customer first executes an Order Form under this Agreement.
“Hosting Services means the hosted solution offering identified in an Order Form, and any subsequent revisions or modifications thereto furnished  to Customer by RightNow.
“Hosting Term” means the period, identified on the Order Form, during which Customer is entitled to receive the Hosting Services
“Master Agreement means this agreement and any appendix.
“Order Form” means the document attached as Exhibit A that describes the Services, including the attached statement of work, and any special conditions that apply to the grant, together with any other Order Forms agreed from time to time by the parties.
“Professional Services” means the training, consulting, development and other professional services identified on an Order Form, but does not include the Hosting Services or the Support Services.
Reseller means Virtuos Solutions (P) Ltd, who is RigthNow’s authorized reseller.
“Services” means the Hosting Services, Professional Services and Support Services.
“Software” means the software whose functionality is described in the Order Form, and that is hosted by RightNow and made available to Customer via the Hosting Services.
“Superseded Software means a version of the Software that has been superseded by a later version, and has been designated as “end of life” under RightNow’s end-of-life policy attached hereto as Exhibit B.
“Support Services” means the provision of upgrades and technical support.
“Work Product” means object code, source code, flow charts, documentation, information, reports, test results, findings, ideas and any works and other materials developed by RightNow in providing the Professional Services to Customer.
PART TWO – HOSTING AND SUPPORT SERVICES
2.   GRANT
 
(a)   This Part Two shall apply only if the parties have agreed that RightNow shall provide the Hosting Services to Customer. This Agreement is a Master Agreement under which Customer may purchase the Hosting Services for internal use, using an Order Form.  Upon execution of the Order Form, RightNow grants Customer an object code-only, non-exclusive, non-transferable (except as provided in Section 25(d)) right to use the Hosting Services and the Documentation solely for Customer’s internal business purposes and subject to the terms of this Master Agreement.
 
(b)   Customer’s right to use the Hosting Services shall continue for the Hosting Term.
 
(c)   Customer shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining all computer hardware, software and communications equipment needed to access the Hosting Services, and for paying all third party access charges incurred while using the Hosting Services.
 
(d)   Customer expressly authorizes RightNow (i) to observe and report back to Customer on Customer’s usage of the Hosting Services, and to make recommendations for improved usage of the Hosting Services; and (ii) to identify trends and publish reports on its findings provided the reports include data aggregated from more than one customer site and do not identify the Customer.
 
(e)   RightNow reserves the right to make changes to the Hosting Services at any time provided such changes do not materially degrade the Hosting Services as compared to the immediately preceding version of the Hosting.

 


 

3.   LIMITATIONS ON, AND CONDITIONS OF USE
(a)   Customer shall not (i) sell, rent, lease, sublicense or otherwise transfer or distribute to any third parties any rights to the Hosting Services; (ii) modify, or translate the Hosting Services or Documentation; (iii) create derivative works based upon the Hosting Services or Documentation; (iv) alter, destroy or otherwise remove any proprietary notices (including the ‘Powered By RightNow’ link) or labels embedded within the Hosting Services or Documentation; (v) reverse engineer the Hosting Services or access the Hosting Services in order to build a competitive product; (vi) copy any aspect of the Hosting Services or Software, including without limitation any feature, design, or graphic in the Hosting Services or the Software.
 
(b)   Customer shall comply with the usage limits listed in the Order Form.
 
(c)   Customer acknowledges that (i) the Hosting Services, Software and Documentation and all right, title and interest therein (including without limitation any copyright, patent, trade secret or other intellectual property right) are the sole property of RightNow and its suppliers and that Customer receives no rights, title or interests therein except as expressly set forth in this Agreement.
 
(d)   Customer shall provide RightNow with written notice of expected unusual page or survey usage as soon as practicable after becoming aware of such likely usage, but in any case no later than 7 days after becoming so aware.
 
(e)   Customer shall not, without RightNow’s written consent, subject the Hosting Services to load testing in order to test the scalability of the Hosting Services.
4.   DATABASE CONTENT
(a)   Customer will supply all of the Content, and RightNow will have no obligation to supplement, modify, alter, review, monitor, screen or edit any of the Content at any time. RightNow acknowledges that the Content is the property of Customer, and that RightNow shall have no proprietary interest therein.
 
(b)   RightNow shall (i) treat the Content confidentially in accordance with Section 22 of this Agreement; (ii) use the Content strictly as necessary to carry out its obligations hereunder, and for no other purpose whatsoever; (iii) permit RightNow’s employees and agents to access the Hosting Services on a need to know basis only; and (iv) require such employees and agents to treat the Content confidentially.
 
(c)   Customer is prohibited from storing, distributing or transmitting any unlawful material through the Hosting Services provided hereunder. Examples of unlawful material include, but are not limited to, threats of physical harm, child pornography and copyrighted, trademarked and other proprietary material used without proper authorization. Customer may not post, upload, or otherwise distribute copyrighted material as a result of the Hosting Services provided hereunder without the consent of the copyright holder. The storage, distribution, or transmission of unlawful materials could subject Customer to criminal as well as civil liability, in addition to the actions further outlined in this Agreement.
 
(d)   Customer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless RightNow, its affiliates, officers, agents, directors, and employees, against any and all claims, actions, proceedings, expenses, damages and liabilities (including but not limited to any governmental investigations, complaints and actions) and reasonable attorneys’ fees arising out of, or in connection the Content (including, without limitation, any action for infringement of any trademark, copyright, trade secret, right of publicity or privacy (including defamation), patent or other proprietary right with respect to the Content). RightNow will give Customer prompt notice of any claim for which it is seeking indemnification, and will allow Customer to control the defense and settlement of such claim.
5.   CONTENT LICENSE
Customer hereby grants to RightNow a non-exclusive, royalty-free, worldwide license (a) to reproduce, distribute, publicly perform, publicly display and digitally perform the Content and (b) to use Customer’s trademarks, service marks, tradenames, logos or other commercial or product designations (collectively, the “Marks”) via the Hosting Services, strictly to the extent necessary to comply with this Agreement.
6.   NO SPAMMING
(a)   Customer may not use the Hosting Services to send Unsolicited Commercial Email (“UCE ) to any person.  For the purposes of this Master Agreement, UCE includes any email that is sent by, or at the request of Customer, to a person with whom Customer has no prior business relationship or who has not consented to receiving the communication, and any other email communication that violates any law prohibiting the transmission of spam.
 
(b)   Without limiting the foregoing, Customer may not (i) do anything that has the effect of concealing the identity of Customer or any person sending the email; (ii) send or cause to be sent any UCE to a person unless such communication also provides the recipient with a visible and user friendly means of opting out of future communications; or (iii) engage in any activity that is reasonably likely to lead to complaints of UCE.
 
(c)   No later than 14 days after receiving a request from RightNow, Customer shall provide RightNow with the

 


 

    names and contact details of a primary and backup contact who will be responsible for responding to any complaints about UCE.
(d)   RightNow will promptly notify Customer of any complaint that RightNow receives from a third party concerning alleged transmission of UCE by Customer in violation of paragraph (a).  Customer will investigate the complaint and notify RightNow within two (2) business days (or such further period as agreed in writing by the parties) of action that Customer has taken in response to the complaint. If the complaint has not been resolved, Customer will provide RightNow with written updates of the status of the complaint at such reasonable intervals as required in writing by RightNow.
7.   SECURITY
RightNow shall ensure that all hosted environments meet the following physical security requirements:
a)   Single point of entry to hosting areas;
 
b)   Main access monitored with additional access for emergency purposes only;
 
c)   Surveillance cameras in facility;
 
d)   Access validation with identity check;
 
e)   Access only to persons on RightNow approved access list.
RightNow shall also ensure that all hosted environments meet the following electronic security conditions:
f)   Log-in validation;
 
g)   Creation of accounts only as verified by RightNow or sub-contracted hosting provider;
 
h)   Access to servers via encrypted means;
 
i)   Servers running behind secure firewall.
8.   DATA PROTECTION FOR EU DATA
(a) This Section 8 applies to personal data concerning persons who reside in a country which is a member of the European Union (EU).
(b) RightNow will comply with the principles of the EU Data Protection Directive 95/46 and the Telecoms Data Protection Directive as amended (“the Directives”) and any successor legislation, in relation to any “personal data” received by or originating from Customer and Customer clients, to the extent that the Directives apply to “data processors”.
(c) Definitions used in this clause shall have the same meanings as in such Directives.
(d) In particular and without limitation (in accordance with Article 17 of the Data Protection Directive) in relation to personal data of which Customer is the “data controller” and which RightNow “processes”:  (i) RightNow warrants that RightNow has in place now and will on a continuing basis take all reasonable technical and organizational measures to keep such personal data secure and to protect it against accidental loss or unlawful destruction, alteration, disclosure or access; and (ii) RightNow will deal with the information only in accordance with Customer’s instructions, provided they are reasonable and in accordance with the law.
9.   DATA BACKUP
RightNow shall cause hosted data to be backed up once in each 24 hour period.
10.   SUPPORT SERVICES
(a) RightNow shall provide to Customer the Support Services described on the relevant Order Form.  Customer’s support package purchased under the initial Order Form is attached as Exhibit C for reference.
(b) RightNow is under no obligation to provide Support Services to Customer for Superseded Software.  Upon reasonable notice to Customer, RightNow may remove Customer’s ability to obtain access to Superseded Software.
11.   HOSTING SERVICES WARRANTY
(a) RightNow warrants to Customer that: (1) the Hosting Services will function substantially as described in the Documentation; (2) RightNow owns or otherwise has the right to provide the Hosting Services to Customer under this Master Agreement.
(b) If there is a material breach of the above warranties, RightNow’s entire liability and Customer’s exclusive remedy shall be:  (1) if the Hosting Services and Software do not function substantially in accordance with the applicable Documentation, RightNow shall, at its option, (i) promptly modify the Hosting Services and Software to conform to the Documentation; or (ii) promptly provide a reasonable workaround solution which will reasonably meet Customer’s requirements. If neither of the foregoing is commercially feasible, either party may terminate the relevant Order Form under this Master Agreement, in which case RightNow shall refund to Customer all Hosting Services fees paid to RightNow under the relevant Order Form less an amount for use assuming straight line depreciation over the Hosting Term; (2) if the normal operation, possession or use of the Software by Customer is found to infringe any third party U.S. intellectual property right or RightNow believes that the Software is likely to do so, RightNow may, at its option, (i) obtain a license from such third party for the benefit of Customer; (ii) modify the Hosting Services so that they no longer infringe; or (iii) If neither of the foregoing is commercially feasible, terminate the relevant Order Form under this Master Agreement , in which case RightNow shall refund to Customer all Hosting

 


 

Services fees paid to RightNow under the relevant Order Form less an amount for use assuming straight line depreciation over the Hosting Term.
(c) The remedies set forth above shall be Customer’s sole and exclusive remedies.  RightNow shall have no obligation hereunder for any (i) Hosting Services or Software that have been modified by Customer or any third party; (ii) Superseded Software ; or (iii) any errors, damage or problems in the Hosting Services or Software caused by any third party software, by accidental damage or by other matters beyond RightNow’s reasonable control.
12.   RENEWAL OF HOSTING TERM
At any time during the Hosting Term but no later than 90 days prior to expiration of the Agreement or relevant Order Form, both parties agree to begin discussions of fees that may apply at the expiration of the Hosting Term in order to continue the Hosting Services for an additional Hosting Term.
PART THREE – PROFESSIONAL. SERVICES
13.   DELIVERY OF PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
This Part Three shall apply only if the parties have agreed that RightNow shall deliver Professional Services to or for the benefit of the Customer. RightNow shall provide the Professional Services in accordance with the relevant Order Form.
14.   PROFESSIONAL SERVICES WARRANTY
(a) RightNow warrants to Customer that (i) the Professional Services and Work Product shall substantially conform to the relevant Order Form; and (ii) the Professional Services will be performed with reasonable skill, care and diligence.
(b) If there is a material breach of the above warranty, RightNow shall re-perform the Professional Services to the extent necessary to correct the non-conformity or Customer may terminate such as described in Section 19(b)(ii)..
15.   CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITIES
Customer shall provide RightNow with all information, access, and full good faith cooperation reasonably necessary to facilitate the provision of the Professional Services, and shall do anything that is identified in the relevant Order Form as the Customer’s responsibility.  If Customer fails or delays in its performance of any of the foregoing, RightNow shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder to the extent that such obligations are dependent upon such performance.
I6.   OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Customer acknowledges that RightNow is the exclusive owner of the Work Product.  Upon payment in full of any amounts due for Professional Services, Customer shall have an object code-only, non-exclusive, non-transferable (except as provided in Section 25(d)) right to use the Work Product for Customer’s internal business purposes, which right shall continue for so long as, and be subject to the same terms and conditions as the right to use the Hosting Services.
PART FOUR – GENERAL
17.   TERM
This Part Four applies to any transaction that occurs under this Master Agreement. This Agreement shall expire on the later of the following dates:
(a) Three (3) years after the Effective Date;
(b) The date when both parties have completed all of their obligations under all Order Forms.
18.   PAYMENTS AND RENEWALS
(a) [reserved]
(b) Notwithstanding Section 18(a), if Customer purchases Services from an authorized RightNow Reseller, Customer shall make all payments due in connection therewith to Reseller, and not to RightNow.  However, RightNow is under no obligation to carry out its obligations under this Master Agreement or the Order Form if RightNow has not received payment in full from the Reseller.
(c) In the event the Customer exceeds usage limits referred to in Section 3(b), in addition to any other remedies, RightNow may invoice Customer for the excess usage at RightNow’s then current list price, and shall be entitled to be paid the invoiced amount.
19.   TERMINATION AND SUSPENSION
(a) Termination for Cause. Either party may terminate rights granted under a particular Order Form if the other breaches any material term of such Order Form (including a material term of this Master Agreement insofar as it applies to the Order Form) and such breach is not cured within 30 days of written notice thereof. Upon expiration or termination of rights granted under a particular Order Form, Customer’s rights under Part Two of this Master Agreement shall cease and RightNow shall cease to provide the Hosting Services.
(b) Deemed Material Breaches.  The following shall be deemed to be a material breach of an Order Form:
     (i) Customer breaches section 3(b) of this Agreement;

 


 

     (ii) RightNow fails to materially comply with the statement of work included with the Order Form listed in Attachment A.
(c) Continuation.  Sections 4(b), 16, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 25 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Master Agreement.
(d) This paragraph (d) applies if Customer purchases the Hosting Services on terms that require the making of periodic payments for the Hosting Term. If RightNow terminates an Order Form under this Master Agreement because of non-payment by Customer, all unpaid monthly fees for the remainder of Hosting Term shall immediately fall due for payment.
(e) Upon termination, RightNow will promptly provide Customer with all of the information in Customer’s Database in comma separated value (CSV) format within a period 10 business days of receipt of notice of termination.
20.   WARRANTY DISCLAIMER
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS MASTER AGREEMENT, THE HOSTING SERVICES, SUPPORT SERVICES, WORK PRODUCT AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ARE PROVIDED WITH NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, AND RIGHTNOW DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. RIGHTNOW DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE USE OF THE HOSTING SERVICES WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE.
21.   LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
     (a) NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE UNDER THIS MASTER AGREEMENT TO THE OTHER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, LOST OR CORRUPTED DATA, LOST PROFITS, LOST BUSINESS OR LOST OPPORTUNITY), OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR DAMAGES UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER THEORY), EVEN IF THE OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF. CUSTOMER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SELECTION OF THE HOSTING SERVICES, SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE CUSTOMER’S INTENDED RESULTS, AND FOR THE USE AND RESULTS OF THE HOSTING SERVICES OR WORK PRODUCT.
     (b) EXCEPT AS PROVIDED HEREAFTER, EACH PARTY’S TOTAL LIABILITY FOR ANY LOSS, COST, CLAIM OR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE RELEVANT ORDER FORM MADE UNDER THIS MASTER AGREEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF THE FEES PAID OR PAYABLE BY CUSTOMER TO RIGHTNOW UNDER SUCH RELEVANT ORDER FORM DURING THE 24 MONTHS PRIOR TO THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO SUCH LOSS, COST, CLAIM OR DAMAGES.  THIS LIMITATION ON LIABILITY WAS AND IS AN EXPRESS PART OF THE BARGAIN BETWEEN RIGHTNOW AND CUSTOMER AND WAS A CONTROLLING FACTOR IN THE SETTING OF THE FEES PAYABLE TO RIGHTNOW HEREUNDER. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 21(B) SHALL APPLY TO LIMIT CUSTOMER’S LIABILITY TO RIGHTNOW IN CONNECTION WITH AN INFRINGEMENT OF RIGHTNOW’S INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS, OR TO LIMIT EITHER PARTY’S LIABILITY TO THE OTHER IN CONNECTION WITH AN INFRINGEMENT OF SECTION 22 OF THIS MASTER AGREEMENT.
22   CONFIDENTIALITY
     (a) Customer acknowledges that the Hosting Services, Software, Documentation and Work Product contain valuable trade secrets that are the sole property of RightNow, and agrees to use reasonable care to prevent other parties from learning of these trade secrets. Customer will take all reasonable steps to prevent unauthorized access to or duplication of the Hosting Services, Software, Documentation, and Work Product.
     (b) RightNow acknowledges that Content may include valuable trade secrets which are the sole property of Customer.  To the extent that RightNow becomes aware or the Content, RightNow agrees to use reasonable care to prevent other parties from learning of those trade secrets.
     (c) The obligations of this Section 22 shall not extend to any information that (i) is now, or hereafter becomes, through no act or failure to act on the part of receiving party (the “Receiver”), generally known or available; (ii) is known by the Receiver at the time of receiving such information, as evidenced by the Receiver’s records; (iii) is hereafter furnished to the Receiver by a third party, as a matter of right and without restriction on disclosure; or (iv) is required to be disclosed by law, provided that the party to whom the information belongs is given prior written notice of any such proposed disclosure.
23.   INDEMNIFICATION
     (a) Subject to Section 21(b), RightNow shall indemnify, defend and hold Customer harmless from any damages awarded against Customer (including, without limitation, reasonable costs and legal fees thereby incurred by Customer) arising out of any third party suit, claim or other legal action alleging that the use of the Hosting Services,

 


 

Documentation or Work Product by Customer as permitted hereunder infringes any copyright, trade secret or United States, Australia, Canadian, Japanese and European patent, (“Legal Action”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, RightNow shall have no indemnification obligations with regard to any Legal Action arising out of: (i) combination of the Hosting Services, Software or Work Product with software or products not supplied, or approved in writing by RightNow; (ii) any repair, adjustment, modification or alteration to the Hosting Services by Customer or any third party, unless approved in writing by RightNow; (iii) any breach by Customer of its obligations under this Master Agreement; or (iv) any refusal by Customer to install and use a non-infringing version of the Hosting Services, Software or Work Product offered by RightNow under Section 11(b)(2). Section 11(b)(2) and this Section 23(a) state the entire liability of RightNow with respect to any intellectual property infringement by the Hosting Services, Software or Work Product.
     (b) Notice of Legal Action. Customer shall give prompt written notice to RightNow of any Legal Action within 30 days of its first knowledge thereof and shall furnish copies to RightNow of all communications, notices and/or other actions relating to any Legal Action. Customer shall give RightNow the sole control of the defense of any Legal Action, shall act in accordance with the reasonable instructions of RightNow and shall give RightNow such assistance as RightNow reasonably requests to defend or settle such claim. RightNow shall conduct its defense at all times in a manner which is not adverse to Customer s interests. Customer may employ its own counsel to assist it with respect to any such claim. Customer shall bear all costs of engaging its own counsel, unless engagement of counsel is necessary because of a conflict of interest with RightNow or its counsel, or because RightNow fails to assume control of the defense. Customer shall not settle or compromise any Legal Action without RightNow s express written consent. Customer’s material failure to comply with this Section 23(b) shall relieve RightNow of its indemnification obligation under Section 23(a).
24.   PUBLICITY
     (a) RightNow shall have the right to list Customer as a customer and use Customer logo on RightNow’s website, on publicly available customer lists, and in media releases.
     (b) Customer shall co-operate with RightNow on a press release announcing the RightNow/Customer business partnership within the first fifteen (15) business days after signing the Order Form and be willing to speak to press as a follow-up.
     (c) Customer shall co-operate with any reasonable request by RightNow for assistance in the preparation of a case study documenting Customer’s experience in using the Software. The final text of the case study shall be subject to Customer’s written approval before publication.
25.   MISCELLANEOUS
     (a) This Agreement, including any appendices, together with the Order Form(s), represents the entire agreement of the parties, and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous understandings, whether written or oral. In the event of a conflict between the Master Agreement and an Order Form, the Order Form shall prevail.
     (b) This Master Agreement may not be amended, waived or modified except as expressly provided herein or in writing by the parties.
     (c) This Master Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Montana (excluding its choice of law rules). The parties hereby consent to the exercise of exclusive jurisdiction by the state or federal courts in the State of Montana for any claim relating to the enforcement of, or any rights under, this Master Agreement.
     (d) Customer may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Master Agreement without the prior written consent of RightNow. RightNow may not withhold such consent in the case of an assignment by Customer of its rights and obligations to an entity that has acquired all, or substantially all of Customer’s assets, or to an assignment which is part of a genuine corporate restructure. Any assignment in breach hereof is void.
     (e) Customer shall not export or re-export, directly or indirectly, any Hosting Services, Documentation or Confidential Information to any countries outside the United States except as permitted under the U.S. Commerce Department’s Export Administration Regulations.
     (f) The Hosting Services and Documentation provided to the U.S. Government are “Commercial Items”, as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. 2.101, consisting of “Commercial Computer Software” and “Commercial Computer Software Documentation”, within the meaning of 48 C.F.R. 12.212 or 48 C.F.R.227.7202, as applicable. Consistent with 48 C.F.R. 12.212 or 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, as applicable, the Commercial Computer Software and Commercial Computer Software Documentation are being licensed to U.S. Government end users (a) only as Commercial Items and (b) with only those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions herein, as provided in FAR 12.212, and DFARS 227.7202-1(a), 227.7202-3(a), 227.7202-4, as applicable.

 


 

         
Customer
 
   
By:   /s/ V. BHASIN    
Name:   VIKAS BHASIN      
Title:   FINANCIAL CONTROLLER      
Date:   6 TH JULY, 2009      
 
 
RightNow Technologies, Inc
 
   
By:   /s/ ALAN RASSABY    
Name: ALAN RASSABY    
Title:   VP & General Counsel      
Date:   6-30-09      
 

 


 

Exhibit A
Order Form (including SOW)
                         
Product Type   Product ID   Description   Hosting Term   Qty/Usage Limits
Software
  ENT-NU   RightNow Enterprise Authorized User   1/7/2009 to 20/9/2012     10  
Software
  ENT-NU   RightNow Enterprise Authorized User   21/9/2009 to 20/9/2012     190  
Software
  ENT-NU   RightNow Enterprise Authorized User   21/9/2010 to 20/9/2012     200  
Software
  ENT-NU   RightNow Enterprise Authorized User   21/9/2011 to 20/9/2012     180  
Software
  ASC-NU   Agent Scripting Authorized User   21/9/2009 to 20/9/2012   300 Named Users
Software
  RNM-1M   RightNow Marketing 1,000,000
Transactions/Month Block
  1/7/2009 to 20/9/2012     1  
Software
  RNM-5M   RightNow Marketing 5,000,000
Transactions/Month Block
  21/9/2009 to 20/9/2012     1  
Software
  CHAT-NU   Chat Authorized User   1/7/2009 to 20/9/2012     50  
Software
  COB-NU   Co-Browse Authorized User   21/9/2009 to 20/9/2012     10  
Pro Services
  COIS   Co-Browse Implementation Services
(Primary Interface)
  N/A     1  
Software
  WPSES-20K   Web Portal 20,000 Sessions/Month Block   21/9/2009 to 20/9/2012     20  
Software
  TS   Application Test Site   21/9/2009 to 20/9/2012     2  
Software
  PTA   Pass Through Authentication   21/9/2009 to 20/9/2012     1  
Software
  API   Application Programming Interface   21/9/2009 to 20/9/2012     1  
Software
  WPI-LOW   Web Portal Interface - Low Traffic   21/9/2009 to 20/9/2012     1  
Software
  WPI-MED   Web Portal Interface - Medium Traffic   21/9/2009 to 20/9/2012     2  
Support
  MB   Additional Mailboxes   21/9/2009 to 20/9/2012     20  
Support
  BASIC-CCP   Basic Customer Care Package (BASIC-CCP)   1/7/2009 to 20/9/2012     N/A  
Customer will pay an over usage fee for RightNow Enterprise Authorized User license for any month that usage exceeds the usage limits defined in the table above. The usage limits will be 580 for the period of 1/8/2009 to 31/7/2011.

 


 

         
STATEMENT OF WORK ID:
VIRTUOS_SERVICES_20090624



 
   
[LOGO]     
 
     
     
TIME & MATERIALS ENGAGEMENT    
 
FOR    
 
Virtuos Solutions (P) Ltd    
 
Services for Implementation    

 


 

Third Parties
RightNow may utilize third party resources to complete some or all of the work associated with this engagement.
Scope of Services
Virtuos Solutions (P) Ltd (the “Customer”) has requested RightNow provide professional services to assist with the implementation of RightNow for MakeMyTrip (India) Pvt Ltd.
RightNow Professional Services is providing coaching, Best Practices guidance, QA and expert services to the Virtous India team, to ensure the successful delivery of the project to MakeMyTrip. If during any stage of the project Virtuos requires additional resources and effort from RightNow, Virtuos will purchase additional hours as required.
The services included in this Statement of Work will be performed:
o At customer site(s)           o Offsite           þ Combination onsite / offsite
The engagement location is: Gurgaon, Haryana (Delhi), India
This engagement also assumes four (English) RightNow interfaces are included within the scope of services.
Additional requirements and/or customizations defined or requested by the Customer after signing this Statement of Work may change the scope of this project and will be managed according to the change management process summarized in Appendix A - Change Management .
1. Business & Technical Requirements
Business and/or technical requirements will be gathered and documented during the Discovery phase of the engagement (ref: Appendix B – Customer Success Methodology) and will serve as the basis for product configuration and/or custom development/integration. Our high-level understanding of the MakeMyTrip business requirements are described as follows:
  1.   Improve customer service for Sales and Post Sales including
  a.   Consistency of agent response to inquiries
 
  b,   Greater Agent efficiency, including increased activity rate per employee, and reduction in Turn Around Time (TAT) of many manual activities within Customer operations
 
  c.   Consolidated single agent view of Customer activity (360 degree view)
 
  d.   Computer Telephony Integration to reduce call handle time
 
  e.   Ability for customers to self serve inquiries
  2.   Inquiry/Sales Inquiry management across multiple channels, including email, phone, web, chat
 
  3.   Leverage customer information allowing marketing and up sell/cross sell opportunities across different channels, including SMS
 
  4.   Capture actionable feedback from customers
 
  5.   Training and Education service to enable Customer self sufficiency
Discovery will involve 12 days onsite. Onsite time will include the following activities:
  1.   Onsite sessions with MakeMyTrip to understand their business requirements and perform gap analysis
 
  2.   Assistance to the Virtuos team to produce a solution design and architecture. RightNow Professional Services will review all documentation produced and provide formal sign-off on the recommended design
 
  3.   Assistance to the Virtuos team to scope integration requirements and external interfaces
 
  4.   Coaching the Virtuos team to adapt the RightNow Project Methodology
     
Discovery and Design
  80 hours
RightNow Professional Services will provide the following deliverables:
  1.   Functional Requirements Document: Documents the functional business requirements and/or processes to be satisfied within the scope of this engagement. RightNow Professional Services will review the final document and provide sign-off along with Virtuos and MakeMyTrip.

 


 

It is assumed that the implementation will be rolled out to MakeMyTrip in two phases. Discovery for the entire project will be done upfront rather than each roll out phase having its own discovery cycle. This is to ensure business requirements and solution design is evaluated for the entire implementation and caters for the full set of requirements.
2. Project Management/Remote Consulting Services
RightNow’s Project Manager (PM) will be involved in weekly project management and status report meetings during the project engagement. These weekly meetings will be used to track project progress and provide remote assistance to the Virtuos team around any functional questions, product related inquiries and technical guidance related to the MakeMyTrip implementation. The RightNow project manager will also provide assistance with escalating any implementation related issues to the appropriate audience within RightNow.
A Delivery Manager will have responsibility for delivery assurance, and will serve as an escalation point of contact for the project team and MakeMyTrip.
The Customer will designate one person to serve as Project Manager.  The Customer’s project manager will have authority to approve project-related services and may designate other individuals to act as project managers, subject-matter experts, and/or advisors during the engagement. The Customer will be responsible for the quality and timeliness of work performed by Customer in support of this project; any schedule delays that result are subject to the hourly rates outlined in the Rates section of this document.
RightNow Professional Services will provide remote assistance to the Virtuos team to prepare for the project kick-off and discovery phase. This includes providing the Virtuos team access to RightNow Project Methodology templates and review of any documentation produced by the Virtuos team.
It is assumed the RightNow Professional Services will provide up to 4 hours of remote assistance per week for 3 weeks leading up to the onsite discovery.
RightNow will be deliver up to 48 hours of Project Management services during the implementation to support the following services and functionality:
Customer Development Requirements
Integration and / File Transfer Requirements, including
    Custom Tab – Navision Bookings
 
    Custom Tab – Navision Financials
 
    Customer Preferences
 
    Pass Through Authentication (PTA) – Web site (www.makemytrip.com) customer
 
    Push Communications to end customer via RightNow
 
    Agent Screen-Pop from AVAYA
 
    SMS Integration for SMS Marketing and Communication
Configuration and Consulting Services, including
    Basic RightNow Setup
 
    Knowledge Base
 
    Knowledge Syndication Widget
 
    Incident Management
 
    Customer portal Configuration
 
    RightNow Live (Chat)
    RightNow Co-Browse
 
    Marketing Campaign
 
    Customer Survey
Data Services
    Data Import – Contacts
Details of the work to be carried out by Virtuos are included in the Statement Of Work document between Virtuos and MakeMyTrip.
     
Project Preparation Services
  12 hours
     
Project Management Services
  48 hours
3. Quality Assurance and Testing
During-the delivery of the project, RightNow will provide quality assurance to Customer on the configuration of RightNow during the implementation. The QA process will ensure the RightNow configuration conforms to RightNow best practices guidance and meets the business requirements agreed to within the scope of services.

 


 

Customer will be responsible for acceptance testing against its business requirements. This includes test planning and management, test case development, and execution of acceptance tests at the individual test case level. RightNow services will be limited to assisting the Customer with test case execution, investigating the root cause of failed test cases and assisting with resolution (if applicable.)
It is assumed that the implementation will be rolled out in two phases with each phase involving a QA and testing cycle. RightNow Professional Services hours will be split between the two rollout phases.
     
Quality Assurance and Testing
  40 hours
4. Go-Live Services
A RightNow resource will be onsite or remote for 5 days to provide support services to the Virtuos and/or MakeMyTrip project team, agents, representatives, and application administrator in support of this engagement. Our presence during go-live allows us to actively assist in the launch of the RightNow product, and assist with fine-tuning the deployment (if necessary.)
It is assumed that the implementation will be rolled out in two phases with each phase involving go-live services. RightNow Professional Services hours will be split between the two rollout phases.
     
Go Live Services
  40 hours
         
NOTES & ASSUMPTIONS :    
1.
  If more than one RightNow resource is required, and/or if more than one customer location is specified by Customer, a separate level of effort and Statement of Work will be required (i.e., scope is limited to 7 days and one FTE at one Customer call center location.)    
Exclusions
The following elements are specifically excluded from this Statement of Work:
1.   Database, operating system and network configuration and/or troubleshooting. This includes, but is not limited to:
     
Database Replication, Optimization or Partitions
  Router/Switch troubleshooting
     
DNS Issues
  SSL configuration
     
Internet Connectivity
  TCP/IP configuration
     
Network Alliance setup/troubleshooting
  Technical environment operations
     
Network maintenance and backup
  Web Server set-up and troubleshooting
     
Remote Access Customer/server configuration (Citrix, Terminal server etc)
  Windows and/or any other OS Installation
Customer Furnished Property & Services
The section identifies property and services the Customer is to provide RightNow in support of this project if engaged at a customer location.
1. Telephone service for local and long distance calls that pertain to supporting the project.
2. Internet Access
3. Work facilities to perform the work related to this project.
4. Access to existing systems as they apply during the implementation, testing, and rollout of the RightNow Applications.

 


 

Exhibit B
End of Life Policy
Software Release Hosting and Support Lifecycle Policy
RightNow will host and fully support software releases for 24 months following the date the release becomes generally available (except for Japan as indicated in Japan Release Lifecycle below). After 24 months, the release will be considered at its end of life. By a release’s end-of-life date, customers should have upgraded to a more recent release to take advantage of new features and functionality.
The 24-month release lifecycle applies to RightNow 8.0 and future versions. The end-of-life date for RightNow 7.5 and prior versions is based on a scheduled phase-out period and is no longer supported. End-of-life dates for each RightNow version are listed in the table below.
RightNow Version End-Of-Life Dates 1
     
RightNow Version   End-Of-life Date
All versions prior to RightNow 8.1
  Already reached end-of-life
RightNow8.1
  May 31, 2009
RightNow 8.2
  August 31, 2009
RightNow November’07
  November 30, 2009
RightNow November’07 Release 2
  September 30, 2010
RightNow February’08
  February 28, 2010
RightNow May’08
  May 31, 2010
RightNow August’08
  August 31, 2010
RightNow November ’08
  November 30, 2010
RlghtNow February’09
  February 28, 2011
Future RightNow versions
  24 months following date of availability (on last day of applicable month)
RightNow Salesnet
  Not applicable
 
1   Special conditions for Japan apply. See prior section Japan Release Lifecycle .
Benefits of Upgrading
A critical component of every RightNow deployment is a planned upgrade strategy. Customers who systematically upgrade to the most recent RightNow software versions will have consistent access to RightNow’s most advanced product capabilities. By standardizing on a release lifecycle of 24 months , RightNow offers a straightforward, predictable upgrade path to facilitate each customer’s upgrade planning. While this approach requires customers to periodically upgrade, it still offers customers substantial flexibility and control over the timing of their upgrades.
Although customers are encouraged to upgrade to the latest software version available, customers may upgrade to any fully supported version to avoid purchasing the hosting and support extension option.
To plan for or discuss a future upgrade and to learn about RightNow service packages designed to facilitate upgrade implementations, please contact your account executive.
Upgrade Planning Example: RightNow’s February ’09 software release was generally available in February 2009. Under this Software Release Hosting and Support Lifecycle Policy, this release will be hosted and fully supported for 24 months. Therefore, it will reach its end-of-life date on February 28, 2011.
Please use this policy to plan for future upgrades.
Japan Release Lifecycle
RightNow will deliver every quarterly release in the Japanese language, but Japanese documentation will only be released in Japan twice a year, in May and November. RightNow will host and fully support these releases for 24 months following the date the Japanese documentation becomes generally available. All other terms of RightNow’s Software Release Hosting and Support Lifecycle Policy apply to Japan

 


 

II. Information about Continued Support for Older Product Capabilities
In future software releases RightNow will replace some product capabilities with either new, improved capabilities or advise customers of alternative solutions. RightNow encourages customers using the older product capabilities highlighted in this section to upgrade if new, improved capabilities are available. By doing so, customers will have access to improved functionality and be able to take advantage of new capabilities. For assistance in upgrade planning, please contact your account executive.
Please note a deprecated feature is a feature that still appears in previous versions of the product and is still supported, but for which notification has been made that the feature will be removed in future versions. Please see section “III. Communications on Future Support Lifecycle Policy Updates” for more details. Deprecated features are fully supported within the product as long as the RightNow releases bundled with these features are still supported.
While every effort is made to communicate feature deprecations a quarter in advance of each release, RightNow reserve the right to deprecate, modify, or remove features from any future release without prior notice. This includes sample reports and sample applications.
A. RightNow Chat
RightNow Live was renamed RightNow Chat in August 2008. Two versions of RightNow Chat are supported today:
    RightNow Chat 8.2, the most recent version of chat, was released with RightNow 8.2. It will remain hosted and fully supported going forward. RightNow Chat 8.2 is available for hosted deployments only. An on-premise version is not available, and no plans currently exist to provide an on-premise version.
 
    RightNow Chat 8.1 is RightNow’s older version of chat available for both hosted and on-premise deployments. RightNow Chat 8.1 was removed from the RightNow February ’08 release, and from all subsequent releases.
Note this does not mean RightNow Chat 8.1 is completely unavailable to customers after February 2008. It simply means RightNow Chat 8.1 was removed from the February ’08 release (and from subsequent releases). RightNow Chat 8.1 will remain supported in prior releases until those releases meet their end-of-life dates, even if the end-of-life date is later than February 2008.
Also note that the on-premise version of RightNow Chat 8.1 is only available for RightNow releases supporting on-premise deployments.
Customers using RightNow Chat 8.1 today should refer to the software release end-of-life schedule previously provided in this announcement to determine when the software release they are currently using will no longer be available.
A chart summarizing hosting and support for RightNow Chat is listed below. As the chart indicates, beginning with the February ’08 release, only RightNow Chat 8.2 will be supported.

 


 

RightNow Chat Product Support Matrix
                             
    RightNow Version
                            Nov’08
                            &
    8.1   8.2   Nov.’07   Feb.’08   May’08   Aug.’08   Future
RightNow Chat 8.2 (Hosted) 1
  n/a   Ö   Ö   Ö   Ö   Ö   Ö
RightNow Chat 8.1 (Hosted) 2
  Ö   Ö   Ö                
RightNow Chat 8.1 (On-Premise) 2,3,4
      Ö                
 
1   RightNow Chat 8.2, the newest version of chat, is available for hosted deployments only. No plans for an on-premise version exist.
 
2   RightNow Chat 8.1 is an older version of Chat 8.1. It is supported for both hosted and on-premise deployments.
 
3   On-premise deployments of RightNow Chat 8.1 are only available for versions of RightNow supporting on-premise deployments. Currently this includes RightNow November ’07 and RightNow November ’07 Release 2, RightNow 7.5, and versions prior to RightNow 7.5 have reached end of life and are no longer supported.
 
4   No plans presently exist to offer an on-premise version of RightNow Chat in release following RightNow November ’07 Release 2.
 
Legend
 
Ö = Supported
 
— = Not Supported
 
n/a = Not Applicable
 
Please click image to enlarge
B. Pre-RightNow 8 Versions of RightNow Feedback
RightNow Metrics was renamed RightNow Feedback before the introduction of RightNow 8. Support for pre-RightNow 8 versions of RightNow Feedback (including closed incident surveys) was removed or will be removed according to the following schedule.
    All pre-RightNow 8 versions of RightNow Feedback except those integrated with RightNow 8 releases reached end of life on November 30, 2008 . This date is also the end-of-life date for RightNow 7.5.
 
    All pre-RightNow 8 versions of RightNow Feedback integrated with RightNow 8.1, RightNow 8.2 and RightNow November ’07 releases will be hosted and fully supported until those releases meet their end-of-life dates. Integrations of pre-RightNow 8 versions of RightNow Feedback were removed from the February ’08 release and are not available in any subsequent releases.
When upgrading to the February ’08 release, and future releases, customers must use the version of Feedback bundled with that release to use Feedback capabilities.
Versions of RightNow Feedback bundled with RightNow 8 releases and for all future releases thereafter will be hosted and fully supported according to the end-of-life schedule for the RightNow release it is bundled with. For example, RightNow Feedback bundled with the RightNow November ’08 release will reach its end-of-life when RightNow November ’08 reaches its end-of-life on November 30, 2010.
The following chart summarizes hosting and support for RightNow Feedback,

 


 

RightNow Feedback Product Support Matrix
                             
    RightNow Version
                            Nov’08
                            &
    8.1   8.2   Nov.’07   Feb.’08   May’08   Aug.’08   Future
Pre-RightNow 8 versions of Feedback — Standalone  1
  n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
Pre-RightNow 8 versions of Feedback —Integrated with RightNow 7.x or prior versions
                           
Pre-RightNow 8 versions of Feedback —Integrated with RightNow 8
  Ö   Ö   Ö                
RightNow Feedback bundled with RightNow 8
  Ö   Ö   Ö   Ö   Ö   Ö   Ö
 
1   Support for pre-RightNow 8 versions of Feedback deployed standalone ended November 30, 2008, the same day support for RightNow 7.5 ended.
 
Legend
 
Ö = Supported
 
— = Not Supported
 
n/a = Not Applicable
 
Please click image to enlarge
C. Selected Features in RightNow Connect
A small number of features available in RightNow Connect may be deprecated or superseded by newer features in later versions of RightNow Connect. Beginning with the November ’08 release and for all future releases thereafter, any RightNow Connect feature to be deprecated or superseded will be identified in the release specific release notes, with a timeframe indicating how long the feature will remain supported for, and how to achieve the same integration objective with a work around or a newer feature. Release notes are available for each new software release, and can be found on the RightNow Developer Community File Exchange.
D. Microsoft Outlook Navigation
Microsoft Outlook Navigation was removed from RightNow November ’07 and will be removed from all subsequent releases. This feature removal does not impact Microsoft Outlook Integration; Microsoft Outlook Integration remains available. Microsoft Outlook Navigation is the ability to access Outlook from within the RightNow Console. Microsoft Outlook Integration is the ability to synch emails, contacts, and tasks between RightNow and Outlook.
E. The Classic and November ’07 Web Self-Service Page Sets
RightNow currently provides three web self-service page sets. The Classic web self-service page set is the ‘end-user’ page set that was first released in RightNow version 4.0. A redesigned “end-user” page set was introduced in the RightNow November ’07 release and is referred to as the November ’07 page set. The latest Customer Portal web self-service page set was first released in the August ’08 release and is the default “end-user” page set since. Please note all three web self-service page sets are available in subsequent releases unless they have been deprecated (see next paragraph for more information). They will be hosted and fully supported according to the end-of-life schedule for the RightNow release it is bundled with.
Beginning with the RightNow February ‘10 release and for all future releases thereafter, RightNow will no longer include the Classic page set and the November ‘07 page set. The Customer Portal page set will be the only available web self-service option for customers on the February ’10 release and for later releases. The Customer Portal page set allows you to brand and personalize your website service experience with Web 2.0 technologies. We encourage you to plan in advance and decide when and how you want to move to this more flexible and capable Customer Portal platform. For assistance in upgrade planning, please contact your account executive.
Note the Classic page set and the November ‘07 page set will remain supported in prior releases until those releases meet their end-of-life dates, even if the end-of-life date is later than February 2010.
The following chart summarizes hosting and support for the web self-service page sets (including the Classic page set, the November ‘07 page set and the Customer Portal page set).

 


 

Web Self-Service Page Sets Support Matrix
                             
    RightNow Version
                            Feb. 10
                        Aug.’08 -   &
    8.1   8.2   Nov.’07   Feb.’08   May’08   Nov.’09   Future
The Classic page set
  Ö   Ö   Ö   Ö   Ö   Ö   n/a
The November’07 page set
  n/a   n/a   Ö   Ö   Ö   Ö   n/a
The Customer Portal page set
  n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   Ö   Ö
 
Legend
 
Ö = Supported
 
— = Not Supported
 
n/a = Not Applicable
 
Please click image to enlarge
III. Communications on Future Support Lifecycle Policy Updates
All future support lifecycle policy updates will be posted on RightNow’s website with past policy announcements archived for customer reference. RightNow will also communicate hosting and support lifecycle policy changes to the technical contacts associated with active customer accounts via email.

 


 

Exhibit C
Support Package Description
Basic customer Care Package (BASIC-CCP)
The Customer Care Package includes the following elements. This package does not include support for customizations performed by Customer.
Elements include:
    Access to the RightNow knowledge base via the support portal
 
    Access to the RightNow Community portal
 
    Provision of the following support for version upgrades:
  ü   Communication of major release changes
 
  ü   Support in the creation of upgrade test site
 
  ü   General support of upgrade process questions via incident
    Limited email support – agent allocation based on pool
 
n
  Unlimited Severity 1 Incidents
 
 
n
  Up to 12 Severity 2,3 and 4 Incidents per year
    Customer Care Service Level Objectives and Hosting Availability based on table below
                 
    Basic
Customer Care Service Level Objectives
  Service Level 1   Target Response   5x24BD *   24 Hours
 
      Target Resolve   5x24BD *   48 Hours
 
 
  Service Level 2   Target Response   5x24BD *   48 Hours
 
      Target Resolve   5x24BD *   96 Hours
 
 
  Service Level 3   Target Response   5x24BD   96 Hours
 
      Target Resolve   5x24BD   Reasonable Commercial Effort
 
 
  Service Level 4   Target Response   5x24BD   144 Hours
 
      Target Resolve   5x24BD   Reasonable Commercial Effort
 
Hosting Availability
  Target: 99.5% (measured at the end of each calendar quarter)
No Service Level Credits
 
Hosting Availability Monitoring
  Internal site monitoring at 15 minute increments
* The following limitations apply for Support for Enterprise Analytics:
    Business Day means: Monday through Friday between the hours of 8am to 8pm US Central Standard Time (CST) each day;
 
    Maintenance to be performed based on CST up to a maximum of 16 hours per month and 156 hours per year.
 
    Target Resolve time for Severity Level 1 Incidents reported outside Business Day is 12 noon CST the next Business Day.

 

Exhibit 10.9
         
TYPE OF DEED   :   LEASE DEED
VILLAGE/CITY NAME   :   PLOT NO.103, UDYOG VIHAR PHASE-I,
GURGAON HARYANA
AREA LEASED   :   37,614 SQ. FT.
TYPE OF PROPERTY   :   INDUSTRIAL
RENT   :   Rs.18,87,600/- PER MONTH
STAMP DUTY   :   Rs.786,700/-
STAMP NO   :   1536
DATE OF ISSUE   :   15-10-2007
ISSUED BY   :   TREASURY, GURGAON
THIS Lease Deed is executed on this day of 25-10- , 2007
M/s PR Gartex Private Limited, a Private Limited Company, duly incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956, having its registered office at A-6 Bhagwan Das Nagar, New Delhi-110026, through their representative Mr. Dinesh Kalucha S/o Shri Tilak Raj Kalucha R/o A-6 Bhagwan Das Nagar, New Delhi 110026,

 


 

(who has been duly authorised to execute this Lease Deed vide board resolution dated 05.02.2007 (Copy annexed herewith as Annexure-l), and shall be called as “THE LESSOR”.
AND
M/s MakeMyTrip (India) Private Limited, a Private Limited Company, duly incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956, having its Registered Office at 81/1, Adchini, Sri Aurbindo Marg, New Delhi 100016, through its Authorised Representative Mr. Deep Kalra S/o Shri Krishan Sarup Kalra, R/o J-6/11A, DLF Phase II, Gurgaon, (who has been duly authorised to execute this Lease Deed vide board resolution dated 24.07.2006 (Copy annexed herewith as Annexure-II), hereinafter referred to as the ‘THE LESSEE’ of the Other Part (which expression shall unless be repugnant to the context or meaning hereof be deemed to include its successors only).
WHEREAS the LESSOR confirms and warrants that the LESSOR is the true and legal owner of the property and has clear and unencumbered title and is in possession of Industrial Premises on a plot of land measuring 2,100 Sq. Meters, situated at Plot No. 103, Udyog Vihar Phase-l, Gurgaon, Haryana, (hereinafter referred to as the “Site”) and having constructed 37,614 Sq. Ft of Total Super Built up area (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Building” or “Demised Premises”) as per occupancy certificate attached herewith as Annexure-III.
AND WHEREAS the LESSEE is engaged in the business of ITES (BPO/Call Centre Services) activities in the travel domain and is desirous of taking the Demised Premises on lease. AND WHEREAS in its capacity as the legal owner, LESSOR has agreed to give the Demised Premises as defined herein above on lease to the LESSEE.
AND WHEREAS the LESSOR and the LESSEE agree to record the terms of the lease under this document. AND WHEREAS the LESSOR represents and warrants that as the legal owner, pursuant to the permission of HSIIDC vide letter no. 2930 dated 7 th August 2007 for renting of the “Demised Premises” to the LESSEE for building to be used for BPO/ITES/Call Centre Services operation(s), it is fully entitled to execute this Lease Deed.
In consideration of the rent reserved hereunder and the covenants and conditions to be observed and performed by the LESSEE, the LESSOR hereby grants lease of the Demised Premises clearly delineated in Clause 1 written hereunder unto the LESSEE on the following terms and conditions:
1. DEMISED PREMISES
a.   The LESSOR has agreed to lease portion including terrace of the Building comprising of super built up area of 37,614 Sq. Ft. as per ANNEXURE “III”] which is constructed on the Site. The area to be leased is more particularly defined in ANNEXURE ‘III’ comprising of following annexed to this Lease Deed.

 


 

    Permanent Structure -
  i.   Basement of 9408 sq.ft. (Super built up area.)
 
  ii.   Ground floor of 9572 sq.ft. (Super built up area.)
 
  iii.   First Floor of 9372 sq.ft. (Super built up area)
 
  iv.   Second Floor of 9109 sq.ft. (Super built up area)
 
  v.   Third Floor of 153 sq.ft. (including Mumty and Machine Room)
b.   In addition, Lessor has provided/agreed to provide  the following:-
  i.   Landscaping of the plot including car parking area and water fountain as is where is basis.
 
  ii.   The total sanctioned load maximum of 500 KVA subject to DHVBN guidelines for the project.
 
  iii.   One passenger lift in working condition
 
  iv.   Plumbing lines and Sewerage lines on as is where is basis.
2. BASE RENT
The rent payable by the LESSEE for the building is a total sum of Rs 18,87,600 (Rupees Eighteen Lacs Eighty Seven Thousand and Six Hundred Only) per month (hereinafter referred to as the “Base Rent”),
The Rent shall be payable monthly in advance on or before 5th day of each and every English calendar month and all payments made by the LESSEE under this Lease Deed shall be made by an account payee cheque in favour of the LESSOR and shall be subject to deduction of tax at source, where required under the Income-tax Act, 1961. The Lessee shall deliver the tax deduction certificate to the Lessor as per the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961.
The Rent, accrual and payment shall commence from 15 th June, 2007.
3. SECURITY DEPOSIT
3.1.   That the LESSEE, as security for its obligations under this Lease Deed has already paid a sum of Rs. 1,07,13,600/- (Rupees One Crore Seven Lacs Thirteen Thousand Six Hundred Only) as and by way of interest- free refundable security deposit and shall keep the same deposited with the LESSOR, so long as this Lease Deed is in force and effect.
 
3.2.   That the security deposit shall be refunded by the LESSOR to the LESSEE after deduction of any arrears/dues towards any non-payment of bills or any other charges payable by the LESSEE in respect of the Demised Premises

 


 

    under the Lease Deed and its renewed term, if any, on the handover of the physical vacant possession by the Lessee to the Lessor.
 
3.3   That the Permission to Lease Charges paid to HSIDC by the LESSOR in favor of LESSEE shall be proportionately adjusted from the security deposit in case the LESSEE terminates the lease before the expiry of LOCK in PERIOD.
4. LEASE TERM
The Lease for the Demised Premises shall for a total period of 9 (nine) years and shall commence from the 7 th day of March, 2007 (“Lease Commencement Date”).
There shall be a lock-in-period during the first 36 months (starting 15th June’2007 onwards) of the Lease Term (hereinafter referred to as “Lock-in-Period”) during which the LESSEE can not terminate this Lease Deed, or else would be liable to pay rent for the entire unexpired term of lock in period.
5. RENT ESCALATION
The Base Rent will be increased by 15% (fifteen) at the end of the first thirty six (36) months and shall further be enhanced by 15% (fifteen) at the end of the seventy two (72) months of the Lease Term. The increase shall be on the basis of the last rent paid.
6. TERMINATION OF LEASE
6.1. Termination by the LESSEE:
a.   The LESSEE may terminate this Lease Deed by giving a 3 months written notice to the LESSOR after the expiry of first 36 months of this Lease Deed i.e 15 th June, 2007. In the eventuality of the LESSEE terminating the Lease Deed prior to the completion of the Lock in Period i.e. till 14 th June, 2009 (inclusive of the 3 months notice period), then the LESSEE will continue to pay the monthly rent till the expiry of the Lock in period. In no event shall the LESSEE be liable to pay rent beyond the Lock in Period in the event of an early termination. The LESSEE shall be liable to pay rent beyond the lock in period if LESSEE is not able to handover the physical vacant possession of DEMISED PREMISES after the expiry of thirty six months as per the terms of this deed.
 
b.   The Lessee shall also have the option to terminate the Lease, in the event there occurs a Force Majeure event in which case the provisions of clause 20 shall apply. If the Force Majeure situation(s) continues beyond 15 days, the Lessee shall have option either to terminate this Lease by providing a 30 (thirty) days notice in writing to the Lessor, or, continue to pay the full rent to the Lessor. In case of happening of Force Majeure Event, lock-in-period shall not apply.
 
c.   In case of a material breach of any terms of this Lease Deed by the Lessor, the Lessee shall give a notice to the Lessor of such material breach and if

 


 

    such material breach is not rectified by the Lessor within 15 days of serving the notice, the Lessee shall have an option to terminate this Lease Deed by giving 7 days notice to the Lessor in writing. In case Lessee terminates the Lease Deed under clause 6.1 (c), the Lock-in-Period shall not apply and no rent shall be payable for the unexpired period of Lock-in-Period.
6.2. Termination by the LESSOR:
The LESSOR shall have the right to terminate this Lease Deed, in the event that:
a.   The LESSEE commits a material breach, (except force majeure), of the terms and conditions, its representations, warranties and obligations under this Lease Deed and fails to remedy the material breach within 7 (seven) working days after serving by the Lessor of written notice in respect thereof; or
 
b.   In case the LESSEE fails to pay rent as per the terms of this Lease Deed for two consecutive months, the LESSOR shall have the option to terminate this Lease Deed forthwith and the LESSEE shall hand over vacant physical possession of the Demised Premises within 15 days thereof. However, the LESSEE should be given an opportunity to rectify the first breach within 7 working days of receiving due written notice from LESSOR to that effect; or
c.   In case the Lessee without the prior written permission of the Lessor, sub-lets, assigns, transfers or parts with the possession of the Demised Premises or any part thereof to any other party; or
 
d.   Lessee has been declared to be insolvent or bankrupt in an insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings by a court of competent jurisdiction in India or it goes into liquidation or enters into a composition with its creditors or ceases to carry on a substantial part of its business except for the purposes of and followed by a reconstruction, amalgamation, reorganisation, merger or consolidation required or approved by law; or
Upon the occurrence of any of the events set out in clause 6.2 (a), the Lessor shall provide a 30 (thirty) day written notice to the LESSEE and this Lease Deed shall terminate upon the expiry of such notice period, provided however such breach remains un-cured/un-rectified upon expiry of said notice period.
Upon the occurrence of the event set out in clause 6.2 (c) & 6.2 (d) the Lease shall automatically be terminated.
6.3. Consequences of termination
a.   In case of termination under clause 6.1 (a), the Lessee shall continue paying the Lessor the monthly lease rents and all other sums due and payable under the Lease Deed till the expiry of the notice period or the Lock-in-Period pay lumpsum rent in lieu of the notice period or Lock-in-Period. In the event

 


 

    the Lessee fails to pay the amount as aforesaid, the Lessor shall have the right to appropriate the security deposits towards such lease rents due. Further any amount that remains outstanding on account of outstanding lease rents or any other account after such appropriation/adjustment of the security deposit shall be paid forthwith by the Lessee to the Lessor before/upon the Lessee vacating the Demised Premises. In the event there is any residual security deposit after all such deductions, the Lessor shall refund the residual security deposit to the Lessee without any interest simultaneously upon the Lessee surrendering the peaceful, vacant and actual physical possession of the Demised Premises, subject to the deduction of any amount(s) due and payable by the Lessee to the Lessor under the terms of the Lease and for damages for which Lessee is liable under the Lease.
 
b.   In case of termination under clause 6.1 (b), 6.1 (c), clause 6.2 (a), clause 6.2 (b) and clause 6.2 (d), the Lessor shall refund the security deposit to the Lessee without any interest, upon expiry of the notice period hereof simultaneously upon the Lessee surrendering the peaceful, vacant and actual physical possession of the Demised Premises, subject to the deduction of any amount(s) due and payable by the Lessee to the Lessor under the terms of the Lease and for damages for which Lessee is liable under the Lease.
 
c.   In the event that the Lessee continues to occupy the Demised Premises even after the expiry of the notice period or termination of the Lease Deed or the lease, the Lessee shall for all purposes be deemed to be an unauthorised and illegal occupant and the Lessee agrees that Lessor shall be well within its right to re- enter the Demised Premises and take possession thereof. This would be without prejudice to the rights available to the Lessor. Further, without prejudice, the Lessee shall also be liable to pay penal interest (penalty) @ Rs.1,00,000/- Per Day in addition to the Rent herein reserved to the Lessor for the delayed period.
 
d.   In the event that the Lessor fails to refund the security deposit under clause 6.3 (b) on the expiry of the notice period, the Lessee shall be entitled to retain the possession of the premises as its legal right without payment or accrual of any rent to the Lessor. In this case the Lessor shall be liable to pay penal interest (penalty) @ 18% p.a on security deposit after making adjustments as in para 6.3a for the delayed period to the Lessee.
7. THE LESSEE HEREBY AGREES WITH THE LESSOR;
a.   The LESSEE shall pay the monthly rent without any formal demand by the LESSOR on or before the 7th day of every calendar month.
 
b.   The LESSEE shall use the Demised Premises during the Lease Term, solely for carrying on its business as per recitals of the Lease Deed.
 

 


 

c.   The LESSEE shall make timely payment for use of facilities /connections granted in the name of the LESSOR and being used by the LESSEE like electricity, water charges, etc. and such other municipal and/ or usage charges as may be applicable from time to time, directly to the concerned authorities. In case of receipt of notice for non payment of the same, the LESSEE shall be solely liable to make all outstanding payments, penalties due and payable from the actual handover date and the LESSOR shall be at the Liberty to get the connections /facilities disconnected /terminated if the requisite payments are not made on receipt of notice forthwith.
 
d.   That the LESSEE shall handover, upon the termination of this Lease Deed and/or the earlier termination thereof, the peaceful vacant possession of the Demised Premises in workable condition after removal of movable assets owned by the Lessee.
 
e.   Upon delivery of vacant physical possession to the LESSOR upon expiration of the Lease or otherwise, the LESSEE shall ensure that all dues relating to the Demised Premises, pertaining to the period when the Demised Premises was in the possession of the LESSEE, in connection with electricity, power, water, maintenance and other charges that were the liability or responsibility of the Lessee under this Lease Deed are paid by the Lessee, the Lessee will provide No Due Certificate, to the LESSOR at the time of termination. In case the No Due Certificate is not provided, the Security Deposit amount shall be adjusted against any outstanding dues subject to provisions of Clause 3.
 
f.   The Lessor will be responsible for any existing and future property tax (if any) related to the Demised Premises under this Lease Deed. Any future incidence of tax relating to the Demised Premises only shall be borne by the Lessor upto the amount of the tax that would have been levied if the property was self occupied. Any differential in property tax because of property being leased, shall be borne equally by the Lessor and Lessee.
 
g.   The Lessee shall abide by all applicable Laws and Requirements of the Government or any other authority or local body from the date of handover of possession of the Demised Premises and the Lessee shall always keep and hold the Lessor harmless and indemnified in this regard. Subject as aforesaid, in the event any amount is required to be spent to comply with any Laws and Requirements by any authority, including but not limited, to fire fighting equipment, the same shall be borne by the Lessee. However, in case the Lessor is in breach or violation of any applicable Laws and Requirements, then, the Lessor shall keep the Lessee harmless and indemnified in this regard.
 
h.   That in case any criminal or civil action is instituted by any authority, court, civil body, person etc. on account of any act, deed or things done in contravention of law by the LESSEE, in the Demised Premises, including any action qua tampering of electricity meter, seals affixed there upon and theft of electricity, in that event the entire civil and criminal liability for the same shall be of the LESSEE exclusively including

 


 

    any costs or expenses in relation thereto. In case any charges, costs fine, penalty, proceedings etc. is imposed by PF department, Income Tax department, Customs Department, Labour Department, Service Tax Department, STPI, Fire Authority or any authority on account of the foregoing, in that event the LESSEE shall be liable to satisfy/pay the same. In case of failure of LESSEE to pay/satisfy such charges, costs fine, penalty, proceedings etc., the LESSOR shall be entitled to deduct and deposit such unpaid charges, costs fine, penalty, proceedings etc. from the interest free security paid by the LESSEE to the LESSOR.
 
i.   That the LESSEE shall not carry on or permit to be carried on in the Demised Premises or any part thereof any activity which is obnoxious or store any good of hazardous or combustible nature or those which are heavy/big enough other than equipments necessary for the purpose of aforesaid which results in alteration of the structure of the building or any part thereof. The LESSEE shall not make any structural alterations in the Demised Premises without the prior written consent of the LESSOR.
8. RAISING OF FINANCE BY LESSOR
That it is further clarified that the Lessor have full right to mortgage, create any charge or otherwise transfer the demised premises in favour of any bank/ financial institution or any other person(s) and can also go for rent capitalization without any objection by the Lessee. The Lessee undertakes to sign and execute all documents related to the lease in favour of new landlord (s) /bank(s) /financial institution(s) in case of sale mortgage etc. as the case may be. However, such creation mortgage / charge of the Demised Premises shall not affect the tenancy rights of LESSEE to use the Demised Premises during the lease period.
9. INTERIORS/IMPROVEMENTS BY LESSEE
The Lessee shall have the right to improve and complete interior work as per the Lessee’s satisfaction and to install/erect electro-mechanical equipments, captive power systems, UPS systems, etc. to suit its requirement. At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Deed, the Lessee shall have the right to retain ownership of all interiors movable in nature and improvements, which they have installed. It is however agreed that Lessee shall not do any structural changes without the prior written consent of the Lessor. Further, the Lessee shall not be entitled to any compensation for any improvements, if made, in the Demised Premises, by the Lessee. Only those moveables installed by the lessee will be removed by the Lessee which can be removed without any damage to the existing structure of the Demised Premises.
10. THE LESSOR HEREBY AGREES WITH THE LESSEE AS UNDER
a.   The LESSOR represents that the LESSOR is the legal owner of Demised Premises and it has full authority and power to lease the premises hereby demised unto the LESSEE and shall keep the LESSEE indemnified against

 


 

    all such demands, claims, losses, actions, damages and proceedings that the LESSEE may suffer due to any defect in title of the LESSOR. The LESSOR has not entered into any similar agreement or arrangement with any person/persons for providing use and occupation of the Demised Premises to which the LESSEE is entitled to under this Lease Deed.
 
b.   The Lessor will issue a No Objection Certificate for Lessee to secure an STPI status and EOU (Export Oriented Unit) status for the Leased premises after the signing the Lease Deed or as and when required by the Lessee in near future. All liabilities, costs, expenses, charges etc. if any towards securing the above mentioned status would be a sole responsibility of the Lessee and Lessor would not be responsible in any matter what so ever.
 
c.   The LESSOR agrees to indemnify the LESSEE and save, defend and hold the LESSEE harmless from and in respect of any and all damages, claims, losses, expenses, costs, obligations and liabilities resulting from or related to the non-payment of any outgoings determined in respect of the Demised Premises for the period prior to the commencement of this Lease Deed. If any further outstanding dues at the time or after the signing the lease deed for the period before or after the lease commencement are to be paid, the same shall be paid by the Lessor. In case due to any reason the Lessee has to pay the same, the Lessor shall reimburse said amount to Lessee within seven (07) days of such payment made by Lessee, failing which the said amount will be adjusted from the out going rent for the subsequent month.
 
d.   The Lessor represents that the Demised Premises has been built in adherence to the building by laws and any additional area (if any) will also be built in adherence to the applicable building bye-laws, the Lessor shall insure supply of water through regular municipal connection and in accordance to existing arrangements in force. Any enhancement/alterations required to be done to the same, shall be done by LESSEE at its own cost and expense. The Lessee shall at its own cost ensure water supply on regular basis without any disconnection.
 
e.   The Lessor (at its own cost) shall provide Lessee with a 500 KVA sanctioned/installed or as per the project requirement under the DNVBN guidelines and energized power load from Dakshin Haryana Bijlee Vitran Nigam Limited
11.   PEACEFUL ENJOYMENT/ POSSESSION / BY LESSEE
The LESSEE paying the rent hereby reserved and observing and performing the several covenants on its part herein contained, the LESSOR covenants that the LESSEE shall peacefully and quietly hold and enjoy the Demised Premises during the lease period without any interruption or disturbance by the LESSOR or any person claiming through the LESSOR.

 


 

12. TRANSFER/ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHT (LESSOR)
That if the Lessor at any time during the period of this lease or extended period thereof, as hereinafter mentioned, sell and/or transfer its rights in the Demised Premises as a whole or in any part or parts thereof to any person or more than one person then in such event the Lessee shall attorn to such transferee or transferees on the same terms and conditions as are contained herein. However the transfer if any shall be subject to this lease. Further, the Lessee shall have no objection to any such sale/transfer or any right or interest of whatsoever nature thereto. However, it is further agreed that the LESSOR will furnish an acknowledgement of the receipt of the said Deposit amount transferred to the purchaser and a copy of such acknowledgement shall be passed on to the LESSEE.
13. NO RIGHT OF ASSIGNMENT/ SUBLETTING ETC. OF THE LESSEE;
The Lessee shall have no right to assign, sublet, underlet, transfer or grant license to use or enter into any franchise or otherwise part with the possession of the Demised Premises or any part thereof. The Lessee may however be entitled to enter into any personal agreement at its own cost, risk and responsibility provided the responsibility for fulfilling such obligation shall lie exclusively upon the Lessee only. The Lessee shall be responsible for the payment of any statutory and other amounts, under such arrangement, if any and such arrangement shall not confer any right or interest etc. in the Demised Premises upon such person(s) and shall not be binding upon the Lessor. It is clarified that the possession of the Demised Premises shall not be parted away by the Lessee under any circumstances.
14. ACCESS TO PREMISES BY LESSEE
Subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and till such time this lease is in subsistence, the Lessor shall have no objection if the LESSEE along with its authorised agents, guests, visitors, employees, servants make use and enjoyment of the Demised Premises along with the facilities and utilities round the clock every working days as well as on holidays during the lease period. The LESSOR shall have no objection to LESSEE’s working for 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year, in the Demised Premises, subject to all applicable laws and subject to clause 6.
15. ACCESS TO PREMISES BY LESSOR
The LESSEE shall permit the LESSOR or its authorised agents with or without workmen to enter the Demised Premises or any part thereof at all reasonable times and giving a 24 hours advance notice so it does not disrupt the business operations , for the purposes of examining the state and condition, and if necessary, for repairing any part of the Demised Premises in order to maintain in good condition all services, drains, pipes, cables and other conveniences belonging to or used for the Building. The LESSOR shall give prior written intimation of 24 hours as far as practicable of such visits to the LESSEE.

 


 

16. SIGNAGE
The LESSEE will be permitted at its expense to place signage on the building/building facade (without disturbing the same), in the entrance lobby of the building as per the HSIDC guidelines / permission (if required). The LESSEE shall however prior to placing such signage & logo obtain all necessary permissions / approvals as may be required under applicable statutes for displaying such signage and logos.
17. SATELLITE DISHES / RIGHT OF WAY FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLES
The LESSEE shall have the right to install satellite dishes/ radio link antenna on the limited area of terrace of the Building subject to a load bearing certificate from an architect for its own use only. LESSOR and LESSEE shall reasonably agree upon the location of the satellite dishes and equipment. There shall be no charge for the right to keep the satellite dishes and equipment on the terrace by the Lessor only for the self use of the lessee.
The Lessee shall have right to lay their Optic Fiber Cable within or outside the Building Premises and the Right of Way for the same as per the Government Norms if any.
The Lessee agrees to restore to original condition any changes that may be made to existing premises. The Lessee shall be responsible for all the costs connected with the installation, maintenance and removal of the satellite dishes and equipment and any approvals thereof however it would be subject to HSIDC / concerned authorities guidelines / permissions required, if any.
18. NO OTHER RIGHT IN THE DEMISED PREMISES ;-
The Lessee fully understands and acknowledges that save and except the limited right to use the Demised Premises during subsistence of this lease in accordance with the terms hereof and as per law, the Lessee shall have no right, title, interest, claim or concern of any nature whatsoever in the Demised Premises and the said Plot, which belongs to and is owned exclusively by the Lessor. The Lessee undertakes not to set up any claim and/or dispute etc. as regards the rights (except for the tenancy rights) and title including ownership rights.
Lessor as regards the Demised Premises and the said Plot and/or as regards the Lessor’s un-fettered and exclusive rights to sell, transfer and dispose off the same at any time the Lessor desires, without any objection/ hindrance/ claim from the Lessee.
19. INSURANCE
a.   LESSOR shall obtain structural insurance coverage of the entire said Building i.e. shell structure including third-party liability and shall make timely payment of all insurance premiums. The LESSEE shall in no way be responsible for any loss occasioned by the LESSOR on account of the

 


 

    LESSOR not obtaining comprehensive insurance coverage for the said building. The LESSOR shall provide a copy of the same to the LESSEE for their records.
 
b.   LESSEE shall obtain comprehensive insurance coverage, including third party coverage, of all interior works, renovations, furniture, equipment and/or other items kept or stored in the said Premises and shall make timely payments of all insurance premia. The LESSOR shall in no way be responsible for any loss incurred by the LESSEE on account of not obtaining comprehensive insurance coverage of all renovations, furniture, equipment and/or other items kept or stored in the said Premises.
20. FORCE MAJEURE
That it is further agreed between the parties that if during the term of the lease the whole or any part of the Demised Premises shall be destroyed by any act of God and/or natural calamity limited to earthquakes, floods, storms, lightning, torrential rains, tsunami, and other natural calamity over which neither party has any control (“Force Majeure Event”) so as to render the Demised Premises substantially unfit for the use and occupation of the Lessee or so as to deprive the Lessee of substantial use of the same or so as to render the rebuilding or reconstruction of the Building in its previous form impracticable or undesirable in the opinion of the Lessor but so long as such damage or destruction shall not be attributable to the Lessee then upon the happening of any such damage or destruction as aforesaid, the rent hereby reserved or a proportionate part thereof according to the nature and extent of damage sustained shall abate until the Demised Premises shall have been rebuild or reinstated or made fit for the occupation and use of the Lessee provided always that the Lessor shall be under no obligation to restore and reinstate the Demised Premises if the Lessor shall consider that it is commercially impracticable to do so in which case the Lessor shall notify the Lessee in writing by giving 30 days notice and the lease shall be determined forthwith, and Provided further that if the restoration and reinstatement of the Demised Premises is not likely to be completed within a period of six months from the date the damage and/or destruction occurred either party may upon the expiry of such period terminate this lease forthwith by written notice to the other.
21. DUTIES OF LESSEE
a.   That the Lessee shall abide by and comply with all the laws/ rules and regulations as may be applicable of local authorities including Haryana Administration, Municipal Corporation/ Committee, HSIIDC,, Electricity and Water Departments or any other authorities whatsoever with relation to the usage of the Demised Premsies by the Lessee and its operations carried out therefrom and shall not keep or store any dangerous explosive fire hazard object in the Demised Premises and shall follow the laws and bye-laws of Fire Act, Electricity Act, Pollution (Protection) Act etc. and shall keep the Lessor fully indemnified. The Lessee shall pay all the taxes, levies, challans, penalties and fines of any kind connected with the operations/affairs carried on by the Lessee in the Demised Premises.

 


 

b.   That the Lessee shall not carry out any structural changes without the prior written consent of the Lessor.
 
c.   The Lessee shall not store goods of hazardous or combustible nature or which are so heavy so as to effect the structural safety of the said building or any part thereof.
 
d.   The Lessee shall take all fire preventive measures at its own risk and cost and the Lessee shall ensure that fire fighting equipments are properly maintained. The Demised Premises shall not be stopped under any circumstances.
 
f.   That the Lessee has verified and has fully satisfied itself regarding the soundness, nature, extent and quality of the construction, structure, fixtures and fittings, sanctioned plans of the building, purpose for which the demised premises can be used etc. and has also verified and fully satisfied itself about the soundness of the title of the Lessor. Hereafter, no claim and/or demand etc. shall lie upon the Lessor on any ground whatsoever.
22. NOTICE
Save as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease Deed, any notice, demand or other communication to be served under this Lease Deed lease may be served upon any Party hereto only by registered speed post acknowledgement due to the Party to be served at its address below, or at such other address as it may from time to time notify in writing to the other Party hereto
         
S. No.   Name of the   Address
         
1.
  Lessor   103, Udyog Vihar, Phase 1,
Gurgaon, Haryana
         
2.
  Lessee   A-6 Bhagwan Das Nagar,
New Delhi-110026
Attn.: Director
In case of change in registered office address of the Lessor and/or the Lessee the same should be informed in writing to the other Party otherwise the notice sent at the earlier mentioned address would be deemed to be properly sent and delivered for all communications.
22. WAIVER
Any delay, indulgence or forbearance by the parties hereto in enforcing the terms of this Lease Deed shall not be construed on the part of such party of any breach or non compliance of any of the terms and conditions of this Lease Deed by the

 


 

other party nor shall the same in any manner prejudice the rights of the party delaying, indulging or forbearing in enforcing the terms of this Lease Deed.
23. ENTIRE AGREEMENT
That the LESSEE and LESSOR agree that this Lease Deed constitutes the entire settlement between the parties pertaining to terms of lease and the same revokes and supersedes all previous discussions, previous correspondence etc., if any, concerning matter herein whether oral or implied. Terms of lease shall not be changed, altered or modified except by written amendments duly executed by the parties.
24. STAMP DUTY AND LEGAL COSTS
a.   The LESSEE & the LESSOR will equally share the stamp duty & registration charges as per the relevant Stamp Act for Registration of Lease Deed. The Lessor shall retain the original of the Lease Deed and the Lessee the duplicate thereof. Each party shall bear its own legal fees and expenses.
 
b.   The Lease Deed is being executed on the basis of representations made by the LESSOR with regard to the title of the property. The Lessor agrees to indemnify the Lessee against any losses incurred on account of any misrepresentations as mentioned above.
25. JURISDICTION
That this transaction has taken place at GURGAON and as such GURGAON/Haryana Courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction to entertain any dispute arising out or in any way touching or concerning this deed.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Lessor and the Lessee have signed this Lease Deed at Gurgaon on the date first mentioned above in the presence of the following witnesses;
                   
Drafted by    For P R Gartex Pvt. Ltd.
 
             
/s/ Mahesh K. Chauhan
      LESSOR   :   /s/  Dinesh Kalucha
Mahesh K. Chauhan
                Auth. Sign.
Advocate
                 
Gurgaon
      For Make My Trip (India) Pvt. Ltd.
 
                 
 
      LESSEE   :   /s/  Deep Kalra
 
                Authorised Signatory
WITNESSES
         
1. /s/ Mahesh K. Chauhan     2. /s/ Ram Niwas  
Mahesh K. Chauhan
Advocate
Gurgaon
    Ram Niwas
Advocate
Gurgaon
 

 

EXHIBIT 10.10
         
[LOGO] 
  1 st Floor, Kailash Building,    
 
  26, Kasturba Gandhi Marg,    
 
  New Delhi - 110 001.    
 
  Tel.: 011-41699481    
 
  Fax: 011-41699483    
Sanction Letter (Working Capital Facilities)
Date: 07/09/2009
Mr. Rajesh Magow
Chief Financial Officer
Make my Trip (lndia) Pvt. Ltd.
103, Udyog Vihar-I,
Gurgaon-122016
Dear Sir,
Subject - Sanction Letter for Working Capital Facilities
We are pleased to inform you that, the bank has agreed to enhance following working capital facilities to MakeMyTrip (India) Pvt. Ltd. payable on demand and subject to periodic review.
             
1.
  Borrower   :   MakeMyTrip (India) Pvt.Ltd.
 
           
2.
  Constitution   :   Private Limited Company
 
           
3.
  Directors   :   a) Mr. Deep kalra
 
          b) Mr. Keyur Joshi
 
          c) Mr. Philip Wolf
 
          d) Mr. Sanjeev Bikhchandani
 
          e) Mr. Frederic Lalonde
 
          f) Mr. Vibhor Mehra
 
          g) Mr. Ravi Chandra Adusumalli
 
          h) Mr. Sanjeev Aggarwal
 
          i) Mr. Aditya Guleri
             
4.
  Nature of the facility   :   Working Capital facilities
                         
Sr.       Existing   Revised    
No   Facility   (Rs. MM)   (Rs. MM)   Tenor
1
  Fund Based facility                    
 
A
Cash Credit (CC)     80.00       100.00     On demand
 
B
OD against Fixed Deposits     400.00       400.00     On demand

 


 

             
5.
  Purpose   :   facility to be used by the borrower towards Financing working capital requirements of the Business.
 
           
6.
  Validity period of the sanction   :   As the same has been enhanced interim i.e. would be renewable annually in Feb’10
The aforesaid credit facilities are subject to the main terms and conditions (subject to change as per RBI directives / bank policies from time to time) set out in Annexure I hereto which is deemed to be a part of the Credit Agreement Letter. The credit assistance is also subject to the conditions that are contained in the documents, which the company shall execute between and in favour of HDFC Bank.
HDFC Bank based on the representations made by the Borrower and the furnishing of financial statements by the Borrower has extended these proposed facilities.
The commitment to the proposed facilities is contingent upon:
-   Absence of any material adverse change in the condition of the borrower.
 
-   The Borrower or its associate not having defaulted under any financing obligation to any bank or institution in past
 
-   compliance by the Borrower of all laws and regulations applicable to its operations
 
-   The Borrower fulfilling all its financial obligations under various taxation, retiral and applicable laws prevalent from time to time.
 
-   All future borrowings by the Borrower (or their associate) would be with the prior permission of HDFC Bank.
 
-   Subordination of all existing unsecured loans from promoters / associates and an undertaking that they will not be withdrawn from business without Bank’s consent.
The working capital facilities are not available for Investments made in shares, debentures, advances and inter-corporate loans / deposits to other companies (including subsidiary companies). The said facilities are being extended at the sole discretion of HDFC Bank and the terms and conditions as well as pricing would be to subject to periodic review, amendment or cancellation.
HDFC Bank’s Right on Default
The borrower further agrees that in addition to any other right enjoyed by HDFC Bank in the event of the Borrower committing any act of default, HDFC Bank shall be entitled to disclose to the Reserve Bank of India or to any other third person, on its being called upon to do so, the name / identity of the Borrower and the fact of its having committed any act of default as aforesaid.
The above letter is valid for 15 days from the date of issue. Kindly sign on the duplicate of this Sanction Letter as a token of your acceptance to the above and return the same, along with the duly completed documentation, in order to proceed ahead.

2 of 8


 

We look forward to your drawal of the proposed facilities and assure you of our best services always.
Regards,
For HDFC Bank Ltd.
         
/s/ Udit Azad
  /s/ Vishal Sachdeva   /s/ Rajesh Sharma
Udit Azad
  Vishal Sachdeva   Rajesh Sharma
Relationship Manager
  Senior Manager   Regional Head - North
ECG
  ECG   ECG
         
Accepted on behalf of the Company
For MakeMyTrip India Pvt. Ltd.
       
         
/s/ Rajesh Magow
       
Mr. Rajesh Magow
Chief Financial Officer
       

3 of 8


 

Annexure I
         
1.
  Facility   Cash Credit
         
2.
  Existing Limit   Rs.80.00 MM
         
3.
  Proposed Limit   Rs.100.00 MM
         
4.
  Interchangeability   N.A.
         
5.
  Tenor   On demand
         
6.
  Security   • Assignment of Credit Card Receivables (Exclusive charge) through POS Terminals or Payment Gateways or otherwise to HDFC Bank, both present and future
 
      • Exclusive charge on Current Assets of the Company both present and future.
 
      • Exclusive charge on owned fixed assets of the Company both present and future.
         
7.
  Margin   30% margin on the Credit Card Receivables being routed through our Bank
         
8.
  Book debts   Margin - 25 %
 
      Debtors ageing more then 90 days to be excluded
         
9.
  Interest   12.25% p.a. + Interest tax as & when applicable, payable at monthly rests
         
10.
  Interest payment frequency   Interest shall be payable at monthly rests.
 
      Interest shall be payable on the first day of the subsequent month.
         
11.
  Interest calculation method   Interest will be calculated on 365 days basis in respect of rupee loans / credit facilities
         
12.
  Penal Interest   Penal interest would be levied @ 3.00 % over and above the rate as mentioned in clause 11 above for all overdues / delays of any monies payable (principal as well as interest).
         
13.
  Documentation   • Accepted Sanction Letter
 
      • Request Letter for availing the facilities
 
      • DPN and LOC for DPN
 
      • Letter of General Lien and Set off
 
      • Letter of hypothecation of credit card receivables routed through HDFC Bank PG
 
      • Letter of Hypothecation for Stock and Book Debts
 
      • Letter of Hypothecation on Fixed Assets of the Company
 
      • Form 8 to be registered within 30 days from the date of disbursal

4 of 8


 

Annexure II
         
1.
  Facility   Over Draft (OD)
         
2.
  Existing Limit   Rs.400.00 MM
         
3.
  Proposed Limit   Rs.400.00 MM
         
4.
  Sub-Limits   NIL
         
5.
  Interchangeability   N.A.
         
6.
  Tenor   On demand
         
7.
  Security   – Fixed Deposit with Lien marked in favour of HDFC Bank
         
8.
  Margin   – OD to be released to the Company would be 120% of the FD amount under lien with us.
         
9.
  Inventory   N.A.
         
10.
  Book debts   N.A.
         
11
  Interest   FD Rate +1%p.a.
         
12
  Interest payment frequency   Interest shall be payable at monthly rests.
 
      Interest shall be payable on the first day of the subsequent month.
         
13
  Interest calculation method   Interest will be calculated on 365 days basis in respect of rupee loans / credit facilities
         
14
  Penal interest   Penal interest would be levied @ 3.00 % over and above the rate as mentioned in clause 11 above for all overdues / delays of any monies payable (principal as well as interest).
         
15
  Documentation   1. Request letter for availing the credit facilities
 
     
2. Board resolution for availing facility, creation of security & execution of necessary documents for availment of facilities
 
      3. Attested copy of Memorandum & Articles of association.
 
      4. Demand Promissory Note(DPN)
 
      5. Letter of Continuity for DP Note(LOC)
 
      6. Memorandum relating to charge over Fixed Deposits(MRFD)

5 of 8


 

Operational terms and conditions
             
1.   Period of sanction   The working capital facilities are payable on demand. However the facilities are available for a period of 12 months subject to review at periodical intervals wherein the facilities may be continued / cancelled / reduced depending upon the conduct and utilization of the facilities.
         
2.   Insurance  
- Company has to ensure comprehensive insurance cover against all risks for primary security viz., entire stocks of raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods, fixed assets, consumable stores, spares and other movables.
       
- Value of insurance policy should be equal to the value of the stocks at any point of time.
       
- Any shortfall in the value of insurance cover shall be covered immediately by the company or by the Bank by debiting the former’s operative account with the Bank.
       
- The policies should be either in the joint names of the company and the Bank or bank’s lien should be noted on the policies as first loss payee.
         
3.   Stock Audit   On Yearly Basis
         
4.   Submission of stock Statements   Monthly stock and book debts to be received within 15 days after month end (Obsolete Stocks must be clearly excluded and age not exceeding 90 Days)
Delayed submission will attract penalty at Rs 500/- for each day of delay.
         
5.
  Valuation        
 
  Inventory   Raw materials, consumable stores, spare.   At cost, current market rates, Govt. controlled rates or invoice rates, whichever is the lowest.
 
      Finished Goods   At cost, current market rates, Govt. controlled rates, Borrower’s selling price, whichever is the lowest.
 
      Stock Statement   Within 15 days from the end of the month.
         
6.
  Periodicity of submission of information to the Bank   Quarterly / Annual Financial Statements  
- Quarterly financial statements – 45 days from the end of a quarter.
 
          - Annual Financial statement
 
         
- Provisional results to be received within 75 days after the financial year end.
 
         
- Audited results to be received within 180 days after the financial year end.

6 of 8


 

             
7.   Creation of Charges   Renewal cum enhancement:
        The company shall modify the charges already filed with the Registrar of Companies within the statutory period (30 days) in respect of enhanced credit facilities. The company shall also modify charges in respect of security offered (Ist charge / second charge / EMs etc.) for the enhanced limits within 30 days from the date of documentation for creation of security for the enhanced limits.
         
8.   Processing Fees   Rs 2 lakhs + service tax as and when applicable
         
Applicable Laws
  :   Indian / Mumbai
General Covenants -
     
  Aforesaid credit facilities are subject to the main terms and conditions (subject to change as per applicable RBI guidelines and banks policies from tie to time) set out in this Credit agreement letter. The credit facilities are also subject to the conditions that are contained in the documents which the company shall execute between and in favour of the bank.
     
  There should be no change in the promoter’s shareholding without the prior written intimation to HDFC Bank Ltd.
     
  The company will not avail any working capital facilities / bill discounting facilities or any other facility except from Banks in Multiple Banking Arrangement. This will be constituted as an event of default and would result in a recall of the facilities.
     
  Company to avail Cash Management Collection facility from HDFC Bank Ltd.
     
  The company will not undertake any additional borrowings without the bank’s prior written consent.
     
  Please note that the facilities as mentioned in this letter are sanctioned at the sole discretion of the bank and is recallable on demand.
     
  Company to maintain a positive networth of atleast Rs 25 Cr during the currency of our facility
     
  Undertaking to fund all future losses through equity capital infusion till the company starts making profits.
     
  All outlets of MakeMyTrip to have HDFC Bank POS machines subject to competitive offer.
     
  All credits received in ICICI Bank whether Cash/Cheque/ Credit Card/Payment gateway receivables of an amount above Rs.1.50Crs. for Monday to Thursday and Rs.4.50Crs. for Fridays and any Credit balance on Saturdays to be remitted to Cash Credit a/c with HDFC Bank on a daily basis for which the Company shall issue irrevocable and unconditional instructions to ICICI Bank to remit ,without any right of lien or set-off, to HDFC Bank on a daily basis, and submit their acceptance of these instructions in writing to HDFC Bank
     
  The amount maintained with ICICI Bank on a daily basis to be used for making payments to Low Cost Airlines only as deposit/booking.
     
  Credit Card / payment gateway receivables thru Citibank to be remitted to Cash Credit a/c with HDFC Bank on a daily basis for which the Company shall issue irrevocable and unconditional instructions to CITIBANK whose PG/POS terminals are/will be used for Credit Card acquisition, to remit the credit card receivables, without any right of lien or set-off, to HDFC Bank on a daily basis, and submit their acceptance of these instructions in writing to HDFC Bank.

7 of 8


 

     
  The Company shall issue irrevocable and unconditional instructions to all present and future banks whose PG/POS terminals are/will be used for Credit Card acquisition, to remit the credit card receivables, without any right of lien or set-off, to HDFC Bank on a daily basis, and submit their acceptance of these instructions in writing to HDFC Bank.
     
  A minimum thruput of Rs 12 Crs per month to be routed through HDFC Bank payment gateway / POS Terminal.
     
  The company will not lend funds to/invest in group entities without the Bank’s written consent.
     
  The company will not raise addl. Borrowings or create charge on its properties/assets in favour of any other lender without the Bank’s consent.
     
  All other Terms and Conditions of our Sanction Letter dated – 03-06-09 shall remain unchanged.

8 of 8


 

[LOGO]
1 st Floor, Kailash Building,
26, Kasturba Gandhi Marg,
New Delhi - 110 001.
Tel.: 011-41699481
Fax: 011-41699483
Sanction Letter (Working Capital Facilities)
Date: 05/04/10
Mr. Rajesh Magow
Chief Financial Officer
MakemyTrip (lndia) Pvt.Ltd.
103, Udyog Vihar-I,
Gurgaon-122016
Dear Sir,
Subject - Sanction Letter for Working Capital Facilities
We are pleased to inform you that basis the company’s request the Bank has agreed to amend the below clause in General Covenants for Working Capital facilities to MakemyTrip (India) Pvt.Ltd.
Existing Covenant-
-   All future borrowings by the Borrower(or their associates) would be with the prior permission of HDFC Bank
 
-   The company will not avail any working capital facilities / bill discounting facilities or any other facility except from Banks in Multiple Banking Arrangement. This will be constituted as an event of default and would result in a recall of the facilities.
Revised Covenant
-   All future secured borrowings by the Borrower(or their associates) would be with the prior permission of HDFC Bank
This is subject to TOL/TNW <=2.0x. The Computation of the ratio by the Bank would be final & binding.
All other Terms and Conditions/Covenants advised vide Sanction Letter dated 07/09/09 shall remain unchanged
Assuring you the best of our service always.
Thanking you,
For HDFC Bank Ltd.
         
/s/ Udit Azad
  /s/ Vishal Sachdeva   /s/ Rajesh Sharma
Udit Azad
  Vishal Sachdeva   Rajesh Sharma
Relationship Manager
  Senior Manager   Regional Head - North
Emerging Corporates Group
  Emerging Corporates Group   Emerging Corporates Group
 
Registered Office : HDFC Bank House, Senapati Bapat Marg, Lower Parel (West), Mumbai - 400 013. Website : www.hdfcbank.com

 

EXHIBIT 10.11
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of                      , 20            by and between MakeMyTrip Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Mauritius (the “ Company ”) and the undersigned, a director and/or officer of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company (collectively, the “ Group ”), (“ Indemnitee ”).
RECITALS
1. The Company believes that it is essential to its best interests to attract and retain highly capable persons to serve as directors and officers of the Group.
2. Indemnitee is or has been selected to be a director or officer of the Group.
3. The Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors and officers of the Group.
4. In recognition of Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability in order to enhance Indemnitee’s service to the Group, and in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or continue to provide services to the Group as a director or officer, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee, as set forth in this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
     In consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
A. DEFINITIONS
     The following terms shall have the meanings defined below:
      Expenses shall include, without limitation, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and costs, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and costs of attachment or similar bond, investigations, and any other expenses paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding.
      Indemnifiable Event means any event or occurrence that takes place either before or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or an officer of the Group, or is or was serving at the request of the Group as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, including (to the extent permitted by applicable law), but not limited to neglect, breach of duty (but excluding any liability in respect of any breach by a director of the Group of the duty under the Companies Act 2001 (as amended) of Mauritius to exercise his/her powers honestly, in good faith, in the best interests of the Group and for the respective purposes for which such powers are explicitly or impliedly conferred), error, misstatement, misleading statement or omission.

 


 

      Participant means a person who is a party to, or witness or participant (including on appeal) in, a Proceeding.
      Proceeding means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration or proceeding, or any inquiry, hearing or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, including appeal, in which Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise by reason of an Indemnifiable Event.
B. AGREEMENT TO INDEMNIFY
     1.  General Agreement . In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a Participant in, or is threatened to be made a Participant in, a Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses which Indemnitee incurs or becomes obligated to incur in connection with such Proceeding, whether or not such Proceeding proceeds to judgment or is settled or is otherwise brought to a final disposition, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
     2.  Indemnification of Expenses of Successful Party . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred in connection with such Proceeding or such claim, issue or matter, whether or not such Proceeding proceeds to judgment or is settled or is otherwise brought to a final disposition, as the case may be, offset by the amount of cash, if any, received by the Indemnitee resulting from his/her success therein.
     3.  Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of Expenses, but not for the total amount of Expenses, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.
     4.  Exclusions . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:
     (a) to the extent that payment is actually made to Indemnitee under a valid, enforceable and collectible insurance policy;
     (b) to the extent that Indemnitee is indemnified and actually paid other than pursuant to this Agreement;
     (c) in connection with a judicial action by or in the right of the Company, in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction, in a decision from which there is no further right of appeal, to be liable for gross negligence or knowing or willful misconduct in the performance of his/her duty to the Group unless and only to the extent that any court in which such action was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such Expenses as such court shall deem proper;

2


 

     (d) in connection with any criminal liability or, in the case of a director of the Group, liability in respect of a breach of the duty to exercise his/her powers honestly, in good faith, in the best interests of the Group and for the respective purposes for which such powers are explicitly or impliedly conferred;
     (e) in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company, any director or officer of the Group or any other party, and not by way of defense, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or, in the case of a Proceeding against any director or officer of the Group or any other party, the Company has joined in; or (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under this Agreement or any applicable law;
     (f) brought about by the dishonesty or fraud of the Indemnitee seeking payment hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement as to any claims upon which suit may be brought against him by reason of any alleged dishonesty on his/her part, unless a judgment or other final adjudication thereof adverse to the Indemnitee establishes that he/she committed (i) acts of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) with actual dishonest purpose and intent, and (iii) which acts were material to the cause of action so adjudicated;
     (g) for any costs, liability, judgment, fine or penalty which the Company is prohibited by applicable law from paying as indemnity;
     (h) arising out of Indemnitee’s breach of an employment agreement with the Company (if any) or any other agreement with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or
     (i) arising out of Indemnitee’s personal income tax payable on any salaries, bonuses, director’s fees, including fees for attending meetings, or gain on disposition of shares, options or restricted shares of the Company.
     5.  No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create in Indemnitee any right to continued employment with the Group.
     6.  Contribution . If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason other than those set forth in Section B.4, then the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and by the Indemnitee on the other hand from the transaction or events from which such Proceeding arose, and (ii) the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand in connection with the events which resulted in such Expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section B.6 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.
C. INDEMNIFICATION PROCESS

3


 

     1.  Notice and Cooperation By Indemnitee . Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to his/her right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement, provided that the delay of Indemnitee to give notice hereunder shall not prejudice any of Indemnitee’s rights hereunder, unless such delay results in the Company’s forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses. Notice to the Company shall be given in accordance with Section F.7 below. If, at the time of receipt of such notice, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice to its insurers of the Proceeding relating to the notice. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary and desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all Expenses payable as a result of such Proceeding. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such cooperation as the Company may reasonably request and the Company shall give the Indemnitee such cooperation as the Indemnitee may reasonably request, including providing any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be.
     2.  Indemnification Payment .
     (a)  Advancement of Expenses . Indemnitee may submit a written request with reasonable particulars to the Company requesting that the Company advance to Indemnitee all Expenses that may be reasonably incurred in advance by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding. The Company shall, subject to Section C.2(c) below, within ten (10) business days of receiving such a written request by Indemnitee, advance all requested Expenses to Indemnitee. Any excess of the advanced Expenses over the actual Expenses will be repaid to the Company.
     (b)  Reimbursement of Expenses . To the extent Indemnitee has not requested any advanced payment of Expenses from the Company, Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for the Expenses incurred in connection with a Proceeding from the Company as soon as practicable and, in any event, within 30 days after Indemnitee makes a written request to the Company for reimbursement unless the Company refers the indemnification request to the Reviewing Party in compliance with Section C.2(c) below.
     (c)  Determination by the Reviewing Party . If the Company reasonably believes that it is not obligated under this Agreement to indemnify the Indemnitee, the Company shall, within 10 days after receiving the Indemnitee’s written request for an advancement or reimbursement of Expenses, notify the Indemnitee that the request for advancement of Expenses or reimbursement of Expenses will be submitted to the Reviewing Party (as hereinafter defined). The Reviewing Party shall make a determination on the request within 30 days after receiving from the Company the Indemnitee’s written request for an advancement or reimbursement of Expenses. Notwithstanding anything foregoing to the contrary, in the event the Reviewing Party informs the Company that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification in connection with a Proceeding under this Agreement or applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee for all the Expenses previously advanced or otherwise paid to Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding; provided , however , that Indemnitee may bring a suit to enforce his/her indemnification right in accordance with Section C.3 below.

4


 

     3.  Suit to Enforce Rights . Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within 30 days after making a written demand in accordance with Section C.2 above or 50 days if the Company submits a request for advancement or reimbursement to the Reviewing Party under Section C.2(c), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or with respect to any breach in any aspect of this Agreement. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by Indemnitee and any judgment entered by the court shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee.
     4.  Assumption of Defense . In the event the Company is obligated under this Agreement to advance or bear any Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, upon delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded, based on written advice of counsel, that there may be a conflict of interest of such counsel retained by the Company between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company ceases or terminates the employment of such counsel with respect to the defense of such Proceeding, in any of which events the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. At all times, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense.
     5.  Burden of Proof and Presumptions . Upon making a request for indemnification, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching any contrary determination.
     6.  No Settlement Without Consent . Neither party to this Agreement shall settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any damage, loss, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without the other party’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement.
     7.  Company Participation . Subject to Section B.6, the Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial action if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense, conduct and/or settlement of such action.
     8.  Reviewing Party .
          (a) For purposes of this Agreement, the Reviewing Party with respect to each indemnification request of Indemnitee that is referred by the Company pursuant to Section C.2(c) above shall be shall be (A) the Board by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), or (B) if a quorum of the Board consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, said Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be

5


 

delivered to Indemnitee. If the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel or member of the Board shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination under this Agreement of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification. Any reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
           (b) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section C.8(b). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the proceeding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section C.8(d) of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting under this Agreement, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section C.8(b), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.
           (c) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Reviewing Party shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption if there is any determination made by any person, persons or

6


 

entity contrary to that presumption. The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement (with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he/she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his/her conduct was unlawful. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Group and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the written request of the Group as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers and directors of the Group or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity or on information or records given or reports made to the Group or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Group or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. The provisions of this Section C.8(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.
           (d) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
D. DIRECTOR AND OFFICER LIABILITY INSURANCE
     1.  Good Faith Determination . The Company shall from time to time make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Group with coverage for losses incurred in connection with their services to the Group or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

7


 

     2.  Coverage of Indemnitee . Indemnitee shall be covered under this Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and as set forth in this Agreement. In addition, to the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall also be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any of the Group’s directors or officers under such insurance policy or policies.
     3.  No Obligation . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain any director and officer insurance policy if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available in the case that (i) premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or (ii) the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.
E. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; FEDERAL PREEMPTION; TERM
     1.  Non-Exclusivity . The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s constitution, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Constitution ”), applicable law or any written agreement between Indemnitee and the Group. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue to be available to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he/she may have ceased to serve in any such capacity at the time of any Proceeding. To the extent that a change in the laws of the Mauritius permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded under the Constitution or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
     2.  Federal Preemption . Notwithstanding the foregoing, both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, U.S. federal law or public policy may override applicable law and prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise. Such instances include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “ SEC ”) prohibition on indemnification for liabilities arising under certain U.S. federal securities laws. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the SEC to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.
     3.  Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer and/or a director of the Group (or is or was serving at the request of the Group as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding by reason of his/her former or current capacity at the Group or any other enterprise at the Group’s request, whether or not he/she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any Expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer and/or a director of the Group or any other enterprise at the Group’s request.

8


 

F. MISCELLANEOUS
     1.  Amendment of this Agreement . No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy shall constitute a waiver.
     2.  Subrogation . In the event of payment to Indemnitee by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
     3.  Assignment; Binding Effect . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party; except that the Company may, without such consent, assign all such rights and obligations to a successor in interest to the Company which assumes all obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by and against the parties hereto and the Company’s successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company) and assigns, as well as Indemnitee’s spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives, to the extent permitted by applicable laws.
     4.  Severability and Construction . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to a court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. In addition, if any portion of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The parties hereto acknowledge that they each have opportunities to have their respective counsels review this Agreement. Accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of both of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against either of the parties hereto.
     5.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, both of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.
     6.  Governing Law . This agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, U.S.A., without giving effect to conflicts of law provisions thereof.
     7.  Notices . All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed via postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:

9


 

          MakeMyTrip Limited
          [Address]
          Attention: [Chief Financial Officer]
          and to Indemnitee at his/her address last known to the Company.
     8.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(Signature page follows)

10


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
MAKEMYTRIP LIMITED
 
 
 
   
Name:
Title:
 
   
 
         
INDEMNITEE


 
   
Name:    
 
[Signature Page of Indemnification Agreement]

 

EXHIBIT 21.1
Subsidiaries
             
    Name of entity   Place of incorporation   Ownership interest
 
           
1.
  MakeMyTrip (India) Private Limited   India   99.98%
 
           
2.
  MakeMyTrip.com Inc.   Delaware, United States   100%

EXHIBIT 23.4
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Make My Trip Limited
We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.
/s/ KPMG
Gurgaon, India
July 23, 2010